Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 6, 2021

No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   7372   85-4166024

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

150 Parkshore Dr.

Folsom, California 95630

Telephone: (877) 873-1550

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Hardeep Gulati

Chief Executive Officer

150 Parkshore Dr.

Folsom, California 95630

Telephone: (877) 873-1550

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

 

Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

Robert E. Goedert, P.C.

Michael P. Keeley

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, IL 60654

(312) 862-2000

 

Daniel J. Bursky

Mark Hayek

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

One New York Plaza

New York, NY 10004

(212) 859-8000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price
(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $100,000,000   $10,910.00

 

 

(1)

Includes the aggregate offering price of shares of common stock subject to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

(2)

Estimated solely for purposes of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. The prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer and sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated                , 2021

            Shares

 

LOGO

Class A Common Stock

This is the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., par value $0.0001 per share. PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. is offering                  shares of its Class A common stock to be sold in the offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Class A common stock of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $                 and $                . PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. has applied to list its Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PWSC”.

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. has two authorized classes of common stock: Class A and Class B (together, the “common stock”). Holders of the Class A common stock and Class B common stock are each entitled to one vote per share. All holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class except as otherwise required by applicable law or our certificate of incorporation. Holders of Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends or distributions upon the liquidation or winding up of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will use the net proceeds from this offering to purchase newly-issued units (“LLC Units”) in Severin Holdings, LLC (“Holdings LLC”). The purchase price for the LLC Units will be equal to the initial public offering price of the shares of Class A common stock less the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to below. Holdings LLC will use the net proceeds it receives from PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. in connection with this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds.” Upon completion of this offering, PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will own                  LLC Units representing a                 % economic interest in Holdings LLC and, although PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will initially have a minority economic interest in Holdings LLC, it will be the sole managing member of Holdings LLC and will exclusively operate and control all of its business and affairs. Severin Topco, LLC (“Topco LLC”), the sole existing member of Holdings LLC, will hold the remaining                  LLC Units representing a     % economic interest in Holdings LLC, and an equal number of shares of Class B common stock. Each LLC Unit is, from time to time, exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock or, at our election, for cash from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will be a holding company, and upon consummation of this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, its sole asset will be LLC Units of Holdings LLC. Immediately following this offering, the holders of Class A common stock will collectively own 100% of the economic interests in PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. and have     % of the voting power of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. Topco LLC, through ownership of our Class B common stock, will have the remaining    % of the voting power of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. is an “emerging growth company” as the term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, has elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and expects to continue to do so in future filings.

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 26 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.

Immediately after this offering, certain affiliates of Vista and Onex Partners (each as defined herein), after giving effect to this offering and assuming the offering size set forth will beneficially own approximately     % of the voting power of our common stock. As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the                 . See “Management—Controlled Company Status” and “Principal Stockholders.”

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to                  shares of our Class A common stock, or     % of the shares of Class A common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus, for sale at the initial public offering price per share through a directed share program to certain individuals associated with Vista and Onex Partners. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

 

 

PRICE $                 A SHARE

 

 

 

     Per share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                $            

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $                $            

Proceeds, before expenses, to PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

   $                $            

 

(1)

We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses in connection with this offering. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

The underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                 shares of Class A common stock from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions for a period of 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

The underwriters expect to deliver shares of Class A common stock against payment in New York, New York on or about                 , 2021.

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC   Barclays   Credit Suisse   UBS Investment Bank
BofA Securities   Jefferies   Macquarie Capital   RBC Capital Markets
Baird   Piper Sandler   Raymond James   William Blair

 

 

Prospectus dated                 , 2021.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     26  

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     78  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     81  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     83  

CAPITALIZATION

     84  

DILUTION

     86  

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     88  

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     93  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     102  

LETTER FROM HARDEEP GULATI

     128  

BUSINESS

     131  

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

     152  

MANAGEMENT

     165  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     173  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     182  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     184  

DESCRIPTION OF SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES

     187  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     190  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     199  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     202  

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

     207  

LEGAL MATTERS

     214  

EXPERTS

     214  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     215  

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

 

Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or make any representations other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of Class A common stock only in jurisdictions and under circumstances where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since such date.

For investors outside of the United States, neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about, and to observe any restrictions relating to, this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

Through and including                , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

i


Table of Contents

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

In connection with the consummation of this offering, we will effect certain organizational transactions. Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus reflects the consummation of the organizational transactions and this offering, which we refer to collectively as the “Organizational Transactions.” See “Organizational Structure” for a description of the Organizational Transactions and a diagram depicting our anticipated structure after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions, including this offering.

Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “our business,” “the Company” and “PowerSchool” refer to and similar references refer: (1) on or following the consummation of the Organizational Transactions, including this offering, to PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries, and (2) prior to the consummation of the Organizational Transactions, including this offering, to Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “our Principal Stockholders” refers to funds associated with Onex Partners Manager LP (“Onex Partners” or “Onex”) and Vista Equity Partners (“Vista”), our principal stockholders, and the term “Holdings LLC” refers to Severin Holdings, LLC.

We will be a holding company and the sole managing member of Holdings LLC and, upon consummation of this offering and the application of net proceeds therefrom, our sole asset will be equity interests in Holdings LLC held directly and indirectly through the former Blocker Entities (as defined below). Holdings LLC is the predecessor of the issuer, PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., for financial reporting purposes. PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will be the reporting entity following this offering.

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. is a newly incorporated entity, has had no business transactions or activities to date and had no assets or liabilities during the periods presented in this prospectus. PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will have no interest in any operations other than those of Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries. Accordingly, this prospectus contains the historical financial statements of Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. presented in this prospectus has been derived from the application of pro forma adjustments to the historical consolidated financial statements of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries included elsewhere in this prospectus. These pro forma adjustments give effect to the Organizational Transactions as described in “Organizational Structure,” including the consummation of this offering and other related transactions, as if all such transactions had occurred on December 31, 2020, in the case of the unaudited pro forma condensed balance sheet and January 1, 2020, in the case of the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data” for a complete description of the adjustments and assumptions underlying the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data included in this prospectus.

As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “K-12 schools” or “K-12 education” refer to all primary and secondary education, from kindergarten prior to the first year (or first grade) of formal schooling through the twelfth year of formal schooling (or twelfth grade).

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus concerning economic conditions, our industry, our markets and our competitive position is based on a variety of sources, including information from independent industry analysts and publications, as well as our own estimates and research.

 

ii


Table of Contents

Certain information in the text of this prospectus is contained in independent industry publications. The sources of these independent industry publications are provided below:

 

   

Frost & Sullivan, Market Sizing Assessment for the Education Technology Software Market, December 2020;

 

   

Digital Promise, The State of Data Inoperability In Public Education, July 2017;

 

   

IDC, Spending Guide, 2019;

 

   

McKinsey & Company, How Artificial Intelligence Will Impact K-12 Teachers, January 2020;

 

   

PISA, Insights and Interpretations, 2018; and

 

   

Gartner, Inc., Forecast: Enterprise IT Spending by Vertical Industry Market, Worldwide, 2019-2025, 1Q21 Forecast, March 25 2021.1

We have not had this information verified by any independent sources. Other than the Frost & Sullivan report, the independent industry publications used in this prospectus were not prepared on our behalf. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any information presented in this prospectus, forecasts, assumptions, expectations, beliefs, estimates and projects involve risk and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those described under the headings “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADENAMES

This prospectus includes our trademarks, service marks and trade names, such as “PowerSchool” which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of the Company or its subsidiaries. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks and trade names of other companies which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, SM or symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of the trademarks, service marks or trade names of other parties to imply a relationship with, or endorsement of, these other parties.

 

1 

The Gartner content described herein (the “Gartner Content”), represents research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, Inc. (“Gartner”), and are not representations of fact. Gartner Content speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this S-1) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Content are subject to change without notice.

 

iii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock. For a more complete understanding of us and this offering, you should read and carefully consider the entire prospectus, including the more detailed information set forth under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes. Some of the statements in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements.” Unless otherwise stated, this prospectus assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Our Mission

We empower the K-12 education ecosystem of schools, districts and education departments to enable parents, educators and administrators to deliver the best education to children, allowing them to realize their potential.

Company Overview

At PowerSchool, we believe in the simple truth that every student deserves the best opportunities in life. Unfortunately, because adoption of technology in education has lagged behind other sectors, K-12 schools and school districts, and ultimately their students and families, have yet to experience all the benefits from digital transformation. That’s why we seek to power the education ecosystem with unified technology that helps educators and students realize their potential. A digital transformation in education is currently under way, unleashing tremendous potential, surfacing insights and driving efficiencies, and we believe all administrators, educators and students are entitled to benefit from this advancement.

As a pioneer and the leading provider of cloud-based software to the K-12 education market, we provide a Unified Platform that includes the core system of record used by districts and schools and leverage their rich data to deliver insights and analytics to improve education outcomes. We serve more than 12,000 customers, including 93 of the 100 top districts by student enrollment in the United States, have 30 state-, province-, or territory-wide contracts in North America, and sell solutions in over 90 countries globally. Our software is embedded in school workflows and is used on a daily basis by educators, students, administrators and parents in schools and districts representing over 45 million students globally, over 70% of all K-12 students in the U.S. and Canada. Our cloud-based technology platform helps schools and districts efficiently manage state reporting and related compliance, special education, finance, HR, talent, registration, attendance, funding, learning, instruction, grading, college and career readiness, assessments and analytics in one place. Through our Unified Platform approach, we help our customers streamline operations, aggregate disparate data sets, and develop insights using predictive modelling and machine learning. Our ability to transform information into actionable insights improves the efficiency of school operations, the quality of instruction delivered by teachers, and the pace of student growth, which we believe should have a profound effect on K-12 educational outcomes.

Our broad scale, engagement with all constituents and singular focus has made us one of the most recognizable and trusted brands in the K-12 market. We achieved our leadership position by combining over twenty years of deep expertise with our vision to create modern technology to automate and streamline inefficient processes, aggregate critical data in central system of record systems, and utilize assessment and data analytics to help students succeed. This scale and market presence, combined with



 

1


Table of Contents

our sales and marketing organization of approximately 320 individuals as of December 31, 2020, led to over 2,300 non-renewal sales transactions each in excess of $10,000 in 2020 and over 1,900 of such transactions in 2019.

School districts have steadily increased investment in cloud-based software solutions, and we expect the adoption trend to accelerate post-COVID-19. The pandemic has created a seminal moment for education, driving secular step-function changes in the pace of technology adoption. These recent events have also exposed the lack of technological readiness in many schools and districts. Faced with extended closures, school leadership had to rapidly mobilize resources to confront the acute technical, instructional, and administrative challenges of maintaining uninterrupted learning, teaching and operations. According to Gartner, external IT spending in K-12 schools is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 7% from 2020 to 2025, from approximately $13 billion to $18 billion in the U.S. and Canada.

Our customers include every major type of K-12 organization across a range of sizes. Our solutions are mission-critical and foster a high degree of customer loyalty, resulting in long-standing and stable customer relationships. PowerSchool has grown rapidly over the last several years and we plan to continue to deepen our relationships with existing customers by providing strong customer support, cross-selling incremental solutions and integrating point solutions for customers. As of December 31, 2020, our Annual Recurring Revenue (“ARR”) grew by over 14% YoY and our Net Revenue Retention Rate 108.1%.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, we generated total revenues of $365.0 million (of which 84.4% are recurring), net loss of $90.7 million, gross profit of $195.0 million, adjusted gross profit of $231.0 million (63.3% margin) and adjusted EBITDA of $92.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we generated total revenues of $434.9 million (of which 85.3% are recurring), net loss of $46.7 million, gross profit of $243.1 million, adjusted gross profit of $286.5 million (65.9% margin), and adjusted EBITDA of $135.6 million. For additional information on our financial results and key metrics, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics.”

Industry Background

K-12 education is an essential industry to society and one of the largest vertical end-markets in the global economy, representing the third highest discretionary spend category by the United States government in 2019. According to data from the National Center of Education Statistics (“NCES”) and Statistics Canada, over $900 billion is spent each year on K-12 education in the United States and Canada, with approximately 61 million students enrolled in public and private K-12 institutions in 2020. The quality of our education system drives our quality of life and overall economic prosperity. The success of K-12 education depends upon a vibrant ecosystem of participants that includes students, parents, teachers and administrators—each with their own needs, opportunities and challenges.

Schools are undergoing a dynamic digital transformation through the adoption of cloud-based software that is helping to improve collaboration, communication and curricula, utilizing rich data and analytics to surface educational insight, and automating back office operations. K-12 software spending includes instructional and non-instructional resources that track and analyze student performance, manage classroom activities, facilitate HR and support enterprise resource planning while streamlining administrative functions. Districts and schools are increasingly seeking integrated cloud platforms due to the ease of accessibility, lower up-front investment, scaled and secure data practices, simplified implementation and growing comfort with subscription-based models.



 

2


Table of Contents

Real-time Data and Insights are Needed for District and Student Success

Students, parents, teachers and administrators lack real-time information and comprehensive ways to view student, educator and operational data. Existing systems that manage student and teacher data are often paper-based, cumbersome and have limited ability to effectively aggregate student performance information. Our Unified Platform helps to solve these challenges caused by lack of access to real-time, comprehensive data, providing insights to help educators and administrators drive district and student success.

Teachers and Administrators Lack Resources to Deliver Personalized Learning

Students learn best when education is tailored to their individual needs, yet most of our education system is built on a one-size-fits-all pedagogy targeting the average student. Teachers, despite their best intentions, are often required to juggle several disparate solutions in the classroom for delivering instruction and managing students, resulting in a lack of time and information needed to address each child’s unique and changing needs. According to McKinsey, only 49% of a teacher’s time is spent directly with students. Our suite offers teachers and administrators the information, insights and time necessary to personalize instruction at an individual student level.

Widespread Teacher Shortages Will Have a Long-Term Impact on Educational Outcomes

One of the most profound issues impacting K-12 organizations is a long-term shortage in educators. Substandard opportunities for professional development contribute to poor teacher retention rates and widespread educator shortages. These shortages, along with budget constraints, are leading to substandard instruction and limiting the time and attention given to students. COVID-19 has exacerbated K-12 staffing problems, with the lowest public school employment levels since 2000, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Recruiting, retaining and training high quality teachers has become an imperative for school districts, many of which continue to rely on paper-based processes and lack the network to optimize talent management. In addition, the ability to find qualified substitute teachers has become more difficult, impacting districts’ abilities to manage absences and deliver consistent educational outcomes.

The K-12 Regulatory Environment is Highly Complex

Schools and districts are required to comply with growing volumes of local, state and federal regulations, many of which are directly tied to a school or district’s ability to access funding. The substantial level of investment required for vendors to create and continually adhere to K-12 compliance mandates makes software development very challenging. This limits and, in some cases, prevents the emergence of potentially novel technology, while preserving legacy point solutions and outdated, often manual or paper-based processes. Many schools and districts still rely on spreadsheets, home-grown platforms and/or dozens of technology vendors with little integration between various tools, exacerbating the challenges teachers and administrators face.

Legacy, Compartmentalized K-12 Software Has Fallen Short

K-12 schools and districts have lagged other end-markets in terms of technology adoption. Most K-12 software was designed as point solutions (ERP, LMS, SIS, assessments, etc.), which fail to provide harmonized, integrated, and accurate data that meet the needs of students, parents, teachers and administrators. K-12 constituents are forced to navigate numerous fragmented platforms with information residing in disparate data silos. This has led to wasted time, lost productivity and has



 

3


Table of Contents

limited the ability of schools and districts to use data to improve education outcomes. Broad platforms with unified data have become a technology imperative to allow teachers to focus more on students and to drive improvement in critical education indicators.

K-12 Education is Being Reimagined

We believe the way teachers educate, students learn and parents partner with schools is permanently changing. As technology solutions have improved and students have greater access to devices, schools and districts have embarked on their digital transformation. In addition, COVID-19 forced stakeholders to accelerate this shift and test new methods of hybrid learning. We believe the current backdrop and requirement to maintain operational continuity through remote operations has put a spotlight on the need for schools to modernize their software platforms and technology infrastructure. These secular trends are causing districts to rapidly move towards implementing cloud-based platforms capable of unifying the learning experience, information, engagement and the core systems of record.

Shift to Data-Driven Education

We believe a data-driven approach to education is central to how students, educators, parents and administrators reinvent the K-12 education experience. Real-time collaboration and engagement, deep analytics and rich information management are helping to fulfill the promise of digital transformation, workplace optimization and elevating student success. There are several ways that data and analytics are transforming education, including:

 

   

Integration.    Districts have recognized the value of data in education and have generated volumes of it; unfortunately, this data is underutilized because it often sits in disparate silos and in incongruent formats. Without integrating systems of data generation, accumulation and interpretation, the value of the data is materially diminished. Our Unified Platform integrates systems and data, and helps educators and administrators implement data-driven education initiatives.

 

   

Actionable Insight.    Actionable intelligence offers the ability to synthesize disparate data sets into reportable information. Using real-time data helps improve a range of processes including creating personalized learning programs using student achievement data, making investment decisions using data from our ERP, and managing staffing and professional development improvements using our talent solutions.

 

   

Artificial Intelligence (“AI”) and Machine Learning (“ML”).    AI/ML is crucial to processing and analyzing data to provide novel insights such as identifying at-risk student before they fall too far behind, identifying staff retention risk areas, and optimizing district investments. According to IDC, education is among the top three opportunities for AI deployment.

 

   

Process Automation.    School districts are modernizing and automating processes that have historically been done manually. Dynamic data models are increasingly being used to monitor processes, tasks and decisions to increase efficiency and allow teachers to focus on activities that lead to better student outcomes and higher teacher satisfaction. According to a study by McKinsey, teachers spend approximately 13 hours per week on activities that could be automated using existing technology.

Market Opportunity

PowerSchool serves a large addressable market opportunity globally as school districts continue to make significant investments in IT applications and infrastructure. In 2020, approximately $13 billion was spent on K-12 technology in the U.S. and Canada and this is expected to increase approximately 7% per year from 2020 through 2025 according to Gartner. Based on an analysis by Frost & Sullivan that we



 

4


Table of Contents

commissioned in connection with this offering, we estimate the global total available market for PowerSchool’s current set of solutions to be approximately $25 billion. To estimate our market opportunity, Frost & Sullivan identified the total number of K-12 students globally by country. Frost & Sullivan then multiplied the number of students within each country by the per student list price of our product segments, assuming deployment of each of the selected product segments and a distribution of K-12 organization sizes that is similar to those in the US.

 

LOGO

Our Unified Platform

Mission-Critical System of Record, Engagement and Intelligence

We provide a comprehensive suite of cloud solutions that deliver a broad range of mission-critical capabilities to K-12 organizations in over 90 countries globally (our “Unified Platform”). Foundational to our cloud applications is our market-leading SIS. Our SIS acts as the backbone of K-12 organizations and centralizes student information and processes that power the core operations of our customers. In addition to the SIS, we offer a full suite of mission-critical, cloud solutions that districts need to manage their operations, staff and instruction: PowerSchool Unified Administration, PowerSchool Unified Talent, PowerSchool Unified Classroom, PowerSchool Unified Home and PowerSchool Unified Communities. We also provide a rich set of analytic capabilities through PowerSchool Unified Insights, consolidating and enabling visualization of data across our own platform and third-party solutions. Our Unified Platform is a comprehensive solution that connects the back-office, classroom and home while bringing together students, parents, teachers and administrators providing the following key benefits:

 

   

Mission-Critical to District Funding and Compliance.    Districts and schools must adhere to a myriad of constantly evolving federal and state-specific reporting requirements to receive a significant portion of their funding. These reports, data requirements, and submission guidelines vary state-to-state, and can be incredibly burdensome, oftentimes requiring dedicated functions within districts. Our compliance reporting solution, PowerSchool SIS, covers the ever-changing requirements of 45 U.S. states and 5 Canadian provinces, providing more coverage for this mission-critical process than any other SIS vendor.



 

5


Table of Contents
   

Improves Productivity Through Automation and Simplification.    Our PowerSchool Unified Administration and PowerSchool Unified Talent solutions are designed to simplify and digitally transform back-end ERP and HR operations. These solutions modernize finance and HR workflows within the district, including budgeting, financial reporting, procurement, teacher and employee hiring, onboarding and staff development. Through automation of time-sensitive, manual processes such as filling temporary vacancies with substitute teachers and providing solutions for professional learning and staff evaluation, these solutions help optimize a district’s operations and improve educator retention.

 

   

Provides Real-time Insight, Transparency and Visibility.    Our Unified Insights solution integrates data across functional areas including the back office, classroom and home. This provides a holistic view from which all K-12 stakeholders can derive real-time insight, feedback, reporting, notifications and enhanced transparency. Educators and administrators use this visibility and data to closely track and benchmark academic successes and gaps within different demographic groups in their districts, understand location-based enrollment trends to help project funding inflows and requirements, and leverage predictive analytics to identify at-risk students. Additionally, communities gain unique insight into performance at the local, district and state level, which drives accountability for leadership.

 

   

Enables Seamless Communication, Collaboration and Engagement.    The PowerSchool Unified Platform seamlessly connects all K-12 stakeholders. Teachers can manage the full instructional process while interacting digitally with students inside and outside of the classroom. For example, through the PowerSchool Unified Classroom and its Schoology LMS, educators can effectively manage their classrooms and deliver instruction through a fully digital platform, while fostering real-time collaboration with their students. The Unified Classroom provides dashboards that highlight achievement and learning gaps, and the ability to integrate high-quality, standards-aligned digital content from any vendor into their daily curriculum, giving educators the ability to assign personalized learning paths to students based on their individual needs. This functionality has been instrumental for blended and virtual learning during the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Improves Education Outcomes.    Our Unified Platform and organization are centered around the goal of helping educators and students realize their potential. By freeing up teacher time with PowerSchool SIS and Unified Classroom, empowering educators by driving parent and student engagement with Unified Home and Unified Communities, and giving administrators the visibility they need with Unified Insights, Unified Administration, and PowerSchool SIS, our solutions give our customers the time, tools, and data they need to focus energy on driving education outcomes rather than administrative tasks. We equip educators with the tools and information needed to deliver personalized instruction to each student. For example, through Unified Communities and Naviance, counselors can help students prepare for life after high school through assessments, planning tools, and curriculum that align to students’ competencies and goals.

 

   

Reduces Operational Costs.    We provide an integrated suite of easy-to-use cloud solutions that eliminate the need for disparate tools and related expenses associated with deploying, managing and maintaining them on-premises. As of December 31, 2020, over 70% of our ARR was generated from our cloud-based solutions. By digitally transforming high frequency workflows and automating manual processes, schools are able to dramatically reduce their operating expenses. For example, our PowerSchool Enrollment solution supports the core online enrollment process by eliminating costly manual data entry and paperwork, reducing associated printing and mailing costs, and reducing time spent by parents enrolling and re-enrolling their children each year.



 

6


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

Our position as the leading cloud-based software platform for K-12 is built on the following highly differentiated competitive strengths:

 

   

Market Leader in K-12.    PowerSchool is widely recognized as the leading provider of cloud solutions for K-12 education, serving organizations representing over 70% of all K-12 students in the U.S. and Canada. Our Unified Platform is broadly distributed and embedded within state and local school districts, serving 93 of the 100 largest districts in the United States. This leading market presence has fueled brand recognition and a reputation associated with the highest-quality solutions, which we believe is difficult to replicate and supports new customer wins. It also helps drive broader adoption of our solutions by our large, loyal customer base.

 

   

Unmatched System of Record and Breadth of Capabilities.    We believe our Unified Platform represents the most complete suite of cloud solutions available in the market and our customers benefit from their deep integration, streamlined management and a superior user experience. We are the leading K-12 SIS provider in the United States, which provides us with significant relevance to our customers and branded recognition in the market.

 

   

Best-in-Class Cloud Solutions Purpose-built for K-12 Education.    We have over two decades of experience delivering innovative cloud solutions in the K-12 industry. We work closely with our customers to ensure continuous improvement that closely aligns to their dynamically changing needs. Our singular focus on the K-12 end-market and our commitment to being at the forefront of technological innovation is a significant competitive differentiator.

 

   

Highly Compelling Return on Investment.    Our platform provides measurable benefits for K-12 stakeholders. We unify disparate data sources, digitize manual, paper-based processes and streamline workflows. Our solutions reduce the total cost of operations, facilitate improved decision making and allocation of budgets, and drive better teacher effectiveness and student outcomes.

 

   

Data Asset, Analytics and Insight.    Our leading SIS is the most comprehensive system of record for student data. This acts as the hub from which rich analytics and unique student insights are derived. The data we aggregate, analyze and benchmark contributes to a myriad of decisions that impact the lives of students, including crucial funding decisions.

 

   

Culture Built Around our Intense Passion for Education.    We are privileged to serve a market that impacts so many stakeholders, is foundational to our culture and shapes our future. We are passionate about developing cloud solutions that help K-12 stakeholders reimagine the education experience. We believe it is critical to have a company culture that empowers its employees to challenge existing educational paradigms and drive change. We reinvest a significant portion of our revenues into R&D, product development and technology innovation each year. We also direct time and resources to thought leadership activities that drive K-12 collaboration aimed at improving educational processes and outcomes. As many of our employees were former educators, we are deeply passionate about solving the challenges in K-12 education, in part because we have lived them firsthand.

Our Growth Strategies

We intend to extend our position as the leading provider of cloud software for the K-12 education market in North America. The key components of our growth strategy are the following:

Cross-Sell to Our Existing Customers.    We intend to leverage our track record of success with our existing customers by selling additional software across our Unified Platform and



 

7


Table of Contents

targeting new opportunities within these schools and districts. Many of our customers use only a portion of our overall suite, continuing to rely on disparate point solutions that do not capture the full benefits of an integrated, cloud solution suite. We believe that as customers continue to appreciate the benefits of an integrated software platform, they will increase the number of our solutions within our Unified Platform they buy from us over time. We expect this will drive incremental adoption across customers and attractive dollar net retention rates.

Expand Our Customer Base.    The K-12 market is very large and underpenetrated. We are uniquely positioned to grow as schools continue to digitally transform their operations and modernize their on-premises deployments in favor of modern, cloud solutions. Our leading brand and efficient go-to-market strategy will also help drive referrals and growth in new customers. Many of our solutions are also translatable and exportable to international markets, and we intend to continue investing in strategies to enhance our market position globally.

Unlock the Power of Data.    Producing data driven insights derived from our Unified Platform has been a key focus over time. Through the acquisition of Hoonuit, we have a solution that processes data across all aspects of student achievement to evaluate the impacts of demographics, educators, financial situation, and location. We also use benchmark data to both provide a more holistic view of student success and provide machine learning-based predictive analytics. In addition to these examples, we believe there are several other ways we can leverage this unique vertical data to continue to innovate.

Expand our Partnerships to Cultivate a Broader K-12 Ecosystem.    Building symbiotic relationships with best-in-class providers across the K-12 ecosystem enables us to further enhance our cloud solutions, extend our reach and provide more value to our customers. We collaborate closely with leaders in adjacent spaces that enhance our existing capabilities, driving further demand among new and existing users. As the core system of record, many innovative point solutions and apps seek to partner with us and integrate with our Unified Platform. This enhances functionality for our customers and constituents.

Continue to Selectively Target Acquisitions.    Since 2015, we have acquired and successfully integrated 12 businesses that are complementary to our software and technology capabilities. We have a demonstrated track record of driving growth from our acquired assets and delivering positive ROI for our customers and stakeholders. Our position as the leading systems of record, engagement and intelligence provides us with a unique vantage point to identify the most innovative companies serving the K-12 end-market. We believe M&A is additive to our strategy and we intend to continue to pursue targeted acquisitions that further complement our portfolio of technology offerings or provide us access to new markets.

Build Upon our Social Impact.    The social impact of our cloud-based software platform continues to be a key priority. Under the Every Student Succeeds Act (“ESSA”), school districts are required to differentiate instruction for each individual student to prepare them to succeed in college and careers. Our Unified Platform has become a necessity for school districts as teachers are empowered to spend more time directly interacting with their students and less time on back office functions. Student engagement and performance data also enables teachers to drive more personalized impact for each student to achieve their full potential.

Recent Acquisitions

On March 3, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Hobsons, Inc. for approximately $318.9 million in cash. As part of the transaction, we acquired the Naviance business, which provides a college, career, and life readiness platform that helps middle and high school students, and the



 

8


Table of Contents

Intersect business, which provides a best-fit recruitment platform offering a comprehensive set of solutions for colleges and universities to strategically reach best-fit students, those most likely to both apply and succeed. See “Business—Our Unified Platform—Unified Communities” for more information.

On March 3, 2021, in connection with the acquisition of Hobsons, Inc., we entered into a bridge loan credit agreement (the “Bridge Loan”) with a group of lenders and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent for an aggregate principal amount of $320.0 million. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay in full the Bridge Loan. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information.

Recent Operating Results (Preliminary and Unaudited)

We have not yet performed certain closing procedures and are in the process of finalizing our results as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2021. We have presented below certain preliminary results representing our estimates for the three months ended March 31, 2021, which are based only on currently available information and do not present all necessary information for an understanding of our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2021. This financial information has been prepared by and is the responsibility of our management. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not audited, reviewed or performed any procedures with respect to this preliminary financial data or the accounting treatment thereof and does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. We expect to complete our interim financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2021 subsequent to the completion of this offering. There can be no assurance that final first quarter results will not differ materially from these estimated results when we report the final results for the quarter. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such preliminary unaudited operating results, which constitute forward-looking statements. These preliminary estimates are not necessarily indicative of any future period and should be read together with “Risk Factors”, “Forward-Looking Statements”, and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Registration Statement. Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA are supplemental measures that are not calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. See “Selected Consolidated Financial Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a definition of Adjusted Gross Profit and Adjusted EBITDA.

 

     Three months ended March 31, 2021      Three months
ended March 31,
2020
 
     Low (estimated)      High (estimated)     

 

 
     (in thousands, except percentages)  

Subscription and support revenue

   $                    $                    $ 87,721  

Total revenue

           100,075  

Gross profit

           55,625  

Gross profit percentage

           56

Net loss

           (16,882

% of net loss of revenue

           (17 )% 

Net (loss) income

         $ (16,882

Add: Amortization

           21,335  

Add: Depreciation

           1,940  

Add: Net interest expense

           19,508  

Add: Income tax (benefit) expense

           (24

Add: Unit based compensation

           1,412  

Add: Management fees

           239  

Add: Restructuring

           114  

Add: Acquisition-related expense

           1,447  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

         $ 29,089  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

% of Adjusted EBITDA of revenue

           29

ARR

         $ 381,254  


 

9


Table of Contents

Risk Factors Summary

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors.” The following is a summary of the principal risks we face.

 

   

Our new customer acquisition and expansion and customer renewals have increased as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and such increases in customer acquisitions and renewals may not be sustained or may reverse at any time.

 

   

The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have materially affected how we and our customers are operating our businesses, and the duration and extent to which this will impact our future results of operations and overall financial performance remain uncertain.

 

   

We have a history of cumulative losses, and we do not expect to be profitable for the foreseeable future.

 

   

We face significant competition which may adversely affect our ability to add new customers, retain existing customers and grow our business.

 

   

Future acquisitions and divestitures could harm our business and operating results.

 

   

We rely on the ability to hire and retain our personnel including our senior management team and the loss of our chief executive officer or one or more key employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could adversely affect our business.

 

   

If we are unable to develop, introduce and market new and enhanced versions of our solutions or to scale our business and manage our expenses, our operating results may suffer.

 

   

Adverse general and industry-specific economic and market conditions, reductions in IT spending or changes in the spending policies or budget priorities for government funding of K-12 school may reduce demand for our solutions, which could harm our results of operations.

 

   

We face risks related to our contracts with state and local government entities and to a lesser extent federal government agencies as well as difficulties with contracting with large customers with substantial negotiating leverage, both of which would harm our results of operations.

 

   

Our business is subject to seasonal sales and customer growth fluctuations which could result in volatility in our operating results some of which may not be immediately reflected in our financial position and results of operations.

 

   

We face risk if our estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth prove to be inaccurate or if we need to change our pricing models to compete successfully.

 

   

We invest significantly in research and development, and to the extent our research and development investments do not translate into new solutions or material enhancements to our current solutions, or if we do not use those investments efficiently, our business and results of operations would be harmed.

 

   

If we fail to maintain, enhance or protect our brand, our ability to expand our customer base will be impaired and our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

 

   

We face risk related to catastrophes, disruptions, capacity limitations or interference with our use of the data centers operated by third-party providers or if there are interruptions or performance problems associated with our technology or infrastructure, all of which could result in delays or outages of our service and harm our business.



 

10


Table of Contents
   

Our future revenues and operating results will be harmed if we are unable to acquire new customers, if our customers do not renew their contracts with us, or if we are unable to expand sales to our existing customers or develop new products that achieve market acceptance.

 

   

A breach or compromise of our security measures or those we rely on could result in unauthorized access to customers’ data or customers’ clients’ data, which may materially and adversely impact our reputation, business and results of operations.

 

   

Failure to protect and enforce our proprietary technology and intellectual property rights could substantially harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

   

Real or perceived errors, failures, defects or vulnerabilities in our software solutions could adversely affect our financial results and growth prospects.

 

   

Any failure to offer high-quality support could cause our business and reputation to suffer.

 

   

Changes in tax laws or regulations that are applied adversely to us or our customers may have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, financial condition or results of operations.

 

   

Any future litigation against us could damage our reputation and be costly and time-consuming to defend.

 

   

Our customers are highly regulated and subject to a number of challenges and risks. Our failure to comply with laws and regulations applicable to us as a technology provider for education could adversely affect our business and results of operations, increase costs and impose constraints on the way we conduct our business.

 

   

We rely, in part, on channel partners for the sale and distribution of certain of our products. Failure to deliver on the service level agreements with our channel partners, a decrease in revenues from certain of these channel partners or any failure in our channel strategy could adversely affect our business.

If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects may be harmed.

Our Principal Stockholders

We have a valuable relationship with our principal stockholders, Onex and Vista. In connection with this offering, we will enter into a stockholders agreement (the “Stockholders Agreement”) with our Principal Stockholders that provides our Principal Stockholders the right to designate nominees to our board of directors (our “Board”), subject to certain conditions.

The Stockholders Agreement will provide each of Vista and Onex with an independent right to designate the following number of nominees for election to our Board: (i) three nominees so long as such principal stockholder controls 25% or more of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; (ii) two nominees for so long as such principal stockholder controls 15% or more of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; and (iii) one nominee for so long as such principal stockholder controls 5% or more of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement” for more details with respect to the Stockholders Agreement.

Founded in 1984, Onex manages and invests capital on behalf of its shareholders, institutional investors and high net worth clients from around the world. Onex’ platforms include: Onex Partners,



 

11


Table of Contents

private equity funds focused on mid- to large-cap opportunities in North America and Western Europe; ONCAP, private equity funds focused on middle market and smaller opportunities in North America; Onex Credit, which manages primarily non-investment grade debt through tradeable, private and opportunistic credit strategies; and Gluskin Sheff’s wealth management services including its actively managed public equity and public credit funds. In total, as of December 31, 2020, Onex has approximately $44 billion of assets under management, of which approximately $6.8 billion is its own investing capital. With offices in Toronto, New York, New Jersey, Boston and London, Onex and its experienced management teams are collectively the largest investors across Onex’ platforms.

Vista is a leading global investment firm with more than $76 billion in assets under management as of September 30, 2020. The firm exclusively invests in enterprise software, data and technology-enabled organizations across private equity, permanent capital, credit and public equity strategies, bringing an approach that prioritizes creating enduring market value for the benefit of its global ecosystem of investors, companies, customers and employees. Vista’s investments are anchored by a sizable long-term capital base, experience in structuring technology-oriented transactions and proven, flexible management techniques that drive sustainable growth. Vista believes the transformative power of technology is the key to an even better future—a healthier planet, a smarter economy, a diverse and inclusive community and a broader path to prosperity.

General Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 150 Parkshore Dr., Folsom, California 95630. Our telephone number is (877) 873-1550. Our website address is www.powerschool.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our Class A common stock. We are a holding company and all of our business operations are conducted through, and substantially all of our assets are held by, our subsidiaries.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, (3) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer (this means the market value of common that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year), or (4) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

   

not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);

 

   

only required to present two years of audited financial statements, plus unaudited condensed financial statements for any interim period, and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;



 

12


Table of Contents
   

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations regarding financial statements and executive compensation in this prospectus and expect to elect to take advantage of other reduced burdens in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our shareholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

Under the JOBS Act emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We are electing to take advantage of this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards provided for by the JOBS Act. We will therefore comply with new or revised accounting standards when they apply to private companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable with companies that comply with public company effective dates for accounting standards.

Ownership and Organizational Structure

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. is a Delaware corporation formed to serve as a holding company that will hold an interest in Holdings LLC. PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. has not engaged in any business or other activities other than in connection with its formation and this offering. Upon consummation of this offering and the application of the proceeds therefrom, we will be a holding company, our sole assets will be equity interests in Holdings LLC (held directly and indirectly through the former Blocker Entities (as defined below)) and we will exclusively operate and control all of the business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of Holdings LLC. See “Organizational Structure” for a complete description of the Organizational Transactions.

In connection with the Organizational Transactions:

 

   

We will amend and restate Holdings LLC’s existing operating agreement (the “LLC Operating Agreement”) to, among other things, (i) modify Holdings LLC’s capital structure by replacing the membership interests currently held by Holdings LLC’s existing owners with a new class of LLC Units held initially by Topco LLC, a portion of which have a participation threshold (the “Participation Units”) and (ii) appoint PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. as the sole managing member of Holdings LLC. See “Organizational Structure—Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Holdings LLC.”

 

   

We will engage in a series of transactions (the “MIU Exchanges”) that will result in each current holder of management incentive units (“MIUs”) at Topco LLC which were or are subject to time-based vesting receiving                  shares of Class A common stock in exchange for their time-based MIUs, subject to vesting, where applicable, consistent with the terms of the exchanged MIUs.

 

   

We will issue shares of Class B common stock, which provide no economic rights, to Topco LLC, on a one-to-one basis with the number of LLC Units (other than Participation Units) it owns, for nominal consideration. Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally. See “Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock.”



 

13


Table of Contents
   

Certain of the entities (the “Blocker Entities”) through which the Principal Stockholders hold their ownership interests in Topco LLC will engage in a series of transactions (the “Blocker Contributions”) that will result in each of the Blocker Entities becoming subsidiaries of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. Our Principal Stockholders will receive shares of our Class A common as consideration for the Blocker Contributions. See “Use of Proceeds.” As a result of such transactions, the former equityholders of the Blocker Entities will exchange all of the equity interests in the Blocker Entities for shares of Class A common stock and enter into the Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined below).

 

   

We will enter into an exchange agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with Topco LLC pursuant to which Topco LLC will be entitled to exchange LLC Units (other than Participation Units), together with an equal number of shares of Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis or, at our election, for cash from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). Participation Units may be exchanged for a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the then current value of a share of Class A common stock less the applicable participation threshold multiplied by the number of Participation Units being exchanged, divided by the then current value of Class A common stock. See “Organizational Structure—Exchange Agreement.”

 

   

We will enter into a tax receivable agreement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”) with Topco LLC, Vista and Onex that will provide for the payment by PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex collectively, of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income taxes (computed using simplifying assumptions to address the impact of state and local taxes) we actually realize (or, under certain circumstances are deemed to realize in the case of an early termination payment by us, a change in control or a material breach by us of our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement, as discussed below) as a result of (i) certain increases in the tax basis of assets of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries resulting from purchases of LLC Units with the proceeds of this offering or exchanges of LLC Units in the future or any prior transfers of interests in Holdings LLC, (ii) certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities, Holdings LLC and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC that existed prior to this offering and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our making payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. See “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

   

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of our Class A common stock in this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us, will be approximately $                 million ($                 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). We intend to use such net proceeds to acquire                  newly-issued LLC Units in Holdings LLC, at a purchase price per LLC Unit equal to the initial offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

In turn, Holdings LLC intends to apply the balance of the net proceeds it receives from us (including any additional proceeds it may receive from us if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) to repay outstanding indebtedness, fund philanthropic initiatives benefitting K-12 educators in North America, and pay expenses incurred in connection with this offering, each as described in “Use of Proceeds.” Holdings LLC will bear or reimburse us for all expenses of this offering, including the underwriters’ discounts and commissions.



 

14


Table of Contents

The diagram below depicts our historical organizational structure prior to the completion of the Organizational Transactions. This diagram is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities owned or controlled by us, or owning a beneficial interest in us.

 

 

LOGO

 

(1)

The Management Coinvestors and Other Investors collectively own approximately 0.5% of the equity interests of Severin Topco, LLC. These investors will continue to hold their equity interests in Severin Topco, LLC upon completion of this offering.

The diagram below depicts our expected organizational structure immediately following completion of the Organizational Transactions. This diagram is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities owned or controlled by us, or owning a beneficial interest in us.

 

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Vista will own     % of the equity of Topco LLC and will possess voting and dispositive power over all shares of Class B common stock and LLC Units held directly by Topco LLC. The Management Coinvestors and Other Investors will own the remaining     % of the equity in Topco LLC. See “Principal Stockholders” for additional information about our Principal Stockholders.

(2)

Upon completion of this offering, our Principal Stockholders will control the voting power in PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. as follows: (i) Vista will control approximately    % (or approximately    % if



 

15


Table of Contents
  the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) through its control of Topco LLC and its ownership of our Class A common stock and (ii) Onex will control approximately     % through its ownership of our Class A common stock. See “Principal Stockholders” for additional information about our Principal Stockholders.
(3)

Management will own     % of our Class A common stock received in connection with the MIU Exchanges.

(4)

Shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote as a single class except as otherwise required by law or our certificate of incorporation. Each outstanding share of Class A common stock and Class B Common stock will be entitled to one vote on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally. The Class B common stock does not have any right to receive dividends or distributions upon the liquidation or winding up of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. In accordance with the Exchange Agreement to be entered into in connection with the Organizational Transactions, Topco LLC will be entitled to exchange LLC Units, together with an equal number of shares of Class B common stock (other than in connection with exchanges of Participation Units), for shares of Class A common stock determined in accordance with the Exchange Agreement or, at our election, for cash from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale).

(5)

Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, (i) the holders of Class A common stock will have    % of the voting power in PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., (ii) Topco LLC, through ownership of the Class B common stock, will have    % of the voting power of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., (iii) Topco LLC will own    % of the outstanding LLC Units in Holdings LLC and (iv) PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will own    % of the outstanding LLC Units in Holdings LLC.

Our corporate structure following the offering, as described above, is referred to as an “Up-C” structure, which is commonly used by partnerships and limited liability companies when they undertake an initial public offering of their business. Our Up-C structure, together with the Tax Receivable Agreement, will allow the existing owners of Holdings LLC to continue to realize tax benefits associated with owning interests in an entity that is treated as a partnership, or “pass-through” entity, for income tax purposes following the offering. One of these benefits is that future taxable income of the Holdings LLC that is allocated to such owners will be taxed on a flow-through basis and therefore will not be subject to corporate taxes at the entity level. Additionally, because the LLC Units that the existing owners will continue to hold are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock or, at our option, for cash, the Up-C structure also provides the existing owners of Holdings LLC potential liquidity that holders of non-publicly traded limited liability companies are not typically afforded. See “Organizational Structure” and “Description of Capital Stock.”

Following this offering, Topco LLC will hold a number of shares of our Class B common stock equal to the number of LLC Units (other than Participation Units) it owns. Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will each be entitled to one vote per share on all matters on which shareholders are entitled to vote.

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will also hold LLC Units, and therefore receive benefits on account of its ownership in an entity treated as a partnership, or “pass-through” entity, for income tax purposes because, as PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. purchases LLC Units from Topco LLC under the mechanism described above, it will obtain a step-up in tax basis in its share of the assets of Holdings LLC and its flow-through subsidiaries. This step-up in tax basis will provide PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. with certain tax benefits, such as future depreciation and amortization deductions that can reduce the taxable income allocable to PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. Pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement, PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will agree to pay Topco LLC, collectively, 85% of the value of these tax benefits, certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities, Holdings LLC and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC that existed prior to this offering and certain



 

16


Table of Contents

other tax benefits related to our making payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement; however, the remaining 15% of such benefits will be available to PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. Due to the uncertainty of various factors, we cannot precisely quantify the likely tax benefits we will realize as a result of LLC Unit exchanges and certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities, Holdings LLC, and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC and the resulting amounts we are likely to pay out pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement; however, we estimate that such payments will be substantial. See “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Generally, PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will receive a pro rata share of any distributions (including tax distributions) made by Holdings LLC to its members. Tax distributions will be calculated without regard to any applicable basis adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code and will be based upon an assumed tax rate, which, under certain circumstances, may cause Holdings LLC to make tax distributions that, in the aggregate, exceed the amount of taxes that Holdings LLC would have paid if it were a similarly situated corporate taxpayer. Funds used by Holdings LLC to satisfy its tax distribution obligations will not be available for reinvestment in our business. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure.”

As a result of the Organizational Transactions:

 

   

the investors in this offering will collectively own                  shares of our Class A common stock and we will hold                  LLC Units;

 

   

Topco LLC will own                  LLC Units and                 shares of Class B common stock;

 

   

our Class A common stock will collectively represent approximately     % of the voting power in us; and

 

   

our Class B common stock will collectively represent approximately     % of the voting power in us.



 

17


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Issuer

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

 

Class A common stock offered by us

            shares (or                  shares if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full).

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to                 shares of Class A common stock from us within 30 days of the date of this prospectus.

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

             shares (or                  shares if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full). If all outstanding LLC Units held by Topco LLC were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock,                  shares of Class A common stock (or                  shares if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full) would be outstanding.

 

Class B common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

             shares. Immediately after this offering, Topco LLC will own 100% of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock.

 

Ratio of shares of Class A common stock to LLC Units

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated operating agreement of Holdings LLC will require that we and Holdings LLC at all times maintain a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class A common stock issued by us and the number of LLC Units owned by us (subject to certain exceptions for treasury shares and shares underlying certain convertible or exchangeable securities).

 

Voting

Each share of our Class A common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally.

 

  Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally.

 

  After this offering, Topco LLC will hold a number of shares of Class B common stock equal to the number of LLC Units (other than Participation Units) it owns. See “Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock.”

 

 

Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single



 

18


Table of Contents
 

class on all matters presented to our shareholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law or our certificate of incorporation.

 

Voting power held by holders of Class A common stock

            % (or 100% if all outstanding LLC Units were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock).

 

Voting power held by holders of Class B common stock

            % (or 0% if all outstanding LLC Units were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock).

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $                 million (or $                 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

  We intend to use the net proceeds as follows:

 

   

$                 million to acquire                  newly-issued LLC Units (or                  LLC Units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) in Holdings LLC; and

 

   

and $                 million to acquire                  outstanding LLC Units (or                  LLC Units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) from Topco LLC, in each case at a purchase price per LLC Unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering, less underwriting discounts and commissions; and

In turn, Holdings LLC intends to:

 

   

apply the balance of the net proceeds it receives from us (including any additional proceeds it may receive from us if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) to repay indebtedness, pay expenses incurred in connection with this offering and the other Organizational Transactions, fund $1.0 million of philanthropic



 

19


Table of Contents
 

initiatives aligned to benefiting K-12 educators in North America and for general corporate purposes.

 

  See “Use of Proceeds” and “Organizational Structure.”

 

Controlled company

After this offering, assuming the offering size as set forth in this section, our Principal Stockholders will control approximately                 % of the voting power (or         % of our Class A common stock if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) in us. As a result, we expect to be a controlled company within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange. See “Management—Controlled Company Status.”

 

Dividend policy

We currently intend to retain any future earnings for investment in our business and do not expect to pay any dividends on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. Holders of our class B common stock are not entitled to participate in any cash dividends declared by our board of directors. The declaration and payment of all future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our Board and will depend upon our financial condition, earnings, contractual conditions or applicable laws and other factors that our Board may deem relevant. As discussed under “Dividend Policy,” it is possible that we will receive distributions from Holdings LLC significantly in excess of our tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. While our Board may choose to distribute such cash balances as dividends on our Class A common stock, it will not be required (and does not currently intend) to do so. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Exchange rights of holders of the LLC Units

Prior to this offering, we will enter into the Exchange Agreement with Topco LLC so that it may exchange LLC Units (other than Participation Units), together with an equal number of shares of Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis or, at our election, for cash from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). Any shares of Class B common stock so delivered will be cancelled. Participation Units may be exchanged for a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the then current value of a share of Class A common stock less the



 

20


Table of Contents
 

applicable participation threshold multiplied by the number of Participation Units being exchanged, divided by the then current value of Class A common stock. See “Organizational Structure—Exchange Agreement.”

 

Tax Receivable Agreement

We will enter into the Tax Receivable Agreement with Topco LLC, Vista and Onex that will provide for the payment by us to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex, collectively, of 85% of the amount of tax benefits, if any, that PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. actually realizes (or in some circumstances is deemed to realize) as a result of (i) certain increases in the tax basis of assets of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries resulting from purchases of LLC Units with the proceeds of this offering or exchanges of LLC Units in the future or any prior transfers of interests in Holdings LLC (ii) certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities, Holdings LLC and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC that existed prior to this offering and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our making payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. See “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

 

Registration Rights Agreement

We intend to enter into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with Topco LLC, Vista and Onex in connection with this offering. The Registration Rights Agreement will provide Topco LLC, Vista and Onex certain registration rights whereby, following our initial public offering and the expiration of any related lock-up period, Topco LLC, Vista and Onex can require us to register under the Securities Act shares of Class A common stock (including shares issuable to Topco LLC upon exchange of its LLC Units). The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide for piggyback registration rights for Topco LLC, Vista and Onex. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

Directed share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to $                 shares of Class A common stock, or     % of the shares of Class A common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus, for sale at the initial public offering price per share through a directed share program, to certain individuals associated with Vista and Onex. If purchased by these persons, these shares will not be subject to a lock-up restriction. The number of shares



 

21


Table of Contents
 

available for sale to the general public will be reduced by the number of reserved shares sold to these individuals. Any reserved shares not purchased by these individuals will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered pursuant to this prospectus. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

 

Risk factors

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” elsewhere in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.

 

Conflicts of Interest

Certain of the underwriters and/or their affiliates are lenders under our First Lien Term Loan Facility, Second Lien Term Loan Facility, Revolving Credit Agreement and/or Bridge Loan facility and, as such, may receive a portion of the net proceeds from this offering that are used to repay the outstanding borrowings under the First Lien Term Loan Facility, Second Lien Term Loan Facility, Revolving Credit Agreement and Bridge Loan facility. As a result of the intended use of proceeds, such underwriters and/or their affiliates will receive in excess of 5% of the net proceeds from this offering. The receipt of at least 5% of the net proceeds of this offering by the underwriters (or their affiliates) would be considered a “conflict of interest” under FINRA Rule 5121. As such, this offering is being conducted in compliance with FINRA Rule 5121, which requires prominent disclosure of the nature of the conflict of interest in the prospectus for the public offering. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest) — Conflicts of Interest.”

 

Symbol for trading on the New York Stock Exchange

“PWSC.”

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:

 

   

assumes the effectiveness of the Organizational Transactions;

 

   

assumes an initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus;

 

   

assumes that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is not exercised; and

 

   

excludes the shares of Class A common stock that may be issuable upon exercise of exchange rights held by Topco LLC.



 

22


Table of Contents

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Data

The following tables present, as of the dates and for the periods indicated, (1) the summary historical consolidated financial and other data for Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries and (2) the summary unaudited pro forma financial data for PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Holdings LLC. Holdings LLC is the predecessor of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. for financial reporting purposes. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements and notes of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The results of operations for the periods presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. The information set forth below should be read together with “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. presented below have been derived from our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements and notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary unaudited pro forma financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 gives effect to the Organizational Transactions as described in “Organizational Structure,” including the consummation of this offering, the use of the net proceeds therefrom and related transactions, as described in “Use of Proceeds” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data,” as if all such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2020, with respect to the statement of operations data, and December 31, 2020, with respect to the consolidated balance sheet data. The unaudited pro forma financial data include various estimates that are subject to material change and may not be indicative of what our operations or financial position would have been had this offering and related transactions taken place on the dates indicated, or that may be expected to occur in the future. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data” for a complete description of the adjustments and assumptions underlying the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data.

The summary historical consolidated financial and other data of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. have not been presented, as PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. is a newly incorporated entity, has had no business transactions or activities to date and had no assets or liabilities during the periods presented in this section.

 

     Holdings LLC
Historical
Year Ended
December 31,
     PowerSchool
Holdings, Inc.

Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 
     2019      2020  
     (in thousands, except per share and per
unit data)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

        

Revenue:

        

Subscriptions and support

   $ 308,161      $ 370,853      $                    

Service

     45,559        49,471     

License and other

     11,271        14,564     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     364,991        434,888     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


 

23


Table of Contents
     Holdings LLC
Historical
Year Ended
December 31,
    PowerSchool
Holdings, Inc.

Pro Forma
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 
     2019     2020  
     (in thousands, except per share and per
unit data)
 

Cost of Revenue:

      

Subscriptions and support

     98,467       108,158    

Service

     38,647       41,324    

License and other

     1,051       1,320    

Depreciation and amortization

     31,821       41,000    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     169,986       191,802    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     195,005       243,086    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

      

Research and development

     61,160       70,673    

Selling, general, and administrative

     86,916       92,711    

Acquisition costs

     2,519       2,495    

Depreciation and amortization

     52,319       54,744    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     202,914       220,623    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) Income from Operations

     (7,909     22,463    

Interest Expense

     85,264       68,714    

Other Expense – Net

     208       358    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss Before Income Taxes

     (93,381     (46,609  

Income Tax (Benefit)

     (2,652     39    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (Loss)

   $ (90,729   $ (46,648   $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income—Foreign Currency Translation

     (22     353    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

     (22     353    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive Loss

   $ (90,751     (46,295  

Net (Loss) Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

   $       $       $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (Loss) Income Attributable to Holdings LLC Member

   $       $       $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (Loss) Income Per Common Unit Attributable to Holdings LLC Member—Basic and Diluted

   $       $       $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-Average Common Units Outstanding

      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Share Data:

      

Pro Forma Weighted-Average Share of Class A Common Stock Outstanding:

      

Basic

      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro Forma Net Loss Available to Class A Common Stock Per Share:(1)

                                                

Basic

      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Financial Data:

      

Adjusted Gross Profit(2)

   $ 230,995     $ 286,504     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

   $ 92,860     $ 135,642     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free Cash Flow(4)

   $ 19,379     $ 57,861     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selected Other Data:

      

ARR as of Period End(5)

   $ 371,681     $ 426,871     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Revenue Retention Rate(5)

     103.5     108.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


 

24


Table of Contents
     Holdings LLC
As of December 31,
    Pro Forma
PowerSchool
Holdings, Inc.
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 
     2019     2020  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

      

Cash

   $ 38,991     $ 52,734     $                    

Working capital(6)

     (153,236     (219,405  

Total assets

     3,169,703       3,200,700    

Long-term debt, less current portion

     1,163,662       1,160,326    

Total liabilities

     1,450,138       1,522,827    

Total member’s/ shareholders’ equity

     1,719,565       1,677,873    

 

(1)

See the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations in “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data” for a description of the assumptions underlying the pro forma net loss per share calculations.

(2)

We define Adjusted Gross Profit as gross profit, adjusted for amortization expense of acquired intangible assets and capitalized product development costs, and certain non-cash items and other adjustments we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing operating performance from period to period. For a reconciliation of Adjusted Gross Profit to gross profit, the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

(3)

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss before net interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization, certain non-cash items and other adjustments that we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing operating performance from period to period. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

(4)

We define Free Cash Flow as net cash used in operating activities less cash used for purchases of property and equipment and capitalized internal-use software costs. For a reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to net cash flow provided by operations, the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

(5)

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics” for more information with respect to ARR and net revenue retention rate.

(6)

We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.



 

25


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before making a decision to invest in our Class A common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to COVID-19

Our new customer acquisition and expansion and customer renewals have increased as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and such increases in customer acquisitions and renewals may not be sustained or may reverse at any time.

We have experienced significant increases in customer acquisition and expansion and customer renewals as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, particularly as it relates to statewide implementations of our platform. You should not rely on the increase in customer acquisitions and renewals in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic as an indication of our future performance. Many factors may contribute to declines in our acquisitions of customers and customer renewals in future periods, including if there is slowing demand for our platform, especially once the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic tapers. If our growth rate declines, investors’ perceptions of our business and the trading price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

The increased adoption and usage of our platform stemming from the COVID-19 pandemic may result in interruptions, delays, or outages in our platform, has resulted in increased customer interactions and wait times which could result in breach of our standard customer agreements, our performance guarantees and service level standards thereunder, and will result in increased variable costs, all of which could harm our business financial condition and results of operations.

The usage and adoption of our learning platform has increased as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and customer interactions and wait times for our customers have increased accordingly. If our customer support teams are unable to keep up with our increasing demands of our customers, customers may experience delays or interruptions in service, which could result in the breach of our standard customer agreements including performance guarantees and service level standards that obligate us to provide credits in the event of a significant disruption in our platform.

We have benefitted from the U.S. federal government’s stimulus packages focused on educational initiatives approved as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic; however, there is no guarantee that additional funding will be approved, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the U.S. federal government approved certain fiscal stimulus packages, including an additional $82 billion in December 2020, and in March 2021 President Biden signed the American Rescue Plan which includes $130 billion to support a reopening plan for K-12 schools and $35 billion for public Higher Education institutions to assist in reopening efforts, such as distance learning programs, the implementation of safety protocols, and emergency financial assistance. We are unable to predict the extent, implementation and effectiveness of any government-funded benefit programs and stimulus packages and the corresponding effect on demand for our

 

26


Table of Contents

platform or whether any further programs or stimulus packages will be adopted. If such government-funded benefit programs and stimulus packages are approved, our results may not be comparable to future periods.

Further, as a result of the stimulus packages, if potential competitors are attracted to our industry and develop and market new technologies that render our existing or future solutions less competitive, unmarketable or obsolete, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

The COVID-19 pandemic could materially adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

The severity, magnitude and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and uncertainty regarding the timing of the vaccine rollout is uncertain and rapidly changing. The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in authorities implementing numerous measures to try to contain the virus, such as travel bans and restrictions, quarantines, shelter in place orders and shutdowns. These measures have impacted and may further impact all or portions of our facilities, workforce and operations, the behavior of our customers and the operations of our respective vendors and suppliers. Concern over the impact of COVID-19 and uncertainty regarding the timing of the vaccine rollout has delayed the purchasing decisions of certain prospective customers and/or caused them to consider making smaller purchases than originally anticipated. While governmental authorities have taken measures to try to contain the COVID-19 pandemic, there is considerable uncertainty regarding such measures and potential future measures. There is no certainty that measures taken by governmental authorities will be sufficient to mitigate the risks posed by the COVID-19 pandemic, and our ability to perform critical functions could be harmed.

In response to disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, we have implemented a number of measures designed to protect the health and safety of our workforce, proactively reduce operating costs, conserve liquidity and position us to maintain our healthy financial position. These measures include restrictions on non-essential business travel, the institution of work-from-home policies wherever feasible and the implementation of strategies for workplace safety at our facilities that remain open. We are following the guidance from public health officials and government agencies, including implementation of enhanced cleaning measures, social distancing guidelines and wearing of masks. We will continue to incur increased costs for our operations during this pandemic that are difficult to predict with certainty. As a result, our future business, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition may be affected by the COVID-19 disruptions and timing of the vaccine rollout. There is no assurance the measures we have taken or may take in the future will be successful in managing the uncertainties caused by COVID-19 and the vaccine rollout.

While most of our operations can be performed remotely, there is no guarantee that we will be as effective while working remotely because our team is dispersed, many employees may have additional personal needs to attend to (such as looking after children as a result of school closures or caring for family members who become sick), and employees may become sick themselves and be unable to work. Decreased effectiveness of our team could adversely affect our results due to our inability to meet in person with potential customers, cancellation and inability to participate in conferences and other industry events that lead to sales generation, longer time periods to review and approve work product and a corresponding reduction in innovation, longer time to respond to platform performance issues, or other decreases in productivity that could seriously harm our business. Significant management time and resources may be diverted from our ordinary business operations in order to develop, implement and manage workplace safety strategies and conditions, which may be impacted by the vaccine rollout, as we attempt to return to our facilities.

As a result of COVID-19 and the vaccine rollout, we may decide to postpone or cancel planned investments in our business in response to changes in our business, or experience difficulties in

 

27


Table of Contents

recruiting or retaining personnel, each of which may impact our ability to respond to our customers’ needs and fulfill contractual obligations. In addition, as a result of financial or operational difficulties, our suppliers, system integrators and channel partners may experience delays or interruptions in their ability to provide services to us or our customers, if they are able to do so at all, which could interrupt our customers’ access to our services which could adversely affect their perception of our platform’s reliability and result in increased liability exposure. We rely upon third parties for certain critical inputs to our business and platform, such as data centers and technology infrastructure. Any disruptions to services provided to us by third parties that we rely upon to provide our platform, including as a result of actions outside of our control, could significantly impact the continued performance of our platform.

The COVID-19 pandemic has also significantly increased economic and demand uncertainty globally, and has led to record levels of unemployment in the United States. As a result, the COVID-19 pandemic has caused an economic slowdown, and it is possible that it could cause a global recession. This economic uncertainty has led to a general decrease in consumer spending and confidence, as well as an increased focus at state and federal level on budgets and overall spending. Our revenue, results of operations and cash flows depend on the overall demand for our platform. Concerns about the systemic impact of a potential widespread recession (in the United States or internationally), geopolitical issues or the availability and cost of credit have led to increased market volatility, decreased consumer confidence and diminished growth expectations in the U.S. economy and abroad, which in turn could result in reductions in IT spending by our existing and prospective customers. Some of our customers have experienced and may continue to experience financial hardships that, to date, have resulted in certain instances of delayed or uncollectible payments from our existing customers, though this could increase in the future. It is unclear when and how quickly the economy will recover after this unprecedented shutdown. All of these factors could have a negative impact on our revenue, cash flows and results of operations.

The severity, magnitude and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and vaccine rollout is uncertain, rapidly changing and hard to predict and depends on events beyond our knowledge or control. These and other impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic could have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, such as those relating to our reputation, solutions sales, results of operations or financial condition. We may not be able to predict or respond to all impacts on a timely basis to prevent near- or long-term adverse impacts to our results. As a result, we cannot at this time predict the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and vaccine rollout, but it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy

We have a history of cumulative losses, and we do not expect to be profitable for the foreseeable future.

We incurred net losses of $(46.6) million, and $(90.7) million in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. We had accumulated deficit of $(178,298,000) and $(131,650,000) as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Our losses and accumulated deficit reflect the substantial investments we have made to acquire new customers and develop our platform. We expect our operating expenses to increase in the future due to anticipated increases in sales and marketing expenses, research and development expenses, operations costs and general and administrative costs, and, therefore, we expect our losses to continue for the foreseeable future. Furthermore, to the extent we are successful in gaining new customers, we will also incur increased losses because many costs associated with acquiring new customers are generally incurred up front, while subscription revenue is generally recognized ratably over the terms of the agreements (typically three years, although some customers commit for longer or shorter periods). If we are unable to maintain consistent or increasing revenue or revenue growth, the market price of our

 

28


Table of Contents

common stock could be volatile, and it may be difficult for us to achieve and maintain profitability or maintain or increase cash flow on a consistent basis. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will achieve profitability in the future, or that, if we do become profitable, we will sustain profitability or achieve our target margins on a midterm or long-term basis.

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods, and our recent growth rates may not be indicative of our future growth. As our costs increase, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and, if achieved, maintain profitability.

We have experienced significant revenue growth in recent periods. In future periods, we may not be able to sustain revenue growth consistent with recent history, or at all. We believe our revenue growth depends on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, our ability to:

 

   

price our solutions effectively so that we are able to attract and retain customers without compromising our profitability;

 

   

attract new customers, successfully deploy and implement our solutions, upsell or otherwise increase our existing customers’ use of our solutions, obtain customer renewals and provide our customers with excellent customer support;

 

   

adequately expand, train, integrate and retain our sales force and other new employees, and maintain or increase our sales force’s productivity;

 

   

enhance our information, training and communication systems to ensure that our employees are well-coordinated and can effectively communicate with each other and customers;

 

   

improve our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures to ensure timely and accurate reporting of our operational and financial results;

 

   

successfully identify and enter into agreements with suitable acquisition targets, integrate any acquisitions and acquired technologies into our existing solutions or use them to develop new solutions;

 

   

successfully introduce new solutions and enhance existing solutions;

 

   

successfully introduce our solutions to new markets outside of the United States;

 

   

successfully compete against larger companies and new market entrants; and

 

   

increase awareness of our brand.

We may not successfully accomplish any of these objectives and, in particular, COVID-19 may impact our ability to successfully accomplish any of the above, and as a result, it is difficult for us to forecast our future results of operations. Our historical growth rate should not be considered indicative of our future performance and may decline in the future. In future periods, our revenue could grow more slowly than in recent periods or decline for any number of reasons, including those outlined above. We also expect our operating expenses to increase in future periods, particularly as we continue to invest in research and development and technology infrastructure, expand our operations globally, develop new solutions and enhancements for existing solutions and as we begin to operate as a public company. If our revenue growth does not increase to offset these anticipated increases in our operating expenses, our business, financial position and results of operations will be harmed, and we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability. In addition, the additional expenses we will incur may not lead to sufficient additional revenue to maintain historical revenue growth rates and profitability.

 

29


Table of Contents

The markets in which we participate are intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be adversely affected.

The market for the software we sell is highly competitive, with relatively low barriers to entry within certain areas of our product portfolio. Our competitors include well-established providers of K-12 non-instructional educational software, including Frontline and Instructure, that have long-standing relationships with many customers. Some customers may be hesitant to switch or to adopt our cloud-based software and prefer to maintain their existing relationships with their legacy software vendors.

We may also in the future face competition from new entrants to our market, some of whom would be able to invest massive resources (e.g., Microsoft, Amazon or Google) to develop a unified platform that competes directly with ours or to acquire one or more of our competitors to compete with us. If existing or new companies develop or market solutions similar to ours, develop an entirely new software platform for the K-12 education sector, acquire one of our existing competitors or form a strategic alliance with one of our competitors or other industry participants, our ability to compete effectively could be significantly impacted, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our competitors may offer software on a standalone basis at a low price or bundled as part of a larger product sale. In order to take advantage of customer demand for cloud-based software, legacy vendors are expanding their cloud-based software through acquisitions and organic development. Legacy vendors may also seek to partner with other leading cloud providers. We also face competition from custom-built software vendors and from vendors of specific applications, some of which offer cloud-based solutions.

We may also face competition from a variety of vendors of cloud-based and on-premises software products that may have some of the core functionality of our solutions but that address only a portion of the capabilities and features of our platform. In addition, other companies that provide cloud-based software in different target markets may develop software or acquire companies that operate in our target markets, and some potential customers may elect to develop their own internal software. With the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, we expect this competition to intensify in the future.

Furthermore, our current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with greater available resources and the ability to initiate or withstand substantial price competition. In addition, many of our competitors have established marketing relationships, access to larger customer bases and major distribution agreements with consultants, system integrators and resellers. Our competitors may also establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties that may further enhance their product offerings or resources. If our platform does not become more accepted relative to our competitors’, or if our competitors are successful in bringing their products or services to market earlier than ours, or if their products or services are more technologically advanced than ours, then our revenue could be adversely affected. In addition, some of our competitors may offer their products and services at a lower price. If we are unable to achieve our target pricing levels, our operating results will be negatively affected. Pricing pressures and increased competition could result in reduced sales, reduced margins, losses or a failure to maintain or improve our competitive market position, any of which could adversely affect our business.

Acquisitions and divestitures could harm our business and operating results.

We have acquired in the past, and plan to acquire in the future, other businesses, solutions and technologies. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of

 

30


Table of Contents

Operations—Overview—Building the PowerSchool Platform.” Acquisitions and divestures involve significant risks and uncertainties, which include:

 

   

disruption of our ongoing operations, diverting management from day-to-day responsibilities, increasing our expenses and adversely impacting our business, financial condition and operating results;

 

   

failure of an acquired business to further our business strategy;

 

   

uncertainties in achieving the expected benefits of an acquisition or disposition, including enhanced revenue, technology, human resources, cost savings, operating efficiencies and other synergies;

 

   

decrease in cash available for operations, stock repurchase programs and other uses and resulting in potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt;

 

   

incurrence of amortization expense related to identifiable intangible assets acquired that could impact our operating results;

 

   

difficulty integrating the operations, systems, technologies, solutions and personnel of acquired businesses effectively;

 

   

the need to provide transition services in connection with a disposition, which may result in the diversion of resources and focus;

 

   

difficulty achieving expected business results due to a lack of experience in new markets, solutions or technologies or the initial dependence on unfamiliar distribution partners or vendors;

 

   

retention and motivation of key personnel from acquired companies;

 

   

employee morale issues affecting employees of businesses that we acquire or dispose of, which may result from changes in compensation, changes in management, reporting relationships, future prospects or the direction of the acquired or disposed business;

 

   

assumption of the liabilities of an acquired business, including acquired litigation-related liabilities and regulatory compliance issues, and potential litigation or regulatory action arising from a proposed or completed acquisition;

 

   

lawsuits resulting from an acquisition or disposition;

 

   

maintenance of good relationships with customers or business partners of an acquired business or our own customers as a result of any integration of operations;

 

   

unidentified issues not discovered during the diligence process, including issues with the acquired or divested business’s intellectual property, solution quality, security, privacy practices, accounting practices, regulatory compliance or legal contingencies;

 

   

maintenance or establishment of acceptable standards, controls, procedures or policies with respect to an acquired business;

 

   

risks relating to the challenges and costs of closing a transaction, including, for example, obtaining shareholders’ approval where applicable, including from a majority of the minority shareholders, tendering shares under terms of the cash tender offer where applicable and satisfaction of regulatory approvals, as well as completion of customary closing conditions for each transaction;

 

   

the need to later divest acquired assets at a loss if an acquisition does not meet our expectations; and

 

   

entry into highly competitive markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience and where competitors have stronger market positions.

 

31


Table of Contents

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets. Goodwill must be assessed for impairment at least annually, and other intangible assets are assessed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, our exposure to risks associated with various claims, including the use of intellectual property, may be increased as a result of acquisitions of other companies. For example, we may have a lower level of visibility into the development process with respect to intellectual property or the care taken to safeguard against infringement risks with respect to the acquired company or technology. In addition, third parties may make infringement and similar or related claims after we have acquired technology that were not asserted prior to our acquisition. We could also acquire businesses or companies that offer solutions or services different than our current platform services, which could expose us to new areas of risk. In addition, acquisitions could result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results. If an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial position may suffer.

If we are unable to retain our personnel and hire and integrate additional skilled personnel, we may be unable to achieve our goals and our business will suffer.

Our future success depends upon our ability to continue to attract, train, integrate and retain highly skilled employees, particularly those on our management team, including Hardeep Gulati, our Chief Executive Officer, and our sales and marketing personnel, SaaS operations personnel, professional services personnel and software engineers. Our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel, or delays in hiring necessary personnel, including delays due to COVID-19, may seriously harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. If U.S. immigration policy related to skilled foreign workers were materially adjusted, such a change could hamper our efforts to hire highly skilled foreign employees, including highly specialized engineers, which would adversely impact our business.

Our executive officers and other key employees are generally employed on an at-will basis, which means that these personnel could terminate their relationship with us at any time. The loss of any member of our senior management team could significantly delay or prevent us from achieving our business and/or development objectives, and could materially harm our business.

We face competition for qualified individuals from numerous software and other technology companies. Competition for these personnel is intense, especially for engineers with high levels of experience in designing and developing software for Internet-related services. We have, from time to time, experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees or our company have breached their legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. In addition, job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the stock awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our stock awards declines, it may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees. Further, significant amounts of time and resources are required to train technical, sales, services and other personnel. We may incur significant costs to attract, train and retain such personnel, and we may lose new employees to our competitors or other technology companies before we realize the benefit of our investment after recruiting and training them.

 

32


Table of Contents

Also, to the extent that we hire personnel from competitors, we may be subject to allegations that such personnel have been improperly solicited or have divulged proprietary or other confidential information. In addition, we have a limited number of sales people and the loss of several sales people within a short period of time could have a negative impact on our sales efforts. We may be unable to attract and retain suitably qualified individuals who are capable of meeting our growing technical, operational and managerial requirements, or we may be required to pay increased compensation in order to do so.

Our ability to expand geographically depends, in large part, on our ability to attract, retain and integrate managers with the appropriate skills to lead local operations and employees. Similarly, our profitability depends on our ability to effectively utilize personnel with the right mix of skills and experience to perform services for our customers, including our ability to transition employees to new assignments on a timely basis. If we are unable to effectively deploy our employees globally on a timely basis to fulfill the needs of our customers, our reputation could suffer and our ability to attract new customers may be harmed.

Because of the technical nature of our solutions and the dynamic market in which we compete, any failure to attract, integrate and retain qualified technical, sales, services and other personnel, as well as our contract workers, could harm our ability to generate sales or successfully develop new solutions and professional services and enhancements of existing solutions.

We depend on our senior management team and the loss of our chief executive officer or one or more key employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our key executive officers. In particular, our chief executive officer, Hardeep Gulati, is critical to our vision, strategic direction, culture and overall business success. We also rely on our leadership team in the areas of research and development, marketing, sales, services and general and administrative functions, and on mission-critical individual contributors in research and development. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. We do not maintain key-man insurance for Mr. Gulati or any other member of our senior management team. We do not have employment agreements with our executive officers or other key personnel that require them to continue to work for us for any specified period and, therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees could have a serious adverse effect on our business.

If we are unable to develop, introduce and market new and enhanced versions of our solutions, we may be put at a competitive disadvantage and our operating results could be adversely affected.

Our ability to attract new customers and increase revenue from our existing customers depends, in part, on our continued ability to enhance the functionality of our existing solutions by developing, introducing and marketing new and enhanced versions of our solutions that address the evolving needs of our customers and changing industry standards. Because some of our solutions are complex and require rigorous testing, development cycles can be lengthy and can require months or even years of development, depending upon the solution and other factors. As we expand internationally, our solutions and services must be modified and adapted to comply with regulations and other requirements of the countries in which our customers do business.

Additionally, market conditions, including heightened pressure on carriers from end-users relating to mobile computing devices and speed of delivery, may dictate that we change the technology

 

33


Table of Contents

platform underlying our existing solutions or that new solutions be developed on different technology platforms, potentially adding material time and expense to our development cycles. The nature of these development cycles may cause us to experience delays between the time we incur expenses associated with research and development and the time we generate revenue, if any, from such expenses.

If we fail to develop new solutions or enhancements to our existing solutions, our business could be adversely affected, especially if our competitors are able to introduce solutions with enhanced functionality. It is critical to our success for us to anticipate changes in technology, industry standards and customer requirements and to successfully introduce new, enhanced and competitive solutions to meet our customers’ and prospective customers’ needs on a timely basis.

If we are not able to scale our business and manage our expenses, our operating results may suffer.

We have expanded specific functions over time in order to scale efficiently, to improve our cost structure and help scale our business. Our need to scale our business has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our administrative and operational business processes, infrastructure, facilities and other resources. Our ability to manage our operations will require significant expenditures and allocation of valuable management resources to improve internal business processes and systems, including investments in automation. Further, we expect to continue to expand our business globally. International expansion may also be required for our continued business growth, and managing any international expansion will require additional resources and controls. If our operations, infrastructure and business processes fail to keep pace with our business and customer requirements, customers may experience disruptions in service or support or we may not scale the business efficiently, which could adversely affect our reputation and adversely affect our revenue. There is no guarantee that we will be able to continue to develop and expand our infrastructure and business processes at the pace necessary to scale the business, and our failure to do so may have an adverse effect on our business. If we fail to efficiently expand our engineering, operations, customer support, professional services, cloud infrastructure, IT and financial organizations and systems, or if we fail to implement or maintain effective internal business processes, controls and procedures, our costs and expenses may increase more than we planned or we may fail to execute on our solutions roadmap or our business plan, any of which would likely seriously harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Adverse general and industry-specific economic and market conditions and reductions in IT spending may reduce demand for our solutions, which could harm our results of operations.

Our revenue, results of operations and cash flows depend on the overall demand for our solutions. Concerns about the systemic impact of a potential widespread recession (in the United States or internationally), geopolitical issues or the availability and cost of credit could lead to increased market volatility, decreased consumer confidence and diminished growth expectations in the U.S. economy and abroad, which in turn could result in reductions in IT spending by our existing and prospective customers. Prolonged economic slowdowns may result in customers delaying or canceling IT projects, choosing to focus on in-house development efforts or seeking to lower their costs by requesting us to renegotiate existing contracts on less advantageous terms or defaulting on payments due on existing contracts or not renewing at the end of existing contract terms. As a result, broadening or protracted extension of an economic downturn could harm our business, revenue, results of operations and cash flows.

 

34


Table of Contents

We could lose revenue if there are changes in the spending policies or budget priorities for government funding of K-12 schools.

A substantial portion of our revenue is derived from sales to K-12 schools, with less than 10% coming from Higher Education institutions, which are heavily dependent on federal, state, and local government funding. In addition, the school appropriations process is often slow, unpredictable and subject to many factors outside of our control. Budget cuts, curtailments, delays, changes in leadership, shifts in priorities or general reductions in funding could reduce or delay our revenue. Funding difficulties experienced by schools, which have been exacerbated by the recent economic downturn, the impacts of COVID-19 and state budget deficits, could also slow or reduce purchases, which in turn could materially harm our business.

Our business may be adversely affected by changes in state educational funding, resulting from changes in legislation, both at the federal and state levels, changes in the state procurement process, changes in government leadership, declines in K-12 school enrollment, emergence of other priorities and changes in the condition of the local, state or U.S. economy. Moreover, future reductions in federal funding and the state and local tax bases could create an unfavorable environment, leading to budget shortfalls resulting in a decrease in educational funding. Any decreased funding for schools may harm our recurring and new business materially if our customers are not able to find and obtain alternative sources of funding.

Additionally, permanent shifts in student enrollment from traditional K-12 education models toward online and home schooling or other alternative educational models that do not use our solutions could materially harm our business. In addition, although it is a smaller proportion of our business, our revenue coming from Higher Education institutions might decline if enrollment rates continue to decline.

We provide our solutions to state and local government entities and to a lesser extent federal government agencies, and heavily regulated organizations in the U.S. and in foreign jurisdictions; as a result, we face risks related to the procurement process and budget decisions driven by statutory and regulatory determinations, termination of contracts and compliance with government contracting requirements.

We sell our solutions and provide limited services to a number of state and local government entities and, in limited instances, the U.S. government. We additionally have customers who operate in heavily-regulated organizations who procure our software solutions and we have made, and may continue to make, significant investments to support future sales opportunities in these sectors. Doing business with government entities presents a variety of risks. Among other risks, the procurement process for governments and their agencies is highly competitive, can be time-consuming, requires us to incur significant up-front time and expense and subjects us to additional compliance risks and costs, without any assurance that we will win a contract. Beyond this, demand for our solutions and services may be impacted by public sector budgetary cycles and funding availability, the impacts of COVID-19, and reduced or delayed funding in any given fiscal cycle, including in connection with an extended federal government shutdown, which could adversely impact demand for our solutions and services. In addition, public sector and heavily-regulated customers may have contractual, statutory or regulatory rights to terminate current contracts with us for convenience or due to a default. If a contract is terminated for convenience, we may only be able to collect fees for solutions or services delivered prior to termination and settlement expenses. If a contract is terminated due to a default, we may be liable for excess costs incurred by the customer for procuring alternative solutions or services or be precluded from doing further business with government entities. Further, entities providing services to governments are required to comply with a variety of complex laws, regulations and contractual provisions relating to the formation, administration, or performance of government contracts that give

 

35


Table of Contents

public sector customers substantial rights and remedies, many of which are not typically found in commercial contracts. These may include rights with respect to price protection, the accuracy of information provided to the government, contractor compliance with supplier equal opportunity and affirmative action policies and other terms that are particular to government contracts, such as termination rights. Federal, state and local governments routinely investigate and audit contractors for compliance with these requirements. If, as a result of an audit or review, it is determined that we have failed to comply with these requirements, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, cost associated with the triggering of price reduction clauses, fines and suspensions or debarment from future government business, and we may suffer harm to our reputation.

Our customers also include a number of non-U.S. governments. Similar procurement, budgetary, contract and audit risks that apply in the context of U.S. government contracting also apply to our doing business with these entities, particularly in certain emerging markets where our customer base is less established. In addition, compliance with complex regulations and contracting provisions in a variety of jurisdictions can be expensive and consume significant management resources. In certain jurisdictions, our ability to win business may be constrained by political and other factors unrelated to our competitive position in the market.

Certain estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate.

This prospectus includes our internal estimates of the addressable market for our solutions. Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts, whether obtained from third-party sources or developed internally, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may prove to be inaccurate. This is especially so at the present time due to the uncertain and rapidly changing projections of the severity, magnitude and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic. The estimates and forecasts in this prospectus relating to the size and expected growth of our target market, market demand and adoption, capacity to address this demand and pricing may also prove to be inaccurate. In particular, our estimates regarding our current and projected market opportunity are difficult to predict. The addressable market we estimate may not materialize for many years, if ever, even if the markets in which we compete meet the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

We invest significantly in research and development, and to the extent our research and development investments do not translate into new solutions or material enhancements to our current solutions, or if we do not use those investments efficiently, our business and results of operations would be harmed.

A key element of our strategy is to invest significantly in our research and development efforts to develop new solutions and enhance our existing solutions to address additional applications and markets. For the year ended December 31, 2020, our research and development expense was approximately 16% of our revenue. If we do not spend our research and development budget efficiently or effectively on compelling innovation and technologies, our business may be harmed and we may not realize the expected benefits of our strategy. Moreover, research and development projects can be technically challenging and expensive. The nature of these research and development cycles may cause us to experience delays between the time we incur expenses associated with research and development and the time we are able to offer compelling solutions and generate revenue, if any, from such investment. Additionally, anticipated customer demand for a solutions we are developing could decrease after the development cycle has commenced, rendering us unable to recover substantial costs associated with the development of such solution. If we expend a significant amount of resources on research and development and our efforts do not lead to the successful introduction or improvement

 

36


Table of Contents

of solutions that are competitive in our current or future markets, it would harm our business and results of operations.

Downturns or upturns in our sales may not be immediately reflected in our financial position and results of operations.

Because we recognize the majority of our revenue ratably over the term of the subscription agreement, any decreases in new subscriptions or renewals in any one period may not be immediately reflected as a decrease in revenue for that period, but could negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. This also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through the sale of additional subscriptions in any period, as revenue is recognized over the term of the subscription agreement. In addition, fluctuations in monthly subscriptions based on usage could affect our revenue on a period-over-period basis. If our quarterly results of operations fall below the expectations of investors and securities analysts who follow our stock, the price of our Class A common stock would decline substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class actions.

The length and unpredictability of the sales cycle for our software could delay new sales and cause our revenue and cash flows for any given quarter to fail to meet our projections or market expectations.

The sales cycle between our initial contact with a potential client and the signing of a subscription with that client typically ranges from 3 to 18 months. As a result of this lengthy sales cycle, we have only a limited ability to forecast the timing of sales. A delay in or failure to complete transactions could harm our business and financial results, and could cause our financial results to vary significantly from quarter to quarter. Our sales cycle varies widely, reflecting differences in our potential clients’ decision-making processes, procurement requirements and budget cycles, and is subject to significant risks over which we have little or no control, including:

 

   

clients’ budgetary constraints and priorities; the timing of our clients’ budget cycles;

 

   

the need by some clients for lengthy evaluations that often include both their administrators and governing boards; and

 

   

the length and timing of clients’ approval processes.

Our large customers have substantial negotiating leverage, which may require that we agree to terms and conditions that result in increased cost of sales, decreased revenue and lower average selling prices and gross margin percentages, all of which would harm our results of operations.

Some of our customers include state-level agencies and North America’s largest school districts. These customers have significant bargaining power when negotiating new SaaS arrangements or term licenses, or renewals of existing agreements, and have the ability to buy similar solutions from other vendors or develop such systems internally. These customers have and may continue to seek advantageous pricing and other commercial terms and may require us to develop additional features in the solutions we sell to them. We have been required to, and may continue to be required to, reduce the average selling price of our solutions in response to these pressures. These customers may also require us to implement their purchased solutions on an expedited basis. If we are unable to implement our solutions to our customers satisfaction or avoid reducing our average selling prices and gross margin percentages, our results of operations would be harmed.

We may need to change our pricing models to compete successfully.

The intense competition we face in the sales of our solutions and services and general economic and business conditions can put pressure on us to change our prices. If our competitors offer deep

 

37


Table of Contents

discounts on certain solutions or services or develop solutions that the marketplace considers more valuable than ours, we may need to lower prices or offer other favorable terms in order to compete successfully. Any such changes may reduce margins and could adversely affect operating results. Our competitors may offer lower pricing on their support offerings, which could put pressure on us to further discount our offerings. We also must determine the appropriate price of our offerings and services to enable us to compete effectively internationally. Our prices may also change because of discounts, a change in our mix of solutions toward subscription, enterprise-wide licensing arrangements, bundling of solutions, features and functionality by us or our competitors, potential changes in our pricing, anticipation of the introduction of new solutions or promotional programs for customers. In response to COVID-19, we may be required to offer deeply discounted pricing, adopt new pricing models and offer extended payment terms in order to attract new and retain existing customers, which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity and financial condition.

Any broad-based change to our prices and pricing policies could cause our revenue to decline or be delayed as our sales force implements and our customers adjust to new pricing policies. We or our competitors may bundle solutions for promotional purposes or as a long-term go-to-market or pricing strategy or provide guarantees of prices and solution implementations. These practices could, over time, significantly constrain the prices that we can charge for certain of our solutions. If we do not adapt our pricing models to reflect changes in customer use of our solution or changes in customer demand, our revenue could decrease.

We may not be able to increase the number of new subscription-based accounts or cause existing accounts to renew their subscriptions, which could have a negative impact on our future revenue and results of operations.

We may not be able to increase demand for our subscription-based services in line with our growth strategy. Our accounts are not obligated to renew their subscriptions for our offerings, and they may elect not to renew. We cannot assure renewal rates, or the mix of subscriptions renewals. Account renewal rates may decline or fluctuate due to a number of factors, including offering pricing, competitive offerings, account satisfaction, and reductions in account spending levels or account activity due to economic downturns. If our accounts do not renew their subscriptions or if they renew on less favorable terms, our revenue may decline, which could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we fail to maintain, enhance or protect our brand, our ability to expand our customer base will be impaired and our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

We believe that maintaining, enhancing and protecting our brand, is critical to support the marketing and sale of our existing and future solutions to new customers and expand sales of our solutions to existing customers. We also believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market increases. Successfully maintaining, enhancing and protecting our brand will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, our ability to provide reliable solutions that continue to meet the needs of our customers at competitive prices, our ability to maintain our customers’ trust, our ability to continue to develop new functionality and use cases, our ability to successfully differentiate our solutions and solution capabilities from competitive products and our ability to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce trademark and other intellectual property protection for our brand. Our brand promotion activities may not generate customer awareness or yield increased revenue, and even if they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote, maintain or protect our brand, our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

 

38


Table of Contents

Our business is subject to the risks of fire, floods and other natural catastrophic events, and to interruption by man-made problems such as power disruptions, computer viruses, data security breaches or terrorism.

Our corporate headquarters are located in the Sacramento region of California. A significant natural disaster, such as a fire or flood, occurring at our headquarters, at one of our other facilities, at any of our cloud hosting provider facilities, or where a business partner is located could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. For example, the rapid spread of COVID-19 globally in 2020 has resulted in travel restrictions and in some cases, prohibitions of non-essential travel, disruption and shutdown of businesses and greater uncertainty in global financial markets. Prolonged health concerns or political or governmental developments in countries in which we or our customers, partners and service providers operate could result in further economic, social or labor instability, slow our sales process, result in customers not purchasing or renewing our solutions or failing to make payments, and could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business and our results of operations and financial condition. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic impacts our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and will include emerging information concerning the re-opening of private businesses, infection rates and the actions taken by governments and private businesses to attempt to contain and cope with COVID-19.

Further, if a natural disaster or man-made incident were to affect Internet service providers, this could adversely affect the ability of our customers to use our solutions and platform. Although we maintain incident management and disaster response plans, in the event of a major disruption caused by a natural disaster or man-made incident, we may be unable to continue our operations and may endure system interruptions, reputational harm, delays in our development activities and lengthy interruptions in service, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Large customers often demand more configuration and integration services, or customized features and functions that we do not offer, which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

Large customers may demand more configuration and integration services, which increase our upfront investment in sales and deployment efforts, with no guarantee that these customers will increase the scope of their subscription. As a result of these factors, we must devote a significant amount of sales support and professional services resources to individual customers, increasing the cost and time required to complete sales. Additionally, our platform does not currently permit customers to modify our code. If prospective customers require customized features or functions that we do not offer and that would be difficult for them to deploy themselves, then the market for our platform will be more limited and our business could suffer.

Our business is subject to seasonal sales and customer growth fluctuations which could result in volatility in our operating results.

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations. Historically, we have experienced predictable annual renewal cycles, with a meaningful portion of service periods beginning in July and September due to seasonal demand and “back-to-school” momentum. This drives higher bookings in our second and third fiscal quarters and subsequent annual fees. As a result, a significantly higher percentage of our annual license fees are invoiced during those quarters at contract renewal or inception, also resulting in higher levels of cash collection in the third and fourth quarter. We generally expect these seasonal trends to continue tracking the school year and academic calendar in the future, which may cause quarterly fluctuations in our results of operations and certain financial metrics. Seasonality may cause our sales and customer growth to vary from quarter-to-quarter depending on the variability in the

 

39


Table of Contents

volume and timing of sales and renewals. These factors, among other things, make forecasting more difficult and may adversely affect our ability to predict financial results accurately, which could result in volatility or adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Quarterly Results of Operations and Other Data.”

We rely, in part, on channel partners for the sale and distribution of certain of our products. Failure to deliver on the service level agreements with our channel partners, a decrease in revenues from certain of these channel partners or any failure in our channel strategy could adversely affect our business.

We rely on channel partners for the sale and distribution of some of our products. For example, in March 2021, we entered into a reseller agreement with EAB Global, Inc. whereby EAB Global operates as the exclusive channel partner and reseller of our Intersect products and other items within the United States and Canada and a non-exclusive reseller of certain other products. We plan to continue to establish and maintain similar strategic relationships in certain industry verticals and otherwise, and we expect our channel partners to become an increasingly important aspect of our business. However, these strategic relationships could limit our ability in the future to compete in certain industry verticals and, depending on the success of our third-party partners and the industries that those partners operate in generally, may negatively impact our business because of the nature of strategic alliances, exclusivity provisions, or otherwise.

We anticipate that we will continue to depend on relationships with third parties, such as our channel partners and system integrators, to sell, market and deploy our products. Identifying partners, and negotiating and documenting relationships with them, requires significant time and resources. If our channel partners do not effectively sell, market or deploy our products, choose to promote our competitors’ products or otherwise fail to meet the needs of our customers, our ability to grow our business and sell our products may be adversely affected. In addition, acquisitions of such partners by our competitors could result in a decrease in the number of our current and potential customers, as these partners may no longer facilitate the adoption of our applications by potential customers. Further, some of our partners are or may become competitive with certain of our products and may elect to no longer integrate with our products. We rely on our channel partners to operate in accordance with the terms of their contractual agreements with us. Moreover, if we experience any failures to meet the stated service level commitments in our channel partner agreements, our business may be negatively impacted. Overall, if we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our channel partners and system integrators, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenue could be impaired, and our results of operations may suffer.

Risks Related to our Intellectual Property Rights and our Technology

Disruptions, capacity limitations or interference with our use of the data centers operated by third-party providers that host our cloud services, including, but not limited to Amazon Web Services (“AWS”) and Microsoft Azure (“Azure”), could result in delays or outages of our cloud service and harm our business.

We currently host our cloud service from third-party data center facilities operated by AWS and Azure, from several global locations. Any damage to, failure of or interference with our cloud service that is hosted by AWS and Azure, or by third-party providers we may utilize in the future, whether as a result of our actions, actions by the third-party data centers, actions by other third parties, or acts of God, could result in interruptions in our cloud service and/or the loss of our or our customers’ data. While the third-party data centers host the server infrastructure, we manage the cloud services through our site reliability engineering team, and we need to support version control, changes in cloud software

 

40


Table of Contents

parameters and the evolution of our solutions, all in a multi-OS environment. As we utilize third-party data centers, we may move or transfer our data and our customers’ data from one region to another. Despite precautions taken during this process, any unsuccessful data transfers may impair the delivery of our service. Many of our customer agreements contain contractual service level commitments to maintain specified service levels for our cloud services, and if we, AWS and Azure, or any other third-party data center facilities that we may utilize fail to meet these service level commitments, we may have to issue credits to these customers, which could adversely affect our operations. Impairment of, or interruptions in, our cloud services may reduce our subscription revenue, subject us to claims and litigation, cause our customers to terminate their subscriptions and adversely affect our subscription renewal rates and our ability to attract new customers. Our business will also be harmed if our customers and potential customers believe our services are unreliable. Additionally, any limitation of the capacity of our third-party data centers could impede our ability to scale, onboard new customers or expand the usage of existing customers, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We do not control, or in some cases have limited control over, the operation of the data center facilities we use, and they are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss, telecommunications failures and similar events. They may also be subject to cyberattacks, computer viruses, disabling devices, break-ins, sabotage, intentional criminal acts, acts of vandalism and similar misconduct and to adverse events caused by operator error. Despite precautions taken at these facilities, the occurrence of a natural disaster, an act of terrorism, war or other act of malfeasance, a decision to close the facilities without adequate notice, or other unanticipated problems at these facilities could result in lengthy interruptions in our service and the loss of customer data and business. We may also incur significant costs for using alternative equipment or facilities or taking other actions in preparation for, or in reaction to, any such events.

In the event that any of our agreements with our third-party service providers are terminated, there is a lapse or elimination of any services or features that we utilize or there is an interruption of connectivity or damage to facilities, whether due to actions outside of our control or otherwise, we could experience interruptions or delays in customer access to our platform and incur significant expense in developing, identifying, obtaining and/or integrating replacement services, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, and which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement, misappropriation or other violation of their intellectual property and proprietary rights.

There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to develop and commercialize our solutions without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property or proprietary rights of others. From time to time, our competitors or other third parties have claimed and in the future could claim that we are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating their intellectual property or proprietary rights, we have been and in the future may become subject to intellectual property disputes and we may be found to be infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating such rights. A claim may also be made relating to technology that we acquire or license from third parties.

We may be unaware of the intellectual property or proprietary rights of others that may cover some or all of our solutions. Regardless of merit, any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages, costs and/or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our solutions, require us to obtain a license, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, require us to re-design our solutions, which could by costly, time-consuming or impossible or require that we comply

 

41


Table of Contents

with other unfavorable terms. If any of our customers are sued, we would in general be required to defend and/or settle the litigation on their behalf. In addition, if we are unable to obtain licenses or modify our solutions to make them non-infringing, we might have to refund a portion of license fees prepaid to us and terminate those agreements, which could further exhaust our resources. In addition, we may pay substantial settlement amounts or royalties on future solution sales to resolve claims or litigation, whether or not legitimately or successfully asserted against us. Even if we were to prevail in the actual or potential claims or litigation against us, any claim or litigation regarding our intellectual property and proprietary rights could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations. Such disputes, with or without merit, could also cause potential customers to refrain from purchasing our solutions or otherwise cause us reputational harm.

We do not currently have a large patent portfolio, which could prevent us from deterring patent infringement claims through our own patent portfolio, and our competitors and others may now and in the future have significantly larger and more mature patent portfolios than we have. Any litigation may also involve non-practicing entities, patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners. We cannot predict the outcome of lawsuits and cannot ensure that the results of any such actions will not have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

If we are unable to obtain, maintain, protect or enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expenses.

Our ability to compete effectively is dependent in part upon our ability to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, including proprietary technology. We establish and protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, including our proprietary information and technology through a combination of licensing agreements, third-party nondisclosure agreements, confidentiality procedures and other contractual provisions, as well as through patent, trademark, trade dress, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property laws in the United States and similar laws in other countries. However, the steps we take to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights may be inadequate. There can be no assurance that these protections will be available in all cases or will be adequate to prevent our competitors or other third parties from copying, reverse engineering, accessing or otherwise obtaining and using our technology, intellectual property or proprietary rights or solutions without our permission. The laws of some foreign countries, including countries in which our solutions are sold, may not be as protective of intellectual property and proprietary rights as those in the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property and proprietary rights may be inadequate. There can be no assurance that our competitors will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology or design around our intellectual property and proprietary rights. In each case, our ability to compete could be significantly impaired.

In addition, third parties may seek to challenge, invalidate or circumvent our patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other intellectual property and proprietary rights, or any applications for any of the foregoing, including through administrative processes such as re-examination, inter partes review, interference and derivation proceedings and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings) or litigation. The legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property and proprietary rights are uncertain and still evolving. There can be no assurance that our patent applications will result in issued patents or whether the examination process will require us to narrow the scope of the claims sought. In addition, our issued patents, and any patents issued from our pending or future patent applications or licensed to us in the future may not provide us with competitive advantages, may be successfully challenged, invalidated or circumvented by third parties, or may not prove to be enforceable in actions brought against alleged

 

42


Table of Contents

infringers. The value of our intellectual property and proprietary rights could also diminish if others assert rights therein or ownership thereof, and we may be unable to successfully resolve any such conflicts in our favor or to our satisfaction.

To prevent substantial unauthorized use of our intellectual property and proprietary rights, it may be necessary to prosecute actions for infringement, misappropriation or other violation of our intellectual property and proprietary rights against third parties. Any such action may be time-consuming and could result in significant costs and diversion of our resources and management’s attention, and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in such action, even when our rights have been infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated. Further, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property and proprietary rights, and if such defenses, counterclaims or countersuits are successful, we could lose valuable intellectual property and proprietary rights.

Furthermore, many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property and proprietary rights than we do. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Although we enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with other third parties, including customers and third-party service providers, we cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that has or may have had access to our proprietary information, know-how and trade secrets. Moreover, no assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to, distribution, use, misuse, misappropriation, reverse engineering or disclosure of our proprietary information, know-how and trade secrets. Further, these agreements may not prevent our competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our solutions and platform capabilities. These agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach.

If our security measures or those of our third-party service providers are breached or fail and result in unauthorized disclosure of data, we could lose school clients, fail to attract new school clients and be exposed to protracted and costly litigation as a result of the harm to a student’s wellbeing or other damages.

Our platform and solutions store and transmit proprietary and confidential school, student, and company information, which may include personal information of students, prospective students, faculty and employees, that is subject to stringent legal and regulatory obligations. As a technology company, we face an increasing number of threats to our platform and computer systems, including unauthorized activity and access, system viruses, worms, malicious code, denial of service attacks, phishing attacks, and organized cyberattacks, any of which could breach our security and disrupt our platform and our school clients’ offerings. Although we devote significant resources to prevent unwanted intrusions and to protect our systems and data, whether such data is housed internally or by external third parties, the techniques used by computer hackers and cyber criminals to obtain unauthorized access to data or to sabotage computer systems change frequently and generally are not detected until after an incident has occurred. Cyber threat actors are becoming more sophisticated and coordinated in their attempts to access information technology (IT) systems and data. While we have implemented certain safeguards and processes to thwart unwanted intrusions and to protect the data in our platform and computer systems, whether housed internally or externally by third parties, such safeguards and the cybersecurity measures taken by our third-party service providers may be unable to anticipate, detect or prevent all attempts to compromise our platform and systems. We and certain of our third party service providers have experienced and may continue to experience cyber incidents

 

43


Table of Contents

of varying degrees and type in the conduct of our business. Although such incidents did not have a material adverse effect on our operating results, there can be no assurance of a similar result in the future. If our security measures are breached or fail as a result of third-party action, user error, malfeasance or otherwise, it could result in the loss or misuse of proprietary and confidential school, student (including prospective student), employee and company information, or harm the safety, wellbeing or academic outcomes of students, all of which could subject us to significant liability, or interrupt our business, potentially over an extended period of time. For example, data breaches or failures could result in a student’s grades being misreported on that student’s transcripts, which could negatively affect students’ emotional health and educational and career prospects.

Any or all of these issues could harm our reputation, adversely affect our ability to attract new school clients and students, cause existing school clients to scale back their offerings or elect not to renew their agreements, cause prospective students not to enroll or existing students to not stay enrolled in our offerings, or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability. Further, any reputational damage resulting from breach of our security measures could create distrust of our company by prospective school clients or students. In addition, our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover costs, expenses and losses associated with such events, and in any case, such insurance may not cover all of the types of costs, expenses and losses we could incur to respond to and remediate a security breach. As a result, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to protect against the threat of these disruptions and security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by such disruptions or breaches.

Many governments have enacted laws that require companies and institutions to notify impacted individuals of data breach incidents, usually in writing. Under the terms of our contracts with our school clients, we would be responsible for the costs of investigating and disclosing data breaches to the school clients and their students. In addition to costs associated with investigating and fully disclosing a data breach, we could be subject to regulatory proceedings or private claims by affected parties, which could result in substantial monetary fines or damages, and our reputation would likely be harmed.

Indemnity provisions in various agreements to which we are party potentially expose us to substantial liability for infringement, misappropriation or other violation of intellectual property rights, data protection and other losses.

Our agreements with our customers and other third parties may include indemnification provisions under which we agree to indemnify or otherwise be liable to them for losses suffered or incurred as a result of claims of infringement, misappropriation or other violation of intellectual property rights, data protection, damages caused by us to property or persons, or other liabilities relating to or arising from our software, services, platform, our acts or omissions under such agreements or other contractual obligations. Some of these indemnity agreements provide for uncapped liability and some indemnity provisions survive termination or expiration of the applicable agreement. Large indemnity payments could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although we attempt to contractually limit our liability with respect to such indemnity obligations, we are not always successful and may still incur substantial liability related to them, and we may be required to cease use of certain functions of our platform or solutions as a result of any such claims. Any dispute with a customer or other third party with respect to such obligations could have adverse effects on our relationship with such customer or other third party and other existing or prospective customers, reduce demand for our solutions and services and adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations. In addition, although we carry general liability insurance, our insurance may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed or otherwise protect us from liabilities or damages with respect to claims alleging compromises of customer data, and any such coverage may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

 

44


Table of Contents

Our use of open source software could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our solutions or subject us to litigation or other actions.

Our software contains solutions licensed for use from third-party authors under open source licenses, and we expect to continue to incorporate open source software in our solutions in the future. Use and distribution of open source software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement, misappropriation or other violation claims or the quality of the code. Some open source licenses contain requirements that we make available the source code of modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the type of open source software we use and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the applicable open source licenses. If we fail to comply, or are alleged to have failed to comply, with the terms and conditions of our open source licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending such allegations, subject to significant damages, enjoined from the sale of our proprietary solutions and required to comply with onerous conditions or restrictions on our proprietary solutions, any of which could be disruptive to our business.

Moreover, if we combine our proprietary solutions with open source software in a certain manner, we could, under certain of the open source licenses, be required to release the source code of our proprietary solutions to the public or offer our solutions to users at no cost. This could allow our competitors to create similar solutions with lower development effort and time and ultimately could result in a loss of sales for us. We cannot ensure that we have not incorporated open source software in our software in a manner that is inconsistent with the terms of the applicable license or our current policies, and we may inadvertently use open source in a manner that we do not intend or that could expose us to claims for breach of contract or intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation.

The terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our solutions. In such an event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our solutions, re-engineer our solutions, discontinue the sale of our solutions in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis or make generally available, in source code form, all or a portion of our proprietary source code, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

If there are interruptions or performance problems associated with our technology or infrastructure, our existing customers may experience service outages, and our new customers may experience delays in the deployment of our solutions.

Our continued growth depends on the ability of our existing and potential customers to access our solutions and applications 24 hours a day, seven days a week, without interruption or degradation of performance. We have and, in the future may experience disruptions, outages and other performance problems with our infrastructure due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, introductions of new functionality, service interruptions from our hosting or technology partners, human or software errors, capacity constraints, distributed denial of service attacks or other security-related incidents. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems immediately or in short order. We may not be able to maintain the level of service uptime and performance required by our customers or our contractual commitments, especially during peak usage times and as our solutions become more complex and our user traffic increases. If any of our solutions malfunction or if our customers are unable to access our solutions or deploy them within a reasonable amount of time, or at all, our business would be harmed. The adverse effects of any service interruptions on our reputation and financial condition may be disproportionately heightened due to the

 

45


Table of Contents

nature of our business and the fact that our customers expect continuous and uninterrupted access to our solutions and have a low tolerance for interruptions of any duration. Since our customers use our solutions to assist in necessary business and service interactions and to support customer and client-facing applications, any outage on our solutions would impair the ability of our customers to operate their businesses and provide necessary services, which would negatively impact our brand, reputation and customer satisfaction.

Any of the above circumstances or events may harm our reputation, cause customers to terminate their agreements with us, impair our ability to obtain subscription renewals from existing customers, impair our ability to grow our customer base, result in the expenditure of significant financial, technical and engineering resources, subject us to financial penalties and liabilities under our service level agreements, and otherwise could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Failures in internet infrastructure or interference with broadband or wireless access could cause current or potential customers to believe that our solutions are unreliable, leading these customers to switch to our competitors or to avoid using our solutions, which could negatively impact our revenue or harm our opportunities for customer growth.

Our solutions depend in part on our customers’ high-speed broadband or wireless access to the internet. Increasing numbers of customers and bandwidth requirements may degrade the performance of our solutions due to capacity constraints and other internet infrastructure limitations, and additional network capacity to maintain adequate data transmission speeds may be unavailable or unacceptably expensive. If adequate capacity is not available to us, our solutions may be unable to achieve or maintain sufficient data transmission, reliability, or performance. In addition, if internet service providers and other third parties providing internet services, including incumbent phone companies, cable companies and wireless companies, have outages or suffer deterioration in their quality of service, our customers may not have access to or may experience a decrease in the quality of our solutions. These providers may take measures that block, degrade, disrupt, or increase the cost of customer access to our solutions. Any of these disruptions to data transmission could lead customers to switch to our competitors or avoid using our solutions, which could negatively impact our revenue or harm our opportunities for growth.

Real or perceived errors, failures or bugs in our solutions, hosting, support or implementation could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

Our solutions are complex, and therefore, undetected errors, failures, bugs or defects may be present in our solutions or occur in the future in our solutions, our technology or software or technology or software we license in from third parties, including open source software, especially when updates or new solutions are released. Such software and technology is used in IT environments with different operating systems, system management software, devices, databases, servers, storage, middleware, custom and third-party applications and equipment and networking configurations, which may cause errors, failures, bugs or defects in the IT environment into which such software and technology is deployed. This diversity increases the likelihood of errors, failures, bugs or defects in those IT environments. Despite testing by us, real or perceived errors, failures, bugs or defects may not be found until our customers use our solutions. Real or perceived errors, failures, bugs or defects in our solutions could result in negative publicity, potentially harm the safety, wellbeing and academic outcomes of students, cause a loss of or delay in market acceptance of our solutions and harm to our brand, weaken our competitive position, result in claims by customers for losses sustained by them or failure to meet the stated service level commitments in our customer agreements. In such an event, we may be required, or may choose, for customer relations or other reasons, to expend significant

 

46


Table of Contents

additional resources in order to help correct the problem. Any real or perceived errors, failures, bugs or defects in our solutions could also impair our ability to attract new customers, retain existing customers or expand their use of our solutions, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Moreover, as our solutions are adopted by an increasing number of schools and school districts, it is possible that the individuals and organizations behind advanced cyberattacks will begin to focus on finding ways to hack our solutions. If this happens, our customers could be specifically targeted by attackers exploiting vulnerabilities in our solutions, which could subject us to private claims by affected parties and adversely affect our reputation.

Organizations are increasingly subject to a wide variety of attacks on their networks, systems and endpoints. If any of our customers experiences a successful third-party cyberattack on our solutions, such customer could be dissatisfied with our solutions, regardless of whether theft of any of such customer’s data occurred in such attack. Additionally, if customers fail to adequately deploy protection measures or update our solutions, customers and the public may erroneously believe that our solutions are especially susceptible to cyberattacks. Real or perceived security breaches against our solutions could cause disruption or damage to our customers’ networks or other negative consequences and could result in negative publicity to us, damage to our reputation, lead to other customer relations issues, potentially harm the safety and wellbeing of students and adversely affect our revenue and results of operations. We may also be subject to liability claims for damages related to real or perceived errors, failures, bugs or defects in our solutions. A material liability claim or other occurrence that harms our reputation or decreases market acceptance of our solutions may harm our business and results of operations. Finally, since some our customers use our solutions for compliance reasons, any errors, failures, bugs, defects, disruptions in service or other performance problems with our solutions may damage our customers’ business and could hurt our reputation.

Incorrect or improper use of our solutions or our failure to properly train customers on how to utilize our solutions could result in customer dissatisfaction and negatively affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

Our solutions are complex and are used in a wide variety of school environments. The proper use of our solutions requires training of the customer and end user. If our solutions are not used correctly or as intended, inadequate performance may result. Because our customers rely on our solutions, services and maintenance support to manage a wide range of operations, the incorrect or improper use of our solutions, our failure to properly train customers on how to efficiently and effectively use our solutions, or our failure to properly provide maintenance services to our customers may result in negative publicity or legal claims against us. Also, as we continue to expand our customer base, any failure by us to properly provide these services will likely result in lost opportunities for follow-on sales of our solutions.

In addition, if there is substantial turnover of customer personnel responsible for use of our solutions, or if customer personnel are not well trained in the use of our solutions, customers may defer the implementation of our solutions, may use them in a more limited manner than originally anticipated or may not use them at all. Further, if there is substantial turnover of the customer personnel responsible for use of our solutions, our ability to make additional sales may be substantially limited.

If we fail to offer high-quality support, our business and reputation could suffer.

Our customers rely on our customer support personnel to resolve issues and realize the full benefits that our solutions provide. High-quality support is also important for the renewal and expansion of our subscriptions with existing customers. The importance of our support function will

 

47


Table of Contents

increase as we expand our business and pursue new customers. Many of our large customers have complex networks and require high levels of focused support, including premium support offerings, to fully realize the benefits of our solutions. As our customer base continues to grow, we will need to expand our account management, customer service and other personnel and our network of channel partners and system integrators to provide personalized account management and customer service. Any failure by us to maintain the expected level of support could reduce customer satisfaction and hurt our customer retention, particularly with respect to our large customers.

Furthermore, as we sell our solutions internationally, our support organization faces additional challenges, including those associated with delivering support, training and documentation in languages other than English. Any failure to maintain high-quality customer support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support, could materially harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations, and adversely affect our ability to sell our solutions to existing and prospective customers. The importance of high-quality customer support will increase as we expand our business and pursue new customers.

We may not be able to respond to rapid technological changes with new solution and service offerings. If we fail to predict and respond rapidly to evolving technological trends and our customers’ changing needs, we may not be able to remain competitive.

Our market is characterized by rapid technological change, changing customer needs, frequent new software solution introductions and evolving industry standards. The introduction of third-party solutions embodying new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards and products could make our existing and future software solutions obsolete and unmarketable. We may not be able to develop updated solutions and services that keep pace with these and other technological developments that address the increasingly sophisticated needs of our customers or that meet new industry standards or interoperate with new or updated operating systems and hardware devices. We may also fail to adequately anticipate and prepare for the commercialization of emerging technologies and the development of new markets and applications for our technology and thereby fail to take advantage of new market opportunities or fall behind early movers in those markets. Our customers require that our solutions effectively identify and respond to these challenges on a timely basis without disrupting the performance of our customers’ IT systems or interrupting their operations. As a result, we must continually modify and improve our offerings in response to these changes on a timely basis. If we are unable to evolve our solutions in time to respond to and remain ahead of new technological developments, our ability to retain or increase market share and revenue in our markets could be materially adversely affected.

In addition, the process of developing new technology is complex and uncertain, and if we fail to accurately predict customers’ changing needs and emerging technological trends, our business could be harmed. We believe that we must continue to dedicate significant resources to our research and development efforts, including significant resources to developing new solutions and solution enhancements before knowing whether the market will accept them. Our new solutions and solution enhancements could fail to attain sufficient market acceptance for many reasons, including:

 

   

delays in releasing new solutions or enhancements to the market;

 

   

the failure to accurately predict market or customer demands;

 

   

defects, errors or failures in the design or performance of our new solutions or solution enhancements;

 

   

negative publicity about the performance or effectiveness of our solutions;

 

   

the introduction or anticipated introduction of competing solutions by our competitors; and

 

   

the perceived value of our solutions or enhancements relative to their cost.

 

48


Table of Contents

Our competitors, particularly those with greater financial and operating resources, may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements. With the introduction of new technologies, the evolution of our solutions and new market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future. Pricing pressures and increased competition generally could result in reduced sales, reduced margins, losses or the failure of our solutions to achieve or maintain more widespread market acceptance.

We rely on third-party software and intellectual property licenses.

Our solutions include software and other intellectual property and proprietary rights licensed from third parties. It may be necessary in the future to seek or renew licenses relating to various aspects of our solutions. We have the expectation, based on experience and standard industry practice, that such licenses generally can be obtained on commercially reasonable terms. However, there can be no assurance that the necessary licenses would be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Our inability to obtain certain licenses or other rights or to obtain such licenses or rights on favorable terms could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial conditions. In any such case, we may be required to seek licenses to other software or intellectual property or proprietary rights from other parties and re-design our solutions to function with such technology, or develop replacement technology ourselves, which could result in increased costs and solution delays. We may also be forced to limit the features available in our current or future solutions. Moreover, incorporating intellectual property or proprietary rights licensed from third parties on a nonexclusive basis in our solutions, including our software could limit our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights in our solutions and our ability to restrict third parties from developing similar or competitive technology using the same third-party intellectual property or proprietary rights.

Risks Related to Laws and Regulation

Government regulation of education and student information is evolving, and unfavorable developments could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We are subject to regulations and laws specific to the education sector because we offer our solutions and services to students, collect data from students, and offer education and training. Data privacy and security with respect to the collection of personally identifiable information from students continues to be a focus of worldwide legislation and regulation. This includes significant regulation in the European Union (the “EU”), and legislation and compliance requirements in various jurisdictions around the world. Within the United States, several states have enacted legislation that goes beyond any federal requirements relating to the collection and use of personally identifiable information and other data from students. Examples include statutes adopted by the State of California and most other states that require online services to report certain breaches of the security of personal data and a California statute that requires companies to provide choice to California customers about whether their personal data is disclosed to direct marketers or to report to California customers when their personal data has been disclosed to direct marketers. In this regard, there are a large number of legislative proposals before the U.S. Congress and various state legislative bodies regarding privacy issues related to our business. It is not possible to predict whether or when such legislation may be adopted, and certain proposals, if adopted, could harm our business through a decrease in student registrations and revenue. These decreases could be caused by, among other possible provisions, the required use of disclaimers or other requirements before students can utilize our services. We post our privacy policies and practices concerning the use and disclosure of student data on our website. However, any failure by us to comply with our posted privacy policies, FTC requirements or other privacy-related laws and regulations could result in proceedings by governmental or regulatory bodies or by private litigants that could potentially harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

49


Table of Contents

Our business may also be subject to laws specific to students, such as the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, the Delaware Higher Education Privacy Act and a California statute which restricts the access by postsecondary educational institutions of prospective students’ social media account information. Compliance requirements include obtaining government licenses, disclosures, consents, transfer restrictions, notice and access provisions for which we may in the future need to build further infrastructure to further support. We cannot guarantee that we or our acquired companies prior to our acquisition thereof have been or will be fully compliant in every jurisdiction, due to lack of clarity concerning how existing laws and regulations governing educational institutions affect our business and lengthy governmental compliance process timelines. Moreover, as the education industry continues to evolve, increasing regulation by federal, state and foreign agencies becomes more likely. Recently, California adopted the Student Online Personal Information Protection Act which prohibits operators of online services used for K-12 school purposes from using or sharing student personal information and Colorado adopted House Bill 16-1423 designed to protect the use of student personal data in elementary and secondary school. These acts do not apply to general audience Internet websites but it is not clear how these acts will be interpreted and the breadth of services that will be restricted by them. Other states may adopt similar statutes. Certain states have also adopted statutes, such as California Education Code § 66400, which prohibits the preparation or sale of material that should reasonably be known will be submitted for academic credit. These statutes are directed at enterprises selling term papers, theses, dissertations and the like, which we do not offer, and were not designed for services like ours which are designed to help students understand the relevant subject matter. Although we will continue to work with academic institutions to enforce our honor code and otherwise discourage students from misusing our services, other states may adopt similar or broader versions of these types of statutes, or the interpretation of the existing or future statutes may impact whether they are cited against us or where we can offer our services.

The adoption of any laws or regulations that adversely affect the popularity or growth in the use of the Internet particularly for educational services, including laws limiting the content and learning programs that we can offer, and the audiences that we can offer that content to, may decrease demand for our service offerings and increase our cost of doing business. Future regulations, or changes in laws and regulations or their existing interpretations or applications, could also hinder our operational flexibility, raise compliance costs and result in additional historical or future liabilities for us, resulting in adverse impacts on our business and our results of operations.

While we expect and plan for new laws, regulations, and standards to be adopted over time that will be directly applicable to the Internet and to our student-focused activities, any existing or new legislation applicable to our business could expose us to substantial liability, including significant expenses necessary to comply with such laws and regulations and potential penalties or fees for non-compliance, and could negatively impact the growth in the use of the Internet for educational purposes and for our services in particular. We may also run the risk of retroactive application of new laws to our business practices that could result in liability or losses. Due to the global nature of the Internet, it is possible that the governments of other states and foreign countries might attempt to change previous regulatory schemes or choose to regulate transmissions or prosecute us for violations of their laws. We might unintentionally violate such laws, such laws may be modified, and new laws may be enacted in the future. Any such developments could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

50


Table of Contents

We function as a Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”) “business associate” for certain of our customers and, as such, are subject to strict privacy and data security requirements. If we fail to comply with any of these requirements, we could be subject to significant liability, all of which can adversely affect our business as well as our ability to attract and retain new customers.

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, or HIPAA, imposes specified requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. Among other things, HITECH makes HIPAA’s security standards directly applicable to “business associates”. We function as a business associate for certain of our customers that are HIPAA covered entities and service providers, and in that context we are regulated as a business associate for the purposes of HIPAA. If we are unable to comply with our obligations as a HIPAA business associate, we could face substantial civil and even criminal liability. HITECH imposes four tiers of civil monetary penalties and gives state attorneys general authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, many state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from HIPAA and each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect.

As a business associate, we are required by HIPAA to maintain HIPAA-compliant business associate agreements with our customers that are HIPAA covered entities and service providers, as well as our subcontractors that access, maintain, create or transmit individually identifiable health information on our behalf for the rendering of services to our HIPAA covered entity and service provider customers. These agreements impose stringent data security and other obligations on us. If we or our subcontractors are unable to meet the requirements of any of these business associate agreements, we could face contractual liability under the applicable business associate agreement as well as possible civil and criminal liability under HIPAA, all of which can have an adverse impact on our business and generate negative publicity, which, in turn, can have an adverse impact on our ability to attract and retain customers.

Changes in tax laws or regulations that are applied adversely to us or our customers may have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, financial condition, or results of operations.

New income, sales, use, or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances could be enacted at any time, which could adversely affect our business operations and financial performance. Further, existing tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances could be interpreted, changed, modified, or applied adversely to us. For example, U.S. federal tax legislation enacted in 2017, informally titled the Tax Cuts and JOBS Act (the “Tax Act”), enacted many significant changes to the U.S. tax laws. Future guidance from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities with respect to the Tax Act may affect us, and certain aspects of the Tax Act could be repealed or modified in future legislation. For example, legislation enacted on March 27, 2020, entitled the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”), modified certain provisions of the Tax Act. In addition, it is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the Tax Act, the CARES Act or any newly enacted federal tax legislation. Changes in corporate tax rates, the realization of net deferred tax assets relating to our operations, the taxation of foreign earnings, and the deductibility of expenses under the Tax Act or future reform legislation could have a material impact on the value of our deferred tax assets, could result in significant one-time charges, and could increase our future U.S. tax expense.

 

51


Table of Contents

In addition, the public schools we contract with are financed with government funding from federal, state and local taxpayers. Our business may be adversely affected by changes in tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances or by diminished tax revenues which could lead to significant declines in public school funding. The results of federal and state elections can also result in shifts in education policy and the amount of funding available for various education programs. Any decreased funding for schools may harm our recurring and new business materially if our customers are not able to find and obtain alternative sources of funding.

We are subject to export controls and economic sanctions laws, and our customers and channel partners are subject to import controls that could subject us to liability if we are not in full compliance with applicable laws.

Certain of our solutions are subject to U.S. export controls and we would be permitted to export such solutions to certain countries outside the U.S. only by first obtaining an export license from the U.S. government, or by utilizing an existing export license exception, or after clearing U.S. government agency review. Obtaining the necessary export license or accomplishing a U.S. government review for a particular export may be time-consuming and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions, including economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, prohibit the sale or supply of our solutions and services to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, regions, governments, persons and entities.

Although we take precautions to prevent our solutions from being provided in violation of U.S. export control and economic sanctions laws, our solutions may have been in the past, and could in the future be, provided inadvertently in violation of such laws. If we were to fail to comply with U.S. export law requirements, U.S. customs regulations, U.S. economic sanctions or other applicable U.S. laws, we could be subject to substantial civil and criminal penalties, including fines, incarceration for responsible employees and managers and the possible loss of export or import privileges. U.S. export controls, sanctions and regulations apply to our channel partners as well as to us. Any failure by our channel partners to comply with such laws, regulations or sanctions could have negative consequences, including reputational harm, government investigations and penalties.

Changes in our solutions or changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our solutions into international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our solutions globally or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our solutions to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. In addition, any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related legislation, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our solutions by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our solutions to, existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our solutions or limitation on our ability to export or sell our solutions would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery and similar laws, and non-compliance with such laws can subject us to criminal penalties or significant fines and harm our business and reputation.

We are subject to anti-corruption and anti-bribery and similar laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 and other anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws have been enforced aggressively in recent years and are

 

52


Table of Contents

interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees and agents from promising, authorizing, making, offering, soliciting, or accepting, directly or indirectly, improper payments or other improper benefits to or from any person whether in the public or private sector. As we increase our international sales and business, our risks under these laws may increase. Noncompliance with these laws could subject us to investigations, sanctions, settlements, prosecution, other enforcement actions, disgorgement of profits, significant fines, damages, other civil and criminal penalties or injunctions, adverse media coverage and other consequences. Any investigations, actions or sanctions could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Any future litigation against us could damage our reputation and be costly and time-consuming to defend.

We may become subject, from time to time, to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business, such as claims brought by our customers in connection with commercial disputes or employment claims made by current or former employees, including as a result of actions taken by us in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Litigation might result in reputational damage and substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and resources, which might adversely impact our business, overall financial condition and results of operations. Insurance might not cover such claims, might not provide sufficient payments to cover all the costs to resolve one or more such claims and might not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. Moreover, any negative impact to our reputation will not be adequately covered by any insurance recovery. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby reducing our results of operations and leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the value of our Class A common stock. While we currently are not aware of any material pending or threatened litigation against us, we can make no assurances the same will continue to be true in the future.

We have received allegations from two prior employees alleging, among other things, that non-exempt employees were not paid all wages owed under applicable laws. We are evaluating the allegations and we intend to pursue any defenses that may be available to us should a lawsuit or other action ultimately be brought in either matter. Although we cannot predict the outcome of these allegations, any ultimate liability or settlement cost or legal costs in defending these or any other actions may have a material adverse effect on our financial position or our results of operations in any particular accounting period.

Changes in privacy laws, regulations, and standards may cause our business to suffer.

Our customers can use our platform to collect, use and store certain types of personal or identifying information regarding their employees and students. Federal, state and foreign government bodies and agencies have adopted, are considering adopting or may adopt laws and regulations regarding the collection, use, storage and disclosure of personal information obtained from consumers and individuals, such as compliance with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act in the U.S. and the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”) in the EU. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such laws and regulations that are applicable to the businesses of our customers may limit the use and adoption of our platform and reduce overall demand or lead to significant fines, penalties or liabilities for any noncompliance with such privacy laws. Furthermore, privacy concerns may cause our customers’ employees to resist providing the personal data necessary to allow our customers to use our platform effectively. Even the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our platform in certain industries.

All of these domestic and international legislative and regulatory initiatives may adversely affect our customers’ ability to process, handle, store, use and transmit demographic and personal

 

53


Table of Contents

information from their employees, customers and suppliers, which could reduce demand for our platform. The EU and many countries in Europe have stringent privacy laws and regulations, which may affect our ability to operate cost effectively in certain European countries. In particular, the EU has adopted the GDPR which went into effect on May 25, 2018 and contains numerous requirements and changes, including more robust obligations on data processors and heavier documentation requirements for data protection compliance programs by companies. Specifically, the GDPR introduced numerous privacy-related changes for companies operating in the EU, including greater control for data subjects (e.g., the “right to be forgotten”), increased data portability for EU consumers, data breach notification requirements, and increased fines. In particular, under the GDPR, fines of up to 20 million Euros or up to 4% of the annual global revenue of the noncompliant company, whichever is greater, could be imposed for violations of certain of the GDPR’s requirements. Complying with the GDPR may cause us to incur substantial operational costs or require us to change our business practices. Despite our efforts to bring practices into compliance with the GDPR, we may not be successful either due to internal or external factors such as resource allocation limitations or a lack of vendor cooperation. Non-compliance could result in proceedings against us by governmental entities, customers, data subjects or others. We may also experience difficulty retaining or obtaining new European or multi-national customers due to the compliance cost, potential risk exposure, and uncertainty for these entities, and we may experience significantly increased liability with respect to these customers pursuant to the terms set forth in our engagements with them. Recent legal developments in Europe have created complexity and regulatory compliance uncertainty regarding certain transfers of personal information from the EEA to the United States. For example, on July 16, 2020, the Court of Justice of the European Union (“CJEU”) invalidated the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework (“Privacy Shield”) under which personal information could be transferred from the EU to U.S. entities who had self-certified under the Privacy Shield program. While the CJEU upheld the adequacy of EU-specified standard contractual clauses as an adequate personal information transfer mechanism, it made clear that reliance on them alone may not necessarily be sufficient in all circumstances and that their use must be assessed on a case-by-case basis taking into account the surveillance laws in and the right of individuals afforded by, the destination country. The CJEU went on to state that, if the competent supervisory authority believes that the standard contractual clauses cannot be complied with in the destination country and the required level of protection cannot be secured by other means, such supervisory authority is under an obligation to suspend or prohibit that transfer unless the data exporter has already done so itself. We rely on a mixture of mechanisms to transfer personal data from the EU to the U.S. (including having previously relied on Privacy Shield) and are evaluating what additional mechanisms may be required to establish adequate safeguards for personal information. As supervisory authorities continue to issue further guidance on personal information export mechanisms, including circumstances where the standard contractual clauses cannot be used and/or start taking enforcement action, we could suffer additional costs, complaints, and/or regulatory investigations or fines. Moreover, if we are otherwise unable to transfer personal information between and among countries and regions in which we operate, it could affect the manner in which we provide our services, and we may find it necessary to establish systems in the EU to maintain personal data originating from the EU, which may involve substantial expense and distraction from other aspects of our business. In the meantime, there could be uncertainty as to how to comply with EU privacy law.

In addition to the changing regulatory landscape in the E.U., California enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 which took effect on January 1, 2020, and which broadly defines personal information, gives California residents expanded privacy rights, allows consumers to opt out of certain data sharing with third parties, and provides for civil penalties for violations, and includes a new cause of action for data breaches. Moreover, a new privacy law, the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”), certified by the California Secretary of State to appear as a ballot initiative was passed by Californians during the November 3, 2020 election. The CPRA will significantly modify the CCPA, and will impose additional data protection obligations on companies doing business in California, potentially

 

54


Table of Contents

resulting in further complexity. The effects of this legislation are potentially far-reaching and may require us to modify our data management practices and to incur substantial expense in an effort to comply.

In addition, the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, or FERPA, generally prohibits educational institutions that receive federal funding from disclosing PII from a student’s education records without the student’s consent. Through our solutions, our customers and users disclose to us certain information that may originate from or comprise a student education record, as the term is defined under FERPA. As an entity that provides services to institutions, we are often subject to contractual clauses that impose restrictions derived from FERPA on our ability to collect, process, transfer, disclose, and store student data, under which we may not transfer or otherwise disclose any PII from a student record to another party other than in a manner permitted under the statute. If we violate our obligations to any of our educational institution customers relating to the privacy of student records subject to FERPA, such a violation could constitute a material breach of contract with one or more of our customers and could harm our reputation. Further, in the event that we disclose student information in a manner that results in a violation of FERPA by one of our educational customers, the U.S. Department of Education could require that customer to suspend our access to the customer’s student information that is covered under FERPA for a period of at least five years.

We are also subject to the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, or COPPA, which applies to operators of commercial websites and online services directed to U.S. children under the age of 13 that collect personal information from children, and to operators of general audience websites with actual knowledge that they are collecting information from U.S. children under the age of 13. Some of our solutions are directed, in part, at children under the age of 13. Through our solutions, we collect certain personal information, including names and email addresses from children. COPPA is subject to interpretation by courts and other governmental authorities, including the FTC, and the FTC is authorized to promulgate, and has promulgated, revisions to regulations implementing provisions of COPPA, and provides non-binding interpretive guidance regarding COPPA that changes periodically with little or no public notice. Although we strive to ensure that our platform and applications are compliant with applicable COPPA provisions, these provisions may be modified, interpreted, or applied in new manners that we may be unable to anticipate or prepare for appropriately, and we may incur substantial costs or expenses in attempting to modify our systems, platform, applications, or other technology to address changes in COPPA or interpretations thereof. If we fail to accurately anticipate the application, interpretation or legislative expansion of COPPA we could be subject to governmental enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties or adverse publicity and we could be in breach of our customer contracts and our customers could lose trust in us, which could harm our reputation and business.

In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups may propose self-regulatory standards, such as the Student Privacy Pledge, from time to time. These and other industry standards may legally or contractually apply to us, or we may elect to comply with such standards or to facilitate our customer’s compliance with such standards. Following these privacy standards and adapting to future standards involves significant operational challenges. In addition, any inability or decision not to join these industry initiatives could damage our reputation, inhibit sales, slow our sales cycles and adversely affect our business.

Because the interpretation and application of many privacy and data protection laws along with contractually imposed industry standards are uncertain, it is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the features of our solutions and platform capabilities. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, lawsuits and other claims and penalties, we could be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or modify our solutions and platform capabilities, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Any inability to adequately address privacy and security concerns, even if

 

55


Table of Contents

unfounded, or comply with applicable privacy and data security laws, regulations and policies, could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, inhibit sales, and adversely affect our business. Furthermore, the costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, the laws, regulations and policies that are applicable to the businesses of our customers may limit the use and adoption of, and reduce the overall demand for, our solutions. Privacy and data security concerns, whether valid or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our solutions, particularly in certain industries and foreign countries. If we are not able to adjust to changing laws, regulations and standards related to the Internet, our business may be harmed.

Our failure to comply with a variety of complex procurement rules and regulations could damage our reputation and result on our being liable for penalties, including termination of our government contracts, disqualification from bidding on future government contracts, suspension or debarment from government contracting.

We must comply with laws and regulations relating to government contracts, which affect how we do business with our customers and may impose added costs on our business. Some significant laws and regulations that affect us include:

 

   

federal, state and local laws and regulations (including the Federal Acquisition Regulation or “FAR”) regarding the formation, administration and performance of government contracts;

 

   

the Civil False Claims Act (and similar state and local false claims acts), which provides for substantial civil penalties for violations, including for submission of a false or fraudulent claim to the U.S. government for payment or approval; and

 

   

federal, state and local laws and regulations regarding procurement integrity including gratuity, bribery and anti-corruption requirements as well as limitations on political contributions and lobbying.

Any failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could result in contract termination, damage to our reputation, price or fee reductions or suspension or debarment from contracting with the government, each of which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, federal, state and local government entities may revise existing contract rules and regulations or adopt new contract rules and regulations at any time and may also face restrictions or pressure regarding the type and amount of services that they may obtain from private contractors. Any of these changes could impair our ability to obtain new contracts or renew contracts under which we currently perform when those contracts are eligible for recompetition.

Risks Related to Being a Public Company

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting in order to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may not complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our Class A common stock.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP. We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of

 

56


Table of Contents

compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation prior to becoming a public company or in a timely manner thereafter. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our Class A common stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the SEC.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal year that coincides with the filing of our second annual report on Form 10-K. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. We will also be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating.

Additionally, the existence of any material weakness or significant deficiency would require management to devote significant time and incur significant expense to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies and management may not be able to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in a timely manner. The existence of any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting could also result in errors in our financial statements that could require us to restate our financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations and cause shareholders to lose confidence in our reported financial information, all of which could materially and adversely affect our business and stock price. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various costly and time-consuming actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

Many members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly-traded company, interacting with public company investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage us as a public company that is subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents require significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

57


Table of Contents

Our quarterly operating results and other metrics may vary significantly and be unpredictable, which could cause the trading price of our stock to decline.

Our operating results and other metrics have historically varied from period to period, and we expect that they will continue to do so as a result of a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including:

 

   

the impact of COVID-19 on our customers’ budgets and their ability to purchase or renew at similar volumes to prior periods;

 

   

the level of demand for our solutions, including our newly-introduced solutions;

 

   

the timing and use of new subscriptions and renewals of existing subscriptions;

 

   

the timing and success of new solution announcements and introductions by us and our competitors;

 

   

our ability to maintain scalable internal systems for reporting, order processing, license fulfillment, solution delivery, purchasing, billing and general accounting, among other functions;

 

   

the extent to which customers subscribe for additional solutions, license additional solutions or increase the number of use cases;

 

   

significant security breaches of, technical difficulties with, or interruptions to, the delivery and use of our offerings;

 

   

customer budgeting cycles and seasonal buying patterns where our customers often time their purchases and renewals of our solutions to coincide with their fiscal year end, which is typically June 30 for our customers;

 

   

any changes in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors, customers, partners or resellers;

 

   

timing of costs and expenses during a quarter;

 

   

deferral of orders in anticipation of new solutions or enhancements announced by us or our competitors;

 

   

price competition;

 

   

changes in renewal rates and terms in any quarter;

 

   

costs related to the acquisition of businesses, talent, technologies or intellectual property by us, including potentially significant amortization costs and possible write-downs;

 

   

litigation-related costs, settlements or adverse litigation judgments;

 

   

any disruption in our sales channels or termination of our relationship with channel and other strategic partners;

 

   

general economic conditions, both domestically and in our foreign markets, and related changes to currency exchange rates;

 

   

insolvency or credit difficulties confronting our customers, affecting their ability to purchase or pay for our solutions; and

 

   

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies.

Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of some of the factors referred to above may result in significant fluctuations in our financial and other operating results, including fluctuations in our key metrics. This variability and unpredictability could result in our failing to meet the expectations of securities analysts or investors for any period. If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations for these or any other reasons, the market price of our shares could fall substantially and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

 

58


Table of Contents

We may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of securities analysts and investors, and the market price for our Class A common stock could decline. If one or more of the securities analysts who cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, the market price for our Class A common stock could decline. Additionally, our stock price may be based on expectations, estimates or forecasts of our future performance that may be unrealistic or may not be achieved. Further, our stock price may be affected by financial media, including press reports and blogs.

Our billing and collections processing activities are complex and time-consuming, and any delay in transmitting and collecting payment could have an adverse effect on our future revenue.

Billing for our solutions is complex, time-consuming and expensive. Depending on the billing arrangement and applicable law, we often bill various entities within a school district, all of which may have different billing requirements. In addition, because many of our customers are educational institutions and provide fundamental services, it is not possible to cease service when bills are not paid which limits our collection methods. These factors create increased risk in our collection efforts, including long collection cycles and the risk that we may never collect at all, either of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our existing indebtedness could adversely affect our business and growth prospects.

As of December 31, 2020, we had total current and long-term indebtedness outstanding of approximately $1,160 million. Our indebtedness, or any additional indebtedness we may incur, could require us to divert funds identified for other purposes for debt service and impair our liquidity position. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to take any of these actions on a timely basis, on terms satisfactory to us or at all.

Our indebtedness, the cash flow needed to satisfy our debt and the covenants contained in the First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement have important consequences, including:

 

   

limiting funds otherwise available for financing our capital expenditures by requiring us to dedicate a portion of our cash flows from operations to the repayment of debt and the interest on this debt;

 

   

limiting our ability to incur or prepay existing indebtedness, pay dividends or distributions, dispose of assets, engage in mergers and consolidations, make acquisitions or other investments and make changes in the nature of the business, among other things;

 

   

making us more vulnerable to rising interest rates, as substantially all of our borrowings, including borrowings under the First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement, bear variable rates of interest; and

 

   

making us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business.

Our level of indebtedness may place us at a competitive disadvantage to our competitors that are not as highly leveraged. Fluctuations in interest rates can increase borrowing costs. Increases in interest rates may directly impact the amount of interest we are required to pay and reduce earnings accordingly. In addition, tax laws, including the disallowance or deferral of tax deductions for interest paid on outstanding indebtedness, could have an adverse effect on our liquidity and our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. Further, our First Lien Credit

 

59


Table of Contents

Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement contain customary affirmative and negative covenants and certain restrictions on operations that could impose operating and financial limitations and restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to enter into particular transactions and to engage in other actions that we may believe are advisable or necessary for our business. With respect to the Revolving Credit Agreement under the First Lien Credit Agreement, we are subject to a springing maximum Total First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined therein) covenant of 7.75 to 1.00, which is tested quarterly if the aggregate amount of revolving loans, swingline loans and undrawn letter of credit obligations outstanding under the Revolving Credit Agreement (net of cash collateralized letters of credit and up to $15.0 million of non-collateralized or undrawn letters of credit) exceeds 35% of the $180.0 million (effective upon the consummation of the initial public offering, $289.0 million) of commitments thereunder.

Interest rates under the First Lien Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Credit Agreement are based partly on the London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) the basic rate of interest used in lending between banks on the London interbank market and is widely used as a reference for setting the interest rate on loans globally. LIBOR is currently expected to be phased out by the middle of 2023. The U.S. Federal Reserve has begun publishing a Secured Overnight Funding Rate which is currently intended to serve as an alternative reference rate to LIBOR. If the method for calculation of LIBOR changes, if LIBOR is no longer available, or if lenders have increased costs due to changes in LIBOR, we may suffer from potential increases in interest rates on our borrowings. Further, we may need to renegotiate our agreements or any other borrowings that utilize LIBOR as a factor in determining the interest rate to replace LIBOR with the new standard that is established.

We expect to use cash flow from operations to meet current and future financial obligations, including funding our operations, debt service requirements and capital expenditures. The ability to make these payments depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, economic and other factors beyond our control.

Despite current indebtedness levels, we may incur substantially more indebtedness, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

We may incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. We may also consider investments in joint ventures or acquisitions, which may increase our indebtedness. If new debt is added to our current indebtedness levels, the related risks that we face could intensify.

Variable rate indebtedness that we have incurred or may in the future incur will subject us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly.

Substantially all of our borrowings, including borrowings under our First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement, bear variable rates of interest. An increase in prevailing interest rates would increase our debt service obligations, which would have a negative impact on our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness.

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under such indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance outstanding debt obligations depends on our financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and by financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a sufficient level of cash flow from operating activities to permit us to pay the principal,

 

60


Table of Contents

premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. Any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit worthiness, which would also harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures and acquisitions, sell assets, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. Any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants. Refinancings may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such cash flows and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to sell material assets or operations to attempt to meet our debt service obligations. The financing documents governing our First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement include certain restrictions on our ability to conduct asset sales and/or use the proceeds from asset sales for certain purposes. We may not be able to consummate these asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices and on terms that we believe are fair and any proceeds that we do receive may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. If we cannot meet our debt service obligations, the holders of our indebtedness may accelerate such indebtedness and, to the extent such indebtedness is secured, foreclose on our assets. In such an event, we may not have sufficient assets to repay all of our indebtedness.

The terms of the financing documents governing our First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.

The financing documents governing our First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests, including restrictions on our ability to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

incur liens;

 

   

merge, dissolve, liquidate, amalgamate, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our assets;

 

   

declare or pay certain dividends, payments or distribution or repurchase or redeem certain capital stock;

 

   

permit our subsidiaries to enter into agreements restricting their ability to pay dividends, make loans, incur liens and sell assets; and

 

   

make certain investments.

These restrictions could limit, potentially significantly, our operational flexibility and affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs or to execute our business strategy.

The phase-out of the LIBOR, or the replacement of LIBOR with a different reference rate, may adversely affect interest rates.

Borrowings under our First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement bear interest at rates determined using LIBOR as the reference rate. On July 27, 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority (the authority that regulates LIBOR) announced that it would phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. It is unclear whether new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after 2021, or if alternative rates or benchmarks will be adopted, and currently it appears highly likely that LIBOR will be discontinued or substantially modified by the end of 2021.

 

61


Table of Contents

Changes in the method of calculating LIBOR, or the replacement of LIBOR with an alternative rate or benchmark, may adversely affect interest rates and result in higher borrowing costs. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. We cannot predict the effect of the potential changes to LIBOR or the establishment and use of alternative rates or benchmarks. Furthermore, we may need to renegotiate our First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement or incur other indebtedness, and changes in the method of calculating LIBOR, or the use of an alternative rate or benchmark, may negatively impact the terms of such indebtedness.

We may be unable to refinance our indebtedness.

Our Revolving Credit Agreement matures on July 31, 2023 (but upon the consummation of this initial public offering will currently mature on May 2, 2025), our First Lien Term Loan Facility matures on July 31, 2025, our Second Lien Credit Agreement matures on July 31, 2026, and our Bridge Loan matures on May 15, 2022. In addition, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness before maturity. Our ability to repay, refinance, replace or extend these facilities by their maturity dates will be dependent on, among other things, business conditions, our financial performance and the general condition of the financial markets. If a financial disruption were to occur at the time that we are required to repay indebtedness outstanding under these facilities, we could be forced to undertake alternate financings, including a sale of additional common stock, negotiate for an extension of the maturity of the applicable facility or sell assets and delay capital expenditures in order to generate proceeds that could be used to repay indebtedness. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain sufficient funds to enable us to repay or refinance our debt obligations on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

Our failure to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in new technologies in the future could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our competitive position and results of operations.

We may need to raise additional funds, and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms or at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our security holders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests. If we engage in additional debt financing, we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios or restrict our ability to pay dividends or make acquisitions. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, or at all, we may not be able to, among other things:

 

   

develop and enhance our solution offerings;

 

   

continue to expand our organization;

 

   

hire, train and retain employees;

 

   

respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements; or

 

   

pursue acquisition opportunities.

In addition, if we issue additional equity to raise capital, your interest in us will be diluted.

 

62


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure

Our principal asset is our interest in Holdings LLC, and, accordingly, we depend on distributions from Holdings LLC to pay our taxes and expenses, including payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Holdings LLC’s ability to make such distributions may be subject to various limitations and restrictions.

We are a holding company and have no material assets other than our ownership of equity interests in Holdings LLC. As such, we have no independent means of generating revenue or cash flow, and our ability to pay our taxes, satisfy our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement and pay operating expenses or declare and pay dividends, if any, in the future depends on the financial results and cash flows of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries and distributions we receive from Holdings LLC. There can be no assurance that Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries will generate sufficient cash flow to distribute funds to us or that applicable state law and contractual restrictions, including negative covenants in debt instruments of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries, will permit such distributions.

Holdings LLC is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, is not subject to any entity-level U.S. federal income tax. Instead, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, taxable income of Holdings LLC is allocated to the LLC Unitholders, including us. Accordingly, we incur income taxes on our distributive share of any net taxable income of Holdings LLC. Under the terms of the LLC Operating Agreement, Holdings LLC is obligated to make tax distributions to LLC Unitholders, including us. In addition to tax and dividend payments, we also incur expenses related to our operations, including obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Due to the uncertainty of various factors we cannot precisely quantify the likely tax benefits we may realize as a result of our purchase of LLC Units and LLC Unit exchanges and certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities, Holdings LLC, and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC, and the resulting amounts we are likely to pay out pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement; however, we estimate that such payments will be substantial. Under the LLC Operating Agreement, tax distributions shall be made on a pro rata basis among the LLC Unitholders, and will be calculated without regard to any applicable basis adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code, which means that the amount of tax distributions will be determined based on the LLC Unitholder who is allocated the largest amount of taxable income on a per LLC Unit basis and at a tax rate that will be determined by us, but will be made pro rata based on ownership of LLC Units, and so Holdings LLC will be required to make tax distributions that, in the aggregate, will likely exceed the amount of taxes that it would have paid if it were taxed on its net income at the tax rate applicable to a similarly situated corporate taxpayer.

We intend to cause Holdings LLC to make (1) pro rata cash distributions to the owners of LLC Units (including us) in amounts sufficient to fund all or part of their tax obligations in respect of taxable income allocated to them (as discussed above) and to fund our obligation to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and (2) non-pro rata reimbursements to us in respect of our expenses.

However, Holdings LLC’s ability to make such distributions may be subject to various limitations and restrictions, such as restrictions on distributions that would violate either any contract or agreement to which Holdings LLC or its subsidiaries is then a party, including debt agreements, or any applicable law, or that would have the effect of rendering Holdings LLC or its subsidiaries insolvent. If we do not have sufficient funds to pay tax or other liabilities or to fund our operations, we may have to borrow funds, which could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and subject us to various restrictions imposed by any such lenders. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, such payments generally will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid. Nonpayment for a specified period, however, may constitute a breach of a material obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement and therefore accelerate payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreement, unless, generally, such nonpayment is due to a lack of sufficient funds or is prevented by any

 

63


Table of Contents

debt agreement to which Holdings LLC or its subsidiaries is a party. See “—Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock and This Offering,” “Dividend Policy,” “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement” and “Organizational Structure—Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Holdings LLC.”

If Holdings LLC were to become a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we might be subject to potentially significant tax inefficiencies, and we would not be able to recover payments previously made by us under the Tax Receivable Agreement, even if the corresponding tax benefits were subsequently determined to have been unavailable due to such status. Even as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, Holdings LLC could become liable for amounts resulting from adjustments to its tax returns for prior years.

We intend to operate such that Holdings LLC does not become a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A “publicly traded partnership” is a partnership the interests of which are traded on an established securities market or readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof. Under certain circumstances, transfers of LLC Units could cause Holdings LLC to be treated like a publicly traded partnership. From time to time the U.S. Congress has considered legislation to change the tax treatment of partnerships and there can be no assurance that any such legislation will not be enacted or if enacted will not be adverse to us.

If Holdings LLC were to become a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we might be subject to potentially significant tax inefficiencies, including as a result of our inability to file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return with Holdings LLC. In addition, we may not be able to realize tax benefits covered under the Tax Receivable Agreement and would not be able to recover any payments previously made by it under the Tax Receivable Agreement, even if the corresponding tax benefits (including any claimed increase in the tax basis of Holdings LLC’s assets) were subsequently determined to have been unavailable. Even if Holdings LLC continues to be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, certain adjustments to Holdings LLC’s tax return for prior years may result in liabilities for Holdings LLC.

In addition, legislation that is effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 may impute liability for adjustments to a partnership’s tax return on the partnership itself with respect to taxable years of the partnership that are open to adjustment, including taxable years prior to the offering, in certain circumstances, absent an election to the contrary. Holdings LLC (or any subsidiary of Holdings LLC that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) may be subject to material liabilities pursuant to this legislation and related guidance if, for example, its calculations of taxable income are incorrect.

Conflicts of interest could arise between our shareholders and Topco LLC, which may impede business decisions that could benefit our shareholders.

Topco LLC, which will be the only holder of LLC Units other than us upon consummation of this offering, has the right to consent to certain amendments to the LLC Operating Agreement, as well as to certain other matters. Topco LLC may exercise these voting rights in a manner that conflicts with the interests of our shareholders. Circumstances may arise in the future when the interests of Topco LLC conflict with the interests of our shareholders. As we control Holdings LLC, we have certain obligations to Topco LLC as an LLC Unitholder that may conflict with fiduciary duties our officers and directors owe to our shareholders. These conflicts may result in decisions that are not in the best interests of shareholders.

 

64


Table of Contents

The Tax Receivable Agreement requires us to make cash payments to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex in respect of certain tax benefits to which we may become entitled, and we expect that the payments we will be required to make will be substantial.

In connection with the consummation of this offering, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with Topco LLC, Vista and Onex. Pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement, we will be required to make cash payments to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex equal to 85% of the tax benefits, if any, that we actually realize, or, in some circumstances, are deemed to realize, as a result of (i) certain increases in the tax basis of assets of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries resulting from purchases of LLC Units with the proceeds of this offering or exchanges of LLC Units in the future or any prior transfers of interests in Holdings LLC, (ii) certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities (including net operating losses (“NOLs”) and excess interest expense carryforwards) and of Holdings LLC and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC (including amortizable goodwill and other intangible assets) that existed prior to this offering and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our making payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement (including deductions for payments of imputed interest). Due to the uncertainty of various factors we cannot precisely quantify the likely tax benefits we will realize as a result of the purchase of LLC Units and LLC Unit exchanges and certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities, Holdings LLC, and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC, and the resulting amounts we are likely to pay out to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement; however, we estimate that such payments will be substantial. See “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.” Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine, which tax reporting positions will be based on the advice of our tax advisors. Any payments made by us to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex under the Tax Receivable Agreement will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to us. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, such payments generally will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid. Nonpayment for a specified period, however, may constitute a breach of a material obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement and therefore accelerate payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreement, unless, generally, such nonpayment is due to a lack of sufficient funds or is prevented by any debt agreement to which Holdings LLC or its subsidiaries is a party. Furthermore, our future obligation to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement could make us a less attractive target for an acquisition, particularly in the case of an acquirer that cannot use some or all of the tax benefits that may be deemed realized under the Tax Receivable Agreement. The payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are also not conditioned upon Topco LLC maintaining a continued ownership interest in the LLC.

The actual amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges by Topco LLC, the amount of gain recognized by Topco LLC, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future and the federal tax rates then applicable. See “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

We may incur tax and other liabilities attributable to the Blocker Entities as a result of the Blocker Contributions.

Following the Blocker Contributions, each of the Blocker Entities will become subsidiaries of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. As a result of such transactions, the former equityholders of the Blocker Entities will exchange all of the equity interests in the Blocker Entities for shares of Class A common stock and enter into the Tax Receivable Agreement. As the parent entity of the Blocker Entities, PowerSchool Holdings Inc. will generally succeed to and be responsible for any outstanding or historical tax or other liabilities of the Blocker Entities, including any liabilities that might be incurred as a result of the transactions described in the previous sentence. Any such liabilities for which PowerSchool Holdings Inc. is responsible could have an adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition.

 

65


Table of Contents

The U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) might challenge the tax benefits we receive in connection with this offering and the related transactions and in connection with future acquisitions of units. As a result, it is possible that we could make cash payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are substantially greater than our actual cash tax savings.

Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase or the availability of Blocker Entities’ NOLs or other tax attributes of the Blocker Entities, Holdings LLC or subsidiaries of Holdings LLC, we will not be reimbursed for any cash payments previously made to Topco LLC pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement if any tax benefits initially claimed by us are subsequently disallowed, in whole or in part, by the IRS or other applicable taxing authority. For example, if the IRS later asserts that we did not obtain a tax basis increase or disallows or defers (in whole or in part) the availability of NOLs due to a potential ownership change under Section 382 of the Code, among other potential challenges, then we would not be reimbursed for any cash payments previously made to Topco LLC pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement with respect to such tax benefits that we had initially claimed. Instead, any excess cash payments made by us pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement will be netted against any future cash payments that we might otherwise be required to make under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement. Nevertheless, any tax benefits initially claimed by us may not be disallowed for a number of years following the initial time of such payment or, even if challenged early, such excess cash payment may be greater than the amount of future cash payments that we might otherwise be required to make under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement. Accordingly, there may not be sufficient future cash payments against which to net. The applicable U.S. federal income tax rules are complex and their application to certain aspects of our structure are uncertain and there is no explicit authority in this regard, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will not disagree with our tax reporting positions. As a result, it is possible that we could make cash payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are substantially greater than our actual cash tax savings.

The amounts that we may be required to pay to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be accelerated in certain circumstances and may also significantly exceed the actual tax benefits that we ultimately realize.

The Tax Receivable Agreement provides that if (1) certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combination or other changes of control were to occur, (2) we breach any of our material obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement or (3) at any time, we elect an early termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement, then the Tax Receivable Agreement will terminate and our obligations, or our successor’s obligations, to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement would accelerate and become immediately due and payable. The amount due and payable in that circumstance is based on certain assumptions, including an assumption that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize all potential future tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement. See “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.” We may need to incur debt to finance payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement to the extent our cash resources are insufficient to meet our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise.

As a result of a change in control, material breach or our election to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early, (1) we could be required to make cash payments to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex that are greater than the specified percentage of the actual benefits we ultimately realize in respect of the tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement and (2) we would be required to make an immediate cash payment equal to the anticipated future tax benefits that are the subject of the Tax Receivable Agreement discounted in accordance with the Tax Receivable Agreement, which payment may be made significantly in advance of the actual realization, if any, of such future tax benefits. In

 

66


Table of Contents

these situations, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combination, or other changes of control. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Our organizational structure, including the Tax Receivable Agreement, confers certain benefits upon Topco LLC, Vista and Onex that will not benefit the other common shareholders to the same extent as they will benefit Topco LLC, Vista and Onex.

Our organizational structure, including the Tax Receivable Agreement, confers certain benefits upon Topco LLC as the only other LLC Unitholder that will not benefit the holders of our Class A common stock (other than Vista and Onex) to the same extent. We will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with Topco LLC, Vista and Onex, which will provide for the payment by us to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex, collectively, of 85% of the amount of tax benefits, if any, that we actually realize, or in some circumstances are deemed to realize, as a result of (i) certain increases in the tax basis of assets of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries resulting from purchases of LLC Units with the proceeds of this offering or exchanges of LLC Units in the future or any prior transfers of interests in Holdings LLC, (ii) certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities (including “NOLs” and excess interest expense carryforwards) and of Holdings LLC and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC (including amortizable goodwill and other intangible assets) that existed prior to this offering and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our making payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement (including deductions for payments of imputed interest). Due to the uncertainty of various factors, we cannot precisely quantify the likely tax benefits we will realize as a result of purchases of LLC Units with the proceeds of this offering and LLC Unit exchanges in the future and certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities, Holdings LLC, and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC, and the resulting amounts we are likely to pay out to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement; however, we estimate that such payments will be substantial. See “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.” Although we will retain 15% of the amount of such tax benefits, this and other aspects of our organizational structure may adversely impact the future trading market for the Class A common stock.

We may not be able to realize all or a portion of the tax benefits that are currently expected to result from the tax attributes covered by the Tax Receivable Agreement and from payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Our ability to realize the tax benefits that we currently expect to be available as a result of the attributes covered by the Tax Receivable Agreement, the payments made pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement, and the interest deductions imputed under the Tax Receivable Agreement all depend on a number of assumptions, including that we earn sufficient taxable income each year during the period over which such deductions are available and that there are no adverse changes in applicable law or regulations. Additionally, if our actual taxable income were insufficient or there were additional adverse changes in applicable law or regulations, we may be unable to realize all or a portion of the expected tax benefits and our cash flows and shareholders’ equity could be negatively affected. See “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Holdings LLC will be required to make distributions to us and Topco LLC and we expect that the distributions will be substantial.

Holdings LLC is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, is not subject to U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income is allocated to its members, including us. We intend to cause Holdings LLC to make tax distributions quarterly to the LLC Unitholders (including us), in each case on a pro rata basis based on Holdings LLC’s net taxable income and without regard to any applicable basis adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code which means that

 

67


Table of Contents

the amount of tax distributions will be determined based on the LLC Unitholder who is allocated the largest amount of taxable income on a per LLC Unit basis and at a tax rate that will be determined by us, but will be made pro rata based on ownership of LLC Units, and so Holdings LLC will be required to make tax distributions that, in the aggregate, will likely exceed the amount of taxes that it would have paid if it were taxed on its net income at the tax rate applicable to a similarly situated corporate taxpayer. In addition, we intend to cause Holdings LLC to make pro rata distributions to the LLC Unitholders (including us) in order to provide us with the funds necessary for us to satisfy our obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Funds used by Holdings LLC to satisfy its tax distribution obligations and funds distributed by Holdings to the LLC Unitholders (including us) in order to enable us to satisfy our obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will not be available for reinvestment in our business. Moreover, we expect that these tax distributions will be substantial, and will likely exceed (as a percentage of Holdings LLC’s income) the overall effective tax rate applicable to a similarly situated corporate taxpayer. As a result, it is possible that we will receive distributions significantly in excess of our tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. While our Board may choose to distribute such cash balances as dividends on our Class A common stock, they will not be required to do so, and may in their sole discretion choose to use such excess cash for any purpose depending upon the facts and circumstances at the time of determination. To the extent that we do not distribute such excess cash as dividends on the Class A common stock and instead, for example, holds such cash balances, the LLC Unitholders (not including us) may benefit from any value attributable to such cash balances as a result of their ownership of Class A common stock following an exchange of their LLC Units for shares of the Class A common stock, notwithstanding that such limited partners may previously have participated as holders of LLC Units in distributions by Holdings LLC that resulted in such excess cash balances at our level. See “Dividend Policy.”

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States, and certain of our subsidiaries are subject to income taxes outside of the United States, and our tax liabilities will be subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

 

   

changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

 

   

expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;

 

   

expiration of, or detrimental changes in, research and development tax credit laws; or

 

   

changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof.

In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by U.S. federal, state, and local tax authorities, and certain of our subsidiaries may be subject to audits of income, sales and other transaction taxes by non-U.S. tax authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

If we were deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), applicable restrictions could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

Under Sections 3(a)(1)(A) and (C) of the 1940 Act, a company generally will be deemed to be an “investment company” for purposes of the 1940 Act if it (1) is, or holds itself out as being, engaged

 

68


Table of Contents

primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities or (2) is engaged, or proposes to engage, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities and it owns or proposes to acquire investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. We do not believe that we are an “investment company,” as such term is defined in either of those sections of the 1940 Act.

As the sole managing member of Holdings LLC, we will control and manage Holdings LLC. On that basis, we believe that our interest in Holdings LLC is not an “investment security” under the 1940 Act. Therefore, we have less than 40% of the value of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) in “investment securities.” However, if we were to lose the right to manage and control Holdings LLC, interests in Holdings LLC could be deemed to be “investment securities” under the 1940 Act.

We intend to conduct our operations so that we will not be deemed to be an investment company. However, if we were deemed to be an investment company, restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act, including limitations on our capital structure and our ability to transact with affiliates, could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock and This Offering

Our Principal Stockholders control us, and their interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.

Immediately following this offering, investment entities affiliated with our Principal Stockholders will control approximately                 % of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, or                 % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, which means that, based on its percentage voting power controlled after the offering, our Principal Stockholders will control the vote of all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders. This control will enable our Principal Stockholders to control the election of the members of our Board and all other corporate decisions. Even when our Principal Stockholders cease to control a majority of the total voting power, for so long as our Principal Stockholders continue to own a significant percentage of our common stock, our Principal Stockholders will still be able to significantly influence the composition of our Board and the approval of actions requiring shareholder approval. Accordingly, for such period of time, our Principal Stockholders will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers, decisions on whether to raise future capital and amending our charter and bylaws, which govern the rights attached to our common stock. In particular, for so long as our Principal Stockholders continue to own a significant percentage of our common stock, our Principal Stockholders will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of us or a change in the composition of our Board and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of us. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of Class A common stock as part of a sale of us and ultimately might affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

In addition, in connection with this offering, we will enter into a Stockholders Agreement with Topco LLC, Vista and Onex that provides Vista and Onex. The Stockholders Agreement will provide each of Vista and Onex with an independent right to designate the following number of nominees for election to our Board: (i) three nominees so long as such Principal Stockholder controls 25% or more of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; (ii) two nominees for so long as such Principal Stockholder controls 15% or more of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; and (iii) one nominee for so long as such Principal

 

69


Table of Contents

Stockholder controls 5% or more of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. The Stockholders Agreement will also provide that Vista and Onex may assign such right to an affiliate of our Principal Stockholders. The Stockholders Agreement will prohibit us from increasing or decreasing the size of our Board without the prior written consent of Vista and Onex. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions — Stockholders Agreement” for more details with respect to the Stockholders Agreement.

Our Principal Stockholders and their affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities, including investments in our industry generally. In the ordinary course of their business activities, our Principal Stockholders and their affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our other shareholders, such as investing in or advising businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. Our certificate of incorporation to be effective at or prior to the consummation of this offering will provide that none of our Principal Stockholders, any of their affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his or her director and officer capacities) or its affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. Our Principal Stockholders also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, our Principal Stockholders may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you or may not prove beneficial.

Upon listing of our shares of Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections as those afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to such governance requirements.

After completion of this offering, our Principal Stockholders will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

   

the requirement that a majority of our Board consist of independent directors;

 

   

the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

   

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

   

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exceptions. As a result, we may not have a majority of independent directors on our Board, our compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees may not consist entirely of independent directors and our compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees may not be subject to annual performance

 

70


Table of Contents

evaluations. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

We may allocate the net proceeds from this offering in ways that you and other shareholders may not approve.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section titled “Use of Proceeds.” Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment, and the failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States government. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our shareholders. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance shareholder value, we may fail to achieve expected results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we expect to elect to comply with reduced public company reporting requirements, which could make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we are eligible for certain exemptions from various public company reporting requirements. These exemptions include, but are not limited to, (i) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, (ii) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements, (iii) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved and (iv) not being required to provide audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 or five years of Selected Consolidated Financial Data in this prospectus. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years after the first sale of our Class A common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, which fifth anniversary will occur in 2026. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a “large accelerated filer,” our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we would cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. We have made certain elections with regard to the reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and may elect to take advantage of other reduced disclosure obligations in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to holders of our common stock may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests. We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of reliance on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of any choice we make to reduce disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and the market price for our Class A common stock may be more volatile.

The JOBS Act also permits an emerging growth company like us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are electing to take advantage of this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards provided for by the JOBS Act. We will therefore comply with new or revised accounting standards when they apply to private companies. As a result, our financial

 

71


Table of Contents

statements may not be comparable with companies that comply with public company effective dates for accounting standards.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

As a public company, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur. We will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert our management’s attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. In addition, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These additional obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of our management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects.

Provisions of our corporate governance documents could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our shareholders.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be effective at or prior to the consummation of this offering and the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) contain provisions that could make it

 

72


Table of Contents

more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our shareholders. Among other things:

 

   

these provisions allow us to authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without shareholder approval, and which may include supermajority voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of shareholders;

 

   

these provisions provide for a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms;

 

   

these provisions provide that, at any time when Topco LLC, Vista and Onex control, in the aggregate, less than 40% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 6623% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class;

 

   

these provisions prohibit shareholder action by written consent from and after the date on which Topco LLC, Vista and Onex control, in the aggregate, less than 35% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

   

these provisions provide that for as long as Topco LLC, Vista and Onex control, in the aggregate, at least 50% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our shareholders will require the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock and at any time when Topco LLC, Vista and Onex control, in the aggregate, less than 50% in voting power of all outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our shareholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class; and

 

   

these provisions establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our Board or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by shareholders at shareholder meetings; provided, however, at any time when Topco LLC, Vista and Onex control, in the aggregate, at least 10% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, such advance notice procedure will not apply to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex.

We will opt out of Section 203 of the DGCL, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any interested shareholder for a period of three years following the date on which the shareholder became an interested shareholder. However, our certificate of incorporation to be effective at or prior to the consummation of this offering will contain a provision that provides us with protections similar to Section 203, and will prevent us from engaging in a business combination with a person (excluding Topco LLC, Vista and Onex and any of their direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party) who acquires at least 85% of our common stock for a period of three years from the date such person acquired such common stock, unless board or shareholder approval is obtained prior to the acquisition. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions.” These provisions could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other shareholders to elect directors of your choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions you desire, including actions that you may deem advantageous, or negatively affect the trading price of our Class A common stock. In addition, because our Board is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our shareholders to replace current members of our management team.

 

73


Table of Contents

These and other provisions in our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for shareholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our Board or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current Board, including actions to delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. The existence of these provisions could negatively affect the price of our Class A common stock and limit opportunities for you to realize value in a corporate transaction.

For information regarding these and other provisions, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

Our certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our shareholders and the federal district courts of the United States as the exclusive forum for litigation arising under the Securities Act, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, which we will adopt at or prior to the consummation of this offering, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for any claims in state court for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our shareholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (4) any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the forum selection provision that identifies the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation, including any “derivative action,” will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. However, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder; accordingly, we cannot be certain that a court would enforce such provision. Our certificate of incorporation will further provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. However, our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived (and cannot waive) compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. See “Description of Capital Stock—Forum Selection.” The forum selection provisions in our certificate of incorporation may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers and may limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. If the enforceability of our forum selection provisions were to be challenged, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such challenge. While we currently have no basis to expect any such challenge would be successful, if a court were to find our forum selection provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of these specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with having to litigate in other jurisdictions, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our employees, management and board of directors.

If you purchase shares of Class A common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our Class A common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our

 

74


Table of Contents

Class A common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $                 per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of Class A common stock in this offering will have contributed     % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our Class A common stock but will own only approximately     % of our Class A common stock outstanding after this offering. See “Dilution” for more detail.

An active, liquid trading market for our Class A common stock may not develop, which may limit your ability to sell your shares.

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our Class A common stock. Although we intend to apply to have our Class A common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “PWSC,” an active trading market for our Class A common stock may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of market prices of our Class A common stock that will prevail in the open market after the offering. A public trading market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers at any given time, such existence being dependent upon the individual decisions of buyers and sellers over which neither we nor any market maker has control. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to develop and continue would likely have a material adverse effect on the value of our Class A common stock. The market price of our Class A common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our Class A common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by issuing additional shares of our Class A common stock or other equity or equity-linked securities and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using any such securities as consideration.

Our operating results and stock price may be volatile, and the market price of our Class A common stock after this offering may drop below the price you pay.

Our quarterly operating results are likely to fluctuate in the future. In addition, securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could subject the market price of our Class A common stock to wide price fluctuations regardless of our operating performance. Our operating results and the trading price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate in response to various factors, including:

 

   

market conditions in our industry or the broader stock market;

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;

 

   

introduction of new solutions or services by us or our competitors;

 

   

issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

 

   

sales, or anticipated sales, of large blocks of our stock;

 

   

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

   

regulatory or political developments;

 

   

litigation and governmental investigations;

 

   

changing economic conditions;

 

75


Table of Contents
   

investors’ perception of us;

 

   

events beyond our control such as weather, war and health crises such as the COVID-19 pandemic; and

 

   

any default on our indebtedness.

These and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause our operating results and the market price and demand for our Class A common stock to fluctuate substantially. Fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of Class A common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our shares of Class A common stock. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our shareholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares of Class A common stock are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of Class A common stock intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our Class A common stock. After this offering, we will have                  outstanding shares of Class A common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of                 , 2021. This includes shares of Class A common stock that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. Following the consummation of this offering, substantially all of the shares that are not being sold in this offering will be subject to a 180-day lock-up period provided under lock-up agreements executed in connection with this offering described in “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)” and restricted from immediate resale under the federal securities laws as described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” All of these shares of Class A common stock will, however, be able to be resold after the expiration of the lock-up period, as well as pursuant to customary exceptions thereto or upon the waiver of the lock-up agreement by the representatives on behalf of the underwriters. We also intend to register shares of Class A common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares of Class A common stock sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.

Because we have no current plans to pay regular cash dividends on our Class A common stock following this offering, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your Class A common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We do not anticipate paying any regular cash dividends on our Class A common stock following this offering. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our Board and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our Board may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is, and may be, limited by covenants of existing and any future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including under our First Lien Credit Agreement and Second Lien Credit Agreement. Therefore, any return on investment in our Class A common stock is solely dependent upon the appreciation of the price of our Class A common stock on the open market, which may not occur. See “Dividend Policy” for more detail.

 

76


Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they publish unfavorable research or reports, or adversely change their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

If a trading market for our Class A common stock develops, the trading market will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. As a newly public company, we may be slow to attract research coverage. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us provide inaccurate or unfavorable research, issue an adverse opinion regarding our stock price or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline. Moreover, if one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect holders of our Class A common stock, which could depress the price of our Class A common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue one or more series of preferred stock. Our Board will have the authority to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of the shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series, without any further vote or action by our shareholders. Our preferred stock could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our Class A common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discouraging bids for our Class A common stock at a premium to the market price, and materially adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our Class A common stock.

Our Principal Stockholders may pursue corporate opportunities independent of us that could present conflicts with our and our stockholders’ interests.

Our Principal Stockholders are the business of making or advising on investments in companies and hold (and may from time to time in the future acquire) interests in or provide advice to businesses that may directly or indirectly compete with our business or be suppliers or customers of ours. For example, while our Principal Stockholders and their affiliates do not currently have other substantial investments or portfolio companies that compete in the K-12 education industry, they may in the future. Our Principal Stockholders may also pursue acquisitions that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

Our charter provides that none of our officers or directors who are also an officer, director, employee, partner, managing director, principal, independent contractor or other affiliate of our Principal Stockholders will be liable to us or our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that any such individual pursues or acquires a corporate opportunity for its own account or the account of an affiliate, as applicable, instead of us, directs a corporate opportunity to any other person, instead of us or does not communicate information regarding a corporate opportunity to us.

 

77


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements” that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project,” “plan,” “intend,” “believe,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “can have,” “likely” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events. For example, all statements we make relating to our estimated costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results, our plans and objectives for future operations, growth or initiatives, strategies or the expected outcome or impact of pending or threatened litigation are forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those that we expected, including:

 

   

the impact on our operations and financial condition from the effects of the current COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

our history of cumulative losses and expectation that we will not be profitable for the foreseeable future;

 

   

risks associated with failing to continue our recent growth rates;

 

   

the competitiveness of the market in which we operate;

 

   

risks and uncertainties associated with potential acquisitions and divestitures;

 

   

our ability to retain, hire and integrate skilled personnel including our senior management team;

 

   

our ability to develop, introduce and market new and enhanced versions of our solutions to meet customer needs and expectations;

 

   

our ability to scale our business and manage our expenses;

 

   

the impact of adverse general and industry-specific economic and market conditions;

 

   

risks to our revenue from changes in the spending policies or budget priorities for government funding of K-12 schools;

 

   

risks related to the procurement process and budget decision by government entities;

 

   

our ability to correctly estimate market opportunity and forecast market growth;

 

   

our ability to successfully develop new solutions or materially enhance current solutions through our research and development efforts;

 

   

risks caused by delays in upturns or downturns being reflected in our financial position and results of operations;

 

   

the length and variability of our sales cycles;

 

   

risks related to negotiating leverage and the demands of our large customers;

 

   

our ability to change our pricing models, if necessary to compete successfully;

 

   

our ability to acquire new accounts and successfully retain existing accounts;

 

   

our ability to maintain, enhance and protect our brand;

 

   

the impact of any catastrophic events;

 

   

the seasonality of our sales and customer growth;

 

78


Table of Contents
   

the effects of interruptions or delays in services provided by our data centers or other third parties;

 

   

risks associated with lawsuits by third parties for alleged infringement, misappropriation or other violation of their intellectual property and proprietary rights;

 

   

our ability to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce intellectual property protection for our current and future solutions;

 

   

the impact of potential information technology or data security breaches or other cyber-attacks or other disruptions;

 

   

the risks associated with indemnity provisions in some of our agreements;

 

   

the risks related to our use of open source software in certain of our solutions;

 

   

the impact of interruptions or performance problems associated with our technology or infrastructure;

 

   

the impact of real or perceived errors, failures or bugs in our solutions;

 

   

risks related to incorrect or improper use of our solutions or our failure to properly train customers on how to utilize our solutions;

 

   

our ability to offer high-quality support;

 

   

our ability to predict and respond to rapidly evolving technological trends and our customers’ changing needs;

 

   

the fact that our activities are and will continue to be subject to extensive government regulation;

 

   

our ability to comply with HIPAA;

 

   

risks related to changes in tax laws;

 

   

the impact of export and import control laws and regulations;

 

   

risk relating to non-compliance with anti-corruption, anti-bribery and similar laws;

 

   

risks related to future litigation;

 

   

changes in privacy laws and regulations applicable to our business;

 

   

our ability to comply with legal requirements, contractual obligations and industry standards relating to security, data protection and privacy;

 

   

risk to our reputation and of liability from a failure to comply with a variety of complex procurement rules and regulation;

 

   

our reliance on third-party software and intellectual property licenses;

 

   

our ability to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

our management team’s limited experience managing a public company;

 

   

the impact of variation in our quarterly operating results on the trading price of our stock; and

 

   

other factors disclosed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which are based on many detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Important factors that could cause

 

79


Table of Contents

actual results to differ materially from our expectations, or cautionary statements, are disclosed under the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus. All written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements as well as other cautionary statements that are made from time to time in our other SEC filings and public communications. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this prospectus in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

We caution you that the important factors referenced above may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

 

80


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $                 million (or $                 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use such net proceeds to acquire                  newly-issued LLC Units (or                  LLC Units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) in Holdings LLC at a purchase price per LLC Unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

In turn, Holdings LLC intends to apply the proceeds it receives from us (including any additional proceeds it may receive from us if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock) to:

 

   

(i) repay in full $320.0 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding indebtedness under our Bridge Loan facility;

 

   

(ii) repay in full $                 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding indebtedness under our Second Lien Term Loan;

 

   

(iii) repay $                 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding indebtedness drawn under our Revolving Credit Agreement;

 

   

(iv) repay $                 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding indebtedness under our First Lien Term Loan;

 

   

(v) fund $1.0 million of philanthropic initiatives benefitting K-12 educators in North America; and

 

   

(vi) pay expenses incurred in connection with this offering and the other Organizational Transactions.

Our Bridge Loan bears interest at approximately                 % as of April     , 2021 and matures on May 15, 2022. Our Second Lien Term Loan bears interest at 6.90% as of December 31, 2020 and matures on July 31, 2026. Our Revolving Credit Agreement bears interest at approximately                 % as of April     , 2021 and matures on July 31, 2025. We had $85.0 million of outstanding indebtedness draw under our Revolving Credit Facility as of April     , 2021. Our First Lien Term Loan bears interest at 3.40% as of December 31, 2020 and matures on July 21, 2025. We had $                 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding indebtedness under our First Lien Term Loan as of December 31, 2020.

Pending use of the net proceeds from this offering described above, we may invest the net proceeds in short- and intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States government.

Assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $                 million, assuming the number of shares of Class A common stock offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

81


Table of Contents

Each 1,000,000 increase or decrease in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered in this offering would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $                 million, assuming that the initial public offering price per share for the offering remains at $                 (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Certain of the underwriters and/or their affiliates are lenders under our First Lien Term Loan Facility, Second Lien Term Loan Facility, Revolving Credit Agreement and/or Bridge Loan facility and, as such, may receive a portion of the net proceeds from this offering that are used to repay the outstanding borrowings under the First Lien Term Loan Facility, Second Lien Term Loan Facility, Revolving Credit Agreement and Bridge Loan facility. As a result of the intended use of proceeds, such underwriters and/or their affiliates will receive in excess of 5% of the net proceeds from this offering. The receipt of at least 5% of the net proceeds of this offering by the underwriters (or their affiliates) would be considered a “conflict of interest” under FINRA Rule 5121. As such, this offering is being conducted in compliance with FINRA Rule 5121, which requires prominent disclosure of the nature of the conflict of interest in the prospectus for the public offering. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest) — Conflicts of Interest.”

 

82


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and to repay indebtedness and, therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay dividends on our Class A common stock may be limited by restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions to us. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board, subject to compliance with covenants in current and future agreements governing our and our subsidiaries’ indebtedness, including our First Lien Credit Agreement and our Second Lien Credit Agreement, and will depend on our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our Board deems relevant.

Under the terms of the LLC Operating Agreement, Holdings LLC is obligated to make tax distributions to current and future unitholders, including us, with such distributions to be made on a pro rata basis among the LLC Unitholders based on Holdings LLC’s net taxable income and without regard to any applicable basis adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code, which means that the amount of tax distributions will be determined based on the LLC Unitholder who is allocated the largest amount of taxable income on a per LLC Unit basis and at a tax rate that will be determined by us, but will be made pro rata based on ownership of LLC Units, and so Holdings LLC will be required to make tax distributions that, in the aggregate, will likely exceed the amount of taxes that it would have paid if it were taxed on its net income at the tax rate applicable to a similarly situated corporate taxpayer. We expect that these tax distributions will be substantial, and will likely exceed (as a percentage of Holdings LLC’s income) the overall effective tax rate applicable to a similarly situated corporate taxpayer. As a result, it is possible that we will receive distributions significantly in excess of our tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement. While our Board may choose to distribute such cash balances as dividends on our Class A common stock (subject to the limitations set forth in the preceding paragraph), it will not be required (and does not currently intend) to do so, and may in its sole discretion choose to use such excess cash for any purpose depending upon the facts and circumstances at the time of determination.

 

83


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table describes our cash and consolidated capitalization as of December 31, 2020:

 

   

of Holdings LLC on an actual basis;

 

   

of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. on a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions other than this offering; and

 

   

of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. on a pro forma as adjusted basis, after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions and our sale of                  shares of Class A common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) and the application of the net proceeds of the offering as set forth in “Use of Proceeds.”

You should read this table in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes, “Use of Proceeds,” “Organizational Structure,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2020  
     Actual Holdings LLC      Pro Forma for
the
Organizational
Transactions
(other than the
offering)
     Pro Forma As
Adjusted for the
Organizational
Transactions
(including the
offering)
 
     (dollars in thousands, except share and per share data
and footnotes)
 

Cash

   $                        $                        $                    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Indebtedness:

        

First Lien Term Loan Agreement

   $        $        $    

Second Lien Term Loan Agreement

        

First Lien Revolving Credit Agreement(1)

        

Common units

        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share,              million shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding, on an actual basis;             shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, on a pro forma basis;              million shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding, on a pro forma as adjusted basis

                

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share,             million shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding, on an actual basis;             shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding, on a pro forma basis;             shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding, on a pro forma as adjusted basis

                

Retained earnings (deficit)

                
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total member’s/ shareholders’ equity (deficit)

        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests(2)

        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $        $        $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

84


Table of Contents

 

(1)

As of December 31, 2020, we had an additional $140.0 million available for borrowing under our Revolving Credit Agreement. An additional $45.0 million has been drawn on the Revolving Credit Agreement since January 1, 2021, bringing the total available for borrowing under the agreement to $95.0 million. Effective upon the consummation of the initial public offering, the commitments under our Revolving Credit Agreement will be increased by $109.0 million to $289.0 million. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay outstanding borrowings under our Revolving Credit Agreement. See “Use of Proceeds.”

(2)

On a pro forma as adjusted basis, includes the Holdings LLC interests not owned by us, which represents                % of Holdings LLC’s LLC Units. Topco LLC will hold the non-controlling economic interest in Holdings LLC. PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will hold                 % of the economic interest in Holdings LLC.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or decrease each of cash, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization on a pro forma basis by approximately $                 million, assuming the number of shares of Class A common stock offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each 1,000,000 increase or decrease in the number of shares of Class A common stock offered in this offering would increase or decrease each of cash, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization on a pro forma basis by approximately $                 million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of shares of Class A common stock to be outstanding after the completion of this offering excludes                  shares of Class A common stock that may be issuable upon exercise of exchange rights held by Topco LLC.

 

85


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Because Topco LLC does not own any Class A common stock or other economic interests in PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., we have presented dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering assuming that Topco LLC had all of its LLC Units redeemed or exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock (rather than for cash and based upon an assumed offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and the cancellation for no consideration of all of its shares of Class B common stock (which are not entitled to receive distributions or dividends, whether cash or stock, from PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.) in order to more meaningfully present the dilutive impact to the investors in this offering. We refer to the assumed redemption or exchange of all LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock as described in the previous sentence as the “Assumed Redemption.”

Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per share of the Class A common stock is substantially in excess of the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock after this offering. Net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding. If you invest in our Class A common stock, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A common stock after this offering.

Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined at any date by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of Class A common stock, after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions, including the sale of                  shares of Class A common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the Assumed Redemption. Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of December 31, 2020 was $             million, or $             per share of Class A common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value to Topco LLC of $             per share and an immediate dilution to new investors in this offering of $             per share. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of Class A common stock. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $    

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of December 31, 2020 before this offering(1)

   $       

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the investors in this offering

   $                                    
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering

      $    
     

 

 

 

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to the investors in this offering

      $    
     

 

 

 

 

(1)

The computation of pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2020 before this offering is set forth below:

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

  

Book value of tangible assets

   $                

Less: total liabilities

  

Pro forma net tangible book value(a)

   $    
  

 

 

 

Shares of Class A common stock outstanding(a)

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share

   $    
  

 

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents

 

(a)

Gives pro forma effect to the Organizational Transactions (other than this offering) and the Assumed Redemption.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease pro forma net tangible book value by $                 million, or $                 per share, and would increase or decrease the dilution per share to the investors in this offering by $                 based on the assumptions set forth above.

The following table summarizes as of December 31, 2020, after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions (including this offering), the number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by Topco LLC, Vista and Onex and by the purchasers in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses, after giving effect to the Assumed Redemption:

 

     Shares of Class A
Common Stock
Purchased
    Total Consideration     Average
Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing owners

                                    $                                 $                

Investors in this offering

            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        100   $          100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The discussion and tables above assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. In addition, the discussion and tables above exclude shares of Class B common stock, because holders of the Class B common stock are not entitled to distributions or dividends, whether cash or stock, from PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, after giving effect to the Assumed Redemption, Topco LLC, Vista and Onex would own approximately                 % and the investors in this offering would own approximately                 % of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, after giving effect to the Assumed Redemption, the pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering would be $                 per share, and the dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share to the investors in this offering would be $                 per share.

The tables and calculations above are based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020 (after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions). To the extent that any new options or other equity incentive grants are issued in the future with an exercise price or purchase price below the initial public offering price, new investors will experience further dilution.

We may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or equity-linked securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our shareholders.

 

87


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present, as of the dates and for the periods indicated, the selected consolidated financial data for Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries. Holdings LLC is the predecessor of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. for financial reporting purposes. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 presented below have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements and notes of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The information set forth below should be read together with the “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The selected consolidated financial data of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. have not been presented as PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. is a newly incorporated entity, has had no business transactions or activities to date and had no assets or liabilities during the periods presented in this section.

 

     Holdings LLC
Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2019     2020  
     (in thousands, except
per share and per
unit data)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

    

Revenue:

    

Subscriptions and support

   $ 308,161     $ 370,853  

Service

     45,559       49,471  

License and other

     11,271       14,564  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     364,991       434,888  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of Revenue:

    

Subscriptions and support

     98,467       108,158  

Service

     38,647       41,324  

License and other

     1,051       1,320  

Depreciation and amortization

     31,821       41,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     169,986       191,802  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     195,005       243,086  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

    

Research and development

     61,160       70,673  

Selling, general, and administrative

     86,916       92,711  

Acquisition costs

     2,519       2,495  

Depreciation and amortization

     52,319       54,744  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     202,914       220,623  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) Income from Operations

     (7,909     22,463  

Interest Expense

     85,264       68,714  

Other Expense—Net

     208       358  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) before Income Taxes

     (93,381     (46,609

Income Tax (Benefit)

     (2,652     39  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (Loss)

     (90,729     (46,648

 

88


Table of Contents
     Holdings LLC
Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2019     2020  
     (in thousands,
except per share
and per unit data)
 

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income—Foreign Currency Translation

     (22     353  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

     (22     353  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive Loss

     (90,751     (46,295
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (Loss) Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (Loss) Income Attributable to Holdings LLC Member

                                      
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Holdings LLC     Pro Forma
PowerSchool
Holdings, Inc.
 
     As of December 31,     Year Ended
December 31,

2020
 
     2019     2020  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

      

Cash

   $ 38,991     $ 52,734    

Working capital(1)

     (153,236     (219,405  

Total assets

     3,169,703       3,200,700    

Long-term debt, less current portion

     1,163,662       1,160,326    

Total liabilities

     1,450,138       1,522,827    

Total member’s/ shareholders’ equity

     1,719,565       1,677,873    

 

(1)

We define working capital as current assets less current liabilities.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe the following non-GAAP measures are useful in evaluating our operating performance. We believe that non-GAAP financial information, when taken collectively, may be helpful to investors because it provides consistency and comparability with past financial performance and assists in comparisons with other companies, some of which use similar non-GAAP financial information to supplement their GAAP results. The non-GAAP financial information is presented for supplemental informational purposes only, and should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP, and may be different from similarly-titled non-GAAP measures used by other companies. A reconciliation is provided below for each non-GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with GAAP. Investors are encouraged to review the related GAAP financial measures and the reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

Adjusted Gross Profit

Adjusted Gross Profit is a supplemental measure of operating performance that is not made under GAAP and that does not represent, and should not be considered as, an alternative to gross profit, as determined in accordance with GAAP. We define Adjusted Gross Profit as gross profit, adjusted for depreciation, unit-based compensation expense, restructuring and acquisition-related expenses and amortization of acquired intangible assets and capitalized product development costs.

We use Adjusted Gross Profit to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget, and to develop short-term and long-term operating

 

89


Table of Contents

plans. We believe that Adjusted Gross Profit is a useful measure to us and to our investors because it provides consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and between fiscal periods, as the metric generally eliminates the effects of the variability of depreciation, unit-based compensation, restructuring expense, acquisition-related expenses, and amortization of acquired intangibles and capitalized product development costs from period to period, which may fluctuate for reasons unrelated to overall operating performance. We believe that the use of this measure enables us to more effectively evaluate our performance period-over-period and relative to our competitors.

A reconciliation of Adjusted Gross Profit to gross profit, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, is as follows:

 

     Holdings LLC
Year Ended December 31,
 
           2019          

      2020      

 
     (in thousands)  

Gross Profit

   $ 195,005     $ 243,086  

Depreciation

     1,627       1,566  

Unit-based compensation(1)

     352       359  

Restructuring(2)

     762       1,594  

Acquisition-Related Expense(3)

     3,055       465  

Amortization

     30,194       39,434  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Gross Profit

   $ 230,995     $ 286,504  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

% Gross Profit Margin

     53.4     55.9

% Adjusted Gross Profit Margin

     63.3     65.9

 

(1)

Refers to expenses flowing through gross profit associated with unit-based compensation.

(2)

Refers to expenses flowing through gross profit related to migration of customers from legacy to core products, and severance expense related to offshoring activities, facility closures and executive departures.

(3)

Refers to expenses flowing through gross profit incurred to execute and integrate acquisitions, including retention awards and severance for acquired employees.

Adjusted Gross Profit has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because of these limitations, Adjusted Gross Profit should not be considered as a replacement for gross profit, as determined by GAAP, or as a measure of our profitability. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using non-GAAP measures only for supplemental purposes.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is a supplemental measure of operating performance that is not made under GAAP and that does not represent, and should not be considered as, an alternative to net income (loss), as determined by GAAP. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net (loss) income adjusted for net interest expense, depreciation and amortization, provision for (benefit from) income tax, unit-based compensation expense, management fees, restructuring expense, and acquisition-related expense.

We use Adjusted EBITDA to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends and to develop short-term and long-term operating plans. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA facilitates comparison of our operating performance on a consistent basis between periods and, when viewed in combination with our results prepared in accordance with GAAP, helps provide a broader picture of factors and trends affecting our results of operations.

 

90


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, is as follows:

 

     Holdings LLC
Year Ended December 31,
 
           2019                 2020        
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (90,729   $ (46,648

Add:

    

Amortization

     76,331       88,400  

Depreciation

     7,809       7,344  

Net interest expense(1)

     85,091       68,611  

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (2,652     39  

Unit-based compensation(2)

     5,832       5,592  

Management Fees(3)

     1,335       839  

Restructuring(4)

     1,626       5,027  

Acquisition-Related Expense(5)

     8,217       6,438  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 92,860     $ 135,642  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Interest expense, net of interest income.

(2)

Refers to expense associated with unit-based compensation.

(3)

Refers to expense associated with collaboration with our principal stockholders and their internal consulting groups.

(4)

Refers to costs incurred related to migration of customers from legacy to core products, the sale lease-back transaction for our Bethlehem facility, remaining lease obligations for abandoned facilities, severance expense related to offshoring activities, facility closures, and executive departures, and event cancellation fees related to COVID-19.

(5)

Refers to direct transaction and debt related fees reflected in our acquisition costs line item of our income statement and incremental acquisition-related costs that are incurred to perform diligence, execute and integrate acquisitions, including retention awards and severance for acquired employees, and other transaction and integration expenses. These incremental costs are embedded in our research and development, selling, general and administrative and cost of revenue line items.

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as a replacement for net loss, as determined by GAAP, or as a measure of our profitability. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using non-GAAP measures only for supplemental purposes.

Free Cash Flow

Free Cash Flow is a supplemental measure of liquidity that is not made under GAAP and that does not represent, and should not be considered as, an alternative to cash flow from operations, as determined by GAAP. We define Free Cash Flow as net cash provided by operating activities less, cash used for purchases of property and equipment and capitalized product development costs.

We believe that free cash flow is a useful indicator of liquidity that provides information to management and investors about the amount of cash generated by our operations inclusive of that used for investments in property and equipment and capitalized product development costs.

 

91


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to net cash flow provided by (used in) operations, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, is as follows:

 

     Holdings LLC
Year Ended December 31,
 
           2019           

    2020      

 
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 54,321      $ 89,489  

Less:

     

Purchases of property and equipment

     4,469        2,806  

Capitalized product development costs

     30,473        28,822  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Free Cash Flow

   $ 19,379      $ 57,861  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Free Cash Flow has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. For example, Free Cash Flow does not represent the total increase or decrease in our cash balance for a given period. Because of these limitations, Free Cash Flow should not be considered as a replacement for cash flow from operations, as determined by GAAP, or as a measure of our profitability. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using non-GAAP measures only for supplemental purposes.

 

92


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The unaudited consolidated pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 and the unaudited consolidated pro forma statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2020 present our financial position and results of operations after giving pro forma effect to:

 

  (1)

The Organizational Transactions described under “Organizational Structure,” (not including this offering) as if such transactions occurred on December 31, 2020 for the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and on January 1, 2020 for the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income;

 

  (2)

The effects of the Tax Receivable Agreement, as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement;”

 

  (3)

A provision for corporate income taxes on the income attributable to the Issuer at a tax rate of                %, inclusive of all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income taxes; and

 

  (4)

This offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

Our historical consolidated financial information has been derived from our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. was formed on November 30, 2020 and will have no material assets or results of operations until the completion of this offering. Therefore, its historical financial information is not included in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information has been prepared on the basis that we will be taxed as a corporation for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes and, accordingly, will become a taxpaying entity subject to U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes. The presentation of the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is prepared in conformity with Article 11 of Regulation S-X and is based on currently available information and certain estimates and assumptions. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information has been adjusted to give effect to events that are (i) directly attributable to the Organizational Transactions, (ii) factually supportable and (iii) with respect to the statements of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on the results of operations. See the accompanying notes to the Unaudited Consolidated Pro Forma Financial Information for a discussion of assumptions made.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is not necessarily indicative of financial results that would have been attained had the described transactions occurred on the dates indicated above or that could be achieved in the future. Future results may vary significantly from the results reflected in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income and should not be relied on as an indication of our results after the consummation of this offering and the other transactions contemplated by such unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information. However, our management believes that the assumptions provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the transactions as contemplated and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information.

As a public company, we will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We expect to incur additional annual expenses related to these steps and, among other things, additional directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, costs to comply with the reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, hiring of additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses. We have not included any pro forma adjustments relating to these costs.

 

93


Table of Contents

For purposes of the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information, we have assumed that we will issue                  shares of Class A common stock at a price per share of $                 (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), and, as a result, immediately following the completion of this offering, the ownership percentage represented by LLC Units not held by us will be                 %, and the net income attributable to LLC Units not held by us will accordingly represent                 % of our net income. Except as otherwise indicated, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information presented assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.

As described in greater detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement,” in connection with the consummation of this offering, we will enter into the Tax Receivable Agreement with Topco LLC, Vista and Onex that will provide for the payment by PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income taxes (computed using simplifying assumptions to address the impact of state and local taxes) we actually realize (or under certain circumstances are deemed to realize in the case of an early termination payment by us, a change in control or a material breach by us of our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement, as discussed below) as a result of (i) certain increases in the tax basis of assets of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries resulting from purchases of LLC Units with the proceeds of this offering or exchanges of LLC Units in the future or any prior transfers of interests in Holdings LLC, (ii) certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities (including NOLs and excess interest expense carryforwards) and of Holdings LLC and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC (including amortizable goodwill and other intangible assets) that existed prior to this offering and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our making payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement (including deductions for payments of imputed interest).

We expect to benefit from the remaining 15% of cash savings, if any, that we realize. As a result of the Organizational Transactions and the purchase of currently outstanding LLC Units from Topco LLC with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering, we are recording a liability under the Tax Receivable Agreement of $                 as described in more detail below. Due to the uncertainty in the amount and timing of future exchanges of LLC Units by LLC Unitholders and purchases of LLC Units from LLC Unitholders, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information assumes that no future exchanges or purchases of LLC Units have occurred and therefore no increases in tax basis in the Holdings LLC assets or other tax benefits that may be realized thereunder have been assumed in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information. However, if all of the LLC Unitholders were to exchange or sell us all of their LLC Units, we would recognize a deferred tax asset of approximately $                 million and a liability under the Tax Receivable Agreement of approximately $                 million, assuming: (i) all exchanges or purchases occurred on the same day; (ii) a price of $                 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus); (iii) a constant corporate tax rate of                 %; (iv) that we will have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the tax benefits and (v) no material changes in tax law. These amounts are estimates and have been prepared for illustrative purposes only. The actual amount of deferred tax assets and related liabilities that we will recognize will differ based on, among other things, the timing of the exchanges, the price per share of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, and the tax rates then in effect.

For each 5% increase (decrease) in the amount of LLC Units exchanged by or purchased from Topco LLC, Vista and Onex (or their transferees of LLC Units or other assignees), our deferred tax asset would increase (decrease) by approximately $                 million and the related liability would increase (decrease) by approximately $                 million, assuming that the price per share and corporate tax rate remain the same. For each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed share price of $                 per share, our deferred tax asset would increase (decrease) by approximately $                 million and the related liability would increase (decrease) by approximately $                 million, assuming that the number of LLC Units exchanged by or purchased from Topco LLC, Vista and Onex (or their transferees of LLC

 

94


Table of Contents

Units and other assignees) and the corporate tax rate remain the same. These amounts are estimates and have been prepared for illustrative purposes only. The actual amount of deferred tax assets and liability under the Tax Receivable Agreement that we will recognize will differ based on, among other things, the timing of the exchanges and purchases, the price of our shares of Class A common stock at the time of the exchange or purchase, and the tax rates then in effect. See “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read together with “Organizational Structure,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited consolidated financial statements of Holdings, LLC and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

95


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

    Holdings, LLC
As Reported
    Organizational
Transactions
Adjustment 
    As Adjusted
for the
Organizational
Transactions
    Offering
Adjustment
    Pro Forma
PowerSchool
Holdings,
Inc.
 
    (In thousands, except per share data)  

Assets

         

Current Assets

         

Cash and cash equivalents

                                                (2)                                                  (1)                          

Accounts receivable—Net

         

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

         

Property and Equipment—Net

         

Capitalized Product Development Costs—Net

         

Goodwill

         

Intangible Assets—Net

         

Deferred Tax Assets

               (3)(4)       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Assets

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Member’s/Stockholders’ Equity

         

Current Liabilities:

         

Accounts payable

                   (5)   

Accrued expenses

         

Deferred revenue, current

         

Other current liabilities

               (4)       

Current portion of long-term debt

                   (9)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

         

Noncurrent Liabilities

         

Other liabilities

         

Deferred taxes

         

Deferred revenue—Net of current

         

Payable to related parties pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement

               (4)       

Long-term debt—Net

                   (9)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

         

Member’s equity:

         

Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share

               (6)                 (1)   

Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share

               (2)       

Additional paid in capital

                   (8)   

Contributed capital

         

Accumulated deficit

         

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Topco LLC member’s equity

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interests

               (7)       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total member’s / stockholder’s equity

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

96


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET

 

(1)

We estimate that the proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $                million (or $                million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting $                of assumed underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

(2)

Reflects the issuance of Class B common stock to Topco LLC, on a one-to-one basis with the number of LLC Units (other than Participation Units) it owns, in exchange for cash consideration of $                million equal to the par value of the Class B common stock issued, as described in greater detail under “Organizational Structure.”

 

(3)

The Issuer is subject to U.S. federal, state, local and foreign income taxes and will file consolidated income tax returns for U.S. federal and certain state, local and foreign jurisdictions. This adjustment reflects the recognition of deferred taxes in connection with the Organizational Transactions assuming the federal rates currently in effect and the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state, local and foreign jurisdiction.

We have recorded a pro forma deferred tax asset adjustment of $                 million. The deferred tax asset includes (i) $                 million related to temporary differences in the book basis as compared to the tax basis of the Issuer’s investment in Holdings LLC, and (ii) $                 million related to tax benefits from future deductions attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement as described further in note (4) and (iii) $                 million related to the book versus tax basis differences inside the corporations owned by Holdings LLC.

 

(4)

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with Topco LLC, Vista and Onex. The agreement provides for the payment to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex, collectively, of 85% of the benefits, if any, that we realize as a result of (i) certain increases in the tax basis of assets of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries resulting from purchases of LLC Units with the proceeds of this offering or exchanges of LLC Units in the future or any prior transfers of interests in Holdings LLC, (ii) certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities (including NOLs and excess interest expense carryforwards) and of Holdings LLC and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC (including amortizable goodwill and other intangible assets) that existed prior to this offering and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our making payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement (including deductions for payments of imputed interest).

.

The tax receivable agreement will be accounted for as a contingent liability, with amounts accrued when considered probable and reasonably estimable. We will record a $                million liability based on the Company’s estimate of the aggregate amount that it will pay to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex under the tax receivable agreement as a result of the Organizational Transactions. As mentioned in note (1) above, we will record an increase of $                 million in deferred tax assets related to tax benefits from future deductions attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement as a result of the Organizational Transactions. Additionally, we will record a decrease to additional paid-in capital of $                 million, which is equal to the difference between the increase in deferred tax assets and the increase in liabilities due to existing owners under the tax receivable agreement as a result of the Organizational Transactions.

No adjustment has been made to reflect future exchanges by LLC Unitholders (or their transferees of LLC Units or other assignees) of LLC Units for cash or shares of our Class A common stock, as applicable.

 

(5)

We are deferring certain costs associated with this offering. These costs primarily represent legal, accounting and other direct costs and are recorded in other assets in our combined balance

 

97


Table of Contents
  sheet. Upon completion of this offering, these deferred costs will be charged against the proceeds from this offering with a corresponding reduction to additional paid-in capital.

 

(6)

As part of the Organizational Transactions, the Blocker Entities will contributed to PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. by providing existing owners of the Blocker Entities with                shares of Class A common stock and cash in exchange in exchange for full ownership by the Issuer in the Blocker Entities. As a result of the Blocker Contributions, the Issuer will obtain                  LLC Units.

 

(7)

As a result of the Organizational Transactions, the LLC Operating Agreement of Holdings LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, designate PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. as the sole managing member of Holdings LLC. As sole managing member, PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will exclusively operate and control the business and affairs of Holdings LLC. The LLC Units owned by LLC Unitholders will be considered noncontrolling interests in the consolidated financial statements of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. The adjustment to non-controlling interest of $                million reflects the proportional interest in the pro forma consolidated total equity of Holdings LLC owned by Topco LLC.

 

(8)

The following table is a reconciliation of the adjustments impacting additional paid-in-capital:

 

Net proceeds from offering of Class A common stock

   $                    

Purchase of LLC Units from Topco LLC

  

Net adjustment from recognition of deferred tax asset and TRA liability

  

Reclassification of costs incurred in this offering from other assets to additional paid-in capital

  

Contributed capital reclassification

  

Adjustment for non-controlling interest

  
  

 

 

 

Net additional paid-in capital pro forma adjustment

   $    
  

 

 

 

 

(9)

The net proceeds from the sale of                 shares of Class A common stock in the IPO will be used to extinguish $                million of our outstanding indebtedness under the First Lien Term Loan Facility, $                 million of our outstanding indebtedness under the Second Lien Term Loan Facility and $                million of our outstanding indebtedness under the Bridge Loan facility.

 

98


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

    Holdings, LLC
As Reported
    Organizational
Transactions
Adjustment
    As Adjusted
for the
Organizational
Transactions
    Offering
Adjustment
    Pro Forma
PowerSchool
Holdings, Inc.
 
    (In thousands, except per share data)  

Revenue

         

Subscriptions and support

                                                                                                                            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Service

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

License and other

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of Revenue

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subscription and support

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Service

         

License and other

         

Depreciation and amortization

         

Total cost of revenue

         

Gross Profit

         

Operating Expenses

         

Research and Development

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling, general, and administrative

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition costs

         

Depreciation and amortization

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) Income from Operations

         

Interest Expense

         

Loss before Income Taxes

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Taxes

                 (1)     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (Loss) Income

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (Loss) Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests

                 (2)     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (Loss) Income Attributable to Holdings LLC Member

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (Loss) Income Per Common Unit Attributable to Holdings LLC Member—Basic and Diluted

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-Average Common Units Outstanding

         

Per Share Data:

         

Pro Forma Weighted-Average Share of Class A Common Stock Outstanding:

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic

         
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

                   (3)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro Forma Net Loss Available to Class A Common Stock Per Share:

                   (3)   

Basic

                   (3)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

                   (3)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

99


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED PRO FORMA STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

(1)

Following the Organizational Transactions and offering, PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state, local and foreign taxes. As a result, the pro forma statements of income reflect an adjustment to our provision for corporate income taxes to reflect a pro forma tax rate, which includes a provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state, local and foreign jurisdiction. Holdings LLC has been, and will continue to be, treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes. As such, Holdings LLC’s profits and losses will flow through to its partners, including PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., and are generally not subject to tax at the Holdings LLC level.

 

  

The pro forma adjustments for income tax expense represent tax expense (benefit) on income that will be taxable in jurisdictions after our Organizational Transactions that previously had not been taxable. The adjustment is calculated as pro forma income before income taxes multiplied by the ownership percentage of the controlling interest and multiplied by the pro forma tax rate.

 

     December 31,
2020
 

Pro forma income before taxes

                   

Historical net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma income before taxes attributable to Holdings LLC

  

Ownership percentage of the controlling interest

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma income before taxes attributable to the controlling interest

  

Pro forma tax rate

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma income tax expense

  

Historical income tax expense

  

Pro forma income tax expense adjustment

  
  

 

 

 

 

(2)

Following the Organizational Transactions, PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will become the sole managing member of Holdings LLC, and upon consummation of this offering, PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will initially own approximately                % of the economic interest in Holdings LLC but will have                 % of the voting power and control the management of Holdings LLC. The ownership percentage held by the noncontrolling interest will be approximately                 %. Net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest will represent approximately                 % of net income.

 

(3)

The weighted average number of shares underlying the basic earnings per share calculation reflects only the                  shares of Class A common stock outstanding after the offering as they are the only outstanding shares which participate in distributions or dividends by PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. The net proceeds from the sale of                  shares of Class A common stock in the IPO will be used to repay outstanding indebtedness, fund philanthropic initiatives benefitting K-12 educators in North America, and pay expenses incurred in connection with this offering, each as described in “Use of Proceeds.” Pro forma diluted earnings per share is computed by adjusting pro forma net income attributable to PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. and the weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding to give effect to potentially dilutive securities that qualify as participating securities using the treasury stock method, as applicable. Shares of Class B common stock are not participating securities and therefore are not included in the calculation of pro forma basic earnings per share.

 

100


Table of Contents
  

LLC Units, together with an equal number of shares of Class B common stock (other than in connection with exchanges of Participation Units), may be exchanged, at our option, for shares of our Class A common stock or, at our election, for cash. After evaluating the potential dilutive effect under the if-converted method, the outstanding LLC Units for the assumed exchange of non-controlling interests were determined to be                  and thus were                  the computation of diluted earnings per share.

 

    

The diluted weighted average share calculation assumes that certain equity awards were issued and outstanding at the beginning of the period. The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used to compute pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share.

 

     For the
Year Ended
December 31, 2020
 

Earnings per share of common stock

  

Numerator:

  

Net income attributable to PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.’s shareholders (basic and diluted)

   $             —  

Denominator:

  

Weighted average of shares of common stock outstanding (basic)

  

Incremental common shares attributable to dilutive instruments

  

Weighted average of shares of common stock outstanding (diluted)

  

Basic earnings per share

   $  

Diluted earnings per share

   $  

 

101


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations together with the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis reflects our historical results of operations and financial position, and, except as otherwise indicated below, does not give effect to the Organizational Transactions or to the completion of this offering. See “Organizational Structure.” This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors.” Please also see the section titled “Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements.”

The following discussion contains references to fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020, which represents the consolidated financial results of our predecessor Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” and “PowerSchool” and similar references refer to: (1) on or following the consummation of the Organizational Transactions, including this offering, to PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including Holdings LLC, and (2) prior to the consummation of the Organizational Transactions, including this offering, to Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Overview

We provide a comprehensive suite of solutions that includes the mission-critical system of record used by state Departments of Education, districts and schools, who leverage our solutions to deliver insights and analytics to improve education outcomes. We serve more than 12,000 customers, including 93 of the 100 top districts by student enrollment in the United States, have 30 state-, province-, or territory-wide contracts in North America, and sell solutions in over 90 countries globally. Our platform is embedded in school workflows and is used by educators, students, administrators and parents on a daily basis.

PowerSchool’s cloud platform is the most comprehensive, integrated, enterprise-scale suite of solutions purpose-built for the K-12 market. Our cloud-based technology platform helps our customers efficiently manage state reporting and related compliance, special education, finance, HR, talent, registration, attendance, funding, learning, instruction, grading, college and career readiness, assessments and analytics in one unified platform. Through our integrated technology approach, we are positioned to streamline operations, aggregate disparate data sets, and develop insights using predictive modelling and machine learning. Our ability to transform information into actionable insights improves the efficiency of school operations, the quality of instruction delivered by teachers, and the pace of student growth, generating a profound effect on K-12 educational outcomes.

We have created a strong competitive moat by investing over the past 20 years to build, maintain and continuously update our K-12 regulatory compliance reporting capabilities that solve state-specific, funding-related regulatory pain points for our customers. This investment is currently supported by a team of approximately 140 in our broader R&D organization of approximately 927 individuals.

Building the PowerSchool Platform

Our focus and strategy on delivering a comprehensive, integrated platform led to years of coordinated efforts to build an expansive suite of core capabilities required by our customers. Starting

 

102


Table of Contents

as the first web-based SIS, we combined our deep domain expertise in K-12 education with over twenty years of innovation and disciplined acquisition activity to become the core K-12 software platform, with a full suite of cloud-based offerings across student information, enrollment, learning management, assessment, special education, finance, HR and talent management.

Since 2015, we completed 12 strategic acquisitions to thoughtfully build out our Unified Platform of K-12 software solutions, building upon years of leadership:

 

LOGO

 

   

Acquisition of Infosnap in 2015, adding a leading K-12 enrollment solution;

 

   

Acquisition of Interactive Achievement in 2016, establishing our presence in K-12 student assessment and analytics;

 

   

Acquisition of SRB in 2016, enhancing scale in K-12 SIS and ERP solutions in Canada;

 

   

Acquisition of Sungard in 2017, adding a scaled K-12 ERP solution in the U.S.;

 

   

Acquisition of PeopleAdmin in 2018, adding leading talent management and student assessment and analytics solutions;

 

   

Acquisition of Schoology in 2019, adding the leading K-12 LMS;

 

   

Acquisition of Hoonuit in 2020, adding an advanced data management and analytics solution for K-12;

 

   

Acquisition of Naviance and Intersect in 2021, adding the leading college and career readiness solution for K-12; and

 

   

Four other smaller acquisitions.

 

103


Table of Contents

Our Business Model

We offer our software platform through a cloud-based, SaaS business model under contracts with annual price escalators, and we recognize subscription revenues ratably over annual subscription terms of the contracts. Our SaaS solutions include access to hosted software, software maintenance, product updates and upgrades, and technical and developer support. We sell our SaaS solutions through recurring fee arrangements where revenue is recognized on an annual basis following contract start date, which we refer to as recurring revenue. Our business model provides flexibility and optionality for our customers to purchase and deploy our software platform either through individual add-on solutions, or as a Unified Platform. The majority of new bookings come from our SaaS offerings and are thus recurring in nature, with recurring revenue accounting for more than 85% of our total revenue as of December 31, 2020 and, over 70% of ARR generated from cloud-based solutions.

We generally price our SaaS and license agreements at individually negotiated rates with occasional discounts, typically for multi-solution sales or to help districts meet their budget and funding timing constraints. Contracts are typically sold on a three-year basis with one-year rolling renewals and annual price escalators. We typically invoice our customers annually, in advance, for subscription fees and maintenance, while a portion of customers are billed semiannually, quarterly, or monthly. SaaS revenues are recognized over time to appropriately reflect progress towards full completion of our performance obligations.

To help customers go live with our software and achieve success, we offer professional services such as professional consultation, implementation, customization and training services as requested by our customers. Revenue from these services is primarily classified as non-recurring revenue, with a portion of the revenue consisting of recurring managed services classified as recurring revenue. For our SaaS business, these services generally take less than one year to complete.

Our total revenues were $434.9 million and $365.0 million for fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively, representing a 19.2% growth rate. Our subscriptions and support revenue in fiscal 2020 were $370.9 million or 85.3% of total revenues, up from $308.2 million or 84.4% of total revenues in fiscal 2019, representing a 20.3% growth rate. Our Gross Profit was $243.1 and $195.0 million for fiscal 2020 and fiscal 2019 respectively. Due to our continuing investment in building our software platform, we recorded net losses attributable to PowerSchool in fiscal 2020, and 2019 of $46.6 million and $90.7 million, respectively. Our Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Gross Profit in fiscal 2020 was $135.6 million or 31.2% and $286.5 million or 65.9% (respectively) of total revenues, up from $92.9 million or 25.4% and $231.0 million or 63.3% of total revenues in fiscal 2019.

Key Factors Affecting Our Performance

Our historical financial performance has been, and we expect our financial performance in the future to be, driven by our ability to:

Cross-Sell New Solutions to Existing Customers

Many of our customers begin their journey with us by using only a small portion of our overall platform. As customers begin to appreciate the benefits of an integrated software platform across student data, classroom learning, back-office functions and talent management, they increase the number of solutions they buy from us over time. Our future revenue growth is dependent upon our ability to expand our customers’ use of our platform, and our go-to-market efforts are designed to drive cross-sell growth. Our ability to increase sales to existing customers will depend on a number of factors, including the level of satisfaction with our solutions, competition, pricing, economic conditions

 

104


Table of Contents

and spending by customers on our solutions. We have adopted a customer success strategy and implemented processes across our customer base to drive revenue retention and expansion, which combined with our cross-selling success has resulted in a Net Revenue Retention Rate of 103.5% as of December 31, 2019 and 108.1% as of December 31, 2020.

Attract New Customers in North America

We believe there is significant opportunity to increase market adoption of our Unified Platform by new customers. Our ability to attract new customers is dependent upon a number of factors including the features and pricing of our competitors’ offerings, the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, the effectiveness of our channel partners in selling, the marketing and deploying of our software solutions, and the growth in demand of cloud-based technology solutions in K-12 education. We intend to expand our customer base by continuing to make significant and targeted investments in direct sales and marketing to attract new customers and to drive broader awareness of our software solutions. As of December 31, 2020, we had more than 12,000 customers spanning every type of K-12 organization, including state Departments of Education, public districts, charter schools, independent schools, virtual schools and more, of a broad range of sizes.

Continue to Expand Into Complementary Adjacencies

Since 2015, we have acquired and successfully integrated 12 complementary businesses to enhance our software and technology capabilities. We have a demonstrated track record of driving growth from our acquired assets and delivering positive return on investment. M&A is core to our strategy, and we intend to continue pursuing targeted acquisitions that further complement our portfolio of technology offerings or provide us access to new markets. This adjacency expansion strategy is complementary to our cross-selling strategy, as it both introduces acquired solutions to our existing customers and introduces a base of net new customers to whom we may sell our other solutions. Additionally, we intend to continue providing adjacent solutions by other means, which may include organic development and strategic partnerships. Our position as the leading system of record, engagement and intelligence provides us with a unique vantage point to identify the most critical needs of our customers and most innovative companies within the K-12 education ecosystem. We will continue to carefully evaluate acquisition, partnership, and development opportunities to assess whether they meet our strategic objectives and enhance our platform.

Sustain Innovation and Technology Leadership

Our success is dependent on our ability to sustain innovation and technology leadership to maintain our competitive advantage. We believe that we have built a highly differentiated Unified Platform that will position us to further extend the adoption of our platform and solutions. We intend to continue to invest in building additional solutions, features and functionality that expand our capabilities and facilitate the extension of our Unified Platform to new adjacencies. We also intend to continue to evaluate strategic acquisitions and investments in businesses and technologies to drive solutions and market expansion. Our future success is dependent on our ability to successfully develop, market and sell existing and new solutions to both new and existing customers.

Expand Internationally

We believe there is a significant opportunity to expand usage of our platform outside of North America. As of December 31, 2020, PowerSchool served customers in over 90 countries, primarily American international schools. We plan to make product, personnel, partnership, and acquisition-related investments to expand geographically. Although these investments may adversely affect our operating results in the near-term, we believe that they will contribute to our long-term growth.

 

105


Table of Contents

Organizational Transactions

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware and formed for the purpose of this offering and has engaged to date only in activities in contemplation of this offering. PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will be a holding company, and its sole material asset will be a controlling ownership interest in Holdings LLC. For more information regarding our reorganization and holding company structure, see “Organizational Structure—Organizational Transactions.” Upon completion of this offering, all of our business will be conducted through Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries, and the financial results of Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries will be included in the consolidated financial statements of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

Holdings LLC has been treated as a pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and accordingly has not been subject to U.S. federal income tax. Certain wholly owned subsidiaries of Holdings LLC are taxed as corporations for U.S. federal and most applicable state, local income tax and foreign tax purposes. After consummation of this offering, Holdings LLC will continue to be treated as a pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and certain subsidiaries will continue to be taxed as corporations for U.S. federal and most applicable state, local income tax and foreign tax purposes. As a result of its ownership of LLC Units in Holdings LLC, PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will become subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes with respect to its allocable share of any taxable income of Holdings LLC and will be taxed at the prevailing corporate tax rates. In addition to tax expenses, we also will incur expenses related to our operations and we will be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex. Due to the uncertainty of various factors, we cannot precisely quantify the likely tax benefits we will realize as a result of LLC Unit exchanges and certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities, Holdings LLC, and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC, and the resulting amounts we are likely to pay out pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement; however, we estimate that such payments will be substantial. Assuming no changes in the relevant tax law, and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement, we expect that future payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement relating to the purchase by PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. of LLC Units from Topco LLC in connection with this offering and certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities, Holdings LLC, and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC to be approximately $                 million (or approximately $                 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, the proceeds of which will be used by PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. to acquire additional LLC Units from Topco LLC) and to range over the next 15 years from approximately $                 million to $ million per year (or range from approximately $                 million to $ million per year if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) and decline thereafter. As a result, we expect that aggregate payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement over this 15-year period will range from approximately $                 million to $                 million (or range from approximately $                 million to $                 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares). These estimates are based on an initial public offering price of $                 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Future payments in respect of subsequent exchanges or financings would be in addition to these amounts and are expected to be substantial. The foregoing numbers are merely estimates, and the actual payments could differ materially. We expect to fund these payments using cash on hand and cash generated from operations. See “Organizational Structure—Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Holdings LLC” and “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Key Business Metrics

In addition to our GAAP financial information, we review a number of operating and financial metrics, including the following key metrics, to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans, and make strategic decisions.

 

106


Table of Contents

Annualized Recurring Revenue

ARR represents the annualized value of all recurring contracts as of the end of the period. ARR mitigates fluctuations due to seasonality, contract term, one-time discounts given to help customers meet their budgetary and cash flow needs and the sales mix for recurring and non-recurring revenue. ARR does not have any standardized meaning and is therefore unlikely to be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies. ARR should be viewed independently of revenue and deferred revenue and is not intended to be combined with or to replace either of those items. ARR is not a forecast, and the active contracts at the end of a reporting period used in calculating ARR may or may not be extended or renewed by our customers.

For fiscal 2020 and 2019, we closed the year with ARR of $426.9 million and $371.7 million, respectively, with over 70% of ARR generated from cloud-based solutions in 2020.

Net Revenue Retention Rate

We believe that our ability to retain and grow recurring revenues from our existing customers over time strengthens the stability and predictability of our revenue base and is reflective of the value we deliver to them through upselling and cross selling our solution portfolio. We assess our performance in this area using a metric we refer to as Net Revenue Retention Rate. Beginning in the first quarter of 2021, we intend to exclude from our calculation of Net Revenue Retention any changes in ARR attributable to Intersect customers, as this product is sold through our channel partnership with EAB and is pursuant to annual revenue minimums, therefore the business will not be managed based on Net Revenue Retention. We calculate our dollar-based Net Revenue Retention Rate as of the end of a reporting period as follows:

 

   

Denominator.    We measure ARR as of the last day of the prior year comparative reporting period.

 

   

Numerator.    We measure ARR from renewed and new sale opportunities booked as of the last day of the current reporting period from customers with associated ARR as of the last day of the prior year comparative reporting period.

The quotient obtained from this calculation is our dollar-based net revenue retention rate. Our Net Revenue Retention Rate provides insight into the impact on current year recurring revenues of expanding adoption of our solutions by our existing customers during the current period. Our Net Revenue Retention is subject to adjustments for acquisitions, consolidations, spin-offs and other market activity.

For fiscal 2020 and 2019, we had Net Revenue Retention Rates of 108.1% and 103.5%, respectively. The most significant drivers of changes in our Net Revenue Retention Rate each year have historically been our propensity to secure contract renewals with annual price escalators and sell new solutions or additional licenses to our existing customer base. Our use of Net Revenue Retention Rate has limitations as an analytical metric, and investors should not consider it in isolation. Net Retention Rate does not have any standardized meaning and is therefore unlikely to be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenues

We recognize revenue under Accounting Standard Codification Topic 606 (“ASC 606”) and 340-40 (“ASC 340-40”). Under ASC 606, we recognize revenue when our customer obtains control of goods or services in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for those goods or services. See “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Revenue Recognition.”

 

107


Table of Contents

Subscriptions and Support.    Subscriptions and support revenues consist primarily of fees from customers accessing our solutions. We expect subscriptions and support revenues to increase because of continued new and existing customer sales efforts and high net retention.

Service.    Service revenues consist primarily of fees related to new product implementations, customizations and customer training. We expect service revenues to increase because of continued growth in new product sales, which result in additional implementation and training services.

License and other.    License and other revenues consist primarily of one-time perpetual license and partner royalty fees. We expect license and other revenues to remain consistent period over period.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of employee compensation costs for employees associated with supporting our subscription, support, success and professional services arrangements and certain third-party expenses. Employee compensation and related costs include cash compensation and benefits to employees, costs of third-party contractors and associated overhead costs. Third-party expenses consist of cloud infrastructure costs, third-party licensing costs, and other expenses directly associated with our customer support. We expect cost of revenues to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to hire personnel, to provide hosting services, technical support, customer success and consulting services to our growing customer base.

Operating Expenses

Research and development.    Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs. Research and development expenses also include costs associated with contractors and consultants, equipment and software to support our development and quality assurance teams and overhead expenses. We will continue to invest in innovation and offer our customers new solutions to enhance our existing platform. See the section “Business—Research and Development” for more information. We expect such investment to increase on an absolute dollar basis as our business grows.

Selling, general, and administrative.    Selling, general, and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee compensation and benefits costs for corporate personnel, such as those in our executive, legal, human resource, facilities, accounting and finance and information technology departments. In addition, general and administrative expenses include third-party professional fees and principal stockholder-related costs, as well as all other supporting corporate expenses not allocated to other departments. We expect our selling, general, and administrative expenses to increase on an absolute dollar basis as our business grows. Also, following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including costs to comply with the rules and regulations applicable to companies listed on a national securities exchange, costs related to compliance and reporting obligations pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, and increased expenses for insurance, investor relations and professional services.

Acquisition costs.    Acquisition costs consist primarily of third-party professional fees incurred in conjunction with acquisitions.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest payments on our outstanding borrowings under our Term Loans and Revolving Credit Agreement.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net primarily consists of foreign currency losses.

 

108


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2019     2020  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations

and Comprehensive Loss:

    

Revenue:

    

Subscriptions and Support

   $ 308,161     $ 370,853  

Service

     45,559       49,471  

License and other

     11,271       14,564  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenue

     364,991       434,888  

Cost of Revenue:

    

Subscription and support

     98,467       108,158  

Service

     38,647       41,324  

License and other

     1,051       1,320  

Depreciation and amortization

     31,821       41,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     169,986       191,802  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     195,005       243,086  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

    

Research and Development

     61,160       70,673  

Selling, General, and Administrative

     86,916       92,711  

Acquisition Costs

     2,519       2,495  

Depreciation and amortization

     52,319       54,744  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     202,914       220,623  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) Income from Operations

     (7,909     22,463  

Interest Expense

     85,264       68,714  

Other Expense—Net

     208       358  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss Before Income Taxes

     (93,381     (46,609

Income Tax (Benefit)

     (2,652     39  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

     (90,729     (46,648
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income—Foreign Currency Translation

     (22     353  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

     (22     353  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive Loss

   $ (90,751   $ (46,295

 

109


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss expressed as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2019     2020  

Consolidated Statement of Operations

and Comprehensive Loss:

    

Revenue:

                     

Subscriptions and Support

     84     85

Service

     13       12  

License and other

     3       3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenue

     100       100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of Revenue:

    

Subscriptions and support

     27       25  

Service

     11       10  

License and other

     <1       <1  

Depreciation and amortization

     9       9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cost of Revenue

     47       44  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Profit

     53       56  

Operating Expenses:

    

Research and Development

     17       16  

Selling, General, and Administrative

     24       21  

Acquisition Costs

     <1       <1  

Depreciation and amortization

     14       13  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     56       51
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) Income from Operations

     (2     5

Interest Expense

     23       16  

Other Expense—Net

     <1       <1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss Before Income Taxes

     (26     (11

Income Tax (Benefit)

     (<1     <1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

     (25     (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income—Foreign Currency

Translation

  

 

(<1

 

 

<1

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

     (<1     <1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive Loss

     (25     (11

 

110


Table of Contents

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

Revenues

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2019      2020  
     (in thousands)  

Revenue:

     

Subscriptions and Support

   $ 308,161      $ 370,853  

Service

     45,559        49,471  

License and other

     11,271        14,564  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 364,991      $ 434,888  

Total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 were $434.9 million and $365.0 million, respectively. Subscriptions and support accounted for $370.9 million and $308.2 million, services revenues accounted for $49.5 and $45.6 million, and license and other revenues accounted for $14.6 million and $11.3 million. Our total revenues were driven primarily by renewals and new sales of our solutions and services. The increase in Subscription and Support revenues were driven by renewals and increased sales of our solutions to existing customers driving net retention of 108.1%. (approximately $6 million Subscriptions and Support impact), sales to new customers (approximately $3 million Subscriptions and Support impact), and seeing full-year value from the prior year ARR increases and acquisition of Schoology (remainder of Subscriptions and Support increase). The increase in Service revenue was driven by increased implementation and training related to sales to existing and new customers.

Total Cost of Revenue

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2019      2020  
     (in thousands)  

Subscription and support

   $ 98,467      $ 108,158  

Service

     38,647        41,324  

License and other

     1,051        1,320  

Depreciation and amortization

     31,821        41,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of Revenue

   $ 169,986      $ 191,802  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues was $191.8 million and $170.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Our total cost of revenues were primarily driven by personnel-related and third-party expenses. The increase in Subscription and support was driven by an increase in cloud hosting usage ($11.6 million increase), offset by a decrease in temporary duplicative costs related to finalizing certain cloud hosting migration efforts ($9.7 million decrease), with the remainder of the increase related to additional personnel, from both increased staffing and the Schoology acquisition. The increase in Service COGS was related to an increase in personnel cost, from both increased staffing and the Schoology acquisition. The increase in Depreciation and amortization COGS was driven by an additional year’s burden of capitalized R&D expense amortizations.

 

111


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2019      2020  
     (in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

     

Research and Development

   $ 61,160      $ 70,673  

Selling, General, and Administrative

     86,916        92,711  

Acquisition Costs

     2,519        2,495  

Depreciation and amortization

     52,319        54,744  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

   $ 202,914      $ 220,623  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and development.    Research and development expenses were $70.7 million and $61.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Our total R&D costs were driven primarily by personnel-related and third-party expenses. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $5.7 million in personnel related expenses due to increased headcount from additional hiring and the Schoology acquisition, an increase of $1.0 million related to higher contractor costs due to the Schoology acquisition and a $1.5 million increase due to a reduction in capitalizable R&D activities.

Selling, general, and administrative.    Selling, general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 were $92.7 million and $86.9 million, respectively. Our total SG&A expenses were driven primarily by personnel-related and third-party expenses. The increase was primarily driven by an increase of $2.3 million in commissions related to new bookings and an increase of $8.2 million in personnel related costs and associated software expenses due to increased staffing and additional headcount from the Schoology acquisition, offset by a $5.7 million reduction in corporate travel and marketing events amidst COVID-19.

Acquisition Costs.    Acquisition costs were $2.5 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. These were driven primarily by third-party professional fees incurred in conjunction with the Schoology, AccelaSchool and Hoonuit acquisitions.

Interest Expense

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2019      2020  
     (in thousands)  

Interest Expense

   $ 85,264      $ 68,714  

Interest expense was $68.7 million and $85.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. This was driven primarily by expenses related to our long-term debt. Year-on-year decrease was driven by reduced interest rates on our debt facilities related to reduction in LIBOR.

Income Taxes (Benefit)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2019     2020  
     (in thousands)  

Income Taxes (Benefit)

   $ (2,652   $ 39  

 

112


Table of Contents

Income Tax (Benefit) were $0.0 million and ($2.7) million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The decrease in income tax benefit was driven by amortization of intangibles in domestic subsidiaries, where the reduction in deferred tax liabilities required an offsetting current year increase in valuation allowance.

Other Expense, Net

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2019      2020  
     (in thousands)  

Other Expense—Net

   $ 208      $ 358  

Other expense net was $0.4 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. The increase in Other Expense—Net was primarily due to foreign currency losses of $2.4 million on the remeasurement of foreign denominated cash and accounts receivable balances.

 

113


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations and Other Data

The following tables set forth selected unaudited consolidated quarterly statements of operations data for each of the four fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, as well as the percentage of revenue that each line item represents for each quarter. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, which consist only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of this information in accordance with GAAP. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly results are not necessarily indicative of our results of operations to be expected for any future period.

 

    Three Months Ended (in thousands) (unaudited)  
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
    December 31,
2020
 

Revenue

    82,050       85,933       96,618       100,390       100,075       103,136       115,583       116,094  

Cost of revenue

    39,013       42,558       44,431       43,984       44,450       46,027       48,079       53,246  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    43,037       43,375       52,187       56,406       55,625       57,109       67,504       62,848  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

    15,291       14,722       14,817       16,330       17,091       15,836       15,197       22,549  

Selling, general, and administrative

    22,131       20,944       20,157       23,684       23,782       22,348       21,302       25,279  

Acquisition costs

    14       320       150       2,035       2       0       21       2,472  

Depreciation and amortization

    13,031       12,950       12,955       13,383       13,946       13,871       13,539       13,388  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    50,467       48,936       48,079       55,432       54,821       52,055       50,059       63,688  

Income (loss) from operations

    (7,430     (5,561     4,108       974       804       5,054       17,445       (840

Interest expense

    21,157       21,920       21,269       20,918       19,551       17,400       15,801       15,962  

Other expense - net

    130       145       (143     76       (1,841     61       1,111       1,027  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (28,717     (27,626     (17,018     (20,020     (16,906     (12,407     533       (17,829

Income tax (benefit)

    (816     (785     (483     (568     (24     (18     106       (25
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    (27,901     (26,841     (16,535     (19,452     (16,882     (12,389     427       (17,804
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

114


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended (unaudited)  
    March 31,
2019
    June 30,
2019
    September 30,
2019
    December 31,
2019
    March 31,
2020
    June 30,
2020
    September 30,
2020
    December 31,
2020
 

Revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

    48       50       46       44       44       45       42       46  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    52       50       54       56       56       55       58       54  

Operating expenses:

               

Research and development

    19       17       15       16       17       15       13       19  

Selling, general, and administrative

    27       24       21       24       24       22       18       22  

Acquisition costs

    0       0       0       2       0       0       0       2  

Depreciation and amortization

    16       15       13       13       14       13       12       12  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    62       56       49       55       55       50       43       55  

Income (loss) from operations

    (10     (6     5       1       1       5       15       (1

Interest expense

    26       26       22       21       20       17       14       14  

Other expense - net

    0       0       0       0       (2     0       1       1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (36     (32     (17     (20     (17     (12     0       (16

Income tax (benefit)

 

 

(1

    (1     0       (1     0       0       0       0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    (35     (31     (17     (19     (17     (12     0       (16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Revenue Trends. Our quarterly revenue increased in each of the past eight periods presented when compared to the results of the same quarter in the prior year due to increases in the number of new customers as well as existing customer net retention and new revenue from acquisitions year-over-year. These trends were accelerated in 2020 in part due to the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. Historically, we have experienced predictable annual renewal cycles, with a meaningful portion of service periods beginning in July and September due to the K-12 budgeting cycle. This drives higher billings in our second and third fiscal quarters. As a result, a significantly higher percentage of our annual Subscription and Support revenues are invoiced during those quarters at contract renewal or inception, also resulting in higher levels of cash collection in the third and fourth quarter. Additionally, Service Revenue is typically higher in the third fiscal quarter to increased activity in customer software implementation and training during the summer period. We generally expect these seasonal trends to continue to align with the school year and academic calendar in the future, which may cause quarterly fluctuations in our results of operations and certain financial metrics.

Quarterly Cost of Revenue Trends. On a quarterly basis, cost of revenue increased in 2020 compared to the corresponding quarterly periods of 2019 primarily due to the growth in personnel-related expenses and increased third-party hosting services, technical support, customer success and consulting services to our growing customer base.

Quarterly Gross Profit. Gross profit increases in each of the past eight periods presented when compared to the results of the same quarter in the prior year were primarily driven by increases in revenue outpacing personnel-related costs to support the revenue growth.

Quarterly Operating Expense Trends: Our operating expenses have increased each quarter on a year over year basis due to our growth and are primarily related to increases in personnel-related costs (driven by acquisitions and increased hiring) and third party expenses.

On a quarterly basis, research and development expenses increased in 2020 compared to the corresponding quarterly periods of 2019 primarily as a result of higher headcount. The increase also relates

 

115


Table of Contents

to costs of contractors and consultants, equipment and software to support our development and quality assurance teams. Selling, general, and administrative expense increased primarily due to higher personnel-related costs, including commissions related to new bookings, and other professional services. Acquisition costs remained relatively flat and increases are driven primarily by third-party professional fees incurred in conjunction with the Schoology, AccelaSchool and Hoonuit acquisitions. Lastly, our depreciation and amortization expenses increased in 2020 compared to their corresponding quarterly period in 2019 primarily due to amortization of acquired intangible assets.

Interest expense and other expense – net: Interest expense was driven primarily by expenses related to our long-term debt. The decrease in each of the quarterly periods compared to prior year mainly was driven by reduced interest rates on our debt facilities related to reduction in LIBOR. Other expense – net fluctuated on a quarterly basis due to changes in foreign currency gains and losses.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

General

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. is a holding company with no operations of our own and, as such, we will depend on distributions by our current and future subsidiaries, including Holdings LLC, for cash to fund all of our operations and expenses. The terms of the agreements governing our senior secured credit facilities contain certain negative covenants prohibiting certain of our subsidiaries from making cash dividends or distributions to us or to Holdings LLC unless certain financial tests are met. For a discussion of those restrictions, see “—Description of Senior Secured Credit Facilities” below and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness.” We currently anticipate that such restrictions will not impact our ability to meet our cash obligations.

As of December 31, 2020, our principal sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $52.7 million, which was held for working capital purposes, as well as the available balance of our Revolving Credit Agreement, described further below. As of December 31, 2020, our cash equivalents were comprised of bank deposits and are generally held with large, diverse financial institutions worldwide with high investment-grade credit ratings or financial institutions that meet investment-grade ratings criteria, which we believe mitigates credit risk. During the year ended December 31, 2020, our positive cash flow from operations has enabled us to make continued investments in supporting the growth of our business. Following the completion of this offering, we expect that our operating cash flows, in addition to our cash and cash equivalents, will enable us to continue to make such investments in the future. We expect our operating cash flows to further improve as we increase our operational efficiency and experience economies of scale.

We have financed our operations primarily through cash received from operations and debt financing. We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents, our Revolving Credit Agreement and cash provided by sales of our solutions and services will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced solutions and services offerings, and the continuing market acceptance of our solutions. In the future, we may enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services and technologies, including intellectual property rights.

We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in new technologies, this could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our results of operations.

 

116


Table of Contents

A majority of our customers pay in advance for subscriptions, which is recorded as deferred revenue. Deferred revenue consists of the unearned portion of billed fees for our subscriptions, which is later recognized as revenue in accordance with our revenue recognition policy. As of December 31, 2020, we had deferred revenue of $235.2 million, of which $229.6 million was recorded as a current liability and is expected to be recorded as revenue in the next 12 months, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

As a result of its ownership of LLC Units in Topco LLC, PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will become subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes with respect to its allocable share of any taxable income of Topco LLC and will be taxed at the prevailing corporate tax rates. In addition to tax expenses, we also will incur expenses related to our operations and we will be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement with Topco LLC. Due to the uncertainty of various factors, we cannot precisely quantify the likely tax benefits we will realize as a result of LLC Unit exchanges and certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities, Holdings LLC, and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC and the resulting amounts we are likely to pay out pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement; however, we estimate that such payments may be substantial. Assuming no changes in the relevant tax law, and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement, we expect that future payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement relating to the purchase by PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. of LLC Units from Topco LLC in connection with this offering and certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities, Holdings LLC, and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC to be approximately $                 million (or approximately $                 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, the proceeds of which will be used by PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. to acquire additional LLC Units from Topco LLC) and to range over the next 15 years from approximately $                 million to $                 million per year (or range from approximately $                 million to $                 million per year if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) and decline thereafter. As a result, we expect that aggregate payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement over this 15-year period will range from approximately $                 million to $                 million (or range from approximately $                 million to $                 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares). These estimates are based on an initial public offering price of $                 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Future payments in respect of subsequent exchanges or financings would be in addition to these amounts and are expected to be substantial. The foregoing numbers are merely estimates and the actual payments could differ materially. We expect to fund these payments using cash on hand and cash generated from operations. See “Organizational Structure—Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Topco LLC” and “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Credit Facilities

In August of 2018, we entered into a First Lien Credit Agreement with lending institutions for term-loan borrowings (the “First Lien Term Loan”) totaling $775.0 million and a Second Lien Credit Agreement for term loan borrowings (the “Second Lien Loan,” together with the First Lien Term Loan, the “Term Loans”) totaling $365.0 million. The First Lien Credit Agreement also provided for a Revolving Credit Agreement (the “Revolving Credit Agreement”) of $120.0 million, which was increased by $60.0 million to a total of $180.0 million in November 2020 and will be increased by $109.0 million to a total of $289.0 million upon the consummation of the initial public offering, for letters of credit and loans to be used for working capital and other general corporate financing purposes and an incremental facility of $70.0 million (the “Incremental Term Facility”). Borrowings under the First Lien Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Credit Agreement are guaranteed by Topco LLC and certain of its subsidiaries as specified in the respective guaranty agreements, and are secured by a lien and

 

117


Table of Contents

security interest in substantially all of the assets of existing and future material domestic subsidiaries of Topco LLC that are loan parties.

The First Lien Term Loan became repayable in quarterly payments of $1.9 million beginning March 31, 2019 and will remain repayable through July 31, 2025, with all remaining outstanding principal due on July 31, 2025. The Incremental Term Facility became repayable in quarterly payments of $0.2 million beginning June 30, 2020 and will remain repayable through July 31, 2025, with all remaining outstanding principal due on July 31, 2025.

Borrowings under the First Lien Term Loan bear interest at the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate plus the margin of 3.25% per annum, except for borrowings under the Incremental Term Facility where the margin is 4.50% per annum. The “Eurocurrency Rate” is defined as the LIBOR as administered by the Intercontinental Exchange (ICE) Benchmark Administration for deposits in dollars.

As of December 31, 2020, the interest rate on the First Lien Term Loan was 3.40%, and the interest rate on the Incremental Term Facility was 5.50%.

As of December 31, 2020, the outstanding balance on the Revolving Credit Agreement was $40.0 million. Between January 1, 2021, and March 9, 2021, an additional $25.0 million was drawn from the Revolving Credit Agreement, for a total outstanding balance of $65.0 million as of March 17, 2021.

Borrowings under the Second Lien Loan bear interest at the Adjusted Eurocurrency Rate plus the margin of 6.75% per annum. The “Eurocurrency Rate” is defined as the LIBOR as administered by the Intercontinental Exchange (ICE) Benchmark Administration for deposits in dollars. Borrowings under the Second Lien do not have periodic principal payments with full principal due on July 31, 2026.

As of December 31, 2020, the interest rate on the Second Lien Loan was 6.9%.

See “Description of Senior Secured Credit Facilities” for more information.

Bridge Loan

On March 3, 2021, we completed the acquisition of Hobsons, Inc. for approximately $318.9 million in cash. We entered into the $320.0 million aggregate principal amount Bridge Loan to fund the acquisition. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repay in full the Bridge Loan. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information.

The Bridge Loan matures on May 15, 2022. The interest rate for Eurocurrency loans is the rate per annum equal to the LIBOR, as administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration for deposits in dollar, plus the applicable margin. The initial margin is 3.00% per annum in the case of Eurocurrency loans.

Cash Flows

The following table presents a summary of our consolidated cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2019     2020  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 54,321     $ 89,489  

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (200,834     (107,312

 

118


Table of Contents
     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2019      2020  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ 153,215      $ 30,702  

Effect of foreign exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents

     854        876  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     7,556        13,755  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     31,935        39,491  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 39,491      $ 53,246  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities of $89.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily related to our net loss of $46.6 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $107.5 million and net cash inflows of $28.6 million provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions. Non-cash charges primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization of $101.2 million, and management incentive unit-based compensation of $5.6 million. The main drivers of net cash inflows were derived from the changes in operating assets and liabilities and were related to an increase in deferred revenue of $31.1 million due to increases in sales and decrease to accounts receivable of $11.6 million due to timing of collections. Inflows are offset by decrease in other liabilities, including deferred taxes, by $1.9 million and increase in other assets of $8.7M.

Net cash provided by operating activities of $54.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily related to our net loss of $90.7 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $95.7 million and net cash inflows of $49.4 million provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions. Noncash charges primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization of $89.3 million, and management incentive unit-based compensation of $5.8 million. The main drivers of net cash inflows were derived from the changes in operating assets and liabilities and were related to an increase in deferred revenue of $21.8 million due to increases in sales, an increase in accrued expenses of $15.9 million, and a decrease to accounts receivable of $24.6 million due to timing of collections, offset by decrease of deferred taxes of $5.3 million and increase in other assets of $10.7 million.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities of $107.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 was related to net cash paid for business combination of $75.8 million, and investment in capitalized product development costs of $28.8 million.

Net cash used in investing activities of $200.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 was related to net cash paid for business combination of $170.4 million and investment in capitalized product development costs of $30.5 million.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities of $30.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily related to net proceeds from our revolving credit agreement of $40.0 million, partially offset by payments related to our first lien debt of $7.8 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $153.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 was primarily related to proceeds from members’ investment of $93.0 million, net proceeds from the incremental facility of $68.6 million, partially offset by payments related to our first lien debt of $7.8 million.

 

119


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under operating leases for office space and repayments of long-term debt.

The following table sets forth the amounts of our significant contractual obligations and commitments with definitive payment terms as of December 31, 2020:

 

     Payments due by Period(1)  
     Total      Less
than
1 Year
     1-3 years      3-5 Years      More than
5 years
 
     (in thousands)  

Term loans—principal

   $ 1,193,975      $ 8,450      $ 16,900      $ 803,625      $ 365,000  

Term loans—interest(2)

     268,688        54,641        108,374        93,081        12,593  

Operating facility lease obligations

     20,206        7,857        8,942        3,182        225  

Other obligations(3)

     168        92        66        10        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(4)

   $ 1,483,038      $ 71,040      $ 134,282      $ 899,898      $ 377,818  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Excludes any of our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Due to the uncertainty of various factors, we cannot precisely quantify the likely tax benefits we will realize as a result of LLC Unit exchanges and certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities, Holdings LLC, and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC and the resulting amounts we are likely to pay out pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement; however, we estimate that such payments will be substantial. See “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

(2)

Interest payments that relate to the Term Loans are calculated and estimated for the periods presented based on the expected principal balance for each period and the effective interest rate at December 31, 2020 of 4.59%, given that our debt is at floating interest rates. Excluded from these payments is the amortization of debt issuance costs related to our indebtedness.

(3)

Other obligations represent other non-cancelable operating leases.

(4)

Excludes any obligations related to the Bridge Loan entered into on March 3, 2021. The Bridge Loan matures on May 15, 2022. The interest rate for Eurocurrency loans is the rate per annum equal to the LIBOR, as administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration for deposits in dollar, plus the applicable margin. The initial margin is 3.00% per annum in the case of Eurocurrency loan.

Impact of Inflation

While inflation may impact our net revenues and costs of revenues, we believe the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of operations and financial condition have not been significant. However, there can be no assurance that our results of operations and financial condition will not be materially impacted by inflation in the future.

Indemnification Agreements

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into agreements of varying scope and terms pursuant to which we agree to indemnify customers, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of the breach of such agreements, services to be provided by us or from intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, in connection with the completion of this offering we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and certain officers and employees that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. No demands have been made upon us to provide indemnification under such agreements and there are no claims that we are aware of that could have a material effect on our consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, or consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

120


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We had no off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2020.

JOBS Act

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the provisions of the JOBS Act. For as long as we are an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding advisory “say-on-pay” votes on executive compensation and shareholder advisory votes on golden parachute compensation.

The JOBS Act also permits an emerging growth company like us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to “opt-in” to this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will not be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards on a non-delayed basis.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions, impacting our reported results of operations and financial condition.

Certain accounting policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by management, which have a material impact on the carrying value of assets and liabilities and the recognition of income and expenses. Management considers these accounting policies to be critical accounting policies. The estimates and assumptions used by management are based on historical experience and other factors, which are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The significant accounting policies which we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results are described below. Refer to “Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our critical accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

We earn revenue from subscription (“SaaS”) offerings, perpetual software licenses, maintenance and support services, and professional services.

We adopted the new revenue recognition standard Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 606, Contracts with Customers, effective January 1, 2019, using the modified retrospective method for all contracts not completed as of the date of the adoption. Revenue is recognized upon transfer of control of promised products or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration we expect to receive in exchange for those products or services. We determine revenue recognition through the following steps:

 

   

Identification of the contract, or contracts, with the customer;

We determine we have a contract with a customer when the contract has been approved by both parties, we can identify each party’s rights regarding the services to be transferred, we

 

121


Table of Contents

can identify the payment terms for the services, we have determined the customer has the ability and intent to pay, and the contract has commercial substance. We apply judgment in determining the customer’s ability and intent to pay, which is based on a variety of factors, including the customer’s payment history, credit history and other financial information.

 

   

Identification of the performance obligations in the contract;

Performance obligations promised in a contract are identified based on the products and services that will be transferred to the customer that are both capable of being distinct, whereby the customer can benefit from the products or services either on their own or together with other resources that are readily available from third parties or from us, and are distinct in the context of the contract, whereby the transfer of the products and services is separately identifiable from other promises in the contract.

Some of our contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations. For these contracts, we account for individual performance obligations separately if they are distinct. We also evaluate whether any performance obligations within optional periods represent a material right. Determining whether products and services are considered distinct performance obligations that should be accounted for separately versus together may require significant judgment.

 

   

Determination of the transaction price;

The transaction price is determined based on the consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for transferring products or delivery of services to the customer. Transaction price includes both fixed and variable consideration. However, we only include variable consideration in the transaction price to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved. None of our contracts contain a significant financing component. Revenue is recognized net of any taxes collected from customers, which are subsequently remitted to governmental entities.

 

   

Allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract;

If a contract contains a single performance obligation, the entire transaction price is allocated to the single performance obligation. Contracts that contain multiple performance obligations require an allocation of the transaction price to each performance obligation based on a relative standalone selling price (“SSP”). The transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations on a relative SSP basis. The determination of a relative SSP for each distinct performance obligation requires judgment. We determine the SSP based on our overall pricing objectives, taking into consideration market conditions and other factors, including the value of our contracts, the products sold, customer demographics, geographic locations, and the number and types of users within our contracts.

 

   

Recognition of the revenue when (or as) we satisfy a performance obligation.

Revenue is recognized at the time the related performance obligation is satisfied by transferring the promised product or delivery of service to the customer. Revenue is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect to be entitled to receive in exchange for those products or services. For SaaS arrangements we recognize revenue ratably over the enforceable term of the arrangement, which is typically one year. For perpetual licenses, we typically recognize revenue at the point in time when the customer is able to use and benefit from the software, which is generally upon delivery to the customer. Professional services that are billed on a fixed fee basis are typically satisfied as services are rendered, and we generally use labor hours to measure progress toward completion as this is considered a faithful representation of the transfer of control of the services given the nature of the performance obligation. For professional services that are billed on a time and materials basis, the we apply the ‘as-invoiced’

 

122


Table of Contents

practical expedient. Accordingly, revenue is generally recognized based on the amount that the Company has a right to invoice, as this amount corresponds directly with the value to the customer of the Company’s performance completed to date. Maintenance and support services are transferred evenly using a time-elapsed output method over the contract term given it is a stand-ready obligation and there is no discernible pattern of performance.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable primarily includes trade accounts receivable from our customers.

Allowances for doubtful accounts and allowances for customer credits are established based on various factors, including credit profiles of our customers, contractual terms and conditions, historical payments, and current economic trends. Accounts receivable are written off or credited on a case-by-case basis, net of any amounts that may be collected.

Capitalized Product Development Costs

Our software and website development costs are accounted for under the guidance for internal use software and website development costs. The costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, if: (1) the costs are direct and incremental and (2) management has determined that it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended, internal and external costs are capitalized until the application is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. We make ongoing evaluations of the recoverability of its capitalized software projects by comparing the net amount capitalized for each product to the estimated net realizable value of the product. If such evaluations indicate that the unamortized software development costs exceed the net realizable value, we write off the amount by which the unamortized software development costs exceed net realizable value. Capitalized software development costs are being amortized on a straight-line basis over five years to cost of revenue. Useful lives are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and adjusted if appropriate.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

When we acquire businesses, we allocate the purchase price to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including identifiable intangible assets. Any residual purchase price is recorded as goodwill.

The determination of the useful lives of our developed technology and trademarks is primarily the period during which future expected cash flows are expected to be earned and support the fair value of the intangible assets. Customer relationships are amortized over the weighted average estimated customer life, which more accurately reflects the pattern of realization of economic benefits expected to be obtained.

The fair value of identifiable intangible assets is based on significant judgments made by management. We typically engage third-party valuation specialists to assist us in determining the fair values and useful lives of the assets acquired. Such valuations and useful life determinations utilize significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience, nature of the intangible asset, and information obtained from management of the acquired companies, and include, but are not limited to, future expected cash flows earned from intangible assets and discount rates applied in determining the present value of those cash flows. Intangible assets with estimable useful lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values using the straight-line method designed to match the amortization to the benefits received.

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized to earnings, but instead is subject to periodic

 

123


Table of Contents

testing for impairment. Goodwill is assessed at least annually, but also whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying values may not be recoverable. Factors that could trigger an impairment review, include (a) significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results; (b) significant changes in the manner of or use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business and (c) significant negative industry or economic trends.

We conduct a goodwill impairment assessment on December 31st of each year by first evaluating qualitative factors to determine if there are any adverse market factors or changes in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. These factors include, but are not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, overall financial performance, and specific Company events such as changes in management, key personnel, strategy or customers, and other events such as a variation in the composition or carrying amount of net assets or an expectation of selling or disposing of a significant asset group or product line.

If it is more likely than not that an impairment of goodwill exists, we perform a quantitative test which compares the fair value of the reporting unit to the net carrying value and record an impairment of goodwill to the extent that the net carrying value exceeds the fair value. There is inherent subjectivity involved in estimating future cash flows, which can have a material impact on the amount of any potential impairment. Changes in estimates of future cash flows could result in a write-down of the asset in a future period. We recorded no goodwill impairment during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Purchased intangible assets subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment in accordance with ASC 360. Intangible assets with estimable useful lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values using the straight-line method designed to match the amortization to the benefits received. We evaluate long-lived assets, including finite-lived intangible assets and other assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of or use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, and significant negative industry or economic trends. If an event occurs that would cause us to revise our estimates and assumptions used in analyzing the value of our long-lived assets or our finite-lived intangibles and other assets, that revision could have a material impact on our financial results. We recorded no long-lived asset impairment during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Business Combinations

In accordance with applicable accounting standards, we estimate the fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities as of the acquisition date of business combinations. We allocate purchase consideration to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. The purchase price is determined based on the fair value of the assets transferred, liabilities assumed, and equity interests issued, after considering any transactions that are separate from the business combination. The excess of fair value of purchase consideration over the fair values of the identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets and deferred revenue. Significant estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, but are not limited to, future expected cash flows from acquired customer bases, acquired technology and acquired trade names, useful lives, royalty rates, and discount rates. Significant estimates in valuing deferred revenue include, but are not limited to, cost to service plus a profit markup.

The estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to revision as additional information is obtained during the measurement period for an acquisition, which may last up to one year from the acquisition date. During the measurement period, we may record adjustments to the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with a corresponding offset to goodwill. After the conclusion of the

 

124


Table of Contents

measurement period or the final determination of the fair value of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to earnings.

Management Incentive Unit-Based Compensation

We grant management incentive unit (MIU) awards as profit interests to employees based on the estimated fair value of the awards at the date of grant. These MIUs are subject to service and performance conditions. We recognize compensation expense for time-based units on a straight-line basis over the respective requisite service periods of the awards. For performance-based units, subject to performance conditions, we evaluate the probability of achieving each performance condition at each reporting date and recognize expense over the requisite service period when it is deemed probable that a performance condition will be met using the accelerated attribution method over the requisite service period. As of December 31, 2020, the performance condition was not considered probable, and no expense has been recorded. Given the absence of any active market for the shares underlying the awards, the fair value of the awards was determined by the Company’s board of directors with input from management and third-party valuations. We recognize expense over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis. Unit-based compensation expense is recognized within cost of revenue; research and development; and selling, general, and administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss based on the function of the employees receiving the MIUs.

We utilize the Black-Scholes pricing model for determining the estimated fair value of MIUs and participating units. The Black-Scholes pricing model requires the use of subjective assumptions including the units’ expected term and the price volatility of the underlying stock. The value of the MIUs are also adjusted for a discount for lack of marketability. The Company has historically been a private company and lacks company-specific historical and implied volatility information. Therefore, it estimates its expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of a publicly traded set of peer companies and expects to continue to do so until such time as it has adequate historical data regarding the volatility of its own traded stock price. The expected term has been determined based on the expected holding period (in years) until a major liquidity event as of the grant date. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant of the award for time periods approximately equal to the expected term of the award. Expected dividend yield is based on the fact that the Company has never paid cash dividends on its unit-based compensation and does not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgment and assumptions that are highly complex and subjective, including those regarding our future expected revenue, expenses, cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the selection of comparable public companies and the probability of future events.

Income Taxes

We are a limited liability company which is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. We are also treated as a partnership in the majority of the states in which we operate; however, certain state jurisdictions tax the operations of a limited liability company. We have purchased corporate entities which operate in the United States and are taxed at corporate tax rates. We also have operations in Canada through an entity that is treated as a corporation for Canadian income tax purposes, and in India through an entity called PowerSchool India Private Limited. Under this partnership structure, federal, most state, and local income tax liabilities and/or benefits are passed through to our owners. As such, the recognition of income tax expense (or benefit) represents income tax related to our U.S. corporate entities, Canadian operations, Indian operations, foreign withholding taxes, and state corporate taxes that are imposed on us.

Our taxable subsidiaries account for income taxes under the asset and liability method of accounting. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences

 

125


Table of Contents

between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which we expect to recover or settle those temporary differences. We recognize the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. We reduce the measurement of a deferred tax asset, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that we will not realize some or all of the deferred tax asset.

Significant judgment is required in determining the accounting for income taxes. In the ordinary course of business, many transactions and calculations arise where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. Our judgments, assumptions and estimates relative to the accounting for income taxes take into account current tax laws, our interpretation of current tax laws, and possible outcomes of future audits conducted by foreign and domestic tax authorities. Although we believe that our estimates are reasonable, the final tax outcome of matters could be different from our assumptions and estimates used when determining the accounting for income taxes. Such differences, if identified in future periods, could have a material effect on the amounts recorded in our consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a description of our recently adopted accounting pronouncements and recently issued accounting standards not yet adopted, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements: “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of exposure due to potential changes in inflation or interest rates. We do not hold financial instruments for trading purposes.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

The functional currencies of our foreign subsidiaries are the respective local currencies. Most of our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars, and therefore our revenue is not currently subject to significant foreign currency risk. Our operating expenses are denominated in the currencies of the countries in which our operations are located, which are primarily in the United States, Canada and India. Our consolidated results of operations and cash flows are, therefore, subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in foreign exchange rates. To date, we have not entered into any hedging arrangements with respect to foreign currency risk or other derivative financial instruments. During the year ended December 31, 2020, a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Interest Rate Risk

Our primary market risk exposure is changing Eurodollar-based interest rates. Interest rate risk is highly sensitive due to many factors, including E.U. and U.S. monetary and tax policies, U.S. and international economic factors and other factors beyond our control. The Term Loans, Incremental Term Facility and Revolving Credit Agreement carry interest at LIBOR, as administered by the Intercontinental Exchange (ICE) Benchmark Administration for deposits in dollar, plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin is initially 3.25% per annum in the case of the First Lien Term Loan including the Revolving Credit Agreement. The applicable margin is initially 4.50% per annum in the case of the Incremental Term Facility. The applicable margin is initially 6.75% per annum in the case of the Second Lien Term Loan.

 

126


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2020, we had total outstanding debt of $1,194.0 million and $40.0 under our Term Loans and Revolving Credit Agreement, respectively. Based on the amounts outstanding, a 100-basis point increase or decrease in market interest rates over a twelve-month period would result in a change to interest expense of approximately $11.8 million.

 

127


Table of Contents

LETTER FROM HARDEEP GULATI

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Thank you for taking the time to learn about PowerSchool. I hope this letter helps you understand how we empower the diverse needs of schools and school districts from kindergarten through grade 12 to help administrators, educators and students succeed and why I am so proud and humbled to lead this great company.

High-Quality Education is a Fundamental Right for All

Our mission starts with a very simple belief—that education is a critical thread in the fabric of our society and that every single child has the right to a high-quality education that prepares them to fully realize their future potential in life. Unfortunately, because the advent of modern technology in the K-12 market has lagged behind other sectors, K-12 schools and school districts have yet to experience all the benefits of digital transformation that would enable them to operate more efficiently and deliver better services to students and their families.

As large and complex organizations, K-12 schools and school districts require comprehensive and modern technology solutions to manage a wide range of issues, from regulatory reporting, efficient school operations, teacher shortages, equitable learning, the need for real time actionable data and insights, and more. Yet a large portion of the market continues to rely on disparate, legacy solutions that are inflexible, expensive to maintain and vulnerable to security breaches. Designed as stand-alone solutions, these systems are often fragmented, exist in tangled webs of interdependencies, and create data silos. This results in pervasive inefficiencies and wasted time and severely limits teachers’ ability to focus on the student, ultimately impairing student outcomes and inhibiting access to a high-quality education.

Follow Your Passion

I have been building and running software businesses for nearly two decades, from my days at Oracle leading complex product lines to my tenure as CEO at SumTotal Systems, a market leader in enterprise talent and learning management. I have seen first-hand the mission-critical role enterprise software plays in transforming end-markets and helping businesses achieve operational excellence. My corporate education experience ignited my passion for the impact technology can make in improving and personalizing education. Since becoming CEO of PowerSchool in 2015, I’ve had the opportunity to harness the power of technology to drive efficiencies for administrators, empower educators, unlock student potential, and contribute to improvements in a vital function of our society. I feel fortunate to have the opportunity to combine my passion for technology with my passion for educational equity and to be at the forefront of modernizing 21st century education while contributing to the greater good of our society.

Creating the K-12 System of Record, Engagement and Intelligence

Over the past five years the team at PowerSchool has focused on providing comprehensive solutions that are connecting millions of students, teachers, administrators and parents, with the shared goal of improving student outcomes for every child we serve. We not only enable mission critical workflows with best-in-class digital tools, but we also integrate and streamline complementary classroom and operations technologies, providing administrators the tools they need to reduce their back-office burden and giving teachers more time to focus on what is most important—student instruction. Our solutions provide the industry’s most comprehensive unified classroom experience, bringing together student information systems, learning management and classroom collaboration,

 

128


Table of Contents

assessment, analytics and special education case management in one platform. For administration and operations, our platform helps manage critical aspects of student information, enrollment, class schedules, recruiting and training teachers, managing operations and expenses, and engaging families by communicating real-time updates on student progress.

We have seen tremendous progress in the adoption and efficacy of technology in K-12. This has only fueled our passion and further energized us. While we saw the need and demand for comprehensive systems that educators deserve across small and large schools and districts, we could not have imagined how critical our solutions would become in the spring of 2020.

Accelerating the Digital Transformation of K-12

There is no doubt the events of 2020 have had a profound effect on all areas of our lives, with education being one of the most significantly impacted. The pandemic has exposed the digital divide and gaps in technology readiness that have been plaguing our education system. In many ways, COVID-19 accelerated recognition of the critical need for modern technology systems to ensure schools could continue to operate and educators could keep learning going, safely and effectively, creating a seminal moment for the sector. I have three kids in school and, like other families around the world, we struggled with the overnight shift to remote learning. Teachers and administrators demonstrated resilience and, in many cases, heroics to keep schools open and learning going through the crisis, but technology can and should help improve the educational experience for everyone.

In short, COVID-19 confirmed the case for fast and fundamental change. The progress this year also demonstrated change is possible and can deliver improved results. Our technology is powering how schools are run, supporting online learning and helping the K-12 community come together. We saw the clear need for a modern Student Information Systems (“SIS”) and cloud solutions to provide flexibility with schedules and attendance, online enrollment to avoid physical lines and office visits, accelerated adoption of our Schoology Learning Management System (“LMS”) for blended learning, a talent management solution for virtual recruitment and remote professional development, college and career readiness system to better prepare students for life beyond high school, and the modernization of back-office systems. I am incredibly proud of how PowerSchool has helped during this time, and how educators and parents have adapted and grown together to navigate these uncertain times. While we had already started to see accelerated digital transformation of K-12 in the last few years, the technological breakthroughs we support are reimagining the future of education and beyond.

A Brighter Future for K-12 through the Power of Data and Personalized Learning

We believe the acceleration of digital transformation in the education industry has reached an inflection point. Looking ahead, a data-driven approach to education will be central to further disrupting and defining the next phase of the K-12 learning experience. In November 2020, to build on the power of technology in education, we acquired Hoonuit, a leading K-12 analytics and data management company. With Hoonuit we are giving our educators access to breakthrough artificial intelligence and machine learning driven analytics that integrate with their SIS, LMS, Enrollment, Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”), college and career readiness, and Talent Management products and offer the most comprehensive insights across all key aspects of district and school operations. We envision the next frontier of K-12 education in the U.S. and globally to be enabling personalized learning in every classroom and home. Using data-driven and actionable insights to identify individual learning gaps, recommend development plans, and empower teachers, we can tailor the learning experience for every individual student.

Our Culture, Our People, Our Values

PowerSchool was built on the belief that every child deserves access to the best opportunities in life. This foundational principle informs our mission, our culture, and our values. Our people are deeply

 

129


Table of Contents

passionate about solving the challenges in K-12 education. All of our 2,600+ employees have been working remotely this last year, but each one of them has ensured we didn’t miss a beat for our customers. We have always been at the forefront of investing in innovation, providing a superior customer experience, and leveraging our scale to invest in and support the critical needs of all our districts and users. I am extremely proud to have the opportunity to lead PowerSchool. Our people, our culture and our innovative technology are helping over 45 million students and 12,000 districts, schools, and other education institutions (our “customers”) transform the way they learn, teach, and operate every day.

Looking forward, we continue to focus on the most critical issues facing K-12 today: the importance of the whole child, empowering our administrators and teachers, delivering personalized learning and ensuring we have access to actionable insights to make the right decisions for our students. And we know that by doing this now we can help educators succeed, creating a brighter, more effective and equitable future for generations of students to come. I believe, with the dedication of our team, customers, and industry partners, we will help the K-12 ecosystem thrive.

Thank you for taking the time to learn about PowerSchool. I invite you to join us on our journey.

Sincerely,

Hardeep Gulati

 

130


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Mission

We empower the K-12 education ecosystem of schools, districts and education departments to enable parents, educators and administrators to deliver the best education to children, allowing them to realize their potential.

Company Overview

At PowerSchool, we believe in the simple truth that every student deserves the best opportunities in life. Unfortunately, because adoption of technology in education has lagged behind other sectors, K-12 schools and school districts, and ultimately their students and families, have yet to experience all the benefits from digital transformation. That’s why we seek to power the education ecosystem with unified technology that helps educators and students realize their potential, in their way. A digital transformation in education is currently under way, unleashing tremendous potential, surfacing insights and driving efficiencies, and we believe all administrators, educators and students are entitled to benefit from this advancement.

As a pioneer and the leading provider of cloud-based software to the K-12 education market, we provide a Unified Platform that includes the core system of record used by districts and schools and leverages our rich data to deliver insights and analytics to improve education outcomes. We serve more than 12,000 customers, including 93 of the 100 top districts by student enrollment in the United States, have 30 state-, province-, or territory-wide contracts in North America, and sell solutions in over 90 countries globally. Our solution is embedded in school workflows and is used on a daily basis by educators, students, administrators and parents in schools and districts representing over 45 million students globally, over 70% of all K-12 students in the U.S. and Canada. Our cloud-based technology platform helps schools and districts efficiently manage state reporting and related compliance, special education, finance, HR, talent, registration, attendance, funding, learning, instruction, grading, college and career readiness, assessments and analytics in one place. Through our Unified Platform approach, we help our customers streamline operations, aggregate disparate data sets, and develop insights using predictive modelling and machine learning. Our ability to transform information into actionable insights improves the efficiency of school operations, the quality of instruction delivered by teachers, and the pace of student growth, which we believe should have a profound effect on K-12 educational outcomes.

Our broad scale, engagement with all constituents and single-sector focus has made us one of the most recognizable and trusted brands in the K-12 market. We achieved our leadership position by combining over twenty years of deep expertise with our vision to create modern technology to automate and streamline inefficient processes, aggregate critical data in central system of record systems, and utilize assessment and data analytics to help students succeed. This scale and market presence, combined with our sales and marketing organization of approximately 320 individuals as of December 31, 2020, led to over 2,300 non-renewal sales transactions each in excess of $10,000 in 2020 and over 1,900 in 2019.

School districts have steadily increased investment in cloud-based software solutions, and we expect the adoption trend to accelerate post-COVID-19. The pandemic has created a seminal moment for education, driving secular step-function changes in the pace of technology adoption. These recent events have also exposed the lack of technological readiness in many schools and districts. Faced with extended closures, school leadership had to rapidly mobilize resources to confront the acute technical, instructional, and administrative challenges of maintaining uninterrupted learning, teaching and operations. According to Gartner, external IT spending in K-12 schools is expected to grow at a CAGR of 7% from 2020 to 2025, from approximately $13 billion to $18 billion.

 

131


Table of Contents

Our customers include every major type of K-12 organization across a range of sizes. Our solutions are mission-critical and foster a high degree of customer loyalty, resulting in long-standing and stable customer relationships. PowerSchool has grown rapidly over the last several years and we plan to continue to deepen our relationships with existing customers by providing strong customer support, cross-selling incremental solutions and integrating point solutions for customers. As of December 31, 2020, our ARR grew by over 14% YoY and our Net Revenue Retention Rate exceeded 108%.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, we generated total revenues of $365.0 million (of which 84.4% are recurring), net loss of $90.7 million, gross profit of $195.0 million, adjusted gross profit of $231.0 million (63.3% margin) and adjusted EBITDA of $92.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we generated total revenues of $434.9 million (of which 85.3% are recurring), net loss of $46.6 million, gross profit of $243.1 million, adjusted gross profit of $286.5 million (65.9% margin), and adjusted EBITDA of $135.6 million. For additional information on our financial results and key metrics, see the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics.”

Industry Background

K-12 education is an essential industry to society and one of the largest vertical end-markets in the global economy, representing the third highest discretionary spend category by the United States government in 2019. According to data from the NCES and Statistics Canada, over $900 billion is spent each year on K-12 education in the United States and Canada, with approximately 61 million students enrolled in public and private K-12 institutions in 2020. The quality of our education system drives our quality of life and overall economic prosperity. The success of K-12 education depends upon a vibrant ecosystem of participants that includes students, parents, teachers and administrators—each with their own needs, opportunities and challenges.

Schools are undergoing a dynamic digital transformation through the adoption of cloud-based software that is helping to improve collaboration, communication and curricula, utilizing rich data and analytics to surface educational insight, and automating back office operations. K-12 software spending includes instructional and non-instructional resources that track and analyze student performance, manage classroom activities, facilitate HR and support enterprise resource planning while streamlining administrative functions. Districts and schools are increasingly seeking integrated cloud platforms due to the ease of accessibility, lower up-front investment, scaled and secure data practices, simplified implementation and growing comfort with subscription-based models.

Real-time Data and Insights are Needed for District and Student Success

Students, parents, teachers and administrators lack real-time information and comprehensive ways to view student, educator and operational data. Existing systems that manage student and teacher data are often paper-based, cumbersome and have limited ability to effectively aggregate student performance information. In addition, full assessments of student capabilities typically occur during end-of-year final exams, at which point it is too late for teachers to address gaps in understanding. This summative data also does not provide educators with information about the underlying factors influencing or impeding learning, which is key to moving students forward. Without this data, schools struggle to provide parents with the appropriate level of transparency into their child’s performance. A study from Learning Heroes stated that 92% of parents believe their children are performing at or above their grade level in reading and math, while in reality only 37% of students achieve proficiency. Our Unified Platform helps to solve these challenges caused by lack of access to real-time, comprehensive data, providing insights to help educators and administrators drive district and student success.

 

132


Table of Contents

Teachers and Administrators Lack Resources to Deliver Personalized Learning

Students learn best when education is tailored to their individual needs, yet most of our education system is built on a one-size-fits-all pedagogy targeting the average student. Teachers, despite their best intentions, are often required to juggle several disparate solutions in the classroom for delivering instruction and managing students, resulting in a lack of time and information needed to address each child’s unique and changing needs. According to McKinsey, only 49% of a teacher’s time is spent directly with students. Our suite offers teachers and administrators the information, insights, and time necessary to personalize instruction at an individual student level.

Widespread Teacher Shortages Will Have a Long-Term Impact on Educational Outcomes

One of the most profound issues impacting K-12 organizations is a long-term shortage in educators. Substandard opportunities for professional development contribute to poor teacher retention rates and widespread educator shortages. These shortages, along with budget constraints, are leading to substandard instruction and limiting the time and attention given to students. COVID-19 has exacerbated K-12 staffing problems, with the lowest public school employment levels since 2000, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Recruiting, retaining and training high quality teachers has become an imperative for school districts, many of which continue to rely on paper-based processes and lack the network to optimize talent management. In addition, the ability to find qualified substitute teachers has become more difficult, impacting districts’ abilities to manage absences and deliver consistent educational outcomes.

The K-12 Regulatory Environment is Highly Complex

Schools and districts are required to comply with growing volumes of local, state and federal regulations, many of which are directly tied to a school or district’s ability to access funding. The substantial level of investment required for vendors to create and continually adhere to K-12 compliance mandates makes software development very challenging. This limits and, in some cases, prevents the emergence of potentially novel technology, while preserving legacy point solutions and outdated, often manual or paper-based processes. Many schools and districts still rely on spreadsheets, home-grown platforms and/or dozens of technology vendors with little integration between various tools, exacerbating the challenges teachers and administrators face.

Legacy, Compartmentalized K-12 Software Has Fallen Short

K-12 schools and districts have lagged other end-markets in terms of technology adoption. Most K-12 software was designed as point solutions (ERP, LMS, SIS, assessments, etc.), which fail to provide harmonized, integrated, and accurate data that meet the needs of students, parents, teachers and administrators. According to a survey conducted by Digital Promise in 2017, 74% of U.S. districts use more than 26 different technology products and only 33% of districts have integrated the majority of their technology tools. K-12 constituents are forced to navigate numerous fragmented platforms with information residing in disparate data silos. This has led to wasted time, lost productivity and has limited the ability of schools and districts to use data to improve education outcomes. Broad platforms with unified data have become a technology imperative to allow teachers to focus more on students and to drive improvement in critical education indicators on which the U.S. is lagging:

 

   

Based on ACT data, less than 45% of students are prepared for college-level math, science or reading

 

   

NCES data indicates that over 500,000 high school students drop out annually

 

   

According to the PISA organization, the United States ranks 25th on the International Student Assessment average across math, reading and science

 

133


Table of Contents

K-12 Education is Being Reimagined

We believe the way teachers educate, students learn and parents partner with schools is permanently changing. As technology solutions have improved and students have greater access to devices, schools and districts have embarked on their digital transformation. In addition, COVID-19 forced stakeholders to accelerate this shift and test new methods of hybrid learning. We believe the current backdrop and requirement to maintain operational continuity through remote operations has put a spotlight on the need for schools to modernize their software platforms and technology infrastructure. These secular trends are causing districts to rapidly move towards implementing cloud-based platforms capable of unifying the learning experience, information, engagement, and the core systems of record.

Shift to Data-Driven Education

We believe a data-driven approach to education is central to how students, educators, parents and administrators reinvent the K-12 education experience. Real-time collaboration and engagement, deep analytics and rich information management are helping to fulfill the promise of digital transformation, workplace optimization and elevating student success. There are several ways that data and analytics are transforming education, including:

 

   

Integration.    Districts have recognized the value of data in education and have generated volumes of it; unfortunately, this data is underutilized because it often sits in disparate silos and in incongruent formats. Without integrating systems of data generation, accumulation and interpretation, the value of the data is materially diminished. Our Unified Platform integrates systems and data, and helps educators and administrators implement data-driven education initiatives.

 

   

Actionable Insight.    Actionable intelligence offers the ability to synthesize disparate data sets into reportable information. Using real-time data helps improve a range of processes including creating personalized learning programs using student achievement data, making investment decisions using data from our ERP, and managing staffing and professional development improvements using our talent solutions.

 

   

AI and ML.    AI/ML is crucial to processing and analyzing data to provide novel insights such as identifying at-risk student before they fall too far behind, identifying staff retention risk areas, and optimizing district investments. According to IDC, education is among the top three opportunities for AI deployment.

 

   

Process Automation.    School districts are modernizing and automating processes that have historically been done manually. Dynamic data models are increasingly being used to monitor processes, tasks and decisions to increase efficiency and allow teachers to focus on activities that lead to better student outcomes and higher teacher satisfaction. According to a study by McKinsey, teachers spend approximately 13 hours per week on activities that could be automated using existing technology.

Market Opportunity

PowerSchool serves a large addressable market opportunity globally as school districts continue to make significant investments in IT applications and infrastructure. In 2020, approximately $13 billion was spent on K-12 technology in the U.S. and Canada and this is expected to increase approximately 7% per year from 2020 through 2025 according to Gartner. Based on an analysis by Frost & Sullivan that we commissioned in connection with this offering, we estimate the global total available market for PowerSchool’s current set of solutions to be approximately $25 billion. To estimate our market opportunity, Frost & Sullivan identified the total number of K-12 students globally by country. Frost & Sullivan then multiplied the number of students within each country by the per student list price of our product segments, assuming deployment of each of the selected product segments and a distribution of K-12 organization sizes that is similar to those in the US.

 

134


Table of Contents

Our Unified Platform

Mission-Critical System of Record, Engagement and Intelligence

We provide a comprehensive suite of cloud solutions that deliver a broad range of mission-critical capabilities to K-12 organizations in over 90 countries globally (our “Unified Platform”). Foundational to our cloud applications is our market-leading SIS. Our SIS acts as the backbone of K-12 organizations and centralizes student information and processes that power the core operations of our customers. In addition to the SIS, we offer a full suite of mission-critical, cloud solutions that districts need to manage their operations, staff, and instruction: PowerSchool Unified Administration, PowerSchool Unified Talent, PowerSchool Unified Classroom, PowerSchool Unified Home and PowerSchool Unified Communities. We also provide a rich set of analytic capabilities through PowerSchool Unified Insights, consolidating enabling visualization of data across our own platform and third-party solutions. Our Unified Platform is a comprehensive solution that connects the back-office, classroom and home while bringing together students, parents, teachers and administrators providing the following key benefits:

 

   

Mission-Critical to District Funding and Compliance.     Districts and schools must adhere to a myriad of constantly evolving federal and state-specific reporting requirements to receive a significant portion of their funding. These reports, data requirements, and submission guidelines vary state-to-state, and can be incredibly burdensome, oftentimes requiring dedicated functions within districts. Our compliance reporting solutions in PowerSchool SIS, PowerSchool Unified Classroom Special Programs, and PowerSchool Unified Administration eFinancePLUS (ERP) cover the ever-changing requirements of 45 U.S. states and 5 Canadian provinces, providing more coverage for this mission-critical process than any other SIS vendor.

 

   

Improves Productivity Through Automation and Simplification.    Our PowerSchool Unified Administration and PowerSchool Unified Talent solutions are designed to simplify and digitally transform back-end ERP and HR operations. These solutions modernize finance and HR workflows within the district, including budgeting, financial reporting, procurement, teacher and employee hiring, onboarding and staff development. Through automation of time-sensitive, manual processes such as filling temporary vacancies with substitute teachers, and focusing on educator efficacy with solutions for professional learning and staff evaluation, these solutions help optimize a district’s operations and allow more time and focus to be spent on classroom instruction and improving educator retention.

 

   

Provides Real-time Insight, Transparency and Visibility.    Our Unified Insights solution integrates data across functional areas including the back office, classroom and home. This provides a holistic view from which all K-12 stakeholders can derive real-time insight, feedback, reporting, notifications and enhanced transparency. Educators and administrators use this visibility and data to closely track and benchmark academic successes and gaps within different demographic groups in their districts, understand location-based enrollment trends to help project funding inflows and requirements, and leverage predictive analytics to identify at-risk students. Additionally, communities gain unique insight into performance at the local, district and state level, which drives accountability for leadership.

 

   

Enables Seamless Communication, Collaboration and Engagement.    The PowerSchool Unified Platform seamlessly connects all K-12 stakeholders. Teachers can manage the full instructional process while interacting digitally with students inside and outside of the classroom. For example, through the PowerSchool Unified Classroom and its Schoology LMS, educators can effectively manage their classrooms and deliver instruction through a fully digital platform, while fostering real-time collaboration with their students. The unified classroom provides dashboards that highlight achievement and learning gaps, and the ability to integrate high-quality, standards-aligned digital content from any vendor into their daily curriculum, giving educators the ability to assign personalized learning paths to students based on their individual

 

135


Table of Contents
 

needs. This functionality has been instrumental for blended and virtual learning during the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

   

Improves Education Outcomes.    Our Unified Platform and organization are centered around the goal of helping educators and students realize their potential. By freeing up teacher time with PowerSchool SIS and Unified Classroom, empowering educators by driving parent and student engagement with Unified Home and Unified Communities, and giving administrators the visibility they need with Unified Insights, Unified Administration, and PowerSchool SIS, our solutions give our customers the time, tools, and data they need to focus energy on driving education outcomes rather than administrative tasks. We equip educators with the tools and information needed to deliver personalized instruction to each student. For example, through Unified Communities and Naviance, counselors can help students prepare for life after high school through assessments, planning tools, and curriculum that align to students’ competencies and goals.

 

   

Reduces Operational Costs.    We provide an integrated suite of easy-to-use cloud solutions that eliminate the need for disparate tools and related expenses associated with deploying, managing and maintaining them on-premises. As of December 31, 2020, over 70% of our ARR was generated from our cloud-based solutions. By digitally transforming high frequency workflows and automating manual processes, schools are able to dramatically reduce their operating expenses. For example, our PowerSchool Enrollment solution supports the core online enrollment process by eliminating costly manual data entry and paperwork, reducing associated printing and mailing costs, and reducing time spent by parents enrolling and re-enrolling their children each year.

Our Competitive Strengths

Our position as the leading cloud-based software platform for K-12 is built on the following highly differentiated competitive strengths:

 

   

Market Leader in K-12.    PowerSchool is widely recognized as the leading provider of cloud solutions for K-12 education, serving organizations representing over 70% of all K-12 students in the U.S. and Canada. Our Unified Platform is broadly distributed and embedded within state and local school districts, serving 93 of the 100 largest districts by student enrollment in the United States. This leading market presence has fueled brand recognition and a reputation associated with the highest-quality solutions, which we believe is difficult to replicate and supports new customer wins. It also helps drive broader adoption of our solutions by our large, loyal customer base.

 

   

Unmatched System of Record and Breadth of Capabilities.    We are the leading K-12 SIS provider in the United States, reaching over 19 million students and spanning from state-level deployments to charter and private schools. This provides us with significant relevance to our customers and branded recognition in the market as opposed to our competing SIS vendors. Our systems comprise the hub for core school operations, classroom instruction and human capital management. We believe our Unified Platform represents the most complete suite of cloud solutions available in the market and our customers benefit from their deep integration, streamlined management and a superior user experience.

 

   

Best-in-Class Cloud Solutions Purpose-Built for K-12 Education.    We have over two decades of experience delivering innovative cloud solutions in the K-12 industry. We work closely with our customers to ensure continuous improvement that closely aligns to their dynamically changing needs. For example, our solutions facilitate industry-specific reporting requirements mandated by local, state, and federal agencies that enable districts and schools to receive funding through our compliance reporting capabilities, which has been developed over the course of decades and supported by a team of approximately 140 to build, maintain, and continuously update. Our singular focus on the K-12 end-market and our commitment to

 

136


Table of Contents
 

being at the forefront of technological innovation is a significant competitive differentiator. Our central goal is to use innovation and technology to solve complex problems specific to K-12 schools and stakeholders.

 

   

Highly Compelling Return on Investment.    Our platform provides measurable benefits for K-12 stakeholders. We unify disparate data sources, digitize manual, paper-based processes and streamline workflows. Our solutions reduce the total cost of operations, facilitate improved decision making and allocation of budgets, and drive better teacher effectiveness and student outcomes. Our classroom and community solutions increase connectivity and engagement, driving a higher perception of value and branded recognition of PowerSchool solutions throughout the K-12 ecosystem of users, administrators and stakeholders.

 

   

Unique Data Asset, Analytics and Insight.    Our leading SIS is the most comprehensive system of record for student data—enrollment, grades, attendance, health, behavior, transcripts, report cards and student fees. This acts as the hub from which rich analytics and unique student insight are derived. The data we aggregate, analyze and benchmark contributes to a myriad of decisions that impact the lives of students, including crucial funding decisions. With our Hoonuit solution, we actively use predictive analytics, machine learning and data modeling to provide deeper insights into student success, such as identifying students who are at-risk, analyzing graduation readiness, assessing college preparedness and more.

 

   

Culture Built Around our Intense Passion for Education.    We are passionate about developing cloud solutions that help K-12 stakeholders reimagine the education experience. We believe it is critical to have a company culture that empowers its employees to challenge existing educational paradigms and drive change. We reinvest a significant portion of our revenues in R&D, product development and technology innovation each year. We also direct time and resources to thought leadership activities that drive K-12 collaboration aimed at improving of educational processes and outcomes. As many of our employees were former educators, we are deeply passionate about solving the challenges in K-12 education, in part because we have lived them firsthand. We are privileged to serve a market that impacts so many stakeholders, is foundational to our culture and shapes our future.

Our Growth Strategies

We intend to extend our position as the leading provider of cloud software for the K-12 education market in North America. The key components of our growth strategy are the following:

Cross-Sell to Our Existing Customers.    We intend to leverage our track record of success with our existing customers by selling additional software across our Unified Platform and targeting new opportunities within these schools and districts. Many of our customers use only a portion of our overall suite, continuing to rely on disparate point solutions that do not capture the full benefits of an integrated, cloud solution suite. We believe that as customers continue to appreciate the benefits of an integrated software platform, across student data, classroom learning, back-office functions and talent management, they will increase the number of our solutions within our Unified Platform they buy from us over time. We expect this will drive incremental adoption across customers and attractive dollar net retention rates.

Expand Our Customer Base.    The K-12 market is very large and underpenetrated. We are uniquely positioned to grow as schools continue to digitally transform their operations and modernize their on-premise deployments in favor of modern, cloud solutions. Our leading brand and efficient go-to-market strategy will also help drive referrals and growth in new customers. We believe we have the largest sales force in K-12 software and benefit from strong brand recognition, positive user experiences and our ubiquity within schools and districts across the U.S. and Canada in a reference driven market. Many of our solutions are translatable and

 

137


Table of Contents

exportable to international markets, and we intend to continue investing in strategies to enhance our market position globally. These strategies include M&A, strategic partnerships, and product investments. We may target both English-speaking and non-English speaking markets with various applications from our Unified Platform. The majority of our customers in non-English speaking countries use our products in English, but we do have customers who utilize our Schoology LMS product in different languages as this is possible within the product. We believe this represents a long-term growth opportunity, in addition to our core North American market opportunity.

Unlock the Power of Data.    Producing data driven insights derived from our Unified Platform has been a key focus over time. Through the acquisition of Hoonuit, we have a solution that processes data across all aspects of student achievement to evaluate the impacts of demographics, educators, financial situation, and location. We also use benchmark data to both provide a more holistic view of student success and provide machine learning-based predictive analytics. In addition to these examples, we believe there are several other ways we can leverage our unique vertical data to continue to innovate.

Expand our Partnerships to Cultivate a Broader K-12 Ecosystem.    Building symbiotic relationships with best-in-class providers across the K-12 ecosystem enables us to further enhance our cloud solutions, extend our reach and provide more value to our customers. We collaborate closely with leaders in adjacent spaces that enhance our existing capabilities, driving further demand among new and existing users. As the core system of record, many innovative point solutions and apps seek to partner with us and integrate with our Unified Platform. Our partnership ecosystem strategy involves providing go-to-market support, which can range from simple website promotion to reseller relationships and API licensing for our partners. API licensing enables vendors to leverage our private API to create “plugins” that enable certain data flows and embedded experiences between their solutions and ours, primarily focused on PowerSchool SIS. This enhances functionality for our customers and constituents. For example, we partner with multiple K-12-focused payment processing and POS vendors to help provide an improved experience for parents and students managing student fees and remitting payment to schools. We frequently require annual fees from partners that increase based on the partner’s success in growing within our customer base.

Continue to Selectively Target Acquisitions.    Since 2015, we have acquired and successfully integrated 12 businesses that are complementary to our software and technology capabilities. We have a demonstrated track record of driving growth from our acquired assets and delivering positive ROI for our customers and stakeholders. Our position as the leading systems of record, engagement and intelligence provides us with a unique vantage point to identify the most innovative companies serving the K-12 end market. We build partnerships and integrations with many providers in the broader ecosystem seeking to integrate with our Unified Platform to gain access to critical data. Many of our acquisitions have come from our partner network, which has allowed us to minimize execution risk, simplify integration into our platform and clarify synergy opportunities. We believe M&A is complementary to our strategy and intend to continue to pursue targeted acquisitions that further complement our portfolio of technology offerings or provide us access to new markets.

Build Upon our Social Impact.    The social impact of our cloud-based software platform continues to be a key priority. Under the ESSA, school districts are required to differentiate instruction for each individual student to prepare them to succeed in college and careers. All districts face a mandate to invest in innovation to close the achievement gap as well as attain funding from federal frameworks. Our Unified Platform has become a necessity for school districts as teachers are empowered to spend more time directly interacting with their students and less time on back office functions. Student engagement and performance data also enables teachers to drive more personalized impact for each student to achieve their full potential. Our

 

138


Table of Contents

commitment to improved student outcomes and equity in educational access informs all of our hiring, investment and execution strategies.

 

LOGO

Our Technology Offerings

Our suite of cloud solutions help K-12 districts and schools manage a broad set of mission-critical functions.

PowerSchool Student Information Systems

 

PowerSchool Student Information System is the mission-critical data backbone that powers K-12 operations. It serves as the hub and single source of truth for student data. The SIS simplifies reporting and improves compliance with student data mandates outlined by local, state, and federal guidelines. This ensures accurate and timely regulatory reporting required for districts to receive funding and is used by nearly every school constituent on a day-to-day basis. We are the leading K-12 SIS provider in the United States, connecting over 19 million students and spanning from state level deployments to smaller charter and private school deployments. Schools and districts depend on our modern, easy-to-deploy SIS to improve daily operations, boost administration productivity, identify problem areas and ensure funding with easy reporting. We provide a scalable SIS that covers all district and school

administration needs, including registration, attendance, scheduling, federal and state compliance reporting, data management, faculty

 

 

LOGO

 

 

139


Table of Contents

management, emergency/medical and health management. Because of its wide-ranging impact on a district or school’s operations, the SIS can have a profound impact on securing essential funding, optimizing operations and resourcing, and ultimately improving student outcomes.

Features of our SIS include:

 

   

System of Record.    Our SIS serves as the source system of record of all student data—enrollment, grades, attendance, health, behavior, transcripts, report cards, discipline management, student fees, and more. In addition to being the source of record, the SIS is used as the hub for data that is leveraged by other systems used by stakeholders.

 

   

Configurable, Adaptable Software.    Our SIS can be easily deployed and tailored to fit districts’ and schools’ unique needs. Every layer of the PowerSchool SIS is extensible and can provide configuration in the user interface, data layer and business logic. Alternatively, we offer hundreds of pre-built and ready to use configurations based on our experience with other districts and school boards.

 

   

Real-Time Student Insights.    Real-time insights into student attendance, behavioral trends and key demographic information allow administrators and teachers to make informed decisions that lead to student growth.

 

   

Cloud Hosted and Secure.    Our dedicated security team and our solutions, whether deployed on private or public cloud, hybrid-cloud or in a few cases on-premises, ensure district data is safe, secure and always accessible. We adhere to the highest security standards, holding an ISO 27001 certification.

 

   

Simplified Compliance Reporting.    The federal, state and local regulatory environment is complex and constantly evolving, making it critical for districts and schools that their compliance reporting framework is efficient and updated, to ensure maximum funding. We have invested over the course of the last 20 years in building, maintaining and constantly updating our regulatory database and reporting capabilities that span across 45 U.S. states and 5 Canadian provinces, currently supported by a team of approximately 140 individuals. With student data securely and accurately captured in the SIS, our solution greatly simplifies state compliance reporting and empowers districts and boards to receive maximum funding.

 

   

Master Scheduler.    Automates the scheduling process for school administrators.

 

   

Industry Data Standards Support.    Our SIS can be accessed across multiple systems and applications in a seamless and actionable way, improving administrative efficiencies and saving teachers valuable time, allowing them to focus their energy on personalizing instruction to reach each and every student. We support the Ed-Fi Alliance and SIF, which are industry initiatives to develop a scalable solution for data exchange and interoperability.

 

   

Family Engagement.    Our SIS provides real-time access to attendance, assignments, grades, report cards, transcripts and messages from teachers and school bulletins to students and their families from their phone, tablet or computer via an online portal or our mobile app.

 

   

PowerTeacher Pro Gradebook.    Simplifies grading and tracking of student progress on traditional grades and standards mastery. Assignments, tests and quizzes can all be graded online and shared with parents and students through the online portal in real-time.

PowerSchool Enrollment and PowerSchool Ecollect Forms

PowerSchool Enrollment is our end-to-end online enrollment software that supports the core registration and admission processes (e.g., lottery and school choice) for schools and districts. PowerSchool Enrollment works with other SIS providers, cutting costs and saving time by eliminating

 

140


Table of Contents

manual data entry and paperwork and reducing unnecessary printing and mailing costs. Accurate and up-to-date enrollment data helps school administrators streamline compliance reporting and optimize resource allocation across learning, medical and transportation needs.

PowerSchool Ecollect brings all K-12 forms online, allowing users to create, edit and share online forms from within the PowerSchool SIS. Administrators can pull from a library of form templates or create their own forms and share forms with neighboring districts. PowerSchool Ecollect can be used for wellness surveys, e-learning consent forms, device tracking, permission slips, field trips, transportation requests and parent-teacher conferences among several other uses. We have seen this functionality leveraged by our customers during COVID-19 to collect health-related information about their students.

Together, these functions reduce cost and save time for both administrators and teachers, freeing up educator time and allowing greater investment in activities that directly contribute to learning.

PowerSchool Unified Insights

 

LOGO

PowerSchool Unified Insights aggregates customers’ disparate data sets and sources seamlessly into a central data warehouse. The solutions are used to provide a holistic view of data and harness the power of predictive modelling and machine learning, delivering real-time insight, transparency and visibility.

Administrators use the data and insights to help identify at-risk students, drive better attendance, improve school engagement, and monitor social and emotional wellbeing. Reporting tools and dashboards help increase leadership effectiveness at the school and district level by delivering clear operational insights and helping administrators track, manage and monitor all aspects of a school or district’s student, teachers, operations and performance metrics.

 

As our database continues to grow, our proprietary AI and machine learning capabilities continue to strengthen, generating actionable insights and adaptive recommendations designed for personalized learning.

Our Performance Matters Analytics gathers insights around student assessment data. Our dashboards provide critical data access that equips educational leaders to make day-to-day decisions.

 

141


Table of Contents

Our recent acquisition of Hoonuit has further strengthened our data management, analytics, machine learning and AI capabilities. The acquisition expands our scale and reach, with more than 250 district customers and 12 contracts with state or territory departments of education. Hoonuit’s technology offerings include Hoonuit Essentials (accountability tracking), Hoonuit Early Warning, Hoonuit Student Success, Hoonuit Social Emotional Learning, Hoonuit Finance & Operations, Hoonuit Human Capital, Hoonuit Data-Driven Workflows, Hoonuit Enrollment Analytics, Hoonuit Location Analytics and Hoonuit Community Engagement.

 

PowerSchool Unified Classroom

PowerSchool Unified Classroom provides a best-in-class, comprehensive cloud-based software platform for managing the full instructional process. With the ability to connect with any SIS, it allows teachers to track a student’s learning, behavior and academic performance in real-time across the educational journey. Valuable teacher time is saved by removing duplicative manual tasks that once plagued teaching: multiple logins, duplicate data entries, manual assignment management and infrequent communication. PowerSchool Unified Classroom brings together LMS, assessment, analytics, gradebook and special education case management in one place, facilitating seamless data flow between technology offerings. These real-time insights into students’ learning

progress allow for proper remediation and a personalized learning experience.

 

LOGO

 

 

   

Schoology Learning.    LMS built specifically for the K-12 market. As a leading LMS provider for K-12, Schoology makes it easy for students and teachers to access the following from one integrated platform: course management, curriculum management, communication and collaboration tools, integrated assessments and actionable analytics. Teachers can see a complete view of a student’s performance and use information to develop strategies in order to address and eliminate instructional gaps through tailored instruction and personalized learning paths. During the extended school closures caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, Schoology has been instrumental as the learning hub for blended and virtual learning. Today, Schoology has over 12 million users in over 60 countries globally.

 

   

Performance Matters Assessment.    Assessment software for teachers to author and administer benchmark assessments. Features include standardized assessment methods, scoring methods and analytics. Teachers gain increased visibility into students’ learning progress to easily identify and resolve any learning issues while avoiding manual processes and saving time.

 

   

Special Programs.    Integrated case management system for students with special needs. The software facilitates the development and management of special education documents, including pre-referral, eligibility, individualized education plan (“IEP”), service documentation, state reporting, and data collection for Medicaid billing.

 

   

Gradebook.    Software that simplifies grading and tracking of student progress on traditional grades and standards mastery within Schoology and PowerSchool SIS. Assignments, tests and quizzes can all be graded online and shared with parents and students through the online portal in real-time.

 

142


Table of Contents

PowerSchool Unified Talent

PowerSchool Unified Talent simplifies HR operations by modernizing HR workflows through digitization

 

LOGO

to enhance sourcing and retention of employees. Schools, districts and boards use our software to navigate the complete employee lifecycle, including: recruiting & hiring, onboarding & managing and developing & retaining high-quality talent. Additionally, we serve more than 600 colleges and universities in Higher Education, primarily through a talent management and acquisition system purpose-built for Higher Education.

 

    Recruiting & Hiring.    Expands schools’ hiring pool, helps identify strong candidates and streamlines processes making recruiting easier.
 

 

   

Onboarding & Managing.    Simplifies HR management with paperless processes and substitute management software for continuous and undisrupted learning.

 

   

Developing & Retaining.    Supports teacher advancement with tailored professional learning and clear evaluations that promote collaboration.

PowerSchool Unified Administration

 

PowerSchool Unified Administration is a highly configurable end-to-end ERP system designed to simplify the unique back-office needs of K-12 schools and districts and unlock staff productivity. Our software gives administrators a single, integrated solution to simplify the management of school operations, bringing together finance, HR and payroll allowing stakeholders to reduce cost and save time while more effectively allocating resources. Built specifically for K-12 environments, PowerSchool Unified Administration ensures schools and districts stay in compliance with changing regulatory requirements by generating state-required reports and streamlining the management of teacher contracts, payroll, workflow and student funding accounting. Integrated HR and finance workflows enables schools and districts to easily process

departmental requests across functional silos, from budget allocation to HR decisions and actual payments all out of one solution.

 

LOGO

 

 

 

143


Table of Contents

PowerSchool Unified Home

 

 

LOGO

   PowerSchool Unified Home acts as a bridge between class and home through a fully integrated mobile app, giving parents transparency into students’ academic performance, schedules, school bulletins and instant teacher communication and collaboration tools. With mobile notifications for grades, test scores, attendance, and teacher communications, students can take greater ownership and accountability for their learning while parents are able to engage and work with teachers to better support their children’s academic progress.

 

LOGO   

PowerSchool Unified Communities

 

Our Unified Communities solution is focused on helping educators, students, parents, and administrators get the most out of PowerSchool through a broader ecosystem of users, partners, and higher education institutions. With core solutions that facilitate students connecting their education learning path with their post-secondary life planning activities, students and school counselors have a robust solution to deliver on the core mission of career and college readiness for education agencies. Educators can connect to career opportunities and best practice resources through the broader PowerSchool community portal. Through Unified Communities, PowerSchool provides:

 

•  Naviance.    Naviance is the leading college, career, and life readiness solution,

reaching over 40% of high school students in the US. Through Naviance, counselors help students prepare for life after high school through career discovery and assessments, counseling curriculum, course planning, and facilitating the college application process.

 

   

Intersect.    Intersect is an innovative admissions solution with exclusive integration with Naviance that helps Higher Education institutions understand student interests and helps make personalized connections during the admission process.

 

   

Job Board.    Allows customers to promote job postings and diversify their candidate pool with the nation’s most popular online K-12 job board.

 

   

ISV Partner Program.    PowerSchool’s partner program is an exclusive collection of 120+ partners who we believe are critical to our mission of improving the education experience. Our program promotes the delivery of comprehensive solutions to all areas of management of a classroom, school, district, or state.

 

144


Table of Contents
   

PowerSchool Community Portal.    The PowerSchool Community is a place for 300k+ administrators, educators, partners, parents, and students to get the most out of their PowerSchool products, allowing them to connect with peers and PowerSchool experts online.

Customers

PowerSchool serves the full spectrum of K-12 organizations, including state departments of education, public school districts of all sizes, charter schools, independent schools, virtual schools and more. Within these organizations, our buyers include the following:

 

   

Superintendents and other heads of schools responsible for all aspects of their K-12 organizations and constituents;

 

   

Chief Information Officers (“CIOs”) and other IT leaders responsible for their organizations’ full IT portfolio, including infrastructure, software, hardware and more;

 

   

Chief Financial Officers (“CFOs”), Chief Business Officers (“CBOs”) and other financial and administrative leaders responsible for administrative functions and financial success;

 

   

Chief Human Resources Officers (“CHROs”) and other human resources leaders responsible for management and development; and

 

   

Chief Academic Officers (“CAOs”) and other instructional & accountability leaders responsible for academic achievement, reporting, content and curriculum;

As the clear leader in the K-12 space, our engagement with customers is unparalleled. We have 30 state- and province-wide contacts in place and partner with 93 of the 100 largest U.S. districts by student enrollment, including the NYC Department of Education and the Los Angeles Unified School District. We serve over 12,000 customers in over 90 countries representing over 45 million students, representative of over 70% of all students in the U.S. and Canada. Our largest customer accounted for less than 3% of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2020.

PowerSchool has a multi-channel approach to customer support that includes live channels where our customers can speak with our Technical Support Engineers and on-demand channels where customers can self-serve whenever they may need assistance. Our Technical Support Engineers go through extensive training to both learn our products as well as to build customer service skills and are available to assist our customers across all of our product lines. Technical Support Engineers deliver support to our customers via live chat, live phone, email, and our web portal. In addition to these channels, we have a robust customer community which is available to every customer. On our customer community, customers can help each other answer questions, research articles and how-to documents, as well as watch videos on product functionality. PowerSchool utilizes third party support consultants in a staff augmentation approach during busy times of the year. These third party consultants go through training to provide a consistent level of support to our customers and are used only on an as-needed basis.

Sales and Marketing

We have a sales and marketing organization of approximately 320 individuals as of December 31, 2020 that employs a two-pronged go-to-market approach, allowing us to efficiently sell to and serve the needs of K-12 organizations. This approach, combined with our status as the market leader with a strong reputation has allowed us to build an efficient, predictable sales model.

 

145


Table of Contents

Our Account Management team services state-level educational entities, districts and private and charter schools. This team is divided into Strategic Accounts, Enterprise Accounts and Inside Sales sub-teams, which are respectively organized by customer region and size. Our Account Management team is focused on acquiring new customers as well as upselling and cross-selling additional products into our broad customer base. These efforts include prospecting for new clients, driving new deals across state-wide, consortium, district and private entities while providing specialized sales attention to achieve higher penetration of PowerSchool solutions.

To complement our Account Management sales teams, we have a Solutions Sales team. The Solutions Sales team is comprised of product specialists across all the PowerSchool solutions, including PowerSchool Student Information Systems, PowerSchool Unified Classroom, PowerSchool Unified Talent, PowerSchool Unified Insights, PowerSchool Unified Communities and PowerSchool Unified Administration solutions, providing dedicated product knowledge and know-how for a focused sales dialog, including demonstrations and in-depth product reviews with prospects and existing customers.

Both of these teams are enabled by several supporting organizations:

 

   

Solution Engineers responsible for technical sales functions, including, but not limited to, preparing and delivering product demonstrations;

 

   

Sales Development Representatives responsible for outbound lead generation and inbound lead qualification;

 

   

A Sales Operations organization responsible for managing internal sales systems, processes and targets;

 

   

A Sales Enablement organization responsible for new hire onboarding, continual product and sales skills training, and sales tools;

 

   

A Bids and Proposals organization for project management of inbound RFPs, RFIs, RFQs and similar documents; and

 

   

A Marketing organization with discrete functions for demand generation, solution marketing, corporate marketing and public relations.

PowerSchool’s contracts typically have a three-year term with one-year rolling renewals, although we have many large contracts with terms that extend beyond three years. Customers are billed annually in advance, with a small number of customers billed semiannually, quarterly or monthly. We experience predictable annual renewal cycles, with a meaningful portion of invoices for service periods beginning in July and September.

Competition

The overall market for K-12 software is highly competitive and fragmented. Due to the comprehensive nature of our platform, we compete with education-focused vertical software providers, such as Blackboard and Frontline Education, as well as horizontal enterprise software providers, such as Workday and SAP that offer solutions across multiple verticals.

The actual and potential competition in each of our key solutions is described below.

 

   

Student Information System.    PowerSchool plays in a large and fragmented SIS market in which most competitors are sub-scale and regional. Currently, we compete with other national SIS providers such as Infinite Campus, Edupoint and Skyward.

 

146


Table of Contents
   

Unified Classroom.    The market for classroom solutions is competitive. The main competitors for our Unified Classroom solution include systems offered by Instructure and Illuminate Education. In addition to the main competitors, Google and Microsoft have products, Google Classroom and Microsoft Teams, respectively, that serve the K-12 end-market. However, these products have limited features compared to a scalable district-wide LMS such as Schoology and often work alongside an LMS.

 

   

Unified Admin.    Our leading K-12 ERP software competes with K-12 focused ERP systems offered by Tyler Technologies and Skyward. From time-to-time, we face competition from Oracle, SAP, and other horizontal providers when selling to the largest school districts in the U.S.

 

   

Unified Talent.    Our Unified Talent solution faces competition from other education-technology and enterprise software providers, including Frontline Education, Eduphoria and other small local providers.

 

   

Unified Communities.    Our leading college and career readiness solution faces competition from other education-technology providers, including Xello, SCOIR, and other providers.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:

 

   

brand awareness, reputation and influence among Educators and Administrators;

 

   

products purpose-built for the K-12 market, as opposed to corporate enterprise systems that have been retrofit for the market;

 

   

breadth and depth of product offerings and functionality;

 

   

modern and intuitive technology and user experience;

 

   

ease of deployment and use;

 

   

software integration and third-party partnerships;

 

   

unified data and product integration between PowerSchool products;

 

   

total cost of ownership;

 

   

reliability and performance of solutions;

 

   

ability to provide advanced data analytics capabilities;

 

   

mobile capabilities; and

 

   

quality and availability of service and support.

We believe that we compete favorably on the basis of these factors and that the significant compliance investment required for developing, marketing, and selling successful software solutions in the K-12 market may hinder new entrants that are unable to invest the necessary resources to develop and deploy software solutions with the same level of functionality, interoperability and compliance as ours.

However, we recognize that many of our competitors may have adequate financial, technical and other resources. They may be able to leverage these resources to gain business in a manner that discourages customers from purchasing our offerings. Furthermore, we expect that our space will continue to attract new companies, including smaller emerging companies, which could introduce new offerings. While these new companies may bring new products to market, the K-12 education environment is slow to adopt unproven and untested products, making new company entrances difficult. We may also expand into new markets and encounter additional competitors in such markets.

See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business” for a more comprehensive description of risks related to our competition.

 

147


Table of Contents

Research & Development

Our Research & Development organization is focused on enhancing and integrating our solutions, advancing our data analytics capabilities and innovating in disruptive technologies, such as personalized learning. Our success is based on long-term investments in innovative product development and compliance that have enabled us to establish a leadership position in the North America K-12 market and create long-term customer relationships. Our research and development department is comprised of teams, based principally in the U.S. and India, focused on our various products and technologies that are designed to support our mission of helping K-12 organizations succeed with PowerSchool. We practice agile development methodologies that enable us to innovate at a rapid pace and at scale. As of December 31, 2020, our research and development team was comprised of approximately 927 employees, including product management and engineering personnel, which represents approximately 36% of our global employee base.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark, trade dress and trade secret laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions, to establish and protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights. These laws, procedures and restrictions provide only limited protection.

We have registered “PowerSchool” and the “PowerSchool” logo as trademarks in the United States and other jurisdictions. We have also registered numerous Internet domain names related to our business.

We enter into agreements with our employees, contractors, customers, partners and other parties with which we do business to limit access to and disclosure of our technology and other proprietary information. We cannot assure you that the steps we have taken will be sufficient or effective to prevent the unauthorized access, use, copying or the reverse engineering of our technology and other proprietary information, including by third parties who may use our technology or other proprietary information to develop solutions and services that compete with ours. Moreover, others may independently develop technologies that are competitive with ours or that infringe on, misappropriate or otherwise violate our intellectual property and proprietary rights, and policing the unauthorized use of our intellectual property and proprietary rights can be difficult. The enforcement of our intellectual property and proprietary rights also depends on any legal actions we may bring against any such parties being successful, but these actions are costly, time-consuming and may not be successful, even when our rights have been infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated.

Furthermore, effective patent, copyright, trademark, trade dress and trade secret protection may not be available in every country in which our solutions are available, as the laws of some countries do not protect intellectual property and proprietary rights to as great an extent as the laws of the United States. In addition, the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property and proprietary rights are uncertain and still evolving.

Companies in the software industry or non-practicing entities may own large numbers of patents, copyrights, trademarks and other intellectual property and proprietary rights, and these companies and entities have and may in the future request license agreements, threaten litigation or file suit against us based on allegations of infringement, misappropriation or other violations of their intellectual property and proprietary rights.

See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business” for a more comprehensive description of risks related to our intellectual property.

 

148


Table of Contents

Privacy and Government Regulation

We are subject to a number of laws and regulations that affect companies conducting business on the Internet and in the education industry, many of which are still evolving and could be interpreted in ways that could harm our business. The manner in which existing laws and regulations will be applied to the Internet and education in general and how they will relate to our business in particular, are often unclear. For example, we often cannot be certain how existing laws will apply in the e-commerce and online context, including with respect to such topics as privacy, defamation, pricing, credit card fraud, advertising, taxation, sweepstakes, promotions, content regulation, financial aid, scholarships, student matriculation and recruitment, quality of solutions and services and intellectual property ownership and infringement.

Numerous laws and regulatory schemes have been adopted at the national and state level in the United States, and in some cases internationally, that have a direct impact on our business and operations. For example:

 

   

The Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, which imposes additional restrictions on the ability of online services to collect information from minors. In addition, certain states, including Utah and Massachusetts, have laws that impose criminal penalties on the production and distribution of content that is “harmful to a minor.”

 

   

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, which protects the privacy and restricts the disclosure of student information and generally prohibits an educational institution from disclosing personally identifiable information from a student’s education records without the student’s consent if the student is 18 years of age or older.

 

   

The U.S. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, among other things, imposes specified requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information.

Data privacy and security with respect to the collection of personally identifiable information from students continues to be a focus of worldwide legislation and regulation. This includes significant regulation in the European Union and legislation and compliance requirements in various jurisdictions around the world. Within the United States, several states have enacted legislation that goes beyond any federal requirements relating to the collection of personally identifiable information from students. Examples include statutes adopted by the State of California and most other States that require online services to report certain breaches of the security of personal data; a California statute that requires companies to provide choice to California customers about whether their personal data is disclosed to direct marketers or to report to California customers when their personal data has been disclosed to direct marketers. In addition, our business is subject to laws specific to students, such as the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, the Delaware Higher Education Privacy Act and a California statute which restricts the access by postsecondary educational institutions of prospective students’ social media account information. Compliance levels include disclosures, consents, transfer restrictions, notice and access provisions for which we may in the future need to build further infrastructure to further support.

We post our privacy policies and practices concerning the use and disclosure of student data on our website. Any failure by us to comply with our posted privacy policies, Federal Trade Commission requirements or other privacy-related laws and regulations could result in proceedings by governmental or regulatory bodies or by private litigants that could potentially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. In this regard, there are a large number of legislative proposals before the United States Congress and various state legislative bodies regarding privacy

 

149


Table of Contents

issues related to our business. It is not possible to predict whether or when such legislation may be adopted and certain proposals, if adopted, could harm our business through a decrease in student registrations and revenue. These decreases could be caused by, among other possible provisions, the required use of disclaimers or other requirements before students can utilize our services.

Due to the global nature of the Internet, it is possible that the governments of other states and foreign countries might attempt to change previous regulatory schemes or choose to regulate transmissions or prosecute us for violations of their laws. We might unintentionally violate such laws, such laws may be modified and new laws may be enacted in the future. Any such developments could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. We may be subject to legal liability for our online services.

We maintain content usage review systems that, through a combination of manual and automated blocks, monitor potentially infringing content of which we become aware. Nevertheless, claims may continue to be brought and threatened against us for negligence, intellectual property infringement, or other theories based on the nature and content of information, its origin and its distribution and there is no guarantee that we will be able to resolve any such claims quickly and without damage to us, our business model, our reputation or our operations.

We expect and plan for new laws, regulations and standards to be adopted over time that will be directly applicable to the Internet and to our student-focused activities. Any existing or new legislation applicable to our business could expose us to substantial liability, including significant expenses necessary to comply with such laws and regulations and potential penalties or fees for non-compliance, and could negatively impact growth.

See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business” for a more comprehensive description of risks related to our data privacy

Human Capital Management

We recognize that attracting, motivating and retaining passionate talent at all levels is vital to continuing our success. By improving employee retention and engagement, we also improve our ability to support our customers and protect the long-term interests of our stakeholders and stockholders. We invest in our employees through high-quality benefits and various health and wellness initiatives, and offer competitive compensation packages, ensuring fairness in internal compensation practices.

As of December 31, 2020, we employed 2,605 people. We also engage temporary employees and consultants. None of our employees are represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any work stoppages. We have high employee engagement and consider our current relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are in Folsom, CA, where we lease 61,338 square feet of office space under a lease that expires in January 8, 2022 (5 year option to renew with a term date of January 8, 2027). We have additional office locations in the United States and in various international countries where we lease a total of 279,693 square feet. These additional locations include Austin, TX, Bethlehem, PA, Roanoke, VA, and Mobile, AL, international offices in Bangalore, India, and locations from the Naviance and Intersect acquisition in Arlington, VA and Cincinnati, OH . We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current needs.

 

150


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

We are not presently a party to any litigation the outcome of which, we believe, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows or financial condition.

 

151


Table of Contents

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Overview

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. is a Delaware corporation formed to serve as a holding company that will hold an interest in Holdings LLC. PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. has not engaged in any business or other activities other than in connection with its formation and this offering. Upon consummation of this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, we will be a holding company, our sole assets will be equity interests in Holdings LLC (held directly and indirectly through the former Blocker Entities) and we will exclusively operate and control all of the business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of Holdings LLC. Prior to the closing of this offering, the operating agreement of Holdings LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by replacing the membership interests currently held by Holdings LLC’s existing owner, Topco LLC, with a new class of LLC Units, a portion of which (the Participation Units) have a participation threshold. We and Topco LLC will also enter into an Exchange Agreement under which Topco LLC (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may (subject to the terms of the Exchange Agreement) exchange its LLC Units (other than Participation Units) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, or, at our election, for cash, from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). Topco LLC will also be required to deliver to us an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock to effectuate an exchange of LLC Units other than Participation Units. Any shares of Class B common stock so delivered will be cancelled. Participation Units may be exchanged for a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the then current value of a share of Class A common stock less the applicable participation threshold multiplied by the number of Participation Units being exchanged, divided by the then current value of Class A common stock. As Topco LLC exchanges its LLC Units, our interest in Holdings LLC will be correspondingly increased.

Upon completion of this offering, our Principal Stockholders will control approximately     % (or approximately     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) the voting power in PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. as follows: (i) Vista will control approximately     % (or approximately     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) through their its control of Topco LLC and its ownership of our Class A common stock and (ii) Onex will control approximately     % through its ownership of our Class A common stock. See “Principal Stockholders” for additional information about our Principal Stockholders.

Incorporation of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on November 30, 2020, and has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation and the offering. Our certificate of incorporation will be amended and restated at or prior to the consummation of this offering. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each having the terms described in “Description of Capital Stock.” In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our Board.

Shares of our Class B common stock, which provide no economic rights, will be distributed to Topco LLC in connection with this offering. Each share of our Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally. See “Description of Capital Stock—Class B Common Stock.” Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our shareholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law or our certificate of incorporation.

 

152


Table of Contents

Organizational Transactions

The following transactions, referred to collectively herein as the “Organizational Transactions,” will each be completed prior to or in connection with the completion of this offering.

Immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Registration Statement, we will take the following actions:

 

   

We will amend and restate the LLC Operating Agreement of Holdings LLC to, among other things (i) modify its capital structure by replacing the membership interests currently held by Holdings LLC’s existing owners with a new class of LLC Units held initially by Topco LLC, a portion of which (the Participation Units) have a participation threshold and (ii) appoint PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. as the sole managing member of Holdings LLC.

 

   

We will engage in a series of transactions (the “MIU Exchanges”) that will result in each current holder of management incentive units (“MIUs”) at Topco LLC which were or are subject to time-based vesting receiving                  shares of Class A common stock in exchange for their time-based MIUs, subject to vesting, where applicable, consistent with the terms of the exchanged MIUs.

 

   

The Blocker Entities through which the Principal Stockholders hold a portion of their ownership interests in Topco LLC will engage in a series of transactions that will result in each of these entities becoming subsidiaries of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. Our Principal Stockholders will receive shares of our Class A common as consideration for the Blocker Contributions. See “Use of Proceeds.” As a result of such transactions, (i) the former equityholders of the Blocker Entities will exchange all of the equity interests in the Blocker Entities for shares of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. Class A common stock and enter into the Tax Receivable Agreement.

 

   

We will amend and restate the certificate of incorporation of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. to, among other things, provide for Class A common stock and Class B common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

   

We will issue shares of Class B common stock to Topco LLC, on a one-to-one basis with the number of LLC Units (other than Participation Units) it owns, for nominal consideration.

 

   

We will enter into the Exchange Agreement with Topco LLC pursuant to which Topco LLC will be entitled to exchange LLC Units (other than Participation Units), together with an equal number of shares of Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis or, at our election, for cash, from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). Participation Units may be exchanged for a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the then current value of a share of Class A common stock less the applicable participation threshold multiplied by the number of Participation Units being exchanged, divided by the then current value of Class A common stock. See “—Exchange Agreement.”

 

   

We will enter into the Tax Receivable Agreement with Topco LLC, Vista and Onex that will provide for the payment by PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex, collectively, of 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income taxes (computed using simplifying assumptions to address the impact of state and local taxes) we actually realize (or under certain circumstances are deemed to realize in the case of an early termination payment by us, a change in control or a material breach by us of our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement, as discussed below) as a result of (i) certain increases in our proportionate share of the existing tax basis of the assets of Holdings LLC and its flow-through subsidiaries, and an adjustment in the tax basis of the assets of Holdings LLC and its flow-through subsidiaries reflected in that proportionate share, as a result of purchases

 

153


Table of Contents
 

of LLC Units with the proceeds of this offering and any future exchanges of LLC Units held by an LLC Unitholder (other than PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.) for shares of our Class A common stock or, at our election, for cash or any prior transfers of interests in Holdings LLC, as described under “Organizational Structure—Exchange Agreement,” (ii) certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities (including NOLs and excess interest expense carryforwards) and of Holdings LLC and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC (including amortizable goodwill and other intangible assets) that existed prior to this offering and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our making payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement (including deductions for payments of imputed interest). See “—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

In connection with the completion of this offering, we will issue                  shares of our Class A common stock to the investors in this offering (or                  shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) in exchange for net proceeds of approximately $             million (or approximately $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions but before estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Immediately following the completion of this offering, we will take the following actions:

 

   

We will use approximately $             million of the net proceeds of this offering to acquire                  newly-issued LLC Units in Holdings LLC and approximately $             million of the net proceeds of this offering to acquire                  outstanding LLC Units in Holdings LLC from Topco LLC, in each case at a purchase price per LLC Unit equal to the initial offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

   

Holdings LLC will apply the proceeds it receives from us (including any additional proceeds it may receive from us if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) to repay outstanding indebtedness, fund philanthropic initiatives benefitting K-12 educators in North America, and pay expenses incurred in connection with this offering, each as described in “Use of Proceeds.” Holdings LLC will bear or reimburse us for all expenses of this offering, including the underwriters’ discounts and commissions.

 

   

As a result of the Organizational Transactions:

 

   

the investors in this offering will collectively own                  shares of our Class A common stock and we will hold                  LLC Units;

 

   

Topco LLC will own                  LLC Units and                  shares of Class B common stock;

 

   

our Class A common stock will collectively represent approximately     % of the voting power in us; and

 

   

our Class B common stock will collectively represent approximately     % of the voting power in us.

 

154


Table of Contents

The diagram below depicts our historical organizational structure prior to the completion of the Organizational Transactions. This diagram is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities owned or controlled by us, or owning a beneficial interest in us.

 

 

LOGO

 

(1)

The Management Coinvestors and Other Investors collectively own approximately .5% of the equity interests of Severin Topco, LLC. These investors will continue to hold their equity interests in Severin Topco, LLC upon completion of this offering.

The diagram below depicts our expected organizational structure immediately following completion of the Organizational Transactions. This diagram is provided for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to represent all legal entities owned or controlled by us, or owning a beneficial interest in us.

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Vista will own     % of the equity of Topco LLC and will possess voting and dispositive power over all shares of Class B common stock and LLC Units held directly by Topco LLC. The Management Coinvestors and Other Investors will own the remaining     % of the equity in Topco LLC. See “Principal Stockholders” for additional information about our Principal Stockholders.

(2)

Upon completion of this offering, our Principal Stockholders will control the voting power in PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. as follows: (i) Vista will control approximately     % (or approximately

 

155


Table of Contents
      % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) through their control of Topco LLC and its ownership of our Class A common stock and (ii) Onex will control approximately     % through its ownership of our Class A common stock. See “Principal Stockholders” for additional information about our Principal Stockholders.
(3)

Management will own     % of our Class A common stock received in connection with the MIU Exchanges.

(4)

Shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote as a single class except as required by law or our certificate of incorporation. Each outstanding share of Class A common stock and Class B Common stock will be entitled to one vote on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally. The Class B common stock does not have any right to receive dividends or distributions upon the liquidation or winding up of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. In accordance with the Exchange Agreement to be entered into in connection with the Organizational Transactions, Topco LLC will be entitled to exchange LLC Units, together with an equal number of shares of Class B common stock (other than in connection with exchanges of Participation Units), for shares of Class A common stock determined in accordance with the Exchange Agreement or, at our election, for cash from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale).

(5)

Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, (i) the holders of Class A common stock will have     % of the voting power in PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., (ii) Topco LLC, through ownership of the Class B common stock, will have     % of the voting power of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., (iii) Topco LLC will own     % of the outstanding LLC Units in Holdings LLC and (iv) PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will own     % of the outstanding LLC Units in Holdings LLC. Following the consummation of the Organizational Transactions, PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will be a holding company and its sole asset will be its direct equity interest in Holdings LLC. PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will exclusively operate and control all of the business and affairs of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries. Accordingly, although PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will initially own a minority economic interest in Holdings LLC following the consummation of this offering, PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. will have 100% of the voting power and will control management of Holdings LLC, subject to certain exceptions. The combined financial results of Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries will be consolidated in our financial statements.

Our post-offering organizational structure will allow Topco LLC to retain its equity ownership in Holdings LLC, an entity that is classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes, in the form of LLC Units. Investors in this offering will, by contrast, hold their equity ownership in PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is a domestic corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, in the form of shares of Class A common stock. We believe that Topco LLC generally will find it advantageous to hold its equity interests in an entity that is not taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes. The LLC Unitholders, like PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., will be allocated their proportionate share of any taxable income of Holdings LLC.

Topco LLC will also hold shares of our Class B common stock. Although these shares of Class B common stock have only voting and no economic rights, they will allow Topco LLC to exercise voting power over PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., the sole managing member of Holdings LLC, at a level that is proportional to their overall equity ownership in Holdings LLC. Class B common stock is entitled to one vote per share. When Topco LLC exchanges LLC Units (other than Participation Units) for shares of our Class A common stock or, at our election, for cash from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale), pursuant to the Exchange Agreement described below, it will also be required to deliver an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock. Any shares of Class B common stock so delivered will be cancelled.

 

156


Table of Contents

Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Holdings LLC

In connection with the completion of this offering, we will amend and restate Holdings LLC’s existing operating agreement, which we refer to as the “LLC Operating Agreement.” The operations of Holdings LLC, and the rights and obligations of the LLC Unitholders, will be set forth in the LLC Operating Agreement. The LLC Operating Agreement will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Sole Manager

In connection with this offering, we will become a member and the sole managing member of Holdings LLC. As the sole managing member, we will be able to control all of the day-to-day business affairs and decision-making of Holdings LLC without the approval of any other member, unless otherwise stated in the LLC Operating Agreement. As such, through our officers and directors, we will be responsible for all operational and administrative decisions of Holdings LLC and the day-to-day management of Holdings LLC’s business. Pursuant to the LLC Operating Agreement, we cannot be removed, under any circumstances, as the sole managing member of Holdings LLC, except by our election.

Compensation

We will not be entitled to compensation for our services as managing member. We will be entitled to reimbursement by Holdings LLC for fees and expenses incurred on behalf of Holdings LLC, including all expenses associated with this offering and maintaining our corporate existence.

Recapitalization

The LLC Operating Agreement recapitalizes the interests currently held by the existing owner of Holdings LLC, Topco LLC, into a new single class of common membership units, which we refer to as the “LLC Units.” The LLC Operating Agreement will also reflect a split of LLC Units such that one LLC Unit can be acquired with the net proceeds received in the initial offering from the sale of one share of our Class A common stock. Each LLC Unit will entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the net profits and net losses and distributions of Holdings LLC. Holders of LLC Units will have no voting rights, except as expressly provided in the LLC Operating Agreement.

Distributions

The LLC Operating Agreement will require “tax distributions,” as that term is defined in the LLC Operating Agreement, to be made by Holdings LLC to its “members,” as that term is defined in the LLC Operating Agreement. Tax distributions generally will be made quarterly to each member of Holdings LLC, including us, on a pro rata basis among the LLC Unitholders based on Holdings LLC’s net taxable income and without regard to any applicable basis adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code, which means that the amount of tax distributions will be determined based on the LLC Unitholder who is allocated the largest amount of taxable income on a per LLC Unit basis and at a tax rate that will be determined by us, but will be made pro rata based on ownership of LLC Units, and so Holdings LLC will be required to make tax distributions that, in the aggregate, will likely exceed the amount of taxes that it would have paid if it were taxed on its net income at the tax rate applicable to a similarly situated corporate taxpayer. The tax rate used to determine tax distributions will apply regardless of the actual final tax liability of any such member. Tax distributions will also be made only to the extent all distributions from Holdings LLC for the relevant period were otherwise insufficient to enable each member to cover its tax liabilities as calculated in the manner described above. We expect Holdings LLC will make pro rata distributions out of distributable cash periodically to the extent permitted by agreements governing indebtedness of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries and necessary to enable us

 

157


Table of Contents

to cover our tax liability and obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement and non pro rata reimbursements to us in respect of our expenses.

Exchange Rights

The LLC Operating Agreement provides that Topco LLC (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may, pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement described below, exchange its LLC Units (other than Participation Units) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, or, at our election, for cash, from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). Topco LLC will also be required to deliver to us an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock to effectuate an exchange of LLC Units other than Participation Units. As a holder surrenders or exchanges its LLC Units, our interest in Holdings LLC will be correspondingly increased. See “—Exchange Agreement.” Participation Units may be exchanged for a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the then current value of a share of Class A common stock less the applicable participation threshold multiplied by the number of Participation Units being exchanged, divided by the then current value of Class A common stock.

Issuance of LLC Units Upon Exercise of Options or Issuance of Other Equity Compensation

Upon the exercise of options issued by us, or the issuance of other types of equity compensation by us (such as the issuance of restricted or non-restricted stock, payment of bonuses in stock or settlement of stock appreciation rights in stock), we will be required to acquire from Holdings LLC a number of LLC Units equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock being issued in connection with the exercise of such options or issuance of other types of equity compensation. When we issue shares of Class A common stock in settlement of stock options granted to persons that are not officers or employees of Holdings LLC or its subsidiaries, we will make, or be deemed to make, a capital contribution to Holdings LLC equal to the aggregate value of such shares of Class A common stock, and Holdings LLC will issue to us a number of LLC Units equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock we issued. When we issue shares of Class A common stock in settlement of stock options granted to persons that are officers or employees of Holdings LLC or its subsidiaries, we will be deemed to have sold directly to the person exercising such award a portion of the value of each share of Class A common stock equal to the exercise price per share, and we will be deemed to have sold directly to Holdings LLC (or the applicable subsidiary of Holdings LLC) the difference between the exercise price and market price per share for each such share of Class A common stock. In cases where we grant other types of equity compensation to employees of Holdings LLC or its subsidiaries, on each applicable vesting date we will be deemed to have sold to Holdings LLC (or such subsidiary) the number of vested shares of Class A common stock at a price equal to the market price per share, Holdings LLC (or such subsidiary) will deliver the shares to the applicable person, and we will be deemed to have made a capital contribution in Holdings LLC equal to the purchase price for such shares in exchange for an equal number of LLC Units.

Maintenance of One-to-One Ratio of Shares of Class A Common Stock and LLC Units Owned by PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the LLC Operating Agreement will require that (1) we at all times maintain a ratio of one LLC Unit owned by us for each share of Class A common stock issued by us (subject to certain exceptions for treasury shares and shares underlying certain convertible or exchangeable securities), and (2) Holdings LLC at all times maintains a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class A common stock issued by us and the number of LLC Units owned by us.

 

158


Table of Contents

Transfer Restrictions

The LLC Operating Agreement generally does not permit transfers of LLC Units by members, subject to limited exceptions. Any transferee of LLC Units must assume, by operation of law or written agreement, all of the obligations of a transferring member with respect to the transferred units, even if the transferee is not admitted as a member of Holdings LLC.

Dissolution

The LLC Operating Agreement will provide that the unanimous consent of all members holding voting units will be required to voluntarily dissolve Holdings LLC. In addition to a voluntary dissolution, Holdings LLC will be dissolved upon a change of control transaction under certain circumstances, as well as upon the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution or other circumstances in accordance with Delaware law. Upon a dissolution event, the proceeds of a liquidation will be distributed in the following order: (1) first, to pay the expenses of winding up Holdings LLC; (2) second, to pay debts and liabilities owed to creditors of Holdings LLC, other than members; (3) third, to pay debts and liabilities owed to members; and (4) fourth, to the members pro-rata in accordance with their respective percentage ownership interests in Holdings LLC (after accounting for the participation thresholds of outstanding Participation Units and as determined based on the number of LLC Units held by a member relative to the aggregate number of all outstanding LLC Units).

Confidentiality

Each member will agree to maintain the confidentiality of Holdings LLC’s confidential information. This obligation excludes information independently obtained or developed by the members, information that is in the public domain or otherwise disclosed to a member, in either such case not in violation of a confidentiality obligation or disclosures required by law or judicial process or approved by our chief executive officer.

Indemnification and Exculpation

The LLC Operating Agreement provides for indemnification of the manager, members and officers of Holdings LLC and their respective subsidiaries or affiliates. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Holdings LLC will indemnify us, as its managing member, its authorized officers, its other employees and agents from and against any losses, liabilities, damages, costs, expenses, fees or penalties incurred by any acts or omissions of these persons, provided that the acts or omissions of these indemnified persons are not the result of fraud, intentional misconduct or a violation of the implied contractual duty of good faith and fair dealing, or any lesser standard of conduct permitted under applicable law.

We, as the managing member, and the authorized officers and other employees and agents of Holdings LLC will not be liable to Holdings LLC, its members or their affiliates for damages incurred by any acts or omissions of these persons, provided that the acts or omissions of these exculpated persons are not the result of fraud, or intentional misconduct.

Amendments

The LLC Operating Agreement may be amended with the consent of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding LLC Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment to any of the provisions that expressly require the approval or action of certain members may be made without the consent of such members and no amendment to the provisions governing the authority and actions of the managing member or the dissolution of Holdings LLC may be amended without the consent of the managing member.

 

159


Table of Contents

Tax Receivable Agreement

The purchase of LLC Units by us in connection with this offering is expected to result in the acquisition by us of a proportionate share of the existing tax basis of the assets of Holdings LLC and its flow-through subsidiaries. Holdings LLC (and each of its subsidiaries classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) intends to have in place for its taxable year in which this offering and the associated purchase of LLC Units occurs an election under Section 754 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Accordingly, such purchase of LLC Units by us is expected to result in an adjustment in the tax basis of the assets of Holdings LLC and its flow-through subsidiaries reflected in the proportionate share of such assets treated as acquired by us.

In addition, Topco LLC may from time to time (subject to the terms of the Exchange Agreement) exercise a right to exchange LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock, or, at our election, for cash from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). We intend to treat such acquisitions of LLC Units as direct purchases of LLC Units from Topco LLC for U.S. federal income and other applicable tax purposes, regardless of whether such LLC Units are surrendered by Topco LLC to Holdings LLC for redemption or sold to us upon the exercise of our election to acquire such LLC Units directly. Holdings LLC (and each of its subsidiaries classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) intends to have in place an election under Section 754 of the Code effective for each taxable year in which an exchange of LLC Units for Class A common stock or cash occurs. As a result, an exchange of LLC Units is expected to result in (1) an increase in our proportionate share of the existing tax basis of the assets of Holdings LLC and its flow-through subsidiaries and (2) an adjustment in the tax basis of the assets of Holdings LLC and its flow-through subsidiaries reflected in that proportionate share (“Basis Adjustments”).

Any increases in our share of tax basis as a result of the purchase of LLC Units or LLC Unit exchanges will generally have the effect of reducing the amounts that we would otherwise be obligated to pay thereafter to various tax authorities. Such basis increases may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those assets.

As a result of the Blocker Contributions, we will succeed to the federal NOL and certain other existing tax attributes of the Blocker Entities. Subject to certain limitations, such NOLs and other attributes may be available to offset our taxable income in future years (and in certain circumstances, taxable income from prior years) in the manner described below.

An NOL occurs when a taxpayer’s tax deductions exceed its taxable income within a given tax year. An NOL can be carried forward over future tax years and used to offset taxable income incurred in such future tax year. The 2017 tax reform legislation known as the Tax Cuts and JOBS Act of 2017 lifted the previous 20-year limitation on NOL carryforwards (allowing NOLs to be carried forward indefinitely), but limited NOLs to 80% of taxable income in any one tax period. Notably, among other changes, the CARES Act has temporarily removed this 80% limit for taxable years beginning before 2021 to allow an NOL carryforward to fully offset a taxpayer’s income, and additionally, to allow NOLs incurred in 2018, 2019 and 2020 to be carried back to offset taxable income up to five years prior to the taxable year in which the NOL was generated.

We intend to enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with Topco LLC, Vista and Onex. The Tax Receivable Agreement provides for the payment by us to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex, collectively, of 85% of the amount of tax benefits, if any, that we actually realize, or in some circumstances are deemed to realize, as a result of (i) certain increases in the tax basis of assets of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries resulting from purchases of LLC Units with the proceeds of this offering or exchanges of LLC Units in the future or any prior transfers of interests in Holdings LLC, (ii) certain tax attributes of

 

160


Table of Contents

the Blocker Entities (including NOLs and excess interest expense carryforwards) and of Holdings LLC and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC including amortizable goodwill and other intangible assets) that existed prior to this offering and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our making payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement (including deductions for payments of imputed interest) (collectively, the “Tax Attributes”). The payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement are not conditioned upon any LLC Unitholder maintaining a continued ownership interest in us or Holdings LLC and the rights of Topco LLC under the Tax Receivable Agreement are assignable. We expect to benefit from the remaining 15% of the tax benefits, if any, that we may actually realize.

For purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, the tax benefit deemed realized by us will generally be computed by comparing our actual cash income tax liability to the amount of such taxes that we would have been required to pay had there been no Tax Attributes; provided that, for purposes of determining the tax benefit with respect to state and local income taxes, we will use simplifying assumptions. The Tax Receivable Agreement will generally apply to each of our taxable years, beginning with the taxable year that the Tax Receivable Agreement is entered into. There is no maximum term for the Tax Receivable Agreement and the Tax Receivable Agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired unless we exercise our right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement for an agreed-upon amount equal to the estimated present value of the remaining payments to be made under the agreement (calculated with certain assumptions, including as to utilization of the Tax Attributes).

The actual Tax Attributes, as well as any amounts paid to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending on a number of factors, including:

 

   

the timing of any future exchanges—for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of Holdings LLC and its flow-through subsidiaries at the time of each exchange;

 

   

the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of any future exchanges—the Basis Adjustments are directly related to the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of future exchanges;

 

   

the extent to which such exchanges are taxable—if an exchange is not taxable for any reason, increased tax deductions as a result of the Section 754 election mentioned above will not be available to generate payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement;

 

   

the amount and timing of our income—the Tax Receivable Agreement generally will require us to pay 85% of the tax benefits as and when those benefits are treated as realized by us under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement. If we do not have taxable income in a particular taxable year, we generally will not be required (absent a change of control or other circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for that taxable year because no tax benefits will have been actually realized. Nevertheless, any tax benefits that do not result in realized tax benefits in a given taxable year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate tax benefits in future (and possibly previous) taxable years. The utilization of any such tax attributes will result in payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement; and

 

   

applicable tax rates—the tax rates in effect at the time a tax benefit is recognized.

In addition, the amount of each LLC Unitholder’s tax basis in its LLC Units, the depreciation and amortization periods that apply to the increases in tax basis, the timing and amount of any earlier payments that we may have made under the Tax Receivable Agreement and the portion of our payments under such Tax Receivable Agreement that constitute imputed interest or give rise to depreciable or amortizable tax basis are also relevant factors.

 

161


Table of Contents

The payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement are obligations of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. and not of Holdings LLC. Although the actual timing and amount of any payments that may be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement will vary, we expect that the aggregate payments that we will be required to make to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex will be substantial. Any payments made by us under the Tax Receivable Agreement will generally reduce the amount of overall cash flow that might have otherwise been available to us or to Holdings LLC and, to the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for any reason, the unpaid amounts will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid by us. Nonpayment for a specified period, however, may constitute a breach of a material obligation under the Tax Receivable Agreement and therefore accelerate payments due under the Tax Receivable Agreement, unless, generally, such nonpayment is due to a lack of sufficient funds or is prevented by any debt agreement to which Holdings LLC or its subsidiaries is a party. We anticipate funding the pro rata payments to the LLC Unitholders (including us) that are necessary to provide us with sufficient funds to make ordinary course payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement from cash flow from operations of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries, available cash and/or available borrowings under the Revolving Credit Agreement.

Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law, and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement, we expect that future payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement relating to the purchase by PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. of LLC Units from Topco LLC in connection with this offering and certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities, Holdings LLC, and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC to be approximately $                 million (or approximately $                 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) (the proceeds of which will be used by PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. to acquire additional LLC Units from Topco LLC) and to range over the next 15 years from approximately $                 to $                 million per year (or range from approximately $                 to $                 million per year if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares) and decline thereafter. We expect that aggregate payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement over the next 15 years will range from approximately $                 million to $                 million. These estimates are based on an initial public offering price of $                 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Future payments in respect of subsequent exchanges would be in addition to these amounts and are expected to be substantial. The foregoing numbers are merely estimates—the actual payments could differ materially. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding Tax Receivable Agreement payments. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement and/or distributions to PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. by Holdings LLC are not sufficient to permit PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement after it has paid taxes.

The Tax Receivable Agreement provides that if (1) certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combination, or other changes of control were to occur, (2) we materially breach any of our material obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement or (3) we elect an early termination of the Tax Receivable Agreement, then the Tax Receivable Agreement will terminate and our obligations, or our successor’s obligations, under the Tax Receivable Agreement will accelerate and become due and payable, based on certain assumptions, including an assumption that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize all potential future tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement and, to the extent applicable, that any LLC Units that have not been exchanged are deemed exchanged for the fair market value of our Class A common stock at the time of termination.

As a result of a change of control, material breach, or our election to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early, (1) we could be required to make cash payments to Topco LLC, Vista

 

162


Table of Contents

and Onex that are greater than the specified percentage of the actual benefits we ultimately realize in respect of the tax benefits that are subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement and (2) we will be required to make an immediate cash payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits that are the subject of the Tax Receivable Agreement, which payment may be made significantly in advance of the actual realization, if any, of such future tax benefits. In these situations, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combination, or other changes of control. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase or the availability of Blocker Entities’ NOLs, we will not be reimbursed for any cash payments previously made to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement if any tax benefits initially claimed by us are subsequently disallowed, in whole or in part, by the IRS or other applicable taxing authority. For example, if the IRS later asserts that we did not obtain a tax basis increase or disallows or limits (in whole or in part) the availability of NOLs due to a potential ownership change under Section 382 of the Code, among other potential challenges, then we would not be reimbursed for any cash payments previously made to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement with respect to such tax benefits that we had initially claimed. Instead, any excess cash payments made by us pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement will be netted against any future cash payments that we might otherwise be required to make under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement. Nevertheless, any tax benefits initially claimed by us may not be disallowed for a number of years following the initial time of such payment or, even if challenged early, such excess cash payment may be greater than the amount of future cash payments that we might otherwise be required to make under the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement. Accordingly, there may not be sufficient future cash payments against which to net. The applicable U.S. federal income tax rules are complex, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will not disagree with our tax reporting positions. As a result, it is possible that we could make cash payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are substantially greater than our actual cash tax savings.

Under the Tax Receivable Agreement, we are required to provide Topco LLC, Vista and Onex with a schedule setting forth the calculation of payments that are due under the Tax Receivable Agreement with respect to each taxable year in which a payment obligation arises within thirty (30) days after filing our U.S. federal income tax return for such taxable year. This calculation will be based upon the advice of our tax advisors. Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will generally be made within three (3) business days after this schedule becomes final pursuant to the procedures set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement, although interest on such payments will begin to accrue at a rate of LIBOR plus                  basis points from the due date (without extensions) of such tax return. Any late payments that may be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement will continue to accrue interest at LIBOR plus                  basis points until such payments are made, generally including any late payments that we may subsequently make because we did not have enough available cash to satisfy our payment obligations at the time at which they originally arose.

 

163


Table of Contents

Exchange Agreement

We will enter into the Exchange Agreement with Topco LLC. Under the Exchange Agreement, Topco LLC (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may (subject to the terms of the Exchange Agreement) surrender their LLC Units to Holdings LLC or, at our election, exchange its LLC Units (other than Participation Units) with us for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, or, at our election, for cash from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). Topco LLC will also be required to deliver to us an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock to effectuate an exchange of LLC Units other than Participation Units. Any shares of Class B common stock so delivered will be cancelled. Participation Units may be exchanged for a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the then current value of a share of Class A common stock less the applicable participation threshold multiplied by the number of Participation Units being exchanged, divided by the then current value of Class A common stock. As a holder surrenders or exchanges its LLC Units, our interest in Holdings LLC will be correspondingly increased.

Registration Rights Agreement

We intend to enter into the Registration Rights Agreement with Topco LLC, Vista and Onex in connection with this offering. The Registration Rights Agreement will provide Topco LLC, Vista and Onex certain registration rights whereby, following our initial public offering and the expiration of any related lock-up period, Topco LLC, Vista and Onex can require us to register under the Securities Act shares of Class A common stock owned by them or issuable to them upon exchange of their LLC Units. The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide for piggyback registration rights for Topco LLC, Vista and Onex. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

164


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Our Executive Officers, Directors and Director Nominees

Below is a list of the names, ages as of April 6, 2021, positions and brief accounts of the business experience of the individuals who serve as (i) our executive officers, (ii) our directors and (iii) our director nominees. Upon the completion of this offering, Mr. Gulati, Mr. Armstrong, Mr. Goldberg, Ms. Hung, Mr. McCray, Ms. McIntosh, Mr. Saroya,                  and                  are anticipated to be elected to our Board.

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Hardeep Gulati

   45    Chief Executive Officer and Director

Eric Shander

   51    Chief Financial Officer

Marcy Daniel

   49    Chief Product Officer

Maulik Datanwala

   41    Chief Customer Officer

Devendra Singh

   55    Chief Technology Officer

Craig Greenseid

   43    Chief Revenue Officer

Anthony Miller

   45    Chief Marketing Officer

David Armstrong

   36    Director Nominee

Laurence Goldberg

   54    Director Nominee

Betty Hung

   50    Director Nominee

Ronald McCray

   63    Director Nominee

Amy McIntosh

   62    Director Nominee

Maneet S. Saroya

   41    Director Nominee

Hardeep Gulati has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since August 2015. Prior to joining us, Mr. Gulati was the general manager of SumTotal Systems, a talent expansion solution, after it was acquired by Skillsoft in August 2014 and served as its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and EVP of Products and Support from 2011 to 2014. Under Mr. Gulati’s leadership, SumTotal became the market leader in enterprise learning systems and saw record-breaking growth in cloud computing services. Prior to SumTotal, Mr. Gulati led strategy and product development across a variety of enterprise application areas at Oracle Corporation (NYSE: ORCL) from 2002 until 2011. Mr. Gulati holds an MBA from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School, received a master’s degree in computer science from the Indian Institute of Technology Bombay and is a graduate of Visvesvaraya National Institute of Technology. We believe that Mr. Gulati is qualified to serve on our Board because of his extensive knowledge of our business and strategy, as well as his experience in the technology industry and leadership role with us as our Chief Executive Officer.

Eric Shander has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2020. Prior to joining PowerSchool, Mr. Shander served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Red Hat from December 2016 to October 2019, and served as its Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer from November 2015 to December 2016. Mr. Shander previously held various finance and accounting positions at International Business Machines (NYSE: IBM) and Lenovo. Mr. Shander holds an MBA from Fordham University, a bachelor’s degree in accounting and finance from Penn State University and is a certified public accountant.

Marcy Daniel has served as our Chief Product Officer since July 2016 and previously served as the General Manager, Assessment and Analytics Product Portfolio from February to July 2016. Prior to its acquisition by PowerSchool in 2016, Ms. Daniel served as Chief Operating Officer of Interactive Achievement from 2015 to 2016, and served as Vice President, Marketing from 2014 to 2015.

 

165


Table of Contents

Ms. Daniel served as a board member for Center in the Square and IA Foundation for Kids until 2016. Ms. Daniel holds an MBA from University of North Carolina—Kenan-Flagler Business School and a BS in Systems Engineering from the University of Virginia.

Maulik Datanwala has served as our Chief Customer Officer since 2017 and previously served as the Senior Vice President, Professional Services from December 2015 until July 2017. Mr. Datanwala holds a bachelor’s of commerce degree from University of Mumbai and a MBA from the National Institute of Management.

Devendra Singh has served as our Chief Technology Officer since 2018. Prior to joining PowerSchool, he served as the Vice President of Product Development at Oracle from 2008 to 2018. Mr. Singh earned his Bachelor of Engineering degree from Delhi College of Engineering and an MBA from University of Michigan Ross School of Business.

Craig Greenseid has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since July 2019. Prior to joining PowerSchool, he served as Senior Vice President North American Markets at Blackboard Inc. from 2015 to 2019. Mr. Greenseid began his career at IBM. Mr. Greenseid holds a BS in Business Information Systems/Marketing from State University of New York at Buffalo.

Anthony Miller has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since 2017. Prior to joining PowerSchool, Mr. Miller was the Chief Marketing Officer at Lanyon, a leading provider of event management software, from 2014 to 2017 and served as the Senior Vice President for Strategy and Product from February 2014 to June 2014.

David Armstrong is expected to join our board prior to the completion of this offering. Since joining Onex, he has been actively involved in a number of Onex Partners’ investments. Prior to joining Onex, Mr. Armstrong worked in the Investment Banking division of Credit Suisse. Mr. Armstrong holds an Honours Bachelor of Electrical Engineering degree from the University of Western Ontario and an Honours Business Administration degree from the Ivey School of Business (with Distinction). Mr. Armstrong’s experience in the areas of corporate strategy, finance, business transactions and mergers and acquisitions will make him a valuable member of our board.

Laurence Goldberg is expected to join our board prior to the completion of this offering. Mr. Goldberg has served as a Managing Director of Onex since 2017. Prior to joining Onex, Mr. Goldberg served as the Global Head of Technology, Media & Telecommunications investment banking at Barclays, where he worked from 2008 to 2017. Previously, he was the Head of Technology investment banking at Lehman Brothers from 2005 to 2008 and a member of Credit Suisse First Boston’s technology investment banking group from 1999 to 2005. Mr. Goldberg received a bachelor’s degree from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Goldberg’s experience in the areas of technology, corporate strategy, finance and business transactions will make him a valuable member of our board.

Betty Hung is expected to join our board prior to the completion of this offering. Betty Hung is a managing director at Vista and joined Vista in 2007. Ms. Hung currently sits on the boards of CentralSquare, Cvent, EAB, EagleView, Finastra, Infoblox, PowerSchool, TIBCO, and Xactly and works with Vista’s investments in Advanced and Aptean. Prior to her role as a managing director, Ms. Hung was an Operating Senior Vice President, served as the chief financial officer of Vista portfolio company SumTotal, and was the chief operating officer of Vista Consulting Group.

Prior to joining Vista, Ms. Hung served as the vice president of Portfolio Company Operations at Garnett & Helfrich Capital. Before her time with Garnett & Helfrich, Ms. Hung worked at OSIsoft, a privately held software company that delivers real-time performance data to the world’s leading

 

166


Table of Contents

process manufacturing, life sciences, and utility companies, where she was the chief financial officer. Prior to OSIsoft, Ms. Hung worked at Goldman, Sachs & Co. as a vice president in the High Technology group. Ms. Hung also previously worked at Alex, Brown & Sons in its High Technology Investment Banking group. Ms. Hung received bachelor’s in economics and Chinese studies from Wellesley College, cum laude, and an M.P.P.M., Concentration in finance, from Yale School of Management. Ms. Hung’s experience with a variety of software and technology companies and in the areas of business operations and corporate finance will make her a valuable member of our board.

Ronald D. McCray is expected to join our board prior to the completion of this offering. Currently, Mr. McCray serves as an advisor to RLJ Equity Partners, a private equity firm and 645 Ventures, a high technology venture capital firm. He previously served as chairman of the board of Career Education Corporation from July 2015 to October 2015 and served as its interim president and chief executive officer from February 2015 to April 2015. Mr. McCray served as vice president and chief administrative officer of Nike, Inc. from August 2007 until May 2009. Mr. McCray is a Senate-confirmed, presidential appointee on the FRTIB. Mr. McCray holds a bachelor’s degree in American Government and Politics from Cornell University and a J.D. from Harvard Law School. Mr. McCray’s experience in the leadership of large organizations, accounting, finance, corporate governance, risk management, operations and marketing, as well as public company board experience will make him a valuable member of our member of our board.

Amy McIntosh is expected to join our board prior to the completion of this offering. Ms. McIntosh has been an independent education sector adviser since October 2019, a board member of EAB since November 2019, and an advisory board member of Education Trust, NY since 2019. She has served at City University of New York as the associate vice chancellor for Academic Strategies from July 2017 to October 2019 and as chief of staff to the interim chancellor from June 2018 to July 2019, at the U.S. Department of Education in the Office of Planning, Evaluation and Policy Development as the assistant secretary from March 2015 to January 2017 and as the principal deputy assistant secretary for P-12 policy from January 2014 to March 2015, and at the N.Y. State Education Department as a senior fellow from October 2010 to December 2013. Ms. McIntosh holds a bachelor’s degree in economics from Harvard University and a master of business administration from Harvard Business School. Ms. McIntosh’s experience in the independent education sector and as an advisory board member will make her a valuable member of our board.

Maneet S. Saroya is expected to join our board prior to the completion of this offering. Mr. Saroya joined Vista in 2008. Mr. Saroya is currently a senior managing director of Vista, is co-head of the Vista Flagship Fund and sits on the Vista Flagship Funds’ Investment Committee. Mr. Saroya also sits on the boards of Advanced, Allvue Systems, Apptio, Aspira, Cvent, Datto (NYSE: MSP), Finastra, Gainsight, iCIMS, Infoblox, MINDBODY, Omnitracs, Pipedrive, Solera, TIBCO, Upside and Xactly. Prior to joining Vista, Mr. Saroya worked as a senior research analyst for JMP Securities, where he provided research for buy-side clients on public on-demand (SaaS) companies. Mr. Saroya previously worked as an associate for the enterprise software/applications team. Before his time with JMP, Mr. Saroya worked for Siebel Systems in a sales capacity for the CRM On Demand division. Prior to Siebel, Mr. Saroya worked for Cisco Systems in various operations roles. Mr. Saroya received a bachelor’s degree from California Polytechnic State University. Mr. Saroya’s experience in the areas of corporate strategy, technology, finance and private equity make him a valuable member of our board. Mr. Saroya’s experience in the areas of corporate strategy, technology, finance and private equity will make him a valuable member of our board.

 

167


Table of Contents

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships between any of our executive officers, directors or director nominees.

Corporate Governance

Board Composition and Director Independence

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board. Following completion of this offering, our Board will be composed of                  directors. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our Board. In addition, the Stockholders Agreement will prohibit us from increasing or decreasing the size of our Board without the prior written consent of our Principal Stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that our Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. Subject to any earlier resignation or removal in accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our Class I directors will be Mr. Goldberg, Mr. Saroya and Ms. McIntosh and will serve until the first annual meeting of shareholders following the completion of this offering, our Class II directors will be Mr. Armstrong, Ms. Hung and Mr. Gulati and will serve until the second annual meeting of shareholders following the completion of this offering and our Class III directors will be Mr. McCray,                  and                  and will serve until the third annual meeting of shareholders following the completion of this offering. Upon completion of this offering, we expect that each of our directors will serve in the classes as indicated above. This classification of our Board could have the effect of increasing the length of time necessary to change the composition of a majority of our Board. In general, at least two annual meetings of shareholders will be necessary for shareholders to effect a change in a majority of members of our Board. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will provide that our directors may be removed with or without cause by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class for so long as Principal Stockholders beneficially own 40% or more, in the aggregate, of the total number of shares of our common stock then outstanding. If Principal Stockholders’ aggregate beneficial ownership falls below 40% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding, then our directors may be removed only for cause upon the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon.

In addition, at any time when our Principal Stockholders have the right to designate at least one nominee for election to our Board, Principal Stockholders will also have the right to have one of their nominated directors hold one seat on each Board committee, subject to satisfying any applicable stock exchange rules or regulations regarding the independence of Board committee members. The listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

Our Board has also determined that Ms. McIntosh and Mr. McCray meet the requirements to be independent directors. In making this determination, our Board considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with our Principal Stockholders and all other facts and circumstances that our Board deemed relevant in determining their independence, including beneficial ownership of our common stock.

 

168


Table of Contents

Controlled Company Status

After completion of this offering, our Principal Stockholders will continue to control a majority of the voting power in us. As a result, we will be a “controlled company.” Under the New York Stock Exchange rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of our common stock:

 

   

we have a board of directors that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of such exchange;

 

   

we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

   

we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.

As a controlled company, we will remain subject to the rules of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and         that require us to have an audit committee composed entirely of independent directors. Under these rules, we must have at least one independent director on our audit committee by the date our Class A common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, at least two independent directors on our audit committee within 90 days of the listing date, and at least three directors, all of whom must be independent, on our audit committee within one year of the listing date.

Following this offering, we expect to have         independent directors,         of whom qualify as independent for Audit Committee purposes. Accordingly, we intend to rely on the controlled company exemption upon completion of this offering because our Board will not be comprised of a majority of independent directors, and our Compensation Committee and our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will not be comprised entirely of independent directors or be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance requirements.

At such time as we are not a “controlled company” under the corporate governance standards, our committee membership will comply with all applicable requirements of those standards and a majority of our board of directors will be “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the         .

Board Committees

Upon completion of this offering, our Board will have an Audit Committee and a Compensation and Nominating Committee. The composition, duties and responsibilities of these committees are as set forth below. In the future, our Board may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist it with its responsibilities.

 

Board Member

   Audit Committee        Compensation and
Nominating
Committee
 

Hardeep Gulati

       

David Armstrong*

     X          X  

Laurence Goldberg*

          X  

Betty Hung*

     X          (Chair) 

Ronald D. McCray*

     X       

Amy McIntosh*

       

Maneet S. Saroya*

          X  

 

 

*

Denotes director nominee

 

169


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

Following this offering, our Audit Committee will be composed of Ms. Hung, Mr. McCray and Mr. Armstrong, with                  serving as chairman of the committee. We intend to comply with the audit committee requirements of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, which require that the Audit Committee be composed of at least one independent director at the closing of this offering, a majority of independent directors within 90 days following this offering and all independent directors within one year following this offering. We anticipate that, prior to the completion of this offering, our Board will determine that Mr. McCray and                  meet the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Our Board has determined that Ms. Hung is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations and applicable listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

 

   

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

pre-approving audit and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

discussing on a periodic basis, or as appropriate, with management, our policies, programs and controls with respect to risk assessment and risk management;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

 

   

reviewing our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations to be included in our annual and quarterly reports to be filed with the SEC;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management our earnings releases and scripts;

 

   

monitoring the rotation of partners of the independent registered public accounting firm on our engagement team in accordance with requirements established by the SEC;

 

   

reviewing management’s report on its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and any changes thereto;

 

   

reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt, retention, follow-up and resolution of accounting, internal controls or auditing matters, complaints and concerns;

 

   

recommending, based upon the Audit Committee’s review and discussions with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

   

monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

 

   

preparing the Audit Committee report required by the rules of the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

reviewing and assessing annually treasury functions including cash management process;

 

   

investigating any matters received, and reporting to our Board periodically, with respect to ethics issues, complaints and associated investigations;

 

   

reviewing the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance at least annually;

 

170


Table of Contents
   

consulting with management to establish procedures and internal controls relating to cybersecurity; and

 

   

reviewing all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions.

Compensation and Nominating Committee

Following this offering, our Compensation and Nominating Committee will be composed of Mr. Armstrong, Mr. Goldberg, Ms. Hung, and Mr. Saroya, with Ms. Hung serving as chairman of the committee. The Compensation and Nominating Committee’s responsibilities upon completion of this offering will include:

 

   

annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

   

evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining and approving the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

   

reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;

 

   

appointing, compensating and overseeing the work of any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the compensation committee;

 

   

conducting the independence assessment outlined in the New York Stock Exchange rules with respect to any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the compensation committee;

 

   

annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of the committee charter in its compliance with the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange;

 

   

reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;

 

   

overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to our Board with respect to director compensation;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis to be included in our annual proxy statement or Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

   

developing and recommending to our Board criteria for board and committee membership;

 

   

subject to the rights of our Principal Stockholders under the Stockholders Agreement as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement”, identifying and recommending to our Board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our Board’s committees;

 

   

developing and recommending to our Board best practices and corporate governance principles;

 

   

developing and recommending to our Board a set of corporate governance guidelines; and

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our Board the functions, duties and compositions of the committees of our Board.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of our Board or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board or Compensation and Nominating Committee.

 

171


Table of Contents

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website.

 

172


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, in this Executive Compensation section the terms “PowerSchool,” “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” refer to Holdings LLC, for the period up to this offering, and for all periods following this offering, to PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our Chief Executive Officer and our two other most highly compensated officers who we refer to as our “Named Executive Officers.” For the year ended December 31, 2020, our Named Executive Officers and their positions were as follows:

 

   

Hardeep Gulati, Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Eric Shander, Chief Financial Officer; and

 

   

Craig Greenseid, Chief Revenue Officer.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt in the future may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary($)     Option
Awards ($)
(1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation($) (2)
    All Other
Compensation($) (3)
    Total($)  

Hardeep Gulati,

Chief Executive Officer

    2020       500,000       —         612,556       12,295       1,124,851  

Eric Shander,

Chief Financial Officer (4)

    2020       300,000       1,022,374       237,005       49,214       1,608,593  

Craig Greenseid,

Chief Revenue Officer

    2020       375,000       —         380,625       11,156       766,781  

 

(1)

The amounts in this column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value, determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, of MIUs (as defined below) granted to Mr. Shander in the 2020 Fiscal year. The MIUs represent membership interests in Topco, LLC that are intended to constitute profits interests for federal income tax purposes. The grant date fair value only reflects the value of the Service MIUs (as defined below). If all Performance MIUs (as defined below) were to vest at maximum levels, the additional compensation expense would be $407,468. See “—Topco, LLC Management Incentive Units” for a description of the MIUs and Note 14 “Unit-Based Compensation” in the Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details regarding the grant date fair value.

(2)

Amounts in this column reflect the actual amount earned by each of our Named Executive Officers under the Company’s performance-based cash incentive bonus program. See “—Employment Agreements” and “—Executive Bonus Program.” Mr. Greenseid’s amount also includes the payment of a one-time $56,250 special product incentive bonus.

(3)

Amounts in this column reflect (i) in the case of Mr. Shander, reimbursement of $25,000 in relocation expenses, a $13,214 tax gross up payment on the relocation expenses, and $11,000 in 401(k) plan matching contributions made on his behalf during the 2020 Fiscal Year and (ii) in the case of Messrs. Gulati and Greenseid, 401(k) plan matching contributions made on their behalf during the 2020 Fiscal Year. See below under “—401(k) Plan” for additional information regarding 401(k) plan contributions.

(4)

Mr. Shander commenced employment with the company on April 6, 2020.

 

173


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table summarizes, for each of the Named Executive Officers, the number of MIUs held as of December 31, 2020.

 

    Option Awards(1)  

Name and Principal Position

  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
    Equity incentive
plan awards:
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options (#) (2)
    Option
exercise
price

($) (3)
    Option
expiration
date (4)
 

Hardeep Gulati,

Chief Executive Officer

    4,809,344 (5)      3,740,601       5,699,964       N/A       N/A  

Eric Shander,

Chief Financial Officer

    —         1,111,276 (6)      740,851       N/A       N/A  

Craig Greenseid,

Chief Revenue Officer

    290,371 (7)      638,815       619,458       N/A       N/A  

 

(1)

The equity awards disclosed in this table are Service MIUs and Performance MIUs, which are intended to be profits interests for federal income tax purposes. Awards reflected as “Unexercisable” are Service MIUs that have not yet vested. Awards reflected as “Exercisable” are Service MIUs that have vested, but remain outstanding. Awards reflected as “Unearned” are Performance MIUs that have not vested. The Service MIUs vest 25% upon the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date. Additionally, 6.25% of the award vests at the end of each full three calendar month period following the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date until 100% vested, subject to the Named Executive Officer’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date. The treatment of these awards upon the consummation of this offering is described below under “—Topco, LLC Management Incentive Units—Equity Awards Granted to Named Executive Officers.” The treatment of these awards upon a change in control event is described below under “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control—Change in Control.”

(2)

The Performance MIUs will vest 100% upon the date on which certain of the investors in Topco, LLC achieve a specified total equity return multiple, subject to continued employment through such date.

(3)

The MIUs participate in distributions attributable to appreciation in the value of Topco, LLC after their respective dates of grant.

(4)

These equity awards are not traditional options, and therefore, there is no exercise price or option expiration date associated with them.

(5)

Of the Service MIUs, 2,137,486 vested on August 1, 2019, and 534,372 vested on each of November 1, 2019, February 1, 2020, May 1, 2020, August 1, 2020, and November 1, 2020. In addition, 534,372 of these Service MIUs vested on February 1, 2021 and 534,372 will vest on each of May 1, 2021, August 1, 2021, November 1, 2021, February 1, 2022, May 1, 2022, and August 1, 2022, subject to continued employment. On November 18, 2020, Mr. Gulati transferred 4,274,973 vested Service MIUs to the NSH Trust for the benefit of his family.

(6)

Of these Service MIUs, 277,819 will vest on April 6, 2021 and 69,455 of these Service MIUs will vest on each of July 6, 2021, October 6, 2021, January 6, 2022, April 6, 2022, July 6, 2022, October 6, 2022, January 6, 2023, April 6, 2023, July 6, 2023, October 6, 2023, January 6, 2024, and April 6, 2024, subject to continued employment.

(7)

Of these Service MIUs, 232,297 vested on July 29, 2020, and 58,074 vested on October 29, 2020. In addition, 58,074 of these Service MIUs vested on January 29, 2021, and 58,074 will vest on April 29, 2021, July 29, 2021, October 29, 2021, January 29, 2022, April 29, 2022, July 29, 2022, October 29, 2022, January 29, 2023, April 29, 2023, and July 29, 2023, subject to

 

174


Table of Contents
  continued employment. On December 31, 2020, Mr. Greenseid transferred 290,371 vested Service MIUs to the 2020 Greenseid Family Trust for the benefit of his family.

Emerging Growth Company Status

As an emerging growth company we will be exempt from certain requirements related to executive compensation, including the requirements to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and to provide information relating to the ratio of total compensation of our Chief Executive Officer to the median of the annual total compensation of all of our employees, each as required by the Investor Protection and Securities Reform Act of 2010, which is part of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Employment Agreements

Employment Agreement with Hardeep Gulati

On August 1, 2018, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Gulati pursuant to which he serves as our Chief Executive Officer. The employment agreement provides for an indefinite term and requires Mr. Gulati to provide at least four weeks of advanced written notice of his intention to terminate his employment. We may terminate Mr. Gulati’s employment at any time, with or without notice. Under the employment agreement, Mr. Gulati is (a) entitled to an annual base salary of $500,000, which amount may not be decreased by more than 10%, and only in the case of a general decrease affecting the executive management team; and (b) eligible to receive an annual incentive bonus for each fiscal year during his employment with us, with the target being equal to 100% of his base salary. Mr. Gulati is also eligible to receive an additional “stretch” bonus opportunity in the sole discretion of our Board of up to 40% of his base salary. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Gulati is eligible to receive employee benefits in accordance with our established policies. In addition, Mr. Gulati’s employment agreement provides for certain severance benefits in the event of a qualifying termination of employment. See “—Potential Payments upon a Termination of Employment or a Change in Control” below.

Employment Agreement with Eric Shander

On March 18, 2020, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Shander pursuant to which he serves as our Chief Financial Officer. The employment agreement provides for an indefinite term and requires Mr. Shander to provide at least four weeks of advanced written notice of his intention to terminate his employment. We may terminate Mr. Shander’s employment at any time, with or without notice. Under the employment agreement, Mr. Shander is (a) entitled to an annual base salary of $400,000, which amount may not be decreased by more than 10%, and only in the case of a general decrease affecting the executive management team; and (b) eligible to receive an annual incentive bonus for each fiscal year during his employment with us, with the target being equal to 50% of his base salary. Mr. Shander is also eligible to receive an additional “stretch” bonus opportunity in the sole discretion of our Board of up to 50% of his base salary. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Shander is eligible to receive employee benefits in accordance with our established policies. In addition, Mr. Shander’s employment agreement provides for certain severance benefits in the event of a qualifying termination of employment. See “—Potential Payments upon a Termination of Employment or a Change in Control” below.

Employment Agreement with Craig Greenseid

On July 8, 2019, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Greenseid pursuant to which he serves as our Chief Revenue Officer. The employment agreement provides for an indefinite term and requires Mr. Greenseid to provide at least four weeks of advanced written notice of his intention to terminate his employment. We may terminate Mr. Greenseid’s employment at any time,

 

175


Table of Contents

with or without notice. Under the employment agreement, Mr. Greenseid is (a) entitled to an annual base salary of $375,000, which amount may not be decreased by more than 10%, and only in the case of a general decrease affecting the executive management team; and (b) eligible to receive an annual incentive bonus for each fiscal year during his employment with us, with the target being equal to 50% of his base salary. Mr. Greenseid is also eligible to receive an additional “stretch” bonus opportunity in the sole discretion of our Board of up to 50% of his base salary. Effective April 2, 2021, Mr. Greenseid’s annual base salary will be increased to $386,250. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Greenseid is eligible to receive employee benefits in accordance with our established policies. In addition, Mr. Greenseid’s employment agreement provides for certain severance benefits in the event of a qualifying termination of employment. See “—Potential Payments upon a Termination of Employment or a Change in Control” below.

Executive Bonus Program

As described above, our named executive officers are entitled to receive cash bonuses each fiscal year based on the target percentages specified in their employment agreements. The cash bonus opportunities are generally earned based on predetermined operational and financial goals. The performance goals, the achievement of such performance goals and the amounts of the bonuses payable in respect of such performance goals to our named executive officers are determined in the sole discretion of our Board.

Topco, LLC Management Incentive Units

Historically, Topco, LLC maintained an equity incentive program to provide certain employees, directors and certain other service providers of Topco, LLC and its subsidiaries (including the Company) with an opportunity to participate in Topco, LLC’s future income and appreciation through the grant of management incentive units (which we refer to as “MIUs”). MIUs represent non-voting limited liability company interests in Topco, LLC that are intended to be treated as “profits interests” for United States federal income tax purposes.

In connection with the consummation of this offering, each holder of Service MIUs, including the Named Executive Officers, will receive (a) shares of our Class A common stock with respect to Service MIUs that were vested as of the consummation of this offering having an equivalent fair market value and (b) restricted shares of our Class A common stock with respect to Service MIUs that were unvested as of the consummation of this offering having an equivalent fair market value. The restricted shares will vest on the same terms and conditions as applied to the corresponding Service MIUs.

The Performance MIUs will remain as non-voting limited liability company interests in Topco, LLC and will generally be subject to the same terms and conditions as applied prior to the consummation of this offering, except that, (a) if any outstanding Performance MIUs have not vested by the second anniversary of the consummation of this offering, then performance achievement will be measured on such second anniversary and each subsequent anniversary of the consummation of this offering based on the cash return received by Vista and Onex through such anniversary and the fair market value of any equity securities of the Company or Topco, LLC still held by Vista and Onex as of such anniversary (determined based on a 90-day volume weighted average price of the Class A common stock as of such anniversary); and (b) performance achievement with respect to any outstanding Performance MIUs will be finally determined on the date on which either Vista or Onex (as opposed to both Vista and Onex) cease to own 25% of the equity securities of the Company or Topco, LLC (as applicable) that they held as of the consummation of this offering.

 

176


Table of Contents

Equity Awards Granted to Named Executive Officers

Topco, LLC has granted MIUs to each of Messrs. Gulati, Shander and Greenseid. The MIUs subject to each award vest 60% based on continued service (the “Service MIUs”) and 40% based on certain specified performance achievement (the “Performance MIUs”). Of the Service MIUs, 25% vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date specified in the applicable award agreement, and the remaining 75% vest ratably at the end of each three-month period thereafter until 100% of the Service MIUs are vested on the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject, in each case, to continued employment through the applicable vesting date. With respect to the Performance MIUs, 100% of the Performance MIUs vest upon the achievement by investors in Topco, LLC of a specified equity return.

In addition, upon the consummation of a transaction in which the majority of the members of Topco, LLC members cease to own a majority of the voting power in Topco, LLC or in which all or substantially all of the assets of Topco, LLC or its subsidiaries are sold to unaffiliated third parties (either transaction, a “change in control of Topco, LLC”), 100% of the outstanding unvested Service MIUs will become vested immediately prior to such transaction. The Performance MIUs are subject to forfeiture if the specified performance goal is not achieved by the earlier to occur of (a) the first date following an initial public offering on which either Vista or Onex cease to own 25% of the equity securities of the Company or Topco, LLC (as applicable) that they held as of the consummation of this offering and (b) upon a change in control of Topco, LLC.

Potential Payments upon a Termination of Employment or a Change in Control

Below we have described the severance benefits to which our named executive officers would be entitled upon a termination of employment and upon a change in control. Our named executive officers are not entitled to any enhanced severance in connection with a change in control.

Termination of Employment without Cause or Resignation with Good Reason

The employment agreements with each of our named executive officers provides for severance benefits if we terminate the executive without “cause” or the executive resigns with “good reason” (as each of those terms is defined in the applicable employment agreement), which circumstances we refer to as a “qualifying termination of employment.” Upon a qualifying termination of employment, subject to the executive’s execution and non-revocation of a release of claims in favor of PowerSchool and continued compliance with the restrictive covenant obligations to which he is subject, each executive will be entitled to the following payments and benefits under his employment agreement:

 

   

cash severance equal to (a) 12 months of the executive’s annual base salary for Mr. Gulati, (b) six months of the executive’s annual base salary for Mr. Shander, or (c) nine months of the executive’s annual base salary for Mr. Greenseid, in each case, payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices; and

 

   

in the sole discretion of our Board, Mr. Shander may also be entitled to a prorated portion of the bonus earned during the fiscal year in which the termination occurs based on actual performance achievement, payable when bonuses are otherwise payable for such fiscal year (but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the year in respect of which such bonus is earned).

Termination of Employment with Cause, due to Death or Disability, or Resignation without Good Reason

If we terminate the employment of a named executive officer with “cause,” the executive resigns without “good reason,” or the executive dies or becomes disabled, the executive will only be entitled to accrued obligations and vested benefits through the date of termination.

 

177


Table of Contents

Change in Control

As described above, upon a change in control of Topco, LLC, unvested Service MIUs will become fully vested, and Performance MIUs will be eligible to vest based on performance achievement. See “—Topco, LLC Management Incentive Units.”

Equity and Cash Incentives—Summary of the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we anticipate that our Board will adopt, and our stockholders will approve, the 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (which we refer to as the “2021 Plan”), pursuant to which employees, consultants and directors of our company and our affiliates performing services for us, including our executive officers, will be eligible to receive awards. We anticipate that the 2021 Plan will provide for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, dividend equivalents, other share-based awards, other cash-based awards, substitute awards, and performance awards intended to align the interests of participants with those of our stockholders. The following description of the 2021 Plan is based on the form we anticipate will be adopted, but since the 2021 Plan has not yet been adopted, the provisions remain subject to change. As a result, the following description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the final 2021 Plan once adopted, a copy of which in substantially final form has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Share Reserve

In connection with its approval by our Board and adoption by our stockholders, we will reserve                  shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2021 Plan. The share reserve will automatically increase on January 1 of each year by 4% of the number of shares outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year. In addition, the following shares of our common stock will again be available for grant or issuance under the 2021 Plan:

 

   

shares subject to awards granted under the 2021 Plan that are subsequently forfeited or cancelled;

 

   

shares subject to awards granted under the 2021 Plan that otherwise terminate without shares being exercised;

 

   

shares subject to awards granted under the 2021 Plan issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards granted by an acquired entity; and

 

   

shares surrendered, cancelled or exchanged for cash, including shares surrendered to pay the exercise price or withholding taxes associated with the award.

Administration

The 2021 Plan will be administered by our Compensation and Nominating Committee. The Compensation and Nominating Committee has the authority to construe and interpret the 2021 Plan, grant awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan. Awards under the 2021 Plan may be made subject to “performance goals” and other terms.

Eligibility

Our employees, consultants and non-employee directors, and employees, consultants and non-employee directors of our affiliates, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2021 Plan. The Compensation and Nominating Committee will determine who will receive awards, and the terms and conditions associated with such award. As of                 , there were approximately                  employees,                  consultants and                  non-employee directors who would be eligible to participate in the 2021 Plan.

 

178


Table of Contents

Term

The 2021 Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (a) the date on which the Board approves the 2021 Plan and (b) the date on which our stockholders approve the 2021 Plan, unless it is terminated earlier by our Board.

Award Forms and Limitations

The 2021 Plan authorizes the award of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, performance awards and other share-based and cash-based awards. An aggregate of                  shares will be available for issuance under awards granted pursuant to the 2021 Plan. For stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options, or ISOs, under Section 422 of the Code, the maximum number of shares subject to ISO awards shall be                 .

Stock Options

The 2021 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs only to our employees. All options other than ISOs may be granted to our employees, non-employee directors and consultants. The exercise price of each option to purchase our shares of common stock must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of ISOs granted to 10% or more stockholders must be at least equal to 110% of that value. Options granted under the 2021 Plan may be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Compensation and Nominating Committee determines. The maximum term of options granted under the 2021 Plan is 10 years (five years in the case of ISOs granted to 10% or more stockholders).

Stock Appreciation Rights

Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the fair market value of shares of our common stock on the date that the stock appreciation rights were granted. The exercise price must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date the stock appreciation right is granted. Stock appreciation rights may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions, as determined by the Compensation and Nominating Committee in its discretion.

Restricted Stock

The Compensation and Nominating Committee may grant awards consisting of shares of our common stock subject to restrictions on sale and transfer. The price (if any) paid by a participant for a restricted stock award will be determined by the Compensation and Nominating Committee. The Compensation and Nominating Committee may condition the grant or vesting of shares of restricted stock on the achievement of performance conditions, the satisfaction of a time-based vesting schedule and/or other criteria.

Performance Awards

A performance award is an award that becomes payable upon the attainment of specific performance goals. A performance award may become payable in cash or in shares of our common stock. The Compensation and Nominating Committee may require the forfeiture of these awards prior to settlement due to termination of a participant’s employment or failure to achieve the performance conditions.

 

179


Table of Contents

Other Share-Based and Cash-Based Awards

The Compensation and Nominating Committee may grant other share-based and cash-based awards to participants in amounts and on terms and conditions determined by it in its discretion. Share-based and cash-based awards may be granted subject to vesting conditions or awarded without being subject to conditions or restrictions.

Additional Provisions

Awards granted under the 2021 Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or as determined by the Compensation and Nominating Committee. Unless otherwise restricted by our Committee, awards that are non-ISOs or SARs may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee. The Compensation and Nominating Committee may determine that non-ISOs may be transferred to certain family members of an optionee, on terms and conditions specified by the Compensation and Nominating Committee. Awards that are ISOs may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee.

In the event of a change of control (as defined in the 2021 Plan), the Compensation and Nominating Committee may, in its discretion, provide for any or all of the following actions: (i) awards may be continued, assumed or substituted with new rights, (ii) awards may be purchased for cash equal to the excess (if any) of the fair market value of each share of common stock subject to such award as of the change in control transaction over the aggregate exercise price of such awards, (iii) outstanding and unexercised stock options and stock appreciation rights may be terminated prior to the change in control (in which case holders of such unvested awards would be given notice and the opportunity to exercise such awards), or (iv) vesting or lapse of restrictions may be accelerated. All awards will be equitably adjusted in the case of the division of stock and similar transactions.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides all regular U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-advantaged basis. Under our 401(k) plan, participants may elect to defer a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax basis and have it contributed to the plan subject to applicable annual limits under the Code. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. We match 100% of a participant’s first 3% contribution up to 3% of annual compensation and 50% of a participant’s subsequent 3% contribution up to an additional 3% of annual compensation. Employee elective deferrals are 100% vested at all times. Matching contributions vest based on a participant’s length of service with PowerSchool, with one-third vesting each of the first through third years of service. As a U.S. tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

 

180


Table of Contents

Non-Employee Director Compensation

The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a non-employee member of our Board during 2020. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, we did not pay any compensation, reimburse any expense of, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the other non-employee members of our Board in 2020.

 

Name

     Fees earned or paid
in cash ($)
       Stock awards ($)(1)        Total ($)  

Amy McIntosh

       100,000        $ 241,306        $ 341,306  

 

(1)

As of December 31, 2020, Ms. McIntosh held 117,395 participating units in respect of Topco, LLC limited liability interests.

Board Service Agreement with Amy McIntosh

On August 2, 2020, Topco, LLC entered into a service agreement with Amy McIntosh pursuant to which Ms. McIntosh serves as a member of the board of managers of Topco, LLC. The service agreement provides for a two-year term; however, Topco, LLC may terminate Ms. McIntosh’s service at any time, with or without notice. Ms. McIntosh is entitled to receive $25,000 per quarterly meeting of the board of managers of Topco, LLC that she attends, subject to a maximum of $100,000 each year during the term. In addition, Ms. McIntosh was granted an award of restricted stock units in Topco, LLC (which we refer to as “participating units”) in respect of each year during the term. Upon vesting, participating units are settled in limited liability company interests of Topco, LLC.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

Other than the arrangements described above, we do not currently have a formal policy with respect to compensating our non-employee directors for service as directors. Following the completion of this offering, we will implement a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

 

181


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information about the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock as of                 , 2021, after giving effect to the Organizational Transactions, including this offering, for:

 

   

each person or group known to us who beneficially owns more than 5% of our Class A common stock or Class B common stock immediately prior to this offering;

 

   

each of our directors and director nominees;

 

   

each of our Named Executive Officers; and

 

   

all of our directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group.

The numbers of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock (together with the same amount of LLC Units) beneficially owned and percentages of beneficial ownership prior to this offering that are set forth below give effect to the Organizational Transactions. See “Organizational Structure.” The numbers of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock (together with the same amount of LLC Units) beneficially owned and percentages of beneficial ownership after this offering that are set forth below are based on                  shares of Class A common stock to be issued in connection with this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. This number excludes                  shares of Class A common stock issuable in exchange for LLC Units and shares of our Class B common stock, each as described under “Organizational Structure” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Amended and Restated Operating Agreement.” If all outstanding LLC Units were exchanged and all outstanding shares of Class B common stock were cancelled, we would have                  shares of Class A common stock outstanding immediately after this offering.

Concurrently with this offering, we will issue to the LLC Unitholders                  shares of Class B common stock. The number of shares of Class B common stock will depend in part on the price at which shares of Class A common stock are sold in this offering. For purposes of the presentation of the total number of shares of Class B common stock beneficially owned, we have assumed that the shares of Class A common stock will be sold at $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Unless otherwise noted below, the address for each beneficial owner listed on the table is 150 Parkshore Dr., Folsom, California 95630. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the tables below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all Class A common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

 

182


Table of Contents
    Shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned
Prior to this Offering
    Shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned
After this Offering
 

Name of Beneficial
Owner

  Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
    % of Class A
Common
Stock
Outstanding
    Shares of
Class B
Common
Stock
    % of Class B
Common
Stock
Outstanding
    % of
Combined
Voting
Power(1)
    Shares of
Class A
Common
Stock
    Shares of
Class B
Common
Stock
    % of
Combined
Voting Power
Assuming the
Underwriters’
Option Is Not
Exercised(1)
    % of
Combined
Voting Power
Assuming the
Underwriters’
Option Is
Exercised in
Full(1)
 

5% Shareholders:

                 

Vista Funds(2)

                 

Onex Funds(3)

                 

Named Executive Officers, Directors and Director Nominees:

                 

Hardeep Gulati

                 

Eric Shander

                 

Craig Greenseid

                 

All executive officers, directors and director nominees as a group (         individuals)

                 

 

(1)

Each share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock entitles the registered holder thereof to one vote and each share on all matters presented to shareholders for a vote generally, including the election of directors. The Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote as a single class on all matters except as required by law or the certificate of incorporation.

(2)

Includes                shares of Class B common stock held directly by Topco LLC and                shares of Class A common stock held directly by                . Topco LLC is managed by a board of managers. Vista Equity Partners Fund VI-A, L.P. (“VEPF VI-A”) controls the board of managers of Topco LLC. Vista Equity Partners Fund VI GP, L.P. (“Fund VI GP”) is the sole general partner of VEPF VI-A. Fund VI GP’s sole general partner is VEPF VI GP, Ltd. (“Fund VI UGP”). Robert F. Smith is the sole director and one of 11 members of Fund VI UGP. VEPF Management, L.P. (“Management Company”) is the sole management company of each of the Vista Funds. The Management Company’s sole general partner is VEP Group, LLC (“VEP Group”) and the Management Company’s sole limited partner is Vista Equity Partners Management, LLC (“VEPM”). VEP Group is the Senior Managing Member of VEPM. Robert F. Smith is the sole Managing Member of VEP Group. Consequently, Mr. Smith, Fund VI GP, Fund VI UGP, the Management Company, VEPM and VEP Group may be deemed the beneficial owners of the shares held by Topco LLC This number excludes                  shares of Class A common stock issuable in exchange for LLC Units held by Topco LLC. These shares of Class A common stock represent approximately                 % of the shares of Class A common stock that would be outstanding immediately after this offering if all outstanding LLC Units were exchanged and all outstanding shares of Class B common stock were converted at that time based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (which is the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The principal business address of each of Topco LLC, VEPF VI-A, Fund VI GP, Fund VI UGP, the Management Company, VEPM and VEP Group is c/o Vista Equity Partners, 4 Embarcadero Center, 20th Fl., San Francisco, California 94111. The principal business address of Mr. Smith is c/o Vista Equity Partners, 401 Congress Drive, Suite 3100, Austin, Texas 78701.

(3)

Includes                shares of our Class A common stock held directly by                . Onex Corporation, a corporation whose subordinated voting shares are traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange, and/or Mr. Gerald W. Schwartz, may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of Class A common stock held directly by                , through Onex Corporation’s ownership of all of the equity of Onex Partners Canadian GP Inc., which owns all of the equity of Onex Partners IV GP Limited, the general partner of Onex Partners IV GP LP, the general partner of Onex Partners IV LP. Mr. Gerald W. Schwartz, the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer of Onex Corporation, indirectly owns shares representing a majority of the voting rights of the shares of Onex Corporation, and as such may be deemed to beneficially own all of the shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by Onex Corporation. Mr. Schwartz disclaims such beneficial ownership. The address for Onex Corporation and Mr. Schwartz is 161 Bay Street, Toronto, ON M5J 2S1 Canada.

 

183


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions

Prior to completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a policy with respect to the review, approval and ratification of related party transactions. Under the policy, our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions. In the course of its review and approval of related party transactions, our Audit Committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances to decide whether to approve such transactions. In particular, our policy requires our Audit Committee to consider, among other factors it deems appropriate:

 

   

the related person’s relationship to us and interest in the transaction;

 

   

the material facts of the proposed transaction, including the proposed aggregate value of the transaction;

 

   

the impact on a director or a director nominee’s independence in the event the related person is a director or an immediate family member of the director or director nominee;

 

   

the benefits to us of the proposed transaction;

 

   

if applicable, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services; and

 

   

an assessment of whether the proposed transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to an unrelated third party or to employees generally.

The Audit Committee may only approve those transactions that are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our shareholders, as the Audit Committee determines in good faith.

Amended and Restated Operating Agreement

In connection with the completion of this offering, we will amend and restate Holdings LLC’s existing operating agreement, which we refer to as the “LLC Operating Agreement.” The operations of Holdings LLC and the rights and obligations of the LLC Unitholders will be set forth in the LLC Operating Agreement. See “Organizational Structure—Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Holdings LLC.”

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with Topco LLC, Vista and Onex. Topco LLC, Vista and Onex will be entitled to request that we register their shares of capital stock on a long-form or short-form registration statement on one or more occasions in the future, which registrations may be “shelf registrations.” Topco LLC, Vista and Onex will be entitled to participate in certain of our registered offerings, subject to the restrictions in the registration rights agreement. We will pay expenses in connection with the exercise of these rights. The registration rights described in this paragraph apply to (1) shares of our Class A common stock held by Topco LLC, Vista and Onex and their affiliates, and (2) any of our capital stock (or that of our subsidiaries) issued or issuable with respect to the Class A common stock described in clause (1) with respect to any dividend, distribution, recapitalization, reorganization, or certain other corporate transactions (“Registrable Securities”). These registration rights are also for the benefit of any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities; provided that any particular securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been sold in a registered public offering, sold in compliance with Rule 144 of the

 

184


Table of Contents

Securities Act or repurchased by us or our subsidiaries. In addition, with the consent of the company and holders of a majority of Registrable Securities, certain Registrable Securities will cease to be Registrable Securities if they can be sold without limitation under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Tax Receivable Agreement

We intend to enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with Topco LLC, Vista and Onex that will provide for the payment from time to time by us to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex of 85% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that we realize or, under certain circumstances, are deemed to realize as a result of (i) certain increases in the tax basis of assets of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries resulting from purchases of LLC Units with the proceeds of this offering or exchanges of LLC Units in the future, or any prior transfers of interests in Holdings LLC (ii) certain tax attributes of the Blocker Entities (including NOLs and excess interest expense carryforwards) and of Holdings LLC and subsidiaries of Holdings LLC (including amortizable goodwill and other intangible assets) that existed prior to this offering and (iii) certain other tax benefits related to our making payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement (including deductions for payments of imputed interest). These payment obligations are obligations of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. and not of Holdings LLC. See “Organizational Structure—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

Stockholders Agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a Stockholders Agreement with our Principal Stockholders. The Stockholders Agreement will provide each of Vista and Onex with an independent right to designate the following number of nominees for election to our Board: (i) three nominees so long as such principal stockholder controls 25% or more of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; (ii) two nominees for so long as such principal stockholder controls 15% or more of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; and (iii) one nominee for so long as such principal stockholder controls 5% or more of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. In addition, Topco LLC, Vista and Onex shall be entitled to designate the replacement for any of its Board designees whose Board service terminates prior to the end of the director’s term, regardless of Topco LLC, Vista and Onex’s beneficial ownership at that time. Topco LLC, Vista and Onex shall also have the right to have its designees participate on committees of our Board proportionate to its stock ownership, subject to compliance with applicable law and stock exchange rules. The Stockholders Agreement will also prohibit us from increasing or decreasing the size of our Board without the prior written consent of Topco LLC, Vista and Onex. This agreement will terminate at such time as Topco LLC, Vista and Onex control, in the aggregate, less than 5% of the voting power.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our officers, directors and director nominees. The indemnification agreements will provide the officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Additionally, we may enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors or officers that may be broader in scope than the specific indemnification provisions contained in Delaware law. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our officers and directors pursuant to the foregoing agreements, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is therefore unenforceable.

 

185


Table of Contents

Relationship with VCG

We have utilized Vista Consulting Group, LLC, or VCG, the operating and consulting arm of Vista, for consulting services and executive recruitment, and have also reimbursed VCG for expenses related to participation by PowerSchool employees in VCG sponsored events and for certain enterprise software licenses utilized by PowerSchool, and also paid to VCG related fees and expenses. We recorded expenses to VCG of $1.3 million, $1.3 million, $1.1 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020. Following our initial public offering, we may continue to engage VCG from time to time, subject to compliance with our related party transactions policy.

Management Agreement with Onex

We have utilized Onex, for certain services pursuant to a management agreement. Under this agreement, Onex provides us with management and consulting services (including, but not limited to management, finance, marketing, operational and strategic planning, relationship access, corporate development and analysis of potential mergers and acquisitions).

We paid Onex $0, $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020. We expect to terminate the management agreement following the completion of this offering.

Reseller Agreement with EAB

On February 28, 2021, we entered into a reseller agreement with EAB Global Inc. (“EAB”), a portfolio company of Vista, for them to serve as, among other terms, the exclusive provider of the Intersect student recruitment platform in the United States and Canada. The agreement includes yearly minimum commitments from EAB starting at $32.4 million and increasing annually.

 

186


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SENIOR SECURED CREDIT FACILITIES

Set forth below is a summary of the terms of the credit agreements governing our senior secured credit facilities. This summary is not a complete description of all of the terms of such credit agreements. The credit agreements setting forth the terms and conditions of our senior secured credit facilities are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

On August 1, 2018, we entered into (i) a $895.0 million first lien credit agreement (the “Original First Lien Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of lenders and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, providing for an initial $775.0 million term loan (the “Original First Lien Term Loan Facility”) and the Revolving Credit Agreement and (ii) a $365.0 million second lien credit agreement (the “Second Lien Credit Agreement” and together with the First Lien Credit Agreement, the “Credit Agreements”) with a syndicate of lenders and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent, providing for an initial $365.0 million term loan (the “Second Lien Term Loan Facility”), which amounts in each case may be increased or decreased subject to certain conditions. In addition, the Credit Agreements provide for the ability of the borrowers to incur pari passu secured, junior secured or unsecured incremental facilities, up to certain caps based on leverage ratios, consolidated EBITDA levels and prepayment amounts at such time.

On November 22, 2019, we entered into an amendment (the “First Amendment”) to the Original First Lien Credit Agreement to provide for a first lien incremental term loan facility in the amount of $70.0 million in connection with the acquisition of Schoology, Inc. (the “Incremental First Lien Term Loan Facility” and together with the Original First Lien Term Loan Facility, the “First Lien Term Loan Facility”).

On November 25, 2020, we entered into an amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to the Original First Lien Credit Agreement to increase commitments under the Revolving Credit Agreement by $60.0 million to a total of $180.0 million.

On March 30, 2021, we entered into an amendment (the “Third Amendment” and, together with the Original First Lien Credit Agreement, the First Amendment and the Second Amendment, the “First Lien Credit Agreement”) to the Original First Lien Credit Agreement to increase the commitments under the Revolving Credit Agreement by $109.0 million to a total of $289.0 million.

With respect to the Revolving Credit Agreement, the borrowers are subject to a springing maximum Total First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined therein) covenant of 7.75 to 1.00, which is tested quarterly if the aggregate amount of revolving loans, swingline loans and undrawn letter of credit obligations outstanding under the Revolving Credit Agreement (net of cash collateralized letters of credit and up to $15.0 million of non-collateralized or undrawn letters of credit) exceeds 35% of the total commitments thereunder. As of December 31, 2020, the outstanding balance on the Revolving Credit Agreement was $40.0 million. Between January 1, 2021, and April 6, 2021, an additional $45.0 million was drawn from the Revolving Credit Agreement, for a total outstanding balance of $85.0 million as of April 6, 2021.

Interest Rates and Fees

The interest rates applicable to borrowings under the Credit Agreements are, at the borrowers’ option, either (i) a base rate, which is equal to the highest of (a) the “Prime Rate”, (b) the “Federal Funds Rate” plus 0.50% and (c) the “Eurocurrency Rate” (each term as defined in the Credit Agreements) for a one month interest period plus 1%, or (ii) the Eurocurrency Rate, which is equal to LIBOR for the applicable interest period, plus, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the “Applicable Margin.” The Eurocurrency Rate applied to the Revolving Credit Agreement, the Original First Lien Term Loan Facility and the Second Lien Term Loan Facility cannot be less than zero. The Eurocurrency Rate applied to the Incremental First Lien Term Loan Facility cannot be less than 1.00% per annum. The Credit Agreements also include agreements by the parties in determining,

 

187


Table of Contents

if applicable, a replacement of the Eurocurrency Rate with an alternative benchmark rate giving consideration to any evolving or then existing conventions for similar U.S. dollar denominated syndicated credit facilities.

The “Applicable Margin” under the First Lien Credit Agreement (i) for base rate revolving loans ranges from 1.75% to 2.25% per annum, (ii) for Eurocurrency Rate revolving loans ranges from 2.75% to 3.25% per annum, (iii) for base rate term loans ranges from 2.00% to 2.25% per annum and (iv) for Eurocurrency Rate term loans ranges from 3.00% to 3.25% per annum, in each case, based on the Total First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement). A commitment fee during the term of the Revolving Credit Agreement ranging from 0.25% to 0.50% per annum, based on the Total First Lien Net Leverage Ratio also applies to unused but available revolving commitment amounts. The “Applicable Margin” for the Incremental First Lien Term Loan Facility is (i) 3.50% per annum for base rate loans and (ii) 4.50% per annum for Eurocurrency Rate loans. The “Applicable Margin” under the Second Lien Term Loan Facility is (i) 5.75% per annum for base rate loans and (ii) 6.75% per annum for Eurocurrency Rate loans.

Voluntary Prepayments

Any borrowing under the Credit Agreements may currently be repaid, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time without premium or penalty other than customary breakage costs. Term loan amounts that are repaid may not be reborrowed, but any amounts repaid under the Revolving Credit Agreement may be reborrowed.

The Credit Agreements are also subject to customary mandatory prepayments using the net proceeds received or retained, as applicable, from certain asset sales and dispositions, casualty events, certain equity and debt issuances (in each case subject to certain reinvestment rights of the borrowers) and, under the First Lien Credit Agreement only, 50% of year-end excess cash, subject to step-downs to 25% and 0% of excess cash flow at certain leverage-based thresholds.

Final Maturity and Amortization

Under the First Lien Credit Agreement, the Revolving Credit Agreement matures on July 31, 2023 but upon the consummation of the initial public offering will mature on May 2, 2025, and the First Lien Term Loan Facility will mature on July 31, 2025. The principal amount of the First Lien Term Loan Facility is payable in equal quarterly installments of 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding under the First Lien Term Loan Facility on the closing date of the First Amendment, with the balance due at maturity. Installment payments on the First Lien Term Loan Facility are due on the last date of each quarter.

The Second Lien Term Loan Facility under the Second Lien Credit Agreement will mature on July 31, 2026. The Second Lien Term Loan Facility does not amortize, and the principal amount of the Second Lien Term Loan Facility is payable at maturity in an amount equal to the aggregate outstanding amount on such date.

Guarantees, Covenants and Events of Default

Subject to certain customary exceptions and limitations, all obligations under the Credit Agreements are guaranteed by the borrowers and the borrowers’ restricted subsidiaries, and such obligations and the related guarantees of the First Lien Term Loan Facility and the Revolving Credit Facilities are secured by a perfected first priority security interest in substantially all tangible and intangible assets owned by the borrowers or by any guarantor and the same assets secure the obligations and the related guarantees of the Second Lien Term Loan Facility pursuant to a perfected second priority security interest.

 

188


Table of Contents

The Credit Agreements contain customary incurrence-based negative covenants, including limitations on indebtedness; limitations on liens; limitations on certain fundamental changes (including, without limitation, mergers, consolidations, liquidations and dissolutions); limitations on asset sales; limitations on dividends and other restricted payments; limitations on investments, loans and advances; limitations on guarantees and other contingent obligations; limitations on payments, repayments and modifications of subordinated indebtedness; limitations on transactions with affiliates; limitations on sale and leaseback transactions; limitations on changes in fiscal periods; limitations on agreements restricting liens and/or dividends; and limitations on changes in lines of business.

Part of our growth strategy is to acquire new businesses to complement our existing software and technology capabilities. The covenants in the Credit Agreements may restrict our ability to make acquisitions or enter into business combinations. In connection with permitted acquisitions, the company may generally incur indebtedness to finance the acquisition of any assets, business, product line or other entity (including by way of assuming indebtedness of an acquired entity) up to certain dollar caps as well as indebtedness to provide for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnout or similar obligations. The company may also incur additional indebtedness for general purposes, which may be used for acquisition-related activities, including, based on certain leverage levels, in uncapped amounts. We may generally make investments in similar, ancillary, complementary or related business, by way of acquisition, merger, loans or otherwise, so long as, in the case of acquisitions of or investments in other entities, such entities become restricted subsidiaries that would be subject to certain restrictions under the Credit Agreements, or, in the case of assets, such assets are granted as collateral to the lenders under the Credit Agreements.

We may also make certain investments in entities or assets that do not become restricted by or granted as collateral for the Credit Agreements in other circumstances, including, without limitation:

 

   

in similar businesses, services or other activities in amounts up to approximately $60.0 million in the aggregate at any one time;

 

   

in amounts up to approximately $75.0 million in the aggregate at any one time;

 

   

without restrictions as to amounts or collateral requirements, so long as the company meets certain leverage ratio levels and is not subject to any payment or bankruptcy event of default;

 

   

in respect of joint ventures, in amounts up to approximately $50.0 million in the aggregate at any one time.

The company may also license or contribute intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other entities, license or sublicense intellectual property granted in the ordinary course of business or which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the company’s business, or purchase contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business.

Events of default under the Credit Agreements include, among others, nonpayment of principal when due; nonpayment of interest, fees or other amounts; cross-defaults; covenant defaults; material inaccuracy of representations and warranties; certain bankruptcy and insolvency events; material unsatisfied or unstayed judgments; certain ERISA events; change of control; or actual or asserted invalidity of any guarantee or security document.

As of December 31, 2020 we were in compliance with the terms of the Credit Agreements.

 

189


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a description of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (our “certificate”) and our amended and restated bylaws (our “bylaws”), as each will be in effect at or prior to the consummation of this offering. The following description may not contain all of the information that is important to you. To understand the material terms of our Class A common stock, you should read our certificate and our bylaws, copies of which are or will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.

General

At or prior to the consummation of this offering, we will file our certificate, and we will adopt our by-laws. Our certificate will authorize capital stock consisting of:

 

   

shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share;

 

   

shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; and

 

   

shares of preferred stock, with a par value per share that may be established by our Board in the applicable certificate of designations.

We are selling                  shares of Class A common stock in this offering (                 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). All shares of our Class A common stock outstanding upon consummation of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. We are issuing                  shares of Class B common stock to Topco LLC simultaneously with this offering (                 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock). Upon completion of this offering, we expect to have                  shares of Class A common stock outstanding (                 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) and                  shares of Class B common stock outstanding (                 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

The following summary describes the material provisions of our capital stock and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our certificate and our bylaws and to the applicable provisions of the DGCL. We urge you to read our certificate and our bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Certain provisions of our certificate and our bylaws summarized below may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock.

Class A Common Stock

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. The holders of our Class A common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock will vote together with holders of our Class B common stock as a single class on all matters presented to our shareholders for their vote or approval, except for certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation described below or as otherwise required by applicable law or our certificate.

 

190


Table of Contents

Under the DGCL, holders of Class A common stock will be entitled to a separate class vote on amendments to our certificate of incorporation that (i) change the par value of the Class A common stock, or (ii) adversely affect the rights, power and preferences of the class A common stock.

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by our Board out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.

Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock.

Class B Common Stock

Holders of shares of our Class B common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. The holders of our Class B common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters presented to our shareholders for their vote or approval, except for certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation described below or as otherwise required by applicable law or our certificate.

Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends or to receive a distribution upon dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. Additionally, holders of shares of our Class B common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class B common stock. Any amendment of our certificate of incorporation that gives holders of our Class B common stock (1) any rights to receive dividends or any other kind of distribution, (2) any right to convert into or be exchanged for Class A common stock or (3) any other economic rights will require, in addition to shareholder approval, the affirmative vote of holders of our Class A common stock voting separately as a class.

Upon the consummation of this offering, Topco LLC will own 100% of our outstanding Class B common stock.

Preferred Stock

Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

Under the terms of our certificate, our Board is authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without shareholder approval. Our Board has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

 

191


Table of Contents

The purpose of authorizing our Board to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a shareholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the holders of our Class A common stock by restricting dividends on the Class A common stock, diluting the voting power of the Class A common stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of the Class A common stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our Class A common stock.

LLC Units of Severin Holdings, LLC

The LLC Operating Agreement recapitalizes the interests currently held by the existing owner of Holdings LLC, Topco LLC, into a new single class of common membership units, which we refer to as the “LLC Units,” a portion of which (the Participation Units) will have a participation threshold. The LLC Operating Agreement will also reflect a split of LLC Units such that one LLC Unit can be acquired with the net proceeds received in the initial offering from the sale of one share of our Class A common stock. Each LLC Unit will entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the net profit and net losses and distributions of Holdings LLC. Holders of LLC Units will have no voting rights, except as expressly provided in the LLC Operating Agreement.

The LLC Operating Agreement provides that Topco LLC (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may, pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement, exchange its LLC Units (other than Participation Units) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, or, at our election, for cash, from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). Topco LLC will also be required to deliver to us an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock to effectuate an exchange of LLC Units other than Participation Units. Participation Units may be exchanged for a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the then current value of a share of Class A common stock less the applicable participation threshold multiplied by the number of Participation Units being exchanged, divided by the then current value of Class A common stock. As a holder surrenders or exchanges its LLC Units, our interest in Holdings LLC will be correspondingly increased.

See “Organizational Structure—Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Topco LLC”

Forum Selection

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for any state court action for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our shareholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. or any director or officer thereof arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or (4) any other action asserting a claim against PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. or any director or officer thereof that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the forum selection provision that identifies the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation, including any “derivative action”, will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our certificate

 

192


Table of Contents

of incorporation will also provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our certificate described above. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Our certificate, bylaws and the DGCL contain provisions, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our Board. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our Board to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of Class A common stock held by shareholders.

These provisions include:

Classified Board.    Our certificate will provide that our Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our Board will be elected each year. The classification of the directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for shareholders to change the composition of our Board. Our certificate will also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our Board. Upon completion of this offering, we expect that our Board will have                  members.

Shareholder Action by Written Consent.    Our certificate will preclude shareholder action by written consent at any time when Topco LLC, Vista and Onex control, in the aggregate, less than 35% in voting power of our outstanding common stock.

Special Meetings of Shareholders.    Our certificate and bylaws will provide that, except as required by law, special meetings of our shareholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of our Board or the chairman of our Board; provided, however, at any time when Topco LLC, Vista and Onex control, in the aggregate, at least 35% in voting power of our outstanding common stock, special meetings of our shareholders shall also be called by our Board or the chairman of our Board at the request of Topco LLC. Our bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of us.

Advance Notice Procedures.    Our bylaws will establish advance notice procedures for shareholder proposals and nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our Board or a committee of our Board, and provided, however, that at any time when Topco LLC, Vista and Onex control, in the aggregate, at least 10% of the voting power of our outstanding common stock, such advance notice procedure will not apply to Topco LLC, Vista and Onex. Shareholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our Board or

 

193


Table of Contents

by a shareholder who was a shareholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the shareholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the bylaws will not give our Board the power to approve or disapprove shareholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us. These provisions do not apply to nominations by our Principal Stockholders pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement” for more details with respect to the Stockholders Agreement.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies.    Our certificate will provide that a director nominated by our Principal Stockholders may be removed with or without cause by our Principal Stockholders; provided, however, that at any time when Topco LLC, Vista and Onex control less than 40% in voting power of our outstanding common stock, all directors, including those nominated by our Principal Stockholders, may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. In addition, our certificate will also provide that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding, any newly created directorship on our Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on our Board will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the shareholders).

Supermajority Approval Requirements.    Our certificate and bylaws will provide that our Board is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a shareholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware and our certificate. For as long as Topco LLC, Vista and Onex control, in the aggregate, at least 50% in voting power of our outstanding common stock, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our shareholders will require the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote on such amendment, alteration, change, addition, rescission or repeal. At any time when Topco LLC, Vista and Onex control, in the aggregate, less than 50% in voting power of our outstanding common stock, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our shareholders will require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate requires a greater percentage.

Our certificate will provide that the following provisions in our certificate may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% (as opposed to a majority threshold) in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

 

   

the provision requiring a 66 2/3% supermajority vote for shareholders to amend our bylaws;

 

   

the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the election and term of our directors);

 

   

the provisions regarding resignation and removal of directors;

 

   

the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested shareholders;

 

194


Table of Contents
   

the provisions regarding shareholder action by written consent;

 

   

the provisions regarding calling special meetings of shareholders;

 

   

the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our Board and newly created directorships;

 

   

the provision establishing the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation;

 

   

the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director; and

 

   

the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 66 2/3% supermajority vote.

The combination of the classification of our Board, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing shareholders to replace our Board as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our Board. Because our Board has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing shareholders or another party to effect a change in management.

Authorized but Unissued Shares.    Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without shareholder approval, subject to stock exchange rules. These additional shares of capital stock may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. One of the effects of the existence of authorized but unissued common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our Board to issue shares of capital stock to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our shareholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Business Combinations.    Upon completion of this offering, we will not be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested shareholder” for a three-year period following the time that the person becomes an interested shareholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested shareholder. An “interested shareholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested shareholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.

Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested shareholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions: (1) before the shareholder became an interested shareholder, our Board approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder; (2) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances; or (3) at or after the time the shareholder became an interested shareholder, the business combination was approved by our Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested shareholder.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a shareholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares.

 

195


Table of Contents

We will opt out of Section 203; however, our certificate will contain similar provisions providing that we may not engage in certain “business combinations” with any “interested shareholder” for a three-year period following the time that the shareholder became an interested shareholder, unless:

 

   

prior to such time, our Board approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding certain shares; or

 

   

at or subsequent to that time, the business combination is approved by our Board and by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of our outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested shareholder.

Under certain circumstances, this provision will make it more difficult for a person who would be an “interested shareholder” to effect various business combinations with us for a three-year period. This provision may encourage companies interested in acquiring us to negotiate in advance with our Board because the shareholder approval requirement would be avoided if our Board approves either the business combination or the transaction which results in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our Board and may make it more difficult to accomplish transactions which shareholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Our certificate will provide that our Principal Stockholders, and any of their direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such persons are a party, do not constitute “interested shareholders” for purposes of this provision.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our certificate will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions will be to eliminate the rights of us and our shareholders, through shareholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation will not apply to any director if the director has acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director.

Our bylaws will provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also will be expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance will be useful to attract and retain qualified directors and officers.

The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions that will be included in our certificate and bylaws may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breaches of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to

 

196


Table of Contents

the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Corporate Opportunity Doctrine

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or shareholders. Our certificate will, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounce any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to certain of our officers, directors or shareholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, shareholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our certificate will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, none of our Principal Stockholders or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his or her director and officer capacities) or its, his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from (1) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (2) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that Principal Stockholders or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself, himself or herself or its, his or her affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our certificate will not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our certificate, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity and the opportunity would be in line with our business.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our shareholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. Pursuant to the DGCL, shareholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares of capital stock as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Shareholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares of capital stock at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock will be                 . Its address is                 .

 

197


Table of Contents

Listing

We intend to apply to have our Class A common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “PWSC.”

 

198


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market (including shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of LLC Units), or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sales, will have on the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock from time to time. The number of shares available for future sale in the public market is subject to legal and contractual restrictions, some of which are described below. The expiration of these restrictions will permit sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock in the public market, or could create the perception that these sales may occur, which could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise funds through future offerings of Class A common stock or other equity or equity-linked securities.

Sale of Restricted Shares

Upon completion of this offering, we will have                  shares of Class A common stock outstanding (                 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). Of these shares of Class A common stock, the                  shares of Class A common stock being sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), except for any such shares which may be held or acquired by an “affiliate” of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below, other than the holding period requirement. The remaining                  shares of Class A common stock (or                 shares of Class A common stock, including shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of the LLC Units, as described below) will be “restricted securities,” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144, and may be resold only after registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including, among others, the exemptions provided by Rule 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. These remaining shares of Class A common stock will be available for sale in the public market after the expiration of market stand-off agreements with us and the lock-up agreements described in “Underwriting

(Conflicts of Interest),” taking into account the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

In addition, pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, Topco LLC may from time to time after the consummation of this offering, exchange its LLC Units (other than Participation Units) for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, or, at our election, for cash from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). Topco LLC will also be required to deliver to us a number of shares of Class B common stock equivalent to the number of shares of Class A common stock being exchanged to effectuate an exchange of LLC Units other than Participation Units. Any shares of Class B common stock so delivered will be cancelled. Participation Units may be exchanged for a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the then current value of a share of Class A common stock less the applicable participation threshold multiplied by the number of Participation Units being exchanged, divided by the then current value of Class A common stock. Upon consummation of this offering, Topco LLC will hold                  LLC Units, all of which will be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock or, at our election, for cash from a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale (based on the price of our Class A common stock in such public offering or private sale). The shares of Class A common stock we issue upon such exchanges would be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 unless we register such issuances. However, we intend to enter into a registration rights

 

199


Table of Contents

agreement with Topco LLC that will require us to register these shares of Class A common stock, subject to certain conditions. See “—Registration Rights” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Under the terms of the LLC Operating Agreement, except pursuant to a valid exchange under the terms of the Exchange Agreement, all of the LLC Units received by Topco LLC in the Organizational Transactions will be subject to restrictions on disposition.

Rule 144

Persons who became the beneficial owner of shares of our Class A common stock prior to the completion of this offering may not sell their shares until the earlier of (1) the expiration of a six-month holding period, if we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and have filed all required reports for at least 90 days prior to the date of the sale, or (2) a one-year holding period.

At the expiration of the six-month holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our Class A common stock provided current public information about us is available, and a person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of shares of Class A common stock that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after this offering, based on the number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding after completion of this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

At the expiration of the one-year holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our Class A common stock without restriction. A person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would remain subject to the volume restrictions described above.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. The sale of these shares, or the perception that sales will be made, could adversely affect the price of our Class A common stock after this offering.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquired shares of capital stock from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other compensatory written agreement before the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part are, subject to applicable lock-up restrictions, eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. If such person is not an affiliate and was not our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months, the sale may be made subject only to the manner-of-sale restrictions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with holding period requirements under Rule 144, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions described above.

 

200


Table of Contents

Stock Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our Class A common stock issued or reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan. The first such registration statement is expected to be filed soon after the date of this prospectus and will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. Accordingly, shares of Class A common stock registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, each of our officers and directors and other shareholders and optionholders owning substantially all of our Class A common stock and options or other securities to acquire Class A common stock have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, subject to limited exceptions, directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any of the shares of Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of common stock, including LLC Units, during the period from the date of the first public filing of the registration statement on Form S-1 filed in connection with this offering continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The lock-up restrictions and specified exceptions are described in more detail under “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).” The representatives named above may, in their sole discretion, release all or any portion of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements. See “Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest).”

Prior to the consummation of the offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and/or directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.

Following the lock-up periods set forth in the agreements described above, and assuming that the representatives of the underwriters do not release any parties from these agreements, all of the shares of our Class A common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Registration Rights Agreement

We intend to enter into a Registration Rights Agreement with Topco LLC, Vista and Onex in connection with this offering. The Registration Rights Agreement will provide Topco LLC, Vista and Onex certain registration rights whereby, following our initial public offering and the expiration of any related lock-up period, Topco LLC, Vista and Onex can require us to register under the Securities Act shares of Class A common stock (including shares issuable to Topco LLC upon exchange of its LLC Units). The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide for piggyback registration rights for Topco LLC, Vista and Onex. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

201


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX

CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax consequences. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”), judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the IRS in each case as in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder of our Class A common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to those discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our Class A common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare tax on net investment income or the alternative minimum tax, or the consequences to persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our Class A common stock being taken into account in an applicable financial statement. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the U.S.;

 

   

persons holding our Class A common stock as part of a straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

   

banks, insurance companies and other financial institutions;

 

   

real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

 

   

brokers, dealers or certain electing traders in securities that mark their securities positions to market for tax purposes;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

   

tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

   

persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

“qualified foreign pension funds” (within the meaning of Section 897(I)(2) of the Code and entities, all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds); and

 

   

tax-qualified retirement plans.

If any partnership or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our Class A common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

 

202


Table of Contents

INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is neither a “United States person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A United States person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.;

 

   

a corporation, or an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the U.S. any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our Class A common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will first constitute non-taxable returns of capital and be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A common stock, but not below zero, and thereafter will be treated as capital gains. Any excess amounts will be treated as capital gains, as described below under “Sale or Other Taxable Disposition.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, backup withholding, and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our Class A common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided that the Non-U.S. Holder will be required to furnish to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate in order to qualify for a reduced rate of withholding at a rate of 30% with respect to such dividend). A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

If dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the U.S. to which such dividends are

 

203


Table of Contents

attributable), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption for effectively connected dividends, the Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the U.S.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net-income basis at the regular graduated rates applicable to a United States person. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include such effectively connected dividends. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Holder maintains a permanent establishment in the U.S. to which such gain is attributable);

 

   

the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

 

   

our Class A common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest (a “USRPI”), by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation (a “USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates applicable to a United States person, although such gain will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above, provided that such person complies with applicable certification requirements. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include such effectively connected gain.

A Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain derived from the disposition, which may generally be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the U.S.), provided the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we currently are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends, however, on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our non-U.S. real property interests and our other business assets, there can be no assurance we currently are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder of our Class A common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if our Class A common stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market,” as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, during the calendar year in which the disposition occurs, and such Non-U.S. Holder has owned, actually and constructively, five percent

 

204


Table of Contents

or less of our Class A common stock throughout the shorter of (1) the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other taxable disposition and (2) the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period. If we were to become a USRPHC and our Class A common stock were not considered to be “regularly traded on an established securities market” during the calendar year in which the relevant disposition by a Non-U.S. Holder occurred, such Non-U.S. Holder (regardless of the percentage of stock owned) would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock and a 15% withholding tax would apply to the gross proceeds from such disposition.

Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends on our Class A common stock generally will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person and the Non-U.S. Holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our Class A common stock paid to the Non-U.S. Holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock within the U.S. or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption. If a Non-U.S. Holder does not provide the certification described above or the applicable withholding agent has actual knowledge or reason to know that such Non-U.S. Holder is a United States person, payments of dividends or of proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock generally will be subject to backup withholding at a rate currently equal to 24% of the gross proceeds of such dividend, sale, or taxable disposition. Proceeds of a disposition of our Class A common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of an applicable treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be claimed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and the Treasury regulations and administrative guidance promulgated thereunder (commonly referred to as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act” or “FATCA”) generally impose withholding at a rate of 30% in certain circumstances on dividends in respect of securities which are held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless any such institution (i) enters into, and complies with, an agreement with the IRS to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to interests in, and accounts maintained by, the institution that are owned by certain U.S. persons and by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons and to withhold on certain payments, or (ii) if required under an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, reports

 

205


Table of Contents

such information to its local tax authority, which will exchange such information with the U.S. authorities. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Accordingly, the entity through which shares of our Class A common stock are held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of our Class A common stock held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity that does not qualify under certain exceptions will generally be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies to the applicable withholding agent that such entity does not have any “substantial United States owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners”, which will in turn be provided to the U.S. Department of Treasury. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our Class A common stock.

 

206


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. (for purposes of this Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest) section, the “company”), Holdings LLC and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of Class A common stock being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares of Class A common stock indicated in the following table. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of
Shares
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

                   

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

BofA Securities, Inc.

  

Jefferies LLC

  

Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

Piper Sandler & Co.

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A common stock being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares of Class A common stock covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                  shares of Class A common stock from the company to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of Class A common stock than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares of Class A common stock are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the company. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                  additional shares of Class A common stock.

Paid by the Company

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                        $                    

Total

   $        $    

Shares of Class A common stock sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $                 per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

 

207


Table of Contents

The company and its officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of the company’s common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any shares of Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to          shares of our Class A common stock, or     % of the shares of Class A common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus, for sale at the initial public offering price per share through a directed share program, to certain individuals associated with Vista and Onex. If purchased by these persons, these shares will not be subject to a lock-up restriction. The number of shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced by the number of reserved shares sold to these individuals. Any reserved shares not purchased by these individuals will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered pursuant to this prospectus. The directed share program will be arranged through             .

In the case of the Company, the restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to certain transactions including:

 

   

the sale of shares of our Class A common stock to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement in this offering; and

 

   

transfers pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date of the underwriting agreement.

In the case of our officers, directors, and holders of all of the Company’s Class A common stock, the restrictions described in the paragraph above do not apply to certain transactions including:

 

   

subject to certain limitations, a bona fide gift or gifts;

 

   

subject to certain limitations, transfers to any trusts for the direct or indirect benefit of the transferor or the transferor’s immediate family;

 

   

transfers with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC;

 

   

subject to certain limitations, transfers by a corporation or partnership to any wholly owned subsidiary or affiliate of the transferee;

 

   

subject to certain limitations, by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

 

   

subject to certain limitations, transfers pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, purchase, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by our board of directors, made to all holders of Class A common stock involving a change of control, provided that, in the event that the tender offer, merger, purchase, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the shares owned by the lock-up party will remain subject to terms of the lock-up agreement;

 

   

subject to certain limitations, transfers pursuant to the exercise of an option to purchase shares in connection with the termination of such option; and

 

   

subject to certain limitations, transfers to the Company for (a) the payment of the exercise price upon the “cashless” or “net” exercise of an option to purchase shares or (b) for payment of tax withholdings (including estimated taxes) due as a result of the exercise of an option to purchase shares, in each case in connection with the termination of such option pursuant to its terms.

            , in its sole discretion, may release the Class A common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice, and

 

208


Table of Contents

such release could trigger the pro rata release of these restrictions with respect to certain other shareholders; provided, however, that if the release is granted for one of our officers or directors, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, agree that at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, will notify us of the impending release or waiver, and we are obligated to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service or other method permitted by applicable laws and regulation at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

An application has been made to list the Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PWSC”. In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the Class A common stock on the Class A common stock, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of Class A common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on    , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

 

209


Table of Contents

Conflicts of Interest

Certain of the underwriters and/or their affiliates are lenders under our First Lien Term Loan Facility, Second Lien Term Loan Facility and/or Bridge Loan facility and, as such, may receive a portion of the net proceeds from this offering that are used to repay the outstanding borrowings under the First Lien Term Loan Facility, Second Lien Term Loan Facility, Revolving Credit Agreement and Bridge Loan facility. As a result of the intended use of proceeds, such underwriters and/or their affiliates will receive in excess of 5% of the net proceeds from this offering. The receipt of at least 5% of the net proceeds of this offering by the underwriters (or their affiliates) would be considered a “conflict of interest” under FINRA Rule 5121. As such, this offering is being conducted in compliance with FINRA Rule 5121, which requires prominent disclosure of the nature of the conflict of interest in the prospectus for the public offering. See “Use of Proceeds.”

European Economic Area and United Kingdom

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (each a “Relevant State”), no common shares (the “Shares”) have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the Shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of Shares may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

  (a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  (b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of Shares shall require the company or any Representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any Shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

United Kingdom

Each Underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended, the “FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the company or the selling stockholders; and

 

  (b)

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

210


Table of Contents

Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance”) or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (“Securities and Futures Ordinance”), or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

 

211


Table of Contents

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (“Regulation 32”).

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

The Company estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $                .

The Company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

IN THE ORDINARY COURSE OF THEIR VARIOUS BUSINESS ACTIVITIES, THE UNDERWRITERS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES, OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND EMPLOYEES MAY PURCHASE, SELL OR HOLD A BROAD ARRAY OF INVESTMENTS AND

 

212


Table of Contents

ACTIVELY TRADE SECURITIES, DERIVATIVES, LOANS, COMMODITIES, CURRENCIES, CREDIT DEFAULT SWAPS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS FOR THEIR OWN ACCOUNT AND FOR THE ACCOUNTS OF THEIR CUSTOMERS, AND SUCH INVESTMENT AND TRADING ACTIVITIES MAY INVOLVE OR RELATE TO ASSETS, SECURITIES AND/OR INSTRUMENTS OF THE ISSUER (DIRECTLY, AS COLLATERAL SECURING OTHER OBLIGATIONS OR OTHERWISE) AND/OR PERSONS AND ENTITIES WITH RELATIONSHIPS WITH THE COMPANY. THE UNDERWRITERS AND THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES MAY ALSO COMMUNICATE INDEPENDENT INVESTMENT RECOMMENDATIONS, MARKET COLOR OR TRADING IDEAS AND/OR PUBLISH OR EXPRESS INDEPENDENT RESEARCH VIEWS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ASSETS, SECURITIES OR INSTRUMENTS AND MAY AT ANY TIME HOLD, OR RECOMMEND TO CLIENTS THAT THEY SHOULD ACQUIRE, LONG AND/OR SHORT POSITIONS IN SUCH ASSETS, SECURITIES AND INSTRUMENTS.

 

213


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the issuance of our Class A common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, Chicago, Illinois. Certain partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP are members of a limited partnership that is an investor in one or more investment funds affiliated with Vista. Kirkland & Ellis LLP represents entities affiliated with Vista in connection with legal matters. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP (“Fried Frank”), New York, New York. Fried Frank provides legal services to us from time to time.

EXPERTS

The financial statements included in this Prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing herein. Such financial statements are included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

214


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act to register our Class A common stock being offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, which forms part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement and the attached exhibits. You will find additional information about us and our Class A common stock in the registration statement. References in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contracts, agreements or documents.

The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about companies like us, who file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is http://www.sec.gov. This reference to the SEC’s website is an inactive textual reference only and is not a hyperlink.

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement, we will be subject to the reporting, proxy and information requirements of the Exchange Act, and will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available on the website of the SEC referred to above, as well as on our website, https://www.powerschool.com. This reference to our website is an inactive textual reference only and is not a hyperlink. The contents of, or other information accessible through, our website are not part of this prospectus, and you should not consider the contents of our website in making an investment decision with respect to our Class A common stock. We will furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements and quarterly reports containing unaudited interim financial statements for each of the first three quarters of each year.

 

215


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Balance sheet as of December 31, 2020

   F-3

Notes to financial statement

   F-4

Severin Holdings, LLC

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-5

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2020

   F-6

Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

   F-7

Consolidated statements of members’ equity for the years ended December  31, 2019 and 2020

   F-8

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December  31, 2019 and 2020

   F-9

Notes to consolidated financial statements

   F-11

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statement

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2020 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statement”). In our opinion, the financial statement presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

This financial statement is the responsibility of management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statement based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statement, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Sacramento, California

March 17, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.

Balance Sheet

December 31, 2020

 

ASSETS

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $           10  
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $           10  
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

  

Total liabilities

   $           —  

Stockholder’s equity:

  

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 1,000 authorized, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding

     10  

Additional paid-in capital

      
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $           10  
  

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statement.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) Description of the Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Background and Nature of Operations

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on November 30, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of completing a public offering and related transactions (the “Transactions”) in order to carry on the business of Severin Holdings, LLC (“Holdings LLC”), which is an entity that provides a cloud platform with an integrated, enterprise-scale suite of solutions purpose-built for K-12 market.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statement is presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Separate statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in stockholder’s equity, and cash flows have not been presented because there have been no activities in this entity for the period from its formation through December 31, 2020.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results may differ materially from our estimates.

Subsequent Events

We evaluated subsequent events through March 17, 2021 which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

(2) Stockholder’s Equity

As of December 31, 2020, the Company was authorized to issue 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and had issued 1,000 shares of common stock to Severin Topco, LLC.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of Severin Holdings, LLC:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Severin Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, members’ equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the results of its operations and comprehensive loss, and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Sacramento, California

March 17, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC

dba PowerSchool Group

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019 and 2020

(In thousands)

 

 

 

     2019     2020  

Assets

    

Current Assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 38,991     $ 52,734  

Accounts receivable—net of allowance of $6,901 and $7,869, respectively

     54,634       47,977  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     19,026       22,799  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     112,651       123,510  

Property and Equipment—Net

     21,704       17,069  

Capitalized Product Development Costs—Net

     39,785       58,894  

Goodwill

     2,161,500       2,213,367  

Intangible Assets—Net

     815,622       763,459  

Other Assets

     18,441       24,401  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,169,703     $ 3,200,700  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Equity

    

Current Liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 11,775     $ 11,145  

Accrued expenses

     51,999       53,698  

Deferred revenue, current

     193,838       229,622  

Revolving credit facility

           40,000  

Current portion of long-term debt

     8,275       8,450  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     265,887       342,915  

Noncurrent Liabilities:

    

Other liabilities

     5,579       7,535  

Deferred taxes

     10,183       6,483  

Deferred revenue—net of current

     4,827       5,568  

Long-term debt-net

     1,163,662       1,160,326  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,450,138       1,522,827  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 12)

    

Members’ Equity:

    

Members’ investment

     1,851,127       1,855,730  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     88       441  

Accumulated deficit

     (131,650     (178,298
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’ equity

     1,719,565       1,677,873  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,169,703     $ 3,200,700  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC

dba PowerSchool Group

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 and 2020

(In thousands)

 

 

 

     2019     2020  

Revenue:

    

Subscriptions and support

   $ 308,161     $ 370,853  

Service

     45,559       49,471  

License and other

     11,271       14,564  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     364,991       434,888  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

    

Subscriptions and support

     98,467       108,158  

Service

     38,647       41,324  

License and other

     1,051       1,320  

Depreciation and amortization

     31,821       41,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     169,986       191,802  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     195,005       243,086  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     61,160       70,673  

Selling, general, and administrative

     86,916       92,711  

Acquisition costs

     2,519       2,495  

Depreciation and amortization

     52,319       54,744  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     202,914       220,623  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     (7,909     22,463  

Interest expense

     85,264       68,714  

Other expense—Net

     208       358  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (93,381     (46,609

Income tax (benefit)

     (2,652     39  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (90,729     (46,648
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)—Foreign currency translation

     (22     353  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     (22     353  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (90,751   $ (46,295
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC

dba PowerSchool Group

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF MEMBERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 and 2020

(In thousands)

 

 

 

     Members’
Investment
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Members’
Equity
 

Balance—January 1, 2019

   $ 1,752,319     $ 110     $ (48,185   $ 1,704,244  

Members’ investment

     92,976                   92,976  

Management incentive unit based compensation

     5,832                   5,832  

Foreign currency translation

           (22           (22

Cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption of ASC 606 (Note 2)

                 7,264       7,264  

Net loss

                 (90,729     (90,729
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2019

   $ 1,851,127     $ 88     $ (131,650   $ 1,719,565  

Repurchase of management incentive units

     (989                 (989

Management incentive unit based compensation

     5,592                   5,592  

Foreign currency translation

           353             353  

Net loss

                 (46,648     (46,648
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2020

   $ 1,855,730     $ 441     $ (178,298   $ 1,677,873  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC

dba PowerSchool Group

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 and 2020

(In thousands)

 

 

 

     2019     2020  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (90,729   $ (46,648

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation of property and equipment

     7,809       7,344  

Amortization of intangible assets

     73,138       78,663  

Amortization of capitalized product development costs

     3,193       9,737  

Loss on disposal/retirement of property and equipment

     98       500  

Provision for allowance for doubtful accounts

     449       170  

Management incentive unit-based compensation

     5,832       5,592  

Amortization of debt issuance costs and discount

     5,181       5,500  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities—net of effects of acquisitions:

    

Accounts receivables

     24,620       11,566  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (2,803     (2,387

Other assets

     (7,897     (6,351

Accounts payable

     3,523       (2,130

Accrued expenses

     15,914       (996

Other liabilities

     (460     (273

Deferred taxes

     (5,314     (1,925

Deferred revenue

     21,767       31,127  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     54,321       89,489  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (4,469     (2,806

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     4,515       69  

Investment in capitalized product development costs

     (30,473     (28,822

Acquisitions—net of cash acquired

     (170,407     (75,753
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (200,834     (107,312
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Repayment of first lien debt

     (7,750     (7,750

Proceeds from Incremental Facility

     68,600        

Proceeds from Revolving Credit Agreement

     50,000       101,000  

Repayment of Revolving Credit Agreement

     (50,000     (61,000

Repayment of first lien add-on debt

           (525

Payment on financing liability

     (69     (34

Payment of debt issuance costs

     (542      

Payments for repurchase of MIU shares

           (989

Proceeds from members’ investment

     92,976        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     153,215       30,702  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-9


Table of Contents
     2019      2020  

Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash

   $ 854      $ 876  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

     7,556        13,755  

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash—Beginning of year

     31,935        39,491  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash—End of year

   $ 39,491      $ 53,246  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow Information:

     

Interest paid

   $ 81,754      $ 72,102  

Cash paid for income taxes

     1,519        3,956  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities:

     

Purchase of capital lease

            245  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment additions in accounts payable

   $ 388      $ 441  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capitalized interest related to investment in capitalized product development costs

   $ 784      $ 545  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 38,991      $ 52,734  

Restricted cash, included in other current assets

     500        512  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

   $ 39,491      $ 53,246  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC

dba PowerSchool Group

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2020, AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2020

 

 

1. BUSINESS

Severin Holdings, LLC (“PowerSchool,” “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company”) provides a comprehensive suite of solutions that includes the core system of record used by districts and schools. The Company’s platform is embedded in school workflows and is used by educators, students, administrators, and parents.

PowerSchool’s cloud platform is an integrated, enterprise-scale suite of solutions purpose-built for the K-12 market. Its cloud-based technology platform helps schools and districts efficiently manage state reporting and related compliance, special education, finance, human resources, talent, registration, attendance, funding, learning, instruction, grading, assessments and analytics in one unified platform. The Company’s integrated technology approach streamlines operations, aggregates disparate data sets, and develops insights using predictive modelling and machine learning.

The Company is headquartered in Folsom, California, and together with its wholly-owned subsidiaries has locations in the United States, Canada, and India.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and include all adjustments necessary to the fair presentation of the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for the periods presented.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

Use of estimates is required in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Management makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that it believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The estimates the Company evaluates includes those related to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, capitalized product development costs, goodwill and intangible asset valuation, management incentive unit-based compensation, and income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions including, but not limited to, the ultimate impact that COVID-19 may have on the Company’s operations.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act, until such time as those standards apply to private companies.

The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it (i) is no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards based on public company effective dates.

The Company will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the Company’s initial public offering, (b) in which its total annual gross revenue is at least $1.07 billion or (c) when the Company is deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of its common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the prior June 30th and (ii) the date on which it has issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-02, Leases, which requires an entity to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. The guidance offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, lessor, and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with the classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. The guidance is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2022 and requires a modified retrospective adoption, with early adoption permitted. Although the Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements, the Company expects that most of its operating lease commitments will be recognized as operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets upon adoption of the new guidance.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (ASU 2016-13). This update changes the accounting for recognizing impairments of financial assets, such that credit losses for certain types of financial instruments will be estimated based on expected losses. The update also modifies the impairment models for available-for-sale debt securities and for purchased financial assets with credit deterioration since their origination. ASU 2016-13 is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2023. Early adoption is permitted after for periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-13 on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40)—Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract (ASU 2018-15). ASC 2018-15 aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain

 

F-12


Table of Contents

internal-use software. This standard will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2021 and should be applied either retrospectively or prospectively. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2018-15 on its consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12—Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (ASU 2019-12). ASU 2019-12 simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to general principles in Topic 740 and clarifies and amends existing guidance for clarity and consistent application. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2022. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2019-12 on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04—Reference Rate Reform: Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting (ASU 2020-04) and subsequently ASU No. 2021-01, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848) in January 2021. ASU 2020-04 provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying U.S. GAAP to contract modifications and hedging relationships, subject to meeting certain criteria, that reference London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or other reference rate expected to be discontinued, in 2022 or potentially 2023 (pending possible extension). The amendments in the ASU are effective for all entities as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022 and may be applied prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2020-04 on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (ASC 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (ASC 815-40). ASU 2020-06 simplifies the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity, including convertible instruments and contracts on an entity’s own equity. The ASU 2020-06 is part of the FASB’s simplification initiative, which aims to reduce unnecessary complexity in GAAP. This ASU’s amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2020-06 on its financial statements.

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (ASU 2017-04). ASU 2017-04 eliminates Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Step 2 measures a goodwill impairment loss by comparing the implied fair value of a reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. Under ASU 2017-04, an entity should perform its annual or interim goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount and should recognize an impairment loss for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, with the loss not exceeding the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. ASU 2017-04 will be effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2023. The Company early adopted this amendment using a prospective approach on January 1, 2020, which did not have any impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (ASU 2018-13) which amended its conceptual framework to improve the effectiveness of disclosures in notes to financial statements. ASU 2018-13 eliminates such disclosures around the amount of and reasons for transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The guidance also adds new disclosure requirements for Level 3 measurements. The Company adopted this amendment on January 1, 2020, which did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18—Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash (ASU 2016-18). ASU 2016-18 addresses the presentation of restricted cash in the statement of cash flows. The standard requires an entity to include restricted amounts with cash and cash equivalents in the statement of cash flows. An entity will no longer present transfers between cash and cash equivalents and restricted amounts on the statement of cash flows. The Company adopted ASU 2016-18 as of January 1, 2019, using the retrospective transition method to each period presented. As a result of the adoption, the statement of cash flows was revised to included restricted cash.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASC 606—Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606) that supersedes nearly all U.S. GAAP on revenue recognition and eliminates industry-specific guidance. As part of ASC 606, the FASB also revised accounting for incremental costs to obtain a contract under ASC 340-40. ASC 606 provides a unified model in determining when and how revenue is recognized with the core principle that revenue should be recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Since its issuance, the FASB has issued several amendments to ASC 606. The Company adopted ASC 606 on January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective method and was only applied to contracts not completed as of the transition date. In connection with the adoption of ASC 606, the Company recorded a transition adjustment to reduce accumulated deficit by $7.3 million as of January 1, 2019.

The primary impact of the adoption of ASC 606 was related to (i) the capitalization of sales commissions and (ii) decreasing deferred revenue to reflect the satisfaction of performance obligations over time of certain professional services arrangements. The following table summarizes the impacts of the adoption of ASC 606 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of January 1, 2019 (in thousands). The adoption of ASC 606 did not have any impact on the net cash provided by operating activities.

 

     Reported as of
December 31,
2018
     Adjustments      As adjusted
January 1,
2019
 

Assets:

        

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 14,437      $ 397      $ 14,834  

Other assets

     8,588        2,337        10,925  

Accounts receivable

     76,993        884        77,877  

Liabilities:

        

Deferred revenue

     161,642        (3,641      158,001  

Equity:

        

Accumulated deficit

     (48,185      7,260        (40,925

The following table summarizes the impacts of the adoption of ASC 606 on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands).

 

     As reported     Adjustments     Balances without
adoption of ASC 606
 

Assets:

      

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 19,026     $ (1,411   $ 17,615  

Other assets

     18,441       (7,609     10,832  

Accounts receivable

     54,634       (884     53,750  

Liabilities:

      

Deferred revenue

     198,665       1,056       199,721  

Equity:

      

Accumulated deficit

     (131,650     (10,960     (142,610

 

F-14


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the impacts of the adoption of ASC 606 on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2019 (in thousands).

 

     As reported     Adjustments     Balances without
adoption of ASC 606
 

Revenue:

      

Subscriptions and support

   $ 308,161     $ (237   $ 307,924  

Service

     45,559       (1,401     44,158  

License and other

     11,271       748       12,019  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     364,991       (890     364,101  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Selling, general and administrative expense

     138,952       6,274       145,226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   $ (7,909   $ (7,164   $ (15,073
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenue from the following sources: (i) software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) offerings in cloud and hosted environments; (ii) professional services including implementation, consulting, customization, training and data migration services; (iii) licenses to software; (iv) software maintenance; and (v) hardware sales.

Under ASC 606, revenue is recognized when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services by following a five-step process:

 

  1.

Identify the contract(s) with a customer

 

  2.

Identify the performance obligations in the contract

 

  3.

Determine the transaction price

 

  4.

Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract

 

  5.

Recognize revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies a performance obligation

The Company identifies enforceable contracts with a customer when the agreement is signed and has determined that contract terms are 12 months since customers are generally permitted to terminate after 12 months without incurring a penalty. The Company also evaluates whether any optional periods represent a material right. Some of the Company’s contracts with customers contain multiple performance obligations. For these contracts, the Company accounts for individual performance obligations separately if they are distinct. Transaction price includes both fixed and variable consideration. However, the Company only includes variable consideration in the transaction price to the extent that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the variable consideration is resolved. The transaction price is allocated to the separate performance obligations on a relative standalone selling price basis. The Company determines the standalone selling prices based on its overall pricing objectives, taking into consideration market conditions and other factors, including the value of its contracts, the products sold, customer demographics, geographic locations, and the number and types of users within the Company’s contracts. Revenue is recognized net of any taxes collected from customers, which are subsequently remitted to governmental entities (e.g., sales and other indirect taxes).

 

F-15


Table of Contents

The following describes the nature of the Company’s primary types of revenue and related revenue recognition policies:

SaaS

The Company offers SaaS-based solutions to customers that purchase remote access to its software and its functionality. For its SaaS offerings, the nature of its promise to the customer is to provide continuous access to its application platforms. Accordingly, the Company’s SaaS offerings are generally viewed as stand-ready performance obligations comprised of a series of distinct daily services. The Company typically satisfies its SaaS performance obligations over time as the services are provided. A time-elapsed output method is used to measure progress because its efforts are expended evenly throughout the period and customers benefit consistently throughout the contract term. As such, for fixed-fee contracts, revenue is recognized ratably over the contract period.

Professional Services

Professional services revenue is comprised of implementation, consulting, customization, training, and data migration services associated with the Company’s SaaS offerings and licensed software. These services are generally recognized over time, with service durations spanning from several weeks to several months, depending on the scope and complexity of the work. Payment terms for professional services may be based on a fixed fee or charged on a time and materials basis.

Professional services are typically considered distinct performance obligations. The Company’s professional services that are billed on a fixed fee basis are typically satisfied as services are rendered, and the Company generally uses efforts expended (labor hours) to measure progress toward completion as this is considered a faithful representation of the transfer of control of the services given the nature of the performance obligation. For professional services that are billed on a time and materials basis, the Company applies the ‘as-invoiced’ practical expedient. Accordingly, revenue is generally recognized based on the amount that the Company has a right to invoice, as this amount corresponds directly with the value to the customer of the Company’s performance completed to date.

Software License

The Company licenses software that is distinct and has significant stand-alone functionality (i.e., functional IP). Revenue attributable to such arrangements is typically recognized at the point in time when the customer is able to use and benefit from the software, which is generally upon delivery to the customer or upon the commencement of the renewal term.

Software Maintenance

Software maintenance is comprised of stand-ready services including technical support services and unspecified software updates and upgrades, which are provided on a when-and-if-available basis. Software maintenance revenue is generally based on fixed fees and payments are typically required annually in advance. Software maintenance are transferred evenly using a time-elapsed output method over the contract term given it is a stand-ready obligation and there is no discernible pattern of performance.

Hardware

The Company typically obtains hardware from third-party suppliers. As the Company controls the hardware prior to when it is transferred to the customer, the Company has determined that revenue from hardware should be recorded on a gross basis. Hardware revenues are generally recognized at a point in time when control is transferred to the customer.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Principal vs. Agent

Certain third-party products are integrated in the Company’s core SaaS offerings and software and are not sold separately. Other third-party products are available as add-ons for specific configurations and have separate pricing. In both circumstances, PowerSchool controls the third-party products prior to when they are provided to the customer. Accordingly, the Company acts as the principal for third party products.

Contract Costs

Contract and customer acquisition costs, consisting primarily of sales commissions, are incremental and recoverable costs of obtaining a contract. These costs are capitalized using the portfolio approach and are amortized over the expected period of benefit, which is the estimated life of the technology (determined to be approximately seven years) provided in the underlying contract. The amortization is determined on a systematic basis that is consistent with the transfer to the customer of the goods or services to which the asset relates. Deferred commissions that will amortize within the next 12-month period are classified as current and included in prepaid expenses and other current assets. The remaining balance is classified as noncurrent and are included in other assets. The Company also applies the practical expedient to expense certain costs as incurred when the amortization period is expected to be one year or less. The practical expedient typically applies to the Company’s professional services offerings.

Contract Balances

The timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. The Company records a receivable when it can contractually invoice a customer and payment will become due solely based on the passage of time, a contract asset when revenue is recognized prior to invoicing and payment is contingent upon transfer of control of another separate performance obligation, or deferred revenue (contract liability) when consideration is received from or amounts are billed to customers which precedes its performance to fully satisfy the associated performance obligation(s).

Deferred revenue primarily results from SaaS revenue that is billed in advance of when such services are provided by the Company. Deferred revenue that will be realized during the succeeding 12-month period is recorded as current, and the remaining deferred revenue is recorded as non-current. The Company does not expect to record material contract assets.

Payment terms and conditions vary by contract type, although terms generally include a requirement of payment within 30 days. In instances where the timing of revenue recognition differs from the timing of invoicing, the Company has determined that contracts generally do not include a significant financing component.

Fair Value Measurements

GAAP guidance for fair value measurements clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

The Company has established a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three levels. These levels are determined based on the lowest-level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Levels within the hierarchy are defined as follows:

Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;

Level 2—Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets (other than those included in Level 1) which are observable, either directly or indirectly; and

Level 3—Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

The Company does not have any assets or liabilities which are required to be recorded at fair value on a recurring basis using values determined by Level 2 or Level 3 inputs. The recorded amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets, accounts payable, and accrued expenses and other liabilities approximate the fair values principally because of their short-term nature. Short-term and long-term debt are reported at amortized costs in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The remaining financial instruments are reported in its consolidated balance sheets at amounts that approximate current fair values.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company’s cash, cash equivalents, and accounts receivable are potentially subject to concentration of credit risk. Cash and cash equivalents are deposited with financial institutions that management believes are creditworthy. As of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, substantially all the Company’s cash has been deposited in low-interest-bearing accounts.

The Company maintains cash balances in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limits at certain financial institutions. We have deposits only with financial institutions believed to have high-quality credit.

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable based on various factors, including the Company’s review of credit profiles of its customers, contractual terms and conditions, current economic trends, and historical payment experience. The Company had no customers who accounted for more than 10% of accounts receivable as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020. Since most of these receivables were satisfied in subsequent periods, the Company believes that this does not pose an undue concentration of credit risk on the Company.

The Company had no customers accounting for more than 10% of total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investment securities with remaining maturities at the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash

The Company is required to maintain cash balances that are restricted or pledged as security for corporate purchase card line of credit and as security for a facilities lease. The amounts are reported in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets based on timing of when the cash can be contractually released. Amounts are recorded in other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company had $0.5 million in restricted cash which is included in other current assets.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable primarily includes trade accounts receivable from the Company’s customers. Allowances for doubtful accounts are established based on various factors, including credit profiles of the Company’s customers, contractual terms and conditions, historical payments, and current economic trends. Accounts receivable are written off or credited on a case-by-case basis, net of any amounts that may be collected.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of software, equipment, and site improvements which is generally two to five years. Buildings are depreciated over a life of 20 years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the shorter of the estimated useful lives or the terms of their respective leases, generally one year to nine years. Land is not being amortized.

Significant improvements that substantially extend the useful lives of assets are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

Leases

An arrangement is or contains a lease if there are specified assets and the right to control the use of a specified asset is conveyed for a period in exchange for consideration. Upon lease inception, the Company classifies leases as either operating or capital leases. Leases are classified as capital leases when the terms of the lease transfers substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases. For leases that contain rent escalation or rent concession provisions, the Company records rent expense for the total rent payable during the lease term on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The Company records the difference between the rent paid and the straight line rent as a deferred rent liability in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying balance sheet for the current and noncurrent portions, respectively.

Operating leases are not recognized on the consolidated balance sheet. For capital leases, the Company recognizes capital lease assets and corresponding lease liabilities within the consolidated balance sheet at lease commencement. For income statement purposes, the Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis for operating leases. For capital leases, the Company recognizes interest expense associated with the capital lease liability and depreciation expense associated with the capital lease asset. For capital lease assets and leasehold improvements, the estimated useful lives are limited to the shorter of the useful life of the asset or the term of the lease.

Capitalized Product Development Costs

The Company’s software and website development costs are accounted for under the guidance for internal use software and website development costs. The costs in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, if: (1) the costs are direct and incremental and (2) management has determined that it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended, internal and external costs are capitalized until the application is substantially complete and ready for its intended

 

F-19


Table of Contents

use. The Company makes ongoing evaluations of the recoverability of its capitalized software projects by comparing the net amount capitalized for each product to the estimated net realizable value of the product. If such evaluations indicate that the unamortized software development costs exceed the net realizable value, the Company writes off the amount by which the unamortized software development costs exceed net realizable value. Capitalized software development costs are being amortized on a straight-line basis over five years to cost of revenue. Useful lives are reviewed periodically and adjusted if appropriate.

Capitalized Interest

Interest is capitalized on software products under development. Interest capitalization is based on rates applicable to borrowings outstanding during the period and the balance of qualified assets under development during the period. Capitalized interest is amortized over the useful lives of those assets and the amortization is reported as cost of revenue.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price in a business combination over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill is subject to periodic testing for impairment.

Goodwill is assessed at least annually, but also whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying values may not be recoverable. Factors that could trigger an impairment review, include (a) significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results; (b) significant changes in the manner of or use of the acquired assets or the strategy for the Company’s overall business, and (c) significant negative industry or economic trends.

The Company conducts an impairment assessment on December 31st of each year taking a qualitative and quantitative evaluation approach to determine if there are any adverse market factors or changes in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. If it is more likely than not that an impairment exists, the Company performs a quantitative test which compares the fair value to the net carrying value and records an impairment of goodwill to the extent that the net carrying value exceeds the fair value equal to the excess amount.

There was no goodwill impairment recorded by the Company during the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

Purchased intangible assets subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment in accordance with ASC 360. Intangible assets with estimable useful lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values using the straight-line method designed to match the amortization to the benefits received.

Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets which includes amortizable intangible and tangible assets in accordance with authoritative guidance on accounting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. Tangible assets and acquired intangible assets with definite useful lives are depreciated or amortized over their useful lives. The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. No long-lived asset impairment losses were recorded by the Company during the years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Debt Issuance Costs

The Company records debt issuance costs as a reduction to the carrying value of the related debt and such amounts are being amortized over the term of the related debt using the straight-line method of amortization, which approximates the effective interest method. The Company incurred debt issuance costs of $0.5 million in 2019 related to the Incremental Term Facility Amendment No. 1 (“Incremental Facility”). No additional debt issuance costs have been incurred in fiscal year 2020. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company had unamortized debt issuance costs of $26.5 million and $22.0 million, respectively. The Company amortized debt issuance costs of $4.4 million and $4.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Amortization of debt issuance costs are included in interest expense on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Debt Discount

The First Lien, Second Lien, and Incremental Facility were issued at discounts of $1.9 million, $3.7 million, and $1.4 million, respectively. The Company accounts for the discounts as an adjustment to the carrying amount and then amortizes the discounts over the terms using the effective interest method. The Company amortized debt discount of $0.8M and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The Company had unamortized debt discount of $5.9 million and $4.9 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2020.

Business Combinations

The 2019 and 2020 acquisitions discussed in Note 3 have been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss include the results of operations of the acquirees since the date of acquisition. The net assets of the acquisition were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date.

Unit-Based Compensation

Employees are granted unit-based awards by the Company’s parent entity as profit interests based on the estimated fair value of the awards at the date of grant. The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes pricing model for determining the estimated fair value of the unit-based awards on the date that the awards are granted. Given the absence of any active market for the shares underlying the awards, the fair value of the awards was determined with input from management and third-party valuations.

The Company recognizes expense over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis. Unit-based compensation expense is recognized within cost of revenue; research and development; and selling, general, and administrative expense on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss based on the function of the employees receiving awards.

Income Taxes

The Company is a limited liability company which is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. The Company is also treated as a partnership in the majority of the states in which it operates; however, certain state jurisdictions tax the operations as a limited liability company. The Company has purchased corporate entities which operate in the United States and are taxed at corporate tax rates. The Company also has operations in Canada through an entity that is treated as a corporation for Canadian income tax purposes. Under this partnership structure, federal and most state

 

F-21


Table of Contents

income tax liabilities and/or benefits of the Company are passed through to its owners. As such, the recognition of income tax expense (or benefit) represents income tax related to the Company’s US corporate entities, Canadian operations, foreign withholding taxes, and state corporate taxes that are imposed on the Company.

Cost of Revenue

The Company includes costs directly related to revenue as a component of cost of revenue. Personnel costs associated with cost of revenue consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses, payroll taxes and stock-based compensation expense.

Subscriptions and support

Subscription and support cost of revenue consists of costs directly related to subscription services, including personnel costs related to operating data centers and customer support operations, hosting and data center related costs, third-party software licenses and allocated facilities and overhead costs.

Service

Service cost of revenue consists of personnel costs related to the delivery of the Company’s service offerings, software, equipment, and information technology related expenses, third party contractor costs, as well as travel and allocated facilities and overhead costs.

License and other

License and other cost of revenue consists primarily of personnel costs associated with delivering licenses, direct hardware costs, and allocated facilities and overhead costs.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization cost of revenue includes allocated depreciation of its computer and software equipment related to the Company’s customer support operations, hosting and data center related costs and amortization of the Company’s capitalized product development costs and technology intangible assets.

Operating Expenses

The Company’s operating expenses consist of research and development, selling, general, and administrative expenses as well as acquisition costs. Personnel costs are the most significant component of operating expenses and consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses, sales incentives, payroll taxes and stock-based compensation expense, as well as the related overhead costs to support the Company’s staff. Other significant components of operating expenses include events and travel, professional fees, allocated facilities and overhead costs, general marketing and promotion costs, and bad debt expense.

Research and development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs and the related overhead costs to support our staff, software and hardware costs, third-party professional fees, and allocated facilities and overhead costs.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Selling, general, and administrative

Selling, general, and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs and the related overhead costs to support the Company’s staff across the corporate functions of sales, executive, finance, human resources, information technology, internal operations and legal, as well as sales commissions, third-party professional fees, bad debt expense, marketing and promotional activities, travel, and allocated costs for facilities and overhead costs.

Acquisition costs

Acquisition costs relate primarily to transaction expenses incurred in relation to the Company’s acquisitions.

Depreciation and amortization

Depreciation and amortization costs include allocated depreciation of the Company’s property and equipment and amortization of customer relationship and trademark intangible assets.

Advertising Expense

Advertising costs are expensed as they are incurred. The Company incurred advertising costs of approximately $0.5 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Advertising costs are included in sales, general, and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Foreign Currencies

The Company operates in Canada through its subsidiary, PowerSchool Canada ULC, and in India through its subsidiary, PowerSchool India Private Limited. The functional currency for the Canadian and Indian entities is the local currency. The assets and liabilities are translated into US dollars at exchange rates in effect at the consolidated balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at average exchange rates for the period. Foreign currency translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as a separate component of members’ equity.

Foreign currency exchange gains and losses are recorded in other expense, net. Foreign currency transaction losses were $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss consists of two components, net loss and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to certain changes that are recorded as an element of members’ equity but are excluded from net loss. The Company’s other comprehensive loss consists of foreign currency translation adjustments from those subsidiaries not using the US dollar as their functional currency. The Company has disclosed accumulated comprehensive income (loss) as a component of members’ equity.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which discrete financial information is available that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s Chief Executive

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Officer is the Company’s CODM. The CODM reviews financial information on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. As such, the Company has one operating and reportable segment. The Company does not have material long-lived assets in geographic areas outside of the United States.

Earnings Per Unit

The Company does not include Earnings Per Unit (“EPU”) as part of its consolidated financial statements. The Company is a single member LLC and it does not have units or shares outstanding. The Company’s members’ equity is held solely by its parent entity. Accordingly, the Company believes that inclusion of EPU would not be relevant or provide a benefit to the users of the consolidated financial statements.

3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

We completed two acquisitions in fiscal 2019 and one acquisition in fiscal 2020. The purchase price allocation for these acquisitions, discussed in detail below, reflects various fair value estimates and analyses, including certain tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the valuation of intangible assets acquired, income taxes and goodwill, which are subject to change within the measurement period as preliminary valuations are finalized. Measurement period adjustments are recorded in the reporting period in which the estimates are finalized and adjustment amounts are determined. The fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired are based on valuations using the Level 3, unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The results of operations of these business combinations have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from their respective acquisition dates. These business combinations, individually and in aggregate, did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Therefore, historical results of operations subsequent to the acquisition date and pro forma results of operations have not been presented.

Fiscal 2019 Acquisitions

Schoology

On November 22, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the share capital of Schoology Inc., a platform for a learning management system and social network that allows users to create and share academic content. The purpose of the acquisition is to enhance and expand the PowerSchool LMS product offerings.

The total purchase price was $170.7 million, all of which was provided in the form of cash consideration. Transaction costs of $2.2 million were incurred related to this acquisition and are recorded in acquisition costs in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The Company has accounted for this acquisition as a business combination and has estimated the valuation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the remainder of the purchase price recorded as goodwill, as follows (in thousands):

 

Consideration

   $ 170,727  

Cash

     999  

Accounts receivable

     1,486  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     1,386  

Property and equipment

     293  

Intangible assets

     69,800  

Accounts payable

     1,034  

Accrued expenses

     2,168  

Deferred revenue

     17,515  

Deferred tax asset

     6,539  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

   $ 110,941  
  

 

 

 

The Company recorded $110.9 million of goodwill arising from the acquisition of Schoology Inc., none of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The goodwill is a result of the growth expected by adding new schools and further selling into the PowerSchool customer base as well as margin improvements resulting from market participant synergies and operating leverage as sales increase. Refer to Note 8 below for information regarding changes to goodwill within the measurement period.

AccelaSchool

On September 30, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the unit capital of AccelaSchool LLC, a PowerSchool SIS plug-in currently in use for existing PowerSchool customers. The purpose of the acquisition was to enhance and expand the PowerSchool product offering.

The total purchase price was $1.7 million, including $1.5 million paid in cash and accrued consideration of $0.2 million for working capital and indemnity holdbacks, subject to certain post-closing adjustments. Transaction costs of $0.3 million were incurred related to this acquisition and are recorded in acquisition costs in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

The Company has accounted for this acquisition as a business combination and has estimated the valuation of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the remainder of the purchase price recorded as goodwill, as follows (in thousands):

 

Consideration

   $ 1,733  

Cash

     854  

Accounts receivable

     83  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     5  

Intangible assets

     900  

Accounts payable

     100  

Deferred revenue

     757  

Deferred tax liability

     229  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

   $ 977  
  

 

 

 

The Company recorded $1.0 million of goodwill, arising from the acquisition of AccelaSchool LLC, none of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The goodwill is the result anticipated margin improvements resulting from cost synergies. Refer to Footnote 8 below for information regarding changes to goodwill within the measurement period.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2020 Acquisition

On October 28, 2020, the Company acquired 100% of the unit capital of Hoonuit Holdings, LLC (“Hoonuit”), a privately held company operating entirely in the US. Hoonuit is a leading K-12 analytics and data management solution. The purpose of the acquisition is to incorporate Hoonuit’s advanced analytics and data management tools with PowerSchool’s existing suite of education technology solutions.

The total purchase price was $81.1 million, all of which was provided in the form of cash consideration. Transaction costs of $2.4 million were incurred related to this acquisition and are recorded in acquisition costs in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

The Company has accounted for this acquisition as a business combination. The preliminary acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are as follows (in thousands):

 

Consideration

   $ 81,101  

Cash

     5,227  

Accounts receivable

     5,737  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     643  

Property and equipment

     300  

Intangible assets

     26,500  

Accounts payable

     1,958  

Accrued expenses

     2,414  

Deferred revenue

     5,024  

Other

     7  

Non-current tax payable

     2,202  
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

   $ 54,300  
  

 

 

 

The Company recorded $54.3 million of goodwill, arising from the acquisition of Hoonuit, none of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. The goodwill is a result of the growth expected by adding new schools and further creating a comprehensive education technology portfolio as well as margin improvements resulting from market participant synergies and operating leverage as sales increase.

4. REVENUE

Disaggregation of Revenue

The following table depicts the disaggregation of revenue according to the Company’s revenue streams. The Company believes this depicts the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows consistent with how we evaluate our financial statements (in thousands):

 

     For the year ended
December 31, 2019
     For the year ended
December 31, 2020
 

SaaS

   $ 196,206      $ 258,568  

Professional services

     45,559        49,471  

Software maintenance

     111,955        112,285  

License and other

     11,271        14,564  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 364,991      $ 434,888  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Revenue recognized for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 from performance obligations satisfied in the prior periods was immaterial.

Revenue by principal geographic areas based on where the customer is located was as follows (in thousands):

 

     For the year ended
December 31, 2019
     For the year ended
December 31, 2020
 

United States

   $ 332,144      $ 397,456  

Canada

     26,781        31,057  

Other

     6,066        6,375  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 364,991      $ 434,888  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred Revenue

The changes in the deferred revenue balance were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2019
    December 31,
2020
 

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 161,642     $ 198,663  

Decrease from revenue recognized

     (154,205     (194,928

Increase from acquisitions

     18,272       5,024  

Increase from current year net deferred revenue additions

     172,956       226,431  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at end of year

   $ 198,665     $ 235,190  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company expects to recognize revenue on approximately 97% of these remaining performance obligations over the next 12 months, with the balance recognized thereafter.

The estimated revenues from the remaining performance obligations do not include uncommitted contract amounts such as (i) amounts which are cancelable by the customer without significant penalty, (ii) future billings for time and material contracts, and (iii) amounts associated with optional renewal periods.

Contract Cost Assets

Contract cost assets are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets, respectively, on the consolidated balance sheets as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,
2019
     As of December 31,
2020
 

Contract costs, current

   $ 1,411      $ 2,903  

Contract costs, noncurrent

     7,609        14,548  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contract costs

   $ 9,020      $ 17,451  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, amortization expense for contract cost assets was $0.8 million and $2.0 million, and there was no impairment of contract cost assets during the period.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

5. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Accounts receivable, net, is as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,
2019
    As of December 31,
2020
 

Accounts receivable

   $ 61,535     $ 55,846  

Less allowance

     (6,901     (7,869
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accounts receivable—net

   $ 54,634     $ 47,977  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following tables presents the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,
2019
    As of December 31,
2020
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts, beginning balance

   $ 5,444     $ 6,901  

Additions to allowance for doubtful accounts

     1,906       1,157  

Writeoffs of bad debt expense

     (449     (189
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts, ending balance

   $ 6,901     $ 7,869  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

6. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—NET

Property and equipment by category are as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,
2019
    As of December 31,
2020
 

Building

   $ 7,519     $ 7,519  

Land

     294       294  

Computer and software

     17,599       16,544  

Furniture and fixtures

     3,113       2,933  

Leasehold improvements

     4,110       4,228  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment

     32,635       31,518  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (10,931     (14,449
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment—net

   $ 21,704     $ 17,069  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $7.8 million and $7.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

7. CAPITALIZED PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT COSTS—NET

Capitalized product development costs and related accumulated amortization consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,
2019
    As of December 31,
2020
 

Gross capitalized product development costs

   $ 43,067     $ 71,929  

Less accumulated amortization

     (3,282     (13,035
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capitalized product development costs—net

   $ 39,785     $ 58,894  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Future estimated amortization expense on capitalized product developments projects is expected to be as follows as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31       

2021

   $ 14,016  

2022

     14,016  

2023

     13,930  

2024

     10,810  

2025

     4,273  

Thereafter

     1,850  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 58,895  
  

 

 

 

Amortization of capitalized product development costs is included in the cost of revenue section of the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, $3.2 million and $9.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

8. GOODWILL

The changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill were as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance—January 1, 2019

   $ 2,049,582  

Additions due to acquisitions

     111,918  
  

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2019

     2,161,500  
  

 

 

 

Additions due to acquisitions

     54,300  

Revision to goodwill balance (1)

     (1,895

Other adjustments (2)

     (538
  

 

 

 

Balance—December 31, 2020

   $ 2,213,367  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we recorded an out-of-period adjustment related to tax benefits acquired through an acquisition which decreased goodwill by $1.9 million and decreased deferred tax liabilities by $1.9 million. The adjustment did not have a material impact to the current period or previous period statement of operations. We evaluated these adjustments considering both qualitative and quantitative factors and the impact of these adjustments in relation to each period, as well as the periods in which they originated. The impact of recognizing these adjustments in prior years was not material to any individual period. Management believes these adjustments are immaterial to these consolidated financial statements and all previously issued financial statements.

(2)

Includes adjustments of acquisition date fair value within the one-year measurement period, including $0.3 million final settlement of working capital, which had no impact to earnings in 2019 or 2020. Other fair value adjustments did not have a material impact to the current-period or previous period statement of operations.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

9. OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS—NET

Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method based on the expected useful lives of the assets. The carrying values of acquired amortizing intangible assets are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2019
    Weighted-
Average
Useful Life
     December 31,
2020
    Weighted-
Average
Useful Life
 

Intangible Assets—Gross

         

Developed technology

   $ 229,800       6.9 years        239,200       8.2 years  

Customer relationships

     646,500       13.5 years        661,900       14.8 years  

Trademarks

     42,600       8.1 years        44,300       9.4 years  
  

 

 

      

 

 

   
   $ 918,900        $ 945,400    
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

Accumulated Amortization

         

Developed technology

   $ (38,130      $ (67,421  

Customer relationships

     (58,199        (102,408  

Trademarks

     (6,949        (12,112  
  

 

 

      

 

 

   
   $ (103,278      $ (181,941  
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

Intangible Assets—Net

         

Developed technology

   $ 191,670        $ 171,779    

Customer relationships

     588,301          559,492    

Trademarks

     35,651          32,188    
  

 

 

      

 

 

   
   $ 815,622        $ 763,459    
  

 

 

      

 

 

   

Amortization of developed technology is recorded in cost of revenue, while the amortization of trademarks and customer relationships is included in operating expenses.

The following table summarizes the amortization expense of intangible assets (in thousands):

 

     2019      2020  

Cost of revenue

   $ 27,000      $ 29,697  

Selling, general, and administrative expense

     46,138        48,966  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total amortization of acquired intangible assets

   $ 73,138      $ 78,663  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The estimated future amortization of intangible assets as of December 31, 2020, is as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31       

2021

   $ 79,986  

2022

     78,374  

2023

     78,375  

2024

     78,330  

2025

     78,195  

Thereafter

     370,199  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 763,459  
  

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

10. ACCRUED EXPENSES

The following table presents the detail of accrued expenses (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,
2019
     As of December 31,
2020
 

Accrued compensation

   $ 21,131      $ 29,345  

Accrued interest

     11,716        2,779  

Accrued taxes

     7,256        3,517  

Other accrued expenses

     11,896        18,057  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued expenses

   $ 51,999      $ 53,698  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

11. LONG-TERM DEBT AND REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

Long-Term Debt—The following table presents the outstanding long-term debt (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31,
2019
    As of December 31,
2020
 

Total outstanding principal—First Lien

   $ 767,250     $ 759,500  

Total outstanding principal—Incremental Facility

     70,000       69,475  

Total outstanding principal—Second Lien

     365,000       365,000  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total outstanding principal

     1,202,250       1,193,975  

Less current portion of long-term debt

     (8,275     (8,450

Less unamortized debt discount

     (5,922     (4,941

Less unamortized debt issuance costs

     (24,391     (20,258
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt—net

   $ 1,163,662     $ 1,160,326  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

First Lien Credit Agreement (“First Lien”)

On August 1, 2018, the Company entered into a loan agreement with a consortium of lenders which provided $775.0 million of term loans. The First Lien was issued at a discount of $1.9 million which was deducted from the carrying amount. The Company is amortizing the discount over the term using the effective interest method.

Debt issuance costs of $18.7 million were recorded as a reduction to the face amount of the First Lien. The principal amounts of the initial term loans are payable on the last business day of each March, June, September, and December commencing on March 31, 2019, in an amount equal to 0.25% of the amount outstanding on the August 1, 2018, closing date. The First Lien matures on the seventh anniversary of the closing date, or July 31, 2025.

The interest rate for Eurocurrency loans under the First Lien is the rate per annum equal to the London InterBank Offered Rate (LIBOR), as administered by the Intercontinental Exchange (ICE) Benchmark Administration for deposits in dollar, plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin is 3.25% per annum in the case of Eurocurrency loans. The interest rate for the First Lien as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 was 4.89% and 3.40%, respectively.

The First Lien is collateralized by certain assets and property of the Company.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Second Lien Credit Agreement (“Second Lien”)

On August 1, 2018, the Company entered into a loan agreement with a consortium of lenders which provided $365.0 million of term loans. The Second Lien was issued at a discount of $3.7 million which was deducted from the carrying amount. The Company is amortizing the discount over the term using the effective interest method.

Debt issuance costs of $11.0 million were deducted from face amount of the Second Lien. The principal amounts of the term loans are payable on the maturity date which is the eighth anniversary of the closing date, or July 31, 2026.

The interest rate for the Eurocurrency component of the Second Lien is the rate per annum equal to the LIBOR, as administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration for deposits in dollar, plus the applicable margin (Eurocurrency Rate). The applicable margin is 6.75% per annum in the case of Eurocurrency loans. The interest rate for the Second Lien as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 was 8.64% and 6.90%, respectively.

The Second Lien is collateralized by certain assets and property of the Company on a junior basis to the First Lien.

Incremental Term Facility Amendment No. 1 (“Incremental Facility”)

On November 22, 2019, the Company entered into an incremental loan agreement to the First Lien which provided for $70.0 million of incremental first lien term loans. The Incremental Facility was issued at a discount of $1.4 million which was deducted from the carrying amount. The Company is amortizing the discount over the term using the effective interest method.

Debt issuance costs of $0.5 million were deducted from face amount of the Incremental Facility. The principal amounts of the Incremental Facility are payable on the last business day of each March, June, September, and December commencing on June 30, 2020, in an amount equal to 0.25% of the amount outstanding on November 22, 2019, the close date. The Incremental Facility matures on the maturity date of the First Lien, or July 31, 2025.

The interest rate for Eurocurrency loans under the Incremental Facility is the rate per annum equal to the LIBOR, as administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration for deposits in dollar, with a floor of 1.00%, plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin is 4.50% per annum in the case of Eurocurrency loans. The interest rate for the Incremental Facility as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 was 6.37% and 5.50%, respectively.

The Incremental Facility is collateralized by certain assets and property of the Company on a pari passu basis with the First Lien.

Maturities on long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31       

2021

   $ 8,450  

2022

     8,450  

2023

     8,450  

2024

     8,450  

2025

     795,175  

Thereafter

     365,000  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,193,975  
  

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Revolving Credit Agreement—On August 1, 2018, the Company entered into a Revolving Credit Agreement allowing the Company to borrow from time to time. On November 25, 2020, the Company amended its Revolving Credit Agreement to increase its borrowing capacity by $60.0 million to $180.0 million. Pricing and other terms and conditions of the Revolving Credit Agreement remain unchanged.

Under the terms of the agreement as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company was permitted to borrow up to $120.0 million and $180.0 million, respectively. Issuance costs were $2.7 million. The interest rate is the rate per annum equal to the LIBOR, as administered by the ICE for deposits in dollars plus the applicable margin. The applicable margin is 3.25% per annum.

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company borrowed $50.0 million and $101.0 million on the Revolving Credit Agreement, respectively. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, $0.0 million and $40.0 million, respectively, was outstanding. We are also required to pay a commitment fee on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit Agreement of 0.50% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears.

The Revolving Credit Agreement requires the Company to maintain a First Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined therein) of not more than 7.75 to 1.00 if the Company has an outstanding balance on the Revolving Credit Agreement of greater than 35% of the borrowing capacity (excluding certain letters of credit) at a quarter end. As of December 31, 2019, the Company had no outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had $40.0 million outstanding which is less than 35% of the borrowing capacity.

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

The Company leases its office and datacenter facilities under non-cancelable operating leases that expire at various times through 2026. The Company is also responsible for certain real estate taxes, utilities, and maintenance costs on its office facilities. The Company’s gross amount of assets recorded and future minimum lease payments due under capital leases was not material for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020. Rent expense was $5.9 million and $8.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and was recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating lease agreements are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31    Operating
Leases
 

2021

   $ 7,949  

2022

     5,883  

2023

     3,125  

2024

     2,251  

2025

     941  

Thereafter

     225  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 20,374  
  

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Sale-leaseback Transactions

In October 2019, the Company entered into a sale-leaseback arrangement for one of its facilities, under which the Company sold the property at below-market value, and subsequently leased back the property at a below-market rent. Due to the existence of a prohibited form of continuing involvement, this transaction did not qualify for sale-leaseback accounting and as a result has been accounted for as a financing transaction under lease accounting standards. Under the financing method, until the related lease is terminated, the assets will remain on its balance sheets, and proceeds received from the sale are reported as financing obligations. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the balance of the remaining financing obligations was $4.5 million. At the end of the leaseback period, or when continuing involvement under the leaseback agreement ends, this transaction will be reported as a noncash sale and extinguishment of financing obligations, and the difference between the then net book value of the properties and the unamortized balance of the financing obligations will be recognized as a gain.

Self-Insured Health Plan

The Company is generally self-insured for losses and liabilities related to health benefits. The estimated liability for incurred, but not reported, medical claims at December 31, 2019 and 2020, is $1.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively.

Indemnification

The Company enters into indemnification arrangements within customer contracts as part of the ordinary course of its business. Under the Company’s standard contractual terms, these arrangements typically consist of the Company agreeing to indemnify, hold harmless and reimburse the indemnified customer(s) for losses suffered or incurred directly, in connection with any trade secret, copyright, patent, or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third party with respect to the Company’s technology. The term of these indemnification agreements is generally concurrent with the term of the contract, but in some cases, may survive the expiration or termination of the underlying contract. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these agreements is not determinable because it involves claims that may be made against the Company in the future, but have not yet been made.

The Company carries Directors and Officers insurance policies pursuant to the Company’s certificate of formation, bylaws, and applicable Delaware law.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company is involved in disputes, litigation, and other legal actions. The Company records a charge equal to at least the minimum estimated liability for a loss contingency only when both of the following conditions are met: (i) information available prior to issuance of the consolidated financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset had been impaired or a liability had been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and (ii) the range of loss can be reasonably estimated. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, there were no reserves for estimated legal obligations.

13. MEMBERS’ CAPITAL

The membership interest of the Company is 100% owned by its parent entity. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company received $93.0 million, in contributions from its ultimate parent in conjunction with various acquisitions made by the Company in the respective periods. There were no additional contributions received by the Company for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

14. UNIT-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company has approved an equity incentive plan for purposes of retaining and incentivizing certain employees of the Company. Up to 37,999,757 award units are authorized to be issued. If a liquidity event occurs, holders of vested awards begin sharing in the proceeds of the liquidity event once the total amount distributed to early investors reach specified liquidation thresholds. Any excess is distributed pro rata among the investment group and the unitholders. Unitholders do not have to exercise the award or pay any consideration to participate in pro rata distributions. The Company’s parent entity is required to settle any vested awards upon a liquidity event as all awards represent profits interests in that entity. Under no circumstances is the Company obligated to reimburse its parent entity for any required payments made to holders of vested awards.

Management Incentive Units (MIU)

The Company provides for the granting of MIUs. MIUs are designed as profits interests, which entitle a holder to receive distributions in excess of a specific participation threshold, subject to the provisions of the agreement with its parent entity. The participation threshold is set at the time of grant and typically reflects the fair value of the Company at the date of grant. MIUs granted consist of a combination of time-based units (approximately 60% of the total as of December 31, 2020), which vest over a four-year period and performance-based units based on the equity value of the Company if a liquidity event occurs (approximately 40% of the total as of December 31, 2020). The performance condition occurs upon the date on which a certain equity return multiple has been met, provided that the employee is and has been continuously employed. All MIUs with a performance condition that are net vested shall terminate on (i) the first date following an IPO on which the Investor Group beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than twenty five percent (25%) of the total number of Equity Securities that were owned by the Investor Group on the date of the IPO and (ii) the date on which a Sale of the Company occurs.

The Company recognizes compensation expense for time-based units on a straight-line basis over the respective requisite service periods of the awards. For performance-based units, where vesting is contingent upon both a service and a performance condition, compensation expense is recognized over the respective requisite service period of the award when achievement of the performance condition is considered probable. As the performance-based vesting condition is not deemed probable, no expense has been recorded as of December 31, 2019 and 2020. In the event the employee is terminated, the Company may, at its option, repurchase the MIUs under the terms of the agreement with its parent entity. Vested MIUs have no expiration date.

MIU activity for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, is as follows:

 

     Number of
Underlying
Units
     Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Outstanding—January 1, 2019

     28,997,666      $ 1.27  

Units granted

     2,210,831        1.36  

Units canceled

     (2,306,110      1.27  
  

 

 

    

Outstanding—December 31, 2019

     28,902,387        1.28  
  

 

 

    

Units granted

     2,402,027        0.92  

Units canceled

     (3,161,164      1.27  
  

 

 

    

Outstanding—December 31, 2020

     28,143,250        1.25  
  

 

 

    

Vested—December 31, 2019

     6,158,239        1.27  

Vested—December 31, 2020

     9,069,112        1.28  
  

 

 

    

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Units cancelled during the fiscal year-ended December 31, 2020 include a $1.0 million repurchase of management incentive units from former PowerSchool employees. The aggregate intrinsic value of the outstanding MIUs at December 31, 2019 and 2020 is approximately $13.2 million and $139.1 million, respectively.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of the MIUs. The determination of the fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model is affected by the Company’s estimated common unit price, as well as by assumptions regarding several complex and subjective variables. These variables include the Company’s expected unit price volatility over the term of the MIU, expected dividend yield, risk-free interest rates, and expected term.

The fair value of MIUs granted during the year was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Volatility

     45.0%        45.0%  

Expected dividend yield

     —%        —%  

Risk-free rate

     2.53%        1.56%  

Expected term (in years)

     4.0 years        1.5 years  

Fair value of underlying unit

   $ 1.28 - $1.44      $ 0.92 - $1.04  

The assumptions and estimates were determined as follows:

Fair value of units - As the Company’s participating units are not publicly traded, the fair value was determined by the Company’s board of directors, with input from management and valuation reports prepared by third-party valuation specialists.

Expected volatility - The Company performed an analysis using the average historical volatilities of a peer group of representative unrelated public companies with sufficient trading history over the expected term to develop an expected volatility assumption.

Expected term - The expected term is the estimated holding period of the MIUs established based on the Company’s expectations of the time to a liquidity event.

Risk-free interest rate - The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the MIU is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve whose term is consistent with the expected life of the MIU at the time of grant.

Expected dividend yield - The Company has never declared or paid cash dividends and does not presently plan to pay cash dividends, as such, the expected dividend yield was zero.

The following table presents the classification of MIU-based compensation related to MIUs in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

     2019      2020  

Cost of revenue

     

Subscription and support

   $ 67      $ 66  

Service

     285        293  

Research and development

     1,009        969  

Selling, general, and administrative

     4,471        4,264  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total MIU-based compensation

   $ 5,832      $ 5,592  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

The total future compensation cost related to unvested units is $9.5 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years as of December 31, 2020.

Participating Units

On August 1, 2020, the Company’s board of directors approved to grant a total of 39,688 participating units to a Board Member at $6.08 per share, which was the fair value of the Company’s participating units on the date of grant. On August 1, 2019, the Company’s board of directors approved to grant a total of 37,058 participating units to a Board Member at $4.46 per share, which is the fair value of the Company’s participating units on the date of grant. The participating unit grants are time-based units and vest on the first anniversary of the grant date. Compensation expense of $0.2 million was recorded related to these grants for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and included in selling, general, and administrative expense.

Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

On August 1, 2018, the Company approved a Long-Term Incentive Plan that granted incentives to key members of management. The incentives are payable in cash and vest only when a qualified event has occurred, including sale of at least 50% of the investors’ equity interest or upon an initial public offering only if the aggregate shares sold in the public offering represent at least 50% of the investors’ equity interest, and a certain equity return multiple has been met with respect to the LTIP provided that the employee is and has been continuously employed. No compensation expense was recorded related to these LTIPs for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 as the performance based vesting provisions were not probable at this time. The aggregate intrinsic value of the outstanding LTIP at December 31, 2019 and 2020 is $0.7 million and $10.7 million, respectively.

15. INCOME TAXES

The components of loss before provision for income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2019
    Year Ended
December 31, 2020
 

United States

   $ (100,544   $ (54,610

Foreign

     7,163       8,001  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

   $ (93,381   $ (46,609
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of loss before provision for income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2019
    Year Ended
December 31, 2020
 

Current:

    

Federal

   $     $  

State

     13       89  

Foreign

     2,538       1,844  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current tax

     2,551       1,933  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

    

Federal

     (4,569     (1,062

State

           (324

Foreign

     (634     (508
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax

     (5,203     (1,894
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ (2,652   $ 39  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the income tax provision (benefit) at the U.S. federal statutory rate to the provision for income taxes is as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2019     2020  

U.S federal statutory rate

     21.00     21.00

Earnings Not Subject to Tax

     (0.20     (5.83

State tax expense, net of federal benefit

     (0.44     (0.95

Foreign earnings taxed at different rate

     (16.90     0.74  

Change in valuation allowance

     (0.62     (15.03
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     2.84     (0.08 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company is primarily treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and state purposes, and thus does not pay income tax. The Company’s tax expense (benefit) for 2019 and 2020 is primarily driven by the pre-tax income (or loss) of its foreign and domestic subsidiaries which are taxed as corporations in their respective jurisdictions. The Company’s tax benefit for 2019 includes $1.9 million of foreign tax expense primarily related to its Canadian subsidiaries offset by a tax benefit of $4.5 million related to its domestic subsidiaries. The Company’s tax expense for 2020 includes $1.3 million of foreign income tax expense primarily related to its Canadian subsidiaries and a tax benefit of $1.1 million related to its domestic subsidiaries.

The types of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are set forth below (in thousands):

 

     2019     2020  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accruals and reserves

   $ 247     $ 295  

Depreciation and amortization

     22       11  

Charitable contribution

     20       20  

Net operating loss and credit carryforwards

     31,366       43,132  

Tax credits

     428       428  

Interest expense

     7,223       11,118  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

     39,306       55,004  

Less valuation allowance

     (1,908     (17,733
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

     37,398       37,271  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Goodwill

     (2,013     (3,318

Deferred revenue

    

Depreciation and amortization

     (45,568     (40,436
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

     (47,581     (43,754
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (10,183   $ (6,483
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character in future periods. The Company regularly assess its ability to realize its deferred tax assets and establishes a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that all, or some portion, of its deferred tax assets will not be realized in the future. The Company weighs all available positive and negative evidence, including our earnings history and results of current operations, scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax

 

F-38


Table of Contents

planning strategies. Due to the weight of objectively verifiable negative evidence, including its history of losses, the Company believes that it is more likely than not that U.S. federal deferred tax assets related to certain subsidiaries will not be realized as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, and as such, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance against such deferred tax assets. During 2020 the valuation allowance increased by $15.8 million primarily due to the increase in the net operating loss.

The Company has net operating loss carryforwards for U.S federal, state, and foreign of $145.8 million, $12.0 million, and $1.5 million as of December 31, 2019 and $201.8 million, $12.4 million, and $1.5 million as of December 31, 2020, respectively. The net operating loss carryforwards are available to offset future taxable income which expire in varying amounts beginning in 2026 for federal credit carryforwards, 2035 for state credit carryforwards, and 2025 for Canada credit carryforwards. The Company also has foreign research credit carryforwards of which $0.4 million will begin to expire in 2021.

Federal and state tax laws impose restrictions on the utilization of net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards in the event of a change in ownership of the Company as defined by the Internal Revenue Code, Sections 382 and 383. Under Section 382 and 383 of the Code, substantial changes in its ownership may limit the amount of net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards that are available to offset taxable income. The annual limitation would not automatically result in the loss of net operating loss or research and development credit carryforwards but may limit the amount available in any given future period.

The Company is subject to income tax in Canada, India and in the United States. The 2017 through 2019 tax years are open to examination by the taxing jurisdictions in which the company is subject to income taxes. In addition, certain acquired loss, credit, and basis carryforwards are open to examination by the taxing authorities beginning in 2001.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of total gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding accrued net interest and penalties, is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2019
     Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 
     (in thousands)      (in thousands)  

Gross unrecognized income tax benefits - beginning balance

   $      $  

Increase related to tax positions taken during the current year

             

Decrease related to tax positions taken during prior years

             

Increase related to tax positions taken during the prior years

             

Decrease related to tax positions taken during the current year

             

Gross increases related to acquired positions

            1,403  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross unrecognized income tax benefits - ending balance

   $      $ 1,403  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $0.0 million and $1.4 million, respectively, of which $0.0 million and $1.4 million would affect the effective tax rate if recognized. The unrecognized tax benefits arising in 2020 are related to prior positions taken by Hoonuit which was acquired during the reporting period. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to its unrecognized tax benefits within its provision for income taxes. The amount of interest and penalties accrued related to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits are not material to the consolidated financial statements.

The Company believes that adequate amounts have been reserved in accordance with ASC 740 for any adjustments to the provision for income taxes or other tax items that may ultimately result from

 

F-39


Table of Contents

examinations. The timing of the resolution, settlement, and closure of any audits is highly uncertain, and it is reasonably possible that the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits could significantly change in the next 12 months. Given the number of years remaining that are subject to examination, we are unable to estimate the full range of possible adjustments to the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits. If the taxing authorities prevail in the assessment of additional tax due, the assessed tax, interest, and penalties, if any, could have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

16. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company has entered into arrangements with Vista Equity Partners for certain services, and the Vista Consulting Group for management consulting, systems implementation, and manpower support. These services were provided on a time and material basis and were generally related to integration of the various companies acquired by the Company. Total costs of these related party services were $1.1 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The Company has also entered into arrangements with Onex Partners Manager LP for general management services, acquisition advisory, and treasury services. Total costs of these related-party services were less than $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020. Amounts due to Vista and Onex entities were less than $0.6 million and $0.1 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and are included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.

The Company also purchased services from entities that share common ownership with Vista. The cost was $1.7 million and $2.8 million for all other services purchased from entities with common ownership for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Substantially all of the Vista services are included in selling, general, and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Amounts due to entities that share common ownership were $0.6 million and $1.2 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2020 and are included in account payables and accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. There were no sales or outstanding accounts receivable in fiscal year 2019 or 2020.

17. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Defined Contribution Plan—The Company has a defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (“401(k) Plan”) covering all full-time employees who meet certain eligibility requirements. Eligible employees may defer a percentage of their pretax compensation, up to the annual maximum allowed by the Internal Revenue Service. Under the 401(k) Plan, the Company matches a portion of the employee contributions up to a defined maximum. The Company made matching contributions for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 of $5.7 million and $7.3 million, respectively.

 

18.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent Events (audited)

The Company has evaluated subsequent events from the consolidated balance sheets date through March 17, 2021, the date at which the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

On February 11, 2021, the Company borrowed $15.0 million on the Revolving Credit Agreement. Pricing and other terms and conditions of the Revolving Credit Agreement remain unchanged.

On March 3, 2021, DMGT US, Inc. (“DMGT” or “Seller”), Hobsons, Inc. (“Hobsons”), and the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement, to acquire all outstanding shares of Hobsons

 

F-40


Table of Contents

common stock. As part of the agreement, the Company acquired Hobsons’ Naviance and Intersect Solutions. Naviance is a college, career and life readiness solution used by students across the U.S. helping schools and districts assess and develop students’ interests and competencies to best prepare them for life after high school. Intersect is an innovative admissions solution connecting students within the Naviance solution to their best-fit higher education opportunities. Total aggregate preliminary purchase price consisted of approximately $318.9 million in cash.

As part of the agreement, we entered into the Bridge Loan Credit Agreement (the “Bridge Loan”) for an aggregate principal amount of $320.0 million. The Bridge Loan matures on May 15, 2022. The interest rate for Eurocurrency loans is the rate per annum equal to the LIBOR, as administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration for deposits in dollar, plus the applicable margin. The initial margin is 3.00% per annum in the case of Eurocurrency loans. The Bridge Loan is collateralized by certain assets and property of the Company.

Concurrently with the close of the transaction, the Company entered into a strategic partnership with EAB Global, Inc. (“EAB”) to be the exclusive provider of the Intersect student recruitment platform in a defined territory on the Company’s behalf. EAB is a portfolio company of Vista Equity Partners, one of the Company’s controlling equity holders, that works with colleges and universities on enrollment management, student success, and institutional operations and strategy and will use their expertise in higher education to sell, service, and support the Intersect platform. The partnership with EAB is a ten-year agreement and includes annual minimum revenue commitments from EAB starting at $32.4 million, increasing annually, and contains penalties if those commitments are not met so long as the Company maintains certain service level agreements. The Company may begin to revoke its exclusivity with EAB after the fourth year of the agreement or cancel the partnership upon material breach of the contract. Finally, as EAB separately acquired the Starfish solution, a higher education student success platform, from the Seller, the Company agreed to support EAB under a transition services agreement whereby the Company temporarily provides operational support to EAB for the Starfish solution.

The acquisition of Hobsons will be accounted in accordance with ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations”. Due to the proximity of the acquisition date to the Company’s filing of Form S-1 including the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, the initial accounting for the Hobsons business combination is incomplete, and therefore the Company is unable to disclose certain information required by ASC 805, Business Combinations, including the provisional amounts recognized as of the acquisition date for each major class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed and goodwill.

On March 9, 2021, the Company borrowed $10.0 million on the Revolving Credit Agreement. Pricing and other terms and conditions of the Revolving Credit Agreement remain unchanged.

Subsequent Events (unaudited)

On March 30, 2021, the Company amended its Revolving Credit Agreement to increase its borrowing capacity, effective upon consummation of the initial public offering, by $109.0 million to $289.0 million. Pricing and other terms and conditions of the Revolving Credit Agreement remain unchanged.

******

 

F-41


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, in connection with the offer and sale of the securities being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the listing fee.

 

     Amount to be Paid  

SEC registration fee

   $ 10,910  

FINRA filing fee

   $ [15,500

NYSE listing fee

     *  

Printing expenses

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Accounting fees and expenses

     *  

Transfer agent fees and registrar fees

     *  

Miscellaneous expenses

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $              
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL allows a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation will not be personally liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation will provide for this limitation of liability.

Section 145 of the DGCL (“Section 145”) provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was illegal, provided that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at

 

II-1


Table of Contents

the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

Our bylaws will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL and must also pay expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition upon delivery of an undertaking by or on behalf of an indemnified person to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such person is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL.

The indemnification rights set forth above shall not be exclusive of any other right which an indemnified person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

We will maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers. The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification of our directors and officers by the underwriters party thereto against certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Set forth below is information regarding securities sold by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us for such securities and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the SEC, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

Since January 1, 2018, we have made sales of the following unregistered securities:

On December 7, 2020, PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. issued 1,000 shares of its Class A common stock to Holdings, LLC for $10.00. The issuance of such shares of Class A common stock was not registered under the Securities Act because the shares were offered and sold in a transaction exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

Unit Financings

In August 2018, we sold an aggregate of $1.74 billion of Units of Severin Topco, LLC at a purchase price of $4.01 per Unit to our Principal Stockholders.

In November 2019, we sold an aggregate of $77.22 million of Units of Severin Topco, LLC at a purchase price of $4.33 per Unit to our Principal Stockholders.

Rollovers

In connection with our Principal Stockholders’ acquisition of Severin Topco, LLC, certain equityholders of Severin Topco, LLC, including certain employees and officers were offered the opportunity to exchange Management Incentive Units of Severin Topco, LLC for Units of Severin Topco, LLC. As a result, in August 2018 certain employees and officers received an aggregate of $9.75 million in Units of Severin Topco, LLC at a price of $4.01 per Unit.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Option and Unit Issuances

From August 1, 2018 through the date of this registration statement, we have granted under our Equity Plan 20,283,695 Management Incentive Units to employees, consultants, and directors that are time vesting.

From August 1, 2018 through the date of this registration statement, we have granted under our Equity Plan 11,599,080 Management Incentive Units to employees, consultants, and directors that are performance vesting and have participation thresholds of $1,812,501,900.

From January 31, 2020 through the date of this registration statement, we have granted under our Equity Plan 933,174 Management Incentive Units to employees, consultants, and directors that are performance vesting and have participation thresholds of $2,052,864,000.

From August 31, 2020 through the date of this registration statement, we have granted under our Equity Plan 911,970 Management Incentive Units to employees, consultants, and directors that are performance vesting and have participation thresholds of $1,843,974,000.

The offers and sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the above securities represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution.

The offer and sale of the above securities was deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipient of the above securities represented its intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof. Appropriate legends were placed upon any stock certificates issued in these transactions. The recipient had adequate access to information about us. The sale of these securities was made without any general solicitation or advertising.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

  (i)

Exhibits

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., as currently in effect
  3.2    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. to be in effect at or prior to the consummation of this offering
  3.3    Bylaws of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., as currently in effect
  3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. to be in effect upon the closing of this offering
  4.1    Form of Registration Rights Agreement
  5.1*    Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP
10.1+
  

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

10.2    Form of Tax Receivable Agreement
10.3    Form of Exchange Agreement
10.4    Form of Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Holdings LLC
10.5    Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement
10.6    First Lien Credit Agreement, dated August 1, 2018, by and among Severin Acquisition, LLC, certain of its subsidiaries, various Lenders party thereto, Barclays Bank PLC as Administrative Agent
10.6.1    Incremental Amendment No. 1 to the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated November 22, 2019, by and among Severin Acquisition, LLC, certain of its subsidiaries, and the Lenders party thereto
10.6.2    Incremental Amendment Number 2 to the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated November 25, 2020, by and among Severin Acquisition, LLC, certain of its subsidiaries, and the Lenders party thereto
10.6.3    Incremental Amendment Number 3 to the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated March 30, 2021, by and among Severin Acquisition, LLC, certain of its subsidiaries, and the Lenders party thereto
10.7    Second Lien Credit Agreement, dated August 1, 2018, by and among Severin Holdings, LLC, Severin Acquisition, LLC, certain of their subsidiaries, and the Lenders party thereto
10.8    Bridge Loan Credit Agreement, dated March 3, 2021, by and among Severin Holdings, Severin Acquisition, LLC, certain of its subsidiaries, and the Lender parties thereto
10.9**    Lease Agreement, dated as of October 8, 2015, between Parkshore Partners, LLC and PowerSchool Group LLC, as amended.
10.10+    Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement
10.11+    Form of RSU Award Agreement
10.12+    Form of Option Award Agreement
10.13    Stockholders Agreement
10.14+    Letter Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2018, between PowerSchool Group LLC and Hardeep Gulati
10.15+    Letter Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2020, between PowerSchool Group LLC and Eric Shander

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.16+    Letter Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2016, between PowerSchool Group LLC and Marcy Daniel
10.17*+    Letter Agreement, dated as of November 8, 2015, between PowerSchool Group LLC and Maulik Datanwala
10.18+    Letter Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2017, between PowerSchool Group LLC and Devendra Singh
10.19+    Letter Agreement, dated as of July 8, 2019, between PowerSchool Group LLC and Craig R. Greenseid
10.20+    Letter Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2017, between PowerSchool Group LLC Anthony Miller
21.1    List of subsidiaries of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as to PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.
23.2    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as to Severin Holdings, LLC
23.3    Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.4    Consent of Frost & Sullivan
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)
99.1    Consent of David Armstrong
99.2    Consent of Laurence Goldberg
99.3    Consent of Betty Hung
99.4    Consent of Ronald McCray
99.5    Consent of Amy McIntosh
99.6    Consent of Maneet S. Saroya

 

*

Indicates to be filed by amendment.

**

Previously filed.

+

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or agreement.

 

  (ii)

Financial statement schedules

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any

 

II-5


Table of Contents

action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

 

(2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Folsom, State of California, on April 6, 2021.

 

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.
By:   /s/ Hardeep Gulati
Name:   Hardeep Gulati
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

***

POWER OF ATTORNEY

The undersigned directors and officers of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. hereby appoint each of Hardeep Gulati and Eric Shander, as attorney-in-fact for the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in the name, place and stead of the undersigned, to sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-1 (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933) and any and all applications and other documents to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pertaining to the registration of the securities covered hereby, with full power and authority to do and perform any and all acts and things whatsoever requisite and necessary or desirable, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Hardeep Gulati

   Chief Executive Officer and Director   April 6, 2021

Hardeep Gulati

   (Principal Executive Officer)  

/s/ Eric Shander

   Chief Financial Officer(Principal   April 6, 2021

Eric Shander

   Financial and Accounting Officer)  

 

II-7

Exhibit 1.1

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

Class A Common Stock

Underwriting Agreement

[•], 2021

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC Barclays Capital Inc.

As representatives (the “Representatives”) of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street,

New York, New York 10282

c/o Barclays Capital Inc.

745 Seventh Avenue,

New York, New York 10019

Ladies and Gentlemen:

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated in this agreement (this “Agreement”), to issue and sell to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) an aggregate of [•] shares (the “Firm Shares”) and, at the election of the Underwriters, up to [•] additional shares (the “Optional Shares”) of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”). The Class A Common Stock, together with the Class B common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Class B Common Stock”), are referred to herein as the “Stock”.

The Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant

to Section 2 hereof are herein collectively called the “Shares”.

On the date hereof, the business of the Company is conducted through Severin Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings LLC”), and its subsidiaries. In connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement, the “Organizational Transactions” (as such term is defined in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Disclosure Package (each as defined below) in the section titled “Organizational Structure”) were or will be effected prior to the First Time of Delivery (as defined below), pursuant to which the Company will become the sole managing member of Holdings LLC, the Holdings LLC Agreement (as defined below) will be amended and restated, and each holder of LLC Units (other than the Company) will be issued a number of shares of Class B Common Stock equal to the number of LLC Units held by it.


1. (a) Each of the Company and Holdings LLC (each, a “PowerSchool Party” and collectively, the “PowerSchool Parties”), jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:

(i) A registration statement on Form S–1 (File No. 333-[•]) (the “Initial Registration Statement”) in respect of the Shares has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”); the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in the form heretofore delivered to you, have been declared effective by the Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any, increasing the size of the offering (a “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), which became effective upon filing, no other document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission; and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the PowerSchool Parties, threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act is hereinafter called a “Preliminary Prospectus”; the various parts of the Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively called the “Registration Statement”; the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Shares that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to the Applicable Time (as defined in Section 1(a)(iii) hereof) is hereinafter called the “Pricing Prospectus”; and such final prospectus, in the form first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called the “Prospectus”; any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act or Rule 163B under the Act is hereinafter called a “Testing-the-Waters Communication”; and any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Act is hereinafter called a “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication”; and any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433 under the Act relating to the Shares is hereinafter called an “Issuer Free Writing Prospectus”);

(ii) (a) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and (b) each Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information (as defined in Section 9(b) of this Agreement);

 

2


(iii) For the purposes of this Agreement, the “Applicable Time” is [•] (New York City time) on the date of this Agreement; the Pricing Prospectus, as supplemented by the information listed on Schedule II(b) hereto, taken together (collectively, the “Pricing Disclosure Package”), as of the Applicable Time, did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Schedule II(a) hereto and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication listed on Schedule II(c) hereto does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and each Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, as supplemented by and taken together with the Pricing Disclosure Package, as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of each Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof), will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(iv) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to each part of the Registration Statement, as of the applicable filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, and as of each Time of Delivery, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(v) None of the PowerSchool Parties nor any of their subsidiaries has, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, (a) sustained any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree or (b) entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus; and, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Pricing Prospectus, there has not been (1) any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of transactions and agreements related to the Organizational Transactions and the issuance and sale of the Shares and the use of the net proceeds therefrom, including this Agreement, Holdings LLC’s limited liability company agreement to become effective on or prior to the First Time of Delivery (as so amended and restated, the “Holdings LLC Agreement”) and the tax receivable agreement between the Company and Holdings LLC and each other holder of LLC Units (collectively, the “Transaction

 

3


Documents”)), or (2) any Material Adverse Effect (as defined below); as used in this Agreement, “Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any material adverse change or effect, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change or effect, in or affecting (y) the business, general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus or (z) the ability of the PowerSchool Parties to perform their obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale by the Company of the Shares, or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(vi) The PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries do not own any real property. Each PowerSchool Party and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all personal property owned by it (other than with respect to Intellectual Property (as defined below) as to which the representation in Section 1(a)(xxx) shall apply), in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Pricing Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and any real property and buildings held under lease by any PowerSchool Party or any of their subsidiaries is, to the knowledge of the PowerSchool Parties, held by such party under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases or subleases (subject to the effects of (A) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the rights or remedies of creditors generally; (B) the application of general principles of equity (including without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing, regardless of whether enforcement is considered in proceedings at law or in equity); and (C) applicable law and public policy with respect to rights to indemnity and contribution,) and with such exceptions as are not material and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries;

(vii) Each PowerSchool Party and each of its “significant subsidiaries” as defined in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X (the “Significant Subsidiaries”) has been (a) duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing (or foreign equivalent) under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Pricing Prospectus, and (b) duly qualified as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except, in the case of this clause (b), where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing (or foreign equivalent) would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and each subsidiary of the Company has been listed in the Registration Statement;

 

4


(viii) Holdings LLC has, and immediately following the Organizational Transactions, will have, an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, and all of the membership interests of Holdings LLC outstanding on the date hereof have been, and all of the membership interests of Holdings LLC to be outstanding immediately following the Organizational Transactions, will have been, duly and validly authorized and issued; all of the membership interests of Holdings LLC that are outstanding on the date hereof are, and all of the membership interests of Holdings LLC that will be outstanding immediately following the Organizational Transactions, will be, fully paid and non-assessable; all of the issued shares of capital stock or similar ownership interests of each subsidiary of Holdings LLC have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable; and all of the issued shares of capital stock or similar ownership interests of each subsidiary of Holdings LLC are owned directly or indirectly by Holdings LLC, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims;

(ix) The Company has, and immediately following the Organizational Transactions, will have an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, and all of the shares of Stock outstanding on the date hereof have been, and all of the shares of Stock to be outstanding immediately following the Organizational Transactions (including the Shares offered hereby), will have been, duly and validly authorized and issued; all of the shares of Stock that are outstanding on the date hereof are, and all of the shares of Stock that will be outstanding immediately following the Organizational Transactions (including the Shares offered hereby), will be, fully paid and non-assessable; and all of the membership interests of Holdings LLC that will be owned by the Company following the Organizational Transactions will be owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all claims;

(x) The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company hereunder and the shares of Class B Common Stock to be issued by the Company in the Organizational Transactions will conform in all material respects to the description of the Common Stock contained under the caption “Description of Capital Stock” in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus; and the issuance of the shares of Stock is not subject to any preemptive or similar rights;

(xi) The issue and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company, the issuance of shares of Class B Common Stock by the Company in the Organizational Transactions and the compliance by the PowerSchool Parties with this Agreement and the consummation of the Organizational Transactions and the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the Pricing Prospectus will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, (a) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (b) the certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other applicable organizational document) of any of the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries, or (c) any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over any of the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries or any of their properties, except, in the case of clause (a) and (c) for such defaults, breaches, violations, judgments, orders, rules and regulations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval,

 

5


authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the issuance and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company, the issuance of shares of Class B Common Stock by the Company in the Organizational Transactions or the consummation by the PowerSchool Parties of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been obtained under the Act, the approval by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) of the underwriting terms and arrangements and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;

(xii) None of the PowerSchool Parties nor any of their Significant Subsidiaries are (a) in violation of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other applicable organizational document), (b) in violation of any statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over any of the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries or any of their properties, or (c) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (b) and (c), for such defaults as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xiii) The statements set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Description of Capital Stock”, insofar as they purport to constitute a summary of the terms of the Stock, under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders”, and under the caption “Underwriting”, insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and documents referred to therein, are accurate, complete and fair in all material respects;

(xiv) Other than as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries, or, to the knowledge of any PowerSchool Party, any officer or director of any PowerSchool Party, is a party or of which any property of any PowerSchool Party or any of their subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries (or such officer or director), would individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the knowledge of the PowerSchool Parties, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or others;

(xv) None of the PowerSchool Parties is, nor, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares by the Company and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, will be, an “investment company”, as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”);

(xvi) At the time of filing the Initial Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Act) of the Shares, and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined under Rule 405 under the Act;

 

6


(xvii) Deloitte & Touche LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, are independent public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

(xviii) Deloitte & Touche LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries, are independent public accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder;

(xix) The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) that (a) complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to the Company, (b) has been designed by the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, or under their supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and (c) is sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (1) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (2) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (3) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (4) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences; and the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective and the Company is not aware of any material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting (it being understood that this subsection shall not require the Company to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) as of an earlier date than it would otherwise be required to so comply under applicable law);

(xx) Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus, there has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially and adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially and adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The PowerSchool Parties’ auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (a) to the knowledge of the PowerSchool Parties, all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which have adversely affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) to the knowledge of the PowerSchool Parties, any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting;

 

7


(xxi) The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to the Company upon the completion of the sale of the Firm Shares; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective;

(xxii) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the PowerSchool Parties; each of the other Transaction Documents to which any PowerSchool Party is a party has been duly authorized by such PowerSchool Party and, when duly executed and delivered in accordance with its terms by each of the parties thereto, will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of such PowerSchool Party enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except, in the case of any Transaction Document, as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability; and each such Transaction Document conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Pricing Prospectus;

(xxiii) None of the PowerSchool Parties, any of their subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the PowerSchool Parties, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person while acting on behalf of any PowerSchool Party or any of its subsidiaries has (a) made, offered, promised or authorized any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense; (b) made, offered, promised or authorized any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; or (c) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries have instituted, maintain and enforce, and will continue to maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with, all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws;

(xxiv) The operations of the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with the requirements of applicable anti-money laundering laws, including, but not limited to, the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended by the USA PATRIOT ACT of 2001, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the anti-money laundering laws of the various jurisdictions in which the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries conduct business (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving any PowerSchool Party or any of their subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the PowerSchool Parties, threatened;

 

8


(xxv) None of the PowerSchool Parties nor any of their subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the any of the PowerSchool Parties, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the any of the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries, is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Government, including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person,” the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, the United Nations Security Council, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is any PowerSchool Party or any of their subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is currently the subject or the target of Sanctions, and the PowerSchool Parties will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (a) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject or the target of Sanctions or (b) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions. None of the PowerSchool Parties nor any of their subsidiaries has, in the past five years, knowingly engaged in, and no such party is now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any country that is the subject or target of Sanctions;

(xxvi) The historical financial statements of Holdings LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules (if any) and notes, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the statements of operations and comprehensive loss, members’ equity and cash flows of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries for the periods specified; and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated therein in accordance with GAAP. The selected financial data and the summary financial information of Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. The pro forma financial information and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” present fairly in all material respects the information contained therein, have been prepared in all material respects in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements, except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are believed by the PowerSchool Parties to be reasonable and the adjustments used therein are believed by the PowerSchool Parties to be appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply in all material respects with Regulation G of the Exchange Act and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the Act, to the extent applicable;

 

9


(xxvii) The statement of financial condition of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules (if any) and notes, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries at the dates indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved;

(xxviii) From the time of the initial confidential submission of a registration statement relating to the Shares with the Commission through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”);

(xxix) Except in all cases where such violation, claim, request, notice, proceeding, investigation or material capital expenditure would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) none of the PowerSchool Parties nor any of their subsidiaries is in violation of any applicable statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, rule of common law or order of or with any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, management, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes or relating to pollution or the protection of the environment or human health or relating to exposure to hazardous or toxic substances or wastes (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (b) none of the PowerSchool Parties nor any of their subsidiaries has received any written claim, written request for information or written notice of liability or investigation arising under, relating to or based upon any Environmental Laws, (c) none of the PowerSchool Parties nor any of their subsidiaries is aware of any pending or threatened notice, claim, proceeding or investigation which might lead to liability under Environmental Laws, (d) the PowerSchool Parties do not anticipate incurring material capital expenditures relating to compliance with Environmental Laws (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, investigation or closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license, approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) and (e) none of the PowerSchool Parties nor any of their subsidiaries has been named as a “potentially responsible party” under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended;

(xxx) Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, or as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries own or possess, or, to the knowledge of the PowerSchool Parties, can acquire on commercially reasonable terms, adequate rights to use all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, copyrights, software, licenses, know-how (including any trade secrets and any other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) and other technology and intellectual property or similar proprietary rights, including any and all registrations and applications for registration thereof and any and all goodwill associated therewith (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) used by them or

 

10


necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted by them as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus (the “Company Intellectual Property”); (b) none of the PowerSchool Parties nor any of their subsidiaries have received any written notice, or otherwise has any knowledge, of any infringement or misappropriation of, or conflict with, any asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any Intellectual Property that would render any Company Intellectual Property invalid, unenforceable or inadequate to protect the interest of the PowerSchool Parties and any of their subsidiaries therein; (c) to the knowledge of the PowerSchool Parties, no third party has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated any Company Intellectual Property; (d) all Company Intellectual Property owned by the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries is owned solely and exclusively by the PowerSchool Parties or one of their subsidiaries free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, defects or other restrictions and, to the knowledge of the PowerSchool Parties, there are no third parties who have ownership rights or rights to use, or have a claim over any Company Intellectual Property, except for (1) the retained rights of the owners of Company Intellectual Property which is licensed to the PowerSchool Parties or their subsidiaries and (2) the rights of customers, licensees, resellers and other channel partners to use Company Intellectual Property in the ordinary course, consistent with past practice; (e) there is no pending, or to the knowledge of the PowerSchool Parties, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others (1) challenging the PowerSchool Parties’ or any of their subsidiaries’ rights in or to any Company Intellectual Property, (2) challenging the ownership, validity, enforceability or scope of any Company Intellectual Property or (3) alleging that any PowerSchool Party or any of its subsidiaries infringes, misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property rights of others, and in each case, the PowerSchool Parties are not aware of any facts that would form the basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim; (f) the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries have taken commercially reasonably steps consistent with prevalent industry practices to (1) ensure that, to the knowledge of the PowerSchool Parties, no Company Intellectual Property has been obtained or is being used by any PowerSchool Party or any of its subsidiaries in violation of any contractual obligation binding on the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries, or otherwise in violation of the rights of any persons; and (2) secure interests in the Company Intellectual Property developed by their employees, consultants, agents and contractors in the course of their service to the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries, including the execution of valid assignment agreements or licenses for the benefit of the PowerSchool Parties and/or any of their subsidiaries by such employees, consultants, agents and contractors under which they have assigned or licensed to the PowerSchool Parties or their subsidiaries all of their right, title and interest in and to any Company Intellectual Property and the rights associated therewith; (g) there are no outstanding options, licenses or binding agreements of any kind relating to the Company Intellectual Property owned by the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries that are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and are not so described; (h) none of the PowerSchool Parties nor any of their subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any options, licenses or binding agreements with respect to any Intellectual Property of any other person or entity that are required to be set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and are not so described; (i) any use by the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries of software and

 

11


other materials distributed under a “free,” “open source,” or similar licensing model (including, but not limited to the GNU General Public License, GNU Lesser General Public License and GNU Affero General Public License) (“Open Source Materials”) is and has been in material compliance with all license terms applicable to such Open Source Materials; (j) none of the PowerSchool Parties nor any of their subsidiaries has used or distributed any Open Source Materials in a manner that requires or has required (1) the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries to permit reverse engineering of any proprietary products or services of the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries, or of any proprietary software code or other technology owned by the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries or (2) any proprietary products or services of the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries, or any proprietary software code or other technology owned by the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries, to be (x) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (y) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works, or (z) redistributed at no charge or minimum charge, except, in the case of each of (1) and (2) above, for the Open Source Materials themselves (and derivatives thereof); and (k) the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries have taken commercially reasonable steps in accordance with prevalent industry practice to maintain the confidentiality of all Company Intellectual Property, the value of which to the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries is contingent upon maintaining the confidentiality thereof, including any trade secrets and confidential information owned, used or held for use by the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries that the PowerSchool Parties in their reasonable business judgment wish to maintain as trade secrets; no government funding, facilities or resources of a university, college, other educational institution or research center or funding from third parties was used in the development of any Company Intellectual Property owned or purportedly owned by the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries that does not permit use by the PowerSchool Parties or such subsidiaries as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, and no governmental agency or body, university, college, other educational institution or research center has any claim of ownership in or to any Company Intellectual Property that is owned or purported to be owned by the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries;

(xxxi) The information technology systems, networks, equipment, software, websites, applications and databases used by the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries in their respective businesses, (collectively, the “IT Assets”) are adequate for the operation of the respective businesses of the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries as currently conducted. Such IT Assets (a) operate and perform in all material respects in accordance with their documentation and functional specifications and otherwise as required by the PowerSchool Parties’ and their subsidiaries’ respective businesses as currently conducted, (b) except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, have not materially malfunctioned or failed since the PowerSchool Parties’ inception, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) are subject to industry standard scans for all viruses, “back doors,” “Trojan horses,” “time bombs”, “worms,” “drop dead devices” or other software or hardware components that are designed or intended to interrupt use of, permit unauthorized access to, or disable, damage or erase, any software or data material to the business of the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries. The PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries have implemented commercially reasonable information technology

 

12


security, backup and disaster recovery technology, processes, policies and procedures consistent with prevalent industry practices. To the knowledge of the PowerSchool Parties, no person has gained unauthorized access to any IT Asset since the PowerSchool Parties’ inception in a manner that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(xxxii) With regard to their receipt, collection, handling, processing, sharing, transfer, usage, disclosure, interception, security, storage and disposal of all personal, personally identifiable, household, sensitive, confidential or regulated data, or any other information that identifies or relates to a distinct individual, user account or device, including, without limitation, IP addresses, mobile device identifiers, geolocation information and website usage activity data or is directly linked to any such information (collectively, “Personal and Device Data”), (a) the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries comply, and at all times have complied, in all material respects with all applicable laws, regulations, judgments, orders and contractual obligations, including the European Union General Data Protection Regulation (collectively, the “Privacy Legal Obligations”); (b) the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries (A) have implemented commercially reasonable policies and procedures designed to ensure the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries comply in all material respects with such Privacy Legal Obligations and (B) take appropriate steps that are reasonably designed to assure compliance with such policies and procedures; (c) such policies and procedures comply in all material respects with all Privacy Legal Obligations; (d) the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries maintain, and at all times have maintained, reasonable data security policies and procedures designed to protect the confidentiality, security, and integrity of Personal and Device Data and to prevent unauthorized use of and access to Personal and Device Data; (e) the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries have required and do require all third parties to which they provide any Personal and Device Data to maintain the privacy and security of such Personal and Device Data and to comply with applicable Privacy Legal Obligations, including by contractually requiring such third parties to protect such Personal and Device Data from unauthorized access, use and/or disclosure; and there has been no material unauthorized access to, or use or disclosure of, Personal and Device Data maintained by or for the PowerSchool Parties or their subsidiaries; and (f) except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there is no pending, or to the knowledge of the PowerSchool Parties, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body alleging non-compliance with any Privacy Legal Obligation;

(xxxiii) There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the Act except as have been validly waived or complied with;

(xxxiv) The PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries have filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed through the date hereof or have requested extensions thereof and have paid all taxes required to be paid through the date hereof, except for cases in which the failure to file or pay would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to any PowerSchool Party or any of their subsidiaries (nor have

 

13


any of the PowerSchool Parties or any of its subsidiaries received written notice of any tax deficiency that will be assessed or, to the knowledge of the PowerSchool Parties, have been proposed by any taxing authority, which could reasonably be expected to be determined adversely to any of the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries); Holdings LLC is properly classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

(xxxv) The PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries taken as a whole are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are, in the PowerSchool Parties’ reasonable judgment, prudent and customary in the businesses in which the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries are engaged; and neither the PowerSchool Parties nor any of their subsidiaries has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business;

(xxxvi) No material labor dispute with or disturbance by the employees of the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries exists or, to the PowerSchool Parties’ knowledge, is threatened; and neither the PowerSchool Parties nor any of their subsidiaries has received written notice of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal vendors, partners or contractors;

(xxxvii) Nothing has come to the attention of the PowerSchool Parties that has caused the PowerSchool Parties to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects and, to the extent required, the PowerSchool Parties have obtained the written consent for the use of such data from such sources;

(xxxviii) (a) Each Plan (as defined below) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”); (b) no non-exempt prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan (excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption) that could reasonably be expected to result in any material liability to the PowerSchool Parties or their subsidiaries; (c) for each Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no failure to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (d) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which notice is waived) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (e) neither the PowerSchool Parties nor any member of their “Controlled Group” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code) have incurred, nor is reasonably expected to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to any Plan or any Multiemployer Plan (as defined below) or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the “PBGC”), in the ordinary course and

 

14


without default) in respect of a Plan or a Multiemployer Plan; and (f) there is no pending audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor, the PBGC or any other governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency with respect to any Plan. Each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination or opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service or has time remaining to do so and, to the knowledge of the PowerSchool Parties, nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification. None of the following events has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur: (a) a material increase in the aggregate amount of contributions required to be made to all Plans by the PowerSchool Parties or their subsidiaries in the current fiscal year of the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries compared to the amount of such contributions made in the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year; or (b) a material increase in the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries’ “accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations” (within the meaning of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715) compared to the amount of such obligations in the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries’ most recently completed fiscal year. For purposes of this paragraph, (A) the term “Plan” means an employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, subject to Title IV of ERISA, but excluding any Multiemployer Plan, for which the PowerSchool Parties or any member of its Controlled Group has any liability and (B) the term “Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA;

(xxxix) None of the PowerSchool Parties nor any of their subsidiaries is party to any contracts, agreements or understandings between the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the PowerSchool Parties or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other similar payment in connection with this offering;

(xl) The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that it is in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act with which the Company is required to comply as of the Applicable Time, and the Company is actively taking steps to ensure that it will be in compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that will become applicable to the Company subsequent to the Applicable Time;

(xli) No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed by the PowerSchool Parties without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed by the Company other than in good faith;

(xlii) There is no debt of, or guaranteed by, any of the PowerSchool Parties or any of their subsidiaries that is rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Act;

 

15


(xliii) The Company has not sold or issued any securities during the six-month period preceding the date of the Prospectus, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation D of the Act, other than (i) shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants or (ii) as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus;

(xliv) Neither the PowerSchool Parties nor any of their affiliates have taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in connection with the offering of the Shares; and

(xlv) The PowerSchool Parties and each of their subsidiaries have such permits, licenses, approvals, consents, franchises, certificates of need and other approvals or authorizations of governmental or regulatory authorities (“Permits”) as are necessary under applicable law to own their respective properties and conduct their respective businesses in the manner described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, except for any of the foregoing that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the PowerSchool Parties nor any of their subsidiaries has received notice of any proceedings related to the revocation or modification of any such Permits that, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company at a purchase price per share of $[•], the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and (b) in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided below, the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at the purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2 (provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares), that portion of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to [•] Optional Shares, at the purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose of covering sales of shares of Stock in excess of the number of Firm Shares, provided that the purchase price per Optional Share shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on the Optional Shares. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only by written notice from you to the Company, given within a period of 30 calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional Shares are to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and the Company otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than ten business days after the date of such notice.

 

16


3. Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Firm Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus.

4. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in definitive or book-entry form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request upon at least forty-eight hours’ prior notice to the Company shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Company to the Representatives, through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), for the account of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the purchase price therefor by wire transfer of Federal (same-day) funds to the accounts specified by the Company to the Representatives at least forty-eight hours in advance. The Company will cause the certificates, if any, representing the Shares to be made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at the office of DTC or its designated custodian (the “Designated Office”). The time and date of such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on [•], 2021, or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing, and, with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified by the Representatives in the written notice given by the Representatives of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and date as the Representatives and the Company may agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is herein called the “First Time of Delivery”, such time and date for delivery of the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the “Second Time of Delivery”, and each such time and date for delivery is herein called a “Time of Delivery”.

(b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 8 hereof, including the cross receipt for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters pursuant to Section 8(n) hereof, will be delivered at the offices of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, One New York Plaza, New York, New York 10004 (the “Closing Location”), and the Shares will be delivered at the Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the Closing Location at [•], New York City time, on the New York Business Day next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, “New York Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York City are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

17


5. Each PowerSchool Party agrees, jointly and severally, with each of the Underwriters:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the last Time of Delivery which shall be disapproved by you promptly after reasonable notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to file promptly all material required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus in respect of the Shares, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or other prospectus relating to the Shares or suspending any such qualification, to promptly use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may reasonably request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation (where not otherwise required) or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction (where not otherwise required) or subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction in which it was not otherwise subject to taxation;

(c) Prior to [•], New York City time, on the New York Business Day two business days after the date of this Agreement and from time to time, to furnish the Underwriters with written and electronic copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is required at any time prior to the expiration of nine months after the time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of the Shares and if at such time any event shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such same period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Act, to notify you and upon your request to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities (whose names and addresses the Underwriters shall furnish to the Company in connection with any such request) as many written and electronic copies as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance; and in case any Underwriter is required to deliver a prospectus (or in lieu thereof, the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) under the Act) in connection with sales of any of the Shares at any time nine months or more after the time of issue of the Prospectus, upon your request but at the expense of such Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many written and electronic copies as you may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

 

18


(d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable (which may be satisfied by filing with the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”)), but in any event not later than sixteen months after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

(e) (i) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the “Company Lock-Up Period”), not to (1) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with or confidentially submit to the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to the Shares, including but not limited to shares of Class B Common Stock or any options or warrants to purchase shares of Stock or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise (other than the Shares to be sold hereunder or pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC., provided, however, that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to:

(A) the Shares to be sold hereunder;

(B) Class A and Class B common stock, and LLC units issued in connection with the Organizational Transactions

(C) the issuance by the Company of shares of Stock, including upon the vesting, exercise or settlement of options or restricted stock units or the conversion of convertible securities or the exchange of exchangeable securities, or options to purchase shares of Stock or the grant of other equity-based awards (including any securities convertible into shares of Stock), in each case outstanding on the date hereof and provided that such option or security is disclosed in or contemplated by the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(D) the entry into an agreement providing for the issuance by the Company of shares of Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Stock in connection with the acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, businesses, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with such acquisition, or the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement;

 

19


(E) the entry into any agreement providing for the issuance of shares of Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Stock in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement; or

(F) the filing of any registration statement on Form S-8 relating to securities granted or to be granted pursuant to the Company’s equity-based compensation plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus or any assumed employee benefit plan contemplated by clause (D);

provided, that in the case of clauses (D) and (E), the number of shares of Stock that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to such clauses shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 15% of the total number of shares of Stock issued and outstanding immediately following the First Time of Delivery; and provided further that in the case of clauses (C) through (E), (1) the Company shall cause each recipient of such securities to execute and deliver to you, on or prior to the issuance of such securities, a lock-up letter on the same terms as the lock-up letter referred to in Section 8(j), and (2) the Company shall enter stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar on such securities until the expiration of the Company Lock-Up Period;

(ii) If Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC agrees to release or waive the restrictions in lock-up letters required pursuant to Section 8(j) hereof, in each case for an officer or director of the Company, and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver (indicating the effective date of such release or waiver in such notice to the Company), the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Annex I hereto through a major news service or other method permitted by applicable laws and regulations at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver;

(f) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), to make available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial information of the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail; provided that no reports, documents or other information need to be furnished pursuant to this Section 5(f) to the extent that they are available on EDGAR;

 

20


(g) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of either Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to deliver to you, as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the Company is listed (such financial statements to be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders generally or to the Commission), provided, that no reports, documents or other information need to be furnished pursuant to this Section 5(g) to the extent they are available on EDGAR or to the extent such provision of such reports, documents or other information would require public disclosure by the Company under Regulation FD;

(h) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Pricing Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”;

(i) To use its best efforts to list for trading, subject to official notice of issuance, the Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”);

(j) To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act;

(k) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 3a(c) of the Commission’s Informal and Other Procedures (16 CFR 202.3a);

(l) Upon request of any Underwriter, to furnish, or cause to be furnished, to such Underwriter an electronic version of the Company’s trademarks, trade names, service marks and corporate logo for use on the website, if any, operated by such Underwriter for the purpose of facilitating the on-line offering of the Shares (the “License”); provided, however, that the License shall be used solely for the purpose described above, is granted without any fee and may not be assigned or transferred;

(m) To promptly notify you if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Act and (ii) the last Time of Delivery; and

(n) Neither the PowerSchool Parties nor their subsidiaries will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.

 

21


6. (a) The PowerSchool Parties represent and agree that, without the prior consent of the Representatives, they have not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405 under the Act; and each Underwriter represents and agrees that, without the prior consent of the PowerSchool Parties and the Representatives, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Shares that would constitute a free writing prospectus required to be filed with the Commission; any such free writing prospectus, the use of which has been consented to by the PowerSchool Parties and the Representatives, is listed on Schedule II(a) hereto;

(b) The PowerSchool Parties have complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 under the Act applicable to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, including timely filing with the Commission or retention where required and legending; and the PowerSchool Parties represent that they have satisfied and agree that they will satisfy the conditions under Rule 433 under the Act to avoid a requirement to file with the Commission any electronic road show;

(c) The PowerSchool Parties agree that if, at any time following the issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any event occurred or occurs as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication would conflict with the information in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then prevailing, not misleading, the PowerSchool Parties will give prompt notice thereof to the Representatives and, if requested by the Representatives, will prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or other document which will correct such conflict, statement or omission; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions in an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information;

(d) The PowerSchool Parties represent and agree that (i) they have not engaged in, or authorized any other person to engage in, any Testing-the-Waters Communications, other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the prior consent of the Representatives with entities that the PowerSchool Parties reasonably believe are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act; and (ii) they have not distributed, or authorized any other person to distribute, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, other than those distributed with the prior consent of the Representatives that are listed on Schedule II(c) hereto; and the PowerSchool Parties reconfirm that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on their behalf in engaging in Testing-the-Waters Communications; and

(e) Each Underwriter represents and agrees that any Testing-the-Waters Communications undertaken by it were with entities that such Underwriter reasonably believes are qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Act.

7. Each of the PowerSchool Parties covenants and agrees with the several Underwriters that the PowerSchool Parties will pay or cause to be paid the following: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the PowerSchool Parties’ counsel and accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and all other expenses incurred in connection with

 

22


the preparation, printing, reproduction and filing of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky memorandum, closing documents (including any compilations thereof) and any other documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses incurred in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky memorandum; (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the Exchange; and (v) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with, any required review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Shares; (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates, if applicable; (vii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar; (viii) any taxes payable in connection with the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and (ix) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section It is understood, however, that the PowerSchool Parties shall bear the cost of any other matters not directly relating to the sale and purchase of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (x) the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show or any testing-the-waters meetings shall be paid 50% by the PowerSchool Parties and 50% by the Underwriters and (y) the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters described in subsection (v) of this Section 7 shall not exceed $35,000 in the aggregate, and that except as provided in this Section and Sections 9 and 12 hereof, the Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

8. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of the PowerSchool Parties herein are, at and as of the Applicable Time and such Time of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the PowerSchool Parties shall have performed all of their respective obligations hereunder theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; all material required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing by Rule 433; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b) under the Act, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 p.m., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Act shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; no stop order suspending or preventing the use of the Pricing Prospectus, Prospectus or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;

 

23


(b) Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, shall have furnished to you such written opinion or opinions dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you, and such counsel shall have received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters;

(c) Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for the PowerSchool Parties, shall have furnished to you their written opinion, dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance satisfactory to you.

(d) On the date of the Prospectus at the time of the execution of this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, Deloitte & Touche LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(e) On the date of the Prospectus at the time of the execution of this Agreement and at each Time of Delivery, the Chief Financial Officer of the Company shall have furnished to you a certificate as to the accuracy of certain financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof in form and substance satisfactory to you and included in Annex III;

(f) (i) None of the PowerSchool Parties nor any of their subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Pricing Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus, and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Pricing Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock (other than as a result of (A) the exercise or settlement (including any “net” or “cashless” exercises or settlements) of stock options or restricted stock units, as applicable, or the award of stock options or restricted stock units in the ordinary course of business, and (B) the repurchase of unvested Stock by the Company upon termination of the holder’s employment with the Company, in each case under (A) and (B) pursuant to the terms of the PowerSchool Parties’ equity plans that are described in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and subject to the terms of award agreements that have been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement), or long-term debt of the PowerSchool Parties or their subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or any change or effect, or any development involving a prospective change or effect, in or affecting (x) the business, properties, general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the PowerSchool Parties and their subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as set forth or contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, or (y) the ability of the PowerSchool Parties to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, including the issuance and sale of the Shares or the issuance of shares of Class B Common Stock by the Company, or to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is in your judgment so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

 

24


(g) On or after the Applicable Time (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded the debt securities of any PowerSchool Party by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization”, as defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act, and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the debt securities of any PowerSchool Party;

(h) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the Exchange; (ii) a suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company’s securities on the Exchange; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York State authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (v) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (iv) or (v) in your judgment makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(i) The Shares to be sold by the Company at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed, subject to official notice of issuance, on the Exchange;

(j) The PowerSchool Parties shall have obtained and delivered to the Underwriters executed copies of an agreement from each director, officer and stockholder of PowerSchool Parties listed on Schedule III hereto, substantially to the effect set forth in Annex II hereto in form and substance satisfactory to you;

(k) Prior to or concurrent with the First Time of Delivery, the Organizational Transactions shall have been consummated in a manner substantially consistent with the description thereof in the Registration Statement, Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus;

(l) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the New York Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement;

(m) FINRA shall not have raised any objection with respect to the fairness or reasonableness of the underwriting, or other arrangements of the transactions, contemplated hereby; and

(n) Each PowerSchool Party shall have furnished, or caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery, certificates of its respective officers, satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of its respective representations and warranties, herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the PowerSchool Parties of all of their respective obligations hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, and as to such other matters as you may reasonably request, and the PowerSchool Parties shall have furnished, or caused to be furnished, certificates as to the matters set forth in subsections (a) and (f) of this Section 8.

 

25


9. (a) Each of the PowerSchool Parties, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “roadshow” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Act (a “roadshow”), any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Act or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the PowerSchool Parties shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless each PowerSchool Party against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such PowerSchool Party may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow, or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, or any roadshow, or any Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information; and will reimburse each PowerSchool Party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such PowerSchool Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred. As used in this Agreement with respect to an Underwriter and an applicable document, the “Underwriter Information” shall mean the written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein; it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the fifth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting”, and the information contained in the ninth, tenth and eleventh paragraphs under the caption “Underwriting”.

 

26


(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; provided that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 9. In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 9 in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the PowerSchool Parties, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the PowerSchool Parties on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the PowerSchool Parties, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the PowerSchool Parties, bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information

 

27


supplied by the PowerSchool Parties, on the one hand, or the Underwriters on the other, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The PowerSchool Parties and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(e) The obligations of the PowerSchool Parties under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the PowerSchool Parties may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each employee, officer and director of each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the Act and each broker-dealer or other affiliate of any Underwriter; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the PowerSchool Parties (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company) and to each person, if any, who controls any PowerSchool Party within the meaning of the Act.

10. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other parties satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms. In the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company that you have so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, or the Company notifies you that it has so arranged for the purchase of such Shares, you or the Company shall have the right to postpone such Time of Delivery for a period of not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Shares.

 

28


(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, then the Company shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate number of all of the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery, or if the Company shall not exercise the right described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except for the expenses to be borne by the PowerSchool Parties and the Underwriters as provided in Section 7 hereof and the indemnity and contribution agreements in Section 9 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

11. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the PowerSchool Parties and the several Underwriters, as set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any director, officer, employee, affiliate or controlling person of any Underwriter, or the PowerSchool Parties, or any officer or director or controlling person of any PowerSchool Party and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

12. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 10 hereof, the PowerSchool Parties shall then not be under any liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof; but, if for any other reason (other than those set forth in clauses (i), (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 8(h)) any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the Company as provided herein, or the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement (other than those set forth in clauses (i), (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 8(h)), the PowerSchool Parties, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Underwriters through you for all documented out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares not so delivered, but the PowerSchool Parties shall then be under no further liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 7 and 9 hereof.

13. In all dealings hereunder, the Representatives shall act on behalf of each of the Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or given by you jointly or by you on behalf of you as the Underwriters.

 

29


In accordance with the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation (as defined below), the Underwriters are required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies their respective clients, including the PowerSchool Parties, which information may include the name, address and tax identification numbers of their respective clients, a certification regarding beneficial ownership (such certification, the “Beneficial Ownership Certification”) as required by 31 C.F.R. §1010.230 (the “Beneficial Ownership Regulation”), as well as other information that will allow the Underwriters to properly identify their respective clients.

All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and (A) if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Registration Department; and Barclays Capital Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Syndicate Registration (Fax: (646) 834-8133); (B) if to the PowerSchool Parties shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to the address of the PowerSchool Parties set forth on the cover of the Registration Statement, Attention: Secretary; and (C) if to any stockholder that has delivered a lock-up letter described in Section 8(j) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail to such stockholder’s respective address as such stockholder provides in writing to the Company; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9(d) hereof shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters’ Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company by you on request; provided further that notices under subsection 5(e) shall be in writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail or facsimile transmission to you as the Representatives at Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282, Attention: Control Room. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

14. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Underwriters and the PowerSchool Parties, and, to the extent provided in Sections 9 and 11 hereof, the officers and directors of the PowerSchool Parties and each person who controls the PowerSchool Parties or any Underwriter, or any director, officer, employee or affiliate of any underwriter and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

15. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the term “business day” shall mean any day when the Commission’s office in Washington, D.C. is open for business.

16. Each PowerSchool Party acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the PowerSchool Parties, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other, and, as such, not intended for use by any individual for personal, family or household purposes, and does not constitute a recommendation, investment advice or solicitation of any action by the Underwriters, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the PowerSchool Parties, (iii) no Underwriter has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the PowerSchool Parties with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising any PowerSchool Party on other

 

30


matters) or any other obligation to the PowerSchool Parties except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement and (iv) the PowerSchool Parties have consulted their own legal and financial advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate. The PowerSchool Parties agree that they will not claim that the Underwriters, or any of them, has provided any legal, accounting, regulatory, investment or tax advice with respect to such transaction, or rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to any PowerSchool Party in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

17. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) among the PowerSchool Parties and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

18. This Agreement and any transaction contemplated by this Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related thereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflict of laws that would results in the application of any other law than the laws of the State of New York. The PowerSchool Parties agree that any suit or proceeding arising in respect of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated by this Agreement will be tried exclusively in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York or, if that court does not have subject matter jurisdiction, in any state court located in The City and County of New York and the PowerSchool Parties agree to submit to the jurisdiction of, and to venue in, such courts.

19. Each PowerSchool Party and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

20. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered by the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act or other applicable law, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

21. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the PowerSchool Parties are authorized to disclose to any persons the U.S. federal and state income tax treatment and tax structure of the potential transaction and all materials of any kind (including tax opinions and other tax analyses) provided to the PowerSchool Parties relating to that treatment and structure, without the Underwriters imposing any limitation of any kind. However, any information relating to the tax treatment and tax structure shall remain confidential (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent necessary to enable any person to comply with securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” is limited to any facts that may be relevant to that treatment.

 

31


22. Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes:

(a) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(b) In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(c) For the purposes of this Section 22, the following definitions shall apply:

“BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

“Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

32


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us one for the Company and each of the Representatives plus one for each counsel counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters, the Company and Holdings LLC. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among the Underwriters, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company and Holdings LLC for examination, upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

 

Very truly yours,
PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Severin Holdings, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

33


Accepted as of the date hereof

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Barclays Capital Inc.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

On behalf of each of the Underwriters

 

34


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Total
Number

Of
Firm Shares
to be
Purchased
  Number of
Optional
Shares to be
Purchased
if
Maximum
Option
Exercised

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

   [•]   [•]

Barclays Capital Inc.

   [•]   [•]

[•]

   [•]   [•]

[•]

   [•]   [•]

Total

   [•]   [•]

 

S-I


SCHEDULE II

(a) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses not included in the Pricing Disclosure Package

Electronic Roadshow dated [•], 2021

(b) Information other than the Pricing Prospectus that comprise the Pricing Disclosure Package

The initial public offering price per share for the Shares is $ [•]

The number of Shares purchased by the Underwriters is [•] (or [•] Shares if the Underwriters exercise their option to purchase Optional Shares in full)

(c) Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

[None]

 

S-II


SCHEDULE III2

 

1.

  

Nicholas Stahl

2.

   Marc V. Teillon

3.

   Laurence Goldberg

4.

   David Armstrong

5.

   Hardeep Gulati

6.

   Marcy Daniel

7.

   Maulik Datanwala

8.

   Craig Greenseid

9.

   Eric Shander

10.

   Devendra Singh

11.

   Anthony Miller

12.

   Rich Gay

13.

   Garron Flagg

14.

   Nehal Abdel Hakim

15.

   Betty Hung

16.

   Ronald McCray

17.

   Amy McIntosh

18.

   Maneet S. Saroya

 

 

2 

To be confirmed.

 

S-III


ANNEX I

[FORM OF PRESS RELEASE]

[PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.] [Date]

[PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.] (the “Company”) announced today that Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, one of the lead book-runners in the recent public sale of [•] shares of the Company’s common stock, is [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [•], 2021, and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Annex I-1


ANNEX II

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

Lock-Up Agreement

[•], 2021

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

Barclays Capital Inc.

c/o Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

200 West Street

New York, NY 10282-2198

c/o Barclays Capital Inc.

745 Seventh Avenue,

New York, New York 10019

Re: PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. - Lock-Up Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that you, as representatives, propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement on behalf of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I to such agreement (collectively, the “Underwriters”), with PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and Severin Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings LLC”), providing for a public offering (the “Public Offering”) of the Class A Common Stock of the Company (the “Shares”) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

In consideration of the agreement by the Underwriters to offer and sell the Shares, and of other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees that, during the period beginning from the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continuing to and including the date that is 180 days after the date set forth on the final prospectus (the “Prospectus”) used to sell the Shares (the “Lock-Up Period”), the undersigned shall not, and shall not cause or direct any of its affiliates to, (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, lend, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of, any shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any options or warrants to purchase any shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any securities convertible into, exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of Common Stock of the Company (such options, warrants or other securities, collectively, “Derivative Instruments”), including without limitation any such shares or Derivative Instruments, now owned or hereafter acquired, by the undersigned (including holding as a custodian) or with respect to which the undersigned has beneficial ownership within the rules and regulations of the SEC (collectively the “Undersigned’s Shares”), (ii) engage in any hedging or other transaction or arrangement which is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in a sale, loan, pledge or other disposition (whether by the undersigned

 

A-II-1


or someone other than the undersigned), or transfer any of the economic consequences of ownership, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, of any shares of Common Stock of the Company or Derivative Instruments, whether any such transaction or arrangement by the undersigned would be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise (any such sale, loan, pledge or other disposition, or transfer of economic consequences, a “Transfer”) or (iii) otherwise publicly announce any intention to engage in or cause any action or activity described in clause (i) above or transaction or arrangement described in clause (ii) above. The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned is not, and has not caused or directed any of its affiliates to be or become, currently a party to any agreement or arrangement that provides for, is designed to or which reasonably could be expected to lead to or result in any Transfer during the Lock-Up Period, except as would otherwise be permitted hereunder. Such prohibited hedging or other transactions or arrangements described in clause (ii) above would include without limitation any short sale or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including without limitation any put or call option, or any combination thereof) with respect to any of the Undersigned’s Shares or with respect to any security that includes, relates to, or derives any significant part of its value from the Shares. If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed or other Shares the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering. In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the Lock-Up Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any of the Undersigned’s Shares during the Lock-Up Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent the undersigned has demand and/or piggyback registration rights under any registration rights agreement described in the Prospectus, the undersigned may notify the Company privately that the undersigned is or will be exercising its demand and/or piggyback registration rights under any such registration rights agreement following the expiration of the Lock-Up Period and undertake preparations related thereto; provided that the foregoing notification and/or preparations do not request, require or result in the filing or confidential submission of a registration statement with the SEC or any other public announcement or activity regarding such registration by the undersigned, the Company or any third party during the Lock-Up Period (and no such filing, confidential submission, public announcement or activity shall be voluntarily made or taken by the undersigned, the Company or any third party during the Lock-Up Period).

If the undersigned is not a natural person, the undersigned represents and warrants that no single natural person, entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) (the “Exchange Act”) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the common equity interest, or 50% or more of the voting power, in the undersigned, except for a natural person, entity or group (as described above), that has executed a Lock Up Agreement in substantially the same form as this Lock Up Agreement. For purposes of this paragraph, “beneficially owns” shall mean solely a pecuniary interest under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the rule promulgated under the Exchange Act.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press

 

Annex II-2


release through a major news service or other method permitted by applicable laws and regulation at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may Transfer the Undersigned’s Shares (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, provided that no public filing or disclosure under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or other public report shall be required or shall be made voluntarily during the Lock-Up Period in connection with such transfer, (ii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, provided that (1) the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, (2) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value and (3) no public filing or disclosure under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or other public report shall be required or shall be made voluntarily during the Lock-Up Period in connection with such transfer, (iii) with the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC on behalf of the Underwriters, (iv) if the undersigned is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, to (a) a partner, member or stockholder, as the case may be, of such partnership, limited liability company or corporation, (b) any wholly owned subsidiary of the undersigned, (c) an affiliate (as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)) of the undersigned or (d) if a transferee referred to in clauses (a) through (c) above is not a natural person, any direct or indirect partner, member or shareholder of such transferee until the Shares come to be held by a natural person, if provided that, in any such case of clauses (a) through (d), (1) such transfer is not for value, (2) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer, (3) if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting such transfer during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that such transfer is not for value, that the Shares subject to such transfer remain subject to restrictions set forth herein and that the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause (iv), and (4) no other public filing or announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer, (v) by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic order or in connection with a divorce settlement, provided that (1) the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, (2) the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in the aggregate beneficial ownership of the Undersigned’s Shares in connection with such transfer, the undersigned shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that such transfer was by operation of law and that the Shares subject to such transfer remain subject to restrictions set forth herein, and (3) no other public filing or announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer, (vi) pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, purchase, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by the board of directors of the Company and made to all holders of the Company’s capital stock involving a change of control of the Company (and nothing in this Lock-Up Agreement shall prohibit the undersigned from voting in favor of any such transaction or taking any other action in connection with such transaction), provided that in the event that such tender

 

Annex II-3


offer, merger, purchase, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Undersigned’s Shares shall remain subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement, (vii) pursuant to the exercise of an option to purchase Shares in connection with the termination of such option pursuant to its terms, provided that (1) such option was granted pursuant to a Company stock option plan or other incentive plan described in the registration statement related to the Public Offering and the Prospectus, (2) any Shares received upon such exercise shall be subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement and (3) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or other public filing, report or announcement reporting a reduction in the aggregate beneficial ownership of the Undersigned’s Shares shall be voluntarily made and if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in the aggregate beneficial ownership of the Undersigned’s Shares during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the shares issuable upon such exercise are subject to the terms of this Lock-Up Agreement and that the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause (vii), and no other public filing or announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such exercise, (viii) to the Company (a) for the payment of the exercise price upon the “cashless” or “net” exercise of an option to purchase Shares in connection with the termination of such option pursuant to its terms, or (b) for the payment of tax withholdings (including estimated taxes) due as a result of the exercise of an option to purchase Shares in connection with the termination of such option pursuant to its terms, in all such cases, provided that, (1) such option was granted pursuant to a Company stock option plan or other incentive plan described in the registration statement related to the Public Offering and the Prospectus, and (2) no public filing or disclosure under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or other public report shall be voluntarily made during the Lock-Up Period in connection with such transfer, provided that if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in the aggregate beneficial ownership of the Undersigned’s Shares during the Lock-Up period, the undersigned shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause (viii) or (ix) transfers to the Company of Shares in connection with the termination of service of an employee of the Company pursuant to agreements that provide the Company with an option to repurchase such shares, provided that (1) if the undersigned is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act reporting a reduction in aggregate beneficial ownership of the Undersigned’s Shares during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the termination of the undersigned’s employment, and (2) such contractual arrangement (or a form thereof) is described in the Final Prospectus or filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin. For purposes of clause (vi), “change of control” shall mean the consummation of any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, purchase, consolidation or other similar transaction the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of a majority of total voting power of the voting stock of the Company. The undersigned now has, and, except as contemplated by clause (i) through (ix) above, for the duration of this Lock-Up Agreement will have, good and marketable title to the Undersigned’s Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and claims whatsoever. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Undersigned’s Shares except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

 

Annex II-4


The restrictions set forth in this Lock-Up Agreement shall not apply to the establishment of a trading plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of the Undersigned’s Shares, provided that no sale of Shares shall occur under such plan and no filing under the Exchange Act or any other public filing or disclosure of such plan shall be made by any person during the Lock-Up Period.

The restrictions set forth in this Lock-Up Agreement shall not apply to (i) any exchange, transfer or sale in connection with, and as contemplated by, the Organizational Transactions (as such term is defined in the Pricing Disclosure Package in the section titled “The Organizational Transactions”), or (ii) any exchange of LLC Units and a corresponding number of shares of the Common Stock, provided that, in the case of this clause (ii), exchanges shall be in accordance with the Exchange Agreement; and provided further that, in the case of this clause (ii), such shares of Common Stock shall be subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement.

The undersigned hereby consents to receipt of this Lock-Up Agreement in electronic form and understands and agrees that this Lock-Up Agreement may be signed electronically. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, electronic mail, or otherwise by electronic transmission evidencing an intent to sign this Lock-Up Agreement, such facsimile transmission, electronic mail or other electronic transmission shall create a valid and binding obligation of the undersigned with the same force and effect as if such signature were an original. Execution and delivery of this Lock-Up Agreement by facsimile transmission, electronic mail or other electronic transmission is legal, valid and binding for all purposes.

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters have not provided any recommendation or investment advice nor have the Underwriters solicited any action from the undersigned with respect to the Offering and the undersigned has consulted their own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent deemed appropriate.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this Lock-Up Agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this Lock-Up Agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.

This Lock-Up Agreement shall automatically terminate and be of no further effect upon the earliest to occur, if any, of: (i) the date of the filing with the SEC of a notice of withdrawal of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (which covers the Shares) pursuant to Rule 477 promulgated under the Securities Act, (ii) the Company advises Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC in writing prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering, (iii) the Underwriting Agreement is executed but is terminated (other than the provisions thereof that survive termination) prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares to be sold thereunder, and (iv) [•], 2021, in the event that the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed on or before that date; provided, however, that the Company may, by written notice to the undersigned prior to such date, extend such date for a period of up to [six] additional months.

This Lock-Up Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Lock-Up Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

Annex II-5


ANNEX III

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF THE CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.

[To insert]

Exhibit 3.1

Delaware

The First State

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF “POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE THIRTIETH DAY OF NOVEMBER, A.D. 2020, AT 5:33 O`CLOCK P.M.


CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the Corporation is PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

ARTICLE TWO

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE THREE

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE FOUR

The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation has authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares of Common Stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share.

ARTICLE FIVE

The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator are as follows:

NAME AND MAILING ADDRESS

Robert A. Jannusch

300 N. LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60654

ARTICLE SIX

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE SEVEN

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation.


ARTICLE EIGHT

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the by-laws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the by-laws of the Corporation so provide.

ARTICLE NINE

To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of this Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE NINE shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE TEN

The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by §203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE TWELVE

To the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the law of the State of Delaware, the Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to its officers, directors or stockholders, other than those officers, directors or stockholders who are employees of the Corporation. No amendment or repeal of this ARTICLE TWELVE shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any officer, director or stockholder of the Corporation for or with respect to any opportunities of which such officer, director, or stockholder becomes aware prior to such amendment or repeal.

* * * * *

 

3


I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts stated herein are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand on the 30th day of November, 2020.

 

/s/ Robert Jannusch

Robert A. Jannusch, Sole Incorporator

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.

*     *     *     *     *

Hardeep Gulati, being the Chief Executive Officer of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY as follows:

FIRST: The present name of the Corporation is PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. The Corporation was incorporated under the name PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. by the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Delaware Secretary of State on November 30, 2020 (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

SECOND: The Board of Directors of the Corporation, pursuant to a unanimous written consent, adopted resolutions authorizing the Corporation to amend, integrate and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation in its entirety to read as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the “Restated Certificate”).

THIRD: The Restated Certificate restates and integrates and further amends the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation.

FOURTH: That the stockholders of the Corporation, pursuant to written consent, approved and adopted the Restated Certificate in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

FIFTH: The Restated Certificate has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

*     *     *     *     *


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its duly authorized officer on this [•] day of [•], 2021.

 

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

     

Name:   Hardeep Gulati
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Signature Page to Amended and Restated

Certificate of Incorporation of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.


Exhibit A

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation is PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

ARTICLE TWO

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE THREE

The nature and purpose of the business of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”).

ARTICLE FOUR

Section 1. Authorized Shares. The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is [850,000,000] shares, consisting of:

1. [50,000,000] shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”);

2. [500,000,000] shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”); and

3. [300,000,000] shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock” and together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”).

The Preferred Stock and the Common Stock shall have the designations, rights, powers and preferences and the qualifications, restrictions and limitations thereof, if any, set forth below.

Section 2. Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to provide, by resolution or resolutions for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and with respect to each series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the voting powers (if any), designations, powers, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, of the shares of each such series, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. The powers (including voting powers), preferences, and relative, participating,

 

1


optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the approval of the Board of Directors and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, without the separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock as a class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

Section 3. Common Stock.

(a) Voting Rights. Except as otherwise required by the DGCL or as provided by or pursuant to the provisions of this Restated Certificate:

(i) Each holder of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held of record by such holder.

(ii) Each holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by such holder.

(iii) Except as otherwise required in this Restated Certificate or by applicable law, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are generally entitled to vote (and, if any holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock, as a single class with such holders of Preferred Stock).

(iv) The holders of shares of Common Stock shall not have cumulative voting rights.

(v) The holders of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to vote separately as a class upon any amendment to this Restated Certificate (including by merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar event or otherwise) that would increase or decrease the par value of a class of stock or alter or change the powers, preferences, or special rights of a class of stock so as to affect them adversely.

(vi) The number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock voting together as a single class irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

2


(b) Dividends. Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Class A Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends in cash, stock or property of the Corporation, such dividends may be declared and paid on the Class A Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are by law available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall determine. Dividends shall not be declared or paid on the Class B Common Stock.

(c) Liquidation, Dissolution, etc. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation as required by law and of the preferential and other amounts, if any, to which the holders of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Class A Common Stock shall be entitled, the holders of all outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by each such stockholder. The holders of shares of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to receive any assets of the Corporation in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

(d) Reclassification. Neither the Class A Common Stock nor the Class B Common Stock may be subdivided, split, consolidated, reclassified, or otherwise changed unless contemporaneously therewith the other class of Common Stock and the common units of Severin Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (such units, the “LLC Units”), are subdivided, consolidated, reclassified, or otherwise changed in the same proportion and in the same manner.

(e) Exchange. The holders of Class B Common Stock other than the Corporation shall, to the extent provided in the Exchange Agreement and the LLC Agreement (each, defined below) and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Agreement and the LLC Agreement, as applicable, have the right to exchange the LLC Units held by them for the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Class A Common Stock determined in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Agreement. Upon the exchange of an LLC Unit for one share of Class A Common Stock in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Agreement and the LLC Agreement, as applicable, the exchanging holder shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of Class B Common Stock transfer one share of Class B Common Stock to the Corporation for no consideration, which shall be automatically retired and cancelled, shall cease to exist and no longer be outstanding, and may not be reissued. The Corporation shall at all times when any shares of Class B Common Stock and LLC Units shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exchange of all outstanding LLC Units into shares of Class A Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Agreement and the LLC Agreement. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the exchange of all outstanding LLC Units, the Corporation will take such corporate actions within its power as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to cause this Restated Certificate to be amended so as to increase the number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock to

 

3


such number as shall be sufficient for such purpose. “Exchange Agreement” means that certain Exchange Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, among the Corporation, Severin Holdings, LLC and holders of LLC Units party thereto, as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time. “LLC Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Severin Holdings, LLC, dated on or about the date hereof, as it may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

(f) Automatic Transfer. No share of Class B Common Stock may be sold, exchanged or otherwise transferred, other than in connection with (i) the exchange of an LLC Unit as set forth in Section 3(e) of ARTICLE FOUR hereof and in the Exchange Agreement and the LLC Agreement, and (ii) the transfer of an LLC Unit by a holder of LLC Units to a “Permitted Transferee” of such holder as defined in the LLC Agreement. In the event that any outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock are sold, exchanged or otherwise transferred other than as provided in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), or such outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock shall otherwise cease to be held by a holder of a corresponding number, based on the exchange rate then in effect, of LLC Units (including a transferee of a LLC Unit) for any reason, such shares of Class B Common Stock shall upon such sale, exchange or other transfer, or upon ceasing to be held by such holder, automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of Class B Common Stock be transferred to the Corporation for no consideration and thereupon shall be automatically retired and cancelled, shall cease to exist and no longer be outstanding, and may not be reissued. Certificates or notices evidencing ownership of shares of Class B Common Stock shall contain a legend setting forth the automatic transfer and other transfer restrictions on such shares as provided by this Restated Certificate.

(g) No Preemptive or Subscription Rights. No holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to preemptive or subscription rights.

ARTICLE FIVE

Section 1. Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Number of Directors. Subject to any rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances or otherwise, the number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall initially be [•] ([•]) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Classes of Directors. The directors of the Corporation, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III.

 

4


Section 4. Election and Term of Office. The directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares cast; provided that, whenever the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation are entitled to elect one or more directors pursuant to the provisions of this Restated Certificate (including, but not limited to, any duly authorized certificate of designation), such directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by such holders. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the date the Class A Common Stock is first publicly traded (the “IPO Date”), the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after the IPO Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders after the IPO Date. For the purposes hereof, the Board of Directors may assign directors already in office to Class I, Class II and Class III, in accordance with the terms of that certain Director Nomination Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof (as amended and/or restated or supplemented in accordance with its terms, the “Nomination Agreement”), by and among the Corporation and the investors named therein. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the IPO Date, directors elected to replace those of a class whose terms expire at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting after their election and until their respective successors shall have been duly elected and qualified. Each director shall hold office until the annual meeting of stockholders for the year in which such director’s term expires and a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Nothing in this Restated Certificate shall preclude a director from serving consecutive terms. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation (as amended and/or restated, the “Bylaws”) shall so provide.

Section 5. Newly-Created Directorships and Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and except as otherwise set forth in the Nomination Agreement, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal from office or any other cause may be filled only by resolution of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and may not be filled in any other manner. A director elected or appointed to fill a vacancy shall serve for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. A director elected or appointed to fill a position resulting from an increase in the number of directors shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been elected or appointed and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 6. Removal and Resignation of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate, (i) prior to the Trigger Date (as defined below), directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of stockholders representing at least a majority in voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in an election of directors, voting together as a single class (“Voting Stock”), and (ii) on and after the Trigger Date, directors may only be removed for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of stockholders representing at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (6623%) of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, at a meeting of

 

5


the Corporation’s stockholders called for that purpose. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation. “Trigger Date” means the first date on which the Principal Stockholders and their respective Affiliated Companies cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least forty percent (40%) of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock (determined assuming that each LLC Unit owned by holders other than the Corporation were exchanged for Class A Common Stock in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Exchange Agreement and the LLC Agreement, as applicable). “Principal Stockholders” means, collectively, Severin Topco, LLC, Vista Equity Partners Fund VI-A, L.P., Pinnacle Holdings I L.P. and Onex Partners Holdings LLC, Onex Partners IV Select LP, Onex US Principals LP, Onex Partners IV LP, Onex Partners IV GP LP and Onex Partners IV PV LP. “Affiliated Companies” means (a) in respect of a Principal Stockholder, any entity that Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with such Principal Stockholder (other than the Corporation and any entity that is Controlled by the Corporation) and any investment funds managed by such Principal Stockholder or any of its affiliates and (b) in respect of the Corporation, any entity Controlled by the Corporation. “Control” is defined in ARTICLE NINE.

Section 7. Rights of Holders of Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the provisions of this ARTICLE FIVE, whenever the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately or together by series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorship shall be subject to the rights of such series of Preferred Stock. During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more series, have the right to elect additional directors, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate (in which case each such director thereupon shall cease to be qualified as, and shall cease to be, a director) and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be reduced accordingly.

Section 8. Advance Notice. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws.

Section 9. Chairman of the Board. So long as the Principal Stockholders beneficially owns in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 30% or more of the Voting Stock, the Chair of the Board of Directors may be designated by a majority of the directors nominated or designated for nomination by the Principal Stockholders.

 

6


ARTICLE SIX

Section 1. Limitation of Liability.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages arising from a breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

(b) Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification with respect to any act, omission or other matter occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

ARTICLE SEVEN

Section 1. Action by Written Consent. Prior to the first date (the “Stockholder Consent Trigger Date”) on which the Principal Stockholders and their respective Affiliated Companies cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least thirty five percent (35%) of the Voting Stock, any action which is required or permitted to be taken by the Corporation’s stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of the Corporation’s stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. From and after the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Corporation’s stockholders may be taken only at a duly called annual or special meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders and the power of stockholders to consent in writing without a meeting is specifically denied; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided in the resolutions creating such series of Preferred Stock.

Section 2. Special Meetings of Stockholders. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and to the requirements of applicable law, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board of Directors pursuant to a written resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies, or (ii) prior to the Stockholder Consent Trigger Date, by the Chair of the Board of Directors at the written request of the Principal Stockholder(s) owning (directly or indirectly) a majority of the shares of Voting Stock then owned in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) by all Principal Stockholders. Any business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

7


ARTICLE EIGHT

Section 1. Certain Acknowledgments. In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain of the directors, partners, principals, officers, members, managers and/or employees of the Principal Stockholders or their respective Affiliated Companies may serve as directors or officers of the Corporation and (ii) the Principal Stockholders and their respective Affiliated Companies engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) that the Corporation and its Affiliated Companies may engage in material business transactions with the Principal Stockholders and their respective Affiliated Companies, and that the Corporation is expected to benefit therefrom, the provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT are set forth to regulate and define to the fullest extent permitted by law the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation as they may involve the Principal Stockholders and/or their respective Affiliated Companies and/or their respective directors, partners, principals, officers, members, managers and/or employees, including any of the foregoing who serve as officers or directors of the Corporation (collectively, the “Exempted Persons”), and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its officers, directors and stockholders in connection therewith.

Section 2. Competition and Corporate Opportunities. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, none of the Exempted Persons shall have any fiduciary duty to refrain from (i) engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies or (ii) otherwise competing with the Corporation and its Affiliated Companies, and no Exempted Person shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of any such activities of the Principal Stockholders, their respective Affiliated Companies or such Exempted Person. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its Affiliated Companies, renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation and its Affiliated Companies in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to the Exempted Persons, even if the opportunity is one that the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so, and each Exempted Person shall have no duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to the Corporation or its Affiliated Companies and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be liable to the Corporation, any of its Affiliated Companies or its stockholders for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation solely, by reason of the fact that the Principal Stockholders, one of their respective Affiliated Companies or any such Exempted Person pursues or acquires such business opportunity, sells, assigns, transfers or directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Corporation or any of its Affiliated Companies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2, the Corporation does not renounce any interest or expectancy it may have in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to any Exempted Person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation, and not in any other capacity.

Section 3. Certain Matters Deemed Not Corporate Opportunities. In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to belong to the Corporation if it is a business opportunity the Corporation is not financially able or contractually permitted or legally able to undertake, or that is, from its nature, not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to it or that is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

 

8


Section 4. Amendment of this Article. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere contained in this Restated Certificate, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, and in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this ARTICLE EIGHT; provided however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, neither the alteration, amendment or repeal of this ARTICLE EIGHT nor the adoption of any provision of this Restated Certificate inconsistent with this ARTICLE EIGHT shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any Exempted Person for or with respect to any activities or opportunities which such Exempted Person becomes aware prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption.

Section 5. Deemed Notice. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any shares of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE EIGHT.

ARTICLE NINE

Section 1. Section 203 of the DGCL. The Corporation expressly elects not to be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL.

Section 2. Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Restated Certificate to the contrary, the Corporation shall not engage in any Business Combination (as defined hereinafter) at any point in time at which the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), with any Interested Stockholder (as defined hereinafter) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, unless:

(a) prior to such time the Board of Directors approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder;

(b) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in such stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder, such stockholder owned at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Voting Stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the Voting Stock outstanding (but not the outstanding Voting Stock owned by such Interested Stockholder) those shares owned (i) by Persons (as defined hereinafter) who are directors and also officers of the Corporation and (ii) employee stock plans of the Corporation in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

(c) at or subsequent to such time the Business Combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (6623%) of the outstanding Voting Stock which is not owned by such Interested Stockholder.

 

9


Section 3. Exceptions to Prohibition on Interested Stockholder Transactions. The restrictions contained in this ARTICLE NINE shall not apply if:

(a) a stockholder becomes an Interested Stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the stockholder ceases to be an Interested Stockholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three- year period immediately prior to a Business Combination between the Corporation and such stockholder, have been an Interested Stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

(b) the Business Combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of a proposed transaction which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the second sentence of this Section 3(b) of ARTICLE NINE; (ii) is with or by a Person who either was not an Interested Stockholder during the previous three years or who became an Interested Stockholder with the approval of the Board of Directors; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any Person becoming an Interested Stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to (x) a merger or consolidation of the Corporation (except for a merger in respect of which, pursuant to Section 251(f) of the DGCL, no vote of the stockholders of the Corporation is required); (y) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (other than to any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary or to the Corporation) having an aggregate market value equal to fifty percent (50%) or more of either that aggregate market value of all of the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding Stock (as defined hereinafter) of the Corporation; or (z) a proposed tender or exchange offer for fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation. The Corporation shall give not less than 20 days’ notice to all Interested Stockholders prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in clause (x) or (y) of the second sentence of this Section 3(b) of ARTICLE NINE.

Section 4. Definitions. As used in this ARTICLE NINE and, solely with respect to the term “Control,” as also used in ARTICLE FIVE, Section 6, only, and unless otherwise provided by the express terms of this ARTICLE NINE, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them as set forth in this Section 4:

(a) “Affiliate” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another Person;

 

10


(b) “Associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such Person is a director, officer or general partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of any class of Voting Stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a twenty percent (20%) beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such Person;

(c) “Business Combination” means:

(i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation with (A) the Interested Stockholder, or (B) any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the Interested Stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section 2 of this ARTICLE NINE is not applicable to the surviving entity;

(ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the Interested Stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to ten percent (10%) or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding Stock of the Corporation;

(iii) any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any Stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the Interested Stockholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into Stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Stockholder became such; (B) pursuant to an exchange of LLC Units into Class A Common Stock, to the extent provided in the Exchange Agreement and the LLC Agreement, (C) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (D) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into Stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of Stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the Interested Stockholder became such; (E) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase Stock made on the same terms to all holders of such Stock; or (F) any issuance or transfer of Stock by the Corporation; provided however, that in no case under items (D)-(F) of this Section 4(c)(iii) of ARTICLE NINE shall there be an increase in the Interested Stockholder’s proportionate share of the Stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the Voting Stock of the Corporation;

 

11


(iv) any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the Stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the Stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the Interested Stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of Stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Stockholder; or

(v) any receipt by the Interested Stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in Sections 4(c)(i)-(iv) of ARTICLE NINE) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation;

(d) “Control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise. A Person who is the owner of twenty percent (20%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary; notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such Person holds Voting Stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this ARTICLE NINE, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group (as such term is used in Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, as such Rule is in effect as of the date of this Restated Certificate) have control of such entity;

(e) “Interested Stockholder” means any Person (other than the Corporation and any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an Affiliate or Associate of the Corporation and was the owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such Person is an Interested Stockholder, and the affiliates and associates of such Person. Notwithstanding anything in this ARTICLE NINE to the contrary, the term “Interested Stockholder” shall not include: (x) the Principal Stockholders or any of their respective Affiliated Companies, or any other Person with whom any of the foregoing are acting as a group or in concert for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of shares of Stock of the Corporation, (y) any Person who would otherwise be an Interested Stockholder either in connection with or because of a transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition of five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation (in one transaction or a series of transactions) by the Principal Stockholders or any of their respective affiliates or associates; provided, however, that such Person was not an Interested Stockholder prior to such transfer, sale, assignment, conveyance, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition; or (z) any

 

12


Person whose ownership of shares in excess of the fifteen percent (15%) limitation set forth herein is the result of action taken solely by the Corporation, provided that, for purposes of this clause (z) only, such Person shall be an Interested Stockholder if thereafter such Person acquires additional shares of Voting Stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further action by the Corporation not caused, directly or indirectly, by such Person;

(f) “Owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any Stock, means a Person that individually or with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns such Stock, directly or indirectly; or has (A) the right to acquire such Stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of Stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates until such tendered Stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such Stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the owner of any Stock because of such Person’s right to vote such Stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such Stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons; or (C) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in (B) of this Section 4(f) of ARTICLE NINE), or disposing of such Stock with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such Stock; provided, that, for the purpose of determining whether a Person is an Interested Stockholder, the Voting Stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include Stock deemed to be owned by the Person through application of this definition of “owned” but shall not include any other unissued Stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;

(g) “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity;

(h) “Stock” means, with respect to any corporation, any capital stock of such corporation and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest of such entity; and

(i) “Voting Stock” means, with respect to any corporation, Stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference to a percentage of Voting Stock shall refer to such percentage of the votes of such Voting Stock.

 

13


ARTICLE TEN

Section 1. Amendments to the Bylaws. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, prior to the first date (the “Amendment Trigger Date”) on which the Principal Stockholders and their respective Affiliated Companies cease to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 50% of the Voting Stock, the Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed and new bylaws made by (i) the Board of Directors or (ii) the stockholders with, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any resolution setting forth the terms of any series of Preferred Stock) and any other vote otherwise required by applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class. On and after the Amendment Trigger Date, the Bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed and new bylaws made by (i) the Board of Directors or (ii) the stockholders with, in addition to the vote of any holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any resolution setting forth the terms of any series of Preferred Stock) and any other vote otherwise required by applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (6623%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

Section 2. Amendments to this Restated Certificate. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, and in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the capital stock required by law, and except as otherwise provided in Section 4 of ARTICLE EIGHT, this Restated Certificate or otherwise, no provision of ARTICLE FIVE, ARTICLE SIX, ARTICLE SEVEN, ARTICLE NINE, ARTICLE TEN or ARTICLE ELEVEN of this Restated Certificate may be altered, amended or repealed in any respect, nor may any provision of this Restated Certificate or the Bylaws inconsistent therewith be adopted, unless (i) prior to the Amendment Trigger Date, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, and (ii) from and after the Amendment Trigger Date, such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption is approved by the affirmative vote of holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (6623%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE ELEVEN

Section 1. Exclusive Forum. Unless this Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, (A) the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, the Restated Certificate or the Bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, this provision, including for any “derivative action”, will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction; and (B) the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.

 

14


Section 2. Notice. Any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation (including, without limitation, shares of Common Stock) shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this ARTICLE ELEVEN.

ARTICLE TWELVE

Section 1. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Restated Certificate shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Restated Certificate (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Restated Certificate containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

15

Exhibit 3.3

BY-LAWS

OF

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.

A Delaware corporation

(Adopted as of December 2, 2020)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1 Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the corporation’s registered agent at such address shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The registered office and/or registered agent of the corporation may be changed from time to time by action of the board of directors.

Section 2 Other Offices. The corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1 Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the immediately preceding fiscal year of the corporation for the purpose of electing directors and conducting such other proper business as may come before the meeting. The date, time and place, if any, and/or the means of remote communication, of the annual meeting shall be determined by the board of directors of the corporation. No annual meeting of stockholders need be held if not required by the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Section 2 Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be called for any purpose (including, without limitation, the filling of board vacancies and newly created directorships) and may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, and/or by means of remote communication, as shall be stated in a written notice of meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. Such meetings may be called at any time by the board of directors or the president and shall be called by the president upon the written request of holders of shares entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes at the meeting, which written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and shall be delivered to the president. The date, time and place, if any, and/or remote communication, of any special meeting of stockholders shall be determined by the board of directors of the corporation. On such written request, the president shall fix a date and time for such meeting within 10 days after receipt of a request for such meeting in such written request.

Section 3 Place of Meetings. The board of directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and/or by means of remote communication, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the board of directors. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal executive office of the corporation.


Section 4 Notice. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, written or printed notice stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes, of such meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each director not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting. All such notices shall be delivered, either personally, by mail, or by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given, by or at the direction of the board of directors, the president or the secretary, and if mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the records of the corporation. If given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered (a) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (c) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (1) such posting and (2) the giving of such separate notice; and (3) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (1) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent and (2) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 5 Stockholders List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall make, at least 10 days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, and/or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

Section 6 Quorum. The holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock, entitled to vote thereon, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the corporation’s certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present, the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, and entitled to vote at the meeting, may adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place.

Section 7 Adjourned Meetings. When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At

 

2


the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 8 Vote Required. When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the question is one upon which by express provisions of an applicable law or of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 9 Voting Rights. Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or by the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or any amendments thereto and subject to Section 3 of Article VI hereof, every stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of common stock held by such stockholder.

Section 10 Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally. Any proxy is suspended when the person executing the proxy is present at a meeting of stockholders and elects to vote, except that when such proxy is coupled with an interest and the fact of the interest appears on the face of the proxy, the agent named in the proxy shall have all voting and other rights referred to in the proxy, notwithstanding the presence of the person executing the proxy. At each meeting of the stockholders, and before any voting commences, all proxies filed at or before the meeting shall be submitted to and examined by the secretary or a person designated by the secretary, and no shares may be represented or voted under a proxy that has been found to be invalid or irregular.

Section 11 Action by Written Consent. Unless otherwise provided in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken and bearing the dates of signature of the stockholders who signed the consent or consents, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, or the corporation’s principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book or books in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested or by reputable overnight courier service. All consents properly delivered in accordance with this section shall be deemed to be recorded when so delivered. No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days after the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation as required by this section, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares to take such corporate action are so recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent or consents of the stockholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof.

 

3


Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used; provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Section 12 Action by Facsimile, Email or Other Electronic Transmission Consent. A facsimile, email or other electronic transmission by a stockholder or proxyholder (or by any person authorized to act on such person’s behalf) of a proxy or a written consent to an action to be taken (including the delivery of such a document in the .pdf, .tif, .gif, .peg or similar format attached to an email message) shall be deemed to be written, signed, dated and delivered to the corporation for the purposes of this Article; provided that any such facsimile, email or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (A) that the facsimile, email or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (B) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person transmitted such facsimile, email or other electronic transmission. The date on which such facsimile, email or other electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent or proxy was signed. Any such facsimile, email or other electronic transmission of a consent or proxy shall be treated in all respects as an original executed consent or proxy and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of the board of directors or the Secretary of the corporation, each stockholder, proxyholder or other authorized person who delivered a consent or proxy by facsimile, email or other electronic transmission shall re-execute the original form thereof and deliver such original to the corporation at its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1 General Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors.

Section 2 Number, Election and Term of Office. The initial number of directors which shall constitute the board shall be two (2). Thereafter, the number of directors shall be established from time to time by resolution of the board. The directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of directors. The directors shall be elected in this manner at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided in Section 4 of this Article III. Each director elected shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

Section 3 Removal and Resignation. Any director or the entire board of directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Whenever the holders of any class or series are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, the provisions of this section shall apply, in respect to the removal without cause of a director or directors so elected, to the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class or series and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation.

 

4


Section 4 Vacancies. Except as otherwise provided in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, board vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Each director so chosen shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as herein provided.

Section 5 Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held without notice (other than notice under these by-laws) immediately after, and at the same place, if any, as the annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 6 Other Meetings and Notice. Regular meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place, if any, as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the board of directors and promptly communicated to all directors then in office. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the president or any director on at least 24 hours notice to each director, either personally, by telephone, by mail or by electronic transmission.

Section 7 Quorum, Required Vote and Adjournment. A majority of the total number of directors then in office authorized shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Except as otherwise required by the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, each director shall be entitled to one vote on exactly the matter presented to the board for approval.

Section 8 Committees. The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, which to the extent provided in such resolution or these by-laws shall have and may exercise the powers of the board of directors in the management and affairs of the corporation, except as otherwise limited by law. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

Section 9 Committee Rules. Each committee of the board of directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the board of directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of a majority of the members of the committee then in office shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. In the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the board of directors as provided in Section 8 of this Article III, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Section 10 Communications Equipment. Members of the board of directors or any committee thereof may participate in and act at any meeting of such board or committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in the meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

5


Section 11 Waiver of Notice and Presumption of Assent. Any member of the board of directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall be conclusively presumed to have waived notice of such meeting, except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Such member shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to any action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless his or her written dissent to such action shall be filed with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall be forwarded by registered mail to the secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to any member who voted in favor of such action.

Section 12 Action by Written Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board, or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1 Number. The officers of the corporation shall be elected by the board of directors and shall consist of a president, a secretary, and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the board of directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the board of directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable.

Section 2 Election and Term of Office. The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the board of directors at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled at any meeting of the board of directors. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

Section 3 Removal. Any officer or agent elected by the board of directors may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

Section 4 Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term by the board of directors then in office.

Section 5 Compensation. Compensation of all officers shall be fixed by the board of directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the corporation.

Section 6 The President. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation; in the absence of the chairman of the board, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and board of directors at which he or she is present; subject to the powers of the board of directors, shall have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the corporation, and control over its officers, agents and

 

6


employees; and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. The president or any other duly-authorized officer of the corporation shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation. The president shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or as may be provided in these by-laws.

Section 7 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors, all meetings of the committees thereof and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose. Under the president’s supervision, the secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these by-laws or by law, shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors, the president or these by-laws may, from time to time, prescribe, and shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation. The secretary, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors, the president, or secretary may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 8 Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents. Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these by-laws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the board of directors.

Section 9 Absence or Disability of Officers. In the case of the absence or disability of any officer of the corporation and of any person hereby authorized to act in such officer’s place during such officer’s absence or disability, the board of directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND OTHERS

Section 1 Nature of Indemnity. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the corporation or any of its subsidiaries and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), or any appeal of such proceeding, by reason of or arising out of the fact that such person, or any other person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, manager, general partner, employee, fiduciary, or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent which it is empowered to do so unless prohibited from doing so by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding) incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding, and such indemnification shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided that, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article V, the corporation shall

 

7


indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person only if such proceeding was authorized by the board of directors of the corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article V shall be a contract right and, subject to Sections 2 and 5 hereof, shall include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition. The corporation may, by action of its board of directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers. The corporation hereby acknowledges that certain directors and officers affiliated with institutional investors (each, an “indemnitee”) may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by such institutional investors or certain of their affiliates (collectively, the “Institutional Indemnitors”). The corporation hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to the indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Institutional Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by the indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by the indemnitee in accordance with this Article V without regard to any rights the indemnitee may have against the Institutional Indemnitors and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Institutional Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Institutional Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The corporation further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Institutional Indemnitors on behalf of an indemnitee with respect to any claim for which the indemnitee has sought indemnification from the corporation shall affect the foregoing and the Institutional Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnitee against the corporation.

Section 2 Procedure for Indemnification of Directors and Officers. Any indemnification of a director or officer of the corporation provided for under Section 1 of this Article V or advance of expenses provided for under Section 5 of this Article V shall be made promptly, and in any event within 30 days, upon the written request of the director or officer. If a determination by the corporation that the director or officer is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article V is required, and the corporation fails to respond within 60 days to a written request for indemnity, the corporation shall be deemed to have approved the request. If the corporation wrongfully denies a written request for indemnification or advancing of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not properly made within 30 days, the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article V shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of such defense shall be on the corporation. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

Section 3 Article Not Exclusive. The rights to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

8


Section 4 Insurance. The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of the corporation or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this Article V.

Section 5 Expenses. Expenses incurred by any person described in Section 1 of this Article V in defending a proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of such proceeding’s final disposition, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors in the specific case, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer or other person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the board of directors deems appropriate.

Section 6 Employees and Agents. Persons who are not covered by the foregoing provisions of this Article V and who are or were employees or agents of the corporation, or who are or were serving at the request of the corporation as employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, may be indemnified, and may be advanced expenses, to the extent authorized at any time or from time to time by the board of directors.

Section 7 Contract Rights. The provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a vested contract right between the corporation and each director and officer who serves in any such capacity at any time while this Article V and the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or other applicable law are in effect. Such contract right shall vest for each director and officer at the time such person is elected or appointed to such position, and no repeal or modification of this Article V or any such law shall affect any such vested rights or obligations of any current or former director or officer with respect to any state of facts or proceeding regardless of when occurring.

Section 8 Merger or Consolidation. For purposes of this Article V, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

Section 9 Exculpation. The directors of the corporation and each of their respective affiliates shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, be exculpated from any liability to the corporation or its stockholders arising out of the operation of the corporation or any actions in their capacity as directors of the corporation.

 

9


ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1 Form. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the board of directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chief executive officer, the president or vice president, and by the treasurer, an assistant treasurer, the secretary, an assistant secretary or any two (2) authorized officers of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form; provided, however, that, where any such certificate is signed (a) by a transfer agent or an assistant transfer agent, or (b) by a transfer clerk acting on behalf of the corporation and a registrar, if the board of directors shall by resolution so authorize, the signature of such chief executive officer, president, vice president, treasurer, secretary, assistant treasurer, assistant secretary or any two (2) authorized officers may be facsimiles thereof. In case any officer or officers of the corporation who shall have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been used on, any such certificate shall cease to be such officer or officers, whether by reason of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate shall have been delivered by the corporation, such certificate may nevertheless be adopted by the corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate, or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been affixed thereto, had not ceased to be such officer or officers.

Section 2 Lost Certificates. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against the corporation on account of the loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 3 Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 4 Fixing a Record Date for Action by Written Consent. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining

 

10


stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors and prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 5 Fixing a Record Date for Other Purposes. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 6 Registered Stockholders. Prior to the surrender to the corporation of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the corporation may treat the registered owner as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications, and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner. The corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof; provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the stock of the corporation may be pledged to any lender, lenders or an agent for lenders (each individually and collectively, a “Secured Lender Party’) as collateral for the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the corporation and/or any of its subsidiaries to such Secured Lender Party, any such pledged stock shall be subject to such Secured Lender Party’s rights under any collateral documentation governing or pertaining to such pledge and the corporation shall recognize any claim to or interest in any such pledged stock or in favor of such Secured Lender Party.

Section 7 Subscriptions for Stock. Unless otherwise provided for in the subscription agreement, subscriptions for shares shall be paid in full at such time, or in such installments and at such times, as shall be determined by the board of directors. Any call made by the board of directors for payment on subscriptions shall be uniform as to all shares of the same class or as to all shares of the same series. In case of default in the payment of any installment or call when such payment is due, the corporation may proceed to collect the amount due in the same manner as any debt due the corporation.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1 Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or any other purpose and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

11


Section 2 Checks, Drafts or Orders. All checks, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money by or to the corporation and all notes and other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation, and in such manner, as shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.

Section 3 Contracts. The board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or any agent or agents, of the corporation to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 4 Loans. The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

Section 5 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

Section 6 Corporate Seal. The board of directors shall provide a corporate seal which shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

Section 7 Voting Securities Owned By Corporation. Voting securities in any other corporation or other entity (such as a limited liability company, limited partnership or trust) held by the corporation shall be voted as directed by the president, unless the board of directors specifically confers authority to vote with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.

Section 8 Inspection of Books and Records. Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in the State of Delaware or at its principal place of business.

 

12


Section 9 Exclusive Jurisdiction. Unless otherwise waived by resolution of the Board, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of the corporation to the corporation or the corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Section 10 Section Headings. Section headings in these by-laws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 11 Inconsistent Provisions. In the event that any provision of these by-laws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable law, the provision of these by-laws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

These by-laws may be amended, altered, or repealed and new by-laws adopted at any meeting of the board of directors by a majority vote. The fact that the power to adopt, amend, alter, or repeal the by-laws has been conferred upon the board of directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

*        *        *         *        *

 

13

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.

A Delaware corporation

(Adopted as of [•], 20[•])

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Offices. PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”) may have an office or offices other than its registered office at such place or places, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors” or “Board”) may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be as stated in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation as then in effect (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meetings. The Board of Directors may designate a place, if any, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting of stockholders.

Section 2. Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held at such date and time as is specified by resolution of the Board of Directors. At the annual meeting, stockholders shall elect directors to succeed those whose terms expire at such annual meeting and transact such other business as properly may be brought before the annual meeting pursuant to Section 11 of this ARTICLE II of these Amended and Restated Bylaws (these “Bylaws”). The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice. The Board of Directors may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, notice of the meeting shall be given that shall state the place, if any, date, and time of the meeting of the stockholders, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders not physically present may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the


meeting is called, shall be given, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”)) or the Certificate of Incorporation.

(a) Form of Notice. All such notices shall be delivered in writing or in any other manner permitted by the DGCL. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the records of the Corporation. If delivered by courier service, notice shall be deemed given at the earlier of when the notice is received or left at such stockholder’s address as the same appears on the records of the Corporation. If given by electronic mail, notice shall be deemed given when directed to such stockholder’s electronic mail address unless the stockholder has notified the Corporation in writing or by electronic transmission of an objection to receiving notice by electronic mail or such notice is prohibited by the DGCL. Notice to stockholders may also be given by other forms of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder. If given by facsimile telecommunication, such notice shall be deemed given when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice by facsimile. If given by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, such notice shall be deemed given upon the later of (x) such posting and (y) the giving of such separate notice. If notice is given by any other form of electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed given when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation, the transfer agent of the Corporation or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(b) Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the stockholder entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission given by the stockholder entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting. Attendance of a stockholder of the Corporation at a meeting of such stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and does not further participate in the meeting.

(c) Notice by Electronic Transmission. Notwithstanding Section 4(a) of this ARTICLE II, a notice may not be given by electronic transmission from and after the time: (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation; and (ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent or other person responsible for the giving of notice. However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. For purposes of these Bylaws, except as otherwise limited by applicable law, the term “electronic transmission” means any form of communication not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic

 

2


networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such recipient through an automated process. A notice by electronic mail must include a prominent legend that the communication is an important notice regarding the Corporation. A notice by electronic mail will include any files attached thereto and any information hyperlinked to a website if such electronic mail includes the contact information of an officer or agent of the corporation who is available to assist with accessing such files or information.

Section 5. List of Stockholders. The Corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the 10th day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each such stockholder. Nothing contained in this section shall require the Corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the list shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 5 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 6. Quorum. The holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum is not present, the chair of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the voting power present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon may adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place from time to time until a quorum shall be present in person or represented by proxy. When a specified item of business requires a vote by a class or series (if the Corporation shall then have outstanding shares of more than one class or series) voting as a separate class or series, the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding stock of such class or series shall constitute a quorum (as to such class or series) for the transaction of such item of business. A quorum once established at a meeting shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.

 

3


Section 7. Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place. When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and, except as otherwise required by law, shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

Section 8. Vote Required. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, when a quorum has been established, all matters other than the election of directors shall be determined by the affirmative vote of the majority of voting power of capital stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter, unless by express provisions of the DGCL or other an applicable law, the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws a minimum or different vote is required, in which case such minimum or different vote shall be the required vote for such matter. Except as otherwise provide in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast.

Section 9. Voting Rights. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, except as otherwise provided by the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot.

Section 10. Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.

 

4


Section 11. Advance Notice of Stockholder Business and Director Nominations.

(a) Business at Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(i) Only such business (other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and are governed exclusively by Section 11(b) of this ARTICLE II) shall be conducted at an annual meeting of the stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting (A) as specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof, or (C) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in Section 11(a)(iii) of this ARTICLE II, on the record date for determination of stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, and at the time of the annual meeting, (2) at the time of the meeting, is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) of this ARTICLE II. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (C) of this Section 11(a)(i) of ARTICLE II shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose such business (other than business included in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) or business brought by Vista (as defined below) or Onex (as defined below) and any entity that controls, is controlled by or under common control with Vista or Onex (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) and any investment vehicles or funds managed or controlled, directly or indirectly, by or otherwise affiliated with Vista or Onex (the “Principal Stockholder Affiliates”) at any time prior to the Vista Advance Notice Trigger Date or Onex Advance Notice Trigger Date, as applicable, (each as defined below)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(ii) For any business (other than (A) nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and are governed exclusively by Section 11(b) of this ARTICLE II or (B) business brought by any of Severin Topco LLC and Vista Equity Partners Fund VI-A, L.P. (collectively, “Vista”), and Onex Partners Holdings LLC, Onex Partners IV Select LP, Onex US Principals LP, Onex Partners IV LP, Onex Partners IV GP LP and Onex Partners IV PV LP. (collectively, “Onex”) and the Principal Stockholder Affiliates at any time, with respect to Vista, prior to the date when Vista ceases to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 10% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Vista Advance Notice Trigger Date”) or, with respect to Onex, prior to the date when Onex ceases to beneficially own in the aggregate (directly or indirectly) at least 10% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Onex Advance Notice Trigger Date”)) to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as described in Section 11(a)(iii) of this ARTICLE II to the Secretary; any such proposed business must be a proper matter for stockholder action and the stockholder and the Stockholder Associated Person (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) must have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Solicitation Statement (as defined in Section 11(a)(iii) of this ARTICLE II) required by these Bylaws. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for such business (other than such a notice by Vista prior to the Vista Advance Notice Trigger Date or Onex prior to the Onex

 

5


Advance Notice Trigger Date, as applicable, which may be delivered at any time prior to the mailing of the definitive proxy statement pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act related to the next annual meeting of stockholders) must be delivered by hand and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation in proper written form not less than ninety (90) days and not more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders (which date of the preceding year’s annual meeting shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Class A Common Stock are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on [•], 20[•]); provided, however, that if and only if the annual meeting is not scheduled to be held within a period that commences thirty (30) days before such anniversary date and ends thirty (30) days after such anniversary date, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year (other than for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Class A Common Stock are first publicly traded), such stockholder’s notice must be delivered by the later of (A) the tenth day following the day the Public Announcement (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) of the date of the annual meeting is first made by the Corporation or (B) the date which is ninety (90) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notices delivered pursuant to Section 11(a) of this ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day only if received prior to the Close of Business on such day (and otherwise shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day).

(iii) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting:

(A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting (including the specific text of any resolutions or actions proposed for consideration and if such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the specific language of the proposed amendment) and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting,

(B) the name and address of the stockholder proposing such business, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, the name and address (if different from the Corporation’s books) of such proposing stockholder, and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person,

(C) the class or series and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly held of record or beneficially owned by such stockholder or by any Stockholder Associated Person, a description of any Derivative Positions (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) directly or indirectly held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, and whether and to the extent to which a Hedging Transaction (as defined in Section 11(e) of this ARTICLE II) has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person,

 

6


(D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between or among such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any other person or entity (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder, any Stockholder Associated Person or such other person or entity in such business,

(E) a representation that such stockholder is a stockholder of record of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting,

(F) any other information related to such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents (even if a solicitation is not involved) by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder, and

(G) a representation as to whether such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person intends or is part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to the holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve the proposal or otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of the proposal (such representation, a “Solicitation Statement”).

In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to Section 11(a) of this ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 11(d) of this ARTICLE II.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business (other than nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors, which must be made in compliance with and are governed exclusively by Section 11(b) of this ARTICLE II) shall be conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 11(a) of this ARTICLE II.

(b) Nominations at Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(i) Only persons who are nominated in accordance and compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II shall be eligible for election to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.

 

7


(ii) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof or (B) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II on the record date for determination of stockholders of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, and at the time of the annual meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (B) of this Section 11(b)(ii) of ARTICLE II shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder at an annual meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as described in Section 11(b)(iii) of this ARTICLE II to the Secretary and the stockholder and the Stockholder Associated Person must have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Nomination Solicitation Statement required by these Bylaws. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors (other than such a notice by Vista prior to the Vista Advance Notice Trigger Date or Onex prior to the Onex Advance Notice Trigger Date, as applicable, which may be delivered at any time up to thirty-five (35) days prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders) must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation in proper written form not less than ninety (90) days and not more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders (which date of the preceding year’s annual meeting shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Class A Common Stock are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on [•], 20[•]); provided, however, that if and only if the annual meeting is not scheduled to be held within a period that commences thirty (30) days before such anniversary date and ends thirty (30) days after such anniversary date, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year (other than for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Class A Common Stock are first publicly traded), such stockholder’s notice must be delivered by the later of the tenth day following the day the Public Announcement of the date of the annual meeting is first made by the Corporation and the date which is ninety (90) days prior to the date of the annual meeting. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notices delivered pursuant to this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day if received prior to the Close of Business on such day (and otherwise on the next succeeding day). For the avoidance of doubt, a stockholder shall not be entitled to make additional or substitute nominations following the expiration of the time periods set forth in these Bylaws.

 

8


(iii) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

(A) as to each person that the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director of the Corporation, (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (2) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (3) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly owned beneficially or of record by the person, (4) the date such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition and (5) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents for a contested election of directors (even if an election contest or proxy solicitation is not involved), or is otherwise required, pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee of the stockholder, if applicable, and to serving as a director if elected),

(B) as to the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, the name and address (if different from the Corporation’s books) of such proposing stockholder, and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person,

(C) the class or series and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are directly or indirectly held of record or beneficially owned by such stockholder or by any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities, a description of any Derivative Positions directly or indirectly held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, and whether and the extent to which a Hedging Transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person,

(D) a description of all arrangements or understandings (including financial transactions and direct or indirect compensation) between or among such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and each proposed nominee and any other person or entity (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder,

(E) a representation that such stockholder is a holder of record of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice,

(F) any other information relating to such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies or consents for a contested election of directors (even if an election contest or proxy solicitation is not involved), or otherwise required, pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act, and the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder, and

 

9


(G) a representation as to whether such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person intends or is part of a group which intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to the holders of a sufficient number of the Corporation’s outstanding shares reasonably believed by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, as the case may be, to elect each proposed nominee or otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of the nomination (such representation, a “Nomination Solicitation Statement”).

In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to this Section 11(b) of ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 11(d) of this ARTICLE II and shall comply with Section 11(f) of this ARTICLE II.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in Section 11(b)(ii) of this ARTICLE II to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under paragraph 11(b)(ii) of this ARTICLE II and there is no Public Announcement naming the nominees for additional directorships at least ten (10) days prior to the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 11(b)(ii), a stockholder’s notice required by Section 11(b)(ii) of this ARTICLE II shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the Close of Business on the tenth day following the day on which such Public Announcement is first made by the Corporation. The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the annual meeting (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the annual meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such annual meeting.

(c) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the notice of meeting. Only persons who are nominated in accordance and compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II shall be eligible for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the notice of meeting only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, any duly authorized committee thereof, or stockholders (if stockholders are permitted to call a special meeting of stockholders pursuant to Section 2 of ARTICLE EIGHT of the Certificate of Incorporation) or (ii) provided that the Board of Directors or stockholders (if stockholders are permitted to call a special meeting of stockholders pursuant to Section 2 of ARTICLE EIGHT of the Certificate of Incorporation) has determined that directors are to be elected at such special meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (A) was a stockholder

 

10


of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II and at the time of the special meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) complies with the notice procedures provided for in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (ii) of this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected. For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder at a special meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form as described in this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II to the Secretary. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for the nomination of persons for election to the Board of Directors (other than such a notice by Vista prior to the Vista Advance Notice Trigger Date or Onex prior to the Onex Advance Notice Trigger Date, as applicable, which may be delivered at any time up to the later of (i) thirty-five (35) days prior to the special meeting of stockholders and (ii) the tenth day following the day on which a Public Announcement is first made by the Corporation of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the Close of Business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which a Public Announcement is first made by the Corporation of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of a special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notices delivered pursuant to this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day if received prior to the Close of Business on such day (and otherwise on the next succeeding day). To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice shall set forth all of the information required by, and otherwise be in compliance with, Section 11(b)(iii) of this ARTICLE II. In addition, any stockholder who submits a notice pursuant to this Section 11(c) of ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, in accordance with Section 11(d) of this ARTICLE II and shall comply with Section 11(f) of this ARTICLE II. The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the special meeting (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the special meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such special meeting.

(d) Update and Supplement of Stockholder’s Notice. Any stockholder who submits a notice of proposal for business or nomination for election pursuant to this Section 11 of ARTICLE II is required to update and supplement the information disclosed in such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting of stockholders and as of the date that is ten (10) Business Days prior to such meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the Close of Business on the fifth Business Day after the record date for the meeting of stockholders (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than the Close of Business on the eighth Business Day prior to the date for the meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) Business Days prior to the meeting of stockholders or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

 

11


(e) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II, the term:

(i) “Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in Folsom, CA or New York, NY are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close;

(ii) “Close of Business” shall mean 5:00 p.m. local time at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, and if an applicable deadline falls on the Close of Business on a day that is not a Business Day, then the applicable deadline shall be deemed to be the Close of Business on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(iii) “Derivative Positions” means, with respect to a stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, any derivative positions including, without limitation, any short position, profits interest, option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise and any performance-related fees to which such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person is entitled based, directly or indirectly, on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of capital stock of the Corporation;

(iv) “Hedging Transaction” means, with respect to a stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, any hedging or other transaction (such as borrowed or loaned shares) or series of transactions, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding, the effect or intent of which is to increase or decrease the voting power or economic or pecuniary interest of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities;

(v) “Public Announcement” means disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or comparable news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

(vi) “Stockholder Associated Person” of any stockholder means (A) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (B) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder or (C) any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Stockholder Associated Person.

 

12


(f) Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement. To be qualified to be a nominee for election or re-election as a director of the Corporation, a person must deliver (in the case of a person nominated by a stockholder in accordance with Sections 11(b) or 11(c) of this ARTICLE II, in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under such sections) to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request of any stockholder of record identified by name within five Business Days of such written request) and a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request written request of any stockholder of record identified by name within five Business Days of such) that such person (i) is not and will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (ii) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein and (iii) would be in compliance, and if elected as a director of the Corporation will comply, with all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.

(g) Update and Supplement of Nominee Information. The Corporation may also, as a condition to any such nomination or business being deemed properly brought before an annual meeting, require any Stockholder Associated Person or proposed nominee to deliver to the Secretary, within five Business Days of any such request, such other information as may reasonably be requested by the Corporation, including such other information as may be reasonably required by the Board, in its sole discretion, to determine (A) the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation, (B) whether such nominee qualifies as an “independent director” or “audit committee financial expert” under applicable law, Securities and Exchange Commission and stock exchange rules or regulation, or any publicly disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the Corporation and (C) such other information that the Board of Directors determines, in its sole discretion, could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

(h) Authority of Chair; General Provisions. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chair of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether any nomination or other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or brought in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws (including whether the stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made or solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such stockholder’s representation as required by Section 11(a)(iii)(G) or Section 11(b)(iii)(G), as applicable, of these Bylaws) and, if any nomination or other business is not made or brought in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such nomination or

 

13


proposal of other business be disregarded and not acted upon. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 11, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

(i) Compliance with Exchange Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of these Bylaws, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in these Bylaws; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules, regulations and schedules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to any nomination or other business to be considered pursuant to Section 11 of this ARTICLE II.

(j) Effect on Other Rights. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to (A) affect any rights of the stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, (B) confer upon any stockholder a right to have a nominee or any proposed business included in the Corporation’s proxy statement, except as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, (C) affect any rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or (D) limit the exercise, the method or timing of the exercise of, the rights of any person granted by the Corporation to nominate directors (including pursuant to that Stockholders Agreement, dated as of on or about [•], 20[•] (as amended and/or restated or supplemented from time to time, the “Stockholders Agreement”), by and among the Corporation and the investors named therein), which rights may be exercised without compliance with the provisions of this Section 11 of ARTICLE II.

Section 12. Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is first given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to

 

14


vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting in conformity herewith; and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 12 at the adjourned meeting.

Section 13. Action by Stockholders Without a Meeting. So long as stockholders of the Corporation have the right to act by written consent in accordance with Section 1 of ARTICLE SEVEN of the Certificate of Incorporation, the following provisions shall apply:

(a) Record Date. For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting as may be permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation or the certificate of designation relating to any outstanding class or series of preferred stock, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) days after the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take action by written consent shall, by written notice delivered to the Secretary at the Corporation’s principal place of business during regular business hours, request that the Board of Directors fix a record date, which notice shall include the text of any proposed resolutions. Notices delivered pursuant to Section 13(a) of this ARTICLE II will be deemed received on any given day only if received prior to the close of business on such day (and otherwise shall be deemed received on the next succeeding business day). The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such written notice is properly delivered to and deemed received by the Secretary, adopt a resolution fixing the record date (unless a record date has previously been fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 13(a)). If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section 13(a) or otherwise within ten (10) days of receipt of a valid request by a stockholder, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required pursuant to applicable law, shall be the first date after the expiration of such ten (10) day time period on which a signed consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation pursuant to Section 13(b); provided, however, that if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting shall in such an event be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(b) Generally. No consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take such action are delivered to the Corporation, in the manner required by this Section 13, within sixty (60) (or the maximum number permitted by applicable law) days of the first date on which a consent is delivered to the Corporation in the manner required by applicable law. The validity of any consent executed by a proxy for a stockholder pursuant to an electronic transmission transmitted to such proxy holder by or upon the authorization of the stockholder shall be determined by or at the direction of the Secretary. A written record of the information upon which the person making such

 

15


determination relied shall be made and kept in the records of the proceedings of the stockholders. Any such consent shall be inserted in the minute book as if it were the minutes of a meeting of stockholders. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous consent shall be given by the Corporation (at its expense) to those stockholders who have not consented and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation.

Section 14. Conduct of Meetings.

(a) Generally. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chair of the Board, if any, or in the Chair’s absence or disability, by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or disability, by the President, or in the President’s absence or disability, by a Vice President (in the order as determined by the Board of Directors), or in the absence or disability of the foregoing persons by a chair designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence or disability of such person, by a chair chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the Secretary’s absence or disability the chair of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) Rules, Regulations and Procedures. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chair of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chair, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chair of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chair of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; and (vi) restrictions on the use of mobile phones, audio or video recording devices and similar devices at the meeting. The chair of the meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination or matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such chair should so determine, such chair shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chair of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure. The chair of the meeting shall announce at the meeting when the polls for each matter to be voted upon at the meeting will be opened and closed. After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations or changes thereto may be accepted.

 

16


The chair of the meeting shall have the power, right and authority, for any or no reason, to convene, recess and/or adjourn any meeting of stockholders.

(c) Inspectors of Elections. The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chair of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law.

Section 15. Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

(a) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(b) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication,

provided that

(c) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder;

(d) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and

(e) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers. Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

17


Section 2. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of stockholders. In the event that the annual meeting of stockholders takes place telephonically or through any other means by which the stockholders do not convene in any one location, the annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held at the principal offices of the Corporation immediately after the annual meeting of the stockholders.

Section 3. Regular Meetings and Special Meetings. Regular meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called (i) by the Chair of the Board, if any, (ii) by the Secretary upon the written request of a majority of the directors then in office or (iii) if the Board of Directors then includes a director nominated or designated for nomination by the Principal Stockholder (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), by any director nominated or designated for nomination by the Principal Stockholder, and in each case shall be held at the place, if any, on the date and at the time as he, she or they shall fix consistent with the notice requirements of Section 4 of this Article III. Any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting of the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Notice of Meetings. Notice of regular meetings of the Board of Directors need not be given except as otherwise required by law or these Bylaws. Notice of each special meeting of the Board of Directors, and of each regular and annual meeting of the Board of Directors for which notice is required, shall be given by the Secretary as hereinafter provided in this Section 4. Such notice shall be state the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting. Notice of any special meeting, and of any regular or annual meeting for which notice is required, shall be given to each director at least (a) twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if by telephone or by being personally delivered or sent by overnight courier, telecopy, electronic transmission, email or similar means or (b) five (5) days before the meeting if delivered by mail to the director’s residence or usual place of business. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage prepaid, or when transmitted if sent by telex, telecopy, electronic transmission, email or similar means. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

Section 5. Waiver of Notice. Any director may waive notice of any meeting of directors by a writing signed by the director or by electronic transmission. Any member of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall have waived notice of such meeting except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened and does not further participate in the meeting. Such member shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to any action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless his or her written dissent to such action shall be filed with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall be forwarded by registered mail to the secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to any member who voted in favor of such action.

 

18


Section 6. Chair of the Board, Quorum, Required Vote and Adjournment. The Board of Directors may elect a Chair of the Board. The Chair of the Board must be a director and may be an officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and the direction of the Board of Directors, he or she shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the position of Chair of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and Board of Directors at which he or she is present and have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. If the Chair of the Board is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is a director and is not also the Chair of the Board) shall preside at such meeting, and, if the Chief Executive Officer is not present at such meeting, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall elect one of the directors present at the meeting to so preside. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, provided, however, that a quorum shall never be less than one-third the total number of directors, provided, further, that for so long as Vista and Onex collectively own at least 40% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation or either Vista or Onex individually owns at least 20% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation, at least one director appointed by each of Vista and Onex will be required for a quorum. Unless by express provision of an applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws a different vote is required, the vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 7. Committees.

(a) The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, including an executive committee, consisting of one or more of the directors of the Corporation, and any committees required by the rules and regulations of such exchange as any securities of the Corporation are listed. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except to the extent restricted by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided by the DGCL and in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors upon request.

(b) Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. All matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board of Directors, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

19


Section 8. Action by Written Consent. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After the action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee in the same paper form or electronic form as the minutes are maintained.

Section 9. Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees, reimbursement of expenses and equity compensation, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity, including for attendance of meetings of the Board of Directors or participation on any committees. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 10. Reliance on Books and Records. A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such member’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 11. Telephonic and Other Meetings. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. Number and Election. Subject to the authority of Chief Executive Officer to appoint officers as set forth in Section 11 of this ARTICLE IV, the officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the Board of Directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable.

 

20


Section 2. Term of Office. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

Section 3. Removal. Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be removed with or without cause by the Board of Directors, a duly authorized committee thereof or by such officers as may be designated by a resolution of the Board of Directors, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer in accordance with Section 11 of this ARTICLE IV may also be removed by the Chief Executive Officer in his or her sole discretion.

Section 4. Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer in accordance with Section 11 of this ARTICLE IV.

Section 5. Compensation. Compensation of all executive officers shall be approved by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the Corporation.

Section 6. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to that position. The Chief Executive Officer shall, in the absence of the Chair of the Board, or if a Chair of the Board shall not have been elected, preside at each meeting of (a) the Board of Directors if the Chief Executive Officer is a director and (b) the stockholders. Subject to the powers of the Board of Directors and the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall be in general and active charge of the entire business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall be its chief policy making officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or provided in these Bylaws. The Chief Executive Officer is authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. Whenever the President is unable to serve, by reason of sickness, absence or otherwise, the Chief Executive Officer shall perform all the duties and responsibilities and exercise all the powers of the President.

Section 7. The President. The President of the Corporation shall, subject to the powers of the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, have general charge of the business, affairs and property of the Corporation, and control over its officers, agents and employees. The President shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President is authorized to execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. The President shall, in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, act with all of the powers and be subject to all of the restrictions of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors or as may be provided in these Bylaws or otherwise are incident to the position of President.

 

21


Section 8. Vice Presidents. The Vice President, or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents, in the order determined by the Board of Directors or the Chair of the Board, shall, perform such duties and have such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe or which otherwise are incident to the position of Vice President. The Vice Presidents may also be designated as Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents, as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 9. The Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors (other than executive sessions thereof) and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose or shall ensure that his or her designee attends each such meeting to act in such capacity. Under the Board of Directors’ supervision, the Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these Bylaws or by law; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe or which otherwise are incident to the position of Secretary; and shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation. The Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, any of the assistant secretaries, shall in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or Secretary may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 10. The Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation as shall be necessary or desirable in accordance with applicable law or generally accepted accounting principles; shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Chair of the Board or the Board of Directors; shall receive, and give receipts for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever; shall cause the funds of the Corporation to be disbursed when such disbursements have been duly authorized, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements; and shall render to the Board of Directors, at its regular meeting or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of the financial condition and operations of the Corporation; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors, the Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or these Bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe or which otherwise are incident to the position of Chief Financial Officer. The Treasurer, if any, shall in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief financial officer, subject to the power of the board of directors. The Treasurer, if any, shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may, from time to time, prescribe.

 

22


Section 11. Appointed Officers. In addition to officers designated by the Board in accordance with this ARTICLE IV, the Chief Executive Officer shall have the authority to appoint other officers below the level of Board-appointed Vice President as the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time deem expedient and may designate for such officers titles that appropriately reflect their positions and responsibilities. Such appointed officers shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the senior officer to whom they report, consistent with corporate policies. An appointed officer shall serve until the earlier of such officer’s resignation or such officer’s removal by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors at any time, either with or without cause.

Section 12. Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents. Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these Bylaws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the Board of Directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board of Directors.

Section 13. Officers’ Bonds or Other Security. If required by the Board of Directors, any officer of the Corporation shall give a bond or other security for the faithful performance of his duties, in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may require.

Section 14. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

ARTICLE V

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. If shares are represented by certificates, the certificates shall be in such form as required by applicable law and as determined by the Board of Directors. Each certificate shall certify the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation and shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by two authorized officers of the Corporation including, but not limited to, the Chair of the Board (if an officer), the President, a Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary and an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Any or all signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been issued by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar of the Corporation at the date of issue. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The Board of Directors may appoint a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar, or both in connection with the transfer of

 

23


any class or series of securities of the Corporation. The Corporation, or its designated transfer agent or other agent, shall keep a book or set of books to be known as the stock transfer books of the Corporation, containing the name of each holder of record, together with such holder’s address and the number and class or series of shares held by such holder and the date of issue. When shares are represented by certificates, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to each holder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred, certificates representing the shares owned by such holder, and shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation or its designated transfer agent or other agent of the certificate or certificates for such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. In that event, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate or certificates and record the transaction on its books. When shares are not represented by certificates, shares of stock of the Corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, with such evidence of the authenticity of such transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps, and within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of such shares, the Corporation shall, if required by applicable law, send the holder to whom such shares have been issued or transferred a written statement of the information required by applicable law. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or any other instrument, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

Section 2. Lost Certificates. The Corporation may issue or direct a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates or uncertificated shares, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct, sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

Section 3. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner, except as otherwise required by applicable law. The Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by applicable law.

 

24


Section 4. Fixing a Record Date for Purposes Other Than Stockholder Meetings or Actions by Written Consent. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action (other than stockholder meetings and stockholder written consents which are expressly governed by Sections 12 and 13 of ARTICLE II hereof), the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends. Subject to and in accordance with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and any certificate of designation relating to any series of preferred stock, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be declared and paid by the Board of Directors, in accordance with applicable law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose. The Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserves in the manner in which they were created.

Section 2. Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc. All checks, notes, drafts or other orders for the payment of money of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed or accepted in the name of the Corporation by such officer, officers, person or persons as from time to time may be designated by the Board of Directors or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designation.

Section 3. Contracts. In addition to the powers otherwise granted to officers pursuant to ARTICLE IV hereof, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, or any agent or agents, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 5. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide a corporate seal which shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no seal shall be required by virtue of this Section.

Section 6. Voting Securities Owned By Corporation. Voting securities in any other corporation or entity held by the Corporation shall be voted by the Chair of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Chief Financial Officer, unless the Board of Directors specifically confers authority to vote with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.

 

25


Section 7. Facsimile/Electronic Signatures. In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws and subject to applicable law, facsimile and other forms of electronic signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used.

Section 8. Section Headings. Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 9. Inconsistent Provisions. The provisions of these Bylaws are intended to be read consistently with the provisions of the Stockholders Agreement. In the event that any provision (or part thereof) of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Stockholders Agreement, the applicable provision (or part thereof) of these Bylaws shall be deemed to have been revised to conform to the inconsistent provision of the Stockholders Agreement, which shall be incorporated herein by reference so as to eliminate any such inconsistency.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Right to Indemnification and Advancement. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including involvement, without limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time (“ERISA”) and any other penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in this Section 2 of this ARTICLE VII with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification and advance of expenses (as defined below), the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized in the specific case by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred

 

26


herein, an indemnitee shall also have the right, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (an “advance of expenses”); provided, however, that if and to the extent that the DGCL requires, an advance of expenses shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 1 or otherwise. The Corporation may also, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification and advancement to employees and agents of the Corporation. Any reference to an officer of the Corporation in this ARTICLE VII shall be deemed to refer exclusively to the Chair of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer, President, Secretary and Treasurer of the Corporation appointed pursuant to ARTICLE IV, and to any Vice President, Assistant Secretary, Assistant Treasurer or other officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board of Directors pursuant to ARTICLE IV of these By-laws, and any reference to an officer of any other enterprise shall be deemed to refer exclusively to an officer appointed by the board of directors or equivalent governing body of such other entity pursuant to the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or equivalent organizational documents of such other enterprise. The fact that any person who is or was an employee of the Corporation or an employee of any other enterprise has been given or has used the title of “Vice President” or any other title that could be construed to suggest or imply that such person is or may be an officer of the Corporation or of such other enterprise shall not result in such person being constituted as, or being deemed to be, an officer of the Corporation or of such other enterprise for purposes of this ARTICLE VII unless such person’s appointment to such office was approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to ARTICLE VII.

Section 2. Procedure for Indemnification. Any claim for indemnification or advance of expenses by an indemnitee under this Section 2 of ARTICLE VII shall be made promptly, and in any event within forty-five days (or, in the case of an advance of expenses, twenty days, provided that the director or officer has delivered the undertaking contemplated by Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII if required), upon the written request of the indemnitee. If the Corporation denies a written request for indemnification or advance of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not made within forty-five days (or, in the case of an advance of expenses, twenty days, provided that the indemnitee has delivered the undertaking contemplated by Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII if required), the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this ARTICLE VII shall be enforceable by the indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of expenses where the undertaking required pursuant to Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII, if any, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proof shall be on the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, a committee thereof, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

27


Section 3. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expenses, liability or loss under the DGCL.

Section 4. Service for Subsidiaries. Any person serving as a director, officer, partner, member, trustee, administrator, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at least 50% of whose equity interests are owned by the Corporation (a “subsidiary” for purposes of this ARTICLE VII) shall be conclusively presumed to be serving in such capacity at the request of the Corporation.

Section 5. Reliance. Persons who after the date of the adoption of this provision become or remain directors or officers of the Corporation or who, while a director or officer of the Corporation, become or remain a director, officer, employee or agent of a subsidiary, shall be conclusively presumed to have relied on the rights to indemnity, advance of expenses and other rights contained in this ARTICLE VII in entering into or continuing such service. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VII shall apply to claims made against an indemnitee arising out of acts or omissions which occurred or occur both prior and subsequent to the adoption hereof. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this ARTICLE VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

Section 6. Non-Exclusivity of Rights; Continuation of Rights of Indemnification. The rights to indemnification and to the advance of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under the Certificate of Incorporation or under any statute, by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. All rights to indemnification under this ARTICLE VII shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director or officer of the Corporation who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this ARTICLE VII is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this ARTICLE VII or repeal or modification of relevant provisions of the DGCL or any other applicable laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to any proceeding arising out of, or relating to, any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such repeal or modification.

 

28


Section 7. Merger or Consolidation. For purposes of this ARTICLE VII, references to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this ARTICLE VII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

Section 8. Savings Clause. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if this ARTICLE VII or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and advance expenses to each person entitled to indemnification under Section 1 of this ARTICLE VII as to all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and any other penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person and for which indemnification and advancement of expenses is available to such person pursuant to this ARTICLE VII to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this ARTICLE VII that shall not have been invalidated.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

These Bylaws may be amended, altered, changed or repealed or new Bylaws adopted only in accordance with Section 1 of ARTICLE TEN of the Certificate of Incorporation.

*     *     *     *     *

 

29

Exhibit 4.1

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of [], 2021 among PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), each of the investors listed on the signature pages hereto under the caption “Sponsor Investors” (collectively, the “Sponsor Investors”) and each Person who executes a Joinder as an “Other Investor” (collectively, the “Other Investors”). Except as otherwise specified herein, all capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A attached hereto.

In consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

Section 1 Demand Registrations.

(a) Requests for Registration. At any time and from time to time, each Sponsor Investor may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of their Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration statement (“Long-Form Registrations”) or on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement (“Short-Form Registrations”), if available (any such requested registration, a “Demand Registration”). The demanding Sponsor Investor may request that such Demand Registration be made pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (a “Shelf Registration”) and (if the Company is a WKSI at the time any such request is submitted to the Company or will become one by the time of the filing of such Shelf Registration with the SEC) that such Shelf Registration be an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “Automatic Shelf Registration Statement”). Each request for a Demand Registration must specify the approximate number or dollar value of Registrable Securities requested to be registered by the requesting Holders and (if known) the intended method of distribution. The Sponsor Investors will be entitled to request an unlimited number of Demand Registrations for which the Company will pay all Registration Expenses, whether or not any such registration is consummated.

(b) Notice to Other Holders. As promptly as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than four (4) Business Days after receipt of any such request, the Company will give written notice of the Demand Registration to all other Holders and, subject to the terms of Section 1(e) and Section 7, will include in such Demand Registration (and in all related registrations and qualifications under state blue sky laws and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Company’s notice; provided that, with the written consent of the Majority Participating Sponsor Investors, the Company may, or at the written request of the Majority Participating Sponsor Investors the Company shall, instead provide notice of the Demand Registration to all Other Investors within three (3) Business Days following the non-confidential filing of the registration statement with respect to the Demand Registration so long as such registration statement is not an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement (it being understood that notice provided pursuant to this proviso shall not satisfy the requirements of this Section 1(b) with respect to a Sponsor Investor).

(c) Form of Registrations. All Long-Form Registrations will be underwritten registrations unless otherwise approved by the Majority Participating Sponsor Investors. Demand Registrations will be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form unless otherwise requested by the Majority Participating Sponsor Investors.


(d) Shelf Registrations.

(i) For so long as a registration statement for a Shelf Registration (a “Shelf Registration Statement”) is and remains effective, each Sponsor Investor will have the right at any time or from time to time to elect to sell pursuant to an offering (including an underwritten offering) of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement (“Shelf Registrable Securities”). If any Sponsor Investor desires to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to an underwritten offering, then such Sponsor Investor may deliver to the Company a written notice (a “Shelf Offering Notice”) specifying the number of Shelf Registrable Securities that the Sponsor Investor desires to sell pursuant to such underwritten offering (the “Shelf Offering”). As promptly as practicable, but in no event later than two (2) Business Days after receipt of a Shelf Offering Notice, the Company will give written notice of such Shelf Offering Notice to all other Holders of Shelf Registrable Securities that have been identified as selling stockholders in such Shelf Registration Statement or are otherwise permitted to sell in such Shelf Offering, which such notice shall request that each such Holder specify, within three (3) Business Days after receipt of the Company’s notice, the maximum number of Shelf Registrable Securities such Holder desires to be disposed of in such Shelf Offering. The Company, subject to Section 1(e) and Section 7, will include in such Shelf Offering all Shelf Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received timely written requests for inclusion. The Company will, as expeditiously as possible (and in any event within fourteen (14) days after the receipt of a Shelf Offering Notice), but subject to Section 1(e), use its best efforts to consummate such Shelf Offering.

(ii) If any Sponsor Investor desires to engage in an underwritten block trade, bought deal or overnight book build pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement or through a take-down from an already existing Shelf Registration Statement) (each, an “Underwritten Block Trade”), then notwithstanding the time periods set forth in Section 1(d)(i), such Sponsor Investor may deliver notice to the Company and to the other Sponsor Investors of the Underwritten Block Trade not less than two (2) Business Days prior to the day such offering is first anticipated to commence. If requested by the Majority Participating Sponsor Investors, the Company will promptly notify the other Holders of such Underwritten Block Trade and such notified Holders and the other Sponsor Investors (each, a “Potential Participant”) may elect whether or not to participate no later than the next Business Day (i.e. one (1) Business Day prior to the day such offering is to commence) (unless a longer period is agreed to by the demanding Sponsor Investor), and the Company will as expeditiously as possible use its best efforts to facilitate such Underwritten Block Trade (which may close as early as two (2) Business Days after the date it commences); provided, further that, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1(d)(i), no Holder (other than Holders of Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities) will be permitted to participate in an Underwritten Block Trade without the written consent of the Majority Participating Sponsor Investors. Other than with respect to a Sponsor Investor, any Potential Participant’s request to participate in an Underwritten Block Trade shall be irrevocable and binding on the Potential Participant.

(iii) All determinations as to whether to complete any Shelf Offering and as to the timing, manner, price and other terms of any Shelf Offering contemplated by this Section 1(d) shall be determined by the Majority Participating Sponsor Investors, and the Company shall use its best efforts to cause any Shelf Offering to occur in accordance with such determinations as promptly as practicable.

(iv) The Company will, at the request of the Majority Participating Sponsor Investors, file any prospectus supplement or any post-effective amendments and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by the Majority Participating Sponsor Investors to effect such Shelf Offering.

 

-2-


(e) Priority on Demand Registrations and Shelf Offerings. The Company will not include in any Demand Registration any securities which are not Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the Majority Participating Sponsor Investors. If a Demand Registration or a Shelf Offering is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company or the Majority Participating Sponsor Investors in writing that in their opinion the number of Registrable Securities and (if permitted hereunder) other securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities (if any), which can be sold therein without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, then the Company will include in such offering (prior to the inclusion of any securities which are not Registrable Securities) (i) first, the number of Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among the Participating Sponsor Investors on the basis of the number of Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities owned by each such Participating Sponsor Investor; and (ii) second, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included by any Other Investor which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among such Other Investors on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Other Investor.

(f) Restrictions on Demand Registration and Shelf Offerings.

(i) The Company may postpone, for up to 60 days (or with the consent of the each Sponsor Investor, a longer period) from the date of the request (the “Suspension Period”), the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration or suspend the use of a prospectus that is part of a Shelf Registration Statement (and therefore suspend sales of the Shelf Registrable Securities) by providing written notice to the Holders if the following conditions are met: (A) the Company determines that the offer or sale of Registrable Securities would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company or any Subsidiary to engage in any material acquisition of assets or stock (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any material merger, consolidation, tender offer, recapitalization, reorganization, financing or other transaction involving the Company and (B) upon advice of counsel, the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement would require disclosure of material non-public information not otherwise required to be disclosed under applicable law, and either (x) the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving the confidentiality of such transaction, (y) such disclosure would have a material adverse effect on the Company or the Company’s ability to consummate such transaction, or (z) such transaction renders the Company unable to comply with SEC requirements, in each case of clauses (x), (y) and (z), under circumstances that would make it impractical or inadvisable to cause the registration statement (or such filings) to become effective or to promptly amend or supplement the registration statement on a post effective basis, as applicable. The Company may delay or suspend the effectiveness of a Demand Registration or Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 1(f)(i) only once in any twelve (12)-month period (for avoidance of doubt, in addition to the Company’s rights and obligations under Section 4(a)(vi)) unless additional delays or suspensions are approved by each Sponsor Investor.

(ii) In the case of an event that causes the Company to suspend the use of a Shelf Registration Statement as set forth in Section 1(f)(i) above or pursuant to Section 4(a)(vi) (a “Suspension Event”), the Company will give a written notice to the Holders whose Registrable Securities are registered pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (a “Suspension Notice”) to suspend sales of the Registrable Securities and such notice must state generally the basis for the

 

-3-


notice and that such suspension will continue only for so long as the Suspension Event or its effect is continuing. Each Holder agrees not to effect any sales of its Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) at any time after it has received a Suspension Notice from the Company and prior to receipt of an End of Suspension Notice. A Holder may recommence effecting sales of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (or such filings) following further written notice to such effect (an “End of Suspension Notice”) from the Company, which End of Suspension Notice will be given by the Company to the Holders promptly following the conclusion of any Suspension Event (and in any event during the permitted Suspension Period). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Suspension Event shall terminate at such time as the public disclosure of such information is made. After the expiration of any Suspension Event, and without any further request from a Holder, the Company shall as promptly as practicable prepare a post-effective amendment or supplement to the Shelf Registration Statement or the related prospectus, or any document incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of the Registrable Securities included therein, the prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(g) Selection of Underwriters. The Majority Participating Sponsor Investors shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer any underwritten offering in connection with any Demand Registration or Shelf Offering.

(h) Other Registration Rights. Except as provided in this Agreement, the Company will not grant to any Person(s) the right to request the Company or any Subsidiary to register any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such securities, without the prior written consent of each Sponsor Investor.

(i) Revocation of Demand Notice or Shelf Offering Notice. At any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating to a Demand Registration or the “pricing” of any offering relating to a Shelf Offering Notice, the Sponsor Investors who initiated such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering may revoke or withdraw such notice of a Demand Registration or Shelf Offering Notice on behalf of all Holders participating in such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering without liability to such Holders (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the other Participating Sponsor Investors), in each case by providing written notice to the Company; provided that, if applicable, any other Participating Sponsor Investors may elect to continue with such Demand Registration or Shelf Offering without such withdrawing Sponsor Investors.

(j) Confidentiality. Each Holder agrees to treat as confidential the receipt of any notice hereunder (including notice of a Demand Registration, a Shelf Offering Notice and a Suspension Notice) and the information contained therein, and not to disclose (except to such Holder’s or its affiliates’ respective directors, officers, employees or advisors who such Holder determines has a need to know the information contained in any such notice) or use the information contained in any such notice (or the existence thereof), except in furtherance of the business of the Company, without the prior written consent of the Company until such time as the information contained therein is or becomes available to the public generally (other than as a result of disclosure by such Holder in breach of the terms of this Agreement) or, in the case of a notice of Demand Registration or a Shelf Offering Notice, a determination is made not to proceed with such registration or offering.

 

-4-


Section 2 Piggyback Registrations.

(a) Right to Piggyback. Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act (including primary and secondary registrations, and other than pursuant to an Excluded Registration) (a “Piggyback Registration”), the Company will give prompt written notice (and in any event within three (3) Business Days after the public filing of the registration statement relating to the Piggyback Registration) to all Holders of its intention to effect such Piggyback Registration and, subject to the terms of Section 2(b), Section 2(c) and Section 7, will include in such Piggyback Registration (and in all related registrations or qualifications under blue sky laws and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within ten (10) days after delivery of the Company’s notice; provided that the Company shall not be required to provide such notice or include any Registrable Securities in such registration if each Sponsor Investor elects not to include any Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities in such registration, unless such Sponsor Investors otherwise consent in writing. Any Participating Sponsor Investor may withdraw its request for inclusion at any time prior to executing the underwriting agreement, or if none, prior to the applicable registration statement becoming effective.

(b) Priority on Primary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company, and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii) second, the Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any Sponsor Investor which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among such Participating Sponsor Investors on the basis of the number of Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities owned by each such Participating Sponsor Investor, (iii) third, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any Other Investor which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among such Other Investors on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Other Investor and (iv) fourth, other securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect.

(c) Priority on Secondary Registrations. If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s equity securities (other than pursuant to Section 1 hereof), and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability, proposed offering price, timing or method of distribution of the offering, the Company will include in such registration (i) first, the Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any Sponsor Investor which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among such Participating Sponsor Investors on the basis of the number of Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities owned by each such Participating Sponsor Investor, (ii) second, the securities requested to be included therein by the holders initially requesting such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect, (iii) third, the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any Other Investor which, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, without any such adverse effect, pro rata among such Other Investors on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Other Investor and (iv) fourth, other securities requested to be included in such registration which, in the opinion of the underwriters, can be sold without any such adverse effect.

 

-5-


(d) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company will have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2, whether or not any holder of Registrable Securities has elected to include securities in such registration; provided that any Sponsor Investor may elect to continue such registration, which registration shall be effected in accordance with the provisions of Section 1 hereof (other than the notice provisions thereof, which shall be deemed to have been satisfied without further action).

(e) Selection of Underwriters. If any Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering, then the selection of investment banker(s) and manager(s) for the offering must be approved by the Majority Participating Sponsor Investors, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed.

Section 3 Stockholder Lock-Up Agreements and Company Holdback Agreement.

(a) Stockholder Lock-up Agreements. In connection with any underwritten Public Offering, each Holder and each director and officer of the Company will enter into any lock-up, holdback or similar agreements (each a “Lock-up Agreement”) requested by the underwriter(s) managing such offering, in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by the Majority Participating Sponsor Investors (or, if none, the Sponsor Investors). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Holder and each director and officer of the Company shall agree, in connection with the initial Public Offering and in connection with any Demand Registration, Shelf Offering or Piggyback Registration that is an underwritten Public Offering, not to (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (including sales pursuant to Rule 144), directly or indirectly, any equity securities of the Company (including equity securities of the Company that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such Holder, officer or director in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC) (collectively, “Securities”), or any securities, options or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Securities (collectively, “Other Securities”), (ii) enter into a transaction which would have the same effect as described in clause (i) above, (iii) enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences or ownership of any Securities or Other Securities, whether such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such Securities or Other Securities, in cash or otherwise (each of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, a “Sale Transaction”), or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to enter into any Sale Transaction, commencing on the date on which the Company gives notice to the Holders that a preliminary prospectus has been circulated for such underwritten Public Offering or the “pricing” of such offering and continuing to the date that is (x) 180 days following the date of the final prospectus for such underwritten Public Offering in the case of the initial Public Offering or (y) 90 days following the date of the final prospectus in the case of any other such underwritten Public Offering (each such period, or such shorter period as agreed to by the managing underwriters, a “Holdback Period”), in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by the Majority Participating Sponsor Investors (or, if none, the Sponsor Investors); provided that any Lock-up Agreement to be entered into by a Sponsor Investor shall include pro rata release provisions (as among the Sponsor Investors) in the event of any early release or waiver by the underwriter(s) managing such offering of the terms of the Lock-up Agreement entered into by any other Sponsor Investor. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to any Securities or Other Securities subject to the restrictions set forth in this Section 3(a) until the end of such Holdback Period.

(b) Company Holdback Agreement. The Company (i) will not file any registration statement for a Public Offering or cause any such registration statement to become effective, or effect any public sale or distribution of its Securities or Other Securities during any Holdback Period (other than as part of such underwritten Public Offering, or a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar form which is (x) then in effect or (y) shall become effective upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Other Securities) and (ii) will cause each holder of Securities and Other

 

-6-


Securities (including each of its directors and executive officers) to agree not to effect any Sale Transaction during any Holdback Period, except as part of such underwritten registration (if otherwise permitted), unless approved in writing by the Majority Participating Sponsor Investors and the underwriters managing the Public Offering and to enter into any lock-up, holdback or similar agreements requested by the underwriter(s) managing such offering, in each case with such modifications and exceptions as may be approved by the Majority Participating Sponsor Investors.

Section 4 Registration Procedures.

(a) Company Obligations. Whenever the Holders have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement or have initiated a Shelf Offering, the Company will use its best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company will as expeditiously as possible:

(i) prepare and file with (or submit confidentially to) the SEC a registration statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and related prospectuses, with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, all in accordance with the Securities Act and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (provided that before filing or confidentially submitting a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company will furnish to the counsel selected by the Participating Sponsor Investors copies of all such documents proposed to be filed or submitted, which documents will be subject to the review and comment of such counsel);

(ii) notify each Holder of (A) the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (B) the receipt by the Company or its counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (C) the effectiveness of each registration statement filed hereunder;

(iii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Participating Sponsor Investors or necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period ending when all of the securities covered by such registration statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement (but not in any event before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act or, if such registration statement relates to an underwritten Public Offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sale of Registrable Securities by an underwriter or dealer) and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

(iv) furnish, without charge, to each seller of Registrable Securities thereunder and each underwriter, if any, such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) (in each case including all exhibits and documents incorporated by reference therein), each amendment and supplement thereto, each Free Writing Prospectus and such

 

-7-


other documents as such seller or underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (the Company hereby consenting to the use in accordance with all applicable laws of each such registration statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto, and each such prospectus (or preliminary prospectus or supplement thereto) or Free Writing Prospectus by each such seller of Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or prospectus);

(v) use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any seller reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (provided that the Company will not be required to (A) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this subparagraph, (B) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or (C) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction);

(vi) notify in writing each seller of such Registrable Securities (A) promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the date and time when such registration statement and each post-effective amendment thereto has become effective or a prospectus or supplement to any prospectus relating to a registration statement has been filed and when any registration or qualification has become effective under a state securities or blue sky law or any exemption thereunder has been obtained, (B) promptly after receipt thereof, of any request by the SEC for the amendment or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus or for additional information, and (C) at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event or of any information or circumstances as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, subject to Section 1(f), if required by applicable law or to the extent requested by the Majority Participating Sponsor Investors, the Company will use its best efforts to promptly prepare and file a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company in any underwriting agreement, securities sale agreement, or other similar agreement, relating to the offering shall cease to be true and correct;

(vii) (A) use best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed and, if not so listed, to be listed on a securities exchange and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to arrange for at least two market makers to register as such with respect to such Registrable Securities with FINRA, and (B) comply (and continue to comply) with the requirements of any self-regulatory organization applicable to the Company, including without limitation all corporate governance requirements;

(viii) use best efforts to provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(ix) enter into and perform such customary agreements (including, as applicable, underwriting or indemnification agreements in customary form) and take all such other actions as the Majority Participating Sponsor Investors or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (including, without limitation, making available the executive officers of the Company and participating in “road shows,” investor presentations, marketing events and other selling efforts and, in the case of the initial Public Offering, effecting a stock or unit split or combination, recapitalization or reorganization);

 

-8-


(x) make available for inspection by any seller of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition or sale pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate and business documents and properties of the Company as will be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement and the disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant thereto;

(xi) take all actions to ensure that any Free-Writing Prospectus utilized in connection with any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration or Shelf Offering hereunder complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, prospectus supplement and related documents, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(xii) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

(xiii) permit any Holder which, in its sole and exclusive judgment, might be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling Person of the Company, to participate in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and to allow such Holder to provide language for insertion therein, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, which in the reasonable judgment of such Holder and its counsel should be included;

(xiv) use best efforts to (A) make Short-Form Registration available for the sale of Registrable Securities and (B) prevent the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or the issuance of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any Common Equity included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction use, and in the event any such order is issued, best efforts to obtain promptly the withdrawal of such order;

(xv) use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

-9-


(xvi) cooperate with the Holders covered by the registration statement and the managing underwriter or agent, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legends) representing securities to be sold under the registration statement, or the removal of any restrictive legends associated with any account at which such securities are held, and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriter, or agent, if any, or such Holders may request;

(xvii) if requested by any managing underwriter, include in any prospectus or prospectus supplement updated financial or business information for the Company’s most recent period or current quarterly period (including estimated results or ranges of results) if required for purposes of marketing the offering in the view of the managing underwriter;

(xviii) take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that to the extent that any prohibition is applicable to the Company, the Company will take such action as is necessary to make any such prohibition inapplicable;

(xix) cooperate with each Holder covered by the registration statement and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with the preparation and filing of applications, notices, registrations and responses to requests for additional information with FINRA, the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq or any other national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Equity are or are to be listed, and to the extent required by the rules and regulations of FINRA, retain a Qualified Independent Underwriter acceptable to the managing underwriter;

(xx) in the case of any underwritten offering, use its best efforts to obtain, and deliver to the underwriter(s), in the manner and to the extent provided for in the applicable underwriting agreement, one or more cold comfort letters from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters;

(xxi) use its best efforts to provide (A) a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel, dated the effective date of such registration statement addressed to the Company addressing the validity of the Registrable Securities being offered thereby, (B) on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a Demand Registration or Shelf Offering, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the closing date of the applicable sale, (1) one or more legal opinions of the Company’s outside counsel, dated such date, in form and substance as customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten Public Offering or, in the case of a non-underwritten offering, to the broker, placement agent or other agent of the Holders assisting in the sale of the Registrable Securities and (2) one or more “negative assurances letters” of the Company’s outside counsel, dated such date, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten Public Offering or, in the case of a non-underwritten offering, to the broker, placement agent or other agent of the Holders assisting in the sale of the Registrable Securities, in each case, addressed to the underwriters, if any, or, if requested, in the case of a non-underwritten offering, to the broker, placement agent or other agent of the Holders assisting in the sale of the Registrable Securities and (C) customary certificates executed by authorized officers of the Company as may be requested by any Holder or any underwriter of such Registrable Securities;

(xxii) if the Company files an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering any Registrable Securities, use its best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective;

 

-10-


(xxiii) if the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement is filed, pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold;

(xxiv) if the Automatic Shelf Registration Statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, at the end of the third year, refile a new Automatic Shelf Registration Statement covering the Registrable Securities, and, if at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, use its best efforts to refile the Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective; and

(xxv) if requested by any Participating Sponsor Investor, cooperate with such Participating Sponsor Investor and with the managing underwriter or agent, if any, on reasonable notice to facilitate any Charitable Gifting Event and to prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to permit any such recipient Charitable Organization to sell in the underwritten offering if it so elects.

(b) Officer Obligations. Each Holder that is an officer of the Company agrees that if and for so long as he or she is employed by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, he or she will participate fully in the sale process in a manner customary for Persons in like positions and consistent with his or her other duties with the Company, including the preparation of the registration statement and the preparation and presentation of any road shows.

(c) Automatic Shelf Registration Statements. If the Company files any Automatic Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, and no Sponsor Investor requests that its Registrable Securities be included in such Shelf Registration Statement, the Company agrees that, at the request of any Sponsor Investor, it will include in such Automatic Shelf Registration Statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B in order to ensure that the Sponsor Investors may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment. If the Company has filed any Automatic Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, the Company shall, at the request of any Sponsor Investor, file any post-effective amendments necessary to include therein all disclosure and language necessary to ensure that the holders of Registrable Securities may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement.

(d) Additional Information. The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish the Company such information regarding such seller and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing, as a condition to such seller’s participation in such registration.

(e) In-Kind Distributions. If any Sponsor Investor (and/or any of their Affiliates) seeks to effectuate an in-kind distribution of all or part of their Registrable Securities to their respective direct or indirect equityholders, the Company will, subject to any applicable lock-ups, work with the foregoing Persons to facilitate such in-kind distribution in the manner reasonably requested and consistent with the Company’s obligations under the Securities Act.

 

-11-


(f) Suspended Distributions. Each Person participating in a registration hereunder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 4(a)(vi), such Person will immediately discontinue the disposition of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement until such Person’s receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by Section 4(a)(vi), subject to the Company’s compliance with its obligations under Section 4(a)(vi).

(g) Other. To the extent that any of the Participating Sponsor Investors is or may be deemed to be an “underwriter” of Registrable Securities pursuant to any SEC comments or policies, the Company agrees that (i) the indemnification and contribution provisions contained in Section 6 shall be applicable to the benefit of such Participating Sponsor Investor in their role as an underwriter or deemed underwriter in addition to their capacity as a holder and (ii) such Participating Sponsor Investor shall be entitled to conduct the due diligence which they would normally conduct in connection with an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, including without limitation receipt of customary opinions and comfort letters addressed to such Participating Sponsor Investor.

Section 5 Registration Expenses.

Except as expressly provided herein, all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company or any Sponsor Investor in connection with the performance of or compliance with this Agreement and/or in connection with any Demand Registration, Piggyback Registration or Shelf Offering, whether or not the same shall become effective, shall be paid by the Company, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees, and any other fees and expenses associated with filings required to be made with the SEC, FINRA and if applicable, the fees and expenses of any Qualified Independent Underwriter, and of its counsel, (ii) all fees and expenses in connection with compliance with any securities or “blue sky” laws, (iii) all printing, duplicating, word processing, messenger, telephone, facsimile and delivery expenses (including expenses of printing certificates for the Registrable Securities in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company or other depositary and of printing prospectuses and Company Free Writing Prospectuses), (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of all independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and cold comfort letters required by or incident to such performance), (v) Securities Act liability insurance or similar insurance if the Company so desires or the underwriters so require in accordance with then-customary underwriting practice, (vi) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange on which similar securities of the Company are then listed (or on which exchange the Registrable Securities are proposed to be listed in the case of the initial Public Offering), (vii) all applicable rating agency fees with respect to the Registrable Securities, (viii) all reasonable fees and disbursements of one legal counsel for each of the Participating Sponsor Investors selected by each Participating Sponsor Investor (which may be the same counsel as selected for the Company) together with any necessary local counsel as may be required by the Participating Sponsor Investors, (ix) all reasonable fees and disbursements of one legal counsel for the Other Investors participating in such Registration (or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the Other Investors selling Registrable Securities under the Shelf Registration Statement) solely in connection with the preparation of any legal opinions requested by the underwriters in respect of such Other Investors personally, (x) any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, (xi) all fees and expenses of any special experts or other Persons retained by the Company or any Sponsor Investor in connection with any Registration, (xii) all of the Company’s internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (xiii) all expenses related to the “road-show” for any underwritten offering, including all travel, meals and lodging and (xiv) any other fees and disbursements customarily paid by the issuer of securities. All such expenses are referred to herein as “Registration Expenses.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall not be required to pay, and each Person that sells securities pursuant to a Demand Registration, Shelf Offering or Piggyback Registration hereunder will bear and pay, all underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the Registrable Securities sold for such Person’s account and all transfer taxes (if any) attributable to the sale of Registrable Securities.

 

-12-


Section 6 Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) By the Company. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law and without limitation as to time, each Holder, such Holder’s officers, directors employees, agents, fiduciaries, stockholders, managers, partners, members, affiliates, direct and indirect equityholders, consultants and representatives, and any successors and assigns thereof, and each Person who controls such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) (the “Indemnified Parties”) against all losses, claims, actions, damages, liabilities and expenses (including with respect to actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, and including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) (collectively, “Losses”) caused by, resulting from, arising out of, based upon or related to any of the following (each, a “Violation”) by the Company: (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in (A) any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free-Writing Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or (B) any application or other document or communication (in this Section 6, collectively called an “application”) executed by or on behalf of the Company or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify any securities covered by such registration under the “blue sky” or securities laws thereof, (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any other similar federal or state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance. In addition, the Company will reimburse such Indemnified Party for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such Losses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Losses result from, arise out of, are based upon, or relate to an untrue statement, or omission, made in such registration statement, any such prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free-Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any application, in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information regarding an Indemnified Party prepared and furnished in writing to the Company by such Indemnified Party expressly for use therein or by such Indemnified Party’s failure to deliver a copy of the registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto after the Company has furnished such Indemnified Party with a sufficient number of copies of the same. In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company will indemnify such underwriters, their officers and directors, and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Indemnified Parties or as otherwise agreed to in the underwriting agreement executed in connection with such underwritten offering. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such Indemnified Party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller.

(b) By Holders. In connection with any registration statement in which a Holder is participating, each such Holder will furnish to the Company in writing such information regarding such Holder as the Company reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, will indemnify the Company, its officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives, and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any Losses resulting from (as determined by a final and appealable judgment, order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction) any untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use therein; provided that the obligation to indemnify will be individual, not joint and several, for each Holder and will be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.

 

-13-


(c) Claim Procedure. Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder will (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice will impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder only to the extent such failure has prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim will not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. In such instance, the conflicted indemnified parties will have a right to retain one separate counsel, chosen by the majority of the conflicted indemnified parties involved in the indemnification and approved by the Sponsor Investors, at the expense of the indemnifying party.

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to, or is insufficient to hold harmless, an indemnified party or is otherwise unenforceable with respect to any Loss referred to herein, then such indemnifying party will contribute to the amounts paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such Loss, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Loss as well as any other relevant equitable considerations or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) of this Section 6(d) is not permitted by applicable law, then in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative fault but also the relative benefit of the Company on the one hand and of the sellers of Registrable Securities and any other sellers participating in the registration statement on the other in connection with the statement or omissions which resulted in such Losses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided that the maximum amount of liability in respect of such contribution will be limited, in the case of each seller of Registrable Securities, to an amount equal to the net proceeds actually received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to such registration. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party will be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue (or, as applicable alleged) untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if the contribution pursuant to this Section 6(d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account such equitable considerations. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the Losses referred to herein will be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any action or claim which is the subject hereof. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

-14-


(e) Release. No indemnifying party will, except with the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that (i) does not include as an unconditional term thereof giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation, (ii) involves the imposition of equitable remedies or the imposition of any non-financial obligations on the indemnified party or (iii) includes any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(f) Non-exclusive Remedy; Survival. The indemnification and contribution provided for under this Agreement will be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution that any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract (and the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be considered the indemnitors of first resort in all such circumstances to which this Section 6 applies) and will remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and will survive the transfer of Registrable Securities and the termination or expiration of this Agreement. Each Indemnified Party shall be a third party beneficiary of, and entitled to enforce, this Section 6.

Section 7 Cooperation with Underwritten Offerings. No Person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including, without limitation, pursuant to the terms of any over-allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the underwriters; provided that no Holder will be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities such Holder has requested to include in such registration) and (ii) completes, executes and delivers all questionnaires, powers of attorney, stock powers, custody agreements, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents and agreements required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements or as may be reasonably requested by the Company and the lead managing underwriter(s). To the extent that any such agreement is entered into pursuant to, and consistent with, Section 3, Section 4 and/or this Section 7, the respective rights and obligations created under such agreement will supersede the respective rights and obligations of the Holders, the Company and the underwriters hereunder with respect to such registration.

Section 8 Subsidiary Public Offering.

If, after an initial Public Offering of the common equity securities of one of its Subsidiaries, the Company distributes securities of such Subsidiary to its equityholders, then the rights and obligations of the Company pursuant to this Agreement will apply, mutatis mutandis, to such Subsidiary, and the Company will cause such Subsidiary to comply with such Subsidiary’s obligations under this Agreement as if it were the Company hereunder.

Section 9 Joinder; Additional Parties; Transfer of Registrable Securities.

The Company may from time to time (with the prior written consent of each Sponsor Investor) permit any Person who acquires Common Equity (or rights to acquire Common Equity) to become a party to this Agreement and to be entitled to and be bound by all of the rights and obligations as a Holder by obtaining an executed joinder to this Agreement from such Person in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto (a “Joinder”). Upon the execution and delivery of a Joinder by such Person, the Common Equity held by such Person shall become the category of Registrable Securities (i.e., Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities or Other Investor Registrable Securities), and such Person shall be deemed the category of Holder (i.e., Sponsor Investor or Other Investor), in each case as set forth on the signature page to such Joinder.

 

-15-


Section 10 General Provisions.

(a) Amendments and Waivers. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and each Sponsor Investor for as long as such Sponsor Investor holds, directly or indirectly, at least 1% of the outstanding Common Equity; provided that no such amendment, modification or waiver that would treat a specific Holder or group of Holders of Registrable Securities (i.e., Sponsor Investors or Other Investors) in a manner materially and adversely different than any other Holder or group of Holders will be effective against such Holder or group of Holders without the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities that are held by the group of Holders that is materially and adversely affected thereby. The failure or delay of any Person to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement will in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and will not affect the right of such Person thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. A waiver or consent to or of any breach or default by any Person in the performance by that Person of his, her or its obligations under this Agreement will not be deemed to be a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by that Person of the same or any other obligations of that Person under this Agreement.

(b) Remedies. The parties to this Agreement will be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically (without posting a bond or other security or proving insufficiency of damages), to recover damages caused by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that a breach of this Agreement would cause substantial and irreparable harm and money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any such breach and that, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing hereunder, any party will be entitled to specific performance and/or other injunctive relief and other equitable remedies from any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction (without posting any bond or other security or proving insufficiency of damages) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or regulation in any jurisdiction, such prohibition, invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such prohibited, invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

(d) Entire Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement contains the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

(e) Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and permitted assigns and the Holders and their respective successors and permitted assigns (whether so expressed or not). No Other Investor shall be permitted to assign this Agreement, any interest herein or any right or obligation hereunder without the prior written consent of each Sponsor Investor.

(f) Notices. Any notice, demand or other communication to be given under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been given (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail if sent during normal business hours of the recipient on a business day; but if not, then on the next Business Day, (iii) one Business Day after it is sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or (iv) three (3) Business Days after it is deposited in the U.S. Mail, addressed to the recipient, first-class mail, return receipt requested. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the Company at the address specified below and to any Holder at such address as indicated on the applicable schedule hereto, or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any party may change such party’s address for receipt of notice by giving written notice of the change to the sending party as provided herein. The Company’s address is:

 

-16-


PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

150 Parkshore Dr.

Folsom, California 95630

Attn: Hardeep Gulati

Email: hardeep.gulati@powerschool.com

With a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 N. LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60654

Attn: Robert Hayward, P.C.

         Robert Goedert, P.C.

Email: rhayward@kirkland.com

            rgoedert@kirkland.com

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

(g) Business Days. If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day that is not a Business Day, the time period will automatically be extended to the Business Day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

(h) Governing Law. The corporate law of the State of Delaware will govern all issues and questions concerning the relative rights of the Company and its equityholders. All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

(i) MUTUAL WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

(j) CONSENT TO JURISDICTION AND SERVICE OF PROCESS. EACH OF THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY FEDERAL COURT LOCATED IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR ANY DELAWARE STATE COURT (AND OF THE APPROPRIATE APPELLATE COURTS) FOR THE PURPOSES OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR OTHER PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ANY PROCESS, SUMMONS, NOTICE OR

 

-17-


DOCUMENT BY U.S. REGISTERED MAIL TO SUCH PARTY’S RESPECTIVE ADDRESS SET FORTH ABOVE WILL BE EFFECTIVE SERVICE OF PROCESS FOR ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO ANY MATTERS TO WHICH IT HAS SUBMITTED TO JURISDICTION IN THIS PARAGRAPH. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY RELATED DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND THEREBY IN ANY FEDERAL COURT LOCATED IN THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR ANY DELAWARE STATE COURT (AND OF THE APPROPRIATE APPELLATE COURTS), AND HEREBY AND THEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.

(k) No Recourse. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company and each Holder agrees and acknowledges that no recourse under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement, will be had against any current or future director, officer, employee, general or limited partner or member of any Holder or any Affiliate or assignee thereof, whether by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever will attach to, be imposed on or otherwise be incurred by any current or future officer, agent or employee of any Holder or any current or future member of any Holder or any current or future director, officer, employee, partner or member of any Holder or of any Affiliate or assignee thereof, as such for any obligation of any Holder under this Agreement or any documents or instruments delivered in connection with this Agreement for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation.

(l) Descriptive Headings; Interpretation. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement will be by way of example rather than by limitation.

(m) No Strict Construction. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party.

(n) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signature of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same agreement.

(o) Electronic Delivery. This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent executed and delivered by means of a photographic, photostatic, facsimile or similar reproduction of such signed writing using a facsimile machine or electronic mail will be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and will be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto will re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument will raise the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or electronic mail as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

 

-18-


(p) Further Assurances. In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Holder agrees to execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

(q) Dividends, Recapitalizations, Etc. If at any time or from time to time there is any change in the capital structure of the Company by way of a stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through a merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment will be made in the provisions hereof so that the rights and privileges granted hereby will continue.

(r) No Third-Party Beneficiaries. No term or provision of this Agreement is intended to be, or shall be, for the benefit of any Person not a party hereto, and no such other Person shall have any right or cause of action hereunder, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

(s) Current Public Information. At all times after the Company has filed a registration statement with the SEC pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, the Company will file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and will take such further action as any of the Sponsor Investors may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such Holders to sell Registrable Securities, unless otherwise agreed by each Sponsor Investor.

*    *    *    *    *

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Its:  

 

SPONSOR INVESTORS:
SEVERIN TOPCO, LLC
By:  

             

Its:  

 

Address:  

 

 

PINNACLE HOLDINGS I L.P.
By:  

 

Its:  

 

Address:  

 

 

VISTA EQUITY PARTNERS FUND VI-A, L.P.
By:  

 

Its:  

 

Address:  

 

 

ONEX PARTNERS HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Its:  

 

Address:  

 

 

ONEX PARTNERS IV SELECT LP
By:  

 

Its:  

 

Address:  

 

 

ONEX US PRINCIPALS LP
By:  

 

Its:  

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


Address:  

 

 

 

ONEX PARTNERS IV LP
By:  

             

Its:  

 

Address:  

 

 

ONEX PARTNERS IV GP LP
By:  

 

Its:  

 

Address:  

 

 

ONEX PARTNERS IV PV LP
By:  

 

Its:  

 

Address:  

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings set forth below.

Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person controlled by, controlling or under common control with such Person and, in the case of an individual, also includes any member of such individual’s Family Group; provided that the Company and its Subsidiaries will not be deemed to be Affiliates of any holder of Registrable Securities. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) will mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise).

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

Business Day” means a day that is not a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which banks in New York City are authorized or requested by law to close.

Charitable Gifting Event” means any transfer by a Sponsor Investor, or any subsequent transfer by such holder’s members, partners or other employees, in connection with a bona fide gift to any Charitable Organization on the date of, but prior to, the execution of the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with any underwritten offering.

Charitable Organization” means a charitable organization as described by Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as in effect from time to time.

Common Equity” means (i) shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and (ii) shares of the Company’s Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of common units of Severin Holdings, LLC pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall include its successor(s).

Demand Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

End of Suspension Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(ii).

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Agreement” means that certain Exchange Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Company, Severin Holdings, LLC and Severin Topco, LLC.

Excluded Registration” means any registration (i) pursuant to a Demand Registration (which is addressed in Section 1(a)), or (ii) in connection with registrations on Form S-4 or S-8 promulgated by the SEC (or any successor or similar forms).

 

A-1


Family Group” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s current or former spouse, their respective parents, descendants of such parents (whether natural or adopted) and the spouses of such descendants, any trust, limited partnership, corporation or limited liability company established solely for the benefit of such individual or such individual’s current or former spouse, their respective parents, descendants of such parents (whether natural or adopted) or the spouses of such descendants.

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Free Writing Prospectus” means a free-writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405.

Holdback Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

Holder” means a holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement (including by way of Joinder).

Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

Joinder” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.

Long-Form Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(c).

Other Investors” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Majority Participating Sponsor Investors” means the Participating Sponsor Investor or Participating Sponsor Investors who hold(s) a majority of the Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities to be included within such Demand Registration, Shelf Offering, Piggyback Registration or Underwritten Block Trade.

Other Investor Registrable Securities” means (i) any Common Equity held (directly or indirectly) by any Other Investors or any of their Affiliates, and (ii) any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of dividend, distribution, split or combination of securities, or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Participating Sponsor Investors” means any Sponsor Investor(s) participating in the request for a Demand Registration, Shelf Offering, Piggyback Registration or Underwritten Block Trade.

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Piggyback Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).

Potential Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(ii).

Public Offering” means any sale or distribution by the Company, one of its Subsidiaries and/or Holders to the public of Common Equity or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Equity pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act.

Qualified Independent Underwriter” has the meaning set forth by FINRA in Section 5121(f)(12), or any successor provision thereto.

 

A-2


Registrable Securities” means Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities and Other Investor Registrable Securities. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities will cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been (a) sold or distributed pursuant to a Public Offering, (b) sold in compliance with Rule 144 or another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act following the consummation of the initial Public Offering, (c) distributed to the direct or indirect partners or members of a Sponsor Investor that is a private equity fund or (d) repurchased by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities, and the Registrable Securities will be deemed to be in existence, whenever such Person has the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, such Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected, and such Person will be entitled to exercise the rights of a holder of Registrable Securities hereunder (it being understood that a holder of Registrable Securities may only request that Registrable Securities in the form of Common Equity be registered pursuant to this Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the consummation of an initial Public Offering, any Registrable Securities held by any Person (other than any Sponsor Investor or its Affiliates) that may be sold under Rule 144(b)(1)(i) without limitation under any of the other requirements of Rule 144 will be deemed not to be Registrable Securities.

Registration Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.

Rule 144”, “Rule 158”, “Rule 405”, “Rule 415”, “Rule 403B” and “Rule 462” mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision) by the SEC, as the same will be amended from time to time, or any successor rule then in force.

Sale Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor federal law then in force, together with all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Shelf Offering” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(i).

Shelf Offering Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(i).

Shelf Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

Shelf Registrable Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(i).

Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d).

Short-Form Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

Sponsor Investors” has the meaning set forth in the recitals; provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided herein (e.g., references to “each Sponsor Investor”), any decision to be made or approval to be granted under this Agreement by the Sponsor Investors shall be made or granted, respectively, by the holders of a majority of all Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities.

 

A-3


Sponsor Investor Registrable Securities” means (i) any Common Equity beneficially owned (directly or indirectly) by any Sponsor Investor or any of its Affiliates, and (ii) any equity securities of the Company or any Subsidiary issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of dividend, distribution, split or combination of securities, or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the limited liability company, partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons will be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons will be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or will be or control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

Suspension Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(ii).

Suspension Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(ii).

Suspension Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(f)(i).

Underwritten Block Trade” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(d)(ii).

Violation” has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a).

WKSI” means a “well-known seasoned issuer” as defined under Rule 405.

 

A-4


EXHIBIT B

The undersigned is executing and delivering this Joinder pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of __________________, 2021 (as amended, modified and waived from time to time, the “Registration Agreement”), among PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the other persons named as parties therein (including pursuant to other Joinders). Capitalized terms used herein have the meaning set forth in the Registration Agreement.

By executing and delivering this Joinder to the Company, the undersigned hereby agrees to become a party to, to be bound by, and to comply with the provisions of, the Registration Agreement as a Holder in the same manner as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Registration Agreement, and the undersigned will be deemed for all purposes to be a Holder, an [Sponsor Investor // Other Investor thereunder] and the undersigned’s ____ shares of Common Equity will be deemed for all purposes to be [Sponsor Investor // Other Investor] Registrable Securities under the Registration Agreement.

Accordingly, the undersigned has executed and delivered this Joinder as of the ___ day of ____________, 20___.

 

 

Signature  

 

Print Name
Address:  

 

 

 

 

Agreed and Accepted as of
________________, 20___:
POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.
By: ________________________
Its: ________________________

Exhibit 10.1

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.

2021 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE I

PURPOSE; EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM

Section 1.1    Purpose. The purpose of the PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan is to enhance the profitability and value of the Company for the benefit of its Stockholders by enabling the Company to offer Eligible Individuals stock- and cash-based incentives in order to attract, retain, and reward such individuals and strengthen the mutuality of interests between such individuals and the Stockholders.

Section 1.2    Effective Date. The Plan is effective as of [●], 2021 (the “Effective Date”), which is the date of its adoption by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by the Stockholders in accordance with Applicable Law.

Section 1.3    Term. No Award may be granted on or after the 10th anniversary of the earlier of the Effective Date or the date of Stockholder approval of the Plan, but Awards granted before such 10th anniversary may extend beyond that date.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms will have the following meanings:

Affiliate” means each of the following: (a) any Subsidiary; (b) any Parent; (c) any corporation, trade, or business that is directly or indirectly controlled 50% or more (whether by ownership of stock, assets, or an equivalent ownership interest or voting interest) by the Company or any Affiliate; (d) any trade or business that directly or indirectly controls 50% or more (whether by ownership of stock, assets, or an equivalent ownership interest or voting interest) of the Company; and (e) any other entity in which the Company or any Affiliate has a material equity interest and that is designated as an “Affiliate” by resolution of the Committee; provided, however, that “Affiliate” will not include other portfolio companies of any fund controlled by Vista Equity Partners or any of its affiliates that are not Parents or Subsidiaries.

Applicable Law” means the requirements related to or implicated by the administration or operation of the Plan under United States federal and applicable state laws (including corporate, securities, tax, and employment laws, and the Code), any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Shares are listed or quoted, and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted.

Award” means any award granted under the Plan of any Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Shares, Performance Award, Other Share-Based Award, or Other Cash-Based Award. All Awards will be granted by, confirmed by, and subject to the terms and conditions of, a written Award Agreement executed by the Company and the Participant.

Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and conditions applicable to an Award.


Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Business Combination” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(c).

Cause” means, as determined by the Company, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, with respect to an Eligible Employee’s or Consultant’s Separation from Service, the following: (a) in the case where there is no employment agreement, consulting agreement, change in control agreement, or similar agreement in effect between the Company or an Affiliate and the Participant at the time of the grant of the Award (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” (or words of like import)), a Participant’s (i) insubordination, material dishonesty, fraud, moral turpitude, negligence or willful misconduct, refusal to perform the Participant’s duties or responsibilities (for any reason other than illness or incapacity), (ii) repeated or material violation of any policies of the Company, including, but not limited to, those relating to sexual harassment, ethics, discrimination, or the disclosure or misuse of confidential information, or violation or breach of any confidentiality agreement, work product agreement, or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, (iii) plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, conviction of, or indictment for, any crime (whether or not involving the Company or its Affiliates) (A) constituting a felony or (B) that has, or could reasonable expected result in, and adverse impact on the performance of the Participant’s duties to the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iv) misappropriation of any assets or business opportunities of the Company or its Affiliates; or (b) in the case where there is an employment agreement, consulting agreement, change in control agreement, or similar agreement in effect between the Company or an Affiliate and the Participant at the time of the grant of the Award that defines “cause” (or words of like import), “cause” as defined under such agreement. Notwithstanding any foregoing term or condition of this definition of Cause, with respect to a Non-Employee Director, “Cause” means an act or failure to act that constitutes cause for removal of a director under applicable Delaware law.

Change in Control” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2.

Change in Control Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules, and regulations thereto.

Committee” means any committee of the Board duly authorized by the Board to administer the Plan. If no committee is duly authorized by the Board to administer the Plan, “Committee” will be deemed to refer to the Board for all purposes under the Plan.

Common Stock” means the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

Company” means PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors by operation of law.

Consultant” means an advisor or consultant to the Company or an Affiliate.

 

-2-


Detrimental Conduct” means, as reasonably determined by the Company, the Participant’s engaging in any of the following behaviors, provided that such behavior causes or would be reasonably expected to cause material harm to the Company or an Affiliate: (a) any violation by the Participant of a restrictive covenant agreement that the Participant has entered into with the Company or an Affiliate (covering, for example, confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisparagement, etc.); (b) the commission of a criminal act by the Participant while employed by or providing services to the Company or an Affiliate, whether or not performed in the workplace, that subjects, or if generally known would subject, the Company or an Affiliate to public ridicule or embarrassment, or other improper or intentional conduct by the Participant while employed by or providing services to the Company or an Affiliate causing reputational harm to the Company or an Affiliate; (c) the Participant’s breach of a fiduciary duty owed to the Company or an Affiliate or a client or former client of the Company or an Affiliate; (d) the Participant’s intentional violation, or grossly negligent disregard, of the Company’s or an Affiliate’s policies, rules, or procedures; or (e) the Participant taking or maintaining trading positions that result in a need to restate financial results in a subsequent reporting period or that result in a significant financial loss to the Company or an Affiliate.

Disability” means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, with respect to a Participant’s Separation from Service, a permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. A Disability will only be deemed to occur at the time of the determination by the Committee of the Disability; provided, however, that, for Awards that are subject to Section 409A, Disability means that a Participant is disabled within the meaning of Section 409A.

Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.

Eligible Employee” means each employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

Eligible Individual” means each Eligible Employee, Non-Employee Director, or Consultant who is designated by the Committee as eligible to receive an Award.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules, and regulations thereto.

Fair Market Value” means, as of any date and except as provided below, the last sales price reported for the Common Stock on the applicable date as reported on the principal stock exchange in the United States on which the Common Stock is then listed, or if the Common Stock is not listed, or otherwise reported or quoted, the Committee will determine the Fair Market Value taking into account the requirements of Section 409A. For purposes of the grant of any Award, the applicable date will be the trading day immediately before the date on which the Award is granted. For purposes of any Award granted in connection with the Registration Date, the Fair Market Value will be the public offering price in the initial public offering as set forth on the cover of the final prospectus. For purposes of the purchase of any Award, the applicable date will be the date a notice of purchase is received by the Company or, if not a day on which the applicable market is open, the next day that it is open. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may use any alternative definition of Fair Market Value that it determines should be used in connection with

 

-3-


the grant, exercise, vesting, settlement, or payment of any Award. Such alternative definition may include a price that is based on the opening, actual, high, low, or average selling prices of the Common Stock on the applicable stock exchange on the given date, the trading day preceding the given date, the trading day next succeeding the given date, or an average of trading days.

Family Member” of a Participant means the Participant’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Participant’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Participant) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Participant) own more than 50% of the voting interests.

GAAP” means the U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, as in effect from time to time.

Incentive Stock Option” or “ISO” means any Stock Option awarded to an Eligible Employee of the Company, its Subsidiaries, or any Parent intended to be, qualifying, and designated as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

Incumbent Directors” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(b).

Lead Underwriter” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.21.

Lock-Up Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.21.

Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board or the board of directors of an Affiliate who is not an active employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

Nonqualified Stock Option” means any Stock Option that is not an ISO.

Other Cash-Based Award” means an award granted to an Eligible Individual under Section 10.3 that is payable in cash at the time or times and subject to the terms and conditions determined by the Committee.

Other Share-Based Award” means an award granted to an Eligible Individual under Article X that is valued in whole or in part by reference to, or is payable in or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including an award valued by reference to an Affiliate. Other Share-Based Awards may include RSUs.

Parent” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code.

Participant” means an Eligible Individual who has been granted, and holds, an Award.

Performance Award” means an award granted to an Eligible Individual under Article IX contingent upon achieving specified Performance Goals.

 

-4-


Performance Goals” means goals established by the Committee as contingencies for Awards to vest or become exercisable or distributable, which may be based on business objectives or other measures of performance as the Committee, in its discretion, deems appropriate. Performance Goals may differ among Awards granted to any one Participant or to different Participants. The Committee may also designate additional business objectives on which the Performance Goals may be based and adjust, modify, or amend the aforementioned business objectives.

Performance Period” means the designated period during which Performance Goals must be satisfied with respect to a Performance Award.

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, or a government or any branch, department, agency, political subdivision, or official thereof.

Plan” means this PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Proceeding” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.10.

Registration Date” means the date on which the Company consummates the initial sale of its Common Stock in a bona fide, firm commitment underwriting pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

Restricted Shares” means restricted Shares granted to an Eligible Individual under Article VIII.

Restriction Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(a).

RSUs” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

Section 409A” means Code Section 409A.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules, and regulations thereto.

Separation from Service” means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee or the Company, the termination of the applicable Participant’s employment with, and performance of services for, the Company and all Affiliates, including by reason of the fact that the Participant’s employer or other service recipient ceases to be an Affiliate of the Company. Unless otherwise determined by the Company, if a Participant’s employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate terminates but the Participant continues to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate in a Non-Employee Director capacity or as an Eligible Employee or Consultant, as applicable, such change in status will not be considered a Separation from Service. Approved temporary absences from employment because of illness, vacation, or leave of absence and transfers among the Company and its Affiliates will not be considered Separations from Service. Notwithstanding

 

-5-


the foregoing definition of Separation from Service, with respect to any Award that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A, “Separation from Service” means a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

Share” means a share of Common Stock.

Share Reserve” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

Stock Appreciation Right” means a right granted to an Eligible Individual under Article VII to receive an amount in cash or Shares equal to the difference between (a) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date such right is exercised and (b) the per Share exercise price of such right.

Stock Option” means an option to purchase Shares granted to an Eligible Individual under Article VI.

Stockholder” means a stockholder of the Company.

Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.

Substitute Award” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

Ten Percent Stockholder” means a Person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries, or any Parent.

Transfer” means (a) when used as a noun, any direct or indirect transfer, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition, whether for value or no value and whether voluntary or involuntary, and (b) when used as a verb, to directly or indirectly transfer, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of, whether for value or for no value and whether voluntarily or involuntarily. The terms “Transferred” and “Transferable” have a correlative meaning under the Plan.

ARTICLE III

ADMINISTRATION

Section 3.1    Committee. The Plan will be administered and interpreted by the Committee; provided that the Board will retain the right to exercise the authority of the Committee to the extent consistent with Applicable Law. To the extent required by Applicable Law, it is intended that each member of the Committee will qualify as (a) a “non-employee director” under Rule 16b-3 and (b) an “independent director” under the rules of the principal stock exchange in the United States on which the Common Stock is then listed, as applicable. If it is later determined that one or more members of the Committee do not so qualify, actions taken by the Committee before such determination will be valid despite such failure to qualify.

Section 3.2    Grants of Awards. The Committee will have full authority to grant, under the terms and conditions of the Plan, to Eligible Individuals: Stock Options, Stock Appreciation

 

-6-


Rights, Restricted Shares, Performance Awards, Other Share-Based Awards, and Other Cash-Based Awards. In particular, the Committee will have the authority:

(a)    to select the Eligible Individuals to whom Awards may be granted;

(b)    to determine whether and to what extent Awards, or any combination thereof, are to be granted to one or more Eligible Individuals;

(c)    to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award;

(d)    to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms and conditions of the Plan, of all Awards;

(e)    to determine the amount of cash to be covered by each Award;

(f)    to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances grants of Stock Options and other Awards are to operate on a tandem basis or in conjunction with or apart from other awards made by the Company outside of the Plan;

(g)    to determine whether and under what circumstances a Stock Option may be settled in cash, Common Stock, or Restricted Shares under Section 6.3(d);

(h)    to determine whether a Stock Option is an ISO or Nonqualified Stock Option;

(i)    to impose a “blackout” period during which Stock Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights may not be exercised;

(j)    to determine whether to require a Participant, as a condition of the granting of any Award, to not sell or otherwise dispose of Shares acquired upon the exercise of an Award for a period of time as determined by the Committee after the date of the acquisition of such Award;

(k)    to modify, extend, or renew an Award, subject to Section 6.3(g) and Article XII; and

(l)    solely to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances to provide loans (which may be on a recourse basis and bear interest at the rate the Committee may determine) to Participants in order to exercise Stock Options.

Section 3.3    Guidelines. Subject to Article XII, the Committee will have the authority to adopt, alter, and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines, and practices governing the Plan and perform all acts, including the delegation of its responsibilities (to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and not inconsistent with the Plan), as it may deem advisable; to construe and interpret the Plan, all Awards, and all Award Agreements (and in each case any agreements relating thereto); and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any agreement

 

-7-


relating thereto in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary to effectuate the purpose and intent of the Plan. The Committee may adopt special terms and conditions for Persons who are residing in, or employed in, or subject to the taxes of, any domestic or foreign jurisdictions to comply with Applicable Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing terms and conditions of this Section 3.3, no action of the Committee under this Section 3.3 may materially impair the rights of any Participant under the Plan or any Award without the Participant’s consent. To the extent applicable, the Plan is intended to comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3, and the Plan will be limited, construed, and interpreted in a manner so as to comply therewith.

Section 3.4    Sole Discretion; Decisions Final. Any decision, interpretation, or other action made or taken by or at the direction of the Company, the Board, or the Committee (or any of their members) arising out of or in connection with the Plan will be within the sole and absolute discretion of all and each of them, as the case may be, and will be final, binding, and conclusive on the Company and all employees and Participants and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns and all other Persons having an interest in the Plan.

Section 3.5    Designation of Consultants; Delegation of Authority.

(a)    The Committee may designate employees of the Company and professional advisors to assist the Committee in the administration of the Plan and may grant authority to officers to grant Awards and execute agreements and other documents on behalf of the Committee, in each case to the extent permitted by Applicable Law. In the event of any designation of authority hereunder, subject to Applicable Law and any terms and conditions imposed by the Committee in connection with such designation, such designee or designees will have the power and authority to take such actions, exercise such powers, and make such determinations that are otherwise specifically designated to the Committee hereunder.

(b)    The Committee may employ such legal counsel, consultants, and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion received from any such counsel or consultant and any computation received from any such consultant or agent. Expenses incurred by the Committee or the Board in the engagement of any such counsel, consultant, or agent will be paid by the Company. The Committee, its members, and any Person designated under Section 3.5(a) will not be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan. To the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, no officer of the Company or member or former member of the Committee or of the Board will be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award.

(c)    The Committee may delegate any or all of its powers and duties under the Plan to a subcommittee of directors or to any officer of the Company, including the power to perform administrative functions and grant Awards, provided that such delegation does not (i) violate Applicable Law, or (ii) result in the loss of an exemption under Rule 16b-3(d)(1) for Awards granted to Participants subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Company. Upon any such delegation, all references in the Plan to the “Committee,” shall be deemed to include any subcommittee or officer of the Company to whom such powers have been delegated by the Committee. Any such delegation shall not

 

-8-


limit the right of such subcommittee members or such an officer to receive Awards. The Committee may also appoint agents who are not executive officers of the Company or members of the Board to assist in administering the Plan, provided, however, that such individuals may not be delegated the authority to grant or modify any Awards that will, or may, be settled in Shares.

Section 3.6    Indemnification. To the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law and the Certificate of Incorporation and By Laws of the Company and to the extent not covered by insurance directly insuring such Person, each officer and employee of the Company and each Affiliate and member or former member of the Committee and the Board will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against all costs and expenses and liabilities, and advanced amounts necessary to pay the foregoing at the earliest time and to the fullest extent permitted, arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the administration of the Plan, except to the extent arising out of such officer’s, employee’s, member’s, or former member’s own fraud or bad faith. Such indemnification will be in addition to any right of indemnification the employees, officers, directors, or members or former officers, directors, or members may have under Applicable Law or under the Certificate of Incorporation or By Laws of the Company or an Affiliate. Notwithstanding any other term or condition of the Plan, this indemnification will not apply to the actions or determinations made by an individual with regard to Awards granted to himself or herself.

ARTICLE IV

SHARE LIMITATION

Section 4.1    Shares.

(a)    Share Limits and Counting. The maximum number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan may not exceed [                ] Shares (subject to any increase or decrease under this Section 4.1 or Section 4.2) (the “Share Reserve”). The Share Reserve may consist of authorized and unissued Shares and Shares held in or acquired for the treasury of the Company. The Share Reserve will automatically increase on each January 1 that occurs after the Effective Date, for 10 years, by an amount equal to 4% of the total number of Shares outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number as may be determined by the Board. The maximum number of Shares with respect to which ISOs may be granted is [                ] Shares. With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights settled in Shares, upon settlement, only the number of Shares delivered to a Participant will count against the Share Reserve. If any Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, or Other Share-Based Award expires, terminates, or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Shares underlying such Award will be added back to the Share Reserve. If any Restricted Shares, Performance Awards, or Other Share-Based Awards denominated in Shares are forfeited for any reason, the number of Shares underlying such Award will be added back to the Share Reserve. Any Award settled in cash will not count against the Share Reserve. If Shares issuable upon exercise, vesting, or settlement of an Award, or Shares owned by a Participant (that are not subject to any pledge or other security interest), are surrendered or tendered to the Company in payment of the purchase or exercise price of an Award or any taxes required to be withheld in respect of an Award, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, such

 

-9-


surrendered or tendered Shares will be added back to the Share Reserve. Awards may be granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (“Substitute Awards”). Substitute Awards will not count against the Share Reserve; provided that Substitute Awards issued in connection with the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding Stock Options intended to qualify as ISOs will count against the ISO limit above. Subject to applicable stock exchange requirements, available shares under a stockholder-approved plan of an entity acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (as appropriately adjusted to reflect such acquisition or transaction) may be used for Awards and will not count against the Share Reserve.

(b)    Annual Non-Employee Director Award Limitation. The maximum value of Awards granted during any calendar year to any Non-Employee Director, taken together with any cash fees paid to that Non-Employee Director during the calendar year and the value of awards granted to the Non-Employee Director under any other compensation plan of the Company or any Affiliate during the calendar year, may not exceed $750,000 in total value (based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares underlying the Award as of the grant date for Restricted Shares and Other Share-Based Awards, and based on the grant date fair value for accounting purposes for Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights).

Section 4.2    Changes.

(a)    The existence of the Plan and any Awards will not affect in any way the right or power of the Board, the Committee, or the Stockholders to make or authorize (i) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization, or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company or any Affiliate, (iii) any issuance of bonds, debentures, or preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Common Stock, (iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any Affiliate, (v) any sale or transfer of all or part of the assets or business of the Company or any Affiliate, or (vi) any other corporate act or proceeding.

(b)    Subject to Section 11.1:

(i)    In the event of any change in the outstanding Common Stock or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of any stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, division, exchange, spin off, extraordinary cash or stock dividend, or other relevant change in capitalization, Awards will be equitably adjusted or substituted to the extent necessary to preserve the economic intent of such Awards.

(ii)    Fractional Shares resulting from any adjustment in Awards under this Section 4.2(b) will be aggregated until, and eliminated at, the time of exercise or payment by rounding down to the nearest whole number. No cash settlements will be required with respect to fractional Shares eliminated by rounding. Notice of any adjustment will be given by the Committee to each Participant whose Award has been adjusted and such adjustment (whether or not such notice is given) will be effective and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

 

-10-


Section 4.3    Minimum Purchase Price. Notwithstanding any other term or condition of the Plan, if authorized but previously unissued Shares are issued under the Plan, such Shares may not be issued for a consideration that is less than as permitted under Applicable Law.

ARTICLE V

ELIGIBILITY

Section 5.1    General Eligibility. All current and prospective Eligible Individuals are eligible to be granted Awards. Eligibility for the grant of Awards and actual participation in the Plan will be determined by the Committee.

Section 5.2    ISOs. Notwithstanding Section 5.1, only Eligible Employees of the Company, its Subsidiaries, and any Parent are eligible to be granted ISOs.

Section 5.3    General Requirement. The vesting and exercise of Awards granted to a prospective Eligible Individual must be conditioned upon such individual actually becoming an Eligible Employee, Consultant, or Non-Employee Director, respectively.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK OPTIONS

Section 6.1    Stock Options. Stock Options may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards. Each Stock Option will be either (a) an ISO or (b) a Nonqualified Stock Option.

Section 6.2    Grants. The Committee will have the authority to grant to any Eligible Employee one or more ISOs, Nonqualified Stock Options, or both types of Stock Options. The Committee will have the authority to grant any Consultant or Non-Employee Director one or more Nonqualified Stock Options. To the extent that any Stock Option does not qualify as an ISO, such Stock Option or the portion thereof that does not so qualify will constitute a separate Nonqualified Stock Option.

Section 6.3    Terms and Conditions of Stock Options. Stock Options will be subject to terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, determined by the Committee, and the following:

(a)    The exercise price per Share subject to a Stock Option will be determined by the Committee at the time of grant; provided that the per Share exercise price of a Stock Option may not be less than 100% (or, in the case of an ISO granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, 110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the grant date.

(b)    The term of each Stock Option will be fixed by the Committee; provided that no Stock Option may be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the Stock Option is granted; and provided, further, that the term of an ISO granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder may not exceed five years.

(c)    Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with this Section 6.3, Stock Options will be exercisable at the time or times and subject to the terms and conditions determined by the Committee at the time of grant. If the Committee

 

-11-


provides that any Stock Option is exercisable subject to certain terms and conditions, the Committee may waive those terms and conditions on the exercisability at any time at or after the time of grant in whole or in part.

(d)    Subject to whatever installment exercise and waiting period terms and conditions that may apply under Section 6.3(e), to the extent vested, Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Stock Option term by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Such notice must be accompanied by payment in full of the exercise price as follows: (i) in cash or by check, bank draft, or money order payable to the Company; (ii) solely to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, if the Common Stock is listed on a national stock exchange, and the Committee authorizes, through a procedure whereby the Participant delivers irrevocable instructions to a broker reasonably acceptable to the Committee to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the exercise price; (iii) to the extent the Committee authorizes, having the Company withhold Shares issuable upon exercise of the Stock Option, or by payment in full or in part in the form of Shares owned by the Participant, based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the payment date; or (iv) on such other terms and conditions that may be acceptable to the Committee. No Shares will be issued under the Plan until payment for those Shares has been made or provided for in accordance with the Plan.

(e)    No Stock Option will be Transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Stock Options will be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant, except that the Committee may determine at the time of grant or thereafter that a Nonqualified Stock Option that is otherwise not Transferable under this Section 6.3(e) is Transferable to a Family Member in whole or in part on terms and conditions that are specified by the Committee. A Nonqualified Stock Option that is Transferred to a Family Member under the preceding sentence (i) may not be subsequently Transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and (ii) remains subject to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement. Any Shares acquired upon the exercise of a Nonqualified Stock Option by a permissible transferee of a Nonqualified Stock Option or a permissible transferee under a Transfer after the exercise of the Nonqualified Stock Option will be subject to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

(f)    To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Common Stock with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary, or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Stock Options will be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary, or any Parent at all times from the time an ISO is granted until three months before the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by Applicable Law), such Stock Option will be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option. Should any term or condition of the Plan not be necessary for the Stock Options to qualify as ISOs, or should any additional terms and conditions be required, the Committee may amend the Plan accordingly.

 

-12-


(g)    Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Stock Options will be evidenced by such form of agreement or grant as is approved by the Committee, and the Committee may (i) modify, extend, or renew outstanding Stock Options, and (ii) accept the surrender of outstanding Stock Options (to the extent not theretofore exercised) and authorize the granting of new Stock Options in substitution therefor (to the extent not theretofore exercised). Notwithstanding any other term or condition of the Plan, except in connection with a corporate transaction involving the Company in accordance with Section 4.2, the repricing of Options (and Stock Appreciation Rights) is prohibited without prior approval of the Stockholders. For this purpose, a “repricing” means any of the following (or any other action that has the same effect as any of the following): (A) any action that is treated as a “repricing” under GAAP and (B) repurchasing for cash or cancelling an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right at a time when its exercise price is greater than the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares in exchange for another Award. A cancellation and exchange under clause (B) would be considered a “repricing” regardless of whether it is treated as a “repricing” under GAAP and regardless of whether it is voluntary on the part of the Participant.

(h)    The Committee may provide that a Stock Option include a term or condition whereby the Participant may elect at any time before the Participant’s Separation from Service to exercise the Stock Option as to any part or all of the Shares subject to the Stock Option before the full vesting of the Stock Option and such Shares will be subject to the terms and conditions of Article VIII and be treated as Restricted Shares. Unvested Shares so exercised may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Committee may determine.

Section 6.4    Automatic Exercise. The Committee may include a term or condition in an Award Agreement providing for the automatic exercise of a Nonqualified Stock Option on a cashless basis on the last day of the term of such Stock Option if the Participant has failed to exercise the Nonqualified Stock Option as of such date, with respect to which the Fair Market Value of the Shares underlying the Nonqualified Stock Option exceeds the exercise price of such Nonqualified Stock Option on the date of expiration of such Stock Option, subject to Section 13.5.

ARTICLE VII

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

Section 7.1    Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights may be issued either alone or in tandem with Stock Options. Stock Appreciation Rights will be subject to terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, determined by the Committee, and the following:

(a)    The exercise price per Share subject to a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Committee at the time of grant; provided that the per Share exercise price of a Stock Appreciation Right will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant.

(b)    The term of each Stock Appreciation Right will be fixed by the Committee, but may not be greater than 10 years after the date the right is granted.

 

-13-


(c)    Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with this Section 7.1, Stock Appreciation Rights will be exercisable at the time or times and subject to the terms and conditions determined by the Committee at the time of grant. If the Committee provides that any such right is exercisable subject to certain terms and conditions, the Committee may waive those terms and conditions on the exercisability at any time at or after grant in whole or in part.

(d)    Subject to whatever installment exercise and waiting period terms and conditions apply under Section 7.1(c), Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised in whole or in part at any time in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement, by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of Stock Appreciation Rights to be exercised.

(e)    Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive, for each right exercised, up to, but no more than, an amount in cash or Common Stock (as chosen by the Committee) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date that the right is exercised over the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date that the right was awarded to the Participant.

(f)    No Stock Appreciation Rights will be Transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all such rights will be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant.

Section 7.2    Automatic Exercise. The Committee may include a term or condition in an Award Agreement providing for the automatic exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right on a cashless basis on the last day of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right if the Participant has failed to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right as of such date, with respect to which the Fair Market Value of the Shares underlying the Stock Appreciation Right exceeds the exercise price of such Stock Appreciation Right on the date of expiration of such Stock Appreciation Right, subject to Section 13.5.

ARTICLE VIII

RESTRICTED SHARES

Section 8.1    Restricted Shares. The Committee will determine the Eligible Individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Restricted Shares will be made, the number of Restricted Shares to be awarded, the price (if any) to be paid by the Participant (subject to Section 8.2), the time or times within which such Awards will be subject to forfeiture, the vesting schedule and rights to acceleration thereof, and all other terms and conditions of the Awards.

Section 8.2    Awards and Certificates. Participants selected to receive Restricted Shares will not have any right with respect to the Award, unless and until the Participant has delivered a fully executed copy of the agreement evidencing the Award to the Company, to the extent required by the Committee, and has otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of the Award. Further, such Award will be subject to the following:

(a)    The purchase price of Restricted Shares will be fixed by the Committee. Subject to Section 4.3, the purchase price for Restricted Shares may be zero to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, and, to the extent required by Applicable Law, such purchase price may not be less than par value.

 

-14-


(b)    Each Participant receiving Restricted Shares will be issued a stock certificate in respect of the Restricted Shares, unless the Committee elects to use another system, such as book entries by the transfer agent, as evidencing ownership of Restricted Shares. Such certificate will be registered in the name of the Participant, and will, in addition to any legends required by Applicable Law, bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms and conditions applicable to the Award, substantially in the following form:

“The anticipation, alienation, attachment, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge of the restricted shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of the PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and an award agreement entered into between the registered owner and the Company dated                      (the “Agreement”). Copies of such Plan and Agreement are on file at the principal office of the Company.”

(c)    If stock certificates are issued in respect of Restricted Shares, the Committee may require that any stock certificates evidencing such Shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon have lapsed, and that, as a condition of any grant of Restricted Shares, the Participant must deliver a duly signed stock power or other instruments of assignment, each endorsed in blank with a guarantee of signature if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company, which would permit transfer to the Company of all or a portion of the Restricted Shares in the event that such Award is forfeited in whole or part.

Section 8.3    Terms and Conditions. Restricted Shares will be subject to terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, determined by the Committee, and the following:

(a)    The Participant is not permitted to Transfer Restricted Shares during the period or periods set by the Committee (the “Restriction Period”) commencing on the date of such Award, as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, and such agreement will set forth a vesting schedule and any event that would accelerate vesting of the Restricted Shares. Within these limits, based on service, attainment of Performance Goals, or such other factors or criteria as the Committee may determine, the Committee may condition the grant or provide for the lapse of such restrictions in installments in whole or in part, or may accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any Restricted Shares and waive the deferral terms and conditions for all or any part of any Restricted Shares.

(b)    Except as provided in Section 8.3(a) and this Section 8.3(b) or as otherwise determined by the Committee, the Participant will have, with respect to Restricted Shares, all of the rights of a Stockholder, including the right to receive dividends, the right to vote such Restricted Shares, and, subject to and conditioned upon the full vesting of Restricted Shares, the right to tender those Shares. The Committee may determine at the time of grant that the payment of dividends will be deferred until, and conditioned upon, the expiration of the applicable Restriction Period.

 

-15-


(c)    If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Shares, the certificates for such Shares will be delivered to the Participant. All legends will be removed from said certificates at the time of delivery to the Participant, except as otherwise required by Applicable Law or other terms and conditions imposed by the Committee.

ARTICLE IX

PERFORMANCE AWARDS

Section 9.1    Performance Awards. The Committee may grant a Performance Award to a Participant payable upon the attainment of specific Performance Goals. If the Performance Award is payable in Restricted Shares, such Shares will be transferable to the Participant only upon attainment of the relevant Performance Goal in accordance with Article VIII. If the Performance Award is payable in cash, it may be paid upon the attainment of the relevant Performance Goals either in cash or in Restricted Shares (based on the then current Fair Market Value of such Shares). Each Performance Award will be evidenced by an Award Agreement in such form that is not inconsistent with the Plan and that the Committee may approve. The Committee will condition the right to payment of any Performance Award upon the attainment of Performance Goals established under Section 9.2(c).

Section 9.2    Terms and Conditions. Performance Awards will be subject to terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, determined by the Committee, and the following:

(a)    At the expiration of the applicable Performance Period, the Committee will determine the extent to which the Performance Goals established under Section 9.2(c) are achieved and the percentage of each Performance Award that has been earned.

(b)    Subject to the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, Performance Awards may not be Transferred.

(c)    The Committee will establish the Performance Goals for the earning of Performance Awards based on a Performance Period applicable to each Participant or class of Participants. Such Performance Goals may incorporate terms and conditions for disregarding (or adjusting for) changes in accounting methods, corporate transactions, and other similar type events or circumstances.

(d)    Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, amounts equal to dividends declared during the Performance Period with respect to the number of Shares covered by a Performance Award will not be paid to the Participant.

(e)    After the Committee’s determination in accordance with Section 9.2(a), the Company will settle Performance Awards, in such form as determined by the Committee, in an amount equal to such Participant’s earned Performance Awards. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Committee may award an amount less than the earned Performance Awards and subject the payment of all or part of any Performance Award to additional vesting, forfeiture, and deferral terms and conditions.

 

-16-


(f)    Subject to the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, upon a Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason during the Performance Period for a Performance Award, the Performance Award will vest or be forfeited in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Committee at grant.

(g)    Based on service, performance, and any other factors or criteria the Committee may determine, the Committee may, at or after grant, accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any Performance Award.

ARTICLE X

OTHER SHARE-BASED AND CASH-BASED AWARDS

Section 10.1    Other Share-Based Awards. The Committee is authorized to grant to Eligible Individuals Other Share-Based Awards that are payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to Shares, including Shares awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to terms or conditions, Shares in payment of the amounts due under an incentive or performance plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or an Affiliate, stock equivalent units, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and Awards valued by reference to book value of Shares. Other Share-Based Awards may be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with other Awards. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Committee has the authority to determine the Eligible Individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, Other Share-Based Awards will be granted, the number of Shares to be granted under such Awards, and all other terms and conditions of the Awards.

Section 10.2    Terms and Conditions. Other Share-Based Awards will be subject to terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, determined by the Committee, and the following:

(a)    Subject to the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, Shares subject to Other Share-Based Awards may not be Transferred before the date on which the Shares are issued, or, if later, the date on which any applicable restriction, performance, or deferral period lapses.

(b)    Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, subject to the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, the recipient of an Other Share-Based Award will not be entitled to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, dividends or dividend equivalents in respect of the number of Shares covered by the Award.

(c)    All Other Share-Based Awards and any Shares covered by those awards will vest or be forfeited to the extent so provided in the Award Agreement.

(d)    Common Stock issued on a bonus basis under this Article IX may be issued for no cash consideration. Common Stock purchased under a purchase right awarded under this Article X will be priced as determined by the Committee.

 

-17-


Section 10.3    Other Cash-Based Awards. The Committee may grant Other Cash-Based Awards to Eligible Individuals in amounts, on terms and conditions, and for consideration, including no consideration or such minimum consideration as may be required by Applicable Law. Other Cash-Based Awards may be granted subject to the satisfaction of vesting terms and conditions or may be awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to terms and conditions, and if subject to vesting, the Committee may accelerate such vesting at any time.

ARTICLE XI

CHANGE IN CONTROL

Section 11.1    Treatment of Awards upon a Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, and except as otherwise determined by the Committee in an Award Agreement, a Participant’s unvested Awards will not vest automatically and will be treated in accordance with one or more of the following methods as determined by the Committee:

(a)    Awards, whether or not then vested, will be continued, assumed, or have new rights substituted therefor, and restrictions to which Restricted Shares or any other Award granted before the Change in Control are subject will not lapse upon the Change in Control and the Restricted Shares or other Awards will receive the same distribution as other Common Stock on terms and conditions determined by the Committee; provided that the Committee may decide to award additional Restricted Shares or other Awards in lieu of any cash distribution.

(b)    The Committee may provide for the purchase of any Awards by the Company or an Affiliate for an amount of cash equal to the excess (if any) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by such Awards as of the Change in Control, over the aggregate purchase or exercise price of such Awards.

(c)    The Committee may terminate all outstanding and unexercised Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, and other Other Share-Based Awards that provide for a Participant-elected exercise, effective as of the Change in Control, by delivering notice of termination to each Participant at least 20 days before the date of consummation of the Change in Control, in which case during the period from the date on which such notice of termination is delivered to the consummation of the Change in Control, each affected Participant will have the right to exercise in full all of the Participant’s Awards that are then outstanding (without regard to any terms and conditions on exercisability otherwise contained in the Award Agreements), but any such exercise will be contingent on the occurrence of the Change in Control; provided that, if the Change in Control does not take place within a specified period after giving such notice for any reason whatsoever, the notice and exercise pursuant thereto will be null and void.

(d)    The Committee may make any other determination as to the treatment of Awards in connection with a Change in Control. The treatment of Awards need not be the same for all Participants. Any escrow, holdback, earnout, or similar terms and conditions in the definitive agreements relating to the Change in Control may apply to any payment to the holders of Awards to the same extent and in the same manner as such terms and conditions apply to the holders of Shares.

 

-18-


Section 11.2    Change in Control. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement with a Participant approved by the Committee, a “Change in Control” means:

(a)    any “person,” as that term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company, or any company owned, directly or indirectly, by the Stockholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Common Stock), becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, other than pursuant to a Business Combination that does not constitute a Change in Control under such Section 11.2(c);

(b)    during any period of 24 consecutive calendar months, individuals who were directors serving on the Board on the first day of such period (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director after the first day of such period whose election, or nomination for election, by the Stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors will be considered as though such individual were an Incumbent Director, but excluding, for purposes of this proviso, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened proxy contest with respect to election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a “person” (as used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), in each case, other than the Board;

(c)    consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation, or other business combination (any of the foregoing, a “Business Combination”) of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, in any case with respect to which the Company voting securities outstanding immediately before such Business Combination do not, immediately after such Business Combination, continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the Company or any ultimate parent thereof) more than 50% of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company (or its successor) or any ultimate parent thereof after the Business Combination; or

(d)    a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the consummation of a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a Person or Persons who beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company at the time of the sale.

Notwithstanding the foregoing terms and conditions of this definition, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award (or any portion of an Award) that provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, a Change in Control will not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of such Award (or portion thereof) unless such transaction or series of related transactions also constitutes a “change in control event” with respect to the Company for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

 

-19-


Section 11.3    Initial Public Offering not a Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing terms and conditions of the definition of Change in Control, the occurrence of the Registration Date will not be considered a Change in Control.

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

Section 12.1    Amendment and Termination of Plan. Subject to Section 12.3, the Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, however, that no amendment will be effective unless approved by the Stockholders to the extent Stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy any Applicable Laws.

Section 12.2    Amendment of Awards. Subject to Section 12.3, the Committee may amend any Award at any time; provided, however, that no amendment will be effective unless approved by the Stockholders to the extent Stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy any Applicable Laws.

Section 12.3    No Material Impairment of Rights. Rights under any Award granted before amendment or termination of the Plan or amendment of an Award may not be materially impaired by any such amendment or termination unless the Participant consents thereto.

ARTICLE XIII

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Section 13.1    Legend. The Committee may require each person receiving Shares under the Plan to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that the Participant is acquiring the Shares without a view to distribution thereof. In addition to any legend required by the Plan, the certificates for Shares issued under the Plan may include any legend that the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on Transfer. All certificates for Shares delivered under the Plan will be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under Applicable Law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

Section 13.2    Book Entry. Notwithstanding any other term or condition of the Plan, the Company may elect to satisfy any requirement under the Plan for the delivery of Share certificates through the use of another system, such as book entry or electronically.

Section 13.3    Other Plans. Nothing contained in the Plan prevents the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to Stockholder approval if such approval is required, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

Section 13.4    No Right to Employment, Consultancy, or Directorship. Neither the Plan nor the grant of any Award gives any Person any right with respect to continuance of employment, consultancy, or directorship by the Company or any Affiliate, nor does the Plan or the grant of any

 

-20-


Award cause any limitation in any way on the right of the Company or any Affiliate by which an employee is employed or a Consultant or Non-Employee Director is retained to terminate such employment, consultancy, or directorship at any time.

Section 13.5    Withholding for Taxes. The Company or an Affiliate, as the case may be, has the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to a Participant any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by Applicable Law to be withheld (a) with respect to the vesting of or other lapse of restrictions applicable to an Award, (b) upon the issuance of any Shares upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or (c) otherwise due in connection with an Award. At the time the tax obligation becomes due, the Participant must pay to the Company or the Affiliate, as the case may be, any amount that the Company or Affiliate determines to be necessary to satisfy the tax obligation. The Company or the Affiliate, as the case may be, may require or permit the Participant to satisfy the tax obligation, in whole or in part, (i) by causing the Company or Affiliate to withhold up to the maximum required number of Shares otherwise issuable to the Participant as may be necessary to satisfy such tax obligation or (ii) by delivering to the Company or Affiliate Shares already owned by the Participant. The Shares so delivered or withheld must have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the tax obligation. The Fair Market Value of the Shares used to satisfy the tax obligation will be determined by the Company or the Affiliate as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. To the extent applicable, a Participant may satisfy his or her tax obligation only with Shares that are not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting, or other similar requirements. Any fraction of a Share required to satisfy tax obligations will be disregarded and the amount due must be paid instead in cash by the Participant.

Section 13.6    No Assignment of Benefits. No Award or other benefit payable under the Plan may, except as otherwise specifically provided by Applicable Law or permitted by the Committee, be Transferable in any manner, and any attempt to Transfer any such benefit will be void, and any such benefit will not in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any Person who will be entitled to such benefit, nor will it be subject to attachment or legal process for or against such Person.

Section 13.7    Listing and Other Terms and Conditions.

(a)    Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, as long as the Common Stock is listed on a national stock exchange or system sponsored by a national securities association, the issuance of Shares under an Award will be conditioned upon such Shares being listed on such exchange or system. The Company will have no obligation to issue such Shares unless and until such Shares are so listed, and the right to exercise any Stock Option or other Award with respect to such Shares will be suspended until such listing has been effected.

(b)    If at any time counsel to the Company is of the opinion that any sale or delivery of Shares under an Award is or may be unlawful or result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company, the Company will have no obligation to make such sale or delivery, or to make any application or to effect or to maintain any qualification or registration under the Securities Act or otherwise, with respect to Shares or Awards, and the right to exercise any Stock Option or other Award will be suspended until, in the opinion of said counsel, such sale or delivery would be lawful or would not result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company.

 

-21-


(c)    Upon termination of any period of suspension under this Section 13.7, any Award affected by such suspension that has not expired or terminated will be reinstated as to all Shares available before such suspension and as to Shares that would otherwise have become available during the period of such suspension, but no such suspension will extend the term of any Award.

(d)    A Participant will be required to supply the Company with certificates, representations, and information that the Company requests and otherwise cooperate with the Company in obtaining any listing, registration, qualification, exemption, consent, and approval the Company determines necessary or appropriate.

Section 13.8    Stockholders Agreement and Other Requirements. Notwithstanding any other term or condition of the Plan, as a condition to the receipt of Shares under an Award, to the extent required by the Committee, the Participant must execute and deliver a Stockholder’s agreement and such other documentation that sets forth certain restrictions on transferability of the Shares acquired upon exercise or purchase, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may establish. The Company may require, as a condition of exercise, the Participant to become a party to an existing Stockholders agreement (or other agreement). Any payment of cash or issuance or transfer of Shares or other property to the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative under the Plan will, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims of such Persons under the plan, and the Company may require the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative, as a condition to such payment or issuance or transfer, to execute a general release of all claims in favor of the Company and each Affiliate in such form as the Company may determine.

Section 13.9    Governing Law. The Plan and actions taken in connection with the Plan will be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction).

Section 13.10    Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. Any suit, action, or proceeding with respect to the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement, or any judgment entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in respect of the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement, will be resolved only in the courts of the State of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware and the appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals in such courts. In that context, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the Company and each Participant irrevocably and unconditionally (a) submits in any proceeding relating to the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement, or for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect of the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement (a “Proceeding”), to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware and the appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals in such courts, and agrees that all claims in respect of any Proceeding will be heard and determined in such state court or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, in such federal court, (b) consents that any Proceeding may and will be brought in such courts and waives any objection that the Company or the Participant may have at any time after the Effective Date to the venue or jurisdiction of any Proceeding in any such court or that the Proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the

 

-22-


same, (c) waives all right to trial by jury in any Proceeding (whether based on contract, tort, or otherwise) arising out of or relating to the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement, (d) agrees that service of process in any Proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy of such process by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such party, in the case of a Participant, at the Participant’s address shown in the books and records of the Company or, in the case of the Company, at the Company’s principal offices, attention General Counsel, and (e) agrees that nothing in the Plan will affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 13.11    Other Benefits. No Award will be considered compensation for purposes of computing benefits under any retirement plan of the Company or any Affiliate or affect any benefit under any other benefit plan now or subsequently in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to the level of compensation.

Section 13.12    Costs. The Company will bear all expenses associated with administering the Plan, including expenses of issuing Common Stock under Awards.

Section 13.13    No Right to Same Benefits. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each Participant, and Awards to individual Participants need not be the same in subsequent years (if granted at all).

Section 13.14    Death; Disability. The Committee may require the transferee of a Participant to supply it with written notice of the Participant’s death or Disability and to supply it with a copy of the will (in the case of the Participant’s death) or such other evidence as the Committee deems necessary to establish the validity of the transfer of an Award. The Committee may also require the agreement of the transferee to be bound by the Plan.

Section 13.15    Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. All elections and transactions under the Plan by Persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act involving Shares are intended to comply with any applicable exemptive condition under Rule 16b-3. The Committee may establish and adopt written administrative guidelines, designed to facilitate compliance with Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as it may deem necessary or proper for the administration and operation of the Plan and the transaction of business thereunder.

Section 13.16    Section 409A. The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A and will be limited, construed, and interpreted in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any Award is subject to Section 409A, it will be paid in a manner that complies with Section 409A. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any Plan provision that is inconsistent with Section 409A will be deemed to be amended to comply with Section 409A and to the extent such provision cannot be amended to comply, such provision will be null and void. The Company will have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Award that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A is not so exempt or compliant, or for any action taken by the Committee or the Company and, in the event that any amount or benefit under the Plan becomes subject to penalties under Section 409A, responsibility for payment of such penalties will rest solely with the affected Participants and not with the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan or any Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A) that are otherwise required to be made under

 

-23-


the Plan to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A) as a result of such employee’s separation from service (other than a payment that is not subject to Section 409A) will be delayed for the first six months after such separation from service and will instead be paid (in a manner set forth in the Award Agreement) upon expiration of such delay period (or, if earlier, the date of death of the specified employee). All installment payments under the Plan will be deemed separate payments for purposes of Section 409A.

Section 13.17    California Participants. The Plan is intended to comply with Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code, to the extent applicable. In that regard, to the extent required by Section 25102(o), (a) the terms and conditions of any Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, to the extent vested and exercisable upon a Participant’s Separation from Service, will include any minimum exercise periods after Separation from Service required by Section 25102(o) and (b) any repurchase right of the Company or any Affiliate will include a minimum 90-day notice requirement. Any Plan term that is inconsistent with Section 25102(o) will, without further act or amendment by the Company or the Board, be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 25102(o).

Section 13.18    Successor and Assigns. The Plan will be binding on all successors and permitted assigns of a Participant, including the estate of such Participant and the executor, administrator, or trustee of such estate.

Section 13.19    Severability of Terms and Conditions. If any term or condition of the Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other term or condition of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if such term or condition had not been included.

Section 13.20    Payments to Minors, Etc. Any benefit payable to or for the benefit of a minor, an incompetent Person, or other Person incapable of receipt thereof will be considered paid when paid to such Person’s guardian or to the party providing or reasonably appearing to provide for the care of such Person, and such payment will fully discharge the obligations of the Committee, the Board, the Company, all Affiliates, and their employees, agents, and representatives with respect thereto.

Section 13.21    Lock-Up Agreement. As a condition to the grant of an Award, if requested by the Company and the lead underwriter of any public offering of Common Stock (the “Lead Underwriter”), a Participant must irrevocably agree not to sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, transfer the economic risk of ownership in, make any short sale of, pledge or otherwise transfer or dispose of, any interest in any Common Stock or any securities convertible into, derivative of, or exchangeable or exercisable for, or any other rights to purchase or acquire Common Stock (except Common Stock included in such public offering or acquired on the public market after such offering) during such period of time after the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act that the Lead Underwriter may specify (the “Lock-Up Period”). Each Participant must sign such documents as may be requested by the Lead Underwriter to effect the foregoing. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Common Stock acquired under an Award until the end of such Lock-Up Period.

 

-24-


Section 13.22    Separation from Service for Cause; Clawbacks; Detrimental Conduct.

(a)    The Company may cancel any unvested Awards if the Participant incurs a Separation from Service for Cause.

(b)    All awards, amounts, or benefits received or outstanding under the Plan will be subject to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, reduction, or other similar action in accordance with any Company clawback or similar policy or any Applicable Law related to such actions. A Participant’s acceptance of an Award will constitute the Participant’s acknowledgement of and consent to the Company’s application, implementation, and enforcement of any applicable Company clawback or similar policy that may apply to the Participant, whether adopted before or after the Effective Date, and any Applicable Law relating to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, or reduction of compensation, and the Participant’s agreement that the Company may take any actions that may be necessary to effectuate any such policy or Applicable Law, without further consideration or action.

(c)    Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, notwithstanding any other term or condition of the Plan, if a Participant engages in Detrimental Conduct, whether during the Participant’s service or after the Participant’s Separation from Service, in addition to any other penalties or restrictions that may apply under the Plan, Applicable Law, or otherwise, the Participant must forfeit or pay to the Company the following:

(i)    any and all outstanding Awards granted to the Participant, including Awards that have become vested or exercisable;

(ii)    any cash or Shares received by the Participant in connection with the Plan within the 36-month period immediately before the date the Participant engaged in Detrimental Conduct; and

(iii)    the profit realized by the Participant from the sale, or other disposition for consideration, of any Shares received by the Participant under the Plan within the 36-month period immediately before the date the Participant engaged in Detrimental Conduct.

Section 13.23    Data Protection. A Participant’s acceptance of an Award will be deemed to constitute the Participant’s acknowledgement of and consent to the collection and processing of personal data relating to the Participant so that the Company and the Affiliates can fulfill their obligations and exercise their rights under the Plan and generally administer and manage the Plan. This data will include data about participation in the Plan and Shares offered or received, purchased, or sold under the Plan and other appropriate financial and other data (such as the date on which the Awards were granted) about the Participant and the Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Section 13.24    Unfunded Plan. The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payment as to which a Participant has a fixed and vested interest but that is not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing in the Plan gives any Participant any right that is greater than the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company. The grant of an Award will not require a segregation of any of the Company’s assets for satisfaction of the Company’s payment obligation under any Award.

 

-25-


Section 13.25    Plan Construction. In the Plan, unless otherwise stated, the following uses apply:

(a)    references to an Applicable Law refer to such Applicable Law and any amendments and supplements thereto and any successor Applicable Law, and to all valid and binding rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, court decisions, and other regulatory and judicial authority issued or rendered thereunder, as amended or supplemented, or their successors, as in effect at the relevant time;

(b)    in computing periods from a specified date to a later specified date, the words “from” and “commencing on” (and the like) mean “from and including,” and the words “to,” “until,” and “ending on” (and the like) mean “to and including”;

(c)    indications of time of day will be based upon the time applicable to the location of the principal headquarters of the Company;

(d)    the words “include,” “includes,” and “including” (and the like) mean “include, without limitation,” “includes, without limitation,” and “including, without limitation” (and the like), respectively;

(e)    all references to articles, sections, and exhibits are to articles, sections, and exhibits in or to the Plan;

(f)    all words used will be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances and context require;

(g)    the captions and headings of articles, sections, and exhibits have been inserted solely for convenience of reference and will not be considered a part of the Plan, nor will any of them affect the meaning or interpretation of the Plan;

(h)    any reference to an agreement, plan, policy, form, document, or set of documents, and the rights and obligations of the parties under any such agreement, plan, policy, form, document, or set of documents, will mean the agreement, plan, policy, form, document, or set of documents as amended from time to time, and any and all modifications, extensions, renewals, substitutions, or replacements thereof; and

(i)    all accounting terms not specifically defined will be construed in accordance with GAAP.

*        *        *         *

 

-26-

Exhibit 10.2

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.,

CERTAIN OTHER PERSONS NAMED HEREIN,

AND

THE AGENT

DATED AS OF [•], 2021


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

RECITALS

     1  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     2  

Section 1.1

  Definitions      2  

Section 1.2

  Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions      10  

ARTICLE II DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFITS

     11  

Section 2.1

  Exchange Schedule      11  

Section 2.2

  NOL Schedule      11  

Section 2.3

  Tax Benefit Schedule      11  

Section 2.4

  Procedure: Amendments      13  

ARTICLE III TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

     13  

Section 3.1

  Payments      13  

Section 3.2

  No Duplicative Payments      14  

Section 3.3

  Coordination of Benefits      14  

ARTICLE IV TERMINATION

     15  

Section 4.1

  Early Termination by the Corporation      15  

Section 4.2

  Early Termination upon Change of Control      15  

Section 4.3

  Breach of Agreement      15  

Section 4.4

  Early Termination Notice      16  

Section 4.5

  Payment upon Early Termination      17  

ARTICLE V SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

     17  

Section 5.1

  Subordination      17  

Section 5.2

  Late Payments by the Corporation      18  

ARTICLE VI

     18  

PARTICIPATION IN TAX MATTERS; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

     18  

Section 6.1

  Participation in the Corporation’s Tax Matters      18  

Section 6.2

  Consistency      18  

Section 6.3

  Cooperation      19  

ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS

     19  

Section 7.1

  Notices      19  

Section 7.2

  Counterparts      20  

Section 7.3

  Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries      20  

Section 7.4

  Governing Law      20  

Section 7.5

  Severability      20  

Section 7.6

  Successors: Assignment      20  

 

i


Section 7.7

  Amendments: Waivers      21  

Section 7.8

  Titles and Subtitles      21  

Section 7.9

  Reconciliation      21  

Section 7.10

  Consent to Jurisdiction      22  

Section 7.11

  Waiver of Jury Trial      22  

Section 7.12

  Withholding      23  

Section 7.13

  Admission of the Corporation into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets      23  

Section 7.14

  Confidentiality      24  

Section 7.15

  No Similar Agreements      24  

Section 7.16

  Change in Law      25  

 

ii


TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of [•], 2021 is hereby entered into by and among PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), VEPF VI AIV III Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Vista Blocker I”), Onex Pinnacle Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Onex Blocker”), VEPF VI AIV VI Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Vista Blocker II”), Severin Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), Severin Topco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“TOPCO”), Pinnacle Holdings I L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Pinnacle Holdings”), Vista Equity Partners Fund VI-A, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership (“Vista”), Onex Partners Holdings LLC, Onex Partners IV Select LP, Onex US Principals LP, Onex Partners IV LP, Onex Partners IV GP LP and Onex Partners IV PV LP (“Onex”), and the Agent.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the TRA Holders hold, directly or indirectly through Vista Blocker I, Onex Blocker, and Vista Blocker II, limited liability company interests (“Units”) in the Company, which is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

WHEREAS, after the Reorganization Transactions (defined below), a subsidiary of the Corporation will be the managing member of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Corporation will issue shares of its Class A Common Stock, to certain purchasers in an initial public offering of its Class A Common Stock (the “IPO” and the date on which the IPO is consummated is referred to herein as the “Closing Date”);

WHEREAS, on the Closing Date, the Corporation will, directly and indirectly, acquire Common Units of the Company (collectively, the “Purchase”);

WHEREAS, from and after the closing of the IPO, under certain circumstances, TOPCO may exchange its Units together with its shares of Class B Common Stock of the Corporation for a Cash Payment and/or Class A Common Stock (each such transaction an “Exchange”) pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agreement and as a result of such Exchanges, the Corporation is expected to obtain or be entitled to certain Tax benefits as further described herein;

WHEREAS, the Company and each of its direct and indirect Subsidiaries that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and any corresponding provisions of state and local Tax law for the Taxable Year that includes the Closing Date and each Taxable Year in which an Exchange (as defined below) occurs, which election is expected to result, with respect to the Corporation, in an adjustment to the Tax basis of the assets owned by the Company and such Subsidiaries in connection with the Purchase and each Exchange;

WHEREAS, each of Vista Blocker I, Onex Blocker, and Vista Blocker II are taxable as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes;


WHEREAS, each of Vista Blocker, Onex Blocker, and Vista Blocker II shall engage in a recapitalization pursuant to which each of their direct shareholders will surrender all outstanding shares of common stock of each respective corporation in exchange for new shares of common stock in such corporation and their rights and obligations pursuant to this Agreement.

WHEREAS, each of the Corporation, Vista Blocker I, Onex Blocker, and Vista Blocker II shall enter into a series of transactions pursuant to which (i) the equity interests of each of Vista Blocker I, Onex Blocker, and Vista Blocker II will be transferred to the Corporation, (ii) the equity interests of each of Vista Blocker I, Onex Blocker, and Vista Blocker II will be contributed to Pinnacle Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation and direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (“Pinnacle Corp.”), and (iii) thereafter, each of Vista Blocker I, Onex Blocker, and Vista Blocker II will be converted into a Delaware limited liability company (such transactions described in clauses (i) through (iii), the “Reorganization Transactions”), and as a result of such Reorganization Transactions the Corporation will succeed to certain Tax attributes of the Blockers as further described; and

WHEREAS, this Agreement is intended to set forth the agreements among the parties hereto regarding the sharing of certain Tax benefits realized by the Corporation, including as a result of (i) the Purchase, (ii) the Exchanges, (iii) the Reorganization Transactions, and (iv) certain of the payments made pursuant to this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this ARTICLE I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).

Accrued Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).

Actual Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the actual liability for Taxes of (i) the Corporation and (ii) without duplication, the Company, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on the taxable income of the Company that is allocable to the Corporation (or to the other members of the consolidated group of which the Corporation is a member for such Taxable Year).

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.

Agent” means TOPCO or such other Person designated as such.

Agreed Rate” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

 

2


Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Amended Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).

Assumed State and Local Tax Rate” means the tax rate equal to the sum of the product of (x) the Company’s income and franchise Tax apportionment rate(s) for each state and local jurisdiction in which the Company files income or franchise Tax Returns for the relevant Taxable Year and (y) the highest corporate income and franchise Tax rate(s) for each such state and local jurisdiction in which the Company files income or franchise Tax Returns for each relevant Taxable Year; provided, that the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate calculated pursuant to the foregoing shall be reduced by the assumed federal income Tax benefit received by the Corporation with respect to state and local jurisdiction income and franchise Taxes (with such benefit calculated as the product of (a) the Corporation’s marginal U.S. federal income tax rate for the relevant Taxable Year and (b) the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate (without regard to this proviso)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, on or prior to the first day of any relevant Taxable Year, the Corporation, the Onex Representative and the Agent may agree on an Assumed State and Local Tax Rate that will be used for the relevant Taxable Year (which rate shall be based on good faith estimates of expected apportionment rates for such Taxable Year and on the Tax rates in effect in relevant jurisdictions as of the first day of the relevant Taxable Year).

Basis Adjustment” means any adjustment to the Tax basis of a Reference Asset as a result of an Exchange and the payments made pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the Purchase or such Exchange (as calculated under Section 2.1), including, but not limited to:

(i) under Sections 734(b), 743(b), 754 and 755 of the Code (in situations where, following an Exchange, the Company remains classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes); and

(ii) under Sections 732(b), 734(b) and 1012 of the Code and, without duplication, as a result of any basis adjustment to which the Company succeeds, including pursuant to proposed Treasury Regulations Section 1.743-1(f) and any subsequent similar guidance and comparable sections of U.S. state and local income and franchise tax law (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes), and in each case, comparable sections of state and local Tax laws.

For the avoidance of doubt, (X) the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of Exchangeable Units shall be determined without regard to any Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to such Exchangeable Units prior to such Exchange, (Y) the amount of any Basis Adjustment shall be determined without duplication of any amount included in the Closing Date Basis, and (Z) payments made under this Agreement shall not be treated as resulting in a Basis Adjustment to the extent such payments are (a) made to Pinnacle Holdings, Onex, or Vista or (b) treated as Guaranteed Payments, or (c) treated as Imputed Interest.

Beneficial Owner” means, with respect to a security, a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares:

 

3


(i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or

(ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security.

The terms “Beneficially Own” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have correlative meanings.

Blocker NOLs” means the net operating losses, capital losses, disallowed interest expense carryforwards under Section 163(j) of the Code and credit carryforwards of the Blockers (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any such attributes of the Blockers resulting from a Blocker being a successor to Vista Blocker I, Vista Blocker II, and/or Onex Blocker) relating to taxable periods (or portions thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date.

Blockers” means (i) Pinnacle Corp. (which, as a result of the Reorganization Transactions, is a successor corporation to Vista Blocker I, Vista Blocker II, and Onex Blocker) and (ii) Promachos Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Board” means the board of directors of the Corporation.

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which the banks in New York are authorized by law to be closed.

Cash Payment” has the meaning set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) of the Exchange Act (excluding any “person” or “group” who, on the Closing Date, is the Beneficial Owner of securities of the Corporation representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities and excluding any “Permitted Transferee” (as defined in the LLC Agreement) and any group of Permitted Transferees)) becomes the Beneficial Owner of securities of the Corporation representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities;

(ii) (A) the shareholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of Corporation or (B) there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets to an entity at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporation immediately prior to such sale or other disposition;

(iii) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (A) the board of directors of the Corporation immediately prior to the merger or consolidation does not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company

 

4


surviving the merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (B) all of the Persons who were the respective Beneficial Owners of the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation; or

(iv) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors of the Corporation then serving: individuals who were directors of the Corporation on the Closing Date or any new director whose appointment or election to the Board or nomination for election by the Corporation’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors of the Corporation on the Closing Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (iv).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in and voting control over, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

Change of Control Date” means the date on which a Change of Control occurs.

Class A Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

Class B Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

Closing Date Basis” means, immediately prior to the Purchase, the adjusted Tax basis of any Reference Asset that is goodwill or any other intangible asset that is amortizable under Section 197 of the Code.

Code” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. The term “Controlled” shall have a correlative meaning.

Corporation” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Corporation Letter” means a letter prepared by the Corporation in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, which states that the relevant Schedules, notices or other information to be provided by the Corporation to the Agent, along with all supporting schedules and work papers, were prepared in a manner that is consistent with the terms of this Agreement and, to the extent not expressly provided in this Agreement, on a reasonable basis in light of the facts and law in existence on the date such Schedules, notices or other information were delivered by the Corporation to the Agent. Such letter shall identify any material assumptions or operating procedures or principles that were used for purposes of the underlying calculations.

 

5


Corporation Return” means the U.S. federal and/or state and local Tax Return of the Corporation (including any consolidated group of which the Corporation is a member, as further described in Section 7.13(a)) filed with respect to any Taxable Year.

Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount (but not less than zero) of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporation, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.

Default Rate” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 500 basis points.

Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of any state and local Tax law or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.

Disputing Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.

Early Termination” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

Early Termination Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

Early Termination Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.

Early Termination Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.

Early Termination Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(b).

Early Termination Rate” means the lower of a per annum rate of (i) LIBOR plus 100 basis points or (ii) 5.50%.

Early Termination Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.

Exchange” has the meaning set forth in the recitals in this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, this definition shall include any Exchange occurring in connection with a Change of Control.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

6


Exchange Agreement” means that certain Exchange Agreement, to be dated as of the Closing Date, by and among the Corporation, TOPCO, the Company and the other parties thereto.

Exchange Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Exchangeable Unit” has the meaning set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

Expert” means a “Big 4” accounting firm not disqualified by conflicts or independence analysis or such nationally recognized expert in the particular area of disagreement as is mutually acceptable to both parties.

Guaranteed Payments” means payments made to TOPCO pursuant to this Agreement to the extent not attributable to an Exchange of its units in the Company.

Hypothetical Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for Taxes of the Corporation and, without duplication, the Company, but only with respect to Taxes of the Company allocable to the Corporation or to the other members of the consolidated group of which the Corporation is a member for such Taxable Year (in each case, using the same methods, elections, conventions, and similar practices used on the relevant Corporation Return), but without taking into account (i) any Basis Adjustments, (ii) any Blocker NOLs, (iii) any Closing Date Basis, (iv) any Guaranteed Payments, and (v) any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest for the Taxable Year. The Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be determined (A) without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any Tax item (or portions thereof) that is attributable to any Basis Adjustments, Blocker NOLs, the Closing Date Basis, any Guaranteed Payments, and Imputed Interest, (B) using the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate, solely for purposes of calculating the state and local Hypothetical Tax Liability of the Corporation and (C) to the extent not addressed in clause (B) of this sentence, using reasonable estimation methodologies for calculating the portion of any of the foregoing items attributable to U.S. state or local Taxes.

“ICE LIBOR” has the meaning set forth below under “LIBOR.”

Imputed Interest” means any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code and any similar provision of any state and local Tax law with respect to the Corporation’s payment obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, Imputed Interest shall not include any Accrued Amount.

IPO” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

LIBOR” means during any period, a rate per annum equal to the ICE LIBOR rate for a period of one month (“ICE LIBOR”), as published on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of ICE LIBOR as may be designated by the Corporation from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such period, for dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such period) with a term equivalent to such period. If ICE LIBOR ceases to be published, “LIBOR” shall mean a rate, selected by the Corporation in good faith, with characteristics similar to ICE LIBOR or consistent with market practices generally;

 

7


LLC Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, to be dated as of the Closing Date, as the same may be amended, amended and restated or replaced from time to time.

Material Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.4.

Net Tax Benefit” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).

NOL Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

Objection Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).

Onex Blocker” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Onex Representative” means [            ].

Payment Date” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.

Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

Pinnacle Corp.” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Purchase” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Realized Tax Benefit” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the Actual Tax Liability. If all or a portion of the Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority for any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination with respect to such Actual Tax Liability.

Realized Tax Detriment” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Actual Tax Liability over the Hypothetical Tax Liability. If all or a portion of the Actual Tax Liability for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority for any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination with respect to such Actual Tax Liability.

Reconciliation Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.

Reconciliation Procedures” means the procedures described in Section 7.9.

Reference Asset” means any asset that is held by the Company, or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries that is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for purposes of the applicable Tax (but only to the extent such Subsidiaries are not held through any entity treated as a corporation for purposes of the applicable Tax), immediately prior to the Purchase or at the time of an Exchange, as applicable. A Reference Asset also includes any asset that is “substituted basis property” under Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to a Reference Asset.

 

8


Reorganization Transactions” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Schedule” means any of the following: (i) an Exchange Schedule, (ii) a Tax Benefit Schedule, (iii) an NOL Schedule or (iv) the Early Termination Schedule.

Senior Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

Subsidiaries” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than 50% of the voting power or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.

Tax Benefit Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).

Tax Benefit Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

Tax Proceeding” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement filed or required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

Taxable Year” means a taxable year of the Corporation as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of state or local Tax law, as applicable (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than twelve (12) months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the date hereof.

Taxes” means any and all U.S. federal, state and local taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, and any interest related to such Tax.

Taxing Authority” means any federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi- governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.

TOPCO” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

TRA Holders” means TOPCO, Pinnacle Holdings, Onex, and Vista and each of their respective successors and permitted assigns pursuant to Section 7.6.

 

9


Treasury Regulations” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant Taxable Year.

Units” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

Valuation Assumptions” means, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that (i) in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, the Corporation will have taxable income sufficient to fully utilize the deductions arising from all Basis Adjustments, Blocker NOLs, the Closing Date Basis, Guaranteed Payments, and the Imputed Interest during such Taxable Year (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Basis Adjustments, Guaranteed Payments, and Imputed Interest that would result from Tax Benefit Payments that would be paid in accordance with the Valuation Assumptions, further assuming such Tax Benefit Payments would be paid on the due date, without extensions, for filing the Corporation Return for the applicable Taxable Year) in which such deductions would become available; (ii) any loss, capital loss, disallowed interest expense, credit or similar carryovers generated by deductions or losses arising from any Basis Adjustment, Blocker NOLs, the Closing Date Basis, Guaranteed Payments, or Imputed Interest that are available in the Taxable Year that includes the Early Termination Date and any Blocker NOLs that have not been previously utilized in determining a Tax Benefit Payment as of the Early Termination Date, will be utilized by the Corporation in the earliest possible Taxable Year permitted by the Code and the Treasury Regulations; (iii) the U.S. federal income tax rates that will be in effect for each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and the tax rates for U.S. state and local income taxes shall be the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate, in each case as in effect on the Early Termination Date, except to the extent any change to such tax rates for such Taxable Years have already been enacted into law; (iv) any non-amortizable Reference Assets will be disposed of for cash at their fair market value in a fully taxable transaction for Tax purposes on the fifth anniversary of the Early Termination Date; and (v) if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Exchangeable Units that have not been transferred in an Exchange, then all Exchangeable Units and (if applicable) shares of Class B Common Stock shall be deemed to be transferred in an Exchange effective on the Early Termination Date.

Vista Blocker I” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Vista Blocker II” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Section 1.2 Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined therein, shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,” whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of

 

10


like import. “Writing,” “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person. References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively.

ARTICLE II

DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN REALIZED TAX BENEFITS

Section 2.1 Exchange Schedule. Within ninety (90) calendar days after the extended due date of the U.S. federal Corporation Return for each Taxable Year in which any Exchange has been effected by a TRA Holder, the Corporation shall deliver to the Agent and the Onex Representative a schedule (the “Exchange Schedule”) that shows, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this Agreement, including with respect to each TRA Holder participating in any Exchange during such Taxable Year, (i) the Basis Adjustments with respect to the Reference Assets as a result of the Exchanges effected by such TRA Holder in such Taxable Year and (ii) the period (or periods) over which such Basis Adjustments are amortizable and/or depreciable.

Section 2.2 NOL Schedule. Within ninety (90) calendar days after the extended due date of the U.S. federal Corporation Return for the Taxable Year that includes the Closing Date, the Corporation shall deliver to the Agent and the Onex Representative a schedule (the “NOL Schedule”) that shows, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this Agreement, (i) the Blocker NOLs attributable to the Blockers as of the Closing Date and (ii) any applicable limitations on the use of the Blocker NOLs for Tax purposes (including under Section 382 of the Code).

Section 2.3 Tax Benefit Schedule.

(a) Tax Benefit Schedule. Within ninety (90) calendar days after the extended due date of the U.S. federal Corporation Return for any Taxable Year in which any potential payment obligation hereunder is still outstanding, the Corporation shall provide to the Agent and the Onex Representative: (i) a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, (A) the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year, (B) the portion of the Net Tax Benefit, if any, that is allocable to each TRA Holder, (C) the Accrued Amount with respect to any such Net Tax Benefit that is allocable to such TRA Holder, (D) the Tax Benefit Payment determined pursuant to Section 3.1(b) due to each such TRA Holder, and (E) the portion of such Tax Benefit Payment that the Corporation intends to treat as Imputed Interest (a “Tax Benefit Schedule”), (ii) a reasonably detailed calculation by the Corporation of the Hypothetical Tax Liability (the “without” calculation), (iii) a reasonably detailed calculation by the Corporation of the Actual Tax Liability (the “with” calculation), (iv) a copy of the Corporation Return for such Taxable Year, (v) a Corporation Letter supporting such Tax Benefit Schedule and (vi) any other work papers reasonably requested by the Agent or the Onex Representative. In addition, the Corporation shall allow the Agent and the Onex Representative reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives of the Corporation in connection with a review of such Tax Benefit Schedule. The Tax Benefit Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.4(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.4(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(b)).

 

11


(b) Applicable Principles. The Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year is intended to measure the decrease or increase in the Corporation’s actual liability for Taxes for such Taxable Year (calculated using certain rules and assumptions, as set forth herein) that is attributable to the Basis Adjustments, the Blocker NOLs, the Closing Date Basis, Guaranteed Payments, and Imputed Interest, determined using a “with and without” methodology. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) such actual liability for Taxes will take into account the deduction of the portion of the Tax Benefit Payment that must be accounted for as interest under the Code based upon the characterization of Tax Benefit Payments as additional consideration payable by the Corporation, and (ii) in addition to using the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate for purposes of determining the state and local Hypothetical Tax Liability, the Corporation may use reasonable estimation methodologies for calculating the portion of any Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment attributable to U.S. state or local Taxes. For purposes of calculating the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for any Taxable Year, carryforwards or carrybacks of any Tax item (such as a net operating loss) attributable to the Basis Adjustments, the Blocker NOLs, the Closing Date Basis, Guaranteed Payments, and Imputed Interest shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and the corresponding provisions of state and local Tax laws, as applicable, governing the use, limitation, and expiration of carryforwards or carrybacks of the relevant type. If a carryforward or carryback of any Tax item includes a portion that is attributable to the Basis Adjustment, the Blocker NOLs, the Closing Date Basis, Guaranteed Payments, or Imputed Interest (a “TRA Portion”) and another portion that is not so attributable (a “Non-TRA Portion”), such respective portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with the “with and without” methodology so that: (i) the amount of any Non-TRA Portion is deemed utilized first, followed by the amount of any TRA Portion; and (ii) in the case of a carryback of a Non-TRA Portion, such carryback shall not affect the original “with and without” calculation made in the applicable prior Taxable Year. For the avoidance of doubt, the TRA Portion of any Tax item when such item is incurred shall be determined using a marginal “with and without” methodology by calculating (i) the amount of such Tax item for all Tax purposes taking into account the Basis Adjustments, the Closing Date Basis, the Blocker NOLs, Guaranteed Payments, and Imputed Interest and (ii) the amount of such Tax item for all Tax purposes without taking into account the Basis Adjustments, the Closing Date Basis, the Blocker NOLs, Guaranteed Payments or Imputed Interest, with the TRA Portion equal to the excess of the amount specified in clause (i) over the amount specified in clause (ii) (but only if such excess is greater than zero). The parties agree that (i) any payment under this Agreement to TOPCO (or its successors or assigns), including the Accrued Amount (other than amounts accounted for as Imputed Interest or as Guaranteed Payments) will be treated as a subsequent upward adjustment to the purchase price of the relevant Exchangeable Units and will have the effect of creating additional Basis Adjustments to Reference Assets for the Corporation in the year of payment, and (ii) as a result, such additional Basis Adjustments will be incorporated into the calculation for the year of payment and into future year calculations, as appropriate.

 

12


Section 2.4 Procedure: Amendments.

(a) An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the first date on which the Agent and the Onex Representative have received the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto unless (i) the Agent or the Onex Representative, within thirty (30) calendar days after receiving an applicable Schedule or amendment thereto, provides the Corporation with notice of a material objection to such Schedule (“Objection Notice”) made in good faith or (ii) the Agent and the Onex Representative each provides a written waiver of such right of any Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or amendment thereto becomes binding on the date a waiver from the Agent and the Onex Representative has been received by the Corporation. If the Corporation and Agent and/or the Onex Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in an Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporation of such Objection Notice, the Corporation and Agent and/or the Onex Representative (as applicable) shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures under Section 7.9.

(b) The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporation (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the Agent and the Onex Representative, (iii) to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other Tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Corporation Return filed for such Taxable Year or (vi) to adjust an Exchange Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement (any such Schedule, an “Amended Schedule”). Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Agent and the Onex Representative, the Corporation shall provide an Amended Schedule to the Agent and the Onex Representative (A) within sixty (60) calendar days of the occurrence of an event referenced in clauses (i) through (v) of the preceding sentence and (B) in connection with the delivery of the Tax Benefit Schedule for the year of the applicable payment in the event of an adjustment pursuant to clause (vi) of the preceding sentence. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event a Schedule is amended after such Schedule becomes final pursuant to Section 2.4(a), the Amended Schedule shall not be taken into account in calculating any Tax Benefit Payment in the Taxable Year to which the amendment relates but instead shall be taken into account in calculating the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit for the Taxable Year in which the amendment actually occurs.

ARTICLE III

TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

Section 3.1 Payments.

(a) Within five (5) calendar days after a Tax Benefit Schedule delivered to the Agent and the Onex Representative becomes final in accordance with Section 2.4(a), the Corporation shall pay to each TRA Holder the Tax Benefit Payment for such Taxable Year in the percentages set forth on Schedule A, which such schedule may be updated by the Corporation with the written consent of the Agent after the day hereof. Each such payment shall be made by check, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by the TRA Holder to the Corporation, or as otherwise agreed by the Corporation and the TRA Holder. For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated Tax payments, including, without limitation, U.S. federal or state estimated income Tax payments.

 

13


(b) A “Tax Benefit Payment” for a Taxable Year means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of the Net Tax Benefit and the Accrued Amount with respect thereto for such Taxable Year. Subject to Section 3.3, the “Net Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year over (ii) the total amount of payments previously made under this Section 3.1 (excluding payments attributable to Accrued Amounts); provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that no TRA Holder shall be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment. The “Accrued Amount” with respect to any portion of a Net Tax Benefit shall equal an amount determined in the same manner as interest on such portion of the Net Tax Benefit for a Taxable Year calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporation Return for such Taxable Year until the Payment Date. For the avoidance of doubt, for Tax purposes, the Accrued Amount shall not be treated as interest but shall instead be treated as additional consideration for the acquisition of Exchangeable Units in an Exchange or the stock of the Blockers in the Reorganization Transactions or as Guaranteed Payments (as applicable) unless otherwise required by law. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a TRA Holder may elect to limit the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments to be made to it to a specified dollar amount or some other specified measurement by including a notice of its election to impose such a limitation, the specified limitation, and such other details as may be reasonably necessary to Agent, the Onex Representative and the Corporation.

Section 3.2 No Duplicative Payments. It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement. It is also intended that the provisions of this Agreement will result in 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit, and the Accrued Amount thereon, being paid to the TRA Holders. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner to achieve these fundamental results.

Section 3.3 Coordination of Benefits.

(a) If for any reason the Corporation does not fully satisfy its payment obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due under this Agreement in respect of a particular Taxable Year, then (i) the Corporation will pay the same proportion of each Tax Benefit Payment due to each TRA Holder in respect of such Taxable Year, without favoring one obligation over the other, and (ii) no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of any Taxable Year until all Tax Benefit Payments in respect of prior Taxable Years have been made in full.

(b) To the extent the Corporation makes a payment to a TRA Holder in respect of a particular Taxable Year under Section 3.1(a) (taking into account Section 3.3(a) and (b), but excluding payments attributable to Accrued Amounts) in an amount in excess of the amount of such payment that should have been made to such TRA Holder in respect of such Taxable Year, then (i) such TRA Holder shall not receive further payments under Section 3.1(a) until such TRA Holder has foregone an amount of payments equal to such excess and any Accrued Amounts paid

 

14


attributable to such excess and (ii) the Corporation will pay the amount of such TRA Holder’s foregone payments (other than any foregone payments in respect of Accrued Amounts) to the other Persons to whom a payment is due under this Agreement in a manner such that each such Person to whom a payment is due under this Agreement, to the maximum extent possible, receives aggregate payments under Section 3.1(a) (taking into account Section 3.3(a) and this Section 3.3(b), but excluding payments attributable to Accrued Amounts) in the amount it would have received if there had been no excess payment to such TRA Holder.

ARTICLE IV

TERMINATION

Section 4.1 Early Termination by the Corporation. With the written approval of a majority of its independent directors, the Corporation may terminate this Agreement at any time by paying to each TRA Holder the Early Termination Payment due to such TRA Holder pursuant to Section 4.5(b), provided, however, that this Agreement shall only terminate upon the receipt of the Early Termination Payment by the TRA Holders (such termination, an “Early Termination”). Upon payment of the Early Termination Payment by the Corporation, the Corporation shall not have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than for any (i) Tax Benefit Payment previously due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (ii) any Tax Benefit Payment due for any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the Early Termination Date (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (ii) is included in the Early Termination Payment).

Section 4.2 Early Termination upon Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control, all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the Change of Control Date and shall include, but not be limited to the following: (a) payment of the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on such Change of Control Date, (b) payment of any Tax Benefit Payment in respect of a TRA Holder agreed to by the Corporation and such TRA Holder as due and payable but unpaid as of the deemed Early Termination Notice, and (c) payment of any Tax Benefit Payment due for any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including such Change of Control Date (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (c) is included in the Early Termination Payment or as a payment under clause (b)). In the event of a Change of Control, the Early Termination Payment shall be calculated utilizing the Valuation Assumptions and by substituting in each case the term “Change of Control Date” for the term “Early Termination Date.”

Section 4.3 Breach of Agreement.

(a) In the event that the Corporation breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, as a result of failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then, unless otherwise waived in writing by a majority of the TRA Holders (which majority shall be determined based on the percentages of the TRA Holders set forth on Schedule A, and which shall require a separate waiver from (i) the Onex Representative so long as the aggregate percentages set forth on Schedule A of affiliates of Onex is at least 20%; and (ii) the Agent so long as the

 

15


aggregate percentages set forth on Schedule A of affiliates of the Agent is at least 20%), such breach shall be treated as an Early Termination and all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include, but shall not be limited to, (i) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (ii) any Tax Benefit Payment previously due and payable but unpaid as of the date of the breach, and (iii) any Tax Benefit Payment due for any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the date of the breach (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (iii) is included in the Early Termination Payment or as a payment under clause (ii)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporation breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, a majority of the TRA Holders (which majority shall be determined based on the percentages of the TRA Holders set forth on Schedule A, and which shall require a separate waiver from (i) the Onex Representative so long as the aggregate percentages set forth on Schedule A of affiliates of Onex is at least 20%; and (ii) the Agent so long as the aggregate percentages set forth on Schedule A of affiliates of the Agent is at least 20%) shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof.

(b) The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three (3) months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it shall not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three (3) months of the date such payment is due. The Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain sufficient available funds for the purpose of making required payments under Section 3.1(a) and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to avoid entering into credit agreements or other contractual constraints that could be reasonably anticipated to materially delay the timing of any payments under Section 3.1(a). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, it shall not be a breach of this Agreement if the Corporation fails to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement as a result of and to the extent the Corporation has insufficient funds to make such payment or is contractually constrained from making such payment; provided that the interest provisions of Section 5.2 shall apply to such late payment (unless the Corporation does not have sufficient cash or is not otherwise permitted to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by debt agreements to which the Corporation or its Subsidiaries is a party, in which case Section 5.2 shall apply, but the Default Rate shall be replaced by the Agreed Rate); provided, further, that the Corporation shall promptly (and in any event, within two (2) Business Days), pay all such unpaid payments, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, immediately following such time that the Corporation has, and to the extent the Corporation has, sufficient funds to make such payment and is not contractually constrained from making such payment, and the failure of the Corporation to do so shall constitute a breach of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, all cash and cash equivalents used or to be used to pay dividends by, or optionally repurchase equity securities of, the Corporation shall be deemed to be funds sufficient and available to pay such unpaid payments, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

Section 4.4 Early Termination Notice. If the Corporation chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.1, the Corporation shall deliver to the Agent and the Onex Representative notice of such intention to exercise such right (the “Early Termination Notice”). Upon delivery of the Early Termination Notice or the occurrence of an event described in Section 4.2 or Section 4.3(a), the Corporation shall deliver (i) a schedule showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment (the “Early Termination Schedule”) and (ii) any

 

16


other work papers reasonably requested by the Agent or the Onex Representative. In addition, the Corporation shall allow the Agent and the Onex Representative reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives of the Corporation in connection with a review of such Early Termination Schedule. The Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the first date on which the Agent and the Onex Representative have received such Schedule or amendment thereto unless (x) the Agent or the Onex Representative, within thirty (30) calendar days after receiving the Early Termination Schedule, provides the Corporation and each other (i.e, the Onex Representative and the Agent, respectively) with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“Material Objection Notice”) or (y) the Agent and the Onex Representative each provides a written waiver of such right of a Material Objection Notice within the period described in clause (x) above, in which case such Schedule becomes binding on the date a waiver from each of the Agent and the Onex Representative has been received by the Corporation (the date on which the Early Termination Schedule becomes final and binding hereunder, the “Early Termination Effective Date”). If the Corporation and Agent and/or the Onex Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporation of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporation and Agent and/or the Onex Representative shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures under Section 7.9.

Section 4.5 Payment upon Early Termination.

(a) Within three (3) calendar days after the Early Termination Effective Date, the Corporation shall pay to each TRA Holder its Early Termination Payment. Each such payment shall be made by check, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account or accounts designated by the TRA Holder, or as otherwise agreed by the Corporation and the TRA Holder.

(b) The “Early Termination Payment” shall equal, with respect to each TRA Holder, the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of the Early Termination Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by the Corporation to such TRA Holder beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions are applied.

ARTICLE V

SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

Section 5.1 Subordination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment, Early Termination Payment or any other payment required to be made by the Corporation to any TRA Holder under this Agreement shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporation (such obligations, “Senior Obligations”) and shall rank pari passu with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporation that are not Senior Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the above, the determination of whether it is a breach of this Agreement if the Corporation fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment or other payment under this Agreement when due is governed by Section 4.3(a).

 

17


Section 5.2 Late Payments by the Corporation. The amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment, Early Termination Payment or any other payment under this Agreement not made to any TRA Holder when due under the terms of this Agreement shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate (or, if so provided in Section 4.3(a), at the Agreed Rate) and commencing from the date on which such Tax Benefit Payment, Early Termination Payment or any other payment under this Agreement was due and payable.

ARTICLE VI

PARTICIPATION IN TAX MATTERS; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

Section 6.1 Participation in the Corporation’s Tax Matters. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporation, including without limitation preparing, filing or amending any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation (i) shall notify the Agent and the Onex Representative of, and keep the Agent and the Onex Representative reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit, examination, or any other administrative or judicial proceeding (a “Tax Proceeding”) of the Corporation or the Company by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect the rights and obligations of the TRA Holders under this Agreement, (ii) shall provide the Agent and the Onex Representative with reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporation and its advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of a Tax Proceeding, and (iii) shall not enter into any settlement with respect to any such portion of a Tax Proceeding that could have a material effect on the TRA Holders’ rights (including the right to receive payments) under this Agreement without the written consent of the Agent and the Onex Representative, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be required to take any action, or refrain from taking any action, that is inconsistent with any provision of the LLC Agreement; provided, further, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Corporation shall prepare, file, and/or amend all Tax Returns in accordance with applicable law (including with respect to the calculation of taxable income and any calculations required to be made under this Agreement) and nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Agent, the Onex Representative from disputing such Tax matters in accordance with Section 7.9.

Section 6.2 Consistency. The Corporation and the TRA Holders agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including U.S. federal, state and local Tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including, without limitation, the Basis Adjustments, Imputed Interest, and each Tax Benefit Payment), but, for financial reporting purposes, only in respect of items that are not explicitly characterized as “deemed” or in a similar manner by the terms of this Agreement, in a manner consistent with that set forth in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporation under this Agreement, as finally determined pursuant to Section 2.4 unless otherwise required by applicable law. If the Corporation and any TRA Holder, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve any disagreement concerning such treatment within thirty (30) calendar days, the Corporation and such TRA Holder shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures under Section 7.9.

 

18


Section 6.3 Cooperation. Each TRA Holder shall (i) furnish to the Corporation in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the Corporation may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any Tax Proceeding, (ii) make itself available to the Corporation and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the Corporation or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (i) above, and (iii) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter. The Corporation shall reimburse the TRA Holder for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section 6.3.

Section 6.4 LLC Agreement. This Agreement and the Exchange Agreement shall each be treated as part of the LLC Agreement as described in Section 761(c) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) with respect to payments to a TRA Holder.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 Notices. All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given or made when (a) delivered personally to the recipient, (b) delivered by means of electronic mail (with hard copy sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) that same day) if emailed before 5:00 p.m. Phoenix, Arizona time on a Business Day, and otherwise on the next Business Day, or (c) one (1) Business Day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid). All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

If to the Corporation or the Company, to:

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

150 Parkshore Dr.

Folsom, California 95630

Attention: General Counsel

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Corporation or the Company) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

North LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60654

Attention: Robert M. Hayward, P.C.; Robert E. Goedert, P.C.

E-mail: robert.hayward@kirkland.com; robert.goedert@kirkland.com

If to a TRA Holder other than the Agent, to the address set forth in the records of the Company.

Any party may change its address or fax number by giving the other party written notice of its new address or fax number in the manner set forth above.

 

19


Section 7.2 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

Section 7.3 Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in Section 3.3.

Section 7.4 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof that would mandate the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

Section 7.5 Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

Section 7.6 Successors: Assignment. Each party agrees that each TRA Holder may assign, sell, transfer, delegate, or otherwise dispose of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, or by operation of law, any right or obligation under this Agreement only to the extent permitted by this Section 7.6. Any purported assignment, transfer, or delegation in violation of this Section 7.6 shall be null and void. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except for those enumerated above, this Agreement does not create, and shall not be construed as creating, any rights or claims enforceable by any person or entity not a party to this Agreement. A TRA Holder shall have the option to assign all or a portion of its rights under this Agreement as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation agreeing to become a “TRA Holder” for all purposes of this Agreement, and any and all payments payable or that may become payable to a TRA Holder pursuant to this Agreement that, once an Exchange has occurred, arise with respect to the Exchangeable Units transferred in such Exchange, may be assigned to any Person or Persons as long as any such Person has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such assignment, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation agreeing to be bound by Section 7.14. For the avoidance of doubt, if a TRA Holder transfers Units but does not assign to the transferee of such Units such TRA Holder’s rights under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, such

 

20


TRA Holder shall continue to be entitled to receive the Tax Benefit Payments arising in respect of a subsequent Exchange of such Units. The Corporation shall establish and maintain at its address referred to in Section 7.1 a record of ownership (the “Register”) in which the Corporation agrees to register by book entry the interests (including any rights to receive payments hereunder) of the TRA Holders and any assignment, sale, transfer, delegation, or other disposition of any rights or obligations under this Agreement. This Section 7.6 shall be construed so that rights under this Agreement are at all times maintained in “registered form” under Treasury Regulations Section 5f.103-1(c) and within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2), 881(c)(2), and 4701 of the Code.

Section 7.7 Amendments: Waivers. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is approved in writing by each of the Corporation and by TRA Holders who would be entitled to receive more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate amount of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Holders hereunder if the Corporation had exercised its right of Early Termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment or waiver (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any TRA Holder pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange); provided, however, that no such amendment or waiver shall be effective if (i) such amendment or waiver would have a disproportionate effect on the payments certain TRA Holders will or may receive under this Agreement unless all such disproportionately affected TRA Holders consent in writing to such amendment or waiver, (ii) greater than 20% of the aggregate amount of Early Termination Payments would be payable to affiliates of the Onex Representative, without the prior consent of the Onex Representative, or (iii) if greater than 20% of the aggregate amount of Early Termination Payments would be payable to affiliates of the Agent, without the prior written consent of the Agent.

Section 7.8 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

Section 7.9 Reconciliation. In the event that the Corporation and the Agent, the Onex Representative (as applicable, the “Disputing Party”) is unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the calculations required to produce the schedules or other matters described in Section 2.4, Section 4.4 and Section 6.2 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“Reconciliation Dispute”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to the Expert. The Expert shall be a partner or principal in a nationally recognized accounting or law firm, and unless the Corporation and the Disputing Party agree otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with the Corporation or the Disputing Party or other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the parties are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt by the respondents of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the Expert shall be appointed by the International Chamber of Commerce Centre for Expertise. The Expert shall resolve (a) any matter relating to the Exchange Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within thirty (30) calendar days, (b) any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within fifteen (15) calendar days, and (c) any matter related to treatment of any tax-related item as contemplated in Section 6.2 within fifteen (15) calendar days or, in each case, as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable after such matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution.

 

21


Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, any portion of such payment that is not under dispute shall be paid on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporation, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by the Corporation except as provided in the next sentence. The Corporation and the Disputing Party shall each bear its own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless (i) the Expert adopts such Disputing Party’s position (as determined by the Expert), in which case the Corporation shall reimburse such Disputing Party for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding, or (ii) the Expert adopts the Corporation’s position (as determined by the Expert), in which case such Disputing Party shall reimburse the Corporation for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding. Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.9 shall be decided by the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.9 shall be binding on the Corporation and its Subsidiaries and the Disputing Party and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.

Section 7.10 Consent to Jurisdiction. Each party hereto irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the State of Delaware and the state courts of the State of Delaware for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby. Each party hereto further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by United States certified or registered mail (in each such case, prepaid return receipt requested) to such party’s respective address set forth in the Company’s books and records or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party shall be effective service of process in any action, suit or proceeding in Delaware with respect to any matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction as set forth above in the immediately preceding sentence. Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the United States District Court for the State of Delaware or the state courts of the State of Delaware and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

Section 7.11 Waiver of Jury Trial. Because disputes arising in connection with complex transactions are most quickly and economically resolved by an experienced and expert person and the parties wish applicable state and federal laws to apply (rather than arbitration rules), the parties desire that their disputes be resolved by a judge applying such applicable laws. Therefore, to achieve the best combination of the benefits of the judicial system and of arbitration. Each party to this agreement (including the Company) hereby waives all rights to trial by jury in any action or proceeding brought to resolve any dispute between or among any of the parties hereto. Whether arising in contract, tort, or otherwise, arising out of, connected with, related or incidental to this agreement. The transactions contemplated hereby and/or the relationships established among the parties hereunder.

 

22


Section 7.12 Withholding. The Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporation is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of U.S. federal, state, local or non-U.S. Tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporation, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the relevant TRA Holder.

Section 7.13 Admission of the Corporation into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets.

(a) If the Corporation is or becomes a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, or unitary group of corporations that files a consolidated, combined, or unitary income Tax Return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of U.S. state or local Tax law, then, subject to the application of the Valuation Assumptions upon a Change of Control: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.

(b) If any entity that is obligated to make a Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment hereunder or the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers one or more assets to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for Tax purposes) with which the Corporation does not file a consolidated Tax Return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code or any provisions of state or local Tax law, such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the entity and determining the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment of such entity) due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such contribution. The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be equal to the fair market value of the contributed asset. Thus, for example, in determining the Hypothetical Tax Liability of the entity, the taxable income of the entity shall be determined by treating the entity as having sold the asset for its fair market value, recovering any basis applicable to such asset (using the Tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustments had been made), while the Actual Tax Liability of the entity would be determined by recovering the actual Tax basis of the asset that reflects any Basis Adjustments. For purposes of this Section 7.13, a transfer of a partnership interest shall be treated as a transfer of the transferring partner’s share of each of the assets and liabilities of that partnership. If any entity that is obligated to make a Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment hereunder or the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers one or more assets to a partnership (or a Person classified as a partnership for Tax purposes), the principles of this Section 7.13(b) and this Agreement shall govern the treatment of such transfer and any subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss or deductions from such partnership to such entity.

 

23


Section 7.14 Confidentiality.

(a) The Agent, each TRA Holder and each of the TRA Holder’s assignees acknowledges and agrees that the information of the Corporation is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporation and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, such person shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Corporation and its Affiliates and successors, concerning the Company and its Affiliates and successors or the TRA Holders, learned by the Agent or any TRA Holder heretofore or hereafter. This Section 7.14 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of the Agent or a TRA Holder in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community and (ii) the disclosure of information (A) as may be proper in the course of performing such TRA Holder’s obligations, or monitoring or enforcing such TRA Holder’s rights, under this Agreement, (B) as part of such TRA Holder’s normal reporting, rating or review procedure (including normal credit rating and pricing process), or in connection with such TRA Holder’s or such TRA Holder’s Affiliates’ normal fund raising, marketing, informational or reporting activities, or to such TRA Holder’s (or any of its Affiliates’) Affiliates, auditors, accountants, attorneys or other agents, (C) to any bona fide prospective assignee of such TRA Holder’s rights under this Agreement, or prospective merger or other business combination partner of such TRA Holder, provided that such assignee or merger partner agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 7.14. (D) as is required to be disclosed by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, administrative body or governmental body, or by subpoena, summons or legal process, or by law, rule or regulation; provided that any TRA Holder required to make any such disclosure to the extent legally permissible shall provide the Corporation prompt notice of such disclosure, or to regulatory authorities or similar examiners conducting regulatory reviews or examinations (without any such notice to the Corporation), or (E) to the extent necessary for a TRA Holder to prepare and file its Tax Returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding such Tax Returns from any Taxing Authority or to prosecute or defend any Tax Proceeding with respect to such Tax Returns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Agent (and each employee, representative or other agent of Agent or its assignees, as applicable) and each TRA Holder and each of its assignees (and each employee, representative or other agent of such TRA Holder or its assignees, as applicable) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the Tax treatment and Tax structure of the Corporation, the Company, the Agent, the TRA Holders and their Affiliates, and any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other Tax analyses) that are provided to the Agent or the TRA Holder relating to such Tax treatment and Tax structure.

(b) If the Agent or an assignee or a TRA Holder or an assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.14 the Corporation shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.14 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or the TRA Holders and the accounts and funds managed by the Corporation and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

Section 7.15 No Similar Agreements. Neither the Corporation nor any of its Subsidiaries shall enter into any additional agreement providing rights similar to this Agreement to any Person (including any agreement pursuant to which the Corporation is obligated to pay amounts with respect to tax benefits resulting from any net operating losses or other tax attributes to which the

 

24


Corporation becomes entitled as a result of a transaction) without the prior written consent of the TRA Holders who would be entitled to receive more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate amount of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Holders hereunder if the Corporation had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any TRA Holder pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange).

Section 7.16 Change in Law. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, in connection with an actual or proposed change in law, a TRA Holder reasonably believes that the existence of this Agreement could cause income (other than income arising from receipt of a payment under this Agreement) recognized by such TRA Holder upon any Exchange to be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain (or otherwise taxed at ordinary income rates) for U.S. federal income and all applicable state and local Tax purposes or would have other material adverse Tax consequences to the TRA Holder and/or its direct or indirect owners, then at the election of the TRA Holder and to the extent specified by the TRA Holder, this Agreement (i) shall cease to have further effect with respect to such TRA Holder, (ii) shall not apply to an Exchange by the TRA Holder occurring after a date specified by such TRA Holder, or (iii) shall otherwise be amended in a manner determined by the TRA Holder to waive any benefits to which such TRA Holder would otherwise be entitled under this Agreement, provided that such amendment shall not result in an increase in or acceleration of payments under this Agreement at any time as compared to the amounts and times of payments that would have been due in the absence of such amendment.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation, the Company, the Agent, and the TRA Holders have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

CORPORATION:
POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

    

Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer
COMPANY:
SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

 

Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer
AGENT:
SEVERIN TOPCO, LLC
By:  

 

Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer
TRA HOLDER:
SEVERIN TOPCO, LLC
By:  

 

Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer
PINNACLE HOLDINGS I L.P.
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

 

26


VISTA EQUITY PARTNERS FUND VI-A, L.P.
By:  

 

Name:
Title:
ONEX PARTNERS HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Name:
Title:
ONEX PARTNERS IV SELECT LP
By:  

 

Name:
Title:
ONEX US PRINCIPALS LP
By:  

 

Name:
Title:
ONEX PARTNERS IV LP
By:  

 

Name:
Title:
ONEX PARTNERS IV GP LP
By:  

 

Name:
Title:
ONEX PARTNERS IV PV LP
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

 

27


BLOCKERS:
VEPF VI AIV III CORP.
By:  

 

Name:
Title:
ONEX PINNACLE HOLDINGS CORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:
Title:
VEPF VI AIV VI CORP.
By:  

 

Name:
Title:

 

28


Schedule A

Holders and Outstanding Units

TOPCO - [•]%

Pinnacle Holdings- [•]%

Vista - [•]%

Onex - [•]%

 

29

Exhibit 10.3

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

This EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “Agreement”), dated as of [•], 2021 and effective as of immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO (as defined below) (the “Effective Time”), is made by and among PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), Severin Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and Severin Topco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Member”).

WHEREAS, in connection with the initial public offering of the Corporation’s Class A Common Stock (the “IPO”), the Corporation intends to consummate the transactions described in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (Registration No. 333-[•]);

WHEREAS, immediately following the IPO, the Member owns the number of Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock set forth on Exhibit A hereto; and

WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to provide for the exchange of Exchangeable Units together with shares of Class B Common Stock for shares of Class A Common Stock, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Section 1.1 Definitions.

As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which the banks in New York, New York or Folsom, California are authorized by law to be closed.

Cash Payment” means, an amount in cash equal to the product of (x) the Exchanged Unit Amount, (y) the then-applicable Exchange Rate, and (z) (i) solely in connection with a Change of Control Exchange, the Class A Common Stock Value, and (ii) with respect to any Exchange that is not a Change of Control Exchange, the price to the public or the private sale price, as applicable, of the Corporation’s Class A Common Stock in the substantially concurrent public offering or private sale, net of underwriting (or similar) discounts and commissions, as applicable.

Change of Control” has the meaning set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Change of Control Exchange” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b)(i).

Change of Control Exchange Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b)(iii).

 


Class A Common Stock” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Corporation.

Class A Common Stock Value” means, with respect to any Change of Control Exchange, the greater of (x) the arithmetic average of the volume weighted average prices for a share of Class A Common Stock on the principal U.S. securities exchange or automated or electronic quotation system on which the Class A Common Stock trades, as reported by Bloomberg, L.P., or its successor, for each of the three (3) consecutive full Trading Days ending on and including the last full Trading Day immediately prior to the related Exchange Date, subject to appropriate and equitable adjustment for any stock splits, reverse splits, stock dividends or similar events affecting the Class A Common Stock, and (y) the price per share of Class A Common Stock offered by the Person or group that is the acquirer in the applicable Change of Control transaction. If the Class A Common Stock no longer trades on a securities exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, then the Class A Common Stock Value shall be determined in good faith by a majority of the directors of the Corporation that do not have an interest in the Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock being Exchanged.

Class B Common Stock” means the Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Corporation.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Common Unit” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

Contribution Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(iv).

Corporation” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Effective Time” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Exchange” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i).

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(iii).

Exchange Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(iii).

Exchange Rate” means the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which one Common Unit (other than Participation Threshold Units) is entitled to be Exchanged. The Exchange Rate will also be used to determine the number of shares of Class B Common Stock that the Member must surrender upon an Exchange, to the extent the Member holds Class B Common Stock on account of such Common Units. On the date of this Agreement, the Exchange Rate shall be 1.00, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.2.

Exchangeable Unit” means a Common Unit held by the Member; provided that if such unit is a Participation Threshold Unit, Exchangeable Unit means a vested Participation Threshold Unit (as of the applicable Exchange Date) with a Participation Threshold less than the applicable Class A Common Stock Value.

 

2


Exchanged Unit Amount” means, with respect to an Exchange, (i) the number of Common Units (other than Participation Threshold Units) set forth in the applicable Exchange Notice and (ii) the Net Exchangeable Participation Threshold Units set forth in the Exchange Notice.

First Exchange Time” means the expiration or earlier waiver of any lockup agreement relating to the IPO.

IPO” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

Liens” means any and all liens, charges, security interests, options, claims, mortgages, pledges, proxies, voting trusts or agreements, obligations, understandings or arrangements, or other restrictions on title or transfer of any nature whatsoever.

LLC Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of the date hereof, as the same may be amended, amended and restated or replaced from time to time.

Manager” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

Member” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Net Exchangeable Participation Threshold Units” means, with respect to an Exchange, an amount equal to the product of (i) the number of Exchangeable Participation Threshold Units set forth in the applicable Exchange Notice and (ii) an amount (greater than zero) equal to (A) one (1) minus (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participation Threshold of the Exchangeable Participation Threshold Units set forth in the applicable Exchange Notice and the denominator of which is the applicable Class A Common Stock Value. For purposes of this calculation, the number of Exchangeable Class Participation Threshold Units will be calculated on the close of business on the day before the Exchange Date based upon the applicable Class A Common Stock Value and Member’s Participation Threshold Unit vesting schedule, and, if necessary, the number of Exchangeable Participation Threshold Units that the Member requested to be exchanged in the related Exchange Notice will be adjusted accordingly.

Participation Threshold” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

Participation Threshold Unit” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

Permitted Transferee” has the meaning set forth in the LLC Agreement.

Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited partnership, general partnership, limited liability company, joint stock company, joint venture, association, company, estate, trust, bank trust company, land trust, business trust or other organization, whether or not a legal entity, custodian, trustee-executor, administrator, nominee or entity in a representative capacity, and any government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Corporation and the other parties thereto, dated as of the date hereof, as the same may be amended, amended and restated or replaced from time to time.

Retraction Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(vi).

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3


Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of partnership or other similar ownership interests thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof and without limitation, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the manager, managing member, managing director (or a board comprised of any of the foregoing) or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity. For purposes hereof, references to a “Subsidiary” of any Person shall be given effect only at such times that such Person has one or more Subsidiaries.

Takeover Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

Tax Receivable Agreement” means that certain Tax Receivable Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, among the Corporation, the Company and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended, amended and restated or replaced from time to time.

Trading Day” means a day on which the principal U.S. securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business (unless such trading shall have been suspended for the entire day).

ARTICLE II

Section 2.1 Exchange of Common Units.

(a) Elective Exchanges.

(i) From and after the First Exchange Time, the Member shall be entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof and the LLC Agreement, to surrender Exchangeable Units and a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock after taking into account the Exchange Rate (in each case, free and clear of all Liens) to the Company in exchange for the delivery to the Member (or its designee) of either, at the option of the Corporation, (x) a number of shares of Class A Common Stock that is equal to the product of the applicable Exchanged Unit Amount multiplied by the Exchange Rate or (y) solely in connection with an Exchange (including a Change of Control Exchange) that coincides with a substantially concurrent public offering or private sale of Class A Common Stock, the applicable Cash Payment. The Corporation shall be entitled, at its election, to instead effect a direct exchange with the Member in lieu of the exchange between the Company and the Member described in the preceding sentence. Any exchange of Exchangeable Units and Class B Common Stock for Class A Common Stock or the Cash Payment, as applicable, is defined herein as an “Exchange.” Subject to Section 2.1(a)(ii), after the First Exchange Time the Member may Exchange Exchangeable Units at any time and from time to time. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, neither the Corporation nor the Company shall effectuate a Cash Payment pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.1(b) unless (A) the Corporation determines to consummate a private sale or public offering of Class A Common

 

4


Stock on, or not later than five (5) Business Days after, the relevant Exchange Date and (B) the Corporation contributes sufficient proceeds from such private sale or public offering to the Company (or the Corporation retains sufficient proceeds, in the case of a direct exchange) for payment by the Company (or the Corporation) of the applicable Cash Payment. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company (or the Corporation) shall have no obligation to make a Cash Payment that exceeds the cash contributed to the Company by the Corporation (or the cash retained by the Corporation, in the case of a direct exchange) from the Corporation’s offering or sales of Class A Common Stock referenced earlier in this Section 2.1(a)(i).

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Member shall not be entitled to effectuate an Exchange of Exchangeable Units (and a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock after taking into account the Exchange Rate) as set forth in this Section 2.1(a), and the Corporation and Company shall have the right to refuse to honor any request for such an Exchange, if at any time the Corporation or the Company determines based on the advice of counsel that such Exchange (1) would be prohibited by law or regulation (including, without limitation, the unavailability of a registration of such Exchange under the Securities Act, or an exemption from the registration requirements thereof) or (2) would not be permitted under any agreement with the Corporation, the Company or any of their Subsidiaries to which the Member is party (including, without limitation, the LLC Agreement). Upon such determination, the Corporation or the Company (as applicable) shall notify the Member, which such notice shall include an explanation in reasonable detail as to the reason that the Exchange has not been honored.

(iii) The Member shall exercise its right to effectuate an Exchange of Exchangeable Units, and a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock after taking into account the Exchange Rate, as set forth in this Section 2.1(a) by delivering to the Company, with a contemporaneous copy delivered to the Corporation, during normal business hours, (A) a written election of exchange in respect of the Exchangeable Units to be exchanged substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (an “Exchange Notice”), duly executed by the Member, (B) any certificates in the Member’s possession representing such Exchangeable Units, (C) any stock certificates in the Member’s possession representing such shares of Class B Common Stock and (D) if the Corporation, the Company or any exchanging Subsidiary requires the delivery of the certification contemplated by Section 2.4(b), such certification or written notice from the Member that it is unable to provide such certification. Unless the Member timely has delivered a Retraction Notice pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(vi), an Exchange pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) shall be effected on the fifth Business Day following the Business Day on which the Corporation and the Company have received the items specified in clauses (A)-(D) of the first sentence of this Section 2.1(a)(iii) or such later date that is a Business Day specified in the Exchange Notice (such Business Day, the “Exchange Date”); provided, that the Company may establish alternate exchange procedures as necessary in order to facilitate the establishment by the Member of a trading plan meeting the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. On the Exchange Date, all rights of the Member as a holder of the Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock that are subject to the Exchange shall cease, and unless the Corporation has elected Cash Payment, the Member (or its designee) shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder of the shares of Class A Common Stock to be received by the Member in respect of such Exchange.

(iv) Within two (2) Business Days following the Business Day on which the Corporation and the Company have received the Exchange Notice, the Corporation shall give written notice (the “Contribution Notice”) to the Company (with a copy to the Member) of its intended settlement method; provided that if the Corporation does not timely deliver a Contribution Notice, the Corporation shall be deemed to have not elected the Cash Payment method.

 

5


(v) The Member may specify, in an applicable Exchange Notice, that the Exchange is to be contingent (including as to timing) upon the occurrence of any transaction or event, including the consummation of a purchase by another Person (whether in a tender or exchange offer, an underwritten offering, Change of Control transaction or otherwise) of shares of Class A Common Stock or any merger, consolidation or other business combination.

(vi) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Member may withdraw or amend its Exchange Notice, in whole or in part, at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. Folsom, California time, on the Business Day immediately prior to the Exchange Date by giving written notice (a “Retraction Notice”) to the Company (with a copy to the Corporation) specifying (A) the number of withdrawn Exchangeable Units (and corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock after taking into account the Exchange Rate), (B) the number of Exchangeable Units (and corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock after taking into account the Exchange Rate) as to which the Exchange Notice remains in effect, if any, and (C) if the Member so determines, a new Exchange Date or any other new or revised information permitted in the Exchange Notice.

(b) Change of Control. In connection with a Change of Control, and subject to any approval of the Change of Control by the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock that may be required:

(i) The Corporation shall have the right to require the Member to effectuate an Exchange of some or all of the Member’s Exchangeable Units, and a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock after taking into account the Exchange Rate (in each case, free and clear of all Liens), with the Corporation or, at the option of the Corporation, with any Subsidiary of the Corporation, in each case, in exchange for the delivery to the Member (or its designee) of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock that is equal to the product of the applicable Exchanged Unit Amount and the Exchange Rate (such Exchange, a “Change of Control Exchange”); provided that, if the Corporation requires the Member to Exchange less than all of its outstanding Exchangeable Units (and corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock after taking into account the Exchange Rate), the Member’s participation in the required Exchange shall be reduced pro rata based on ownership of Exchangeable Units. For the avoidance of doubt, any Exchangeable Units and a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by the Member that are not Exchanged pursuant to a Change of Control Exchange may be Exchanged by the Member after the Change of Control transaction pursuant to Section 2.1(a) subject to and in accordance with the terms thereof.

(ii) The election of the Corporation pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall be at the sole discretion of the Corporation upon the approval thereof by a majority of the directors of the Corporation that do not have an interest in the Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock being Exchanged.

(iii) Any Exchange pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall be effective immediately prior to the consummation of the Change of Control (and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be effective if such Change of Control is not consummated) (the “Change of Control Exchange Date”). From and after the Change of Control Exchange Date, (x) the Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock Exchanged pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) shall be deemed to be transferred to the Corporation, or the exchanging Subsidiary, as applicable, on the Change of Control Exchange Date and (y) the Member shall cease to have any rights with respect to the Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock Exchanged pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) (other than the right to receive shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(i) upon compliance with its obligations under Section 2.1(c)).

 

6


(iv) The Corporation shall provide written notice of an expected Change of Control to the Member within the earlier of (x) five (5) Business Days following the execution of the agreement with respect to such Change of Control and (y) ten (10) Business Days before the proposed date upon which the contemplated Change of Control is to be effected, indicating in such notice such information as may reasonably describe the Change of Control transaction, subject to applicable law, including the date of execution of such agreement or such proposed effective date, as applicable, the amount and types of consideration to be paid for Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock or shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, in the Change of Control (which consideration shall be equivalent whether paid for Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock or shares of Class A Common Stock), any election with respect to types of consideration that a holder of Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock or shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, shall be entitled to make in connection with the Change of Control, the percentage of total Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock or shares of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, to be transferred to the acquirer by all shareholders in the Change of Control, and the number of Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock held by the Member that the Corporation intends to require to be Exchanged for shares of Class A Common Stock in connection with the Change of Control. The Corporation shall update such notice from time to time to reflect any material changes to such notice. The Corporation may satisfy any such notice and update requirements described in the preceding two sentences by providing such information on a Form 8-K, Schedule TO, Schedule 14D-9, Preliminary Merger Proxy on Schedule 14A, Definitive Merger Proxy on Schedule 14A or similar form filed with the SEC.

(c) Exchange Procedure on Change of Control Exchange. On or prior to the Change of Control Exchange Date, the Member shall deliver to the Corporation or the exchanging Subsidiary, as applicable, with a contemporaneous copy delivered to the Company, in each case during normal business hours at the principal executive offices of the Company and the Corporation, respectively: (A) an Exchange Notice, duly executed by the Member, (B) any certificates in the Member’s possession representing all Exchangeable Units being surrendered by the Member, (C) any stock certificates in the Member’s possession representing all shares of Class B Common Stock being surrendered by the Member and (D) if the Corporation, the Company or the exchanging Subsidiary requires the delivery of the certification contemplated by Section 2.4(b), such certification or written notice from the Member that it is unable to provide such certification.

(d) Exchange Consideration. As promptly as practicable on or after the Exchange Date or Change of Control Exchange Date, as applicable, provided the Member has satisfied its obligations under Section 2.1(a)(iii) or Section 2.1(c), as applicable, the Company or the Corporation shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Member (or its designee), either certificates or evidence of book-entry shares representing the number of shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable upon the applicable Exchange, registered in the name of the Member (or its designee) or, if the Corporation has so elected, the Cash Payment. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Section 2.1(d) to the contrary, to the extent the Class A Common Stock issued in the exchange will be settled through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, the Company or the Corporation will, upon the written instruction of the Member, deliver the shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable to the Member through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company to the account of the participant of The Depository Trust Company designated by the Member in the Exchange Notice. Upon the Member exercising its right to Exchange in accordance with Section 2.1(a)(i) or the occurrence of a Change of Control Exchange, the Company or the Corporation shall take such

 

7


actions as (A) may be required to ensure that the Member receives the shares of Class A Common Stock or the Cash Payment that the Member is entitled to receive in connection with such Exchange pursuant to this Section 2.1, and (B) may be reasonably within its control that would cause such Exchange to be treated for purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement as an “Exchange” under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

(e) Legends.

(i) The shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange, other than any such shares issued in an Exchange subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THE TRANSFER OF THESE SECURITIES HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED OTHER THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAW), OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM.

(ii) If (A) any shares of Class A Common Stock have been sold pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective by the SEC, (B) all of the applicable conditions of Rule 144 are met, or (C) the legend (or a portion thereof) otherwise ceases to be applicable, the Corporation, upon the written request of the holder thereof, shall promptly provide such holder or its respective transferees with new certificates (or evidence of book-entry shares) for securities of like tenor not bearing the provisions of the legend with respect to which the restriction has terminated. In connection therewith, such holder shall provide the Corporation with such information in its possession as the Corporation may reasonably request (which may include an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Corporation) in connection with the removal of any such legend.

(f) Cancellation of Class B Common Stock. Any shares of Class B Common Stock surrendered in an Exchange shall automatically be deemed cancelled without any action on the part of any Person, including the Corporation. Any such cancelled shares of Class B Common Stock shall no longer be outstanding, and all rights with respect to such shares shall automatically cease and terminate.

(g) Expenses. Subject to any other arrangement or agreement between the Company and the Member, each of the Corporation, the Company, any exchanging Subsidiary and the Member shall bear its own expenses in connection with the consummation of any Exchange, whether or not any such Exchange is ultimately consummated, except that the Corporation shall bear any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, any Exchange; provided, however, that if any shares of Class A Common Stock are to be delivered in a name other than that of the Member that requested the Exchange (or The Depository Trust Company or its nominee for the account of a participant of The Depository Trust Company that will hold the shares for the account of the Member) or the Cash Payment is to be paid to a Person other than the Member that requested the Exchange, then the Member or the Person in whose name such shares are to be delivered or to whom the Cash Payment is to be paid shall pay to the Corporation the amount of any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, such Exchange or shall establish to the reasonable satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

8


(h) Publicly Traded Partnership. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Manager of the Company determines in good faith that an Exchange would pose a material risk that the Company would be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code, the Corporation or the Company may impose such restrictions on Exchanges, or may decline to effect one or more Exchanges, as the Corporation or the Company may reasonably determine to be necessary or advisable in order to avoid a material risk of such treatment.

Section 2.2 Adjustment.

The Exchange Rate shall be adjusted accordingly if there is: (a) any subdivision (by any stock or unit split, stock or unit dividend or distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock or unit split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the shares of Class B Common Stock or Common Units that is not accompanied by a substantively identical subdivision or combination of the Class A Common Stock; or (b) any subdivision (by any stock or unit split, stock or unit dividend or distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock or unit split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the shares of Class A Common Stock that is not accompanied by a substantively identical subdivision or combination of the shares of Class B Common Stock or Common Units. To the extent not reflected in an adjustment to the Exchange Rate, if there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock is converted or changed or exchanged into or for another security, securities or other property, then upon any subsequent Exchange, the Member shall be entitled to receive the amount of such security, securities or other property that the Member would have received if such Exchange had occurred immediately prior to the effective date of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction, taking into account any adjustment as a result of any subdivision (by any split, distribution or dividend, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of such security, securities or other property that occurs after the effective time of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, if there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock is converted or changed or exchanged into or for another security, securities or other property, this Section 2.2 shall continue to be applicable, mutatis mutandis, with respect to such security, securities or other property.

Section 2.3 Class A Common Stock to be Issued.

(a) The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Common Units; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Corporation from satisfying its obligations in respect of any such Exchange by delivery of unencumbered purchased shares of Class A Common Stock (which may or may not be held in the treasury of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof).

(b) The Corporation has taken and will take all such steps as may be required to cause to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3(d) or (e), as applicable, under the Exchange Act, and be exempt for purposes of Section 16(b) under the Exchange Act, any acquisitions or dispositions of equity securities of the Corporation (including derivative securities with respect thereto) and any securities that may be deemed to be equity securities or derivative securities of the Corporation for

 

9


such purposes that result from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, by each director or officer of the Corporation (including directors-by-deputization) who may reasonably be expected to be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act with respect to the Corporation upon the registration of any class of equity security of the Corporation pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act (with the authorizing resolutions specifying the name of each such officer or director whose acquisition or disposition of securities is to be exempted and the number of securities that may be acquired and disposed of by each such Person pursuant to this Agreement).

(c) If any Takeover Law or other similar law or regulation becomes or is deemed to become applicable to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, the Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to render such law or regulation inapplicable to all of the foregoing.

(d) The Corporation covenants that all shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to any preemptive right of stockholders of the Corporation or to any right of first refusal or other right in favor of any Person.

Section 2.4 Withholding; Certification of Non-Foreign Status.

(a) If the Corporation or the Company shall be required to withhold any amounts by reason of any federal, state, local or foreign tax rules or regulations in respect of any Exchange, the Corporation or the Company, as the case may be, shall be entitled to take such action as it deems appropriate in order to ensure compliance with such withholding requirements, including, at its option, withholding shares of Class A Common Stock with a fair market value equal to the minimum amount of any taxes that the Corporation or the Company, as the case may be, may be required to withhold with respect to such Exchange. To the extent that amounts are (or property is) so withheld and paid over to the appropriate taxing authority, such withheld amounts (or property) shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid (or delivered) to the Member.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each of the Corporation and the Company may, in its discretion, require that the Member deliver to the Corporation or the Company, as the case may be, a duly completed and executed IRS Form W-9 and any other applicable certifications or documentation reasonably requested by the Corporation or the Company prior to an Exchange. In the event the Corporation or the Company has required delivery of such form but the Member does not provide such form, the Corporation or the Company, as the case may be, shall nevertheless deliver or cause to be delivered to the Member the Class A Common Stock or the Cash Payment in accordance with Section 2.1, but subject to withholding as provided in Section 2.4(a).

Section 2.5 Tax Treatment.

Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that any Exchange with the Company or the Corporation shall be treated as a direct exchange between the Corporation and the Member for U.S. federal and applicable state and local income tax purposes. The parties hereto intend to treat any Exchange consummated hereunder as a taxable sale of the Exchangeable Units and Class B Common Stock (if any) by the Member to the Corporation for U.S. federal and applicable state and local income tax purposes except as otherwise mutually agreed to in writing by the Member and the Corporation and no party hereto shall take a position inconsistent with such intended tax treatment on any tax return, amendment thereof or any other communication with a taxing authority, in each case unless otherwise required by a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313 of the Code. This Agreement and the Tax Receivable Agreement shall each be treated as part of the LLC Agreement as described in Section 761(c) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c).

 

10


Section 2.6 Contribution of the Corporation.

In connection with any Exchange between the Member and the Company, the Corporation shall contribute to the Company the shares of Class A Common Stock or Cash Payment that the Member is entitled to receive in such Exchange. Unless the Member has timely delivered a Retraction Notice as provided in Section 2.1(a)(vi), on the Exchange Date (to be effective immediately prior to the close of business on the Exchange Date) (i) the Corporation shall make a capital contribution to the Company (in the form of the shares of Class A Common Stock or the Cash Payment that the Member is entitled to receive in such Exchange) required under this Section 2.6, (ii) the Company shall transfer such shares of Class A Common Stock or Cash Payment to the Member in redemption of the Member’s Units in the Company, and (iii) the Company shall issue to the Corporation a number of Common Units equal to the Exchanged Unit Amount surrendered by the Member.

Section 2.7 Distributions.

No Exchange will impair the right of the Member to receive any distribution for periods ending on or prior to the Exchange Date for such Exchange (but for which payment had not yet been made with respect to the Exchangeable Units in question at the time the Exchange is consummated); provided that, for purposes of this Section 2.7, the Member’s right to receive its pro rata portion of any distribution by the Company in respect of such periods shall not be deemed impaired to the extent that the Company has not paid the Corporation its pro rata portion of such distribution prior to the consummation of the applicable Exchange.

ARTICLE III

Section 3.1 Representations and Warranties of the Corporation.

The Corporation represents and warrants that (i) it is a corporation duly incorporated and is existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) it has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to deliver the Class A Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof, (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Corporation and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Corporation, including all actions necessary to ensure that the acquisition of shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to the transactions contemplated hereby, to the fullest extent of each of the Corporation’s Board of Directors’ power and authority and to the extent permitted by law, shall not be subject to any “moratorium,” “control share acquisition,” “business combination,” “fair price” or other form of anti-takeover laws and regulations of any jurisdiction that may purport to be applicable to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (collectively, “Takeover Laws”), (iv) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Corporation enforceable against the Corporation in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and (v) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Corporation and the consummation by the Corporation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (A) result in a violation of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation or the bylaws of the Corporation or (B) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Corporation is a party, or (C) based on the representations to be made by the Member pursuant to the

 

11


written election in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto in connection with Exchanges made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Corporation or by which any property or asset of the Corporation is bound or affected, except with respect to clause (B) or (C) for any conflicts, defaults, accelerations, terminations, cancellations or violations that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Corporation or its business, financial condition or results of operations.

Section 3.2 Representations and Warranties of the Company.

The Company represents and warrants that (i) it is a limited liability company duly formed and is existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) it has all requisite power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company, (iv) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and (v) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (A) result in a violation of the certificate of formation of the Company or the LLC Agreement or (B) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Company is a party, or (C) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Company or by which any property or asset of the Company is bound or affected, except with respect to clause (B) or (C) for any conflicts, defaults, accelerations, terminations, cancellations or violations that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business, financial condition or results of operations.

Section 3.3 Representations and Warranties of the Member.

The Member represents and warrants that (i) it is a limited liability company duly formed and is existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) it has all requisite power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Member and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Member, (iv) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Member enforceable against the Member in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and (v) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Member and the consummation by the Member of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (A) result in a violation of the certificate of formation or limited liability company agreement of the Member or (B) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Member is a party, or (C) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Member or by which any property or asset of the Member is bound or affected, except with respect to clause (B) or (C) for any conflicts, defaults, accelerations, terminations, cancellations or violations that would not in any material respect result in the unenforceability against the Member of this Agreement.

 

12


ARTICLE IV

Section 4.1 Notices.

All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given or made when (a) delivered personally to the recipient, (b) delivered by means of electronic mail (with hard copy sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) that same day) if emailed before 5:00 p.m. San Diego, California time on a Business Day, and otherwise on the next Business Day, or (c) one (1) Business Day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid). Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the address for such recipient set forth in the Company’s books and records (or below, with respect to the Corporation), or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

If to the Company or the Corporation:

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

150 Parkshore Dr.

Folsom, CA 95630

Attention: Hardeep Gulati

E-mail: hardeep.gulati@powerschool.com

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Company or the Corporation) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60654

Attention: Robert M. Hayward, P.C.; Robert E. Goedert, P.C.

E-mail: robert.hayward@kirkland.com; robert.goedert@kirkland.com

Section 4.2 Permitted Transferees.

To the extent that the Member (or an applicable Permitted Transferee of the Member) validly transfers after the date hereof any or all of its Common Units and corresponding shares of Class B Common Stock after taking into account the Exchange Rate, to a Permitted Transferee of such Person or to any other Person in a transaction not in contravention of, and in accordance with, the LLC Agreement, then the transferee thereof shall have the right to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C. Upon execution of any such joinder, such transferee shall, with respect to such transferred Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock, be entitled to all of the rights and bound by each of the obligations applicable to the relevant transferor hereunder; provided that the transferor shall remain entitled to all of the rights and bound by each of the obligations with respect to Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock that were not so transferred.

Section 4.3 Severability.

The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or entity or any circumstance, is found to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted

 

13


therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

Section 4.4 Counterparts.

This Agreement and any amendments may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts and delivered via facsimile or .pdf, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. The signature of any party to any counterpart shall be deemed a signature to, and may be appended to, any other counterpart.

Section 4.5 Entire Agreement.

This Agreement, together with the LLC Agreement and the Tax Receivable Agreement, (a) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and (b) is not intended to confer upon any Person, other than the parties hereto and their Permitted Transferees, any rights or remedies hereunder.

Section 4.6 Further Assurances.

Each party hereto shall execute, deliver, acknowledge and file such other documents and take such further actions as may be reasonably requested from time to time by any other party hereto to give effect to and carry out the transactions contemplated herein.

Section 4.7 Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

Section 4.8 Consent to Jurisdiction.

Each party hereto irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the State of Delaware and the state courts of the State of Delaware for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby. Each party hereto further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by United States certified or registered mail (in each such case, prepaid return receipt requested) to such party’s respective address set forth in the Company’s books and records or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party shall be effective service of process in any action, suit or proceeding in Delaware with respect to any matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction as set forth above in the immediately preceding sentence. Each party hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the United States District Court for the State of Delaware or the state courts of the State of Delaware and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

14


Section 4.9 Waiver of Jury Trial.

BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING THE COMPANY) HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR AMONG ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO, WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND/OR THE RELATIONSHIPS ESTABLISHED AMONG THE PARTIES HEREUNDER.

Section 4.10 Amendments.

The provisions of this Agreement may be amended only by the affirmative vote or written consent of each of (i) the Corporation, (ii) the Company and (iii) the Member. No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

Section 4.11 Assignment.

Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors, assigns and Permitted Transferees.

Section 4.12 Specific Enforcement.

The parties hereto acknowledge that the remedies at law of the other parties for a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement would be inadequate and, in recognition of this fact, any party to this Agreement, without posting any bond, and in addition to all other remedies that may be available, shall be entitled to equitable relief in the form of specific performance, a temporary restraining order, a temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy that may then be available.

[Signature Pages to Follow]

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized representatives as of the day and year first above written.

 

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

             

Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer
SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

 

Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer
SEVERIN TOPCO, LLC
By:  

 

Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer

Signature Page to Exchange Agreement


Exhibit A

 

     Immediately Following IPO  
     Number of
Common Units Owned
    Number
of Shares of Class B
Common Stock Owned
 

Name and Address of Member

    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Severin Topco, LLC

150 Parkshore Dr.

Folsom, CA 95630

     [•]       [•]  

 

A-1


Exhibit B

[Form of]

Exchange Notice

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

150 Parkshore Dr.

Folsom, CA 95630

Attention: [•]

Email: [•]

Reference is hereby made to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of [•], 2021 (as amended from time to time, the “Exchange Agreement”), by and among PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), Severin Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and Severin Topco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Member”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Exchange Agreement.

The Member hereby transfers to the Company (or the Corporation, if the Corporation determines to effect a direct exchange with the Member) effective as of the Exchange Date, the number of Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock in Exchange for either shares of Class A Common Stock to be issued in its name or, at the option of the Corporation, the Cash Payment payable to the account set forth below, in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Agreement.

Number of Exchangeable Units to be Exchanged: [•]

Participation Threshold(s) of Exchangeable Units to be Exchanged (if applicable): [•]

Number of shares of Class B Common Stock to be Exchanged: [•]

If the Corporation elects a Cash Payment:

Account Number: [•]

Legal Name of Account Holder: [•]

The Member hereby represents and warrants that (i) it is a limited liability company duly formed and is existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) it has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Exchange Notice and to perform the Member’s obligations hereunder; (iii) the execution and delivery of this Exchange Notice by the Member and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Member; (iv) this Exchange Notice constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Member enforceable against the Member in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally; (v) the Exchangeable Units and shares of Class B Common Stock subject to this Exchange Notice are being transferred to the Corporation (or the Company, if applicable) free and clear of any Liens; (vi) no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of any third party or with any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Member, the Exchanged Units or shares of Class B Common Stock subject to this Exchange Notice is required to be obtained by the Member for the transfer of such Exchanged Units or shares of Class B Common Stock to the Corporation (or the Company, if applicable); and (vii) the Member is either not currently in possession of material non-public information concerning the Corporation or will not be in possession of such material non-public information at the time the shares of Class A Common Stock are sold by the undersigned in any public sale.

 

B-1


The Member hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints any officer of the Corporation or the Company as the attorney of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in the premises, to do any and all things and to take any and all actions that may be necessary to transfer to the Corporation (or the Company, if applicable) the Exchanged Units and shares of Class B Common Stock subject to this Exchange Notice and to deliver to the Member the shares of Class A Common Stock or Cash Payment to be delivered in Exchange therefor.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Member, by authority duly given, has caused this Exchange Notice to be executed and delivered by the undersigned.

 

SEVERIN TOPCO, LLC
By:  

             

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Dated:  

 

 

B-2


Exhibit C

[Form of]

Joinder

This Joinder (“Joinder”) is a joinder agreement to the Exchange Agreement, dated as of [•], 2021 (as amended from time to time, the “Exchange Agreement”), by and among PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), Severin Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and Severin Topco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Member”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Exchange Agreement.

The Company and the Corporation and the undersigned agree that all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Joinder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule, notwithstanding that public policy in Delaware or any other forum jurisdiction might indicate that the laws of that or any other jurisdiction should otherwise apply based on contacts with such state or otherwise. In the event of any conflict between this Joinder and the Exchange Agreement, the terms of this Joinder shall control.

The undersigned, having acquired Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock, hereby joins and enters into the Exchange Agreement. By signing and returning this Joinder to the Company and the Corporation, the undersigned (i) accepts and agrees to be bound by and subject to all of the terms and conditions of and agreements of the Member contained in the Exchange Agreement, with all attendant rights, duties and obligations of the Member thereunder, and (ii) makes each of the representations and warranties of the Member set forth in Section 3.3 of the Exchange Agreement as fully as if such representations and warranties were set forth herein. The parties to the Exchange Agreement shall treat the execution and delivery hereof by the undersigned as the execution and delivery of the Exchange Agreement by the undersigned and, upon receipt of this Joinder by the Company and the Corporation, the signature of the undersigned set forth below shall constitute a counterpart signature to the signature page of the Exchange Agreement.

 

[•]  
Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Dated:  

 

Address for Notice: [•]

 

C-1

Exhibit 10.4

 

 

SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

 

Dated as of [•], 2021

THE UNITS ISSUED PURSUANT TO THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH UNITS MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF AT ANY TIME WITHOUT EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM, AND COMPLIANCE WITH THE OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY SET FORTH HEREIN.

CERTAIN UNITS MAY ALSO BE SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH HEREIN AND/OR IN A SEPARATE AGREEMENT WITH THE INITIAL HOLDER OF SUCH UNITS. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED BY THE HOLDER OF SUCH UNITS UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE COMPANY AND WITHOUT CHARGE.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     1  

ARTICLE II ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

     9  

Section 2.1

  Formation of LLC      9  

Section 2.2

  Limited Liability Company Agreement      9  

Section 2.3

  Name      9  

Section 2.4

  Purpose      9  

Section 2.5

  Principal Office; Registered Office      10  

Section 2.6

  Term      10  

Section 2.7

  No State-Law Partnership      10  

ARTICLE III UNITS, CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS

     10  

Section 3.1

  Units; Capitalization      10  

Section 3.2

  Authorization and Issuance of Additional Units      11  

Section 3.3

  Repurchase or Redemption of Class A Common Stock      15  

Section 3.4

  Changes in Common Stock      15  

Section 3.5

  Capital Accounts      15  

Section 3.6

  Negative Capital Accounts; No Interest Regarding Positive Capital Accounts      16  

Section 3.7

  No Withdrawal      16  

Section 3.8

  Loans From Unitholders      17  

Section 3.9

  Adjustments to Capital Accounts for Distributions In-Kind      17  

Section 3.10

  Transfer of Capital Accounts      17  

Section 3.11

  Adjustments to Book Value      17  

Section 3.12

  Compliance With Section 1.704-1(b)      17  

Section 3.13

  Non-Convertible Preferred Units      18  

Section 3.14

  Convertible Preferred Units      18  

ARTICLE IV DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS

     19  

Section 4.1

  Distributions      19  

Section 4.2

  Allocations      21  

Section 4.3

  Special Allocations      21  

Section 4.4

  Offsetting Allocations      23  

Section 4.5

  Tax Allocations      23  

Section 4.6

  Indemnification and Reimbursement for Payments on Behalf of a Unitholder      24  

ARTICLE V MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL OF BUSINESS

     24  

Section 5.1

  Management      24  

Section 5.2

  Investment Company Act      25  

Section 5.3

  Officers      25  

Section 5.4

  Fiduciary Duties      27  

ARTICLE VI EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

     28  

 

i


Section 6.1

  Exculpation      28  

Section 6.2

  Indemnification      28  

Section 6.3

  Expenses      29  

Section 6.4

  Non-Exclusivity; Savings Clause      29  

Section 6.5

  Insurance      29  

ARTICLE VII ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS; TAX MATTERS

     30  

Section 7.1

  Accounting and Records      30  

Section 7.2

  Preparation of Tax Returns      30  

Section 7.3

  Tax Elections      30  

Section 7.4

  Tax Controversies      30  

Section 7.5

  Code § 83 Safe Harbor Election      31  

ARTICLE VIII TRANSFER OF UNITS; ADMISSION OF NEW MEMBERS

     32  

Section 8.1

  Transfer of Units      32  

Section 8.2

  Recognition of Transfer; Substituted and Additional Members      33  

Section 8.3

  Expense of Transfer; Indemnification      34  

Section 8.4

  Exchange Agreement      34  

Section 8.5

  Change of Control Transactions      35  

ARTICLE IX WITHDRAWAL AND RESIGNATION OF UNITHOLDERS

     35  

Section 9.1

  Withdrawal and Resignation of Unitholders      35  

ARTICLE X DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

     35  

Section 10.1

  Dissolution      35  

Section 10.2

  Liquidation and Termination      35  

Section 10.3

  Securityholders Agreement      36  

Section 10.4

  Cancellation of Certificate      36  

Section 10.5

  Reasonable Time for Winding Up      37  

Section 10.6

  Return of Capital      37  

Section 10.7

  Hart-Scott-Rodino      37  

ARTICLE XI GENERAL PROVISIONS

     37  

Section 11.1

  Power of Attorney      37  

Section 11.2

  Amendments      37  

Section 11.3

  Title to the Company Assets      38  

Section 11.4

  Remedies      38  

Section 11.5

  Successors and Assigns      38  

Section 11.6

  Severability      38  

Section 11.7

  Counterparts; Binding Agreement      38  

Section 11.8

  Descriptive Headings; Interpretation      39  

Section 11.9

  Applicable Law      39  

Section 11.10

  Addresses and Notices      39  

Section 11.11

  Creditors      39  

Section 11.12

  No Waiver      40  

Section 11.13

  Further Action      40  

Section 11.14

  Entire Agreement      40  

 

ii


Section 11.15

  Delivery by Electronic Means      40  

Section 11.16

  Certain Acknowledgments      40  

Section 11.17

  Consent to Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY      41  

Section 11.18

  Representations and Warranties      41  

Section 11.19

  Tax Receivable Agreement      42  

 

 

iii


SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT of Severin Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), is entered into as of [•], 2021, by and among the Company, PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“PowerSchool”), Severin Topco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), Pinnacle Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and Promachos Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Promachos Holding”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Article I.

WHEREAS, the Certificate was filed with the Office of the Secretary of State of Delaware on July 8, 2015;

WHEREAS, the limited liability company agreement of the Company was entered into on July 21, 2015 (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to amend and replace, and supersede in its entirety, the Prior Agreement;

WHEREAS, in connection with the initial public offering (the “IPO”) of shares of Class A Common Stock (as defined below) of PowerSchool, (i) PowerSchool will be admitted as a Member of the Company, (ii) PowerSchool, the Company and Holdings will enter into an Exchange Agreement (as defined below) pursuant to which Holdings will be permitted to exchange Common Units (together with the corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock) for Class A Common Stock or the Cash Payment (as defined therein), (iii) PowerSchool will contribute a portion of the net proceeds of the IPO to the Company in exchange for newly-issued Common Units and (iv) PowerSchool, the Company and certain other parties will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined below), pursuant to which PowerSchool will be obligated to make payments to certain parties related to tax benefits realized (clauses (i) through (iv), collectively, the “IPO Transactions”); and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement as set forth herein to give effect to the IPO Transactions and reflect the admission of PowerSchool as a Member and the sole manager of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Members, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the following meaning:

Additional Member” means a Person admitted to the Company as a Member pursuant to Section 8.2.

 

1


Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means, with respect to any Capital Account as of the end of any Taxable Year, the amount by which the balance in such Capital Account is less than zero. For this purpose, such Person’s Capital Account balance shall be (i) reduced for any items described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5), and (6), and (ii) increased for any amount such Person is obligated to contribute or is treated as being obligated to contribute to the Company pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (relating to partner liabilities to a partnership) or 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i) (relating to Minimum Gain).

Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person controlled by, controlling or under common control with such Person, and in the case of any Unitholder that is a partnership, limited liability company, corporation or similar entity, any partner, member or stockholder of such Unitholder; provided, that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Affiliates of any Unitholder. As used in this definition, “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise).

Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, as it may be amended, modified and/or waived from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

Assumed Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Unitholder for any Fiscal Quarter, an amount, which in the good faith estimation of the Manager, equals the product of (a) the amount of taxable income of the Company allocable to such Unitholder in respect of such Fiscal Quarter (other than any income allocable in respect of Non-Convertible Preferred Units) (which shall include gross or net income allocations of items of Profit or Loss and guaranteed payments for the use of capital but not Guaranteed Payments (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) made to such Unitholder (or its predecessor) under the Tax Receivable Agreement), determined (x) by including adjustments to taxable income in respect of Section 704(c) of the Code and (y) reducing such taxable income by net taxable losses of the Company allocated to such Unitholder for prior taxable periods beginning after the date hereof to the extent that such losses are of a character (ordinary or capital) that would permit the losses to be deducted by such Unitholder against the current taxable income of the Company allocable to the Unitholder for such Fiscal Quarter and have not previously been taken into account in determining such Unitholder’s Assumed Tax Liability, multiplied by (b) the Assumed Tax Rate. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, in no event will the Assumed Tax Liability of the Corporation (when aggregated with the Assumed Tax Liability of any entities included in the U.S. federal income tax consolidated group that includes the Corporation) be less than the amount required to pay the actual income Tax liabilities of such consolidated group.

Assumed Tax Rate” means the combined maximum U.S. federal, state, and local income tax rate applicable to a taxable individual or corporation in any jurisdiction in the United States (whichever is highest), including pursuant to Section 1411 of the Code, in each case taking into account all jurisdictions in which the Company is required to file income tax returns and the relevant apportionment information, in effect for the applicable Fiscal Quarter (making an appropriate adjustment for any rate changes that take place during such period and taking into account the character of the income).

 

2


Base Rate” means, as of any date, a variable rate per annum equal to the rate of interest most recently published by The Wall Street Journal as the “prime rate” at large U.S. money center banks.

Book Value” means, with respect to any of the Company property, the Company’s adjusted basis for federal income Tax purposes, adjusted from time to time to reflect the adjustments required or permitted (in the case of permitted adjustments, to the extent the Company makes such permitted adjustments) by Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d)-(g).

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which the banks in New York, New York or San Diego, California are authorized by law to be closed.

Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Member pursuant to Section 3.5 and the other applicable provisions of this Agreement.

Capital Contributions” means any cash, cash equivalents, promissory obligations or the Fair Market Value of other property which a Unitholder contributes or is deemed by the Manager to have contributed to the Company with respect to any Unit pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.10.

Cash Payment” has the meaning set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

Certificate” means the Company’s Certificate of Formation as filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Certificate of Designations” means any certificate of designations of Convertible Preferred Stock of PowerSchool, to be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State upon issuance of any such Convertible Preferred Stock, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, changed or replaced from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Class A Common Stock” means the class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PowerSchool.

Class A Common Stock Value” has the meaning set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

Class B Common Stock” means the class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PowerSchool.

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Common Unit” means a Unit having the rights and obligation specified with respect to a Common Unit in this Agreement.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Convertible Preferred Stock” means the Convertible Preferred Stock of PowerSchool, the rights and preferences of which are set forth in any related Certificate of Designations.

 

3


Convertible Preferred Stock Cash Dividend” means any dividend declared and actually paid in cash by PowerSchool in respect of any Convertible Preferred Stock.

Convertible Preferred Stock Cash Dividend Amount” means, with respect to any Convertible Preferred Stock Cash Dividend, the aggregate amount paid in cash by PowerSchool in connection with such Convertible Preferred Stock Cash Dividend.

Convertible Preferred Stock Change of Control Repurchase” means a repurchase of Convertible Preferred Stock by PowerSchool required pursuant to any Certificate of Designations because of the occurrence of a change of control.

Convertible Preferred Stock Liquidation Payment” means any distribution of the Liquidation Payment Amount by PowerSchool pursuant to any Certificate of Designation in respect of any Convertible Preferred Stock.

Convertible Preferred Unit” means a Unit, issued to PowerSchool, having the rights and obligation specified with respect to a Convertible Preferred Unit in this Agreement.

Delaware Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. L. § 18-101, et seq., as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

Distribution” means each distribution made by the Company to a Unitholder, with respect to such Person’s Units, whether in cash, property or securities and whether by liquidating distribution, redemption, repurchase or otherwise; provided that notwithstanding anything in the foregoing, none of the following shall be deemed to be a Distribution hereunder: (i) any recapitalization, exchange or conversion of securities of the Company, and any subdivision (by unit split or otherwise) or any combination (by reverse unit split or otherwise) of any outstanding Units; and (ii) any repurchase of Units pursuant to any right of first refusal or similar repurchase right in favor of the Company.

Equity Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).

Equity Securities” means (i) any Units, capital stock, partnership, membership or limited liability company interests or other equity interests (including other classes, groups or series thereof having such relative rights, powers and/or obligations as may from time to time be established by the Manager, including rights, powers and/or duties different from, senior to or more favorable than existing classes, groups and series of Units, capital stock, partnership, membership or limited liability company interests or other equity interests, and including any profits interests), (ii) obligations, evidences of indebtedness or other securities or interests convertible or exchangeable into Units, capital stock, partnership interests, membership or limited liability company interests or other equity interests, and (iii) warrants, options or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire Units, capital stock, partnership interests, membership or limited liability company interests or other equity interests. Unless the context otherwise indicates, the term “Equity Securities” refers to Equity Securities of the Company.

Event of Withdrawal” means the death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of a Member or the occurrence of any other event that terminates the continued membership of a Member in the Company.

 

4


Exchange” has the meaning set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

Exchange Agreement” means the Exchange Agreement, dated as of [•], 2021, by and among PowerSchool, the Company and Holdings, as the same may be amended, amended and restated or replaced from time to time.

Exchange Rate” has the meaning set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

Exchangeable Unit” has the meaning set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

Exchanged Unit Amount” has the meaning set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

Fair Market Value” means, as of any date of determination, (i) with respect to a Unit, such Unit’s Pro Rata Share as of such date, (ii) with respect to a share of Class A Common Stock, the Class A Common Stock Value as of such date, and (iii) with respect to any other non-cash assets, the fair market value for such property as between a willing buyer under no compulsion to buy and a willing seller under no compulsion to sell in an arm’s-length transaction occurring on such date, taking into account all relevant factors determinative of value (including in the case of securities, any restrictions on transfer applicable thereto or, if such securities are traded on a securities exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, the quoted price for such securities as of the date of determination), as reasonably determined in good faith by the Manager.

Fiscal Period” means any interim accounting period within a Taxable Year established by the Manager and which is permitted or required by Code Section 706.

Fiscal Quarter” means each calendar quarter ending March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, or such other quarterly accounting period as may be established by the Manager or as required by the Code.

Fiscal Year” means the 12-month period ending on December 31, or such other annual accounting period as may be established by the Manager or as may be required by the Code.

Forfeiture Allocations” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

Governmental Entity” means the United States of America or any other nation, any state or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of government.

Holdings” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Holdings LLCA” means the limited liability company agreement of Holdings, dated as of July 21, 2015.

HSR Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.7.

Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b).

 

5


Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

IPO” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

IPO Transactions” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

IRS Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.

Liquidation Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(b).

Liquidation FMV” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(b).

Liquidation Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(b).

Losses” means items of the Company loss and deduction determined according to Section 3.5.

Management Incentive Units” has the meaning set forth in the Holdings LLCA.

Manager” means (i) Promachos Holding so long as Promachos Holding has not withdrawn as the Manager pursuant to Section 5.1(c) and (ii) any successor thereof appointed as Manager in accordance with Section 5.1(c). Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to the Manager shall refer to the Manager acting in its capacity as such.

Member” means each Person listed on the Unit Ownership Ledger and any Person admitted to the Company as a Substituted Member or Additional Member in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; but in each case only for so long as such Person is shown on the Company’s books and records as the owner of one or more Units.

Minimum Gain” means the partnership minimum gain determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).

Mirror Participation Threshold” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15.

Non-Convertible Preferred Unit” means a Unit, issued to PowerSchool, having the rights and obligations specified with respect to a Non-Convertible Preferred Unit in this Agreement.

Notes” means any future non-convertible debt securities issued by PowerSchool.

Note Payments” means payments of principal, interest or other premiums pursuant to any Notes.

Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b).

Participation Threshold” has the meaning set forth in the Holdings LLCA.

Participation Threshold Unit” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15.

 

6


Partnership Tax Audit Rules” means Code Sections 6221 through 6241, as amended by the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, together with any guidance issued thereunder or successor provisions and any similar provision of state or local Tax laws.

Permitted Transferee” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any of such Person’s Affiliates and (ii) any direct or indirect partner, member, stockholder or other equityholder of such Person.

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, association or other entity or a Governmental Entity.

PowerSchool” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

PR” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4(a).

Prior Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Pro Rata Share” means with respect to each Unit, the proportionate amount such Unit would receive if an amount equal to the Total Equity Value were distributed to all Units in accordance with Section 4.1(b), as determined in good faith by the Manager.

Profits” means items of the Company income and gain determined according to Section 3.5.

Promachos Holding” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of [•], 2021, by and among PowerSchool and certain other parties thereto, as the same may be amended, amended and restated or replaced from time to time.

Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(e).

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules or regulations. Any reference herein to a specific section, rule or regulation of the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any corresponding provisions of future law.

Securities Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules or regulations. Any reference herein to a specific section, rule or regulation of the Securities Exchange Act shall be deemed to include any corresponding provisions of future law.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to

 

7


vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of partnership or other similar ownership interests thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof and without limitation, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the manager, managing member, managing director (or a board comprised of any of the foregoing) or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity. For purposes hereof, references to a “Subsidiary” of any Person shall be given effect only at such times that such Person has one or more Subsidiaries, and, unless otherwise indicated, the term “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Company.

Substituted Member” means a Person that is admitted as a Member to the Company pursuant to Section 8.2.

Tax” or “Taxes” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, franchise, estimated, alternative minimum, add-on minimum, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, excise, natural resources, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profit, environmental, customs, duties, real property, personal property, capital stock, social security, unemployment, disability, payroll, license, employee or other withholding, or other tax, of any kind whatsoever, including any transferee liability and any interest, penalties or additions to tax or additional amounts in respect of the foregoing.

Tax Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a)(i).

Tax Distribution Conditions” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a)(i).

Tax Receivable Agreement” means the Tax Receivable Agreement dated as of [•], 2021, by and among PowerSchool, the Company and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended, amended and restated or replaced from time to time.

Taxable Year” means the Company’s accounting period for federal income Tax purposes determined pursuant to Section 7.3.

Total Equity Value” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate proceeds which would be received by the Unitholders if: (i) the assets of the Company were sold at their fair market value to an independent third-party on arm’s-length terms, with neither the seller nor the buyer being under compulsion to buy or sell such assets; (ii) the Company satisfied and paid in full all of its obligations and liabilities (including all Taxes, costs and expenses incurred in connection with such transaction and any amounts reserved by the Manager with respect to any contingent or other liabilities); and (iii) such net sale proceeds were then distributed in accordance with Section 4.1, all as determined by the Manager in good faith based upon the Class A Common Stock Value as of such date.

 

8


Transaction Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Exchange Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

Treasury Regulations” means the income Tax regulations promulgated under the Code and effective as of the date of this Agreement, any future amendments to such regulations, and any corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations.

Unit” means a limited liability company interest in the Company of a Member or representing a fractional part of the interests in Profits, Losses and Distributions of the Company held by all Members and shall include Common Units, Convertible Preferred Units and Non-Convertible Preferred Units.

Unit Ownership Ledger” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).

Unitholder” means any owner of one or more Units as reflected on the Company’s books and records.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 Formation of LLC. The Company was formed in the State of Delaware on July 8, 2015 pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act.

Section 2.2 Limited Liability Company Agreement. The Members hereby execute this Agreement for the purpose of amending and restating the Prior Agreement and establishing the affairs of the Company and the conduct of its business in accordance with the provisions of the Delaware Act. The Members hereby agree that during the term of the Company set forth in Section 2.6, the rights, powers and obligations of the Unitholders with respect to the Company will be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and, except where the Delaware Act provides that such rights, powers and obligations specified in the Delaware Act shall apply “unless otherwise provided in a limited liability company agreement” or words of similar effect and such rights, powers and obligations are set forth in this Agreement, the Delaware Act; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing and anything else to the contrary, Section 18-210 of the Delaware Act (entitled “Contractual Appraisal Rights”) and Section 18-305(a) of the Delaware Act (entitled “Access to and Confidentiality of Information; Records”) shall not apply to or be incorporated into this Agreement and each Unitholder hereby expressly waives any and all rights under such Sections of the Delaware Act.

Section 2.3 Name. The name of the Company shall be “Severin Holdings, LLC”. The Manager may change the name of the Company at any time and from time to time. Notification of any such name change shall be given to all Unitholders. The Company’s business may be conducted under its name and/or any other name or names deemed advisable by the Manager.

Section 2.4 Purpose. The purpose and business of the Company shall be to manage and direct the business operations and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to engage in any other lawful acts or activities for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Delaware Act.

 

9


Section 2.5 Principal Office; Registered Office. The principal office of the Company shall be located at 150 Parkshore Dr., Folsom, CA 95630, or at such other place inside or outside the state of Delaware as the Manager may from time to time designate, and all business and activities of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred at its principal office. The Company may maintain offices at such other place or places as the Manager deems advisable. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be the office of the initial registered agent named in the Certificate or such other office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Manager may designate from time to time in the manner provided by applicable law, and the registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be the registered agent named in the Certificate or such Person or Persons as the Manager may designate from time to time in the manner provided by applicable law.

Section 2.6 Term. The term of the Company commenced upon the filing of the Certificate with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in existence until the Company shall be terminated and dissolved in accordance with the provisions of Article X.

Section 2.7 No State-Law Partnership. The Unitholders intend that the Company not be a partnership (including, without limitation, a limited partnership) or joint venture, and that no Unitholder be a partner or joint venturer of any other Unitholder by virtue of this Agreement, for any purposes other than as set forth in the last sentence of this Section 2.7, and neither this Agreement nor any other document entered into by the Company or any Unitholder relating to the subject matter hereof shall be construed to suggest otherwise. The Unitholders intend that the Company shall be treated as a partnership for federal and, if applicable, state and local income Tax purposes, and that each Unitholder and the Company shall file all Tax returns and shall otherwise take all Tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment.

ARTICLE III

UNITS, CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS

Section 3.1 Units; Capitalization.

(a) Units; Capitalization. The Company shall have the authority to issue an unlimited number of Common Units and Convertible Preferred Units. Immediately following the IPO, the Company will issue Common Units (directly or indirectly) to PowerSchool in exchange for a contribution of the net proceeds received by PowerSchool from the IPO (less any proceeds used to purchase Common Units from Holdings) to the Company, such that following the transfer of Common Units by Holdings to PowerSchool in exchange for Class A Common Stock and the issuance of Common Units by the Company, the total number of Common Units held (directly or indirectly) by PowerSchool will equal the total number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock. The ownership by a Member of Common Units shall entitle such Member to allocations of Profits and Losses and other items and Distributions of cash and other property as set forth in Article IV hereof.

 

10


(b) Unit Ownership Ledger; Capital Contributions. The Manager shall create and maintain a ledger (the “Unit Ownership Ledger”) setting forth the name and address of each Unitholder, the number of each class of Units held of record by each such Unitholder, and the amount of the Capital Contribution made with respect to each class of Units and the date of such Capital Contribution. Upon any change in the number or ownership of outstanding Units (whether upon an issuance of Units, a Transfer of Units, a cancellation of Units or otherwise), the Manager shall amend and update the Unit Ownership Ledger. Absent manifest error, the ownership interests recorded on the Unit Ownership Ledger shall be conclusive record of the Units that have been issued and are outstanding. Each Unitholder named in the Unit Ownership Ledger has made (or shall be deemed to have made) Capital Contributions to the Company as set forth in the Unit Ownership Ledger in exchange for the Units specified in the Unit Ownership Ledger. Any reference in this Agreement to the Unit Ownership Ledger shall be deemed a reference to the Unit Ownership Ledger as amended and in effect from time to time.

(c) Certificates; Legends. Units shall be issued in uncertificated form; provided that, at the request of any Member, the Manager may cause the Company to issue one or more certificates to any such Member holding Units representing in the aggregate the Units held by such Member. If any certificate representing Units is issued, then such certificate shall bear a legend substantially in the following form:

THIS CERTIFICATE EVIDENCES UNITS REPRESENTING A MEMBERSHIP INTEREST IN SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC. THE MEMBERSHIP INTEREST IN SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY NON-U.S. OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH. THE MEMBERSHIP INTEREST IN SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC, DATED AS OF [•], 2021, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, A COPY OF WHICH SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE COMPANY TO THE RECORD HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE.

(d) Prior Common Units. The Common Units that were issued and outstanding and held by the Members prior to the date of this Agreement shall remain unchanged.

Section 3.2 Authorization and Issuance of Additional Units.

(a) The Manager shall have the right to cause the Company to issue and/or create and issue at any time after the date hereof, and for such amount and form of consideration as the Manager may determine, additional Units or other Equity Securities of the Company (including creating classes or series thereof having such powers, designations, preferences and rights as may

 

11


be determined by the Manager). The Manager shall have the power to make such amendments to this Agreement in order to provide for such powers, designations, preferences and rights as the Manager in its discretion deems necessary or appropriate to give effect to such additional authorization or issuance in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.2(a). In connection with any issuance of Units (whether on or after the date of this Agreement), the Person who acquires such Units shall execute a counterpart to this Agreement accepting and agreeing to be bound by all terms and conditions hereof, and shall enter into such other documents, instruments and agreements to effect such purchase as are required by the Manager (including such documents, instruments and agreements entered into on or prior to the date of this Agreement by the Members, each, an “Equity Agreement”).

(b) At any time PowerSchool issues one or more shares of Class A Common Stock (other than an issuance of the type covered by Section 3.2(d) or an issuance to a holder of Exchangeable Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, as described in Section 3.2(c)), PowerSchool shall contribute (directly or indirectly) to the Company all of the net proceeds (if any) received by PowerSchool with respect to such share or shares of Class A Common Stock. Upon the contribution (directly or indirectly) by PowerSchool to the Company of all of such net proceeds so received by PowerSchool, the Manager shall cause the Company to issue a number of Common Units determined based upon the Exchange Rate then in effect, registered (directly or indirectly) in the name of PowerSchool; provided, however, that if PowerSchool issues any shares of Class A Common Stock in order to purchase or fund the purchase of Common Units from a Member (other than a Subsidiary of PowerSchool), then the Company shall not issue any new Common Units registered in the name of PowerSchool in accordance with Section 3.2(c) and PowerSchool shall not be required to transfer such net proceeds to the Company (it being understood that such net proceeds shall instead be transferred by PowerSchool to such other Member as consideration for such purchase). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 3.2(b) shall not apply to the issuance and distribution to holders of shares of Class A Common Stock of rights to purchase Equity Securities of PowerSchool under a “poison pill” or similar shareholder’s rights plan (it being understood that (i) upon exchange of Exchangeable Units for Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, such Class A Common Stock would be issued together with any such corresponding right and (ii) in the event such rights to purchase Equity Securities of PowerSchool are triggered, PowerSchool will ensure that the holders of Common Units that have not been Exchanged prior to such time will be treated equitably vis-à-vis the holders of Class A Common Stock under such plan).

(c) At any time a holder of Exchangeable Units exchanges such Common Units for shares of Class A Common Stock or a Cash Payment, the Company shall cancel such Exchangeable Units. Upon the cancellation by the Company of the Exchangeable Units exchanged for shares of Class A Common Stock, the Manager shall cause the Company to issue a number of Common Units equal to the Exchanged Unit Amount, registered (directly or indirectly) in the name of PowerSchool in accordance with Section 2.6 of the Exchange Agreement.

(d) At any time PowerSchool issues one or more shares of Class A Common Stock in connection with an equity incentive program, whether such share or shares are issued upon exercise (including cashless exercise) of an option, settlement of a restricted stock unit, as restricted stock or otherwise, the Manager shall cause the Company to issue a corresponding number of Common Units, registered (directly or indirectly) in the name of PowerSchool

 

12


(determined based upon the Exchange Rate then in effect); provided that PowerSchool shall be required to contribute (directly or indirectly) all (but not less than all) of the net proceeds (if any) received by PowerSchool from or otherwise in connection with such issuance of one or more shares of Class A Common Stock, including the exercise price of any option exercised, to the Company. If any such shares of Class A Common Stock so issued by PowerSchool in connection with an equity incentive program are subject to vesting or forfeiture provisions, then the Common Units that are issued (directly or indirectly) by the Company to PowerSchool in connection therewith in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section 3.2(d) shall be subject to vesting or forfeiture on the same basis; if any of such shares of Class A Common Stock vest or are forfeited, then a corresponding number of the Common Units (determined based upon the Exchange Rate then in effect) issued by the Company in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section 3.2(d) shall automatically vest or be forfeited. Any cash or property held by PowerSchool or the Company or on any of such Person’s behalf in respect of dividends paid on restricted shares of Class A Common Stock that fail to vest shall be returned to the Company upon the forfeiture of such restricted shares of Class A Common Stock.

(e) PowerSchool shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange, the maximum number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall be issuable upon Exchange of all outstanding Common Units and shares of Class B Common Stock to satisfy its obligations under the Exchange Agreement; provided that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude PowerSchool from satisfying its obligations in respect of any such Exchange by delivery of purchased shares of Class A Common Stock (which may or may not be held in the treasury of PowerSchool). If any shares of Class A Common Stock require registration with or approval of any Governmental Entity under any federal or state law before such shares may be issued upon an Exchange, PowerSchool shall use reasonable efforts to cause the exchange of such shares of Class A Common Stock to be duly registered or approved, as the case may be. PowerSchool shall list and use its reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of the Class A Common Stock required to be delivered upon any such Exchange prior to such delivery upon the national securities exchange upon which the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock are listed at the time of such Exchange (it being understood that any such shares may be subject to transfer restrictions under applicable securities laws). PowerSchool covenants that all shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

(f) For purposes of this Section 3.2, “net proceeds” means gross proceeds to PowerSchool from the issuance of Class A Common Stock or other securities less all reasonable bona fide out-of-pocket fees and expenses of PowerSchool, the Company and their respective Subsidiaries actually incurred in connection with such issuance.

(g) In the event PowerSchool issues any Class A Common Stock upon conversion of any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, a corresponding number of Convertible Preferred Units shall be cancelled and cease to be outstanding, and the Company shall issue (directly or indirectly) to PowerSchool Common Units in accordance with Section 3.2(b) without any further action by the Company or the Manager.

 

13


(h) In the event PowerSchool makes a Distribution of cash in respect of the Convertible Preferred Units in connection with any Convertible Preferred Stock Change of Control Repurchase or Convertible Preferred Stock Liquidation Payment, a number of Convertible Preferred Units shall be cancelled and cease to be outstanding equal to the number of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock repurchased or liquidated, respectively, without any further action by the Company or the Manager.

(i) In the event PowerSchool repays (or otherwise retires) the principal of any outstanding Notes, one Non-Convertible Preferred Unit shall be cancelled and cease to be outstanding for each $1,000 principal amount of any Notes that is repaid or otherwise retired without any further action by the Company or the Manager.

(j) If, at any time, any shares of Class A Common Stock or other shares of capital stock of PowerSchool are repurchased (whether by exercise of a put or call, pursuant to an open market purchase, automatically or by means of another arrangement) by PowerSchool for cash or other consideration, then the Manager shall cause the Company, immediately prior to such repurchase of such capital stock, to redeem an equal number of equivalent Units held (directly or indirectly) by PowerSchool, at an aggregate redemption price equal to the aggregate purchase price of the capital stock being repurchased by PowerSchool (plus any expenses related thereto) and upon such other terms as are the same for the capital stock being cancelled or retired by PowerSchool.

(k) Subject to Section 3.2(m), the Company shall be liable for, and shall reimburse PowerSchool on an after-tax basis at such intervals as PowerSchool may reasonably determine, for all (i) overhead, administrative expenses, insurance and reasonable legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses of PowerSchool and its Subsidiaries relating to the management of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (ii) franchise and similar taxes of the PowerSchool and its Subsidiaries and other fees and expenses in connection with the maintenance of the existence of the PowerSchool and its Subsidiaries, and (iii) reasonable expenses paid by PowerSchool and its Subsidiaries on behalf of the Company. Such reimbursements shall be in addition to any reimbursement of PowerSchool and its Subsidiaries as a result of indemnification otherwise provided for under this Agreement.

(l) Subject to Section 3.2(m) and without duplication of any amounts paid pursuant to Section 3.2(k), the Company shall be liable for, and shall reimburse PowerSchool on an after-tax basis at such intervals as the Manager may reasonably determine, for all (i) overhead, administrative expenses, insurance and reasonable legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses of PowerSchool, (ii) expenses of PowerSchool incidental to being a public reporting company, (iii) reasonable fees and expenses related to the IPO (other than the payment obligations of PowerSchool under the Tax Receivable Agreements) or any subsequent public offering of equity securities of PowerSchool or private placement of equity securities of PowerSchool, whether or not consummated, (iv) franchise and similar taxes of PowerSchool and other fees and expenses in connection with the maintenance of the existence of PowerSchool, (v) customary compensation and benefits payable by PowerSchool; provided, that the Board of Directors of PowerSchool may in its discretion (but shall not be required to) determine that PowerSchool, rather than the Company, shall bear any specific items of the foregoing to the extent such items relate exclusively to the business and affairs of PowerSchool and should not be borne by the Company. Such reimbursements shall be in addition to any reimbursement of PowerSchool otherwise provided for under this Agreement. If PowerSchool issues shares of Class A Common Stock and contributes (directly or indirectly) the net proceeds of such issuance to the Company, the reasonable expenses incurred by PowerSchool in such issuance will be assumed by the Company.

 

14


(m) To the extent practicable, Company expenses shall be billed directly to and paid by the Company. Unless otherwise determined by the Manager, no reimbursement or indemnification payment made pursuant to Section 3.2(k), (l) or (m) shall be considered a distribution to the payee.

Section 3.3 Repurchase or Redemption of Class A Common Stock. If, at any time, any shares of Class A Common Stock are repurchased or redeemed (whether by exercise of a put or call, automatically or by means of another arrangement) by PowerSchool for cash, then the Manager shall cause the Company, immediately prior to such repurchase or redemption of such shares, to redeem a corresponding number of Common Units held by PowerSchool (determined based upon the Exchange Rate then in effect), at an aggregate redemption price equal to the aggregate purchase or redemption price of the share or shares of Class A Common Stock being repurchased or redeemed by PowerSchool (plus any reasonable expenses related thereto) and upon such other terms as are the same for the share or shares of Class A Common Stock being repurchased or redeemed by PowerSchool.

Section 3.4 Changes in Common Stock. In addition to any other adjustments required hereby, any subdivision (by stock split, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or other capital stock of PowerSchool shall be accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of the Common Units or other Equity Securities, as applicable. In the implementation and administration of this Section 3.4, the Manager shall have authority to make such adjustments as it determines in good faith to be appropriate to reflect the economic equivalency intended hereby.

Section 3.5 Capital Accounts.

(a) Maintenance of Capital Accounts. The Company shall maintain a separate Capital Account for each Unitholder according to the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). For this purpose, the Company may (in the sole discretion of the Manager), upon the occurrence of the events specified in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), increase or decrease the Capital Accounts in accordance with the rules of such regulation and Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g) to reflect a revaluation of the Company property. Without limiting the foregoing, each Unitholder’s Capital Account shall be adjusted:

(i) by adding any additional Capital Contributions made by such Unitholder in consideration for the issuance of Units;

(ii) by deducting any amounts paid to such Unitholder in connection with the redemption or other repurchase by the Company of Units;

(iii) by adding any Profits allocated in favor of such Unitholder and subtracting any Losses allocated in favor of such Unitholder; and

(iv) by deducting any distributions paid in cash or other assets to such Unitholder by the Company.

 

15


(b) Computation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction Items. For purposes of computing the amount of any item of the Company income, gain, loss or deduction to be allocated pursuant to Article IV and to be reflected in the Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income Tax purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for this purpose); provided that:

(i) the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall include those items described in Code Section 705(a)(1)(B), Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are not deductible for federal income Tax purposes;

(ii) if the Book Value of any Company property is adjusted pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e) or (f), the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such property;

(iii) items of income, gain, loss or deduction attributable to the disposition of the Company property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted basis for Tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Book Value of such property;

(iv) items of depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions with respect to the Company property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted basis for Tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the property’s Book Value in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g);

(v) to the extent an adjustment to the adjusted Tax basis of any of the Company’s asset pursuant to Code Sections 732(d), 734(b) or 743(b) is required pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis); and

(vi) this Section 3.5 shall be applied in a manner consistent with the principles of Prop. Reg. Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d), (f)(1), (h)(2) and (s).

Section 3.6 Negative Capital Accounts; No Interest Regarding Positive Capital Accounts. No Unitholder shall be required to pay to any other Unitholder or the Company any deficit or negative balance which may exist from time to time in such Unitholder’s Capital Account (including upon and after dissolution of the Company). Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Unitholder shall be entitled to receive interest from the Company in respect of any positive balance in its Capital Account, and no Unitholder shall be liable to pay interest to the Company or any Unitholder in respect of any negative balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.7 No Withdrawal. No Person shall be entitled to withdraw any part of such Person’s Capital Contributions or Capital Account or to receive any Distribution from the Company, except as expressly provided herein.

 

16


Section 3.8 Loans From Unitholders. Loans by Unitholders to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions. If any Unitholder shall loan funds to the Company in excess of the amounts required hereunder to be contributed by such Unitholder to the capital of the Company, the making of such loans shall not result in any increase in the amount of the Capital Account of such Unitholder. The amount of any such loans shall be a debt of the Company to such Unitholder and shall be payable or collectible in accordance with the terms and conditions upon which such loans are made.

Section 3.9 Adjustments to Capital Accounts for Distributions In-Kind. To the extent that the Company distributes property in-kind to the Members, the Company shall be treated as making a distribution equal to the Fair Market Value of such property (as of the date of such distribution) for purposes of Section 4.1 and such property shall be treated as if it were sold for an amount equal to its Fair Market Value and any resulting gain or loss shall be allocated to the Members’ Capital Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2 through Section 4.4.

Section 3.10 Transfer of Capital Accounts. The original Capital Account established for each Substituted Member shall be in the same amount as the Capital Account of the Member (or portion thereof) to which such Substituted Member succeeds at the time such Substituted Member is admitted to as a Member of the Company. The Capital Account of any Member whose interest in the Company shall be increased or decreased by means of (a) the Transfer to it of all or part of the Units of another Member or (b) the repurchase or forfeiture of Units pursuant to any Equity Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect such Transfer or repurchase. Any reference in this Agreement to a Capital Contribution of or Distribution to a Member that has succeeded any other Member shall include any Capital Contributions or Distributions previously made by or to the former Member on account of the Units of such former Member Transferred to such Member.

Section 3.11 Adjustments to Book Value. The Company shall adjust the Book Value of its assets to Fair Market Value in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) as of the following times: (a) at the Manager’s discretion in connection with the issuance of Units in the Company or a more than de minimis Capital Contribution to the Company; (b) at the Manager’s discretion in connection with the Distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of the Company’s assets, including money; (c) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g). Any such increase or decrease in Book Value of an asset shall be allocated as a Profit or Loss to the Capital Accounts of the Members under Section 4.2 (determined immediately prior to the event giving rise to the revaluation); and (d) at such other times as the Manager shall reasonably determine necessary or advisable in order to comply with Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2.

Section 3.12 Compliance With Section 1.704-1(b). The provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations. In the event the Manager shall determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts are computed in order to comply with such Treasury Regulations, the Manager may make such modification, notwithstanding anything in Section 11.2 to the contrary. The Manager also shall (a) make any adjustments that are necessary or appropriate to maintain

 

17


equality between the Capital Accounts of the Members and the amount of the Company capital reflected on the Company’s balance sheet, as computed for book purposes, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g), and (b) make any appropriate modifications in the event unanticipated events might otherwise cause this Agreement not to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b).

Section 3.13 Non-Convertible Preferred Units. The Manager may from time to time authorize the issuance of Non-Convertible Preferred Units at a price of $1,000 per Non-Convertible Preferred Unit in consideration for the capital contribution made or deemed to have been made by PowerSchool of the net proceeds of any Notes issuance.

Section 3.14 Convertible Preferred Units. The Manager may from time to time authorize the issuance of Convertible Preferred Units, in consideration for the capital contribution made or deemed to have been made by PowerSchool of the net proceeds of any Convertible Preferred Stock issuance.

Section 3.15 Participation Threshold Units.

(a) Immediately preceding the IPO, Holdings will own a total number of Common Units equal to the total number of outstanding units of Holdings, including any Management Incentive Units. A number of such Common Units equal to the total number of outstanding Management Incentive Units shall be designated “Participation Threshold Units” and shall be intended to economically mirror the Management Incentive Units on a unit-by-unit basis. For this purpose, a Participation Threshold Unit shall be entitled to distributions (other than Tax Distributions) only to the extent the corresponding Management Incentive Unit is entitled to distributions, and if a Management Incentive Unit fails to vest in accordance with its terms or is otherwise forfeited or subject to repurchase, the corresponding Participation Threshold Units shall also be treated as unvested or will also be forfeited or repurchased, as the case may be, in each case on similar economic terms. Each Participation Threshold Unit shall have a “Mirror Participation Threshold” economically equivalent to the Participation Threshold of the corresponding Management Incentive Units such that Participation Threshold Units shall be entitled to participate in distributions (other than Tax Distributions) only after their Participation Threshold has been satisfied. Any modification to the terms of a Participation Threshold Unit (including to reflect changes to the terms of the corresponding Management Incentive Unit) shall require the consent of PowerSchool.

(b) Each Participation Threshold Unit’s Mirror Participation Threshold shall be adjusted as follows:

(i) In the event of any Distribution with respect to Common Units, to the extent the Participation Threshold Units did not participate, the Mirror Participation Threshold of each Participation Threshold Unit outstanding at the time of such Distribution shall be reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of such Distribution;

(ii) In the event of any change in the Company’s capital structure (including any redemption of outstanding Common Units or Capital Contributions in respect of Common Units), the Manager shall equitably adjust the Mirror Participation Thresholds of the outstanding Participation Threshold Units to the extent necessary (in the Manager’s good faith judgment) to prevent such capital structure change from changing the economic rights represented by the Participation Threshold Units in a manner that is disproportionately favorable or unfavorable in relation to the economic rights of other outstanding Common Units.

 

18


(c) Schedule 3.15 sets forth the Mirror Participation Thresholds of the Participation Threshold Units.

ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS

Section 4.1 Distributions.

(a) Tax and Preferred Distributions.

(i) Tax Distributions. To the extent funds of the Company are legally available for distribution by the Company and such distribution would not be prohibited under any credit facility to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (the “Tax Distribution Conditions”), with respect to each Fiscal Quarter, the Company shall distribute to each Unitholder, an amount of cash (each a “Tax Distribution”) equal to such Unitholder’s Assumed Tax Liability for such Fiscal Quarter. To the extent a holder of Common Units would receive for any Fiscal Quarter less than its Pro Rata Share of the aggregate Tax Distributions to be paid pursuant to the preceding sentence (determined for this purpose by taking into account only Common Units and Tax Distributions with respect to Common Units), the Tax Distributions to such Unitholder shall be increased to ensure that all Tax Distributions to holders of Common Units are made in accordance with their Pro Rata Share (determined for this purpose by taking into account only Common Units and Tax Distributions with respect to Common Units). The Manager shall be entitled to adjust subsequent Tax Distributions up or down to reflect any variation between its prior estimation of quarterly Tax Distributions and the Tax Distributions that would have been computed under this Section 4.1(a)(i) based on subsequent information. In the event that due to the Tax Distribution Conditions the funds available for any Tax Distribution to be made hereunder are insufficient to pay the full amount of the Tax Distribution that would otherwise be required under this Section 4.1(a)(i), the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to distribute to the Unitholders the amount of funds that are available after application of the Tax Distribution Conditions on a pro rata basis (according to the amounts that would have been distributed to each Unitholder pursuant to this Section 4.1(a)(i) if available funds (after application of the Tax Distribution Conditions) existed in a sufficient amount to make such Distribution in full, including application of the requirement that Tax Distributions with respect to Common Units be made pro rata). At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Company are available for Distribution after application of the Tax Distribution Conditions, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to immediately distribute such funds to the Unitholders on a pro rata basis (according to the amounts that would have been distributed to each Unitholder pursuant to this Section 4.1(a)(i) if available funds (after application of the Tax Distribution Conditions) would have existed in a sufficient amount to make such Tax Distribution in full). Tax Distributions shall be treated as advanced distributions under the other provisions of this Section 4.1. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause Subsidiaries of the Company to make

 

19


distributions to the Company sufficient to permit it to pay Tax Distributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will any Participation Threshold Unit be entitled to receive Tax Distributions hereunder to the extent a distribution with respect to such Participation Threshold Unit would create or increase a negative Capital Account balance of the holder of such Unit, determined for this purpose as if each Participation Threshold Unit was held by a single holder from the Effective Date until the date of the applicable distribution and which holder owns no other Units (and provided that in no event will any Participation Threshold Unit that is excluded from participating in a Tax Distribution as a result of this sentence be taken into account in determining the Pro Rata Share of Members entitled to receive Tax Distributions, to the extent it is so excluded).

(ii) Additional Tax Distributions. In the event of any audit by, or similar event with, a taxing authority that affects the calculation of any Unitholder’s Assumed Tax Liability for any Taxable Year (other than an audit conducted pursuant to the Partnership Tax Audit Rules for which no election is made pursuant to Code Section 6226 (or any similar provision of state or local law)), or in the event the Company files an amended tax return, each Unitholder’s Assumed Tax Liability with respect to such year shall be recalculated by giving effect to such event (for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account interest and penalties). Any shortfall in the amount of Tax Distributions the Unitholders and former Unitholders received for the relevant Taxable Years based on such recalculated Assumed Tax Liability shall be promptly distributed to such Unitholders and the successors of such former Unitholders, except, for the avoidance of doubt, to the extent Distributions were made to such Unitholders and former Unitholders pursuant to Section 4.1 in the relevant Taxable Years sufficient to cover such shortfall. For the avoidance of doubt, the additional distributions provided for in this Section 4.1(a)(ii) shall be made with respect Common Units pro rata among them (taking into account the last sentence of Section 4.1(a)(i)).

(iii) Convertible Preferred Unit Cash Dividend Distributions. In the event PowerSchool declares and pays a Convertible Preferred Stock Cash Dividend, on or before the related dividend payment date (as set forth in the applicable Certificate of Designations), the Manager may cause the Company to make a Distribution of cash in respect of the Convertible Preferred Units in an amount equal to the related Convertible Preferred Stock Cash Dividend Amount.

(iv) Convertible Preferred Stock Change of Control Repurchase. In the event PowerSchool is required to make a Convertible Preferred Stock Change of Control Repurchase, on or before the date of the related Change of Control Exchange (as defined in the Certificate of Designations), the Manager shall cause the Company to make a Distribution of cash in respect of the Convertible Preferred Units in an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Price (as defined in the Certificate of Designations) which is to be paid in cash and not in shares of Class A Common Stock.

(v) Convertible Preferred Unit Liquidation Payment. In the event PowerSchool makes a Convertible Preferred Stock Liquidation Payment, on or before the related date fixed for liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of PowerSchool, the Manager may cause the Company to make a Distribution in respect of the Convertible Preferred Units in an amount equal to the related Convertible Preferred Stock Liquidation Payment Amount.

 

20


(vi) Non-Convertible Preferred Unit Cash Distributions. In the event PowerSchool makes any Note Payment, the Manager may cause the Company to make a Distribution of cash in respect of the Non-Convertible Preferred Units in an amount equal to the related Note Payment.

(b) Other Distributions. Except as otherwise set forth in Section 4.1(a), the Manager may (but shall not be obligated to) make Distributions at such time, in such amounts and in such form (including in-kind property) as determined by the Manager in its sole discretion, in each case to the holders of Common Units immediately prior to such Distribution on a pro rata basis.

Section 4.2 Allocations. Profits or Losses (including, if necessary, items thereof) for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated among the Unitholders in such a manner as to reduce or eliminate, to the extent possible, any difference, as of the end of such Fiscal Year, between (a) the sum of (i) the Capital Account of each Unitholder, (ii) such Unitholder’s share of Minimum Gain (as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(g)) and (iii) such Unitholder’s partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2)) and (b) the respective net amounts, positive or negative, which would be distributed to them or for which they would be liable to the Company under this Agreement and the Delaware Act, determined as if the Company were to (i) liquidate the assets of the Company for an amount equal to their Book Value and (ii) distribute the proceeds of such liquidation pursuant to Section 10.2. To the extent allowable by applicable law, the end of the date of the IPO Transactions shall be treated as a “closing of the books” for purposes of allocations for the Fiscal Year that includes the IPO Transactions.

Section 4.3 Special Allocations.

(a) Minimum Gain Chargeback. Losses attributable to partner nonrecourse debt (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4)) shall be allocated in the manner required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If there is a net decrease during a Taxable Year in partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2)), Profits for such Taxable Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Taxable Years) shall be allocated to the Unitholders in the amounts and of such character as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4).

(b) Unitholder Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Chargeback. Nonrecourse deductions (as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(1)) for any Taxable Year shall be allocated to each holder of Common Units ratably among such Unitholders based upon their ownership of Common Units. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.3(a), if there is a net decrease in the Minimum Gain during any Taxable Year, each Unitholder shall be allocated Profits for such Taxable Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Taxable Years) in the amounts and of such character as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f). This Section 4.3(b) is intended to be a Minimum Gain chargeback provision that complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f), and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

 

21


(c) Qualified Income Offset. If any Unitholder that unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6) has an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as of the end of any Taxable Year, computed after the application of Section 4.3(a) and Section 4.3(b), but before the application of any other provision of this Article IV, then Profits for such Taxable Year shall be allocated to such Unitholder in proportion to, and to the extent of, such Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. This Section 4.3(c) is intended to be a qualified income offset provision as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

(d) Allocation of Certain Profits and Losses. Profits and Losses described in Section 3.5(b)(v) shall be allocated in a manner consistent with the manner that the adjustments to the Capital Accounts are required to be made pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(j), (k) and (m).

(e) Regulatory Allocations. The allocations set forth in Sections 4.3(a)-(d) (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2 of the Treasury Regulations. The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Unitholders intend to allocate Profit and Loss of the Company or make the Company distributions. Accordingly, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV, but subject to the Regulatory Allocations, income, gain, deduction, and loss shall be reallocated among the Unitholders so as to eliminate the effect of the Regulatory Allocations and thereby cause the respective Capital Accounts of the Unitholders to be in the amounts (or as close thereto as possible) they would have been if Profit and Loss (and such other items of income, gain, deduction and loss) had been allocated without reference to the Regulatory Allocations. In general, the Unitholders anticipate that this will be accomplished by specially allocating other Profit and Loss (and such other items of income, gain, deduction and loss) among the Unitholders so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such Unitholder is zero. In addition, if in any Fiscal Year or Fiscal Period there is a decrease in partnership Minimum Gain, or in partner nonrecourse debt Minimum Gain, and application of the Minimum Gain chargeback requirements set forth in Section 4.3(a) or Section 4.3(b) would cause a distortion in the economic arrangement among the Unitholders, the Unitholders may, if they do not expect that the Company will have sufficient other income to correct such distortion, request the Internal Revenue Service to waive either or both of such Minimum Gain chargeback requirements. If such request is granted, this Agreement shall be applied in such instance as if it did not contain such Minimum Gain chargeback requirement.

(f) The Unitholders acknowledge that allocations like those described in Proposed Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii)(c) (“Forfeiture Allocations”) may result from the allocations of Profits and Losses provided for in this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company is entitled to make Forfeiture Allocations and, once required by applicable final or temporary guidance, allocations of Profits and Losses will be made in accordance with Proposed Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(xii)(c) or any successor provision or guidance.

(g) Any item of deduction with respect to a Tax that is offset for a Unitholder under Section 4.6 shall be allocated to the Unitholder in which such payment is to be offset. Any items of deduction (including a deduction described in Code Sections 707(c) and 162(a)) with respect to

 

22


or arising from any Convertible Preferred Units shall be allocated to the holders of such Convertible Preferred Units unless such treatment is prohibited by law. For the avoidance of doubt, all tax deductions described in this Section 4.3(g) shall be taken into account in determining the amount of Tax Distribution made under the provisions of Section 4.1(a)(i). Any items of deduction (including a deduction described in Code Sections 707(c) and 162(a)) with respect to or arising from the Non-Convertible Preferred Units shall be allocated to the holders of such Non-Convertible Preferred Units unless such treatment is prohibited by law.

Section 4.4 Offsetting Allocations. If, and to the extent that, any Member is deemed to recognize any item of income, gain, deduction or loss as a result of any transaction between such Member and the Company pursuant to Sections 83, 482, or 7872 of the Code or any similar provision now or hereafter in effect, the Manager shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to allocate any corresponding Profit or Loss to the Member who recognizes such item in order to reflect the Members’ economic interest in the Company.

Section 4.5 Tax Allocations.

(a) Allocations Generally. Except as provided in Section 4.5(b) below, for federal, state and local income Tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss or deduction shall be allocated among the Unitholders in the same manner and in the same proportion that the corresponding book items have been allocated among the Unitholders’ respective Capital Accounts; provided that, if any such allocation is not permitted by the Code or other applicable law, then each subsequent item of income, gains, losses, deductions and credits will be allocated among the Unitholders so as to reflect as nearly as possible the allocation set forth herein in computing their Capital Accounts.

(b) Code Section 704(c) Allocations. Items of Company taxable income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company shall, solely for Tax purposes, be allocated among the Unitholders in accordance with Code Section 704(c) so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income Tax purposes and its initial Book Value. Such allocations shall be made using a reasonable method specified in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3. In addition, if the Book Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e) or (f), then subsequent allocations of items of taxable income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income Tax purposes and its Book Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager shall determine all allocations pursuant to this Section 4.5(b) using any method selected by the Manager that is permitted under Section 704(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder; provided that the “traditional method” pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(b) shall be used with respect to any assets contributed or deemed contributed to the Company in conjunction with the IPO Transactions or any other transactions related thereto.

(c) Section 754 Election. The Company will have in effect (and will cause each Subsidiary that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes to have in effect) an election under Section 754 of the Code for its Taxable Year that includes or begins on the date of this Agreement and each Fiscal Year in which a sale, exchange, or redemption (whether partial

 

23


or complete) occurs to adjust the basis of the Company property as permitted and provided in Sections 734 and 743 of the Code. Such election shall be effective solely for federal (and, if applicable, state and local) income Tax purposes and shall not result in any adjustment to the Book Value of any Company asset or to the Member’s Capital Accounts (except as provided in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704- 1(b)(2)(iv)(m)).

(d) Allocation of Tax Credits, Tax Credit Recapture, Etc. Allocations of Tax credits, Tax credit recapture, and any items related thereto shall be allocated to the Unitholders according to their interests in such items as determined by the Manager taking into account the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii) and (viii).

(e) Corrective Allocations. If necessary, the Company will make corrective allocations as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(x).

(f) Effect of Allocations. Allocations pursuant to this Section 4.5 are solely for purposes of federal, state and local Taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Unitholder’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses, Distributions (other than Tax Distributions) or other items pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

Section 4.6 Indemnification and Reimbursement for Payments on Behalf of a Unitholder. Except as otherwise provided in Article VI, if the Company is required by law to make any payment to a Governmental Entity that is specifically attributable to a Unitholder or a Unitholder’s status as such (including federal withholding Taxes, state personal property Taxes, and state unincorporated business Taxes), then such Unitholder shall indemnify and contribute to the Company in full for the entire amount paid (including interest, penalties and related expenses). The Manager may offset Distributions to which a Person is otherwise entitled under this Agreement against such Person’s obligation to indemnify the Company under this Section 4.6 or with respect to any other amounts owed by the Unitholder to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. A Unitholder’s obligation to indemnify and make contributions to the Company under this Section 4.6 shall survive such Unitholder ceasing to be a Unitholder of the LLC and/or the termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the Company, and for purposes of this Section 4.6, the Company shall be treated as continuing in existence. The Company may pursue and enforce all rights and remedies it may have against each Unitholder under this Section 4.6, including instituting a lawsuit to collect such indemnification and contribution, with interest calculated at a rate equal to the Base Rate plus three percentage points per annum (but not in excess of the highest rate per annum permitted by law), compounded on the last day of each Fiscal Quarter.

ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL OF BUSINESS

Section 5.1 Management.

(a) Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement or the Delaware Act, the business, property and affairs of the Company shall be managed, operated and controlled at the sole, absolute and exclusive direction of the Manager in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. No Members shall have management authority or voting or other rights over, or any

 

24


other ability to take part in the conduct or control of the business of, the Company. The Manager is hereby designated as a “manager” within the meaning of Section 18-101(10) of the Delaware Act. The Manager is, to the extent of its rights and powers set forth in this Agreement, an agent of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Manager taken in accordance with such rights and powers shall bind the Company (and no Member shall have such right). The Manager shall have all necessary powers to carry out the purposes, business and objectives of the Company. The Manager may delegate in its discretion the authority to sign agreements and other documents and take other actions on behalf of the Company to any Person (including any Member, officer or employee of the Company) to enter into and perform any document on behalf of the Company.

(b) Without limiting Section 5.1(a), the Manager shall have the sole power and authority to effect any of the following by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in one or a series of related transaction, in each case without the vote, consent or approval of any Unitholder: (i) any sale, lease, transfer, exchange or other disposition of any, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (including the exercise or grant of any conversion, option, privilege or subscription right or any other right available in connection with any assets at any time held by the Company); (ii) any merger, consolidation, reorganization or other combination of the Company with or into another entity, (iii) any acquisition; (iv) any issuance of debt or equity securities; (v) any incurrence of indebtedness; or (vi) any dissolution. Except for any vote, consent or approval of any Unitholder expressly required by this Agreement, if a vote, consent or approval of the Unitholders is required by the Delaware Act or other applicable law with respect to any action to be taken by the Company or matter considered by the Manager, each Unitholder will be deemed to have consented to or approved such action or voted on such matter in accordance with the consent or approval of the Manager on such action or matter.

(c) PowerSchool may withdraw as the Manager and appoint as its successor at any time upon written notice to the Company (a) any wholly-owned Subsidiary of PowerSchool, (b) any Person of which PowerSchool is a wholly-owned Subsidiary, (c) any Person into which PowerSchool is merged or consolidated or (d) any transferee of all or substantially all of the assets of PowerSchool, which withdrawal and replacement shall be effective upon the delivery of such notice. No appointment of a Person other than PowerSchool (or its successor, as the case may be) as Manager shall be effective unless PowerSchool (or its successor, as the case may be) and the new Manager provide all Members with contractual rights, directly enforceable by such Members against the new Manager, to cause the new Manager to comply with all of the Manager’s obligations under this Agreement.

Section 5.2 Investment Company Act. The Manager shall use reasonable best efforts to ensure that the Company shall not be subject to registration as an investment company pursuant to the Investment Company Act.

Section 5.3 Officers.

(a) Officers. Unless determined otherwise by the Manager, the officers of the Company shall be a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer and a Secretary and each other officer of PowerSchool shall also be an officer of the Company, with the same title. All officers shall be appointed by the Manager (or by the Chief Executive Officer to the

 

25


extent the Manager delegates such authority to the Chief Executive Officer) and shall hold office until their successors are appointed by the Manager (or by the Chief Executive Officer to the extent the Manager delegates such authority to the Chief Executive Officer). Two or more offices may be held by the same individual. The officers of the Company may be removed by the Manager (or by the Chief Executive Officer to the extent the Manager delegates such authority to the Chief Executive Officer) at any time for any reason or no reason.

(b) Other Officers and Agents. The Manager may appoint such other officers and agents as it may deem necessary or advisable, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Manager.

(c) Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall have the general powers and duties of supervision and management usually vested in the office of a chief executive officer of a company. He or she shall preside at all meetings of Members if present thereat.

(d) President. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer. In general, the President shall perform all duties incident to the office of President and such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Manager.

(e) Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall be the chief financial officer of the Company and shall keep and maintain or cause to be kept and maintained adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the Company. The books of account shall at all times be open to inspection by the Manager. The Chief Financial Officer shall deposit all monies and other valuables in the name of, and to the credit of, the Company with such depositaries as may be designated by the Manager.

(f) Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of Company funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate account of receipts and disbursements. He or she shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Company in such depositaries as may be designated by the Manager or the Chief Executive Officer. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company as may be ordered by the Manager or the Chief Executive Officer, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements. He or she shall render to the Manager and the Chief Executive Officer whenever either of them may request it, an account of all his or her transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. If required by the Manager, the Treasurer shall give the Company a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety as the Manager shall prescribe.

(g) Secretary. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of Members and all other notices required by applicable law or by this Agreement, and in case of his or her absence or refusal or neglect so to do, any such notice may be given by any person thereunto directed by the Chief Executive Officer, or by the Manager. He or she shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Company, and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Manager or by the Chief Executive Officer.

 

26


(h) Other Officers. Other officers, if any, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them, respectively, by the Manager or by the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 5.4 Fiduciary Duties.

(a) Members and Unitholders. To the fullest extent permitted by law and notwithstanding any duty otherwise existing at law or in equity, no Member or Unitholder, solely in its capacity as such, shall owe any fiduciary duty to the Company, the Manager, any Member, any Unitholder or any other Person bound by this Agreement, provided that the foregoing shall not eliminate the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing. Nothing in this Section 5.4(a) shall limit the liabilities, duties or obligations of any Member or Unitholder acting in his or her capacity as an officer or manager pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement.

(b) Manager and Officers. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary in this Agreement, except as set forth in Section 5.4(c), (i) the Manager shall, in its capacity as Manager, and not in any other capacity, have the same fiduciary duties to the Company and the Unitholders and Members as a member of the board of directors of a Delaware corporation; and (ii) each officer of the Company shall, in his or her capacity as such, and not in any other capacity, have the same fiduciary duties to the Company and the Unitholders and Members as an officer of a Delaware corporation. For the avoidance of doubt, the fiduciary duties described in clause (i) above shall not be limited by the fact that the Manager shall be permitted to take certain actions in its sole or reasonable discretion pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any agreement entered into in connection herewith.

(c) Manager Conflicts. The parties hereto acknowledge that the members of PowerSchool’s board of directors will owe fiduciary duties to PowerSchool and its stockholders. The Manager will use commercially reasonable and appropriate efforts and means, as determined in good faith by the Manager, to minimize any conflict of interest between the Members, on the one hand, and the stockholders of PowerSchool, on the other hand, and to effectuate any transaction that involves or affects any of the Company, the Manager, the Members and/or the stockholders of PowerSchool in a manner that does not (i) disadvantage the Members of their interests relative to the stockholders of PowerSchool or (ii) advantage the stockholders of PowerSchool relative to the Members or (iii) treat the Members and the stockholders of PowerSchool differently; provided that in the event of a conflict between the interests of the stockholders of PowerSchool and the interests of the Members, such Members agree that the Manager shall discharge its fiduciary duties to such Members by acting in the best interests of PowerSchool’s stockholders.

(d) Waiver. Any duties and liabilities set forth in this Agreement shall replace those existing at law or in equity and each of the Company, each Member and Unitholder and any other Person bound by this Agreement hereby, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, including Section 18-1101(e) of the Delaware Act, waives the right to make any claim, bring any action or seek any recovery based on any duties or liabilities existing at law or in equity other than any such duties and liabilities set forth in this Agreement.

 

27


(e) Survival. The provisions of this Section 5.4 shall survive any amendment, repeal or termination of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6.1 Exculpation.

(a) Actions in Capacity as a Member or Unitholder. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Member, Unitholder (other than the Manager, acting in its capacity as such) or its respective Indemnitees shall be liable to the Company, any Member, any Unitholder or any other Person bound by this Agreement as a result of or arising out any action of or omission by such Member or Unitholder solely in its capacity as a Member or Unitholder, except to the extent such Obligations arise out of such Member’s (1) material breach of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or (2) bad faith violation of the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing, in each case as determined by a final judgment, order or decree of an arbitrator or a court of competent jurisdiction (which is not appealable or with respect to which the time for appeal therefrom has expired and no appeal has been perfected).

(b) Other Actions. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise expressly provided herein, including Section 6.5, no Indemnitee shall be liable to the Company, any Member, any Unitholder or any other Person bound by this Agreement as a result of or arising out of the activities of the Indemnitee on behalf of the Company to the extent within the scope of the authority reasonably believed by such Indemnitee to be conferred on such Indemnitee, except to the extent such Indemnitee would not be entitled to exculpation or indemnification pursuant to the articles of incorporation and bylaws of PowerSchool (as the same may be amended from time to time).

Section 6.2 Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each of (a) the Manager and its managing member PowerSchool, (b) the Unitholders and Members and their respective Affiliates, (c) the stockholders, members, managers, directors, officers, partners, employees and agents of the Unitholders, Members and their respective Affiliates, and (d) the officers and directors of PowerSchool, the Manager, the Company and each of their Subsidiaries (each, an “Indemnitee”) shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (collectively, “Obligations”), which at any time may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against, the Indemnitee as a result of or arising out of this Agreement, PowerSchool, the Company, their respective assets, businesses or affairs, or the activities of the Indemnitee on behalf of PowerSchool, the Company or any of their Subsidiaries to the extent within the scope of the authority reasonably believed to be conferred on such Indemnitee; provided, however, that, to the extent such Indemnitee is not entitled to exculpation with respect to such Obligations pursuant to 6.5, the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification for any such Obligations to the extent such Indemnitee would not be entitled to exculpation or indemnification pursuant to the articles of incorporation and bylaws of PowerSchool (as the same may be amended from time to time); provided further, that, to the extent

 

28


such Indemnitee is entitled to exculpation with respect to such Obligations pursuant to 6.5, the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification for any such Obligations to the extent they arise out of such Indemnitee’s (1) material breach of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or (2) bad faith violation of the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nobo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification hereunder. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.1(b) shall be made only out of the assets of the Company and no Member shall have any personal liability on account thereof.

Section 6.3 Expenses. Expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding described in Section 6.1(b) shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding, upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as provided in Section 6.1(b); provided that such undertaking shall be unsecured and interest free and shall be accepted without regard to an Indemnitee’s ability to repay amounts advanced and without regard to an Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification.

Section 6.4 Non-Exclusivity; Savings Clause. The indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in Section 6.1(b) and Section 6.3 shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any other agreement, policy of insurance or otherwise. The indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in Section 6.1(b) and Section 6.3 shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a named Indemnitee and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns of such a Person. If Article VI, Section 6.2 or Section 6.3 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless exculpate, indemnify and advance expenses each Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of such sections not so invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The exculpation, indemnification and advancement of expenses provisions set forth in Article VI, Section 6.2 and Section 6.3 shall be deemed to be a contract between the Company and each of the persons constituting Indemnitees at any time while such provisions remain in effect, whether or not such Person continues to serve in such capacity and whether or not such Person is a party hereto. In addition, neither Article VI, Section 6.2 nor Section 6.3 may be retroactively amended to adversely affect the rights of any Indemnitee arising in connection with any acts, omissions, facts or circumstances occurring prior to such amendment.

Section 6.5 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of the Indemnitees against any liability asserted against them and incurred by them in such capacity, or arising out of their status as Indemnitees, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify them against such liability under this Section 6.5.

 

29


ARTICLE VII

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS; TAX MATTERS

Section 7.1 Accounting and Records. The books and records of the Company shall be made and maintained, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, at the expense of the Company, in accordance with such method of accounting as is determined by the Manager. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be made and maintained in a manner that is appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business.

Section 7.2 Preparation of Tax Returns. The Company shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all Tax returns required to be filed by the Company, including making the elections described in Section 4.5(c) and Section 7.3. Each Unitholder shall furnish to the Company all pertinent information in its possession relating to the Company’s operations that is necessary to enable the Company’s income Tax returns to be prepared and filed.

Section 7.3 Tax Elections. The Taxable Year shall be the Fiscal Year unless the Manager shall determine otherwise. Except as provided in Section 4.5(c), the Manager shall determine whether to make or revoke any available election pursuant to the Code. Each Unitholder will upon request supply any information necessary to give proper effect to such election.

Section 7.4 Tax Controversies.

(a) The Manager shall be the “partnership representative” (or “PR”) of the Company for purposes of the Partnership Tax Audit Rules, and, as such, (i) shall be authorized to designate any other Person selected by the Manager as the partnership representative and (ii) shall be authorized and required to represent the Company (at the Company’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Company’s affairs by Tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend the Company’s funds for professional services and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Each Unitholder agrees to reasonably cooperate with the Company and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably requested by the Company with respect to the conduct of such proceedings.

(b) In the event of an audit by the Internal Revenue Service, unless otherwise approved by all of the Members, the PR shall make on a timely basis, to the extent permissible under applicable law, the election provided by Section 6226(a) of the Partnership Tax Audit Rules to treat a “partnership adjustment” as an adjustment to be taken into account by each Member in accordance with Section 6226(b) of the Partnership Tax Audit Rules. If the election under Section 6226(a) of the of the Partnership Tax Audit Rules is made, the PR shall furnish to each Member for the year under audit a statement reflecting the Member’s share of the adjusted items as determined in the notice of final partnership adjustment, and each such Member shall take such adjustment into account as required under Section 6226(b) of the Partnership Tax Audit Rules and shall be liable for any related tax, interest, penalty, addition to tax, or additional amounts.

(c) In the event of an audit by the Internal Revenue Service, if the PR does not make the election provided by Section 6226(a) of the Partnership Tax Audit Rules as noted above, the PR shall allocate the burden of any taxes (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any “imputed underpayment” within the meaning of Section 6225 of the Partnership Tax Audit Rules), penalties,

 

30


interest and related expenses imposed on the Company pursuant to the Partnership Tax Audit Rules among the Members to whom such amounts are attributable (whether as a result of their status, actions, inactions or otherwise), as reasonably determined by the PR and each Member shall promptly reimburse the Company in full for the entire amount the PR determines to be attributable to such Member; provided that the Company will also be allowed to recover any amount due from such Member pursuant to this sentence from any distribution otherwise payable to such Member pursuant to this Agreement. Solely for purposes of determining the Member(s) to which any taxes or other amounts are attributable under this provision, references to any Member in this Section 7.4(c) shall include a reference to each Person that previously held the Units currently held by such Member (but only to the extent of such Person’s interest in such Units).

(d) The PR is authorized to, and shall follow principles (to the extent available) similar to those set forth in Section 7.4(b) and Section 7.4(c) with respect to any audits by state, local, or foreign tax authorities and any tax liabilities that result therefrom.

Section 7.5 Code § 83 Safe Harbor Election.

(a) By executing this Agreement, each Unitholder authorizes and directs the Company to elect to have the “Safe Harbor” described in the proposed Revenue Procedure set forth in the Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-43 (the “IRS Notice”) or in any successor, guidance or provision apply to any interest in the Company transferred to a service provider by the Company on or after the effective date of such Revenue Procedure in connection with services provided to the Company. For purposes of making such Safe Harbor election, the PR is hereby designated as the “partner who has responsibility for federal income Tax reporting” by the Company and, accordingly, that execution of such Safe Harbor election by the PR constitutes execution of a “Safe Harbor Election” in accordance with Section 3.03(1) of the IRS Notice. Each Unitholder hereby agrees to comply with all requirements of the Safe Harbor described in the IRS Notice, including, the requirement that each Unitholder shall prepare and file all federal income Tax returns reporting the income Tax effects of each Unit issued by the Company that qualifies for the Safe Harbor in a manner consistent with the requirements of the IRS Notice.

(b) Any Unitholder or former Unitholder that fails to comply with requirements set forth in Section 7.5(a) shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each adversely affected Unitholder and former Unitholder from and against any and all losses, liabilities, Taxes, damages, judgments, fines, costs, penalties, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith (including, costs and expenses of suits and proceedings, and reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), in each case resulting from such Unitholder’s or former Unitholder’s failure to comply with such requirements. The Manager may offset Distributions to which a Person is otherwise entitled under this Agreement against such Person’s obligation to indemnify the Company and any other Person under this Section 7.5(b) (and any amount so offset with respect to such Person’s obligation to indemnify a Person other than the Company shall be paid over to such other Person by the Company). A Unitholder’s obligations to comply with the requirements of Section 7.5(a) and to indemnify the Company and any Unitholder or former Unitholder under this Section 7.5(b) shall survive such Unitholder’s ceasing to be a Unitholder of the Company and/or the termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the Company, and, for purposes of this Section 7.5, the Company shall be treated as continuing in existence. The Company and any Unitholder or former Unitholder may pursue and enforce all

 

31


rights and remedies it may have against each Unitholder or former Unitholder under this Section 7.5(b), including (i) instituting a lawsuit to collect such indemnification and contribution, with interest calculated at a rate equal to the Base Rate plus three percentage points per annum (but not in excess of the highest rate per annum permitted by law), compounded on the last day of each Fiscal Quarter and (ii) specific performance and/or immediate injunctive or other equitable relief from any court of competent jurisdiction (without the necessity of showing actual money damages, or posting any bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of Section 7.5(a).

(c) Each Unitholder authorizes the Manager to amend paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 7.5 to the extent necessary to achieve substantially the same Tax treatment with respect to any interest in the Company Transferred to a service provider by the Company in connection with services provided to the Company as set forth in Section 4 of the IRS Notice (e.g., to reflect changes from the rules set forth in the IRS Notice in subsequent Internal Revenue Service guidance); provided that such amendment is not materially adverse to any Unitholder (as compared with the after-Tax consequences that would result if the provisions of the IRS Notice applied to all interests in the Company Transferred to a service provider by the Company in connection with services provided to the Company).

ARTICLE VIII

TRANSFER OF UNITS; ADMISSION OF NEW MEMBERS

Section 8.1 Transfer of Units. Other than as provided for below in this Section 8.1, no Member may sell, assign, transfer, grant a participation in, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of (such transaction being herein collectively called a “Transfer”) all or any portion of its Units except with the approval of the Manager, which may be granted or withheld in its sole discretion. Without the approval of the Manager (but otherwise in compliance with Section 8.1), a Member may, at any time, (a) Transfer any portion of such Member’s Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, and (b) Transfer any portion of such Member’s Units to a Permitted Transferee of such Member. Any Transfer of Units to a Permitted Transferee of such Member by a Member which also holds Class B Common Stock must be accompanied by the transfer of a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock (determined based upon the Exchange Rate then in effect) to such Permitted Transferee. Any purported Transfer of all or a portion of a Member’s Units not complying with this Section 8.1 shall be void ab initio and shall not create any obligation on the part of the Company or the other Members to recognize that purported Transfer or to recognize the Person to which the Transfer purportedly was made as a Member. A Person acquiring a Member’s Units pursuant to this Section 8.1 shall not be admitted as a substituted or Additional Member except in accordance with the requirements of Section 8.2, but such Person shall, to the extent of the Units transferred to it, be entitled to such Member’s (i) share of Distributions, (ii) share of Profits and Losses and (iii) Capital Account in accordance with Section 3.5. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 8.1 or elsewhere in this Agreement to the contrary, if a Member Transfers all or any portion of its Units after the designation of a record date and declaration of a Distribution pursuant to Section 4.1 and before the payment date of such distribution, the transferring Member (and not the Person acquiring all or any portion of its Units) shall be entitled to receive such Distribution in respect of such transferred Units.

 

32


Section 8.2 Recognition of Transfer; Substituted and Additional Members.

(a) No direct or indirect Transfer of all or any portion of a Member’s Units may be made, and no purchaser, assignee, transferee or other recipient of all or any part of such Units shall be admitted to the Company as a substituted or Additional Member hereunder, unless:

(i) the provisions of Section 8.1 shall have been complied with;

(ii) in the case of a proposed substituted or Additional Member that is (A) a competitor or potential competitor of PowerSchool or the Company or their respective Subsidiaries, (B) a Person with whom PowerSchool or the Company or their respective Subsidiaries has had or is expected to have a material commercial or financial relationship or (C) likely to subject PowerSchool or the Company or their respective Subsidiaries to any material legal or regulatory requirement or obligation, or materially increase the burden thereof, in each case as determined by the Manager in its sole discretion, the admission of the purchaser, assignee, transferee or other recipient as a substituted or Additional Member shall have been approved by the Manager;

(iii) the Manager shall have been furnished with the documents effecting such Transfer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Manager, executed and acknowledged by both the seller, assignor or transferor and the purchaser, assignee, transferee or other recipient, and the Manager shall have executed (and the Manager hereby agrees to execute) any other documents on behalf of itself and the Members required to effect the Transfer;

(iv) the provisions of Section 8.2(b) shall have been complied with;

(v) the Manager shall be reasonably satisfied that such Transfer will not (A) result in a violation of the Securities Act or any other applicable law; or (B) cause an assignment under the Investment Company Act;

(vi) such Transfer would not create a material risk that the Company will be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code or any other association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such Transfer shall not be effected on or through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof,” as such terms are used in Treas. Reg. § 1.7704-1;

(vii) the Manager shall have received the opinion of counsel, if any, required by Section 8.2(c) in connection with such Transfer; and

(viii) all necessary instruments reflecting such Transfer and/or admission shall have been filed in each jurisdiction in which such filing is necessary in order to qualify the Company to conduct business or to preserve the limited liability of the Members.

(b) Each Substituted Member and Additional Member shall be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement. Each Substituted Member and Additional Member, as a condition to its admission as a Member, shall execute and acknowledge such instruments (including a counterpart of this Agreement and the Exchange Agreement or a joinder agreement in customary form), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Manager, as the Manager reasonably

 

33


deems necessary or desirable to effectuate such admission and to confirm the agreement of such substituted or Additional Member to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement with respect to the Units acquired by such substituted or Additional Member. The admission of a substituted or Additional Member shall not require the consent of any Member (but shall require the consent of the Manager, if and to the extent such consent of the Manager is expressly required by this Article VIII). As promptly as practicable after the admission of a substituted or Additional Member, the Unit Ownership Ledger and other books and records of the Company and Exhibit A shall be changed to reflect such admission.

(c) As a further condition to any Transfer of all or any part of a Member’s Units, the Manager may, in its discretion, require a written opinion of counsel to the transferring Member reasonably satisfactory to the Manager, obtained at the sole expense of the transferring Member, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Manager, as to such matters as are customary and appropriate in transactions of this type, including, without limitation (or, in the case of any Transfer made to a Permitted Transferee, limited to an opinion) to the effect that such Transfer will not result in a violation of the registration or other requirements of the Securities Act or any other federal or state securities laws. No such opinion, however, shall be required in connection with a Transfer made pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.

(d) The transferor, unless otherwise reasonably determined by the Manager, shall deliver to the Company an affidavit of non-foreign status with respect to such transferor that satisfies the requirements of Section 1446(f)(2) of the Code or other documentation establishing a valid exemption from withholding pursuant to Section 1446(f) of the Code or shall ensure that, contemporaneously with the Transfer, the transferee of such interest properly withholds and remits to the IRS the amount of tax required to be withheld upon the Transfer by Section 1446(f) of the Code (and promptly provide evidence to the Company of such withholding and remittance). The transferor and transferee of such interest shall agree to jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless PowerSchool, the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company against any loss (including taxes, interest, penalties, and any related expenses) arising out of any failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 8.2(d).

Section 8.3 Expense of Transfer; Indemnification. All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Manager and the Company in connection with any Transfer of a Member’s Units, including any filing and recording costs and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, shall be paid by the transferring Member. In addition, the transferring Member hereby indemnifies the Manager and the Company against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Manager, the Company, or any of their Affiliates may become subject arising out of or based upon any false representation or warranty made by, or breach or failure to comply with any covenant or agreement of, such transferring Member or such transferee in connection with such Transfer.

Section 8.4 Exchange Agreement. In connection with any Transfer of any portion of a Member’s Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, the Manager shall cause the Company to take any action as may be required under the Exchange Agreement or requested by any party thereto to effect such Transfer promptly.

 

34


Section 8.5 Change of Control Transactions. In the event (i) PowerSchool enters into an agreement to consummate a Change of Control (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) transaction or (ii) any Person commences a tender offer or exchange offer for any of the outstanding shares of PowerSchool’s stock, PowerSchool will take all reasonable actions in order to effect any Change of Control Exchange (as defined in the Exchange Agreement).

ARTICLE IX

WITHDRAWAL AND RESIGNATION OF UNITHOLDERS

Section 9.1 Withdrawal and Resignation of Unitholders. No Unitholder shall have the power or right to withdraw or otherwise resign from the Company prior to the dissolution and winding up of the Company pursuant to Article X, without the prior written consent of the Manager (which consent may be withheld by the Manager in its sole discretion), except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement. Upon a Transfer of all of a Unitholder’s Units in a Transfer permitted by this Agreement, and (if applicable) the Equity Agreements, such Unitholder shall cease to be a Unitholder. Notwithstanding that payment on account of a withdrawal may be made after the effective time of such withdrawal, any completely withdrawing Unitholder will not be considered a Unitholder for any purpose after the effective time of such complete withdrawal, and, in the case of a partial withdrawal, such Unitholder’s Capital Account (and corresponding voting and other rights) shall be reduced for all other purposes hereunder upon the effective time of such partial withdrawal.

ARTICLE X

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 10.1 Dissolution. The Company shall not be dissolved by the admission of Additional Members or Substituted Members. The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first of the following to occur:

(a) at the election of the Manager; and

(b) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 33.5 of the Delaware Act or an administrative dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Delaware Act.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Article X the Company is intended to have perpetual existence. An Event of Withdrawal shall not cause a dissolution of the Company and the Company shall continue in existence subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

Section 10.2 Liquidation and Termination. On the dissolution of the Company, the Manager shall act as liquidator or may appoint one or more representatives, Members or other Persons as liquidator(s). The liquidators shall proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Company and make final distributions as provided herein and in the Delaware Act. The costs of liquidation shall be borne as the Company’s expense. Until final distribution, the liquidators shall continue to operate the Company properties with all of the power and authority of the Manager. The steps to be accomplished by the liquidators are as follows:

(a) The liquidators shall pay, satisfy or discharge from the Company’s funds all of the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company (including all expenses incurred in liquidation) or otherwise make adequate provision for payment and discharge thereof (including the establishment of a cash fund for contingent liabilities in such amount and for such term as the liquidators may reasonably determine).

 

35


(b) As promptly as practicable after dissolution, the liquidators shall (i) determine the Fair Market Value (the “Liquidation FMV”) of the Company’s remaining assets (the “Liquidation Assets”) in accordance with Article X hereof, (ii) determine the amounts to be distributed to each Unitholder in accordance with Section 4.1, and (iii) deliver to each Unitholder a statement (the “Liquidation Statement”) setting forth the Liquidation FMV and the amounts and recipients of such Distributions, which Liquidation Statement shall be final and binding on all Unitholders.

(c) As soon as the Liquidation FMV and the proper amounts of Distributions have been determined in accordance with Section 10.2(b) above, the liquidators shall promptly distribute the Company’s Liquidation Assets to the holders of Units in accordance with Section 4.1(b) above. In making such distributions, the liquidators shall allocate each type of Liquidation Assets (i.e., cash or cash equivalents, preferred or common equity securities, etc.) among the Unitholders ratably based upon the aggregate amounts to be distributed with respect to the Units held by each such holder; provided that the liquidators may allocate each type of Liquidation Assets so as to give effect to and take into account the relative priorities of the different Units; provided further that, in the event that any securities are part of the Liquidation Assets, each Unitholder that is not an “accredited investor” as such term is defined under the Securities Act may, in the sole discretion of the Manager, receive, and hereby agrees to accept, in lieu of such securities, cash consideration with an equivalent value to such securities as determined by the Manager. Any non-cash Liquidation Assets will first be written up or down to their Fair Market Value, thus creating Profit or Loss (if any), which shall be allocated in accordance with Section 4.2 and Section 4.3. If any Unitholder’s Capital Account is not equal to the amount to be distributed to such Unitholder pursuant to Section 10.2(b), Profits and Losses for the Fiscal Year in which the Company is dissolved shall be allocated among the Unitholders in such a manner as to cause, to the extent possible, each Unitholder’s Capital Account to be equal to the amount to be distributed to such Unitholder pursuant to Section 10.2(b). The distribution of cash and/or property to a Unitholder in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.2(b) constitutes a complete return to the Unitholder of its Capital Contributions and a complete distribution to the Unitholder of its interest in the Company and all the Company property and constitutes a compromise to which all Unitholders have consented within the meaning of the Delaware Act. To the extent that a Unitholder returns funds to the Company, it has no claim against any other Unitholder for those funds.

Section 10.3 Securityholders Agreement. To the extent that units or other equity securities of any Subsidiary are distributed to any Unitholders and unless otherwise agreed to by the Manager, such Unitholders hereby agree to enter into a securityholders agreement with such Subsidiary and each other Unitholder which contains rights and restrictions in form and substance similar to the provisions and restrictions set forth herein (including in Article VIII).

Section 10.4 Cancellation of Certificate. On completion of the distribution of the Company’s assets as provided herein, the Company shall be terminated (and the Company shall not be terminated prior to such time), and the Manager (or such other Person or Persons as the Delaware Act may require or permit) shall file a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of

 

36


State of Delaware, cancel any other filings made pursuant to this Agreement that are or should be canceled and take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Company. The Company shall be deemed to continue in existence for all purposes of this Agreement until it is terminated pursuant to this Section 10.4.

Section 10.5 Reasonable Time for Winding Up. A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding up of the business and affairs of the Company and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Section 10.2 in order to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding up.

Section 10.6 Return of Capital. The liquidators shall not be personally liable for the return of Capital Contributions or any portion thereof to the Unitholders (it being understood that any such return shall be made solely from the Company assets).

Section 10.7 Hart-Scott-Rodino. In the event the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (the “HSR Act”) is applicable to any Unitholder, the dissolution of the Company shall not be consummated until such time as the applicable waiting period (and extensions thereof) under the HSR Act have expired or otherwise been terminated with respect to each such Unitholder.

ARTICLE XI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 11.1 Power of Attorney. Each Unitholder hereby constitutes and appoints the Manager and the liquidators, if any and as applicable, and their respective designees, with full power of substitution, as his, her or its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his, her or its name, place and stead, to execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices (to the same extent such Person could take such action): (a) this Agreement, all certificates and other instruments and all amendments hereof or thereof in accordance with the terms hereof which the Manager deems appropriate or necessary to form, qualify, or continue the qualification of, the Company as a limited liability company in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business or own property or as otherwise permitted herein; (b) all instruments, agreements, amendments or other documents which the Manager deems appropriate or necessary to reflect any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement in accordance with its terms; (c) all conveyances and other instruments or documents which the Manager and/or the liquidators deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including a certificate of cancellation; and (d) all instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal or substitution of any Unitholder pursuant to Article VIII or Article IX. The foregoing power of attorney is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and shall survive the death, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy, insolvency or termination of any Unitholder and the Transfer of all or any portion of his, her or its Units and shall extend to such Unitholder’s heirs, successors, permitted assigns and personal representatives.

Section 11.2 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended (including, for purposes of this Section 11.2, any amendment effected directly or indirectly by way of a merger or consolidation of the Company) or waived, in whole or in part, by the Manager; provided, however,

 

37


that to the extent any amendment or waiver, including any amendment or waiver of the Exhibits attached hereto, would disproportionately and adversely affect the rights of any Member of a class compared with the rights of any other Member of such class, such amendment or waiver may only be made by the Manager upon the prior written consent of such disproportionately and adversely affected Member.

Section 11.3 Title to the Company Assets. The Company’s assets shall be deemed to be owned by the Company as an entity, and no Unitholder, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such assets or any portion thereof. Legal title to any or all of such assets may be held in the name of the Company or one or more nominees, as the Manager may determine. The Manager hereby declares and warrants that any Company assets for which legal title is held in the name of any nominee shall be held in trust by such nominee for the use and benefit of the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. All the Company assets shall be recorded as the property of the Company on its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such assets is held.

Section 11.4 Remedies. Each Unitholder and the Company shall have all rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement and all rights and remedies which such Person has been granted at any time under any other agreement or contract and all of the rights which such Person has under any law. Any Person having any rights under any provision of this Agreement or any other agreements contemplated hereby shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law.

Section 11.5 Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Section 11.6 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or the effectiveness or validity of any provision in any other jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein or if such term or provision could be drawn more narrowly so as not to be illegal, invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, it shall be so narrowly drawn, as to such jurisdiction, without invalidating the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the legality, validity or enforceability of such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 11.7 Counterparts; Binding Agreement. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but each of which will be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement binding on all the parties hereto. This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and effective as to each Person who (a) executes this Agreement in the appropriate space provided in the signature pages hereto notwithstanding the fact that other Persons who have not executed this Agreement may be listed on the signature pages hereto and (b) may from time to time become a party to this Agreement by executing a counterpart of or joinder to this Agreement.

 

38


Section 11.8 Descriptive Headings; Interpretation. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a substantive part of this Agreement. Whenever required by the context, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by limitation. Reference to any agreement, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, and if applicable hereof. Whenever required by the context, references to a Fiscal Year shall refer to a portion thereof. The use of the words “or,” “either” and “any” shall not be exclusive. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Wherever a conflict exists between this Agreement and any other agreement, this Agreement shall control but solely to the extent of such conflict.

Section 11.9 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

Section 11.10 Addresses and Notices. All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given or made when (a) delivered personally to the recipient, (b) telecopied to the recipient, or delivered by means of electronic mail (with hard copy sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) that same day) if telecopied/emailed before 5:00 p.m. San Diego, California time on a Business Day, and otherwise on the next Business Day, or (c) one (1) Business Day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid). Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the address for such recipient set forth in the Company’s books and records, or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

Section 11.11 Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditors of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and no creditor who makes a loan to the Company or any of its Affiliates may have or acquire (except pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement executed by the Company in favor of such creditor) at any time as a result of making the loan any direct or indirect interest in the Company’s Profits, Losses, Distributions, capital or property other than as a secured creditor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the Indemnitees are intended third party beneficiaries of Section 6.1(b) and shall be entitled to enforce such provision (as it may be in effect from time to time).

 

39


Section 11.12 No Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 11.13 Further Action. The parties agree to execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

Section 11.14 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter herein and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

Section 11.15 Delivery by Electronic Means. This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or electronic transmission in portable document format (pdf) or comparable electronic transmission, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or pdf electronic transmission or comparable electronic transmission to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

Section 11.16 Certain Acknowledgments. This Agreement shall be considered for all purposes as having been prepared through the joint efforts of the parties. No presumption shall apply in favor of any party in the interpretation of this Agreement or in the resolution of any ambiguity of any provision hereof based on the preparation, substitution, submission or other event of negotiation, drafting or execution hereof. Each Member and Unitholder acknowledges that it/he/she is entitled to and has been afforded the opportunity to consult legal counsel of its choice regarding the terms, conditions and legal effects of this Agreement, as well as the advisability and propriety thereof. Each Member and Unitholder further acknowledges that having so consulted with legal counsel of its choosing, such Member or Unitholder hereby waives any right to raise or rely upon the lack of representation or effective representation in any future proceedings or in connection with any future claim resulting from this Agreement or the formation of the Company. THE COMPANY, THE MEMBERS AND THE UNITHOLDERS ACKNOWLEDGE THAT KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP HAS ONLY REPRESENTED THE COMPANY WITH RESPECT TO THE NEGOTIATION AND PREPARATION OF THIS AGREEMENT, AND HAS NOT REPRESENTED THE MEMBERS OR THE UNITHOLDERS WITH RESPECT TO SUCH MATTERS.

 

40


Section 11.17 Consent to Jurisdiction; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY.

(a) Consent to Jurisdiction. Each Unitholder irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the State of Delaware and the state courts of the State of Delaware for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby. Each Unitholder further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by United States certified or registered mail (in each such case, prepaid return receipt requested) to such Unitholder’s respective address set forth in the Company’s books and records or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party shall be effective service of process in any action, suit or proceeding in Delaware with respect to any matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction as set forth above in the immediately preceding sentence. Each Unitholder irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the United States District Court for the State of Delaware or the state courts of the State of Delaware and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

(b) WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY. BECAUSE DISPUTES ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH COMPLEX TRANSACTIONS ARE MOST QUICKLY AND ECONOMICALLY RESOLVED BY AN EXPERIENCED AND EXPERT PERSON AND THE PARTIES WISH APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL LAWS TO APPLY (RATHER THAN ARBITRATION RULES), THE PARTIES DESIRE THAT THEIR DISPUTES BE RESOLVED BY A JUDGE APPLYING SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS. THEREFORE, TO ACHIEVE THE BEST COMBINATION OF THE BENEFITS OF THE JUDICIAL SYSTEM AND OF ARBITRATION, EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT (INCLUDING THE COMPANY) HEREBY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR AMONG ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO, WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND/OR THE RELATIONSHIPS ESTABLISHED AMONG THE PARTIES HEREUNDER.

Section 11.18 Representations and Warranties. By execution of this Agreement, each Member severally represents and warrants as follows:

(a) Such Member has full legal right, power, and authority to deliver this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and to perform such Member’s obligations hereunder and thereunder;

(b) This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents constitute the legal, valid, and binding obligation of such Member enforceable in accordance with its respective terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy and other laws of general application relating to creditors’ rights or general principles of equity;

 

41


(c) Neither this Agreement nor the other Transaction Documents violate, conflict with, result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default or an event of default under any other agreement of which such Member is a party; and

(d) Such Member’s investment in Units in the Company is made for such Member’s own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to the resale or distribution of such Units.

Section 11.19 Tax Receivable Agreement. The Tax Receivable Agreement and the Exchange Agreement shall each be treated as part of this Agreement as described in Section 761(c) of the Code, and Treas. Reg. § 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and § 1.761-1(c) with respect to payments to a Member with respect to an Exchange (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) by such Member.

* * * * *

 

42


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

                     

Name:
Title:
POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC., as a Member and the Sole Manager
By:  

                     

Name:
Title:
SEVERIN TOPCO, LLC, as a Member
By:  

                     

Name:
Title:

Signature Page to Severin Holdings, LLC Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement


AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

Joinder

The undersigned hereby agrees to become a party to the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Severin Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, dated as of [•], 2021 (the “Agreement”), and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Agreement as a Member.

 

MEMBER:
[•]
By:  

                          

Its:
Address for Notices:
[●]
[●]
[●]
[●]

Exhibit 10.5

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [•], 2021 between PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [                ] (“Indemnitee”).

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors or officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the corporation or business enterprise itself. The Bylaws of the Company (as amended or restated, the “Bylaws”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”). The Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers of the Company and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; [and]

WHEREAS, Indemnitee may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity; Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified[; and]

 


[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [Vista Equity Partners (“Vista”) // Onex Partners Manager LP (“Onex”)] or affiliates of [Vista // Onex] which Indemnitee and [Vista // Onex] intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgment of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board.]1

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as a director or officer from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee. Subject to the provisions of Section 9, the Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, if Indemnitee was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to, or otherwise becomes involved in, any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined). In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Proceedings other than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant, or otherwise becomes involved in, in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee, or on Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

 

1 

NTD: Bracketed language to be included in form for Vista and Onex directors.

 

2


(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to or participant in and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 1(c) and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

2. Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company). The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement, other than those set forth in Section 9 hereof, shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

3. Contribution.

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not, without the Indemnitee’s prior written consent, enter into any such settlement of any action, suit or proceeding (in whole or in part) unless such settlement (i) provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee and (ii) does not impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to

 

3


the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding, and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness, is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, or is otherwise asked to participate, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

5. Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (other than Section 7(e) and Section 9), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or part of any Proceeding) not initiated by Indemnitee or any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee with the prior approval of the Board as provided in Section 9(d), within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such

 

4


Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. Any advances pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free. In accordance with Sections 7(d) and 7(e) of this Agreement, advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. This Section 5 shall not apply to claim by Indemnitee for expenses in a matter for which indemnity and advancement of expenses is excluded pursuant to Section 9.

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), even though less than a quorum; (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum; (3) if there are no Disinterested Directors, or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred, the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made by Independent Counsel. For purposes hereof, Disinterested Directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c). If a Change in Control has not occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to the Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the

 

5


ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 12 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the Person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If a Change in Control has occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee (unless the Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and approved by the Board within 20 days after notification by Indemnitee. If (i) an Independent Counsel is to make the determination of entitlement pursuant to this Section 6, and (ii) within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected (including as a result of an objection to the selected Independent Counsel), either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a Person selected by the court or by such other Person as the court shall designate, and the Person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the Person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to         Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the Person making such determination shall to the fullest extent permitted by law presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof to overcome such presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

6


(f) If the Person empowered or selected under this Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall to the fullest extent permitted by law be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the Person making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Person making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such Person upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Person making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall to the fullest extent permitted by law be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

7


(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

7. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or (iv) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b). In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose other than to establish its compliance with the terms of this Agreement. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 7, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 5 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading, in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

8


(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, incurs costs, in a judicial or arbitration proceeding or otherwise, attempting to enforce his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 12 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him in such efforts, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to Indemnitee hereunder.

(e) The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; [Primacy of Indemnification;] Insurance; Subrogation.

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as amended or restated, the “Charter”), the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors or otherwise, of the Company. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Charter, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

9


(b) The Company shall, if commercially reasonable, obtain and maintain in effect during the entire period for which the Company is obligated to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement, one or more policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies to provide the directors and officers of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts and omissions and to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such officer or director under such policy or policies. In all such insurance policies, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee with the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors and officers. At the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [Vista // Onex] and certain affiliates that, directly or indirectly, (i) are controlled by, (ii) control or (iii) are under common control with, [Vista // Onex] (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). With respect to any amounts that are subject to indemnity under this Agreement and also subject to an indemnity obligation owed by Fund Indemnitors, the Company hereby agrees (i) that, as compared the Fund Indemnitors, it is the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any rights to indemnification provided to Indemnitee herein (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee is secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Charter or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c).]

(d) [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e) [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement of Expenses is provided) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

10


(f) [Except as provided in Section 8(c) above,] the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

9. Exception to Right of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity or advancement of expenses in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; [provided, that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c) above;] or

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as hereinafter defined), or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(c) for reimbursement to the Company of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company in each case as required under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) or Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act in connection with an accounting restatement of the Company or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act);

(d) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, or (iii) the Proceeding is one to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or;

(e) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any compensation pursuant to any compensation recoupment or clawback policy adopted by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board, including but not limited to any such policy adopted to comply with stock exchange listing requirements implementing Section 10D of the Exchange Act.

 

11


10. Non-Disclosure of Payments. Except as expressly required by the securities laws of the United States of America, neither party shall disclose any payments under this Agreement unless prior approval of the other party is obtained. If any payment information must be disclosed, the Company shall afford the Indemnitee an opportunity to review all such disclosures and, if requested, to explain in such statement any mitigating circumstances regarding the events to be reported.

11. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (i) twenty (20) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Indemnitee served at the request of the Company, and (ii) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto) in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement relating thereto (including any rights of appeal of any Section 7 Proceeding). Termination of this Agreement shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Indemnitee in respect of any Proceeding (regardless of when such Proceeding is first threatened, commenced or completed) arising out of, or related to, any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such termination. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

12. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(b) “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below), other than Vista, Onex and their respective affiliates and other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, unless the change in relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

12


(ii) Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a Person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 12(b)(i),             12(b)(iii) or 12(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the Board or other governing body of such surviving entity; and

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or, if such approval is not required, the decision by the Board to proceed with such a liquidation, sale, or disposition in one transaction or a series of related transactions.

(c) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

 

13


(d) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(g) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(h) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any Person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(i) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

14


(j) “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

13. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the fullest extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws.

14. Enforcement and Binding Effect.

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director or officer of the Company.

(b) Without limiting any of the rights of Indemnitee under the Charter or Bylaws of the Company as they may be amended from time to time, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

15


(c) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise at the Company’s request, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

(d) The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(e) The Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by the court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.

15. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16. Notice By Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

17. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

(a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto.

 

16


(b) To the Company at:

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

150 Parkshore Dr.

Folsom, California 95630

Attention: General Counsel

E-mail: [•]

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

19. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

20. Usage of Pronouns. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

21. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict-of-laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

[The Remainder of This Page Is Intentionally Left Blank.]

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first written above.

 

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:                                                                                  
Name:
Title:
INDEMNITEE

 

Name:
Address:

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 10.6

Execution Version

FIRST LIEN PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

Dated as of August 1, 2018

made by

SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC,

as a Grantor,

SEVERIN ACQUISITION, LLC,

as a Grantor,

PEOPLEADMIN, INC., PROMACHOS HOLDING, INC. AND PERFORMANCE MATTERS

LLC,

as Grantors

and

THE OTHER GRANTORS referred to herein

in favor of

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Collateral Agent


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS

     5  

1.1

  Definitions      5  

1.2

  Other Definitional Provisions      11  

SECTION 2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

     11  

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     13  

3.1

  Title; No Other Liens      13  

3.2

  Perfected First Priority Liens      14  

3.3

  Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office      14  

3.4

  Inventory and Equipment      14  

3.5

  Farm Products      14  

3.6

  Investment Property      14  

3.7

  Receivables      15  

3.8

  Intellectual Property      15  

3.9

  Commercial Tort Claims      15  

SECTION 4. COVENANTS

     15  

4.1

  Delivery of Instruments, Certificated Securities and Chattel Paper      15  

4.2

  Maintenance of Insurance      16  

4.3

  Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation      16  

4.4

  Changes in Locations, Name, etc. Such Grantor will not:      17  

4.5

  Investment Property      17  

4.6

  Intellectual Property      18  

4.7

  Commercial Tort Claims      20  

SECTION 5. REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

     20  

5.1

  Certain Matters Relating to Receivables      20  

5.2

  Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable      21  

5.3

  Investment Property      22  

5.4

  Proceeds to be Turned Over to Collateral Agent      22  

5.5

  Application of Proceeds      23  

5.6

  Code and Other Remedies      23  

5.7

  Private Sales      24  

5.8

  Intellectual Property      24  

5.9

  Deficiency      26  

SECTION 6. THE COLLATERAL AGENT

     27  

6.1

  Collateral Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc.      27  

6.2

  Duty of Collateral Agent      28  

6.3

  Authorization for Filing Financing Statements      29  

6.4

  Authority of Collateral Agent      29  

SECTION 7. MISCELLANEOUS

     29  


7.1

  Amendments in Writing      29  

7.2

  Notices      30  

7.3

  No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies      30  

7.4

  Successors and Assigns      30  

7.5

  Counterparts      30  

7.6

  Severability      30  

7.7

  Section Headings      30  

7.8

  Integration      30  

7.9

  Governing Law      31  

7.10

  Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers      31  

7.11

  Acknowledgements      32  

7.12

  Appointment of Sub-Agents      32  

7.13

  Additional Grantors      32  

7.14

  Releases      33  

7.15

  Mortgages      34  

7.16

  First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement      34  

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1    Investment Property
Schedule 2    Perfection Matters
Schedule 3    Jurisdictions of Organization and Chief Executive Offices, etc.
Schedule 4    Equipment and Inventory Locations
Schedule 5    Intellectual Property
Schedule 6    Commercial Tort Claims

 

3


FIRST LIEN PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), dated as of August 1, 2018 made by each of the signatories hereto (together with any other entity that may become a party hereto as provided herein, the “Grantors”), in favor of Barclays Bank PLC, as collateral agent (together with its affiliates and any of its successors and assigns, the “Collateral Agent”) for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement described below).

INTRODUCTORY STATEMENTS

WHEREAS, Holdings and the Borrowers (as defined below) are members of an affiliated group of companies that includes each other Grantor;

WHEREAS, the proceeds of the extensions of credit under the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented, restructured or otherwise modified, renewed or replaced from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Severin Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), Severin Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Top Borrower”), PeopleAdmin, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “PA Borrower”), Promachos Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“PeopleAdmin”) and Performance Matters LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“Performance Matters”), certain other Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time designated thereunder as Co-Borrowers (together with the Top Borrower, the PA Borrower, PeopleAdmin and Performance Matters, each a “Borrower” and, collectively, the “Borrowers”), the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party thereto, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as lenders (the “Lenders”) and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”) and the other parties and lenders party thereto, will be used in part to enable the Borrowers to make valuable transfers to one or more of the other Grantors in connection with the operation of their respective businesses;

WHEREAS, certain of the Qualified Counterparties and Cash Management Providers may enter into Specified Swap Agreements and Specified Cash Management Agreements, respectively, with any Group Member;

WHEREAS, the Grantors are engaged in related businesses, and each Grantor derives substantial direct and indirect benefit from the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement and from the Specified Swap Agreements and the Specified Cash Management Agreements; and

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrowers under the Credit Agreement that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this Agreement to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:


SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS

1.1 Definitions. (a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement, and the following terms are used herein as defined in the New York UCC (and if defined in more than one Article of the New York UCC shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 thereof): Accounts, Certificated Security, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claims, Commodity Account, Contracts, Deposit Account, Documents, Equipment, Farm Products, Fixtures, General Intangibles, Goods, Instruments, Inventory, Letter of Credit Rights, Money, Securities Account, Supporting Obligations and Uncertificated Security. The rules of construction specified in Sections 1.2 through 1.8 (inclusive) of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

(b) The following terms shall have the following meanings:

Agreement”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Borrowers”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

Collateral”: as defined in Section 2.

Collateral Account”: any collateral account established by the Collateral Agent as provided in Sections 5.1 or 5.4.

Collateral Agent”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Copyright Licenses”: any written agreement, license or covenant naming any Grantor as licensor or licensee, granting any right under any Copyright, or otherwise providing for a covenant not to sue for infringement or other violation of any Copyright, in each case to the extent held by any Grantor.

Copyrights”: (i) all copyrights arising under the laws of the United States, any other country or group of countries or any political subdivision thereof, whether registered or unregistered and whether published or unpublished (including those listed on Schedule 5), all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, including all registrations, recordings and applications in the United States Copyright Office; (ii) the right to obtain all extensions and renewals thereof; (iii) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any past, present and future infringement or other violation thereof; (iv) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto; and (v) all corresponding rights under applicable law throughout the world.

Credit Agreement”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

Discharge of First Lien Credit Agreement Obligations”: as defined in the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

Excluded Accounts” the accounts referred to in clause (xvii) of the definition of “Excluded Assets” in the Credit Agreement.

 

5


Excluded Assets”: as defined in the Credit Agreement. “Excluded Subsidiary”: as defined in the Credit Agreement.

“First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement”: as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Grantors”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Group Member” as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Immaterial Subsidiary”: as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Insurance”: (i) all insurance policies covering any or all of the Collateral (regardless of whether the Collateral Agent is the loss payee thereof) and (ii) any key man life insurance policies.

Intellectual Property”: the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property owned by any Grantor, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including (i) Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks, Trade Secrets, mask works fixed in semi-conductor chip products (as defined under 17 U.S.C. 901 of the U.S. Copyright Act), rights of publicity and privacy (i.e., the right to use names, likenesses, voices, biographical and other identifying information of real persons), intangible rights in software and databases not otherwise included in the foregoing, (ii) all rights to sue at law or in equity or otherwise recover for any past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation or other violation or impairment thereof, (iii) the right to receive all Proceeds and damages therefrom and all payments and royalties arising out of the sale, lease, license, assignment or other disposition thereof, and (iv) all corresponding rights under applicable law throughout the world.

Intellectual Property Licenses”: all agreements, licenses and covenants pursuant to which any Grantor receives or grants any right in, to, or under, any Intellectual Property, including the right to manufacture, use, sell, perform, reproduce, distribute, display, modify and otherwise exploit Copyrighted materials, Patented processes, devices or designs, or Trademarks, or otherwise providing for a covenant not to sue for infringement, dilution or other violation of any Intellectual Property or permitting co-existence with respect to any Intellectual Property, including Copyright Licenses, Patent Licenses and Trademark Licenses, in each case to the extent held by any Grantor.

Intellectual Property Registry”: the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and the United States Copyright Office (or any successor offices).

Intercompany Obligations”: any and all Indebtedness of any Group Member that is owing to any Grantor.

Investment Account”: any Securities Account, Commodity Account or Deposit Account.

 

6


Investment Property”: the collective reference to (i) all “investment property” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(49) of the New York UCC and (ii) whether or not constituting “investment property” as so defined, all Pledged Notes and all Pledged Stock.

Issuers”: the collective reference to each issuer of any Investment Property.

Legal Reservations”: as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Lenders”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

LLC Interests”:

(i) the limited liability company membership interests described or referred to on Schedule 1 hereto, as such Schedule may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, and all dividends, distributions, cash, instruments and other property, income, profits and proceeds from time to time received or receivable or otherwise made upon or distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged LLC Interests (as hereafter defined);

(ii) all additional or substitute limited liability company membership interests from time to time issued to or otherwise acquired by any Grantor in any manner in respect of Pledged LLC Interests or otherwise, and all dividends, distributions, cash, instruments and other property, income, profits and proceeds from time to time received or receivable or otherwise made upon or distributed in respect of such additional or substitute membership interests;

(iii) all right, title and interest of any Grantor in each limited liability company to which any Pledged LLC Interest relates, including:

(A) all interests of such Grantor in the capital of such limited liability company and in all profits, losses and assets, whether tangible or intangible and whether real, personal or mixed, of such limited liability company, and all other distributions to which such Grantor shall at any time be entitled in respect of such Pledged LLC Interests;

(B) all other payments due or to become due to such Grantor in respect of Pledged LLC Interests, whether under any limited liability company agreement or operating agreement or otherwise and whether as contractual obligations, damages, insurance proceeds or otherwise;

(C) all of such Grantor’s claims, rights, powers, privileges, authority, options, security interests, liens and remedies, if any, under any limited liability company agreement or operating agreement, or at Law or otherwise in respect of such Pledged LLC Interests;

(D) all present and future claims, if any, of such Grantor against any such limited liability company for moneys loaned or advanced, for services rendered or otherwise;

 

7


(E) all economic rights, including, all rights to share in the profits and losses of the limited liability company, all rights to receive distributions of the assets of the limited liability company, and all governance rights, including, all rights to vote, consent to action and otherwise participate in the management of the limited liability company; and

(F) all of such Grantor’s rights under any limited liability company agreement or operating agreement or at Law to exercise and enforce every right, power, remedy, authority, option and privilege of such Grantor relating to such Pledged LLC Interests, including any power to terminate, cancel or modify any limited liability company agreement or operating agreement, to execute any instruments and to take any and all other action on behalf of and in the name of such Grantor in respect of such Pledged LLC Interests and any such limited liability company, to make determinations, to exercise any election (including election of remedies) or option to give or receive any notice, consent, amendment, waiver or approval, together with full power and authority to demand, receive, enforce, collect or give receipt for any of the foregoing or for any assets of any such limited liability company, to enforce or execute any checks or other instruments or orders, to file any claims and to take any other action in connection with any of the foregoing;

together, the “Pledged LLC Interests”, and, in each case to the extent not otherwise included in the foregoing, all cash and non-cash Proceeds thereof.

New York UCC”: the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect on in the State of New York.

Obligations”: as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Partnership Interests”:

(i) the partnership interests described or referred to on Schedule 1 hereto, as such Schedule may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, and all dividends, distributions, cash, instruments and other property, income, profits and proceeds from time to time received or receivable or otherwise made upon or distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the Pledged Partnership Interests (as hereafter defined);

(ii) all additional or substitute partnership interests from time to time issued to or otherwise acquired by any Grantor in any manner in respect of Pledged Partnership Interests or otherwise, and all dividends, distributions, cash, instruments and other property, income, profits and proceeds from time to time received or receivable or otherwise made upon or distributed in respect of such additional or substitute partnership interests;

 

8


(iii) all right, title and interest of any Grantor in each partnership to which any Pledged Partnership Interest relates, including, without limitation:

(A) all interests of such Grantor in the capital of such partnership and in all profits, losses and assets, whether tangible or intangible and whether real, personal or mixed, of such partnership, and all other distributions to which such Grantor shall at any time be entitled in respect of such Pledged Partnership Interests;

(B) all other payments due or to become due to such Grantor in respect of Pledged Partnership Interests, whether under any partnership agreement or otherwise and whether as contractual obligations, damages, insurance proceeds or otherwise;

(C) all of such Grantor’s claims, rights, powers, privileges, authority, options, security interests, liens and remedies, if any, under any partnership agreement, or at Law or otherwise in respect of such Pledged Partnership Interests;

(D) all present and future claims, if any, of such Grantor against any such partnership for moneys loaned or advanced, for services rendered or otherwise; and

(E) all of such Grantor’s rights under any partnership agreement or at Law to exercise and enforce every right, power, remedy, authority, option and privilege of such Grantor relating to such Pledged Partnership Interests, including any power to terminate, cancel or modify any partnership agreement, to execute any instruments and to take any and all other action on behalf of and in the name of such Grantor in respect of such Pledged Partnership Interests and any such partnership, to make determinations, to exercise any election (including, without limitation, election of remedies) or option to give or receive any notice, consent, amendment, waiver or approval, together with full power and authority to demand, receive, enforce, collect or give receipt for any of the foregoing or for any assets of any such partnership, to enforce or execute any checks or other instruments or orders, to file any claims and to take any other action in connection with any of the foregoing;

together, the “Pledged Partnership Interests”, and in each case to the extent not otherwise included in the foregoing, all cash and non-cash Proceeds thereof.

Patent License”: all agreements, licenses and covenants, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to any Grantor of any right under any Patent, including the right to manufacture, use or sell any invention covered in whole or in part by a Patent, or otherwise providing for a covenant not to sue for infringement or other violation of any Patent, in each case to the extent held by any Grantor.

 

9


Patents”: (i) all United States and foreign patents and applications for letters patent throughout the world, including any of the foregoing referred to on Schedule 5, and all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world; (ii) all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, renewals, and reexaminations of any of the foregoing; (iii) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any past, present and future infringement or other violation of any of the foregoing; (iv) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto; and (v) all corresponding rights under applicable law throughout the world.

Pledged LLC Interests”: as specified in the definition of “LLC Interests”.

Pledged Notes”: all promissory notes listed on Schedule 1 and all other promissory notes issued to or held by any Grantor; provided, that promissory notes which may not be pledged hereunder in accordance with the proviso to Section 2 shall not constitute “Pledged Notes”.

Pledged Partnership Interests”: as specified in clause (i) of the definition of “Partnership Interests”.

Pledged Stock”: the shares of Capital Stock listed on Schedule 1, together with any other shares, securities, stock or security certificates, options, Pledged LLC Interests, Pledged Partnership Interests, interests or rights of any nature whatsoever in respect of the Capital Stock of any Person that may be issued or granted to, or held by, any Grantor while this Agreement is in effect.

Proceeds”: all “proceeds” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the New York UCC and, in any event, shall include all dividends or other income from the Investment Property, collections thereon or distributions or payments with respect thereto.

Receivable”: any right to payment for goods or other property sold, leased, licensed or otherwise disposed of or for services rendered, whether or not such right is evidenced by an Instrument or Chattel Paper and whether or not it has been earned by performance (including any Account).

Security Interests”: the security interests in the Collateral granted under this Agreement securing the Obligations.

Trademark License”: any agreement, license or covenant, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to any Grantor of any right to use any Trademark, or otherwise providing for a covenant not to sue for infringement, dilution or other violation of any Trademark or permitting co-existence with respect to a Trademark, in each case to the extent held by any Grantor.

Trademarks”: (i) all U.S. federal and state and foreign trademarks, trade names, trade dress, corporate names, company names, business names, internet domain names, fictitious business names, trade styles, service marks, certification marks, collective marks, logos and other source or business identifiers, designs and general tangibles of a like nature, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications in connection therewith, whether in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any similar office or agency of the United States, any State

 

10


thereof or any other country or any political subdivision thereof, or otherwise and all common-law rights related thereto, including any of the foregoing referred to on Schedule 5, and all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world; (ii) all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of and symbolized by the foregoing; (iii) all extensions and renewals of the foregoing; (iv) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any past, present and future infringement, dilution or other violation of any of the foregoing or for any injury to goodwill; (v) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto; and (vi) all corresponding rights under applicable law throughout the world.

Trade Secrets”: (i) all trade secrets and all other confidential or proprietary information and know-how, whether or not such information has been reduced to a writing or other tangible form, including all documents embodying or incorporating to such information, (ii) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any past, present and future misappropriation or other violation of any such information, (iii) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including license fees, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit now or hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto, and (iv) all corresponding rights under applicable law throughout the world.

Uniform Commercial Code”: the New York UCC or, when the laws of any other jurisdiction govern the method or manner of the perfection or enforcement of any security interest in any of the Collateral, with respect to such Collateral, the Uniform Commercial Code (or any successor statute), in each case, as in effect from time to time in such jurisdiction.

Vehicles”: all cars, trucks, trailers, construction and earth moving equipment and all other Equipment of any nature covered by a certificate of title law of any jurisdiction and includes all tires and other appurtenances to any of the foregoing.

1.2 Other Definitional Provisions. (a) The words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereto” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section and Schedule references are to the Sections and Schedules of this Agreement (as such Schedules may be amended or supplemented from time to time) unless otherwise specified.

(b) Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, when used in relation to a Grantor, shall refer to such Grantor’s Collateral or the relevant part thereof.

SECTION 2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

Each Grantor hereby collaterally assigns, grants, mortgages and pledges to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest and wherever the same may be located (collectively, the “Collateral”), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of such Grantor’s Obligations (including any extensions, modifications, substitutions, amendments or renewals of any or all of such Obligations):

 

11


(a) all Accounts;

(b) all Chattel Paper;

(c) all Commercial Tort Claims listed on Schedule 6 hereto, as such Schedule may be supplemented pursuant to Section 4.7;

(d) all Contracts;

(e) all Documents;

(f) all Equipment;

(g) all Fixtures;

(h) all General Intangibles;

(i) all Instruments;

(j) all Intellectual Property and Intellectual Property Licenses;

(k) all Inventory;

(l) all Investment Property;

(m) all Letter of Credit Rights;

(n) all Money;

(o) all Receivables;

(p) all Vehicles;

(q) all Goods not otherwise described above;

(r) all Insurance;

(s) all books and records pertaining to the Collateral; and

(t) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds, Supporting Obligations and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents, profits and products of any and all of the foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing;

provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, (1) this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any Excluded Asset and no action hereunder or under any Loan Document shall be required with respect to an Excluded Asset, (2) in no event shall control agreements or perfection by control or similar arrangements be required with respect to any Collateral (including deposit or securities accounts), other than (i)(A)

 

12


in the case of any Collateral constituting a Certificated Security or Certificated Securities, which is comprised of equity interests in Holdings, the Top Borrower or any of their Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiaries which is otherwise required to be pledged or in which a security interest is granted pursuant to the terms of any Loan Document (in which case perfection of the Collateral Agent’s Security Interest shall be accomplished by transfer thereof to the Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian by physical delivery, accompanied by undated instruments or transfer or assignment duly executed in blank), (B) as provided in Section 4.1, and (C) as requested by the Collateral Agent in connection with Section 4.5(d) and (ii) intercompany notes (including the Global Intercompany Note) and other promissory notes held by a Borrower or a Guarantor that constitute Collateral evidencing debt for borrowed money in a principal or face amount of at least $10,000,000, (in which case perfection of the Collateral Agent’s security interest shall be accomplished by transfer thereof to the Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian by physical delivery, accompanied by undated instruments or transfer or assignment duly executed in blank) provided that such threshold shall not apply to the Global Intercompany Note, (3) no filings in any Intellectual Property Registry shall be required other than with respect to Intellectual Property owned by any Grantor that is (i) material to the business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (ii) registered with or is the subject of a pending application for registration with the Intellectual Property Registry (4) no actions in any jurisdiction outside the United States shall be required in order to create any security interests in assets located or titled outside of the United States, or to perfect any security interests in such assets, including any Intellectual Property registered in any jurisdiction outside the United States and (5) the Grantors shall not be required to deliver physical Collateral to the Collateral Agent or to otherwise perfect a security interest in any Collateral, in each case to the extent the Top Borrower reasonably determines in good faith that the burden, cost, difficulty or consequence of delivering such physical Collateral or perfecting a security interest in such Collateral outweighs, or is excessive in relation to, the practical benefit to the Secured Parties of the security afforded thereby.

SECTION 3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Collateral Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrowers thereunder, each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and each other Secured Party that as of the date hereof:

3.1 Title; No Other Liens. Except for the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement and the other Permitted Liens, such Grantor owns each item of the Collateral free and clear of any and all Liens or claims of others. No financing statement, fixture filing or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral, in each case that is authorized by a Grantor, is on file or of record or will be filed in any public office, except such as have been filed or will be filed in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement or as are otherwise permitted by the Credit Agreement.

 

13


3.2 Perfected First Priority Liens. The Security Interests granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement (i) upon completion of the filings and other actions specified on Schedule 2 (which, in the case of all filings referred to on said Schedule, have been delivered to the Collateral Agent in completed and duly (if applicable) executed form) will constitute valid perfected security interests under applicable U.S. federal and state law (and, in the case of filings of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and the filings of security agreements with respect to Intellectual Property with the applicable Intellectual Property Registry, to the extent a security interest on such Collateral may be perfected by such filing) in such Collateral in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for such Grantor’s Obligations, enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof against all creditors of such Grantor and any Persons purporting to purchase any Collateral from such Grantor (except to the extent such enforceability may be limited by the Legal Reservations)) and (ii) are prior to all other Liens on the Collateral in existence on the date hereof except for Permitted Liens.

3.3 Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office. Such Grantor’s full and exact legal name (as it appears in each respective certificate or articles of incorporation, limited liability membership agreement or similar organizational documents, in each case as amended to date), type of organization, jurisdiction of organization, identification number from the jurisdiction of organization, if any, and the location of such Grantor’s chief executive office or principal place of business, as the case may be, in each case as of the Closing Date, are specified on Schedule 3, and except as provided on Schedule 3, such Grantor has not changed its legal name, type of organization, corporate structure (e.g. by merger, consolidation, change in corporate form, change in jurisdiction of organization or otherwise), jurisdiction of organization, identification number, or chief executive office address or principal place of business in the five years preceding the Closing Date.

3.4 Inventory and Equipment. As of the Closing Date all (a) Inventory and (b) Equipment (other than mobile goods), in each case with a fair market value of $5,000,000 or more are kept at the locations listed on Schedule 4.

3.5 Farm Products. None of the Collateral constitutes, or is the Proceeds of, Farm Products.

3.6 Investment Property. (a)(i) The shares of Pledged Stock listed on Schedule 1, pledged by such Grantor hereunder, constitute all the issued and outstanding shares of all classes of the Capital Stock of each Issuer owned by such Grantor on the Closing Date (other than the shares of Capital Stock that are excluded from the definition of “Pledged Stock”) and such Pledged Stock constitutes the percentage of issued and outstanding shares of stock, percentage of membership interests or percentage of partnership interests of the respective Issuers thereof indicated on such Schedule and (ii) the Pledged Notes, listed on Schedule 1, pledged by such Grantor hereunder, constitute all of the Pledged Notes owned by such Grantor on the Closing Date.

(b) All the shares of, and other interests constituting Pledged Stock of each Subsidiary of such Grantor have been duly and validly issued and (i) in the case of the Pledged Stock of each corporate Subsidiary, are fully paid and nonassessable and (ii) in the case of the Pledged LLC Interests of each limited liability company Subsidiary, are fully paid.

 

14


(c) Such Grantor is the record and beneficial owner of, and has title to, the Pledged Stock and Pledged Notes pledged by it hereunder, free of any and all Liens, except the Security Interests created by this Agreement and other Permitted Liens. As of the Closing Date, the Pledged Notes constitute all of the issued and outstanding intercompany indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $10,000,000 owed by Affiliates to the Grantors evidenced by an instrument or certificated security of the respective issuers thereof.

3.7 Receivables. No amount payable to such Grantor under or in connection with any Receivable is evidenced by any Instrument (other than checks, drafts or other Instruments that will be promptly deposited in an Investment Account) or Chattel Paper evidencing an amount in excess of $10,000,000 which has not been delivered to the Collateral Agent (to the extent such Instrument or Chattel Paper is required to be delivered under Section 4.1).

3.8 Intellectual Property. (a) Schedule 5 lists all material Intellectual Property in existence on the Closing Date (including registered Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks, and all applications therefor) that is in each case owned by each Grantor and issued by, registered with or applied for in the United States Copyright Office or the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

(b) Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, such Grantor has performed all acts and has paid all renewal, maintenance, and other fees and taxes required to maintain each and every registration and application of Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor as of the date hereof and necessary for the conduct of the business of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as currently conducted, in full force and effect.

(c) Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, such Grantor uses adequate standards, as determined in the reasonable good faith judgment of such Grantor, of quality in the manufacture, distribution, and sale of all products sold and in the provision of all services rendered under or in connection with all Trademarks necessary for the conduct of the business of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as currently conducted, and has taken all action necessary, in the reasonable good faith judgment of such Grantor, to require that all licensees of the Trademarks owned by such Grantor and necessary for the conduct of the business of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as currently conducted use such adequate standards of quality.

3.9 Commercial Tort Claims. The only commercial tort claims of any Grantor existing on the Closing Date with respect to which a Grantor has a reasonable expectation of recovery in excess of $7,500,000 and for which a complaint in a court of competent jurisdiction has been filed are those listed on Schedule 6, which sets forth such information separately for each Grantor.

SECTION 4. COVENANTS

Each Grantor covenants and agrees with the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that, from and after the date of this Agreement until the Discharge of First Lien Credit Agreement Obligations:

4.1 Delivery of Instruments, Certificated Securities and Chattel Paper.

 

15


(a) If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral shall be or become evidenced by (i) any Instrument (other than (x) checks, drafts or other Instruments that will be promptly deposited in an Investment Account and (y) any Intercompany Obligations) evidencing an amount in excess of $10,000,000, or (ii) any Certificated Security or Certificated Securities (in each case, to the extent included in the Collateral), such Instrument or Certificated Security shall be promptly delivered to the Collateral Agent (or its non-fiduciary agent or designee), duly indorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Agreement and in any event within ninety (90) days (or such later date as the Collateral Agent shall reasonably agree) after the date such Grantor receives such Instrument, Chattel Paper or Certificated Security.

(b) If any Intercompany Obligation owing to such Grantor in an aggregate principal amount in excess of $10,000,000 shall be or become evidenced in writing, such Grantor will, within ninety (90) days (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may reasonably agree), unless such Intercompany Obligation is subject to the Global Intercompany Note, cause the obligor thereunder to execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent (or its non-fiduciary agent or designee) a promissory note as may be reasonably necessary to reflect such Intercompany Obligation.

(c) Upon request by a Grantor, the Collateral Agent (or its non-fiduciary agent or designee) shall promptly return any such Instrument, Pledged Note or other promissory note to such Grantor from time to time (x) to the extent necessary for collection in the ordinary course of such Grantor’s business or (y) in connection with the cancellation or the payment in full of the amounts due or performance of the obligations evidenced by such Instrument, Pledged Note or other promissory note.

4.2 Maintenance of Insurance. Within the period specified in Schedule 6.15 to the Credit Agreement, such Grantor shall cause such insurance to name the Collateral Agent as an additional insured party or additional loss payee, as applicable.

4.3 Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation. (a) Such Grantor shall maintain the Security Interests of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties created by this Agreement as perfected Security Interests (to the extent such security interests are required to be perfected under the terms of this Agreement) having at least the priority described in Section 3.2 (except to the extent that any loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under this Agreement or from the failure of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to file UCC continuation statements (or similar statements or filings in other jurisdictions) or otherwise solely as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender) and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to defend such Security Interests against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever (other than (i) to the extent such claims or demands are based on Permitted Liens and (ii) to the extent that the Top Borrower and the Collateral Agent agree that the cost of such defense is excessive in relation to the benefit to the Secured Parties of the Security Interest and priority), subject to the rights of such Grantor under the Loan Documents or with the written consent of the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion to dispose of Collateral.

 

16


(b) To the extent required by law to be provided to perfect, register or enforce the relevant Security Interests, such Grantor will furnish to the Collateral Agent from time to time (but, unless (x) required to be provided by local law or (y) an Event of Default has occurred and continuing, not more than annually) statements and schedules further identifying and describing the assets and property of such Grantor and such other reports in connection therewith as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, all in reasonable detail.

(c) At any time and from time to time, upon the reasonable written request of the Collateral Agent, and at the sole expense of such Grantor, such Grantor will promptly and duly execute and deliver, and have recorded, such further instruments and documents and take such further actions as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request for the purpose of obtaining or preserving the full benefits of this Agreement and of the rights and powers herein granted, including (i) authorizing the filing of any financing or continuation statements under the Uniform Commercial Code (or other similar laws) in effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the Security Interests created hereby and (ii) filing and recording documents necessary to record the Collateral Agent’s and the other Secured Parties’ security interest in such Grantor’s Intellectual Property to the extent that such Intellectual Property is material to the business of the Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in any and all Intellectual Property Registries.

4.4 Changes in Locations, Name, etc. Such Grantor will not:

(a) change its legal name,

(b) change its type of organization or corporate structure as in effect on the Closing Date, or

(c) change its jurisdiction of organization, identification number from the jurisdiction of organization (if any), or the location of its chief executive office or principal place of business, as appropriate, from that referred to in Section 3.3, unless such Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent, on or before the date that is thirty (30) days (or such longer period as may be reasonably agreed to by the Collateral Agent) following such event or occurrence (i) written notice thereof, (ii) if requested by the Collateral Agent, a written supplement to Schedule 3 showing the new name, type of organization, jurisdiction of organization, identification number or location of chief executive office or principal place of business, and (iii) all additional financing statements and other documents reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the Security Interests provided for herein.

4.5 Investment Property. (a) If such Grantor shall become entitled to receive or shall receive any certificate (including any certificate representing a dividend or a distribution in connection with any reclassification, increase or reduction of capital or any certificate issued in connection with any reorganization) in respect of the Capital Stock of any Issuer included in the Collateral, whether in addition to, in substitution of, as a conversion of, or in exchange for, any shares of the Pledged Stock, or otherwise in respect thereof, such Grantor shall accept the same as the agent of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, hold the same in trust for the

 

17


Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties and deliver the same within thirty (30) days (or such longer period as reasonably agreed by the Collateral Agent) to the Collateral Agent in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent, if required, together with an undated stock power covering such certificate duly executed in blank by such Grantor to be held by the Collateral Agent, subject to the terms hereof, as additional collateral security for the Obligations; provided that with respect to the Pledged Stock, such Grantor shall not be required to deliver such certificate to the Collateral Agent to the extent and for so long as such Capital Stock is not required by the Collateral Agent to be pledged hereunder pursuant to Section 6.9(c) of the Credit Agreement.

(b) In the case of each Grantor which is an Issuer, such Issuer agrees that (i) it will be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Capital Stock issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it, (ii) it will notify the Collateral Agent promptly in writing of the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 4.5(a) with respect to the Capital Stock issued by it and (iii) the terms of Sections 5.3(d) and 5.7 shall apply to it, mutatis mutandis, with respect to all actions that may be required of it pursuant to Section 5.3(d) or 5.7 with respect to the Capital Stock issued by it.

(c) Without limiting paragraph (a), any and all (i) dividends, interest and other payments and distributions paid or payable in respect of, and instruments received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, or in exchange for, any Pledged Stock, (ii) additional stock, other securities, limited liability company membership interests, partnership interests, promissory notes or other Instruments paid or distributed in respect of any Pledged Stock by way of share-split, spin-off, split-up, reclassification, combination of shares or similar rearrangement and (iii) all other or additional stock, other securities, limited liability company membership interests, partnership interests, promissory notes or other Instruments which may be paid in respect of the Pledged Stock by reason of any consolidation, merger, exchange of shares, conveyance of assets, liquidation or similar reorganization shall be forthwith delivered (as contemplated by Section 2 of this Agreement) to the Collateral Agent or its nominee or custodian to hold as Collateral hereunder.

(d) If any Pledged Stock is or becomes represented by an Uncertificated Security, then, within thirty (30) days (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may agree), the applicable Grantor shall, and shall cause the issuer thereof to, take such actions as are necessary to grant the Collateral Agent control (as defined in Section 8-106 of the Uniform Commercial Code) thereof.

4.6 Intellectual Property. (a) Except as otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement, such Grantor will, consistent with its reasonable business judgment, (i) continue to use each Trademark that in such Grantor’s reasonable judgment is material to the business of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in order to maintain such Trademark in full force free from any claim of abandonment for non-use and (ii) not do any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any such Trademark may become invalidated or impaired in any way, unless, in each case of clause (i) and (ii), such abandonment, invalidity or impairment would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18


(b) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, such Grantor will, consistent with its reasonable business judgment, not do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any Patent that in such Grantor’s reasonable judgment is material to the business of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, at the time of such action is thereby forfeited, rendered unenforceable, abandoned or dedicated to the public.

(c) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (x) such Grantor will, consistent with its reasonable business judgment, not do any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any Copyright that in such Grantor’s reasonable judgment is material to the business of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, may become invalidated or otherwise impaired, (y) such Grantor will not do any act whereby any material portion of any such Copyright may fall into the public domain and (z) such Grantor will after the Closing Date, where warranted in its reasonable business judgment, use any statutory notice of registration in connection with use of its registered Trademarks, markings in connection with use of its Patents, and notices of copyright in connection with the publication of its Copyrights, in each instance as required by Law.

(d) Such Grantor will notify the Collateral Agent promptly if it knows, or has reason to know, that any application or registration relating to any Intellectual Property at the time has been forfeited, rendered unenforceable, abandoned or dedicated to the public, or has been the subject of an adverse determination before an Intellectual Property Registry or court or tribunal of the United States or any state thereof regarding such Grantor’s ownership of, or the validity or enforceability of, any such Intellectual Property or such Grantor’s right to register the same or to own and maintain the same, except in each case, (i) for rejections of applications to register Intellectual Property received in the ordinary course, (ii) for Dispositions permitted under the Credit Agreement, (iii) as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (iv) typical communications in the ordinary course of prosecution, such as office actions and the like, and in each case, with respect to such Intellectual Property that in such Grantor’s reasonable judgment is not material to the business of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, such notice may be provided when such Grantor next delivers the applicable financial statements under Sections 6.1(a) and (b) of the Credit Agreement.

(e) In the event that any Intellectual Property which is owned by a Grantor is infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by a third party, and such infringement, misappropriation or other violation is reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the applicable Grantor shall at such Grantor’s sole cost and expense, take such actions as such Grantor shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances relating to such Intellectual Property. Unless there shall occur and be continuing any Event of Default, each Grantor shall have the right to commence and prosecute in its own name, as the party in interest, for its own benefit, such applications for protection of the Intellectual Property and suits, proceedings or other actions to prevent the infringement, counterfeiting, unfair competition, dilution, diminution in value or other damage as are necessary to protect its Intellectual Property.

 

19


(f) For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent any Grantor from disposing of, discontinuing the use or maintenance of, failing to pursue or otherwise allowing to lapse, terminate or put into the public domain any of its Intellectual Property or Intellectual Property Licenses to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement and if such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment that such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business or the Intellectual Property or Intellectual Property License is not useful to its business or worth protecting or maintaining.

(g) Upon request of the Collateral Agent, such Grantor shall execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents, and papers as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Collateral Agent’s and the other Secured Parties’ security interest in any such Intellectual Property and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby.

(h) Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect such Grantor will, consistent with its reasonable business judgment, take all reasonable and necessary steps, including in any proceeding before any Intellectual Property Registry to maintain and pursue each material application (and to obtain the relevant registration) and to maintain each registration of Intellectual Property that in such Grantor’s reasonable judgment is material to the business of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, at the time, including filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use and affidavits of incontestability.

4.7 Commercial Tort Claims. If any Grantor shall obtain an interest in any Commercial Tort Claim in excess of $7,500,000, then within thirty (30) days (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may reasonably agree) such Grantor shall notify the Collateral Agent together with an update to Schedule 6 setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for and nature of such Commercial Tort Claim. Such Commercial Tort Claims and any Proceeds thereof shall automatically be Collateral hereunder.

SECTION 5.

REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

Each Grantor covenants and agrees with the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that, from and after the date of this Agreement until the Discharge of First Lien Credit Agreement Obligations:

5.1 Certain Matters Relating to Receivables. (a) The Collateral Agent hereby authorizes each Grantor to collect such Grantor’s Receivables and the Collateral Agent may curtail or terminate said authority at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default. Upon written request of the Collateral Agent at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any payments of Receivables, when collected by any Grantor, (i) shall be forthwith (and, in any event, within two (2) Business Days) deposited by such Grantor in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent if required, in a Collateral Account maintained under the sole dominion and control of the Collateral Agent, subject to withdrawal by the Collateral Agent for the account of the Secured Parties only

 

20


as provided in Section 5.5, and (ii) until so turned over, shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor. After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, if requested by the Collateral Agent, each such deposit of Proceeds of Receivables shall be accompanied by a report identifying in reasonable detail the nature and source of the payments included in the deposit.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) At the Collateral Agent’s request, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Receivables, including all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts.

5.2 Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable. (a) The Collateral Agent in its own name or in the name of others may at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, communicate with obligors under the Receivables to verify with them to the Collateral Agent’s satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of any Receivables.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) Upon the request of the Collateral Agent, at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor shall notify obligors on the Receivables that the Receivables have been assigned to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to the Collateral Agent.

(d) [Reserved].

(e) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor shall remain liable under each of the Receivables to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise thereto. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto) or Contract of any Grantor by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the receipt by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party of any payment relating thereto, nor shall the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto) or Contract of any Grantor, to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party thereunder, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

 

21


5.3 Investment Property. (a) Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have given notice to the relevant Grantor of the Collateral Agent’s intent to exercise its corresponding rights pursuant to Section 5.3(b), each Grantor shall be permitted until three (3) Business Days after delivery of such notice to receive all cash dividends paid in respect of the Pledged Stock and all payments made in respect of the Pledged Notes, to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement, and to exercise all voting and corporate or other organizational rights with respect to the Investment Property.

(b) If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have given written notice of its intent to exercise such rights to any Grantor, (i) the Collateral Agent shall have the right to receive any and all cash dividends, payments or other Proceeds paid in respect of the Investment Property and to apply the same to the Obligations in accordance with the Credit Agreement, and (ii) any or all of the Investment Property shall be registered in the name of the Collateral Agent or its nominee within three (3) Business Days of such notice, and the Collateral Agent or its nominee may after such three (3) Business Day period, exercise (x) all voting, corporate and other rights pertaining to such Investment Property at any meeting of shareholders of the relevant Issuer or Issuers or otherwise and (y) any and all rights of conversion, exchange and subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to such Investment Property as if it were the absolute owner thereof (including the right to exchange at its discretion any and all of the Investment Property upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other fundamental change in the corporate or other organizational structure of any Issuer, or upon the exercise by any Grantor or the Collateral Agent of any right, privilege or option pertaining to such Investment Property, and in connection therewith, the right to deposit and deliver any and all of the Investment Property with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as the Collateral Agent may determine is necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof), all without liability except to account for property actually received by it, but the Collateral Agent shall have no duty to any Grantor to exercise any such right, privilege or option and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing.

(c) [Reserved].

(d) Each Grantor hereby authorizes and instructs each Issuer of any Pledged Stock or Pledged Notes pledged by such Grantor hereunder to (i) comply with any instruction received by it from the Collateral Agent in writing that (x) states that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) is otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without any other or further instructions from such Grantor, and (ii) upon the request of the Collateral Agent made during the continuance of an Event of Default, pay any dividends or other payments with respect to the Pledged Stock and Pledged Notes directly to the Collateral Agent.

5.4 Proceeds to be Turned Over to Collateral Agent. In addition to the rights of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties specified in Section 5.1 with respect to payments of Receivables, if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have given written notice of its intent to exercise its rights and remedies under this Section 5.4, all Proceeds received by any Grantor consisting of Cash Equivalents (including, for the avoidance of doubt, cash and checks) shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, forthwith upon

 

22


receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent in the exact form received by such Grantor (duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent, if required). All Proceeds received by the Collateral Agent hereunder shall be held by the Collateral Agent in a Collateral Account maintained under its sole dominion and control. All Proceeds while held by the Collateral Agent in a Collateral Account (or by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all the Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 5.5.

5.5 Application of Proceeds. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may apply, at such time or times as the Collateral Agent may elect, all or any part of Proceeds constituting Collateral, whether or not held in any Collateral Account, in payment of the Obligations in the order set forth in Section 9.4 of the Credit Agreement.

5.6 Code and Other Remedies.

(a) If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to it in this Agreement and in any other instrument or agreement securing, evidencing or relating to the Obligations, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the New York UCC or any other applicable law or in equity.

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (a), during an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law and as otherwise expressly provided for herein) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk. The Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in any Grantor, which right or equity is hereby waived and released. Each Grantor further agrees, at the Collateral Agent’s request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Collateral Agent at places which the Collateral Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantor’s premises or elsewhere. If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing the Collateral Agent shall have the right to enter onto any Grantor’s property where any Collateral is located without any obligation to pay rent and take possession thereof with or without judicial process. If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to marshal any of the Collateral.

 

23


(c) [Reserved].

(d) The Collateral Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 5.6, after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred in connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder, including reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of the Obligations, in such order as the Collateral Agent may elect, and only after such application and after the payment by the Collateral Agent of any other amount required by any provision of law, including Section 9615(a)(3) of the New York UCC, need the Collateral Agent account for the surplus, if any, to any Grantor. To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as a result of such party’s willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence, each Grantor waives all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal that such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral shall be required by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least ten (10) days before such sale or other disposition.

5.7 Private Sales. Each Grantor recognizes that the Collateral Agent may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Pledged Stock, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or otherwise, and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers which will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. The Collateral Agent shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Stock for the period of time necessary to permit the Issuer thereof to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act, or under applicable state securities laws, even if such Issuer would agree to do so.

5.8 Intellectual Property.

(a) Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default,

(i) the Collateral Agent shall have the right (but not the obligation) to bring suit or otherwise commence any action or proceeding in the name of any Grantor, the Collateral Agent or otherwise, in the Collateral Agent’s sole discretion, to enforce, any Intellectual Property, in which event such Grantor shall, at the request of the Collateral Agent, do any and all lawful and reasonable acts and execute any and all documents reasonably required by the Collateral Agent in aid of such enforcement;

(ii) [reserved];

 

24


(iii) each Grantor shall promptly, upon demand, reimburse and indemnify the Collateral Agent as provided in Section 6.1(c), and, to the extent that the Collateral Agent shall elect not to bring suit to enforce any Intellectual Property as provided in this Section, each Grantor agrees to use all measures it deems appropriate in its reasonable business judgment, whether by action, suit, proceeding or otherwise, to prevent the infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other violation of any of such Grantor’s rights in the Intellectual Property by others and to the extent reasonable agrees to diligently maintain any action, suit or proceeding against any Person so infringing, misappropriating, diluting or otherwise violating as shall be necessary to prevent such infringement, misappropriation, dilution or violation;

(iv) upon written demand from the Collateral Agent, each Grantor shall grant, assign, convey or otherwise transfer to the Collateral Agent an absolute assignment of all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the Intellectual Property, including the right to sue for past, present and future infringement, dilution, misappropriation, or other violation or impairment thereof, and shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such documents as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement;

(v) [reserved];

(vi) each Grantor agrees that such an assignment and/or recording shall be applied to reduce the Obligations outstanding only to the extent that the Collateral Agent (or any Secured Party) receives cash proceeds in respect of the sale of, or other realization upon, the Intellectual Property; and

(vii) the Collateral Agent shall have the right to notify, or require each Grantor to notify, any obligors with respect to amounts due or to become due to such Grantor in respect of the Intellectual Property, of the existence of the security interest created herein, to direct such obligors to make payment of all such amounts directly to the Collateral Agent, and, upon such notification and at the expense of such Grantor, to enforce collection of any such amounts and to adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment thereof, in the same manner and to the same extent as such Grantor might have done;

(A) all amounts and proceeds (including checks and other instruments) received by any Grantor in respect of amounts due to such Grantor in respect of the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent hereunder, shall be segregated from other funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith paid over or delivered to the Collateral Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement) to be held as cash Collateral and applied in such order as the Collateral Agent may determine; and

 

25


(B) No Grantor shall adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment of any such amount or release wholly or partly any obligor with respect thereto or allow any credit or discount thereon.

(b) If (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and, by reason of cure, waiver, modification, amendment or otherwise, no longer be continuing, (ii) an assignment or other transfer to the Collateral Agent of any rights, title and interests in and to the Intellectual Property shall have been previously made and shall have become absolute and effective, and (iii) the Obligations shall not have become immediately due and payable, upon the written request of any Grantor, the Collateral Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to such Grantor, at such Grantor’s sole cost and expense, such assignments or other transfer as may be necessary to reassign to such Grantor any such rights, title and interests as may have been assigned to the Collateral Agent as aforesaid, subject to any disposition thereof that may have been made by the Collateral Agent; provided that after giving effect to such reassignment, the Collateral Agent’s security interest granted pursuant hereto, as well as all other rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent granted hereunder, shall continue to be in full force and effect; and provided, further, that the rights, title and interests so reassigned shall be free and clear of any other Liens granted by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties.

(c) Solely for the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Section 5.8 and at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, an irrevocable, non-exclusive, fully paid-up, worldwide license or (for third party rights) sublicense to use, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property now owned, licensed (to the fullest extent permitted by such license), held for use or hereafter acquired by such Grantor (exercisable only during the continuance of an Event of Default and without payment of royalty or other compensation to such Grantor), provided that such license shall be granted only to the extent such grant does not result in the breach of any license or similar agreement with a third party (provided that such third party license or similar agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such grant), and subject, in the case of Trademarks, to sufficient rights to quality control and inspection in favor of such Grantor to avoid the risk of invalidation of said Trademarks. Such license or sublicense shall include access to all media in which any of the applicable Intellectual Property may be recorded, processed or stored and all computer programs related thereto.

5.9 Deficiency. Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Obligations and the fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to collect such deficiency, in the case of such fees and disbursements, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 11.5 of the Credit Agreement.

 

26


SECTION 6. THE COLLATERAL AGENT

Each Grantor covenants and agrees with the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that:

6.1 Collateral Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc. (a) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or in its own name, in each case, from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default and upon written notice (including simultaneous notice by e-mail) by the Collateral Agent to such Grantor of its intent to exercise such power and authority, in the Collateral Agent’s sole discretion, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the Collateral Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, without assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i) in the name of such Grantor or its own name, or otherwise, take possession of and indorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Receivable or Contract or with respect to any other Collateral and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Collateral Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Receivable or Contract or with respect to any other Collateral whenever payable;

(ii) in the case of any Intellectual Property and Intellectual Property Licenses, execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Collateral Agent may request to evidence the Collateral Agent’s and the other Secured Parties’ security interest in such Intellectual Property and Intellectual Property Licenses and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby;

(iii) pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral, effect any repairs or any insurance called for by the terms of this Agreement and pay all or any part of the premiums therefor and the costs thereof;

(iv) execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 5.6 or 5.7, any indorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral; and

(v) (1) direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Collateral Agent or as the Collateral Agent shall direct; (2) ask or demand for, collect, and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (3) sign and indorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral;

 

27


(4) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (5) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral; (6) settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Collateral Agent may in its sole discretion deem appropriate; (7) assign and/or license any Copyright, Patent or Trademark (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such Copyright, Patent or Trademark pertains), throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Collateral Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and (8) generally use, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Collateral Agent’s option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the Collateral Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Collateral Agent’s and the other Secured Parties’ Security Interests therein and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

(b) During the continuance of an Event of Default, if any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the Collateral Agent, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply, or otherwise cause performance or compliance, with such agreement.

(c) The expenses of the Collateral Agent incurred in connection with actions undertaken as provided in this Section 6.1, together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the highest rate per annum at which interest would then be payable on any category of past due ABR Loans (regardless of whether any such ABR Loans are then outstanding) under the Credit Agreement, from the date of payment by the Collateral Agent to the date reimbursed by the relevant Grantor, shall be payable by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent within ten (10) days after written demand therefore.

(d) Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof or otherwise in accordance with applicable laws. All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated and the Security Interests created hereby are released.

6.2 Duty of Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Collateral Agent deals with similar property for its own account. Neither the Collateral Agent, any other Secured Party nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are

 

28


solely to protect the Collateral Agent’s and the other Secured Parties’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to exercise any such powers. The Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction (and each Grantor waives all claims, damages and demands against the Collateral Agent or the other Secured Parties arising from such acts or failure to act to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law). No Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce any guarantee of the Obligations (except to the extent expressly contemplated by Section 11.8(b) of the Credit Agreement), it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Loan Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent, or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms thereof. Each Secured Party, whether or not a party hereto, will be deemed, by its acceptance of the benefits of the Collateral and of the guarantees of the Obligations provided hereunder and under any other Loan Documents, to have agreed to the foregoing provisions of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Secured Party authorizes the Collateral Agent or Administrative Agent to credit bid all or any part of the Obligations held by it.

6.3 Authorization for Filing Financing Statements. Pursuant to any applicable law, each Grantor authorizes the Collateral Agent to file or record financing statements and other filing or recording documents or instruments with respect to the Collateral without the signature of such Grantor in such form and in such offices as the Collateral Agent reasonably determines appropriate to perfect the Security Interests of the Collateral Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) under this Agreement (it being understood and agreed that the Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Security Documents). Each Grantor authorizes the Collateral Agent to use the collateral description “all personal property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired”, “all assets of the Debtor now owned or hereafter acquired” or any other similar collateral description in any such financing statements.

6.4 Authority of Collateral Agent. Each Grantor acknowledges that the rights and responsibilities of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Collateral Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Collateral Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as between the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, be governed by the Credit Agreement, but, as between the Collateral Agent and the Grantors, the Collateral Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting.

SECTION 7. MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Amendments in Writing. None of the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 11.1 of the Credit Agreement.

 

29


7.2 Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the Collateral Agent or any Grantor hereunder shall be in writing and effected in the manner provided for in Section 11.2 of the Credit Agreement.

7.3 No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 7.1), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default, as applicable. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which the Collateral Agent or such other Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

7.4 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Grantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and each other Secured Party and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided that, except as permitted by the Credit Agreement (including Section 11.6 thereof), no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent.

7.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement or any document or instrument delivered in connection herewith by facsimile transmission or electronic PDF shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement or such other document or instrument, as applicable.

7.6 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

7.7 Section Headings. The Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

7.8 Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the agreement of the Grantors, the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party relative to subject matter hereof and thereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

 

30


7.9 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION (OTHER THAN ANY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE RELATING TO THE LAW GOVERNING PERFECTION AND THE EFFECT OF PERFECTION OF THE SECURITY INTEREST).

7.10 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers. EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY:

(a) SUBMITS FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS TO WHICH IT IS A PARTY, OR FOR RECOGNITION AND ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF, TO THE EXCLUSIVE GENERAL JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE COMMERCIAL DIVISION OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN IN NEW YORK CITY, THE COURTS OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND APPELLATE COURTS FROM ANY THEREOF, TO THE EXTENT SUCH COURTS WOULD HAVE SUBJECT MATTER JURISDICTION WITH RESPECT THERETO, AND AGREES THAT NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING (X) A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW AND (Y) LEGAL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT BY THE SECURED PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXERCISE OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO COLLATERAL MAY BE BROUGHT IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL IS LOCATED OR SUCH RIGHTS OR REMEDIES MAY BE EXERCISED;

(b) CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE BROUGHT IN SUCH COURTS AND WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO CLAIM THAT SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING WAS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT COURT AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM THE SAME;

(c) CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.2 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT;

(d) WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF, IN CONNECTION WITH, OR AS A RESULT OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING REFERRED TO IN THIS SECTION, ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES; AND

 

31


(e) IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

(f) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints the Borrower Representative to accept and acknowledge service of any and all process which may be served in any suit, action or proceeding of the nature referred to in this Section 7.10 and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding upon any Grantor in any manner or by the mailing of a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to such Grantor’s address referred to in Section 11.2 of the Credit Agreement, as the case may be. Each Grantor agrees that such service (i) shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon it in any such suit, action or proceeding and (ii) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws, be taken and held to be valid personal service upon and delivery to it. Nothing in this Section 7.10 shall affect the right of any Secured Party to serve process in any manner permitted by applicable Laws or limit the right of any Secured Party to bring proceedings against a Grantor in the courts of any jurisdiction or jurisdictions.

7.11 Acknowledgements. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(b) neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Grantors, on the one hand, and the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among any of the Secured Parties or among the Grantors and any of the Secured Parties.

7.12 Appointment of Sub-Agents. The Collateral Agent shall have the right to appoint one or more sub-agents, including for the purpose of retaining physical possession of the Pledged Stock and Pledged Notes, which may be held (in the discretion of the Collateral Agent) in the name of any relevant Grantor, indorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Collateral Agent or any nominee or custodian of the Collateral Agent or sub-agent appointed by the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable decision to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

7.13 Additional Grantors. Each Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 6.9 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor for all purposes of this Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of an Assumption Agreement in the form of Annex I hereto.

 

32


7.14 Releases. (a) Upon the Discharge of First Lien Credit Agreement Obligations, the Collateral shall be immediately, automatically and without further action released from the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties created hereby, this Agreement and the Security Interests granted hereby shall immediately and automatically terminate with respect to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties, and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of each Grantor to the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party hereunder shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party, and all rights to such Collateral shall immediately and automatically revert to the applicable Grantor or to such other person as may be entitled thereto pursuant to applicable law. At the sole expense of any Grantor following any such termination, the Collateral Agent shall deliver such documents as such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such release and termination.

(b) If any of the Collateral (i) shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by any Grantor in a sale, transfer or other disposition permitted by Section 7 of the Credit Agreement, or otherwise with the written consent of the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion, other than with respect to a sale, transfer or other disposition to another Grantor, (ii) becomes an Excluded Asset or (iii) is owned by a Grantor that is released from its Guarantor Obligations in accordance with the Credit Agreement, then, in each case, such Collateral shall be immediately, automatically and without further action released from the Liens and Security Interests in favor of the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties created by this Agreement, and all rights to such Collateral shall automatically and immediately revert to the applicable Grantor or to such other person as may be entitled thereto pursuant to applicable law. If (x) any Capital Stock issued by any Excluded Subsidiary that is directly owned by a Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor is redeemed by such Excluded Subsidiary, or (y) the Borrower Representative provides written notice to the Collateral Agent that the Borrower Representative has determined that a Subsidiary has become an Excluded Subsidiary, or a Subsidiary thereof, then such shares of the relevant Issuer shall be immediately, automatically and without further action released from the Security Interests created by this Agreement so that the shares of Capital Stock of such Subsidiary subject to the Security Interests created by this Agreement shall not include any Excluded Assets, and any certificates representing such released Capital Stock shall be returned to the applicable Grantor. If a Grantor is disposed of pursuant to a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement or is otherwise released from its Guarantor Obligations pursuant to the Credit Agreement, such Grantor shall be immediately, automatically and without further action released from its obligations under this Agreement. In each case, the Collateral Agent, at the request and sole expense of such Grantor, shall assign, transfer and deliver to such Grantor such of the Collateral to be released as may be in the possession or control of the Collateral Agent and, with respect to any other Collateral, execute and deliver to such Grantor all releases or other documents reasonably necessary or desirable for the termination and release of, or acknowledging or evidencing the termination or release of, the Liens created hereby on Collateral of such Grantor, or such Grantor, as applicable. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Collateral Agent. At any time that the respective Grantor desires that

 

33


the Collateral Agent take any of the actions described in this Section 7.14, it shall, upon the request of the Collateral Agent, deliver to the Collateral Agent an officer’s certificate certifying that the release of the respective Collateral is permitted pursuant to this Section 7.14 and pursuant to the Credit Agreement. The Collateral Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to any other Secured Party as a result of any release of Collateral by it as permitted (or which the Collateral Agent in good faith believes to be permitted) by this Section 7.14.

7.15 Mortgages. In the event that any of the Collateral hereunder is also subject to a valid and enforceable Lien under the terms of a Mortgage and the terms thereof are inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, then with respect to such Collateral, the terms of such Mortgage shall control in the case of fixtures and real property leases, letting and licenses of, and contracts, and agreements relating to the lease of, real property, and the terms of this Agreement shall control in the case of all other Collateral.

7.16 First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement. The First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement governs the relative rights and priorities of the Secured Parties and the Second Lien Credit Agreement Secured Parties (as defined in the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement) in respect of the Collateral (and with respect to certain other matters as described therein). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Lien and Security Interest granted to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement and the exercise of any right or remedy by the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder are subject to the provisions of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement, the provisions of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall govern and control. In the event of any such conflict or inconsistency, each Grantor may act (or omit to act) in accordance with the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, and shall not be in breach, violation or default of its obligations hereunder by reason of doing so.

[Signature pages follow.]

 

34


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

GRANTORS:     SEVERN HOLDINGS, LLC
    By:  

/s/ Mark Oldemeyer

    Name:   Mark Oldemeyer
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer
    SEVERN ACQUISITION, LLC
    By:  

/s/ Mark Oldemeyer

    Name:   Mark Oldemeyer
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer
    PEOPLEADMIN, INC.
    By:  

/s/ Ziad Fanous

    Name:   Ziad Fanous
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer
    PROMACHOS HOLDING, INC.
    By:  

/s/ Ziad Fanous

    Name:   Ziad Fanous
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer
    PERFORMANCE MATTERS LLC
    By:  

/s/ Ziad Fanous

    Name:   Ziad Fanous
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer


AH SERVICES, LLC
CHALKABLE, INC.
HAIKU LEARNING, INC.
INFOSNAP LLC
INTERACTIVE ACHIEVEMENT, LLC
POWERSCHOOL GROUP LLC
POWERSCHOOL SPECIAL EDUCATION LLC
SPIRAL UNIVERSE INC.
SRB EDUCATION SOLUTIONS US LLC
SUNGARD PUBLIC SECTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Mark Oldemeyer

Name:   Mark Oldemeyer
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
ESCHOOL SOLUTIONS, LLC
ODEON HOLDINGS, LLC
NETCHEMIA, LLC
SEARCHSOFT SOLUTIONS, INC. TEACHER MATCH, LLC
By:  

/s/ Ziad Fanous

Name:   Ziad Fanous
Title:   Chief Financial Officer


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
as Collateral Agent
By:  

/s/ Chris Walton

Name:   Chris Walton
Title:   Director

Exhibit 10.6.1

EXECUTION VERSION

INCREMENTAL TERM FACILITY AMENDMENT NO. 1

This INCREMENTAL TERM FACILITY AMENDMENT NO. 1 (this “Amendment”), dated as of November 22, 2019, by and among Severin Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), Severin Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Top Borrower”), PeopleAdmin, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “PA Borrower”), Promachos Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“PeopleAdmin”), Performance Matters LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“Performance Matters”), certain other Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time designated thereunder as Co-Borrowers (together with the Top Borrower, the PA Borrower, PeopleAdmin and Performance Matters, each a “Borrower” and, collectively, the “Borrowers”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party hereto, each entity listed on its signature page hereto as a “2019 Incremental Lender” (each, a “2019 Incremental Lender” and, collectively, the “2019 Incremental Lenders”), and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), relating to the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2018 (as heretofore amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Existing Credit Agreement” and as amended hereby, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrowers, Holdings, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that, pursuant to Section 2.25 of the Existing Credit Agreement, the 2019 Incremental Lenders provide Incremental Term Commitments to the PA Borrower (in such capacity, the “2019 Incremental Borrower”) in an aggregate principal amount of $70,000,000.

WHEREAS, each 2019 Incremental Lender has agreed, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, to provide such Incremental Term Commitments and to become, if not already, a Lender for all purposes under the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 2.25 and 11.1(b)(iv) of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Existing Credit Agreement may be amended to give effect to the provisions of Section 2.25 of the Credit Agreement through an Incremental Amendment executed by the Borrower Representative, the Administrative Agent and each Lender providing Incremental Term Commitments.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto therefore agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise specifically defined herein, each term used herein that is defined in the Credit Agreement has the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement. In addition, the terms listed below shall have the respective meaning set forth in this Section 1.

2019 Incremental Transactions” means the consummation of the Acquisition pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement, the making of the Equity Contribution, the consummation of the Refinancing, the incurrence of the 2019 Incremental Term Loans and the payment of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing.

Company Representations” means the representations and warranties made by the Company (as defined in Section 3 below) in the Acquisition Agreement (as defined in Section 3 below) as are material to the interests of the 2019 Incremental Lenders, but only to the extent that the PA Borrower has the right to terminate its obligations, or decline to consummate the Acquisition (as defined in Section 3 below), under the Acquisition Agreement as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties.


Equity Contribution” means the Sponsors having directly or indirectly contributed at least $70,000,000 (as such amount may be adjusted pursuant to Section 8(e) below) of cash to Holdings in exchange for common equity interests in Holdings or as a capital contribution to Holdings.

Refinancing” means the repayment, redemption, refinancing or termination in full of existing third-party Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company for which payoff letters are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 8.2(f) of the Acquisition Agreement and the termination and release of all related guaranties and security interests.

SECTION 2. Incremental Term Loans.

(a) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, each 2019 Incremental Lender agrees to make, on the 2019 Incremental Effective Date (as defined below), term loans (collectively, the “2019 Incremental Term Loans”) in Dollars to the 2019 Incremental Borrower in an amount equal to its 2019 Incremental Term Commitment as set forth on Schedule I hereto (collectively, the “2019 Incremental Term Commitments”).

(b) The 2019 Incremental Borrower shall follow the borrowing procedures set forth in Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement applicable to Incremental Term Loans in order to incur the 2019 Incremental Term Loans.

(c) 2019 Incremental Term Loans borrowed under this Section 2 and repaid or prepaid may not be re-borrowed.

SECTION 3. Availability and Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the 2019 Incremental Term Loans shall be used (i) to finance in part the PA Borrower’s acquisition (the “Acquisition”) of Schoology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger dated on or around October 24, 2019 (together with all annexes, exhibits and schedules attached thereto, and as amended, restated, supplemented, consented to, waived or otherwise modified, collectively, the “Acquisition Agreement”) by and among the PA Borrower, Summit Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the PA Borrower, the Company and Shareholder Representative Services LLC, a Colorado limited liability company, solely in its capacity as the Securityholders’ Representative (as defined therein), (ii) to finance the Refinancing and (iii) to pay costs and expenses incurred in connection with the 2019 Incremental Transactions.

SECTION 4. Applicable Rate and Interest Periods. The “Applicable Margin” for the 2019 Incremental Term Loans shall be (a) for Eurocurrency Loans, 4.50% per annum and (b) for ABR Loans, 3.50% per annum. The “Eurocurrency Rate” with respect to the 2019 Incremental Term Loans shall not be less than 1.00% per annum. The 2019 Incremental Term Loans shall be funded on the 2019 Incremental Effective Date as Eurocurrency Loans or ABR Loans, as provided for in Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement. The initial Interest Period with respect to the 2019 Incremental Term Loans shall commence on the 2019 Incremental Effective Date and end concurrently with the end of the current Interest Period with respect to the Initial Term Loans. The definitions of “Applicable Margin” and “Eurocurrency Rate” in Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement are hereby amended to incorporate the foregoing provisions with respect to the 2019 Incremental Term Loans.

SECTION 5. Repayment of 2019 Incremental Term Loans; Maturity Date. The principal amount of the 2019 Incremental Term Loans of each 2019 Incremental Lender shall be repaid by the 2019 Incremental Borrower (i) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December (commencing on June 30, 2020), in an amount equal to 0.25% of the sum of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the 2019 Incremental Term Loans on the 2019 Incremental Effective Date (which payments


shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.17(b) of the Credit Agreement) and (ii) on the Term Loan Maturity Date, in an amount equal to the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the 2019 Incremental Term Loans on such date, together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of such payment. Section 2.3(a) of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended to incorporate the foregoing provisions with respect to the 2019 Incremental Term Loans.

SECTION 6. Terms of the 2019 Incremental Term Loans Generally. In accordance with Section 2.25 of the Credit Agreement, on the 2019 Incremental Effective Date, each 2019 Incremental Lender (1) shall constitute a “Lender” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (2) shall have 2019 Incremental Commitments which shall constitute “Commitments” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (3) shall make 2019 Incremental Term Loans to the 2019 Incremental Borrower in an aggregate principal amount equal to the 2019 Incremental Commitments, and such 2019 Incremental Term Loans shall constitute “Term Loans” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The 2019 Incremental Term Loans are “Incremental Term Loans” under the Credit Agreement and shall constitute a new Class of Term Loans separate from the Initial Term Loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 7. Representations of the Loan Parties. The 2019 Incremental Borrower and each other Loan Party hereby represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent and each 2019 Incremental Lender that the Specified Representations (which, for purposes hereof, shall be deemed to include a representation that this Amendment does not conflict with the Existing Credit Agreement) are true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality) on and as of the date of the incurrence of the 2019 Incremental Term Loans, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality) as of such earlier date.

SECTION 8. Conditions to the 2019 Incremental Effective Date. This Amendment shall become effective as of the first date (the “2019 Incremental Effective Date”) when each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

(a) The Administrative Agent and the 2019 Incremental Lenders shall have received an executed counterpart hereof from the 2019 Incremental Borrower, each other Loan Party, each 2019 Incremental Lender and the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Administrative Agent and the 2019 Incremental Lenders shall have received: (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization or certificates of formation, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified, if applicable, as of a recent date by the secretary of state of the state of its organization (or a certification from a Responsible Officer of each applicable Loan Party that such documents have not changed since previously delivered to the Administrative Agent), (ii) a certificate as to the good standing (where relevant) of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such secretary of state or similar Governmental Authority; (iii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party dated the 2019 Incremental Effective Date and certifying (1) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the 2019 Incremental Effective Date (or a certification from a Responsible Officer of each applicable Loan Party that such documents have not changed since previously delivered to the Administrative Agent), (2) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect and (3) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document on behalf of such Loan Party; and (iv) a Solvency Certificate, certifying that Holdings and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to this Amendment and the other 2019 Incremental Transactions, are Solvent.


(c) The Administrative Agent and the 2019 Incremental Lenders shall have received a favorable written opinion of (i) Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, New York and Delaware counsel to the Loan Parties and (ii) Parsons Behle & Latimer, Utah local counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case, dated the 2019 Incremental Effective Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the 2019 Incremental Lenders.

(d) The Administrative Agent and the 2019 Incremental Lenders shall have received a Borrowing Request with respect to the 2019 Incremental Term Loans.

(e) The Acquisition shall have been or, substantially concurrently with the initial borrowing of 2019 Incremental Term Loans shall be, consummated in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement, without giving effect to any modifications, amendments or express waivers or consents thereto that in the aggregate are materially adverse to the interests of the 2019 Incremental Lenders without the consent of the 2019 Incremental Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) (it being understood and agreed that (a) any decrease in the purchase price (or amendment to the Acquisition Agreement related thereto) shall not be materially adverse to the interests of the 2019 Incremental Lenders so long as such decrease is allocated (i) first to reduce the amount of the Equity Contribution to the extent it exceeds the amount set forth in the definition of Equity Contribution and (ii) second, to reduce the Equity Contribution and the 2019 Incremental Commitments on a pro rata basis, (b) any increase in the purchase price (or amendment to the Acquisition Agreement related thereto) shall not be materially adverse to the 2019 Incremental Lenders so long as such increase is funded by an increase in the Equity Contribution and (c) any modification (including any waiver or consent in connection with) to the definition of “Material Adverse Effect” in the Acquisition Agreement shall be deemed materially adverse to the 2019 Incremental Lenders).

(f) The Company Representations and the Specified Representations (which, for purposes hereof, shall be deemed to include a representation that this Amendment does not conflict with the Existing Credit Agreement) shall be true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality) on and as of the date of the incurrence of the 2019 Incremental Term Loans, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality) as of such earlier date.

(g) The Equity Contribution shall have been or, substantially concurrently with the initial borrowing of the 2019 Incremental Term Loans shall be, consummated.

(h) No Default or Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or 9.1(g) of the Credit Agreement shall exist on the 2019 Incremental Effective Date (and after giving effect to any borrowings of 2019 Incremental Term Loans).

(i) There shall not have occurred a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement as in effect on October 24, 2019).


(j) The 2019 Incremental Lenders shall have received, or substantially concurrently with the initial term borrowing of the 2019 Incremental Term Loans shall receive, all fees, costs and expenses required to be paid on or prior to the 2019 Incremental Effective Date, and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses required to be paid on the 2019 Incremental Effective Date for which reasonably detailed invoices have been presented to the Borrower Representative at least three (3) Business Days prior to the 2019 Incremental Effective Date (or such later date as the Borrower Representative may reasonably agree), which amounts may be offset against the proceeds of the 2019 Incremental Term Loans.

(k) The 2019 Incremental Lenders (to the extent reasonably requested in writing at least seven (7) days prior to the 2019 Incremental Effective Date) shall have received, at least three (3) Business Days prior to the 2019 Incremental Effective Date, (i) all documentation and other information that the 2019 Incremental Lenders reasonably determine to be required by Governmental Authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act, and (ii) a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to any Borrower that qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

(l) The 2019 Incremental Lenders shall have received a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statements of operations of Holdings as of and for the 12-month period ending on the last day of the most recently completed four-fiscal quarter period ended at least 45 days before the 2019 Incremental Effective Date, prepared after giving effect to the 2019 Incremental Transactions as if the 2019 Incremental Transactions had occurred as of such date (in the case of such balance sheet) or at the beginning of such period (in the case of such statements of operations) (for the avoidance of doubt, it being understood that such pro forma financial statements need not be prepared in compliance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and need not include adjustments for purchase accounting).

SECTION 9. Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

SECTION 10. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE BORROWERS, THE GUARANTORS, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE 2019 INCREMENTAL LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

SECTION 11 Confirmation of Guarantees and Security Interests. By signing this Amendment, each Loan Party hereby confirms that (a) the obligations of the Loan Parties under the Credit Agreement as modified or supplemented hereby (including with respect to the 2019 Incremental Term Loans contemplated by this Amendment) and the other Loan Documents (i) are entitled to the benefits of the guarantees and the security interests set forth or created in the Guarantee, the Security Documents and the other Loan Documents, (ii) constitute “Obligations” “Guarantor Obligations” or other similar term for purposes of the Credit Agreement, the Guarantee, the Security Documents and the other Loan Documents, (iii) notwithstanding the effectiveness of the terms hereof, the Guarantee, the Security Documents and the other Loan Documents, are, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and (b) each 2019 Incremental Lender shall be a “Secured Party” and a “Lender” (including without limitation for purposes of the definition of “Required Lenders” contained in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement) for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Each Loan Party ratifies and confirms that all Liens granted, conveyed, or assigned to the Collateral Agent by such Person pursuant to any Loan Document to which it is a party remain in full force and effect, are not released or reduced, and continue to secure full payment and performance of the Obligations as increased hereby.


SECTION 12. Credit Agreement Governs. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. Nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle any Loan Party to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document in similar or different circumstances.

SECTION 13. Counterparts. This Amendment may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by facsimile or electronic (i.e., “pdf” or “tif”) transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

SECTION 14. Miscellaneous. This Amendment shall constitute an “Incremental Amendment” and a “Loan Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. For the avoidance of doubt, the 2019 Incremental Term Loans shall constitute a separate Class of Term Loans under the Credit Agreement than the Initial Term Loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement. The provisions of this Amendment are deemed incorporated into the Credit Agreement as if fully set forth therein. The headings of this Amendment are for the purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. Section 11.14 of the Credit Agreement is incorporated by reference herein, mutatis mutandis.

SECTION 15. Severability. Any provision of this Amendment that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC
By  

/s/ Gregg Clevenger

  Name: Gregg Clevenger
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
SEVERIN ACQUISITION, LLC
By  

/s/ Gregg Clevenger

  Name: Gregg Clevenger
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
PEOPLEADMIN, INC.
By  

/s/ Gregg Clevenger

  Name: Gregg Clevenger
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
PROMACHOS HOLDING, INC.
By  

/s/ Gregg Clevenger

  Name: Gregg Clevenger
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
PERFORMANCE MATTERS LLC
By  

/s/ Gregg Clevenger

  Name: Gregg Clevenger
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page – Incremental Term Facility Amendment No. 1]


AH SERVICES, LLC
CHALKABLE, INC.
HAIKU LEARNING, INC.
INFOSNAP LLC
INTERACTIVE ACHIEVEMENT, LLC
POWERSCHOOL GROUP LLC
POWERSCHOOL SPECIAL EDUCATION LLC
SPIRAL UNIVERSE INC.
SRB EDUCATION SOLUTIONS US LLC
SUNGARD PUBLIC SECTOR LLC
By  

/s/ Gregg Clevenger

  Name: Gregg Clevenger
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
ESCHOOL SOLUTIONS, LLC
ODEON HOLDINGS, LLC
NETCHEMIA, LLC
SEARCHSOFT SOLUTIONS, INC.
TEACHER MATCH, LLC
By  

/s/ Gregg Clevenger

  Name: Gregg Clevenger
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
SCHOOLOGY, INC.
By  

/s/ Gregg Clevenger

  Name: Gregg Clevenger
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
ACCELASCHOOL
By  

/s/ Gregg Clevenger

  Name: Gregg Clevenger
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page – Incremental Term Facility Amendment]


BARCLAYS BANK, PLC, as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Martin Corrigan

 

Name: Martin Corrigan

Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page – Incremental Term Facility Amendment No. 1]


ARES CAPITAL CORPORATION, as a 2019 Incremental Lender
By:  

/s/  Scott Lem

 

Name:  Scott Lem

Title:    Authorized Signatory

ARES CENTRE STREET PARTNERSHIP, L.P., as a 2019 Incremental Lender
By: Ares Centre Street GP, Inc., as general partner
By:  

/s/  Scott Lem

 

Name:  Scott Lem

Title:    Authorized Signatory

ARES ND CREDIT STRATEGIES FUND, as a 2019 Incremental Lender
By: Ares Capital Management LLC, its account manager
By:  

/s/  Scott Lem

 

Name:  Scott Lem

Title:    Authorized Signatory

ARES SENIOR DIRECT LENDING MASTER FUND DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY, as a 2019 Incremental Lender
By: Ares Capital Management LLC, its investment manager
By:  

/s/  Scott Lem

 

Name:  Scott Lem

Title:    Authorized Signatory


ARES SENIOR DIRECT LENDING PARALLEL FUND (L), L.P., as a 2019 Incremental Lender
By: Ares Capital Management LLC, its investment manager
By:  

/s/  Scott Lem

 

Name:  Scott Lem

Title:    Authorized Signatory

ARES SENIOR DIRECT LENDING PARALLEL FUND (U), L.P., as a 2019 Incremental Lender
By: Ares Capital Management LLC, its investment manager
By:  

/s/  Scott Lem

 

Name:  Scott Lem

Title:    Authorized Signatory

ARES SDL HOLDINGS (U) INC., as a 2019 Incremental Lender
By: Ares Capital Management LLC, its investment manager
By:  

/s/  Scott Lem

 

Name:  Scott Lem

Title:    Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page – Incremental Term Facility Amendment]


ARES DIRECT FINANCE I LP, as a 2019 Incremental Lender
By: Ares Capital Management LLC, its investment manager
By:  

/s/  Scott Lem

 

Name:  Scott Lem

Title:    Authorized Signatory

SWISS REINSURANCE AMERICA CORPORATION, as a 2019 Incremental Lender
By: Ares Capital Management LLC, its investment manager
By:  

/s/  Scott Lem

 

Name:  Scott Lem

Title:    Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page – Incremental Term Facility Amendment]

Exhibit 10.6.2

Execution Version

INCREMENTAL AMENDMENT NO. 2

This INCREMENTAL AMENDMENT NO. 2 (this “Amendment”), dated as of November 24, 2020, by and among Severin Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), Severin Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Top Borrower”), PeopleAdmin, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “PA Borrower”), Promachos Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“PeopleAdmin”), Performance Matters LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“Performance Matters”), certain other Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time designated thereunder as Co-Borrowers (together with the Top Borrower, the PA Borrower, PeopleAdmin and Performance Matters, each a “Borrower” and, collectively, the “Borrowers”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party hereto, each entity listed on its signature page hereto as a “2020 Incremental Lender” (each, a “2020 Incremental Lender” and, collectively, the “2020 Incremental Lenders”), and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), relating to the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2018 (as amended by that certain Incremental Term Facility Amendment No. 1 dated as of November 22, 2019 and as further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Existing Credit Agreement” and as amended hereby, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrowers, Holdings, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that, pursuant to Section 2.25 of the Existing Credit Agreement:

 

  (a)

Barclays Bank PLC, as a 2020 Incremental Lender, extend a Revolving Commitment Increase to the Borrowers on the 2020 Incremental Effective Date (as defined below) in the aggregate principal amount of $25,000,000 (the “Barclays Revolving Commitment Increase”); and

 

  (b)

Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as a 2020 Incremental Lender, extend a Revolving Commitment Increase to the Borrowers on the 2020 Incremental Effective Date in the aggregate principal amount of $35,000,000 (the “GS Revolving Commitment Increase” and together with the Barclays Revolving Commitment Increase, the “Amendment No. 2 Revolving Commitment Increase”).

WHEREAS, each 2020 Incremental Lender has agreed, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, to provide such Amendment No. 2 Revolving Commitment Increase and to become, if not already, a Lender for all purposes under the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, pursuant to Sections 2.25 and 11.1(b)(iv) of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Existing Credit Agreement may be amended to give effect to the provisions of Section 2.25 of the Credit Agreement through an Incremental Amendment executed by the Borrower Representative, the Administrative Agent and each Lender providing an Amendment No. 2 Revolving Commitment Increase.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto therefore agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise specifically defined herein, each term used herein that is defined in the Credit Agreement has the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement.


SECTION 2. Amendment No. 2 Revolving Commitment Increase.

(a) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, each 2020 Incremental Lender agrees (on a several and not joint basis) to make their respective Amendment No. 2 Revolving Commitment Increase available to the Borrowers on the 2020 Incremental Effective Date. The aggregate amount of all the Revolving Commitments on the 2020 Incremental Effective Date (after giving effect to the Amendment No. 2 Revolving Commitment Increase) is $180,000,000. The portion of Schedule 1.1A-1 of the Existing Credit Agreement appearing under the heading “Revolving Commitments” shall be replaced by Schedule I hereto.

(b) This Amendment constitutes an “Incremental Amendment” with respect to the establishment of the Amendment No. 2 Revolving Commitment Increase as a “Revolving Commitment Increase”. The Amendment No. 2 Revolving Commitment Increase is being established in accordance with Section 2.25 of the Existing Credit Agreement. Each of the 2020 Incremental Lenders constitutes an Incremental Revolving Lender pursuant to Section 2.25 of the Credit Agreement and, in such capacity, acknowledges the provisions of Section 2.25 of the Existing Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, commitments and loans made pursuant to the Amendment No. 2 Revolving Commitment Increase shall be “Revolving Loans” and “Loans” for all purposes under the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document and shall be treated as the same Class and Facility as the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans under the Existing Credit Agreement as of the date hereof immediately prior to giving effect to this Amendment (such Revolving Commitments, the “Existing Revolving Commitments” and such Revolving Loans, the “Existing Revolving Loans”) and shall have the same CUSIP as the Existing Revolving Commitments and any Existing Revolving Loans. Any revolving loans and other extensions of credit made pursuant to the Amendment No. 2 Revolving Commitment Increase shall have terms identical to the Existing Revolving Commitments (and Existing Revolving Loans, if any) and shall rank pari passu in right of payment and security with the Existing Revolving Commitments. The Borrowers and the 2020 Incremental Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to update the Register to reflect the amount, terms and date of the Amendment No. 2 Revolving Commitment Increase and the identity of the 2020 Incremental Lenders.

(c) Each 2020 Incremental Lender (a) represents and warrants (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Amendment and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under Section 11.6(b) of the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all requirements of an Eligible Assignee under the Credit Agreement (subject to receipt of such consents as may be required under the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the 2020 Incremental Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received, or has been accorded the opportunity to receive, copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Amendment, (v) if applicable, it has duly completed an administrative questionnaire and applicable Forms, (vi) it is not a Debt Fund Affiliate and (vii) makes the representations and warranties contained in Section 10.7 of the Credit Agreement (to the extent Section 10.7 requires such representations and warranties to be made) and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.


SECTION 3. Representations of the Loan Parties. The Borrowers and each other Loan Party hereby represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent and each 2020 Incremental Lender that each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents (which, for purposes hereof, shall be deemed to include a representation that this Amendment does not conflict with the Existing Credit Agreement) are true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality) on and as of the 2020 Incremental Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality) as of such earlier date.

SECTION 4. Conditions to the 2020 Incremental Effective Date. This Amendment shall become effective as of the first date (the “2020 Incremental Effective Date”) when each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

(a) The Administrative Agent and the 2020 Incremental Lenders shall have received an executed counterpart hereof from the Borrowers, each other Loan Party, each 2020 Incremental Lender and the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Administrative Agent and the 2020 Incremental Lenders shall have received: (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization or certificates of formation, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified, if applicable, as of a recent date by the secretary of state of the state of its organization (or a certification from a Responsible Officer of each applicable Loan Party that such documents have not changed since previously delivered to the Administrative Agent), (ii) a certificate as to the good standing (where relevant) of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such secretary of state or similar Governmental Authority; (iii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party dated the 2020 Incremental Effective Date and certifying (1) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the 2020 Incremental Effective Date (or a certification from a Responsible Officer of each applicable Loan Party that such documents have not changed since previously delivered to the Administrative Agent), (2) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect and (3) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document on behalf of such Loan Party; and (iv) a Solvency Certificate, certifying that Holdings and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to this Amendment, are Solvent.

(c) The Administrative Agent and the 2020 Incremental Lenders shall have received a favorable written opinion of (i) Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, New York and Delaware counsel to the Loan Parties and (ii) Parsons Behle & Latimer, Utah local counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case, dated the 2020 Incremental Effective Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the 2020 Incremental Lenders.

(d) Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents (which, for purposes hereof, shall be deemed to include a representation that this Amendment does not conflict with the Existing Credit Agreement) shall be true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality) on and as of the 2020 Incremental Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality) as of such earlier date.

(e) No Default or Event of Default shall exist on the 2020 Incremental Effective Date.


(f) The 2020 Incremental Lenders shall have received, or on the 2020 Incremental Effective Date shall receive, all fees, costs and expenses required to be paid on or prior to the 2020 Incremental Effective Date, and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses required to be paid on the 2020 Incremental Effective Date for which reasonably detailed invoices have been presented to the Borrower Representative at least three (3) Business Days prior to the 2020 Incremental Effective Date (or such later date as the Borrower Representative may reasonably agree).

(g) The 2020 Incremental Lenders (to the extent reasonably requested in writing at least seven (7) days prior to the 2020 Incremental Effective Date) shall have received, at least three (3) Business Days prior to the 2020 Incremental Effective Date, (i) all documentation and other information that the 2020 Incremental Lenders reasonably determine to be required by Governmental Authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act, and (ii) a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to any Borrower that qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

SECTION 5. Reallocation. Pursuant to Section 2.25(d) of the Credit Agreement, (a) each Revolving Lender immediately prior to the Amendment No. 2 Revolving Commitment Increase, whether or not party to this Amendment, will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assigned to each 2020 Incremental Lender, and each such 2020 Incremental Lender will automatically and without further act be deemed to have assumed, a portion of such Revolving Lender’s participations under the Credit Agreement in outstanding Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans such that, after giving effect to each such deemed assignment and assumption of participations, the percentage of the aggregate outstanding (i) participations under the Credit Agreement in Letters of Credit and (ii) participations under the Credit Agreement in Swingline Loans held by each Revolving Lender (including each such 2020 Incremental Lender) will equal the percentage of the aggregate Revolving Commitments of all Revolving Lenders represented by such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitment as set forth on Schedule I hereto and any Revolving Loans that are outstanding on the 2020 Incremental Effective Date shall be deemed assigned to a 2020 Incremental Lender (reflecting the Amendment No. 2 Revolving Commitment Increase, such that Revolving Loans are held ratably in accordance with each Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Share, after giving effect to the Amendment No. 2 Revolving Incremental Increase).

SECTION 6. Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

SECTION 7. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE BORROWERS, THE GUARANTORS, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE 2020 INCREMENTAL LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

SECTION 8 Confirmation of Guarantees and Security Interests. By signing this Amendment, each Loan Party hereby confirms that (a) the obligations of the Loan Parties under the Credit Agreement as modified or supplemented hereby (including with respect to the Amendment No. 2 Revolving Commitment Increase contemplated by this Amendment) and the other Loan Documents (i) are entitled to the benefits of the guarantees and the security interests set forth or created in the Guarantee, the Security Documents and the other Loan Documents, (ii) constitute “Obligations” “Guarantor Obligations” or other similar term for purposes of the Credit Agreement, the Guarantee, the Security Documents and the other Loan


Documents, (iii) notwithstanding the effectiveness of the terms hereof, the Guarantee, the Security Documents and the other Loan Documents, are, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and (b) each 2020 Incremental Lender shall be a “Secured Party” and a “Lender” (including without limitation for purposes of the definition of “Required Lenders” contained in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement) for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Each Loan Party ratifies and confirms that all Liens granted, conveyed, or assigned to the Collateral Agent by such Person pursuant to any Loan Document to which it is a party remain in full force and effect, are not released or reduced, and continue to secure full payment and performance of the Obligations as increased hereby.

SECTION 9. Credit Agreement Governs. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. Nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle any Loan Party to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document in similar or different circumstances.

SECTION 10. Counterparts. This Amendment and any document, amendment, approval, consent, information, notice, certificate, request, statement, disclosure or authorization related to this Amendment (each a “Communication”), including Communications required to be in writing, may be in the form of an Electronic Record and may be executed using Electronic Signatures. Each of the parties hereto agrees that any Electronic Signature on or associated with any Communication shall be valid and binding on each such Person to the same extent as a manual, original signature, and that any Communication entered into by Electronic Signature, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of each such Person enforceable against such Person in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof, as applicable, to the same extent as if a manually executed original signature was delivered. Any Communication may be executed in as many counterparts as necessary or convenient, including both paper and electronic counterparts, but all such counterparts are one and the same Communication. For the avoidance of doubt, the authorization under this paragraph may include use or acceptance by any party hereto of a manually signed paper Communication which has been converted into electronic form (such as scanned into PDF format), or an electronically signed Communication converted into another format, for transmission, delivery and/or retention. All Communications in the form of an Electronic Record, including an Electronic Copy, shall be considered an original for all purposes, and shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a paper record. Without limiting the foregoing, (a) each party hereto shall be entitled to rely on any such Electronic Signature purportedly given by or on behalf of any other party hereto without further verification and (b) upon the reasonable request of any party hereto, any Electronic Signature shall be promptly followed by a manually executed counterpart. For purposes hereof, “Electronic Record” and “Electronic Signature” shall have the meanings assigned to them, respectively, by 15 USC §7006, as it may be amended from time to time.

SECTION 11. Miscellaneous. This Amendment shall constitute an “Incremental Amendment” and a “Loan Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The provisions of this Amendment are deemed incorporated into the Credit Agreement as if fully set forth therein. The headings of this Amendment are for the purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. Section 11.14 of the Credit Agreement is incorporated by reference herein, mutatis mutandis.


SECTION 12. Severability. Any provision of this Amendment that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC
By  

/s/ Eric Shander

  Name:  Eric Shander
  Title:    Chief Financial Officer
SEVERIN ACQUISITION, LLC
By  

/s/ Eric Shander

  Name:  Eric Shander
  Title:    Chief Financial Officer
PEOPLEADMIN, INC.
By  

/s/ Eric Shander

  Name:  Eric Shander
  Title:    Chief Financial Officer
PROMACHOS HOLDING, INC.
By  

/s/ Eric Shander

  Name:  Eric Shander
  Title:    Chief Financial Officer
PERFORMANCE MATTERS LLC
By  

/s/ Eric Shander

  Name:  Eric Shander
  Title:    Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page – Incremental Amendment No. 2]


AH SERVICES, LLC
CHALKABLE, INC.
HAIKU LEARNING, INC.
INFOSNAP LLC
INTERACTIVE ACHIEVEMENT, LLC
POWERSCHOOL GROUP LLC
POWERSCHOOL SPECIAL EDUCATION LLC
SPIRAL UNIVERSE INC.
SRB EDUCATION SOLUTIONS US LLC
SUNGARD PUBLIC SECTOR LLC
By  

/s/ Eric Shander

  Name:  Eric Shander
  Title:
ESCHOOL SOLUTIONS, LLC
ODEON HOLDINGS, LLC
NETCHEMIA, LLC
SEARCHSOFT SOLUTIONS, INC.
TEACHER MATCH, LLC
By  

/s/ Eric Shander

  Name:  Eric Shander
  Title:
SCHOOLOGY, INC.
By  

/s/ Eric Shander

  Name:  Eric Shander
  Title:
ACCELASCHOOL
By  

/s/ Eric Shander

  Name:  Eric Shander
  Title:

[Signature Page – Incremental Amendment No. 2]


BARCLAYS BANK, PLC, as Administrative Agent and a 2020 Incremental Lender
By:  

/s/ Martin Corrigan

 

Name:  Martin Corrigan

Title:    Vice President

[Signature Page – Incremental Amendment No. 2]


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as a 2020 Incremental Lender
By:  

/s/ Thomas Manning

 

Name:  Thomas Manning

Title:    Director

[Signature Page – Incremental Amendment No. 2]


Schedule I

Revolving Commitments

 

Lender

   Revolving Commitment      Percentage  

Barclays Bank PLC

   $ 59,500,000.00        33.06

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman

Islands Branch

   $ 34,500,000.00        19.17

Jefferies Finance LLC

   $ 16,500,000.00        9.17

Macquarie Capital Funding

LLC

   $ 16,500,000.00        9.17

Ares Capital Corporation

   $ 9,000,000.00        5.00

GC Finance Operations LLC

   $ 9,000,000.00        5.00

Goldman Sachs Bank USA

   $ 35,000,000.00        19.44
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 180,000,000.00        100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6.3

Execution Version

INCREMENTAL AND REFINANCING AMENDMENT NO. 3

This INCREMENTAL AND REFINANCING AMENDMENT NO. 3 (this “Amendment”), dated as of March 30, 2021, by and among Severin Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), Severin Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Top Borrower”), PeopleAdmin, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “PA Borrower”), Promachos Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“PeopleAdmin”), Performance Matters LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“Performance Matters”), certain other Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time designated thereunder as Co-Borrowers (together with the Top Borrower, the PA Borrower, PeopleAdmin and Performance Matters, each a “Borrower” and, collectively, the “Borrowers”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party hereto, each entity listed on its signature page hereto as a “2021 Incremental Revolving Lender” (each, a “2021 Incremental Revolving Lender” and, collectively, the “2021 Incremental Revolving Lenders”), each entity listed on its signature page hereto as a “2021 Other Revolving Lender” (each, a “2021 Other Revolving Lender” and, collectively, the “2021 Other Revolving Lenders”; the 2021 Other Revolving Lenders together with 2021 Incremental Revolving Lenders, the “2021 Revolving Lenders”), each Issuing Lender party hereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), relating to the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2018 (as amended by that certain Incremental Term Facility Amendment No. 1 dated as of November 22, 2019, that certain Incremental Amendment No. 2 dated as of November 25, 2020, and as further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Existing Credit Agreement” and as amended hereby, the “Credit Agreement”), among the Borrowers, Holdings, the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party thereto as Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that, pursuant to Section 2.25 and Section 11.1(b)(iv) of the Existing Credit Agreement, each 2021 Incremental Revolving Lender extends a Revolving Commitment Increase to the Borrowers on the IPO Effective Date (as defined below) in the aggregate principal amount of $130,500,000 (the “2021 Revolving Commitment Increase”). The individual 2021 Revolving Commitment Increase for each such 2021 Incremental Revolving Lender shall be as set forth in Schedule I attached.

WHEREAS, each 2021 Incremental Revolving Lender has agreed, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, to provide such 2021 Revolving Commitment Increase and to become, if not already, a Lender for all purposes under the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that, pursuant to Section 2.26 and Section 11.1(b)(v) of the Existing Credit Agreement, concurrently with the effectiveness of the 2021 Revolving Commitment Increase, each 2021 Other Revolving Lender extend Other Revolving Commitments (the “2021 Other Revolving Commitments”) on the IPO Effective Date, which 2021 Other Revolving Commitments will refinance in full all Revolving Commitments outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Existing Credit Agreement may be amended to (i) give effect to provisions of Section 2.25 of the Credit Agreement through an Incremental Amendment executed by the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and each 2021 Incremental Revolving Lender providing a 2021 Revolving Commitment Increase and (ii) give effect to the provisions of Section 2.26 of the Credit Agreement through a Refinancing Amendment executed by the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lenders and each 2021 Other Revolving Lender providing a 2021 Other Revolving Commitment.

 


WHEREAS, each Letter of Credit issued and outstanding on the IPO Effective Date (as defined below), if any, shall be deemed to be a Letter of Credit pursuant to the Revolving Facility in effect on and after the IPO Effective Date.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto therefore agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Unless otherwise specifically defined herein, each term used herein that is defined in the Credit Agreement has the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 2. 2021 Revolving Commitment Increase.

(a) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date has occurred, upon (i) delivery to the Administrative Agent of an Officer’s Certificate not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the IPO Effective Date (as defined below) (or such later time as the Administrative Agent may reasonably agree) stating that a Public Offering has occurred and certifying to the Administrative Agent that as of the date thereof, no Default or Event of Default exists under the Credit Agreement (the date such Officer’s Certificate is delivered, the “IPO Effective Date”) and (ii) receipt by the 2021 Revolving Lenders of all fees required to be paid on or prior to the IPO Effective Date and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses for which reasonably detailed invoices have been presented to the Borrower Representative at least three (3) Business Days prior to the IPO Effective Date (or such later date as the Borrower Representative may reasonably agree), each 2021 Incremental Revolving Lender agrees (on a several and not joint basis) to make their respective 2021 Revolving Commitment Increase available to the Borrowers, effective on receipt of such Officer’s Certificate and payment of such fees and expenses. The aggregate amount of all the Revolving Commitments on the IPO Effective Date (after giving effect to the 2021 Revolving Commitment Increase and the 2021 Revolving Refinancing set forth in Section 3 (collectively, the “New Revolving Commitments”)) shall be $289,000,000.

(b) This Amendment constitutes an “Incremental Amendment” with respect to the establishment of the 2021 Revolving Commitment Increase as a “Revolving Commitment Increase”. The 2021 Revolving Commitment Increase is being established in accordance with Section 2.25 of the Existing Credit Agreement. Each of the 2021 Incremental Revolving Lenders constitutes an Incremental Revolving Lender pursuant to Section 2.25 of the Credit Agreement and, in such capacity, acknowledges the provisions of Section 2.25 of the Existing Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, commitments and loans made pursuant to the 2021 Revolving Commitment Increase shall be “Revolving Commitments”, “Revolving Loans” and “Loans” for all purposes under the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document and shall be treated as the same Class and Facility as the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans established pursuant to Section 3 below. Any revolving loans and other extensions of credit made pursuant to the 2021 Revolving Commitment Increase shall have terms identical to the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans established pursuant to Section 3 below and shall rank pari passu in right of payment and security with such Revolving Commitments. The Borrowers and the 2021 Incremental Revolving Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to update the Register to reflect the amount, terms and date of the 2021 Revolving Commitment Increase and the identity of the 2021 Incremental Revolving Lenders.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the IPO Effective Date does not occur prior to September 30, 2021, the 2021 Revolving Commitment Increase shall be terminated automatically without becoming effective and this Section 2 shall have no effect.

SECTION 3. 2021 Revolving Refinancing; New Revolving Commitments.

 

2


(a) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein, after the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date has occurred, concurrently with the effectiveness of 2021 Revolving Commitment Increase, on the IPO Effective Date:

(i) each 2021 Other Revolving Lender agrees (on a several and not joint basis) to make their respective 2021 Other Revolving Commitments available to the Borrowers, and the individual 2021 Other Revolving Commitments for each Lender shall be as set forth in Schedule I attached;

(ii) each 2021 Other Revolving Lender that is not an Issuing Lender agrees that it will become an Issuing Lender;

(iii) all Revolving Commitments under the Existing Credit Agreement shall be terminated and replaced with the 2021 Other Revolving Commitments;

(iv) the aggregate amount of all the New Revolving Commitments shall be

$289,000,000;

(v) the portion of Schedule 1.1A-1 of the Existing Credit Agreement appearing under the heading “Revolving Commitments” shall be replaced by Schedule I attached hereto;

(vi) Schedule 1.1A-2 of the Existing Credit Agreement shall be replaced by Schedule II attached hereto; and

(vii) Section 1.1 of the Existing Credit Agreement shall be amended by amending and restating the definition of “Revolving Termination Date” set forth therein with the following:

Revolving Termination Date”: May 2, 2025.

(b) This Amendment constitutes a “Refinancing Amendment” with respect to the establishment of the 2021 Other Revolving Commitments as “Other Revolving Commitments”. The 2021 Other Revolving Commitments are being established in accordance with Section 2.26 of the Existing Credit Agreement. Each of the 2021 Other Revolving Lenders acknowledges the provisions of Section 2.26 of the Existing Credit Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, commitments and loans made pursuant to the 2021 Other Revolving Commitments shall be “Revolving Commitments”, “Revolving Loans” and “Loans” for all purposes under the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document. The Borrowers and the 2021 Other Revolving Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to update the Register to reflect the amount, terms and date of the 2021 Other Revolving Commitments and the identity of the 2021 Other Revolving Lenders.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the IPO Effective Date does not occur prior to September 30, 2021, the 2021 Other Revolving Commitments shall be terminated without becoming effective and this Section 3 shall have no effect.

SECTION 4. Amendments to the Credit Agreement

In accordance with the provisions of Section 11.1 of the Credit Agreement, the parties hereto agree that on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

(a) The defined term “Issuing Lender” in Section 1.01 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

3


“‘ Issuing Lender’: (i) Barclays Bank PLC, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Jefferies Finance LLC, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Macquarie Capital Funding LLC, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, Royal Bank of Canada and Bank of American N.A. or in each case any of their respective affiliates, each in its capacity as issuer of any Letter of Credit and (ii) such other Revolving Lenders or Affiliates of Revolving Lenders that are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative that agrees, pursuant to an agreement with and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative, to be bound by the terms hereof applicable to such Issuing Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) Jefferies Finance LLC will cause Letters of Credit in accordance with the terms hereof to be issued by affiliated and/or unaffiliated financial institutions and such Letters of Credit shall be treated as issued by Jefferies Finance LLC for all purposes under the Loan Documents, and (ii) Macquarie Capital Funding LLC may cause Letters of Credit in accordance with the terms hereof to be issued by affiliated and/or unaffiliated financial institutions and such Letters of Credit shall be treated as issued by Macquarie Capital Funding LLC for all purposes under the Loan Documents. Any Issuing Lender may cause Letters of Credit to be issued by designated Affiliates or financial institutions and such Letters of Credit shall be treated as issued by such Issuing Lender for all purposes under the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Barclays Bank PLC, Credit Suisse AG, Jefferies Finance LLC, Macquarie Capital Funding LLC, UBS AG, Stamford Branch and Goldman Sachs Bank USA shall only be required to issue standby Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars.”

SECTION 5. Representations of the Loan Parties. The Borrowers and each other Loan Party hereby represent and warrant to the Administrative Agent and each 2021 Revolving Lender that each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents (which, for purposes hereof, shall be deemed to include a representation that this Amendment does not conflict with the Existing Credit Agreement) are true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality) on and as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date (as defined below), except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality) as of such earlier date.

SECTION 6. Lenders Representations. Each 2021 Revolving Lender (a) represents and warrants (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Amendment and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under Section 11.6(b) of the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all requirements of an Eligible Assignee under the Credit Agreement (subject to receipt of such consents as may be required under the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Amendment Effective Date (as defined below), it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received, or has been accorded the opportunity to receive, copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Amendment, (v) if applicable, it has duly completed an administrative questionnaire and applicable Forms, (vi) it is not a Debt Fund Affiliate and (vii) makes the representations and warranties contained in Section 10.7 of the Credit Agreement (to the extent Section 10.7 requires such representations and warranties to be made) and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

4


SECTION 7. Conditions to the Amendment Effective Date. This Amendment shall become effective as of the first date (the “Amendment No. 3 Effective Date”) when each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

(a) The Administrative Agent and the 2021 Revolving Lenders shall have received an executed counterpart hereof from the Borrowers, each other Loan Party, each 2021 Revolving Lender and the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Administrative Agent and the 2021 Revolving Lenders shall have received: (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization or certificates of formation, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified, if applicable, as of a recent date by the secretary of state of the state of its organization (or a certification from a Responsible Officer of each applicable Loan Party that such documents have not changed since previously delivered to the Administrative Agent), (ii) a certificate as to the good standing (where relevant) of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such secretary of state or similar Governmental Authority; (iii) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party dated the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date and certifying (1) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date (or a certification from a Responsible Officer of each applicable Loan Party that such documents have not changed since previously delivered to the Administrative Agent), (2) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect and (3) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document on behalf of such Loan Party; and (iv) a Solvency Certificate, certifying that Holdings and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to this Amendment, are Solvent.

(c) The Administrative Agent and the 2021 Revolving Lenders shall have received a favorable written opinion of (i) Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, New York and Delaware counsel to the Loan Parties and (ii) Parsons Behle & Latimer, Utah local counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case, dated the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the 2021 Revolving Lenders.

(d) Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents (which, for purposes hereof, shall be deemed to include a representation that this Amendment does not conflict with the Existing Credit Agreement) shall be true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality) on and as of the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality) as of such earlier date.

(e) No Default or Event of Default shall exist on the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date.

(f) The 2021 Revolving Lenders (to the extent reasonably requested in writing at least seven (7) days prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date) shall have received, at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, (i) all documentation and other information that the 2021 Revolving Lenders reasonably determine to be required by Governmental Authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act, and (ii) a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to any Borrower that qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

 

5


SECTION 8. Reallocation. On the IPO Effective Date, all Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans outstanding on such date will be deemed to have been repaid and redrawn under the New Revolving Commitments as ABR Loans or, to the extent the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower Representative in writing at least three (3) Business Days prior to the IPO Effective Date (or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent acting reasonably shall agree), as Eurocurrency Loans (which notice may be conditioned on the occurrence of the IPO Effective Date), and all Letters of Credit outstanding on such date shall be deemed issued under the New Revolving Commitments, such that after giving effect to such repayment and reborrowing and deemed issuance, the percentages of the aggregate outstanding (i) participations in Letters of Credit, (ii) participations in Swingline Loans and (iii) Revolving Loans, shall be held ratably in accordance with each Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Share, after giving effect to the establishment of the New Revolving Commitments and the termination of the Existing Revolving Commitments. The Borrowers and the 2021 Revolving Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to update the Register to reflect the reallocations described in this Section. In furtherance of the foregoing, each 2021 Incremental Revolving Lender that commits to a 2021 Revolving Commitment Increase will be required to fund its pro rata share of such outstanding Revolving Loans on the IPO Effective Date.

SECTION 9. Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

SECTION 10. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE BORROWERS, THE GUARANTORS, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE 2021 REVOLVING LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

SECTION 11 Confirmation of Guarantees and Security Interests. By signing this Amendment, each Loan Party hereby confirms that (a) the obligations of the Loan Parties under the Credit Agreement as modified or supplemented hereby (including with respect to the 2021 Revolving Commitment Increase and the 2021 Other Revolving Commitments contemplated by this Amendment) and the other Loan Documents (i) are entitled to the benefits of the guarantees and the security interests set forth or created in the Guarantee, the Security Documents and the other Loan Documents, (ii) constitute “Obligations” “Guarantor Obligations” or other similar term for purposes of the Credit Agreement, the Guarantee, the Security Documents and the other Loan Documents, (iii) notwithstanding the effectiveness of the terms hereof, the Guarantee, the Security Documents and the other Loan Documents, are, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and (b) each 2021 Revolving Lender shall be a “Secured Party” and a “Lender” (including without limitation for purposes of the definition of “Required Lenders” contained in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement) for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Each Loan Party ratifies and confirms that all Liens granted, conveyed, or assigned to the Collateral Agent by such Person pursuant to any Loan Document to which it is a party remain in full force and effect, are not released or reduced, and continue to secure full payment and performance of the Obligations as increased hereby.

 

6


SECTION 12. Credit Agreement Governs. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect. Nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle any Loan Party to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document in similar or different circumstances.

SECTION 13. Counterparts. This Amendment and any document, amendment, approval, consent, information, notice, certificate, request, statement, disclosure or authorization related to this Amendment (each a “Communication”), including Communications required to be in writing, may be in the form of an Electronic Record and may be executed using Electronic Signatures. Each of the parties hereto agrees that any Electronic Signature on or associated with any Communication shall be valid and binding on each such Person to the same extent as a manual, original signature, and that any Communication entered into by Electronic Signature, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of each such Person enforceable against such Person in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof, as applicable, to the same extent as if a manually executed original signature was delivered. Any Communication may be executed in as many counterparts as necessary or convenient, including both paper and electronic counterparts, but all such counterparts are one and the same Communication. For the avoidance of doubt, the authorization under this paragraph may include use or acceptance by any party hereto of a manually signed paper Communication which has been converted into electronic form (such as scanned into PDF format), or an electronically signed Communication converted into another format, for transmission, delivery and/or retention. All Communications in the form of an Electronic Record, including an Electronic Copy, shall be considered an original for all purposes, and shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a paper record. Without limiting the foregoing, (a) each party hereto shall be entitled to rely on any such Electronic Signature purportedly given by or on behalf of any other party hereto without further verification and (b) upon the reasonable request of any party hereto, any Electronic Signature shall be promptly followed by a manually executed counterpart. For purposes hereof, “Electronic Record” and “Electronic Signature” shall have the meanings assigned to them, respectively, by 15 USC §7006, as it may be amended from time to time.

SECTION 14. Miscellaneous. This Amendment shall constitute an “Incremental Amendment”, “Refinancing Amendment” and a “Loan Document” for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The provisions of this Amendment are deemed incorporated into the Credit Agreement as if fully set forth therein. The headings of this Amendment are for the purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. Section 11.14 of the Credit Agreement is incorporated by reference herein, mutatis mutandis.

SECTION 15. Severability. Any provision of this Amendment that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC

SEVERIN ACQUISITION, LLC

PEOPLEADMIN, INC.

PROMACHOS HOLDING, INC.

PERFORMANCE MATTERS LLC

AH SERVICES, LLC

CHALKABLE, INC.

HAIKU LEARNING, INC.

INFOSNAP LLC

INTERACTIVE ACHIEVEMENT, LLC

POWERSCHOOL GROUP LLC

POWERSCHOOL SPECIAL EDUCATION LLC

SPIRAL UNIVERSE INC.

SRB EDUCATION SOLUTIONS US LLC

SUNGARD PUBLIC SECTOR LLC

ESCHOOL SOLUTIONS, LLC

ODEON HOLDINGS, LLC

NETCHEMIA, LLC

SEARCHSOFT SOLUTIONS, INC.

TEACHER MATCH, LLC

SCHOOLOGY, INC.

ACCELASCHOOL LLC

By  

/s/ Eric Shander

  Name: Eric Shander
  Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 3]


BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Administrative Agent, a 2021 Incremental Revolving Lender, Issuing Lender and a 2021 Other Revolving Lender
By:  

/s/ Sean Duggan

Name:   Sean Duggan
Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 3]


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as a 2021
Incremental Revolving Lender, Issuing Lender and a 2021 Other Revolving Lender
By:  

/s/ Kevin Raisch

Name:   Kevin Raisch
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 3]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS
BRANCH, as a 2021 Incremental Revolving Lender, Issuing Lender and a 2021 Other Revolving Lender
By:  

/s/ William O’Daly

Name:   William O’Daly
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Andrew Griffin

Name:   Andrew Griffin
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 3]


UBS AG, STAMFORD BRANCH,, as a 2021
Incremental Revolving Lender, Issuing Lender and a 2021 Other Revolving Lender
By:  

/s/ Anthony Joseph

Name:   Anthony Joseph
Title:   Associate Director
By:  

/s/ Houssem Daly

Name:   Houssem Daly
Title:   Director

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 3]


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as a 2021
Incremental Revolving Lender, Issuing Lender and a 2021 Other Revolving Lender
By:  

/s/ Jennifer Tung

Name:   Jennifer Tung
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 3]


JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as a 2021 Incremental Revolving Lender, Issuing Lender and a 2021 Other Revolving Lender
By:  

/s/ J.R. Young

Name:   J.R. Young
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 3]


MACQUARIE CAPITAL FUNDING LLC,
as a 2021 Incremental Revolving Lender, Issuing Lender and a 2021 Other Revolving Lender
By:  

/s/ Ayesha Farooqi

Name:   Ayesha Farooqi
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Michael Barrish

Name:   Michael Barrish
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 3]


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as a 2021 Incremental Revolving Lender, Issuing Lender and a 2021 Other Revolving Lender
By:  

/s/ David H. Strickret

Name:   David H. Strickert
Title:   Managing Director

[Signature Page – Amendment No. 3]

Exhibit 10.7

Execution Version

 

SECOND LIEN CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

Severin Holdings, LLC,

as Holdings,

Severin Acquisition, LLC,

as the Top Borrower,

PeopleAdmin, Inc., Promachos Holding, Inc. and Performance Matters LLC,

also as Borrowers,

certain other Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time designated hereunder as Co-Borrowers,

the several Lenders from time to time party hereto,

and

Credit Suisse AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,

as Administrative Agent

Dated as of August 1, 2018

 

 

 

Credit Suisse Loan Funding LLC,

Barclays Bank PLC,

Jefferies Finance LLC,

Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc.,

Ares Capital Corporation and

Golub Capital LLC

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1 . DEFINITIONS

     2  

1.1

  Defined Terms      2  

1.2

  Other Interpretive Provisions      80  

1.3

  Accounting      81  

1.4

  Limited Condition Transactions      82  

1.5

  Financial Ratio Calculations      83  

1.6

  Currency Equivalents Generally      83  

1.7

  Treatment of Subsidiaries Prior to Joinder      83  

1.8

  LIBOR Replacement      83  

SECTION 2 AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

     84  

2.1

  Commitments      84  

2.2

  Procedure for Borrowing Loans      84  

2.3

  Repayment of Loans      85  

2.4

  [Reserved]      85  

2.5

  [Reserved]      85  

2.6

  [Reserved]      85  

2.7

  [Reserved]      85  

2.8

  Fees      85  

2.9

  [Reserved]      85  

2.10

  Optional Prepayments      85  

2.11

  Mandatory Prepayments and Commitment Reductions      86  

2.12

  Conversion and Continuation Options      90  

2.13

  Limitations on Eurocurrency Tranches      91  

2.14

  Interest Rates and Payment Dates      91  

2.15

  Computation of Interest and Fees      91  

2.16

  Inability to Determine Interest Rate; Illegality      92  

2.17

  Pro rata Treatment and Payments      93  

2.18

  Requirements of Law      95  

2.19

  Taxes      96  

2.20

  [Reserved]      101  

2.21

  Indemnity      101  

2.22

  Change of Lending Office      101  

2.23

  Replacement of Lenders      102  

2.24

  Notes      103  

2.25

  Incremental Credit Extensions      103  

2.26

  Refinancing Amendments      107  

2.27

  Defaulting Lenders      109  

2.28

  Loan Modification Offers      110  

SECTION 3 [RESERVED]

     112  

SECTION 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     112  

4.1

  Financial Condition      112  

 

i


4.2

  No Change      113  

4.3

  Existence; Compliance with Law      113  

4.4

  Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations      113  

4.5

  No Legal Bar      114  

4.6

  Litigation      114  

4.7

  Ownership of Property; Liens      114  

4.8

  Intellectual Property      114  

4.9

  Taxes      115  

4.10

  Federal Regulations      115  

4.11

  Employee Benefit Plans      115  

4.12

  [Reserved]      116  

4.13

  Investment Company Act      116  

4.14

  Environmental Matters      116  

4.15

  Accuracy of Information, etc.      116  

4.16

  Security Documents      117  

4.17

  Solvency      117  

4.18

  Patriot Act; FCPA; OFAC; Sanctions Laws      117  

4.19

  Status as Senior Indebtedness      118  

4.20

  Use of Proceeds      118  

SECTION 5 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     118  

5.1

  Conditions to Closing Date      118  

5.2

  Conditions to Each Borrowing Date      122  

SECTION 6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     123  

6.1

  Financial Statements      123  

6.2

  Certificates; Other Information      125  

6.3

  Payment of Taxes      126  

6.4

  Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Law      126  

6.5

  Maintenance of Property; Insurance      127  

6.6

  Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions      127  

6.7

  Notices      128  

6.8

  Environmental Laws      128  

6.9

  Additional Collateral, etc.      129  

6.10

  Credit Ratings      131  

6.11

  Further Assurances      131  

6.12

  Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries      131  

6.13

  Employee Benefit Plans      132  

6.14

  Use of Proceeds      132  

6.15

  Post-Closing Matters      132  

6.16

  FCPA; OFAC      132  

SECTION 7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     132  

7.1

  [Reserved]      132  

7.2

  Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock      132  

7.3

  Limitation on Restricted Payments      140  

 

ii


7.4

  Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries      150  

7.5

  Asset Sales      152  

7.6

  Transactions with Affiliates      154  

7.7

  Liens      157  

7.8

  Fundamental Changes      157  

7.9

  [Reserved]      158  

7.10

  Changes in Fiscal Periods      159  

7.11

  Negative Pledge Clauses      159  

7.12

  Lines of Business; Holding Company      159  

7.13

  Amendments to Organizational Documents      160  

SECTION 8 GUARANTEE

     161  

8.1

  The Guarantee      161  

8.2

  Obligations Unconditional      161  

8.3

  Reinstatement      163  

8.4

  No Subrogation      163  

8.5

  Remedies      163  

8.6

  [Reserved]      163  

8.7

  Continuing Guarantee      163  

8.8

  General Limitation on Guarantor Obligations      163  

8.9

  Release of Subsidiary Guarantors      164  

8.10

  Right of Contribution      164  

SECTION 9 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     164  

9.1

  Events of Default      164  

9.2

  Action in Event of Default      168  

9.3

  [Reserved]      168  

9.4

  Application of Proceeds      168  

SECTION 10 ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     169  

10.1

  Appointment and Authority      169  

10.2

  Rights as a Lender      170  

10.3

  Exculpatory Provisions      171  

10.4

  Reliance by Administrative Agent      172  

10.5

  Delegation of Duties      172  

10.6

  Resignation and Removal of Administrative Agent      173  

10.7

  Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders; ERISA Status      174  

10.8

  No Other Duties, Etc      176  

10.9

  Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding      176  

10.10

  Collateral and Guaranty Matters      178  

10.11

  Intercreditor Agreements      179  

10.12

  Withholding Tax Indemnity      180  

10.13

  Indemnification      180  

10.14

  Appointment of Incremental Arrangers, Refinancing Arrangers and Loan Modification Agents      181  

 

iii


SECTION 11 MISCELLANEOUS

     181  

11.1

  Amendments and Waivers      181  

11.2

  Notices      185  

11.3

  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies      187  

11.4

  Survival of Representations and Warranties      187  

11.5

  Payment of Expenses/Indemnity      187  

11.6

  Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments      189  

11.7

  [Reserved]      195  

11.8

  Adjustments; Set-off      195  

11.9

  [Reserved]      196  

11.10

  Counterparts; Electronic Execution      196  

11.11

  Severability      197  

11.12

  Integration      197  

11.13

  Governing Law      197  

11.14

  Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers      197  

11.15

  Acknowledgements      198  

11.16

  Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions      198  

11.17

  Confidentiality      199  

11.18

  Waivers Of Jury Trial      200  

11.19

  USA Patriot Act Notification      200  

11.20

  Maximum Amount      200  

11.21

  Lender Action      201  

11.22

  No Fiduciary Duty      201  

11.23

  Electronic Execution of Assignment and Certain Other Documents      202  

11.24

  Intercreditor Agreement      202  

SECTION 12 CO-BORROWER ARRANGEMENTS AND BORROWER REPRESENTATIVE

     202  

12.1

  Addition of Co-Borrowers      202  

12.2

  Status of Co-Borrowers      203  

12.3

  Resignation of Borrowers      204  

12.4

  Appointment of Borrower Representative; Nature of Relationship      204  

12.5

  Powers      204  

12.6

  Execution of Loan Documents      205  

 

iv


SCHEDULES:

 

1.1A   Commitments
1.1C   Existing Debt Release/Repayment
1.1E   Permitted Investments
1.1F   Permitted Liens
1.1H   Pro Forma Adjustments
5.1 (g)   Local Counsel Opinions
6.15   Post-Closing Undertakings
7.2   Permitted Indebtedness
11.2   Notice Addresses for Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

EXHIBITS:

 

A    Form of Security Agreement
B    Form of Assignment and Assumption
C    Form of Compliance Certificate
C-1    Form of Exemption Certificate
C-2    Form of Exemption Certificate
C-3    Form of Exemption Certificate
C-4    Form of Exemption Certificate
D-1    Form of First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement
D-2    Form of Terms of Intercreditor (pari passu)
E    Form of Prepayment Notice
F    Form of Note
G    Form of Guarantor Joinder Agreement
H    Form of Borrowing and Conversion/Continuation Request
I    Form of Solvency Certificate
J    Form of Global Intercompany Note
K    Form of Co-Borrower Joinder
L    Form of Borrower Assignment

 

 

v


SECOND LIEN CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of August 1, 2018, among Severin Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), Severin Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Top Borrower”), PeopleAdmin, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “PA Borrower”), Promachos Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“PeopleAdmin”) and Performance Matters LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“Performance Matters”), certain other Restricted Subsidiaries (this and each other capitalized term used herein without definition having the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.1) from time to time designated hereunder as Co-Borrowers (together with the Top Borrower, the PA Borrower, PeopleAdmin and Performance Matters, each a “Borrower” and, collectively, the “Borrowers”), the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party hereto (including through delivery of a Guarantor Joinder Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party hereto as lenders (the “Lenders”) and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as Administrative Agent.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase and Merger Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2018 (such agreement, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in a manner that would not result in a failure of the condition precedent set forth in Section 5.1(b)(i), the “Acquisition Agreement”), by and among Pinnacle Holdings I LP (“Holdings LP”), Pinnacle Holdings II LLC (“Holdings LLC” and together with Holdings LP, the “Buyer”), Pinnacle Merger Sub I Corp., Pinnacle Merger Sub II LLC, Severin Topco, LLC (“PowerSchool”), PeopleAdmin, the equityholders listed on the signature pages thereto and Vista Equity Partners Management, LLC, solely in its capacity as the equityholders’ representative (in such capacity, the “Seller”), Holdings LP and Holdings LLC, directly or indirectly, together will acquire (the “Acquisition”) from the Seller all of the outstanding equity interests of both PeopleAdmin and PowerSchool, and each of their direct and indirect subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as set forth in the Acquisition Agreement;

WHEREAS, to finance a portion of the Acquisition and for other purposes described herein, the Lenders agreed to extend certain credit facilities consisting of Loans made available to the Borrowers in an aggregate principal amount of $365,000,000;

WHEREAS, each Borrower has agreed to guarantee the obligations of each other Borrower (subject to certain limitations set forth in the Loan Documents);

WHEREAS, each Borrower agreed to secure all of its respective Obligations by granting to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a second priority lien on substantially all of its assets (subject to certain limitations set forth in the Loan Documents); and WHEREAS, each Guarantor has agreed to guarantee the Obligations of each Borrower and to secure its respective Obligations by granting to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a second priority lien on substantially all of its assets (subject, in each case, to certain limitations set forth in the Loan Documents).


NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1.

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement (including the recitals hereof), the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.

ABR”: for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the Prime Rate, and (c) the Eurocurrency Rate with an Interest Period of one month plus 1.0%.

ABR Loans”: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the ABR.

Acceptable Price”: as defined in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Accepting Lenders”: as defined in Section 2.28(a).

Acquired Indebtedness”: with respect to any specified Person:

(a) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person whether or not such Indebtedness is Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, amalgamating or consolidating with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; and

(b) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person;

provided that any Indebtedness of such Person that is extinguished, redeemed, defeased, retired or otherwise repaid at the time of or immediately upon consummation of the transaction pursuant to which such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of the specified Person will not be Acquired Indebtedness.

Acquisition”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

Acquisition Agreement”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

Acquisition Agreement Representations”: such of the representations and warranties made by or on behalf of PowerSchool and PeopleAdmin in the Acquisition Agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that the Buyer has the right to terminate its obligations, or decline to consummate the Acquisition, under the Acquisition Agreement as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties.

Additional Lender”: at any time, any bank or other financial institution that agrees to provide any portion of any (a) Incremental Loans pursuant to an Incremental Amendment in accordance with Section 2.25 or (b) Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.26; provided that (i) the Administrative Agent shall have consented (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) to such Additional Lender if such consent would be required under Section 11.6(b) for an assignment of

 

2


Loans to such Additional Lender, (ii) the Borrower Representative shall have consented to such Additional Lender, (iii) if such Additional Lender is an Affiliated Lender, such Additional Lender must comply with the limitations and restrictions set forth in Section 11.6(b)(iv) and (iv) such Additional Lender will become a party to this Agreement.

Administrative Agent”: Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as the administrative agent for the Lenders this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any of its successors in such capacity.

Affiliate”: with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Jefferies LLC and its Affiliates shall be deemed to be Affiliates of Jefferies Finance LLC and its Affiliates.

Affiliated Lender”: the Sponsors, any Debt Fund Affiliate or any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate.

Aggregate Exposure”: with respect to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to (a) until the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of such Lender’s Commitments at such time and (b) thereafter, the aggregate then unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Loans.

Aggregate Exposure Percentage”: with respect to any Lender at any time, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender’s Aggregate Exposure at such time to the Aggregate Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

Agreement”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

ALTA”: the American Land Title Association.

Anti-Corruption Laws”: Laws relating to anti-bribery or anti-corruption, including Laws that prohibit the corrupt payment, offer, promise, receipt, request or authorization of the payment or transfer of anything of value (including gifts or entertainment), directly or indirectly, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the UK Bribery Act of 2010, and any other Law that relates to anti-bribery or anti-corruption.

Applicable Discount”: as defined in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Applicable Margin”: with respect to:

(a) any Loan, 6.75% per annum in the case of Eurocurrency Loans and 5.75% per annum in the case of ABR Loans;

 

3


(b) any Incremental Loan, the Applicable Margin shall be as set forth in the Incremental Amendment relating to the Incremental Commitment in respect of such Incremental Loan;

(c) any Other Loan, the Applicable Margin shall be as set forth in the Refinancing Amendment relating to such Loan; and

(d) any Extended Loan, the Applicable Margin shall be as set forth in the Loan Modification Agreement relating to such Loan.

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Margin resulting from a change in the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.2(c); provided that the pricing level as set forth above in clause (a)(ii)(A) shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which a Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered but was not delivered, and shall continue to so apply to and including the date on which such Compliance Certificate is so delivered (and thereafter the pricing level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply).

In the event that any financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 or a Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 6.2(c) are shown to be inaccurate at any time that this Agreement is in effect and any Loans or Commitments are outstanding hereunder when such inaccuracy is discovered and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to a higher Applicable Margin for any period (an “Applicable Period”) than the Applicable Margin applied for such Applicable Period, then (i) the Borrower Representative shall promptly (and in no event later than five (5) Business Days thereafter) deliver to the Administrative Agent a correct Compliance Certificate for such Applicable Period, (ii) from and after the date such corrected Compliance Certificate is delivered, the Applicable Margin shall be determined by reference to the corrected Compliance Certificate (but in no event shall the Lenders owe any amounts to the Borrowers) and (iii) the Borrower Representative shall pay to the Administrative Agent promptly upon demand (and in no event later than ten Business Days after demand) any additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period, which payment shall be promptly applied by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any additional interest hereunder shall not be due and payable until demand is made for such payment pursuant to clause (iii) above and accordingly, any nonpayment of such interest as a result of any such inaccuracy shall not constitute a Default (whether retroactively or otherwise), and no such amounts shall be deemed overdue (and no amounts shall accrue interest at the default rate set forth in Section 2.14(c)), at any time prior to the date that is ten Business Days following such demand.

Applicable Requirements”: in respect of any Indebtedness, Indebtedness that satisfies the following requirements:

(a) other than Customary Bridge Financings and Permitted Early Maturity Indebtedness, such Indebtedness (x) does not mature prior to the then Latest Maturity Date applicable to outstanding Loans and is not subject to mandatory redemption or prepayment (except, in each case, (i) customary asset sale or change of control provisions or (ii) other mandatory redemptions that are also made or offered, on a pro rata basis, to holders of outstanding Loans that are Second Lien Obligations) and (y) does not have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any then outstanding Loans;

 

4


(b) if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral, a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness has become party to (i) an Intercreditor Agreement (or any Intercreditor Agreement has been amended or replaced in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), which results in such Senior Representative having rights to share in the Collateral on a pari passu or junior basis, as applicable and/or (ii) the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement;

(c) to the extent such Indebtedness is secured, it is not secured by any property or assets of any Loan Party or any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Collateral except for exclusions with respect to cash collateral customary for pre-funded (and similar) letter of credit facilities, as applicable) (it being agreed that such Indebtedness shall not be required to be secured by all of the Collateral); provided that Indebtedness that may be Incurred by Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 7.2 may be secured by assets of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries;

(d) if such Indebtedness is Incurred by (i) any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, such Indebtedness shall not be guaranteed by any Loan Party and (ii) any Borrower or any Guarantor, such Indebtedness shall not be guaranteed by any Person other than the Borrowers or Guarantors; and

(e) the other terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (excluding pricing, fees, rate floors, discounts, premiums, optional prepayment or optional redemption provisions and financial covenants) are (i) taken as a whole, not materially less favorable to the Borrowers of such Indebtedness than those set forth in the Loan Documents (when taken as a whole), (ii) terms that are conformed (or added) to the Loan Documents for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to an amendment between the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrowers (which amendment, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not require the consent of any other party hereto), (iii) customary market terms at the time of Incurrence (it being agreed that such Indebtedness may be in the form of notes or a credit agreement), except in each case for covenants or other provisions contained in such Indebtedness that are applicable only after the then Latest Maturity Date or (iv) covenants or other provisions that are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

provided that if an Officer’s Certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower Representative delivered to the Administrative Agent for posting to the Lenders at least five (5) Business Days (or a shorter period acceptable to the Administrative Agent) prior to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this definition, and the Required Lenders shall not have notified the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent that they disagree with such determination within such five (5) Business Day period (including a statement of the basis upon which each Lender disagrees), then such certificate shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this definition.

 

5


Applicable Tax Laws”: the Code and any other applicable Requirement of Law relating to Taxes, as in effect from time to time.

Approved Electronic Communications”: as defined in Section 11.2.

Approved Fund”: as defined in Section 11.6.

Asset Sale”:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale Leaseback Transaction) of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than (x) directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by non-U.S. nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law or (y) Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in compliance with Section 7.2), other than by any Restricted Subsidiary to the Top Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case other than:

(a) a sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or uneconomical, obsolete, damaged, unnecessary, surplus, unsuitable or worn out equipment or any sale or disposition of property or assets in connection with scheduled turnarounds, maintenance and equipment and facility updates or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Top Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) in a manner pursuant to Section 7.8;

(c) any Permitted Investment or Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 7.3;

(d) any disposition of assets of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than the greater of $25,000,000 and 16.25% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(e) (i) any transfer or disposition of property or assets by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Top Borrower or (ii) by the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) sales of assets received by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary upon the foreclosure on a Lien;

 

6


(g) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(h) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;

(i) the sale, lease, assignment, license or sublease of inventory, equipment, accounts receivable, notes receivable or other current assets held for sale, lease, assignment, license or sublease in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable into a notes receivable;

(j) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business and dispositions to landlords of improvements made to leased real property pursuant to customary terms of leases;

(k) a sale of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” to a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions;

(l) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(m) any financing transaction with respect to property owned, built or acquired by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, including Sale Leaseback Transactions permitted under this Agreement;

(n) any exchange of assets for assets (including a combination of assets and Cash Equivalents) related to a Similar Business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative;

(o) the grant of any license or sub-license of patents, trademarks, know-how and any other intellectual property in the ordinary course of business or which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(p) any sale or other disposition deemed to occur with creating, granting or perfecting a Lien not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement or the Loan Documents;

(q) the surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release or surrender of a contract, tort or other litigation claim in the ordinary course of business;

(r) foreclosures, condemnations or any similar action on assets;

(s) sales of any non-core assets to obtain the approval of an anti-trust authority to a Permitted Acquisition or other permitted Investment;

 

7


(t) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(u) transfers of property pursuant to a Recovery Event;

(v) the lapse, abandonment or other disposition of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower Representative are no longer commercially reasonable to maintain or are not material to the conduct of the business of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and

(w) Permitted Reorganizations, IPO Reorganization Transactions and the Steps Transaction.

For purposes of determining compliance with Section 7.5, in the event that any disposition (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the above categories or of the categories under Section 7.5 (including in part of one category and in part of another category), the Borrower Representative shall, in its sole discretion, at the time of making such disposition, divide and/or classify, or at any later time redivide and/or reclassify such disposition (or any portion thereof) in one or more of the above categories or in any category under Section 7.5 (including in part in one category and in part in another category).

Asset Sale Percentage”: 100%; provided that the Asset Sale Percentage shall be reduced to (i) 50% if the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently completed Test Period, is less than or equal to 7.00 to 1.00 but greater than 6.50 to 1.00 and (ii) 0% if the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently completed Test Period, is less than or equal to 6.50 to 1.00.

Assignee”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(i).

Assignment and Assumption”: an Assignment and Assumption, substantially in the form of Exhibit B, or such other form acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Auction Purchase”: a purchase of Loans or Commitments pursuant to a Dutch Auction (x) in the case of a Permitted Auction Purchaser, in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6(b)(iii) or (y) in the case of an Affiliated Lender, in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6(b)(iv).

Bail-In Action”: the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation”: with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

8


Bankruptcy Code”: Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy”, as now and hereinafter in effect, or any successor statute.

Basel III”: the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s (the “Committee”) revised rules relating to capital requirements set out in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” and “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” published by the Committee in December 2010, “Revisions to the Basel II market risk framework” published by the Committee in February 2011, the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Committee in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated, and any further guidance or standards published by the Committee in connection with these rules.

Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F. R. § 1010.230. “Beneficially Own”: as defined within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act; “Beneficial Ownership” shall have a correlative meaning.

Benefit Plan”: means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

Benefited Lender”: as defined in Section 11.8(a).

Board”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Board of Directors”: as to any Person, the board of directors or managers, sole member, managing member or other governing body, as applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof.

Borrower” or “Borrowers”: as defined in the preamble hereto; provided that the term “Borrower” shall include any Co-Borrower.

Borrower Representative”: as defined in Section 12.4.

Borrowing”: a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Loans of the same Type.

Borrowing Date”: any Business Day specified by any Borrower as a date on which such Borrower requests the relevant Lenders to make Loans hereunder.

Borrowing Request”: a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit H.

 

9


Business”: as defined in Section 4.14(b).

Business Day”: a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close, provided that with respect to notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, Eurocurrency Loans, such day is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market.

Buyer”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

Calculation Date”: (i) with respect to the determination of “Asset Sale Percentage”, the last day of the applicable Test Period and (ii) otherwise, the applicable date with respect to which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio or Total Net Leverage Ratio is tested.

Cancellation” or “Cancelled”: the cancellation, termination and forgiveness by Permitted Auction Purchaser of all Loans, Commitments and related Obligations acquired in connection with an Auction Purchase or other acquisition of Loans, which cancellation shall be consummated as described in Section 11.6(b)(iii)(C) and the definition of “Eligible Assignee.”

Capital Stock”: (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or share capital; (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; (3) in the case of an exempted company, shares; (4) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and (5) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capitalized Lease Obligations”: at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP. For the avoidance of doubt, “Capitalized Lease Obligations” shall not include obligations or liabilities of any Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations would be required to be classified and accounted for as an operating lease under GAAP as existing on the Closing Date.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary”: any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Top Borrower that bears financial risk or exposure relating to insurance or reinsurance activities and any segregated accounts associated with any such Person.

Cash-Capped Incremental Amount”: an amount equal to the greater of $155,000,000 and 100% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period less (I) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness previously Incurred under Section 2.25(a)(i)(z) or Section 7.2(b)(vi)(z) (or Section 7.2(b)(xvi) in respect of amounts previously incurred under Section 7.2(b)(vi)(z)) and (II) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred under the First Lien Cash-Capped Incremental Facility (or, without duplication of any amounts deducted above, the basket equivalent to Section 7.2(b)(vi)(z) in the First Lien Credit Agreement and refinancings thereof pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(xvi) of the First Lien Facility).

 

10


Cash-Capped Incremental Facility”: as defined in Section 2.25(a)(i).

Cash Contribution Amount”: the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Equivalents”:

(1) Dollars, Canadian dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any participating member state of the European Union and other local currencies held by Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time in the ordinary course of business in connection with any business conducted by such Person in such jurisdiction;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States, Canada, any country that is a member of the European Union, Switzerland or the United Kingdom or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year, and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000, in the case of U.S. banks, and $100,000,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof), in the case of non-U.S. banks, and whose long-term debt is rated with an Investment Grade Rating by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency);

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of Holdings) rated at least “P-1/A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state or commonwealth of the United States of America, Canada, any country that is a member of the European Union, the United Kingdom or Switzerland or any political subdivision of the foregoing having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(7) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons (other than the Sponsors or any of their respective Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

 

11


(8) [reserved];

(9) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (8) above; and

(10) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1) through (8) above denominated in Canadian dollars, pound sterling or euro or any other currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with (a) any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction or (b) any Investment in the jurisdiction where such Investment is made.

CFC”: any “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

Change in Law”: the occurrence, after the Closing Date, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, (x) the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the European Capital Requirements Directive IV and in each case all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, in each case solely to the extent adopted, issued, promulgated or implemented after the Closing Date and otherwise satisfying the requirements of clauses (a), (b) and (c) above.

Change of Control”: at any time, (a) the Borrower Representative becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any of the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings, or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings that holds directly or indirectly an amount of Voting Stock of Holdings such that Holdings is a Subsidiary of such holding company, unless the Permitted Holders have, at such time, the right or the ability, directly or indirectly, by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings that holds directly or indirectly an amount of Voting Stock of Holdings such that Holdings is a Subsidiary of such holding company), (b) Holdings shall fail to Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Top Borrower representing 100% of the total voting power

 

12


represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Top Borrower, or (c) a “change of control” or similar event shall occur with respect to any agreement governing Indebtedness of any Group Member incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(a), 7.2(b)(ii), 7.2(b)(iv), 7.2(b)(v), 7.2(b)(vi), or 7.2(b)(xxii) or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the foregoing, in each case the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds, in the aggregate at the time of determination, the greater of $43,750,000 and 28.75% of Consolidated EBITDA on a Pro Forma Basis for the most recently ended Test Period.

Class”: (a) with respect to Commitments or Loans, those of such Commitments or Loans that have the same terms and conditions and (b) with respect to Lenders, those of such Lenders that have Commitments or Loans of a particular Class.

Closing Date”: August 1, 2018.

Co-Borrower Joinder”: a joinder agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit K hereto or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to which a Co-Borrower agrees to become an obligor in respect of Borrowings under this Agreement.

Co-Borrowers”: Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries organized in the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia from time to time designated by the Borrower Representative to the Administrative Agent as “borrowers” with respect to Borrowings in accordance with Section 12, and “Co-Borrower” means any one of them.

Code”: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (except as indicated otherwise with respect to the definition of FATCA).

Collateral”: all of the assets and property of the Loan Parties and any other Person, now owned or hereafter acquired, whether real, personal or mixed, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document; provided, however, that the Collateral shall not include any Excluded Assets.

Collateral Agent”: Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch as the sole and exclusive collateral agent for the Secured Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any of its successors in such capacity.

Commitment”: as to any Lender, (i) the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make a Loan to the Borrowers in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A, (ii) the Incremental Commitments, if any, issued after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.25 or (iii) Other Commitments, if any, issued after the Closing Date pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment entered into pursuant to Section 2.26. The original aggregate principal amount of the Commitments on the Closing Date is $365,000,000.

Commitment Letter”: the amended and restated commitment letter, dated as of April 30, 2018, among the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Buyer and the other parties thereto.

Commodity Exchange Act”: the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

 

13


Commonly Controlled Entity”: an entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with Holdings or any Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group that includes Holdings or any Borrower and that is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

Company”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

Compliance Certificate”: a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

Consolidated EBITDA”: the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:

(1) increased (without duplication) by:

(a) provision for Taxes based on income or profits or capital (or Taxes based on revenue in lieu of Taxes based on income or profits or capital), including federal, foreign, state, local, franchise, unitary, property, excise, value added and similar Taxes and foreign withholding Taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income and payroll taxes related to stock compensation costs, including (i) an amount equal to the amount of distributions actually made to the holders of Capital Stock of such Person or any direct or indirect parent of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 7.3(b)(xii) which shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income Taxes directly by such Person and (ii) penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations; plus

(b) consolidated Fixed Charges for such period (including (x) bank fees and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities and surety bonds outstanding, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (1)(r) through (1)(z) thereof, in each case, to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(c) Consolidated Non-Cash Charges for such period to the extent such non-cash charges were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d) any expenses (including legal and professional expenses) or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition, disposition, dividend, distribution, return of capital, recapitalization or the Incurrence of Indebtedness, including a refinancing thereof, and any amendment or modification to the terms of any such transaction (in each case, (i) including any such transactions consummated prior to the Closing Date, (ii) whether or not such transaction is undertaken but not completed, (iii) whether or not such transaction is permitted by this Agreement and (iv) including any such transaction incurred by any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings), including such fees, expenses or charges related to the Transactions, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

14


(e) the amount of any restructuring charges, accruals or reserves and business optimization expense deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any such costs Incurred in connection with acquisitions before or after the Closing Date (including entry into new market/channels and new service or product offerings) and costs related to the closure, reconfiguration and/or consolidation of facilities and costs to relocate employees, integration and transaction costs, retention charges, severance, contract termination costs, recruiting and signing bonuses and expenses, future lease commitments, systems establishment costs, conversion costs and excess pension charges and consulting fees, expenses attributable to the implementation of costs savings initiatives, costs associated with tax projects/audits and costs consisting of professional consulting or other fees relating to any of the foregoing; plus

(f) any other non-cash charges, impairment charges (including bad debt expense), any write offs or write downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(g) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

(h) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, advisory, refinancing, subsequent transaction and exit fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Sponsors and Management Equityholders and directors’ fees and expenses, in each case, to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(i) the “run rate” expected cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies that are expected in good faith to be realized as a result of actions with respect to which substantial steps have been, will be, or are expected in good faith to be, taken within 36 months after the date of any acquisition, disposition, divestiture, restructuring, other operational changes or the implementation of a cost savings or other similar initiative, as applicable (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies were realized during the entirety of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such actions or substantial steps have been, will be, or are expected in good faith to be, taken within 36 months after (x) if such cost savings, expense reductions, charge, expense, acquisition, divestiture, restructuring or initiative is initiated on or prior to the Closing Date, the Closing Date or (y) if such cost savings, expense reductions, charge, expense, acquisition, divestiture, restructuring, other operational changes or initiative is initiated after the Closing Date, the date on which such cost savings, expense reductions, charge, expense, acquisition, divestiture,

 

15


restructuring, other operational changes or initiative is initiated and (B) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses or synergies shall be added pursuant to this defined term to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges otherwise added to Consolidated EBITDA, whether through a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, for such period (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”); plus

(j) the “run rate” expected cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies related to the Transactions projected by the Borrower Representative in good faith to result from actions with respect to which substantial steps have been, will be, or are expected to be, taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower Representative) within 36 months after the Closing Date, calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies were realized during the entirety of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions and which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”; plus

(k) the amount of loss or discount on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Financing, to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(l) any costs or expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement or any accelerated vesting of awards in anticipation of the Transactions, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 7.3(a)(3) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(m) [reserved]; plus

(n) the Tax effect of any items excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clauses (1), (3), (4), (7), (8) and (17) of the definition thereof; plus

(o) to the extent not already otherwise included herein, amounts included on Schedule 1.1H, attached hereto, to the extent such amounts, or amounts of similar type and nature to those listed on Schedule 1.1H, without duplication, continue to be applicable during such period; plus

(p) earn-out obligations and adjustments thereof incurred in connection with any acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder and paid or accrued during such period; plus

 

16


(q) the amount of revenue representing amounts invoiced during such period in respect of subscriptions, software and related services which has been deferred under GAAP minus the amount of such deferred revenues (when recognized under GAAP), to the extent such revenues were recognized in a prior period; plus

(r) unbilled amounts executed in connection with ‘6-months free’ promotional contracts (or any similar promotional contract for a period of six months or less) during such 6-month (or lesser) period; plus

(s) all charges attributable to, and payments of, legal settlements, fines, judgments or orders;

(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period; and

(3) increased (by losses) or decreased (by gains) by (without duplication) the application of FASB Interpretation No. 45 (Guarantees).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consolidated EBITDA (a) for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2018, shall be deemed to be $474,000, (b) for the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2017, shall be deemed to be $11,154,000, (c) for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2017, shall be deemed to be $130,790,000 and (d) for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2017, shall be deemed to be $11,916,000, as may be subject to add-backs and adjustments (without duplication) pursuant to clauses (1)(i) and (1)(j) above and the definitions of “Pro Forma Basis” and “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” for the applicable period.

Consolidated Interest Expense”: with respect to Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the sum, without duplication, of

(1) consolidated interest expense for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (e) net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (r) any prepayment premium or penalty, (s) costs associated with obtaining Hedging Obligations and breakage costs in respect of Hedging Obligations related to interest rates, (t) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (u) penalties and interest relating to Taxes, (v) any “additional interest” or “penalty interest” with respect to any securities, (w) any accretion or accrued interest of discounted liabilities, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, amendment or consent fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, discounts, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, cost of surety bonds, charges owed with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Financing); plus

 

17


(2) consolidated capitalized interest for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(3) interest income for such period;

provided that, for purposes of calculating Consolidated Interest Expense, no effect shall be given to the discount and/or premium resulting from the bifurcation of derivatives under FASB ASC 815 and related interpretations as a result of the terms of the Indebtedness to which such Consolidated Interest Expense relates.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Borrower Representative to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any additional charges arising from (i) the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 480-10-25-4 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity—Overall— Recognition” to any series of Preferred Stock other than Disqualified Stock or (ii) the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20 “Debt—Debt with Conversion Options—Recognition,” in each case, shall be disregarded in the calculation of Fixed Charges.

Consolidated Net Income”: for any period, the Net Income of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication:

(1) any after-Tax effect of infrequent, non-recurring, non-operating or unusual gains, losses, income or expenses (including all fees and expenses relating thereto) (including costs and expenses relating to the Transactions), severance, relocation costs, contract termination costs, system establishment charges, consolidation and closing costs, integration and facilities opening costs, business optimization costs, transition costs, restructuring costs, signing, retention or completion bonuses or payments and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded,

(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies, whether or not effected through a cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application or otherwise in each case in accordance with GAAP, shall be excluded,

(3) any net after-Tax effect of income or loss from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations and any net after-Tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

(4) any net after-Tax effect of gains or losses (including all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions or the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative, shall be excluded,

 

18


(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting (other than a Guarantor), shall be excluded; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period or a prior period to the extent not previously included,

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 7.3(a)(3)(A), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Loan Party) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior Governmental Approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into Cash Equivalents) to Holdings, the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not subject to any such restriction) in respect of such period or a prior period, to the extent not previously included,

(7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements (including, but not limited to, any step-ups or reductions with respect to re-valuing assets and liabilities) pursuant to GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements resulting from the application in accordance with GAAP of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any investment, acquisition, merger or consolidation (or reorganization or restructuring) that is consummated after the Closing Date or the depreciation, amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(8) any net after-Tax income (loss) from the early extinguishment of (i) Indebtedness, (ii) Hedging Obligations or (iii) other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

(9) any impairment charge or expense, asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets or investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulations, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

(10) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, phantom equity, stock options, restricted stock or other rights, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transactions, including any expense resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R shall be excluded, provided that any subsequent settlement in cash shall reduce Consolidated Net Income for the period in which such payment occurs,

 

19


(11) any fees and expenses or other charges (including any make-whole premium or penalties) incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, recapitalization, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, Equity Offering, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, (i) including any such transactions consummated prior to the Closing Date, (ii) whether or not such transaction is undertaken but not completed, (iii) whether or not such transaction is permitted by this Agreement and (iv) including any such transaction incurred by any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

(12) accruals and reserves that are established and not reversed within 12 months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions (or within 12 months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded,

(13) [reserved],

(14) any charges resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805 “Business Combinations,” Accounting Standards Codification Topic 350 “Intangibles— Goodwill and Other,” Accounting Standards Codification Topic 360-10-35-15 “Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” Accounting Standards Codification Topic 480-10-25-4 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity—Overall—Recognition” or Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” shall be excluded,

(15) non-cash interest expense resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20 “Debt—Debt with Conversion Options—Recognition” shall be excluded,

(16) any non-cash rent, non-cash interest expense and non-cash interest income shall be excluded; provided that, if any such non-cash item represents an accrual or reserve for potential cash item in any future period, (i) the Borrower Representative may elect not to exclude such non-cash item in the current period and (ii) to the extent the Borrower Representative elects to exclude such non-cash item, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall reduce or increase, as applicable, Consolidated Net Income in such future period to the extent paid,

(17) the net after-Tax effect of carve-out related items (including audit and legal expenses, elimination of duplicative costs (including with respect to software licensing expenses and fees with respect to transaction services agreements) and costs and expenses related to information and technology systems establishment or modification), in each case in connection with the performance of the rights and obligations under any transitions services agreement, shall be excluded,

(18) any non-cash expenses, accruals, reserves or income related to adjustments to historical tax exposures or tax asset valuation allowances shall be excluded; and

 

20


(19) the following items shall be excluded:

(a) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging”; and

(b) any net foreign exchange gains or losses (whether or not realized) resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge arrangements for currency exchange risk) and any net foreign exchange gains or losses (whether or not realized) from the impact of foreign currency changes on intercompany accounts and in any event including any foreign exchange translation or transaction gains or losses.

Solely for purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA, the Net Income of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be calculated without deducting the income attributable to the minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary except to the extent of dividends declared or paid in respect of such period or any prior period on the shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary held by such third parties.

In addition, to the extent not already accounted for in the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include (i) the amount of proceeds received during such period from business interruption insurance in respect of insured claims for such period, (ii) the amount of proceeds as to which the Borrower Representative has determined that there is a reasonable basis that it will be reimbursed by the insurer in respect of such period from business interruption insurance (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days or not so reimbursed within 365 days) and (iii) reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification, reimbursement, guaranty, purchase price adjustment or other similar provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted hereunder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 7.3 only (other than clauses (a)(3)(E) and (a)(3)(F) therein), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by Holdings, the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clauses (a)(3)(E) and (a)(3)(F) therein.

Consolidated Non-Cash Charges”: for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles, deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees, the non-cash portion of interest expense resulting from the reduction in the carrying value under purchase accounting of outstanding Indebtedness and commissions, discounts, yield and other fees

 

21


and charges but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period), non-cash impairment, non-cash compensation, noncash rent and other non-cash expenses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if any non-cash charges referred to in this definition represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA in such future period to such extent paid.

Consolidated Total Indebtedness”: as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries described in clauses (a)(i), (a)(ii) (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments) and (solely with respect to the definition of “Total Net Leverage Ratio”) (a)(iv) of the definition of “Indebtedness”, determined on a consolidated basis, to the extent required to be recorded on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, including, without duplication, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans and the First Lien Loans; provided, that the amount of revolving Indebtedness under the First Lien Credit Agreement and any other revolving credit facility shall be computed based upon the period-ending value of such Indebtedness during the applicable period; provided, further, that Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness in respect of any Qualified Receivables Financing permitted pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(xxi) or (y) obligations in respect of letters of credit (including letters of credit issued under the First Lien Facilities), except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder.

Contingent Obligations”: with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

(2) to advance or supply funds:

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Contractual Obligation”: as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

22


Contribution Indebtedness”: Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash contributions (including such contributions in exchange for Equity Interests in Top Borrower) (other than the Equity Contribution, Excluded Contributions, any contributions received in connection with the exercise of the Cure Right or any such cash contributions that have been used to make a Restricted Payment) made to the equity capital of the Top Borrower after the Closing Date, in each case to the extent not previously applied in determining the permissibility of a transaction under the Loan Documents where such permissibility was (or may have been) contingent on the receipt of availability of such amount.

Control”: the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Cure Amount”: as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement

Cure Right”: as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

Customary Bridge Financings”: bridge financing having a final maturity date (including after giving effect to automatic rollovers and extensions) no later than one year following the date of issuance or incurrence thereof (without giving effect to any amendments, waivers or extensions) and otherwise on customary market terms for bridge financings in connection with the issuance of “high yield” securities at the relevant time.

Debt Fund Affiliate”: an Affiliate of the Sponsors (other than Holdings and any of its Subsidiaries) that is a bona fide debt fund or an investment vehicle that is engaged in the making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business with respect to which the Sponsors and their Affiliates (other than Debt Fund Affiliates) do not directly or indirectly possess the power to direct or cause the direction of the investment policies of such entity.

Debtor Relief Laws”: the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Declined Proceeds”: as defined in Section 2.11(f).

Default”: any of the events specified in Section 9.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

Defaulting Lender”: any Lender that (a) has refused (whether verbally or in writing) to fund (and has not retracted such refusal), or has failed to fund, any portion of the Loans required to be funded by it hereunder (collectively, its “Funding Obligations”) within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by such Lender hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing), (b) has notified the Administrative Agent or the Borrower Representative in writing that

 

23


it does not intend to (or will not be able to) satisfy such Funding Obligations or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its Funding Obligations or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, (d) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that it will comply with its Funding Obligations; provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (d) upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of such confirmation, or (e) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) admitted in writing that it is insolvent or pay its debts as they become due, (ii) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (iii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a substantial part of its assets or a custodian appointed for it, (iv) is or becomes subject to a forced liquidation, (v) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such person or its assets to be insolvent or bankrupt, (vi) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment or action or (vii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender under this clause (e) solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or the existence of an Undisclosed Administration in respect of that Lender (or, in such any case, any direct or indirect parent company thereof) by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest or Undisclosed Administration does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.

Designated Non-cash Consideration”: the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Top Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is determined by the Borrower Representative to be Designated Non-cash Consideration, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock”: Preferred Stock of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Top Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so determined by the Borrower Representative to be Designated Preferred Stock, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 7.3(a)(3)(B) and (C).

Designated Senior Representative”: the meaning ascribed to “Designated Senior Representative” in the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

 

24


Disposition”: with respect to any property (including Capital Stock of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), any sale, lease, Sale Leaseback Transaction, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof (including by allocation of assets by division, merger or consolidation or amalgamation, or allocation of assets to any series of a limited liability company and excluding the granting of a Lien permitted hereunder) and any issuance of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary. The terms “Dispose” and “Disposed of” shall have correlative meanings.

Discharge of Senior Obligations”: the meaning ascribed to “Discharge of Senior Obligations” in the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement

Disqualified Lender”: (i) each bank, financial institution, other institutional lenders and investors and other entities identified on a list made available to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date of the Commitment Letter, (ii) each competitor of the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is in the same or a similar line of business as the Top Borrower and its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions) identified by name and designated in writing from time to time to the Administrative Agent, (iii) any persons that are engaged as principals primarily in private equity, mezzanine financing (other than persons approved by Borrower Representative in writing) or venture capital identified on a list made available to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date of the Commitment Letter (in case of clause (ii) or (iii) above, excluding any entity that is primarily engaged in, or that advises bona fide debt funds, or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course) and (iv) as to any entity referenced in clauses (i) and/or (ii) above (the “Primary Disqualified Lender”), any of such Primary Disqualified Lender’s Affiliates readily identifiable as such by name, but excluding any Affiliate that is primarily engaged in, or that advises bona fide debt funds, or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course; provided that any Person that is a Lender and subsequently becomes a Disqualified Lender (but was not a Disqualified Lender on the Closing Date or at the time it became a Lender) shall be deemed to not be a Disqualified Lender hereunder. Upon an inquiry by any Lender to the Administrative Agent as to whether a specific potential Assignee or prospective Participant is a Disqualified Lender, the Administrative Agent is permitted to disclose to such inquiring Lender whether such specific potential Assignee or prospective Participant is on the list of Disqualified Lenders.

Disqualified Stock”: with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise,

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

 

25


in each case prior to the then Latest Maturity Date in respect of the Facilities (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale to the extent permitted under clause (1) above); provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock that so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Top Borrower or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided, further, however, that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, manager or consultant (or their respective trusts, estates, investment funds, investment vehicles or immediate family members), of the Top Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good faith as an “affiliate” by the Board of Directors of the Borrower Representative (or the compensation committee thereof), in each case pursuant to any stockholders’ agreement, management equity plan, stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

Dollars” and “$”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States.

Dutch Auction”: one or more purchases (each, a “Purchase”) by a Permitted Auction Purchaser or an Affiliated Lender (either, a “Purchaser”) of Loans; provided that, each such Purchase is made on the following basis:

(a) (i) the Purchaser will notify the Administrative Agent in writing (a “Purchase Notice”) (and the Administrative Agent will deliver such Purchase Notice to each relevant Lender) that such Purchaser wishes to make an offer to purchase from each Lender with respect to any Class of Loans on an individual tranche basis Loans, in an aggregate principal amount as is specified by such Purchaser (the “Loan Purchase Amount”) with respect to each applicable tranche, subject to a range or minimum discount to par expressed as a price at which range or price such Purchaser would consummate the Purchase (the “Offer Price”) of such Loans to be purchased (it being understood that different Offer Prices and/or Loan Purchase Amounts, as applicable, may be offered with respect to different tranches of Loans and, in such an event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this definition); provided that the Purchase Notice shall specify that each Return Bid (as defined below) must be submitted by a date and time to be specified in the Purchase Notice, which date shall be no earlier than the second Business Day following the date of the Purchase Notice and (ii) the Loan Purchase Amount specified in each Purchase Notice delivered by such Purchaser to the Administrative Agent shall not be less than $10,000,000 in the aggregate;

 

26


(b) such Purchaser will allow each Lender holding the Class of Loans subject to the Purchase Notice to submit a notice of participation (each, a “Return Bid”) which shall specify (i) one or more discounts to par of such Lender’s tranche or tranches of Loans subject to the Purchase Notice expressed as a price (each, an “Acceptable Price”) (but in no event will any such Acceptable Price be greater than the highest Offer Price for the Purchase subject to such Purchase Notice) and (ii) the principal amount of such Lender’s tranches of Loans at which such Lender is willing to permit a purchase of all or a portion of its Loans to occur at each such Acceptable Price (the “Reply Amount”);

(c) based on the Acceptable Prices and Reply Amounts of the Loans as are specified by the Lenders, such Purchaser will determine the applicable discount (the “Applicable Discount”), which will be the lower of (i) the lowest Acceptable Price at which such Purchaser can complete the Purchase for the entire Loan Purchase Amount and (ii) in the event that the aggregate Reply Amounts relating to such Purchase Notice are insufficient to allow such Purchaser to complete a purchase of the entire Loan Purchase Amount, the highest Acceptable Price that is less than or equal to the Offer Price;

(d) such Purchaser shall purchase Loans from each Lender with one or more Acceptable Prices that are equal to or less than the Applicable Discount at the Applicable Discount (such Loans being referred to as “Qualifying Loans” and such Lenders being referred to as “Qualifying Lenders”), subject to clauses (e), (f), (g) and (h) below;

(e) such Purchaser shall purchase the Qualifying Loans offered by the Qualifying Lenders at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the aggregate principal amount required to purchase the Qualifying Loans would exceed the Loan Purchase Amount, such Purchaser shall purchase Qualifying Loans ratably based on the aggregate principal amounts of all such Qualifying Loans tendered by each such Qualifying Lender;

(f) the Purchase shall be consummated pursuant to and in accordance with Section 11.6(b) and, to the extent not otherwise provided herein, shall otherwise be consummated pursuant to procedures (including as to timing, rounding and minimum amounts, Interest Periods, and other notices by such Purchaser) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (provided that, subject to the proviso of clause (g) of this definition, such Purchase shall be required to be consummated no later than ten (10) Business Days after the time that Return Bids are required to be submitted by Lenders pursuant to the applicable Purchase Notice);

(g) upon submission by a Lender of a Return Bid, subject to the foregoing clause (f), such Lender will be irrevocably obligated to sell the entirety or its pro rata portion (as applicable pursuant to clause (e) above) of the Reply Amount at the Applicable Discount plus accrued and unpaid interest through the date of purchase to such Purchaser pursuant to Section 11.6(b) and as otherwise provided herein; provided that as long as no Return Bids have been submitted each Purchaser may rescind its Purchase Notice by notice to the Administrative Agent; and

(h) purchases by a Permitted Auction Purchaser of Qualifying Loans shall result in the immediate Cancellation of such Qualifying Loans.

 

27


EEA Financial Institution”: means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country”: means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority”: means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having the authority to exercise Write-Down and Conversion Powers.

Eligible Assignee”: (a) any Lender, any Affiliate of a Lender and any Approved Fund (any two or more Approved Funds with respect to a particular Lender being treated as a single Eligible Assignee for all purposes hereof), and (b) any commercial bank, insurance company, financial institution, investment or mutual fund or other entity that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) and which extends credit or buys commercial loans in the ordinary course; provided that “Eligible Assignee” (x) shall include (i) Debt Fund Affiliates and Affiliated Lenders, subject to the provisions of Section 11.6(b)(iv) and (ii) Permitted Auction Purchasers, subject to the provisions of Section 11.6(b)(iii), and solely to the extent that such Permitted Auction Purchasers purchase or acquire Loans pursuant to a Dutch Auction or in open market purchases and effect a Cancellation immediately upon such contribution, purchase or acquisition pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (y) shall not include any Disqualified Lender or any natural person.

EMU Legislation”: the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.

Environmental Laws”: any and all foreign, Federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law (including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning Materials of Environmental Concern, human health and safety with respect to exposure to Materials of Environmental Concern, and protection or restoration of the environment as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.

Equity Contribution”: equity contributions, exchanges or substitutions (including (i) rollover equity converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of PeopleAdmin, PowerSchool or Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings), (ii) rollover equity for which Capital Stock of PeopleAdmin, PowerSchool or Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings) is issued in substitution and (iii) Capital Stock committed to be issued in respect of compensation plans existing on the Closing Date) in the form of (a) common stock or preferred stock or convertible preferred stock that is not Disqualified Stock, in each case having customary provisions and treated as equity by Moody’s and S&P or (b) other Capital Stock having terms reasonably acceptable to the Joint Lead Arrangers, in each case (other than in the case of rollover equity and Capital Stock committed to be issued in respect of compensation plans existing on the Closing Date) made in cash directly or indirectly to PeopleAdmin, PowerSchool or Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings) by the Permitted Holders, and in an aggregate amount (rounded to the nearest percentage point, but without giving effect to (i) any Indebtedness Incurred to fund any OID or

 

28


upfront fees pursuant to the exercise of “market flex” under the Fee Letter and (ii) letters of credit outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement as of the Closing Date) of not less than 30.0% of the sum of the pro forma total debt and equity capitalization of Holdings and its Subsidiaries after giving effect to the Transactions (the “Total Capitalization”); provided that the Sponsors’ investment on the Closing Date shall constitute more than 50% of the Equity Contribution.

Equity Holder”: any direct or indirect equity holder of Holdings.

Equity Interests”: Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock) and with respect to Holdings and Top Borrower, shareholder loans to the extent issued as Permitted Cure Securities or pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(xi) shall be treated as Equity Interests of the Top Borrower or Holdings, as applicable, for all purposes hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any payments made with respect to such shareholder loans shall be treated as payments with respect to Equity Interests for all purposes hereunder, including Section 7.3, and not as payments with respect to Indebtedness).

Equity Offering”: any public or private sale after the Closing Date of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8; and

(2) an issuance to any Restricted Subsidiary.

ERISA”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule”: means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurocurrency Loans”: Loans that bear interest at a rate based on the definition of Eurocurrency Rate, other than any ABR Loan.

Eurocurrency Rate” means:

(a) for any Interest Period, with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, the rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), as administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period as displayed on the Reuters screen page that displays such rate (currently page LIBOR01) or, in the event such rate does not appear on a page of the Reuters screen, on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate as shall be selected by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its reasonable discretion (in such case, the “LIBOR Rate”), at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time), two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period;

 

29


(b) for any interest rate calculation with respect to an ABR Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to the LIBOR Rate, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the LIBOR Rate for any day shall be based on the rate determined on such day at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rates (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR Rate available) for deposits in Dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR Rate available) as an authorized vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates);

provided that (i) to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the Administrative Agent in connection with any rate set forth in this definition, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided, further, that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and (ii) if the Eurocurrency Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Eurocurrency Tranche”: the collective reference to Eurocurrency Loans under a particular Facility the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).

Event of Default”: any of the events specified in Section 9.1; provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

Exchange Act”: the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Excluded Assets”: with respect to any Loan Party, (i) (1) any fee-owned real property not constituting Material Property, (2) any real property not subject to preceding clause (i) that contains improvements located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a “special flood hazard area” and (3) all leasehold or subleasehold property (and, for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall landlord lien waivers, estoppels and collateral access letters be required to be delivered with respect to any such leasehold property), (ii) any vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title (other than to the extent perfection of the security interest in such assets is accomplished solely by the filing of UCC financing statement), (iii) chattel paper, letter of credit rights and commercial tort claims, in each case, with a face value of less than $7,500,000 (other than to the extent perfection of the security interest therein is accomplished solely by the filing of UCC financing statement), (iv) any assets the granting of a security interest in which (1) is prohibited or restricted by law (including restrictions in respect of Margin Stock and financial assistance, fraudulent conveyance, preference, thin capitalization or other similar laws or regulations) or contract (solely with respect to those assets in which the applicable Borrower or Guarantor has acquired rights as a result of the relevant contract), (2) requires government or third-party consents (after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or other applicable law, the granting or assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC or other applicable law notwithstanding any applicable

 

30


prohibition) or (3) results in material adverse accounting, regulatory or U.S. Tax consequences as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative in consultation with the Administrative Agent, (v) (A) any Margin Stock and (B) Equity Interests in an Excluded Subsidiary (other than a CFC or a FSHCO) (but the Capital Stock of any Excluded Subsidiary referred to in clause (i) of the definition thereof shall be an “Excluded Asset” only in the event and to the extent the pledge of such Capital Stock is prohibited or restricted by the terms of its Organizational Documents or joint venture documents) or an Immaterial Subsidiary, (vi) any assets where the cost of obtaining a security interest in, or perfection of a security interest in, such assets exceeds the practical benefit to the Secured Parties afforded thereby (as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative), (vii) any governmental licenses or state or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent a security interest in any such license, franchise, charter or authorization is prohibited or restricted thereby, (viii) any lease, license, agreement or similar arrangement or any property subject thereto (including pursuant to a purchase money security interest or similar arrangement) to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement or purchase money arrangement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than the Loan Parties) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or other applicable law, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition, (ix) any Cash Equivalents (other than proceeds of Collateral as to which perfection of the security interest in such proceeds is accomplished solely by the filing of UCC financing statement), deposit and securities accounts (including securities entitlements and related assets) and any other assets requiring perfection through control agreements or perfection by “control” (other than in respect of certificated equity interests in the Borrowers and material Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries thereof otherwise required to be pledged), (x) any intent-to-use trademark application prior to the filing and acceptance by the United States Patent and Trademark Office of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto, to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application, or any registration issuing therefrom, under applicable federal law, (xi) any assets of any Excluded Subsidiary or any Immaterial Subsidiary, (xii) any property subject to a capital lease, purchase money security interest or, in the case of property of a Loan Party acquired after the Closing Date, pre-existing secured indebtedness not Incurred in anticipation of the acquisition by the applicable Loan Party, to the extent that the granting of a security interest in such property would be prohibited under the terms of such capital lease, purchase money financing or secured indebtedness, (xiii) any Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, (xiv) any Equity Interests of a CFC or of a FSHCO, other than 65% of the total outstanding voting Equity Interests and 100% of the total outstanding non-voting Equity Interests of such CFC or FSHCO that, in each case, are directly owned by a Loan Party, (xv) receivables and related assets (A) sold to any Receivables Subsidiary or (B) otherwise pledged in connection with any Qualified Receivables Financing, (xvi) any assets which are subject to a security interest in respect of Acquired Indebtedness and such security interest constitutes a Permitted Lien and (xvii) to the extent used exclusively to hold funds in trust for the benefit of third parties, (1) payroll, healthcare and other employee wage and benefit accounts, (2) tax accounts, including sales tax accounts, (3) escrow, defeasance and redemption accounts and (4) fiduciary or trust accounts and, in the case of clauses (xvii)(1) through (xvii)(4), the funds or other property held in or maintained in any such account.

 

31


Excluded Contributions”: the net cash proceeds and Cash Equivalents or Fair Market Value of assets or property received by or contributed to the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date (other than (i) such amounts provided by or contributed to the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from or by any Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) Permitted Cure Securities) from:

(a) contributions to its common or preferred equity capital, and

(b) the sale (other than to the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent, in each case of clauses (a) and (b) designated by the Borrower Representative as an Excluded Contribution, the proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 7.3(a)(3)(C).

Excluded Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of Holdings that is, at any time of determination, (i) not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, provided that such Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (ii) a special purpose securitization vehicle (or similar entity), including any Receivables Subsidiary created pursuant to a transaction permitted under this Agreement, (iii) a joint venture, (iv) a not-for-profit Subsidiary, (v) a Captive Insurance Subsidiary, (vi) a CFC, (vii) a FSHCO, (viii) a Subsidiary of a CFC, (ix) an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (x) any Foreign Subsidiary, (xi) any Immaterial Subsidiary (provided that, in the absence of any other applicable limitation, such Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary is no longer an Immaterial Subsidiary), (xii) for which the granting of a pledge or security interest would be prohibited or restricted by applicable law (including financial assistance, fraudulent conveyance, preference, thin capitalization or other similar laws or regulations), whether on the Closing Date or thereafter or by contract existing on the Closing Date, or, if such Subsidiary is acquired after the Closing Date, by contract existing when such Subsidiary is acquired (so long as such prohibition is not created in contemplation of such acquisition), including any requirement to obtain the consent of any Governmental Authority or third party (unless such consent has been obtained), (xiii) to the extent any Indebtedness Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary prior to becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (and not Incurred in contemplation of such Restricted Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary) prohibits such Restricted Subsidiary (and any Subsidiary thereof) from becoming a Guarantor, (xiv) for which the cost of providing a Guarantee is excessive in relation to the value afforded thereby (as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent) or (xv) any Subsidiary for which the provision of a guarantee could reasonably be expected to result in material adverse Tax consequences as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative in consultation with the Administrative Agent; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower Representative may in its sole discretion designate any Excluded Subsidiary as a Subsidiary Guarantor and in connection therewith shall comply with the provisions of Section 6.9(c) and may, thereafter, re-designate such Subsidiary as an Excluded Subsidiary (so long as such Subsidiary otherwise then qualified as an Excluded Subsidiary), upon which re-designation such Subsidiary shall automatically be released from its Guarantee in accordance with Section 8.9.

 

32


Existing Debt Release/Repayment”: collectively, the release of the Company as borrowers, issuers, grantors and guarantors, as applicable, and, if applicable, the termination and release of all security interests and Liens granted by the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection therewith, to the extent set forth in the Acquisition Agreement and listed on Schedule 1.1C.

Extended Commitments”: one or more Classes of extended Commitments hereunder that result from a Permitted Amendment.

Extended Loans”: one or more Classes of Loans that result from a Permitted Amendment.

Facility”: any Class of Loans, as the context may require.

Fair Market Value”: with respect to any Investment, asset, property or transaction, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative).

FATCA”: as defined in Section 2.19(a).

Federal Funds Rate”: for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

Fee Letter”: the amended and restated Fee Letter, dated April 30, 2018, among the Buyer, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the other parties thereto, as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Financial Definitions”: the definitions of Consolidated Interest Expense, Consolidated Net Income, Total Net Leverage Ratio, Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Total Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Fixed Charges and Net Income, and any defined term or section reference included in such definitions.

First Lien Agent”: Barclays Bank PLC, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the First Lien Credit Agreement, or any successor administrative agent and collateral agent under the First Lien Credit Agreement.

First Lien Cash-Capped Incremental Facility”: the meaning ascribed to “Cash-Capped Incremental Facility” in the First Lien Credit Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date (whether or not then in effect).

 

33


First Lien Credit Agreement”: (i) the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date among Holdings, the borrowers and guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the First Lien Agent, as amended, restated, refinanced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement and the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement or (ii) one or more loan agreements among Holdings, any Borrower, and other parties from time to time party thereto pursuant to which the Indebtedness under the credit agreement referenced in clause (i) above or indebtedness under a subsequent credit agreement referenced in this clause (ii) has been Refinanced in whole or in part in a Refinancing that is permitted in accordance with this Agreement, with Indebtedness that is secured by Liens on the Collateral which are senior to the Liens on the Collateral in favor of the Secured Parties pursuant to the First-Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

First Lien Declined Proceeds”: the meaning ascribed to “Declined Proceeds” in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

First Lien Documents”: the First Lien Credit Agreement, and each other “Loan Document” (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement (as it may be Refinanced in a Refinancing that is permitted in accordance with the provisions herein)).

First Lien Facilities”: the commitments and the extensions of credit made under the First Lien Documents.

First Lien Incremental Loans”: any loans Incurred under the First Lien Ratio-Based Incremental Facility, the First Lien Cash-Capped Incremental Facility and/or the Prepayment-Based Incremental Facility (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date (whether or not then in effect)).

First Lien Lenders”: the “Lenders” (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) party to the First Lien Credit Agreement.

First Lien Loans”: the loans under the First Lien Facilities.

First Lien Obligations”: the First Lien Loans and any other Indebtedness that is permitted hereunder to be secured on a pari passu basis with the Liens that secure the First Lien Loans (or any refinancing thereof with loans having the same Lien priority as the First Lien Loans prior to such refinancing).

First Lien Ratio-Based Incremental Facility”: the meaning ascribed to “Ratio-Based Incremental Facility” in the First Lien Credit Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date (whether or not then in effect).

First Lien Secured Parties”: the meaning ascribed to “Secured Parties” in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

First Lien Security Documents”: the meaning ascribed to “Security Documents” in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

First Lien Term Loan Facility”: the meaning ascribed to “Term Facility” in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

 

34


First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement”: the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1, or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Fixed Amounts”: as defined in Section 1.5.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”: for any period, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA for such period to the Fixed Charges for such period. In the event that Holdings, the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems (or gives irrevocable notice of redemption for), retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than in the case of revolving advances under any Qualified Receivables Financing in which case interest expense shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period) or issues or redeems (or gives irrevocable notice of redemption for) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption (including as contemplated by any such irrevocable notice of redemption), retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption (including as contemplated by any such irrevocable notice of redemption) of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments (including any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary), acquisitions, dispositions, mergers (including the Transactions), consolidations and disposed or discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and Operational Changes that Holdings, the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries has both determined to make and made after the Closing Date and during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or substantially simultaneously with the Calculation Date (each, for purposes of this definition, a “pro forma event”) shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers (including the Transactions), consolidations, Operational Changes and discontinued operations (and the change of any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If, since the beginning of such period, any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into Holdings, the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made or effected any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, or Operational Changes that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or Operational Changes had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

35


For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower Representative to the extent identifiable and supportable. Any such pro forma calculation may include, without duplication, (1) adjustments appropriate to reflect cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event to the extent set forth in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” and (2) all adjustments of the nature set forth on Schedule 1.1H to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to the reference period.

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower Representative to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Borrower Representative may designate. In connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, the Borrower Representative may determine baskets and ratios in accordance with Section 1.4.

Fixed Charges”: with respect to Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the sum of:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense paid in cash during such period; and

(2) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any charges arising from (i) the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 480-10-25-4 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity—Overall— Recognition” to any series of Preferred Stock other than Disqualified Stock or (ii) the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20 “Debt—Debt with Conversion Options—Recognition,” in each case, shall be disregarded in the calculation of Fixed Charges.

Fixed GAAP Date”: the Closing Date; provided that at any time after the Closing Date, the Borrower Representative may by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to change the Fixed GAAP Date and upon such notice, the Fixed GAAP Date shall be, at the election of the Borrower Representative, either the first day of the fiscal quarter in which such notice is delivered or the first day of the first fiscal quarter beginning after delivery of such notice, and for all periods thereafter.

 

36


Fixed GAAP Terms”: (a) the definitions of the terms “Capitalized Lease Obligation,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Total Net Leverage Ratio,” “Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio,” “Consolidated Total Indebtedness,” “Consolidated EBITDA” and “Indebtedness,” (b) all defined terms in this Agreement to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any of the foregoing definitions, and (c) any other term or provision of this Agreement that, at the Borrower Representative’s election, may be specified by the Borrower Representative by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time.

Foreign Benefit Plan Event”: with respect to any Foreign Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law, or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from a Governmental Authority, (b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable law or the terms of the Foreign Plan, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the receipt of a notice by a Governmental Authority relating to the intention to terminate any such Foreign Plan or to appoint a trustee or similar official to administer any such Foreign Plan, (d) the incurrence of any liability by a Loan Party or any of Subsidiary of a Loan Party on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein, (e) the occurrence of any transaction that could result in a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party incurring, or the imposition on a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party of, any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with applicable law or (f) any other event or condition with respect to a Foreign Plan that is not in compliance with applicable law that could result in liability of a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party.

Foreign Plan”: any pension plan, benefit plan, fund or other similar program established, maintained or contributed to by a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party primarily for the benefit of individuals residing outside the United States (other than plans, funds or similar programs that are maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority), and which is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

Foreign Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a US Subsidiary.

Forms”: as defined in Section 2.19(j).

FSHCO”: any Subsidiary of Holdings that has no material assets other than (a) Capital Stock (or Capital Stock and Indebtedness) of one or more direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs or (b) Capital Stock (or Capital Stock and Indebtedness) of a Subsidiary that holds no material assets other than those described in clause (a) above.

Funding Default”: as defined in Section 2.17(d).

GAAP”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America that are in effect on the Fixed GAAP Date (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Agreement); provided, that at any date after the Closing Date the Borrower Representative may make an irrevocable election to establish that GAAP shall mean GAAP as in effect on a date that is on or prior to the date of such election.

Global Intercompany Note”: a note substantially in the form of Exhibit J.

 

37


Governmental Approval”: any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority”: any nation, or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank, administrative tribunal or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies exercising such powers or functions, such as the European Union or the European Central Bank) and any group or body charged with setting financial accounting or regulatory capital rules or standards (including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision or any successor or similar authority to any of the foregoing).

Group Members”: the collective reference to Holdings, the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries.

guarantee”: as to any Person, a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness of another Person.

Guarantee”: as defined in Section 8.2.

Guarantee Obligation”: as to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the guaranteeing person that guarantees or in effect guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a separate obligation by another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) that guarantees or in effect guarantees, any Indebtedness (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith.

 

38


Guarantor Joinder Agreement”: an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit G.

Guarantor Obligations”: as defined in Section 8.1.

Guarantors”: the collective reference to Holdings, each Borrower (except with respect to its own Obligations) and the Subsidiary Guarantors (in each case, except to the extent released in accordance with this Agreement).

Hedging Obligations”: with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under Swap Agreements.

Holdings”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Holdings LLC”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

Holdings LP”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

Immaterial Subsidiary”: each Subsidiary which, as of the most recently ended Test Period, contributed 5% or less of Consolidated EBITDA for such period; provided that, if, as of the most recently ended Test Period, the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA attributable to all Subsidiaries that are Immaterial Subsidiaries exceeds 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for any such period, the Borrower Representative (or, in the event the Borrower Representative has failed to do so within 30 days, the Administrative Agent) shall designate sufficient Subsidiaries to eliminate such excess, and such designated Subsidiaries shall no longer constitute Immaterial Subsidiaries under this Agreement.

Incremental Amendment”: as defined in Section 2.25(c).

Incremental Arranger”: as defined in Section 2.25(a).

Incremental Commitments”: as defined in Section 2.25(a).

Incremental Facility”: any Class of Incremental Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder.

Incremental Facility Closing Date”: as defined in Section 2.25(c).

Incremental Lender”: as defined in Section 2.25(a).

Incremental Loan”: as defined in Section 2.25(a).

Incremental Loan Maturity Date”: the date on which an Incremental Loan matures as set forth in the Incremental Amendment relating to such Incremental Loan.

Incremental Percentage”: as to any Incremental Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Incremental Commitments then constitutes of the aggregate Incremental Commitments then outstanding.

Incremental Yield Differential”: as defined in Section 2.25(a)(vii).

 

39


Incur”: with respect to any Indebtedness, issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

Incurrence-Based Amounts”: as defined in Section 1.5.

Indebtedness”: with respect to any Person:

(a) the principal and premium (if any) of any Indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) in respect of borrowed money, (ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (iii) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property, asset or business, except (x) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable, accrued expense or similar obligation to a trade creditor and (y) any acquisition earn-out obligations, (iv) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations or purchase money debt or (v) representing any Hedging Obligations, other than Hedging Obligations that are incurred in the normal course of business and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, provided that Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings appearing upon the balance sheet of Holdings solely by reason of pushdown accounting under GAAP shall be excluded;

(b) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations described in clause (a) of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, obligations described in clause (a) of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and (ii) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;

provided that (a) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Financings, (c) Obligations associated with other post-employment benefits and pension plans, workers’ compensation claims, deferred compensation or employee or director equity plans, social security or wage taxes, (d) any operating leases as such an instrument would be determined in accordance with GAAP on the Closing Date, (e) in connection with the purchase by Holdings, the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may be entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing until 30 days after any such obligation becomes

 

40


contractually due and payable, (f) deferred or prepaid revenues, (g) any Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock), (h) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller, (i) premiums payable to, and advance commissions or claims payments from, insurance companies, (j) earn-out or similar obligations, (k) intercompany indebtedness made in the ordinary course of business and having a term not exceeding 364 days, (l) deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower Representative and its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (m) obligations, to the extent such obligations would otherwise constitute Indebtedness, under any agreement that have been defeased or satisfied and discharged pursuant to the terms of such agreement shall in each case not constitute Indebtedness.

Indemnitee”: as defined in Section 11.5.

Indemnified Liabilities”: as defined in Section 11.5.

Independent Financial Advisor”: an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant, in each case of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith determination of the Borrower Representative or its direct or indirect parent, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Initial Loan”: a Loan made on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.1.

Insolvency”: with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

Insolvent”: pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.

Intellectual Property Security Agreements”: collectively, (a) each of the intellectual property security agreements among the Loan Parties party thereto and the Collateral Agent, in each case substantially in a form reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent and (b) each other intellectual property security agreement or intellectual property security agreement supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.9, Section 6.11, or Section 6.15, in each case as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Intercreditor Agreement”: (i) the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement (ii) any intercreditor agreement executed in connection with any transaction requiring such agreement to be executed pursuant to the terms hereof, among the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers, the Guarantors and one or more Senior Representatives in respect of such Indebtedness or any other party, as the case may be, substantially on terms set forth on Exhibit D-2 (except to the extent otherwise reasonably agreed by the Borrower Representative, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, which changes will be deemed approved by each Lender who has not objected within five (5) Business Days following the posting thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders (or such other time as reasonably agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative)) and such other terms that are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case, as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and (iii) an intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably

 

41


satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (which intercreditor agreement will be deemed approved by each Lender who has not objected within five (5) Business Days following the posting thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders (or such other time as reasonably agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative)), in each case as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Interest Payment Date”: (a) as to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December (commencing on September 30, 2018) and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurocurrency Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Eurocurrency Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months, each day that is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period and (d) as to any Eurocurrency Loan (except in the case of the repayment or prepayment of all Loans), the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect thereof.

Interest Period”: as to any Eurocurrency Loan, the period commencing on the borrowing, continuation or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurocurrency Loan and ending (i) one, two, three or six (in each case, subject to availability) months thereafter or (ii) if approved by all Lenders under the relevant Facility, twelve months thereafter, one week thereafter or such other period as all relevant Lenders shall agree, in each case as selected by the Borrower Representative in its irrevocable notice of borrowing, continuation or conversion, substantially in the form of Exhibit H, or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

(i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(ii) the Borrowers may not select an Interest Period under the Facilities beyond the date final payment is due on the Loans;

(iii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and

(iv) if the Borrower Representative shall fail to specify the Interest Period in any notice of borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of, Eurocurrency Loans, the Borrower Representative shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month.

Investment Grade Rating”: a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other rating agency.

 

42


Investment Grade Securities”:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents) of the U.S., Canada, any country that is a member of the European Union, or the United Kingdom;

(2) securities that have an Investment Grade Rating;

(3) investments in any fund that invests at least 95% of its assets in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution; and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments”: with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances or extensions of credit to customers and vendors, commission, travel and similar advances to officers, directors, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business) and purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 7.3:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Top Borrower’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Top Borrower at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Top Borrower shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Top Borrower’s direct or indirect “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Top Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.

For the avoidance of doubt, a guarantee by the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the obligations of another Person (the “primary obligor”) shall not be deemed to be an Investment by the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in the primary obligor to the extent that such obligations of the primary obligor are in favor of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, and in no event shall (x) a guarantee of an operating lease or other business contract of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or (y) intercompany indebtedness among the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business and having a term not exceeding 364 days be deemed an Investment.

 

43


IPO Reorganization Transactions”: transactions taken in connection with and reasonably related to consummating a Public Offering, in each case, whether or not consummated.

IRS”: as defined in Section 11.6(c)(i).

Joint Bookrunners”: collectively, the Joint Bookrunners listed on the cover page hereof.

Joint Lead Arrangers”: collectively, the Joint Lead Arrangers listed on the cover page hereof.

Junior Indebtedness”: collectively, (i) Subordinated Indebtedness and (ii) Junior Lien Obligations.

Junior Lien Obligations”: any Indebtedness that is secured on a junior basis to the Second Lien Obligations.

Junior Priority Refinancing Facility”: as defined in the definition of “Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt.

Latest Maturity Date”: at any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity or expiration date of any Incremental Loans or Other Loan or any Other Commitment,.

Laws”: collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

Legal Reservations”: the principle that enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

Lenders”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

LIBOR”: as defined in the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate”.

LIBOR Rate”: as defined in the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate”.

LIBOR Successor Rate”: as defined in Section 1.8.

LIBOR Successor Rate Conforming Changes”: means, with respect to any proposed LIBOR Successor Rate, any conforming changes to the definition of ABR, Interest Period, timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest and other administrative matters as may be appropriate, in the reasonable discretion of the Administrative Agent, to reflect

 

44


the adoption of such LIBOR Successor Rate and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent determines that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or that no market practice for the administration of such LIBOR Successor Rate exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent determines in consultation with the Borrower Representative).

Lien”: any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Limited Condition Transaction”: (a) any acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, including by way of merger, amalgamation or consolidation, by the Top Borrower or one or more of the Restricted Subsidiaries, whose consummation is not conditioned upon the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing (or, if such a condition does exist, the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, would be required to pay any fee, liquidated damages or other amount or be subject to any indemnity, claim or other liability as a result of such third party financing not having been available or obtained) or (b) any redemption, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption, satisfaction and discharge or repayment; provided that the Consolidated Net Income (and any other financial term derived therefrom), other than for purposes of calculating any ratios in connection with the Limited Condition Transaction, shall not include any Consolidated Net Income of, or attributable to, the target company or assets associated with any such Limited Condition Transaction unless and until the closing of such Limited Condition Transaction shall have actually occurred.

Loan”: any loan made or maintained by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

Loan Documents”: this Agreement, the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes, the Security Documents, any Refinancing Amendment, any Incremental Amendment, any Loan Modification Agreement, any Co-Borrower Joinder and any other document designated as a “Loan Document” by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative from time to time.

Loan Maturity Date”: the eighth anniversary of the Closing Date.

Loan Modification Agent”: as defined in Section 2.28(a).

Loan Modification Agreement”: as defined in Section 2.28(b).

Loan Modification Offer”: as defined in Section 2.28(a).

Loan Parties”: the collective reference to the Borrowers and the Guarantors.

Loan Purchase Amount”: as defined in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

 

45


Management Agreement”: one or more management services or consulting services agreements, between Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company or any Restricted Subsidiary and the Sponsors and any other beneficial owner in the equity in the Borrower Representative or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower Representative, which shall become effective on the fifth Business Day after the Administrative Agent shall have posted such proposed agreement to all Lenders, unless, prior to such time, Lenders comprising the Required Lenders have delivered to the Administrative Agent written notice that such Required Lenders object to such agreement as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; provided that such amendments, supplements or modifications are not materially adverse to the Lenders as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative.

Management Equityholder”: an Equity Holder that is a present or former employee, director, consultant or otherwise a member of management of Holdings, its Subsidiaries or any of Holdings’ direct or indirect parent companies (or any entity controlled by any of the foregoing Persons), but excluding any Person that holds its equity through a Sponsor-controlled entity.

Margin Stock”: as set forth in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System, or any successor thereto.

Market Capitalization”: an amount equal to (a) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common Capital Stock of the Top Borrower, Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company thereof on the date of the declaration of a Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to Section 7.3(b)(viii) multiplied by (b) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of such common Capital Stock on the principal securities exchange on which such shares of common Capital Stock are traded for the thirty (30) consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of declaration of such Restricted Payment.

Material Adverse Effect”: (i) on the Closing Date, a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) and (ii) after the Closing Date, a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, liabilities, operations, financial condition or operating results of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their payment obligations under the Loan Documents or (c) the rights, remedies and benefits available to, or conferred upon, the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Secured Party hereunder or thereunder.

Material Property”: any individual fee owned real property located in the United States with a Fair Market Value equal to or greater than $15,000,000 (such Fair Market Value to be determined (x) in the case of any real property owned on the Closing Date, as of the Closing Date, and (y) in the case of any real property acquired after the Closing Date, as of the date of acquisition thereof).

Materials of Environmental Concern”: any chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, any petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, lead or lead-based paints or materials, radon, urea-formaldehyde insulation, toxic molds, fungi and mycotoxins, and radioactive materials that are regulated pursuant to Environmental Law or may have an adverse effect on human health or the environment.

 

46


Maximum Amount”: as defined in Section 11.20(a).

Minimum Extension Condition”: as defined in Section 2.28(c).

Moody’s”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Mortgage”: any deed of trust, mortgage or deed to secure debt in respect of Material Property in the U.S. made by a Loan Party in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case as the same may be amended, amended and restated, extended, supplemented, substituted or otherwise modified from time to time.

Mortgaged Properties”: the real properties as to which, pursuant to Section 6.9(b) or otherwise, the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be granted a Lien pursuant to the Mortgages.

Multiemployer Plan”: a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

Net Cash Proceeds”: (a) in connection with any Asset Sale, any Recovery Event or any other sale of assets the proceeds thereof actually received in the form of Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received), net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, and other bona fide fees, costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith, (ii) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien not prohibited hereunder on any asset that is the subject of such Asset Sale, Recovery Event or other sale of assets (other than any Lien pursuant to a Security Document), (iii) Taxes paid and the Borrower Representative’s reasonable and good faith estimate of income, franchise, sales, and other applicable Taxes required to be paid by any Group Member or any Equity Holder in connection with such Asset Sale, Recovery Event or other sale of assets, (iv) a reasonable reserve for any indemnification payments (fixed or contingent) attributable to the seller’s indemnities and representations and warranties to the purchaser in respect of such Asset Sale, Recovery Event or other sale of assets owing by any Group Member in connection therewith and which are reasonably expected to be required to be paid; provided that to the extent such indemnification payments are not made and are no longer reserved for, such reserve amount shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds, (v) cash escrows to any Group Member from the sale price for such Asset Sale, Recovery Event or other sale of assets; provided that any cash released from such escrow shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds upon such release, (vi) in the case of a Recovery Event, costs of preparing assets for transfer upon a taking or condemnation, (vii) in the case of any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event by a non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion (calculated without regard to this clause (vii)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Borrower Representative or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary and (viii) other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith and net of Taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof (after taking into account the reduction in Tax liability resulting from any available operating losses and net operating loss carryovers, Tax credits, and

 

47


Tax credit carry forwards, and similar Tax attributes or deductions and any Tax sharing arrangements), and (b) in connection with any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or any incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, the proceeds thereof received in the form of Cash Equivalents from any such issuance, sale or incurrence, net of attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants’ fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other bona fide fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith.

Net Income”: with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) attributable to such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Non-Debt Fund Affiliate”: any Affiliate of Holdings other than (i) Holdings, the Borrowers or any Subsidiary of Holdings or the Borrowers, (ii) any Debt Fund Affiliate and (iii) any natural person.

Non-Excluded Taxes”: as defined in Section 2.19(a).

Non-Guarantor Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor.

Non-U.S. Lender”: as defined in Section 2.19(j).

Note”: a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit F, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Obligations”: the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to any Borrower or any Guarantor, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans, and all other obligations and liabilities of any Borrower or any other Loan Party (including with respect to guarantees) to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Secured Party, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender that are required to be paid by any Borrower or any Guarantor pursuant to any Loan Document), Guarantee Obligations or otherwise.

OFAC”: the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

Offer Price”: as defined in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Officer’s Certificate”: a certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower Representative or any other Group Member by any Responsible Officer thereof.

 

48


OID”: with respect to any Loan (or repricing thereof) or any Incremental Loan, as the case may be, the amount of any original issue discount or upfront fees (which shall be deemed to constitute a like amount of original issue discount) paid by a Borrower, but excluding (i) any arrangement, structuring, syndication, commitment, ticking, unused line or other fees payable in connection therewith that are not shared with all Lenders in the primary syndication thereof (and excluding any bona fide arranger, structuring, syndication, commitment, ticking, unused line or similar fees paid to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender in its capacity as a commitment party or arranger and regardless of whether such Indebtedness is syndicated to third parties) and (ii) customary consent fees for any amendment paid generally to consenting lenders, in each case, which excluded fees shall not be included and equated to the interest rate.

Operational Changes” means any cost savings initiative, business optimization expense, operating expense reduction, restructuring charge or similar charges, in each case, consistent with the type specified in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA.

Organizational Document”: (i) relative to each Person that is a corporation, its charter and its bylaws (or similar documents), (ii) relative to each Person that is a limited liability company, its certificate of formation and its operating agreement (or similar documents), (iii) relative to each Person that is a limited partnership, its certificate of formation or registration and its limited partnership agreement (or similar documents), (iv) relative to each Person that is a general partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar document), (v) relative to each Person that is an exempted limited partnership, its exempted limited partnership agreement, (vi) relative to each Person that is an exempted company, its memorandum and articles of association and (vii) relative to any Person that is any other type of entity, such documents as shall be comparable to the foregoing.

Other Applicable Indebtedness”: as defined in Section 2.11(b).

Other Commitments”: one or more Classes of term loan commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Loans”: one or more Classes of Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Obligations”: any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided that Other Obligations with respect to the Loans shall not include fees or indemnification in favor of third parties other than the Secured Parties.

Other Taxes”: any and all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies (including any penalties, interest and additional amounts with respect thereto) arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Outstanding Amount”: on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof on such date after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Loans occurring on such date.

PA Borrower”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

 

49


Parent Holding Company”: any direct or indirect parent entity of Holdings which holds directly or indirectly 100% of the Equity Interest of Holdings and which does not hold Equity Interests in any other Person (except for any other Parent Holding Company).

Participant”: as defined in Section 11.6(c).

Participant Register”: as defined in Section 11.6(c).

Patriot Act”: USA PATRIOT Improvement and Reauthorization Act, Pub. L. 109-177 (signed into law March 9, 2009), as amended.

PBGC”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor).

PeopleAdmin”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Perfection Requirements”: the making or procuring of appropriate registrations, filings, endorsements or stampings, in each case, in accordance with local laws and/or notifications of the Security Documents and/or the Liens created thereunder.

Performance Matters”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Permitted Acquisition”: as defined in clause (23) of the definition of “Permitted Investments.”

Permitted Amendment”: an amendment to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, effected in connection with a Loan Modification Offer pursuant to Section 2.28, providing for an extension of the maturity date applicable to the Loans and/or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders and, in connection therewith, (a) a change to the Applicable Margin with respect to the Loans and/or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders, (b) a change to the fees payable to, or the inclusion of new fees to be payable to, the Accepting Lenders and/or (c) any other changes permitted by the terms of Section 2.28.

Permitted Asset Swap”: the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and Cash Equivalents between the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.

Permitted Auction Purchaser”: the Top Borrower or Holdings or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries.

Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt”: (a) Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt, (b) Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, (c) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt or (d) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, in each case, issued, Incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace or Refinance, in whole or part, existing Loans (any such extended, renewed, replaced or Refinanced Loans, “Refinanced Credit Agreement Debt”); provided that (i) such extending, renewing or refinancing Indebtedness is in an original aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) not greater than the

 

50


aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Refinanced Credit Agreement Debt plus an amount equal to unpaid and accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable and customary fees and expenses (including upfront fees, original issue discount and underwriting discounts) and (ii) such Refinanced Credit Agreement Debt shall be repaid, defeased or satisfied and discharged, and all accrued interest, fees and premiums (if any) in connection therewith shall be paid, on the date such Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt is issued, Incurred or obtained.

Permitted Cure Securities”: any Qualified Equity Interest in Holdings or (to the extent such shareholder loan is subordinated to Holdings’ Obligations on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) a shareholder loan to Holdings; provided that notwithstanding such subordination provisions, for purposes hereunder, such subordinated loans shall be treated as Equity Interests for purposes of Section 7.3 and, accordingly, the terms of any such subordination agreement shall permit repayment of the shareholder loans to the extent they would otherwise have been permitted under Section 7.3 if treated as Equity Interests.

Permitted Early Maturity Indebtedness”: any Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed $115,000,000.

Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt”: the meaning ascribed to “Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt” in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

Permitted Holders”: (i) the Sponsors, (ii) the Management Equityholders, (iii) any Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of Holdings (and/or any direct or indirect Parent Holding Company) and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any direct or indirect Parent Holding Company, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any Permitted Holder specified in clauses (i) and/or (ii) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof, (iv) any other beneficial owner in the equity in Holdings or any direct or indirect Parent Holding Company as of the Closing Date and (v) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any Permitted Holder specified in clauses (i), (ii) or (iv) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any direct or indirect Parent Holding Company or of a Permitted Holder specified in clause (iii) above (a “Permitted Holder Group”), so long as no Person or other “group” (other than a Permitted Holder specified in clauses (i) and (iii) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group.

Permitted Investments”:

(1) any Investment in the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

 

51


(3) (x) any Investment in a Person if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and (y) any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets, including earnouts, not constituting Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 7.5 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment (x) existing on the Closing Date and, with respect to any such Investment in excess of $7,500,000 in aggregate amount, set forth on Schedule 1.1E, (y) made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Closing Date and, with respect to any such Investment in excess of $7,500,000 in aggregate amount, set forth on Schedule 1.1E and (z) that replaces, Refinances, refunds, renews or extends any Investment described under either of the immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y), provided that any such Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, Refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except to the extent required by the terms of such Investment on the Closing Date;

(6) loans and advances to, and guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees of the Top Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or a Restricted Subsidiary not in excess, at the time such Investment is made, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (6) that are at the time outstanding, of the greater of $12,500,000 and 7.5% of Consolidated EBITDA, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or receivable or other claim held by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Top Borrower or such other Investment or receivable, (b) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons, (c) in good faith settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates or (d) as a result of a foreclosure by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 7.2(b)(xii);

(9) Investments by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, at the time such Investment is made, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $93,750,000 and 61.25% of Consolidated EBITDA, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period at any one time outstanding, plus any unused amounts available under Section 7.3(b)(xxii) (with a corresponding reduction to that basket); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

52


(10) loans and advances to (or guarantees of Indebtedness of) future, present or former officers, directors, employees and consultants for business related travel expenses (including entertainment expense), moving and relocation expenses, Tax advances, payroll advances and other similar expenses, or to fund such Person’s purchase or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company thereof under compensation plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Top Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof) in good faith;

(11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Top Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower, as applicable; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 7.3(a)(3);

(12) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.6 (except transactions described in clauses (b)(ii), (b)(v), (b)(x)(B), (b)(xxiii) and (b)(xxiv)) therein);

(13) Investments consisting of (y) the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons or (z) any license or sublicense of intellectual property granted in the ordinary course of business or which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(14) guarantees issued in accordance with Section 7.2 and Section 6.9;

(15) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment (including prepayments to suppliers) or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(16) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional receivables or an equity interest;

(17) Investments resulting from the receipt of non-cash consideration in an Asset Sale received in compliance with Section 7.5;

(18) (x) Investments in joint ventures of the Top Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date, (y) Investments in joint ventures in an aggregate amount not to exceed, at the time such Investment is made, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18)(y) that are at the time outstanding, the greater of $62,500,000 and 40.0% of Consolidated EBITDA, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period and (z) Investments in Similar Businesses in an aggregate amount not to exceed, at the time such Investment is made, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18)(z) that are at the time outstanding, the greater of $75,000,000 and 48.75% of Consolidated EBITDA, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (18) is made in any Person

 

53


that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (18) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(19) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of an entity merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 7.8 after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(20) Investments made in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client contacts and advances, loans, rebates and extensions of credit (including the creation of receivables) to suppliers, distributors, customers and vendors, and performance guarantees, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(21) the acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of common equity securities of the Top Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower);

(22) unlimited Investments; provided that both before and after giving effect to such Investment (i) no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or 9.1(g) has occurred or is continuing and (ii) the Total Net Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period, does not exceed 6.75 to 1.00;

(23) acquisitions by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the majority of the Capital Stock of Persons or of assets constituting a division, business unit or product line of, or all or substantially all of the assets of a Person (each a “Permitted Acquisition”); provided that (i) no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or 9.1(g) has occurred or is continuing both before and after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition, (ii) the line of business of the acquired entity shall be similar, ancillary, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses conducted by the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) any Person acquired shall become, and any Person acquiring assets shall be, a Restricted Subsidiary (unless designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) and (iv) the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall take, and shall cause such Person to take, all actions required under Section 6.9 in connection therewith;

(24) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of UCC Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and UCC Article 4 customary banking arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(25) Investments (A) for utilities, security deposits, leases and similar prepaid expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and (B) trade accounts created, or prepaid expenses accrued, in the ordinary course of business;

(26) loans and advances to direct and indirect parent companies of the Top Borrower in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to such companies in accordance with Section 7.3;

 

54


(27) any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;

(28) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other permitted Investment;

(29) Investments resulting from the exercise of drag-along rights, put-rights, call-rights or similar rights under joint venture or similar documents;

(30) (i) IPO Reorganization Transactions, (ii) the Steps Transactions and (iii) reorganizations and other activities related to tax planning and other reorganizations; provided, in the case of this clause (iii) that, in the reasonable business judgment of the Top Borrower, after giving effect to any such reorganizations and activities, there is no material adverse impact on the value of the (A) Collateral granted (or the security interests granted thereon) to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders or (B) Guarantees in favor of the Lenders, in the case of each of clauses (A) and (B), taken as a whole (any reorganizations and activities described in clause (iii) above, “Permitted Reorganizations”); and

(31) to the extent constituting Investments, advances in respect of transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (i.e., “cost-plus” arrangements) that are (A) in the ordinary course of business and (B) funded not more than 120 days in advance of the applicable transfer pricing and cost-sharing payment.

Subject to the immediately following sentence, the amount of any non-cash Investments will be the Fair Market Value thereof at the time made, and the amount of any cash Investment will be the original cost thereof. To the extent any Investment in any Person is made in compliance with Section 7.3(b) in reliance on a category above that is subject to a Dollar-denominated restriction on the making of Investments and, subsequently, such Person returns to the Borrower, any other Loan Party or, to the extent applicable, any Restricted Subsidiary all or any portion of such Investment (in the form of a dividend, distribution, interest, payment, return of capital, repayment, liquidation or otherwise but excluding intercompany Indebtedness), such return shall be deemed to be credited to the Dollar-denominated category against which the Investment is then charged (but in any event not in an amount that would result in the aggregate dollar amount able to be invested in reliance on such category to exceed such Dollar-denominated restriction). To the extent the category subject to a Dollar-denominated restriction is also subject to an equivalent percentage of such Dollar amount which, at the date of determination, produces a numerical restriction that is greater than such Dollar amount, then such Dollar equivalent shall be deemed to be substituted in lieu of the corresponding Dollar amount in the foregoing sentence for purposes of determining such credit.

 

55


Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt”: any secured Indebtedness (other than the Facilities and any Refinancing thereof) Incurred by any Borrower in the form of one or more series of junior lien secured notes or junior lien secured term loans (each, a “Junior Priority Refinancing Facility”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness constitutes Junior Lien Obligations, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt in respect of Loans (including portions of Classes of Loans, Other Loans or Incremental Loans) and (iii) such Indebtedness complies with the Permitted Refinancing Requirements; provided that if an Officer’s Certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower Representative shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent for posting to the Lenders at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) prior to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this definition, and the Required Lenders shall not have notified the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent that they disagree with such determination (including a statement of the basis upon which each Lender disagrees) within such five (5) Business Day period, then such certificate shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirement. Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Liens”: with respect to any Group Member:

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person in connection with (a) worker’s compensation, employment or unemployment insurance and other types of employers’ health tax, social security legislation, retirement and other similar legislation, employee source deductions, goods and services Taxes, sales Taxes, municipal Taxes and pension fund obligations or other insurance-related obligations (including, but not limited to, in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto), (b) securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instruments for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise supporting the payment of items set forth in the foregoing clause (a), or (c) good faith deposits, prepayments or cash pledges to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses or similar agreements to which such Person is a party, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or government bonds to secure surety, stay, customs or appeal bonds or statutory bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested Taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(2) Liens with respect to outstanding motor vehicle fines and Liens imposed by law, such as landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction contractors’ and mechanics’ and other like Liens, in each case for sums not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are being maintained in accordance with GAAP;

 

56


(3) Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges and corporate Taxes (i) not overdue for more than 60 days or (ii) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings if (a) adequate reserves with respect thereto are being maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP (or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, the accounting principles applicable in the relevant jurisdiction) or (b) they are immaterial to the Top Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (iii) on property the Borrower Representative or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has decided to abandon if the sole recourse for such Tax, assessment or governmental charge is to such property;

(4) Liens securing obligations incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(xiii) as well as Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements, or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(5) survey exceptions, encumbrances, leases, subleases, encroachments, protrusions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, sublicenses, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances, including any title exceptions listed on any Title Policy) as to the use of real properties, or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which, in each case, do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person taken as a whole;

(6) Liens Incurred to secure Other Obligations in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(i), (b)(ii), (b)(iv), (b)(vi), (b)(vii), (b)(xiv), (b)(xv), (b)(xvi), (b)(xix) or (b)(xxix) (in each case, except to the extent required to be unsecured pursuant to the terms thereof); provided that, (A) in the case of Section 7.2(b)(vii), such Lien extends only to the assets and/or Capital Stock, the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of which is financed thereby and any income or profits thereof; provided that individual financings provided by a lender may be cross collateralized to other financings provided by such lender or its Affiliates, (B) in the case of Section 7.2(b)(vi) such Indebtedness complies with the Applicable Requirements, and (C) in the case of Section 7.2(b)(xv), such guarantee may only be subject to Liens to the extent the underlying Indebtedness may be subject to any Liens;

(7) (i) Liens securing the Obligations and (ii) Liens existing on the Closing Date, and, with respect to any such Lien securing an obligation in excess of $7,500,000 set forth on Schedule 1.1F;

(8) Liens on assets, property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the proceeds or products of such assets, property or shares of stock or improvements thereon);

 

57


(9) Liens on assets or on property at the time the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary acquired such assets or property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other assets or property owned by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the proceeds or products of such assets or property or shares of stock or improvements thereon);

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Top Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 7.2;

(11) Liens (including Liens on Cash Equivalents) securing Hedging Obligations in an amount not to exceed, at the time such Lien is created or Incurred, taken together with all other Liens Incurred pursuant to this clause (11), the greater of $25,000,000 and 16.25% of Consolidated EBITDA, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(13) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of, and the granting of an easement interest in and to, assets (including real property and intellectual property rights) in the ordinary course of business;

(14) Liens arising from UCC financing statement filings (or similar filings in any other jurisdiction) regarding operating leases or consignments or sales of receivables entered into by the Top Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and other Liens arising solely from precautionary UCC financing statements or similar filings;

(15) Liens in favor of the Top Borrower or any Guarantor;

(16) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(17) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers, insurance companies and brokers;

(18) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and joint ventures that are not Restricted Subsidiaries;

(19) grants of software and other technology licenses in the ordinary course of business;

(20) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made;

 

58


(21) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(22) Liens Incurred to secure Cash Management Obligations or other Cash Management Services (each as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) not prohibited by Section 7.2, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(23) Liens on equipment of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Top Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located;

(24) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (15) and (25) of this definition of “Permitted Liens;” provided, however, that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus proceeds or products of such property or improvements on such property), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (15) and (25) of this definition of “Permitted Liens” at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Agreement, and (B) an amount necessary to pay accrued and unpaid interest, any fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided that with regard to liens incurred under this clause (24) with respect to Liens originally permitted under clauses (11) or (25), clauses (11) and (25) shall continue to be calculated assuming such Lien was incurred under such clauses;

(25) Liens securing obligations which obligations do not exceed, at the time such Lien is created or Incurred, taken together with all other Liens Incurred pursuant to this clause (25), the greater of $87,500,000 and 56.25% of Consolidated EBITDA, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(26) Liens on the Collateral; provided that the holders of such Liens (or an agent, trustee or representative) have entered into an Intercreditor Agreement providing that such Liens are secured on a junior basis to the Obligations;

(27) Liens on receivables and related assets including proceeds thereof being sold in factoring arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(28) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Top Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Top Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Top Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

59


(29) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(30) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 7.3; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those assets that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(31) restrictions on dispositions of assets to be disposed of pursuant to merger agreements, stock or asset purchase agreements and similar agreements;

(32) customary options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights relating to Investments in joint ventures, partnerships and similar investment vehicles;

(33) any amounts held by a trustee in the funds and accounts under an indenture securing any revenue bonds issued for the benefit of the Top Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(34) Liens (i) in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business or (ii) on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods in the ordinary course of business;

(35) Liens not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness for borrowed money (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC (or similar filings in any other jurisdiction) on items in the course of collection; (ii) attaching to a pooling, commodity or securities trading account or other commodity or securities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of law or under customary general terms and conditions encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking or finance industry or arising pursuant to such banking or financial institution’s general terms and conditions (including Liens in favor of deposit banks or securities intermediaries securing customary fees, expenses or charges in connection with the establishment, operation or maintenance of deposit accounts or securities accounts);

(36) (i) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in connection with an Investment permitted hereunder and (ii) Liens on advances of Cash Equivalents in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in a Permitted Investment to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment;

(37) customary Liens on deposits required in connection with the purchase of property, equipment and inventory, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(38) Liens on Cash Equivalents or other property arising in connection with the defeasance, discharge, repayment or redemption of Indebtedness; provided that such defeasance, discharge, repayment or redemption is permitted hereunder;

 

60


(39) Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets;

(40) Liens given to a public utility or any municipality or Governmental Authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof; provided that such Liens do not materially interfere with the operations of the Top Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(41) Liens on assets of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, provided such Liens secure obligations of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries that are otherwise permitted hereunder and such Liens only encumber assets of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries;

(42) Liens arising out of or deemed to exist in connection with any financing transaction of the type described in clause (m) of the definition of “Asset Sale;”

(43) (i) pledges, deposits or Liens arising as a matter of law in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation schemes, payroll Taxes, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(44) restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put; provided that such covenants are complied with;

(45) [reserved]; and

(46) zoning by-laws and other land use restrictions, including site plan agreements, development agreements and contract zoning agreements.

The Borrower Representative may divide, classify (or later reclassify) any Lien (or any portion thereof) in one or more of the above categories (including in part in one category and in part another category) as set forth in this definition.

Permitted Refinancing Requirements”: with respect to any Indebtedness Incurred by any Borrower to Refinance, in whole or part, any other Indebtedness (such other Indebtedness, “Refinanced Debt”):

(a) with respect to all such Indebtedness:

(i) the other terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (excluding pricing, fees, rate floors and optional prepayment or redemption terms) are, taken as a whole, not materially more restrictive on the Group Members than those applicable to the Refinanced Debt, when taken as a whole (except for (x) financial covenants or other covenants or provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such Refinancing, as may be agreed by the Borrower Representative and the providers of such Indebtedness, (y) terms that

 

61


are conformed (or added) to the Loan Documents for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to an amendment between the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrowers or (z) terms that are customary market terms at the time of Incurrence (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) or are approved by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion;

(ii) if such Indebtedness is guaranteed, it is not guaranteed by any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Restricted Subsidiaries that are Loan Parties; and

(iii) the proceeds of such Indebtedness are applied, substantially concurrently with the Incurrence thereof, to the prepayment (or satisfaction and discharge) of the outstanding amount of the Refinanced Debt in accordance with its terms;

provided, that an Officer’s Certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower Representative delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days (or a shorter period acceptable to the Administrative Agent) prior to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this definition, shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this definition, unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower Representative within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees);

(iv) other than Permitted Early Maturity Indebtedness and Customary Bridge Financing, (x) in the case of Refinancing Term Debt Incurred under any Second Priority Refinancing Facility or any Junior Priority Refinancing Facility, such Indebtedness (A) does not mature prior to the maturity date of the Refinanced Debt and (B) does not have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Refinanced Debt and (y) in the case of Refinancing Debt incurred under an Unsecured Refinancing Facility, such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption or prepayment (except (i) customary asset sale or change of control provisions or (ii) other mandatory redemptions that are also made or offered to holders of outstanding Loans that are Second Lien Obligations on at least a pari passu basis), in each case prior to the then Latest Maturity Date at the time such Refinancing Debt is incurred;

(v) such Indebtedness shares not greater than ratably in (or, if such Indebtedness constitutes Unsecured Refinancing Facility or Junior Priority Refinancing Facility, on a junior basis with respect to) any voluntary or mandatory prepayments of any Loans then outstanding;

(vi) if such Indebtedness is secured, such Indebtedness is not secured by any assets other than the Collateral (it being understood that such Indebtedness shall not be required to be secured by all of the Collateral); provided that Indebtedness that may be Incurred by Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 7.2 may be secured by assets of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries; and

 

62


(vii) if such Indebtedness is secured, a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the providers of such Indebtedness shall have become party to an Intercreditor Agreement (or any Intercreditor Agreement shall have been amended or replaced in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), which results in such Senior Representative having rights to share in the Collateral as provided in the definition of Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt, in the case of a Second Priority Refinancing Facility, or in the definition of Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, in the case of a Junior Priority Refinancing Facility.

Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt”: any secured Indebtedness incurred by any Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes or senior secured term loans (each, a “Second Priority Refinancing Facility”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness constitutes Second Lien Obligations (but without regard to the control of remedies), (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt in respect of Loans (including portions of Classes of Loans, Other Loans or Incremental Loans) and (iii) such Indebtedness complies with the Permitted Refinancing Requirements; provided that if a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Administrative Agent for posting to the Required Lenders, at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Initial Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this definition, and the Required Lenders shall not have notified the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent that they disagree with such determination (including a statement of the basis upon which each Lender disagrees) within such five (5) Business Day period, then such certificate shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirement. Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt”: any unsecured Indebtedness Incurred by any Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or term loans (each, an “Unsecured Refinancing Facility”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness constitutes Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt in respect of Loans (including portions of Classes of Loans, Other Loans or Incremental Loans) and (ii) such Indebtedness complies with the Permitted Refinancing Requirements; provided that if an Officer’s Certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower Representative delivered to the Administrative Agent for posting to the Lenders at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) prior to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this definition, and the Required Lenders shall not have notified the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent that they disagree with such determination (including a statement of the basis upon which each Lender disagrees) within such five (5) Business Day period, then such certificate shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirement. Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Person”: any natural person, corporation, limited partnership, exempted limited partnership, exempted company, general partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, bank trust company, land trust, business trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity whether legal or not.

 

63


Plan”: at a particular time, any employee benefit plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA and in respect of which Holdings or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Platform”: as defined in Section 6.2(a).

PowerSchool”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

Preferred Stock”: any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or redemptions upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Prepayment-Based Incremental Amount”: an amount equal to the amount of all prior voluntary prepayments, the par value of all term loan buybacks (to the extent such term loans are cancelled) (including buybacks pursuant to Section 2.23) and undrawn commitment reductions of Loans, First Lien Loans, Revolving Loans (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement), Incremental Loans and other Indebtedness that constitutes First Lien Obligations or Second Lien Obligations (or, solely with respect to Junior Indebtedness initially Incurred under the Cash-Capped Incremental Facility, Indebtedness that constitutes Junior Lien Obligations), in each case, (x) with respect to any revolving loans, to the extent accompanied by a permanent reduction in such revolving commitments, (y) to the extent not funded with the proceeds of Indebtedness constituting “long term indebtedness” (or comparable caption) under GAAP (other than Indebtedness in respect of any revolving credit facility) or the proceeds of Permitted Cure Securities applied pursuant to Section 9.3 of the First Lien Credit Agreement and (z) less any previous Incurrence pursuant Section 2.25(a)(i)(y) and Section 7.2(b)(vi)(y) (or Section 7.2(b)(xvi) in respect of amounts previously incurred under Section 7.2(b)(vi)(y)).

Prepayment-Based Incremental Facility”: as defined in Section 2.25(a)(i).

Prepayment Premium”: as defined in Section 2.10(b).

Prime Rate”: the rate of interest per annum determined from time to time by Credit Suisse AG as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City and notified to the Borrower. The prime rate is a rate set by Credit Suisse AG based upon various factors including Credit Suisse AG’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such rate.

Private Lender Information”: any information and documentation that is not Public Lender Information.

Pro Forma Balance Sheet”: as defined in Section 4.1(a).

 

64


Pro Forma Basis”: (i) if, during such Reference Period, Holdings, the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Disposition (or discontinued any operations) of at least a division of a business unit, then, with respect to the calculation of any test, financial ratio, basket or covenant under this Agreement, including any Financial Definitions, such calculation for such Reference Period shall be given pro forma effect thereto as if such Disposition or discontinuation occurred on the first day of such Reference Period (for the avoidance of doubt, including (without duplication) pro forma adjustments, if any, to the extent set forth in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA);

(ii) if, during such Reference Period, Holdings, the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made an Investment or acquisition of assets, in each case constituting at least a division of a business unit or a product line of, or all or substantially all of the assets of, any Person (whether by way of merger, asset acquisition, acquisition of Capital Stock or otherwise), then, with respect to the calculation of any test, financial ratio, basket or covenant under this Agreement, including any Financial Definition, such calculation for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period (for the avoidance of doubt, including (without duplication) pro forma adjustments, if any, to the extent set forth in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA);

(iii) if, during such Reference Period, the Borrower Representative shall have designated any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or designated any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, then, with respect to the calculation of any test, financial ratio, basket or covenant under this Agreement, including any Financial Definition, such calculation for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such designation occurred on the first day of such Reference Period;

(iv) if, during such Reference Period, Holdings, the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have Incurred or shall have repaid, retired or extinguished any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid, retired or extinguished (and the commitments thereunder terminated) and not replaced), or issued or redeemed (or gives irrevocable notice of redemption for) any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, then, with respect to the calculation of any test, financial ratio, basket or covenant under this Agreement, including any Financial Definition, such calculation for such Reference Period shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, retirement, extinguishment, issuance or redemption (including as contemplated by any such irrevocable notice of redemption), as if the same had occurred on the first day of such Reference Period;

(v) if, following the last day of the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which the financial statements and certificates required by Section 6.1(a) or (b), as the case may be, have been or were required to have been delivered and prior to the end of the Reference Period, Holdings, the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have Incurred or shall have repaid, retired or extinguished any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid, retired or extinguished (and the commitments thereunder terminated) and not replaced), or issued or redeemed (or gives irrevocable notice or redemption for) any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, then, with respect to the calculation of any test, financial ratio, basket or covenant under this Agreement, including any Financial Definition, such calculation for such Reference Period shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, retirement, extinguishment, issuance or redemption (including as contemplated by any such irrevocable notice of redemption), as if the same had occurred on the first day of such Reference Period; and

 

65


(vi) if, during such Reference Period, Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have commenced any Operational Changes, then, with respect to the calculation of any test, financial ratio, basket or covenant under this Agreement, including any Financial Definition, such calculation for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such designation or entry occurred on the first day of such Reference Period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower Representative to the extent identifiable and supportable. Any such pro forma calculation shall include, without duplication, adjustments appropriate to reflect cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event to the extent set forth in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”.

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness).

Interest on (x) a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower Representative to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP and (y) any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate as the Borrower Representative may designate.

The term “Disposition” in this definition shall not include dispositions of inventory and other ordinary course dispositions of property.

Pro rata Share”: with respect to (i) any Facility, and each Lender and such Lender’s share of all Commitments or Loans under such Facility, at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments of such Lender under such Facility at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the aggregate Commitments under such Facility at such time; provided that if any Loans are outstanding under such Facility, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the amount of the Loans of such Lender under such Facility at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the aggregate Loans at such time; provided, further, that if all Loans under such Facility have been repaid, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender under such Facility shall be determined based on the Pro Rata Share of such Lender under such Facility immediately prior to such repayment and (ii) each Lender and all Loans and Outstanding

 

66


Amounts at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the Outstanding Amount with respect to Loans and Commitments of such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the Outstanding Amount (in aggregate); provided that if all Outstanding Amounts have been repaid or terminated, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be determined based on the Pro Rata Share of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof.

Properties”: as defined in Section 4.14(a).

PTE”: means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

Public Lender”: as defined in Section 6.2(a).

Public Lender Information”: information and documentation that is (i) of a type that would customarily be publicly available (as reasonably determined by the Borrower Representative) if Holdings and its Subsidiaries were public reporting companies, (ii) publically available (or could be derived from publically available information) or (iii) not material or inside information with respect to Holdings and its Subsidiaries or any of their respective securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws.

Public Offering”: an initial underwritten public offering, or a direct listing, of common Capital Stock of Holdings or Holdings’ direct or indirect parent pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 (or equivalent forms applicable to foreign public companies or foreign private issuers in the United States) or any successor form) filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act or pursuant to a prospectus or similar documents filed with securities regulatory authorities outside of the United States.

Purchase”: as defined in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Purchase Money Note”: a promissory note of a Receivables Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid by cash or a contribution of equity.

Purchase Notice”: as defined in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Purchaser”: as defined in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Qualified Equity Interests”: any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock.

Qualified Receivables Financing”: any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (1) the Borrower Representative shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to Borrower Representative and the Receivables Subsidiary, (2) all sales of accounts

 

67


receivable and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative), and (3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms at the time the Receivables Financing is first introduced (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative and it being understood that such terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions may subsequently be modified so long as such modifications are on market terms at the time of any such modification) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure any Indebtedness shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing.

Qualified Reporting Subsidiary” as defined in Section 6.1.

Ratio-Based Incremental Amount”:

(y) with respect to any such Incremental Loans that constitute Second Lien Obligations or Junior Lien Obligations, an unlimited amount so long as either (I) the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 7.50 to 1.00, or (II) if incurred in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such Permitted Acquisition or Investment; or

(z) with respect to any such Incremental Loans that are unsecured, an unlimited amount so long as either (I) the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed 7.50 to 1.00, (II) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00, (III) if incurred in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment, the Total Net Leverage Ratio does not exceed the Total Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior to such Permitted Acquisition or Investment or (IV) if incurred in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is not less than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such Permitted Acquisition or Investment;

in each case where such Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, Total Net Leverage Ratio and/or Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as applicable, is calculated on a Pro Forma Basis (but without giving effect to the cash proceeds received from such Indebtedness that remain on the balance sheet) as of the most recently completed Test Period (calculated assuming that any applicable revolving commitments being Incurred pursuant to this definition are fully drawn throughout such period);

provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, if, as part of the same transaction or series of related transactions, the applicable Borrower Incurs Indebtedness pursuant to the Ratio-Based Incremental Amount and substantially concurrently also Incurs Indebtedness (x) pursuant to the Prepayment-Based Incremental Amount, the First Lien Prepayment-Based Incremental Facility, the Cash-Capped Incremental Amount or the First Lien Cash-Capped Incremental Facility (whether Incurred under Section 2.25 or Section 7.2(b)(vi) (or the equivalent provisions of the First Lien Credit Agreement) or under any or all such sections) or (y) otherwise constituting a Fixed Amount, then the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, Total Net Leverage Ratio and/or Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, as applicable, will be calculated with respect to such Incurrence pursuant to the Ratio-Based Incremental Amount without regard to any such substantially concurrent Incurrence of Indebtedness under the Prepayment-Based Incremental Facility, the First Lien Prepayment-Based Incremental Facility, the Cash-Capped Incremental Facility, the First Lien Cash-Capped Incremental Facility or any other Fixed Amount.

 

68


Ratio-Based Incremental Facility”: as defined in Section 2.25(a)(i).

Ratio Debt”: as defined in Section 7.2(a).

Receivables Fees”: distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Financing.

Receivables Financing”: any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Top Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Top Borrower pursuant to which the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries), and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Top Borrower or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable.

Receivables Repurchase Obligation”: any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Receivables Subsidiary”: a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Top Borrower (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with the Top Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries in which the Top Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Top Borrower makes an Investment and to which the Top Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Top Borrower transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable of the Top Borrower and its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Borrower Representative as a Receivables Subsidiary and:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Top Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Top Borrower (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Top Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Top Borrower in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Top Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Top Borrower, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings,

 

69


(b) with which neither the Top Borrower nor any other Subsidiary of the Top Borrower has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Top Borrower reasonably believe to be no less favorable to the Top Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Top Borrower, and

(c) to which neither the Top Borrower nor any other Subsidiary of the Top Borrower has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Borrower Representative shall be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by delivering to the Administrative Agent a certified copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Borrower Representative giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower Representative certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Recovery Event”: any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation, eminent domain or similar proceeding relating to any asset of any Group Member.

Reference Period”: the period beginning on the first day of the most recently completed Test Period and ending on the Calculation Date.

Refinance”: in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, discharge, redeem, replace, defease, refund, extend, renew or repay any Indebtedness with the proceeds of other Indebtedness, or to issue other Indebtedness, in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness in whole or in part; “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

Refinanced Credit Agreement Debt”: as defined in the definition of “Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt.

Refinanced Debt”: as defined in the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Requirements.

Refinancing Amendment”: an amendment to this Agreement executed by each of (a) the Borrower Representative and any applicable Borrower, (b) the Refinancing Arranger, (c) the Administrative Agent and (d) each Additional Lender and Lender that agrees to provide any portion of the Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt being Incurred pursuant thereto, in accordance with Section 2.26.

Refinancing Arranger”: any Person (who may be the Administrative Agent, if it so agrees) appointed by the Borrower Representative, after consultation with the Administrative Agent, the arranger of any Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt.

 

70


Refinancing Debt”: Indebtedness under any Second Priority Refinancing Facility, Junior Priority Refinancing Facility or Unsecured Refinancing Facility.

Refunding Capital Stock”: as defined in Section 7.3(b)(ii).

Register”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(vi).

Registered Equivalent Notes”: with respect to any notes originally issued in a Rule 144A or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act of 1933 (or pursuant to similar rules in any jurisdiction outside of the United States), substantially identical notes (having the same Guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC (or any securities regulator outside of the United States).

Reinvestment Deferred Amount”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by any Loan Party that are not applied to repay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c) on account of the Borrowers’ right to reinvest such proceeds in lieu of applying them to the prepayment of Loans.

Reinvestment Event”: as defined in Section 2.11(c).

Reinvestment Prepayment Amount”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the Reinvestment Deferred Amount relating thereto less any amount expended prior to the relevant Reinvestment Prepayment Date to acquire, replace, reconstruct or repair assets useful in the business of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or in connection with a Permitted Acquisition.

Reinvestment Prepayment Date”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the earlier of (a) the date occurring 18 months after such Reinvestment Event (or, if later, 180 days after the date the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has entered into a binding commitment to reinvest the Net Cash Proceeds of such Reinvestment Event prior to the expiration of such 18 month period) and (b) the date on which the Borrower Representative shall have notified the Administrative Agent in writing that it intends to prepay Indebtedness pursuant to Section 2.11(c).

Related Business Assets”: assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business.

Related Parties”: with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Reply Amount”: as defined in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Reportable Event”: any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is waived.

Repricing Indebtedness”: as defined in the definition of “Repricing Transaction.

 

71


“Repricing Transaction”: other than in the context of a transaction involving a Change of Control, a Public Offering or the financing of any Significant Acquisition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, within forty-five days before, concurrently with, or within forty-five days following each such transaction), (i) the repayment, prepayment, refinancing, substitution or replacement of all or a portion of the Initial Loans with the Incurrence by the Top Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness in the form of a broadly syndicated term loan B facility (“Repricing Indebtedness”) having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (taking into account interest rate margin and benchmark floors, recurring fees and all upfront or similar fees or original issue discount paid or payable by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (amortized over the shorter of (A) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such term loans and (B) four years), but excluding (x) any arrangement, commitment, structuring, syndication, ticking, unused line or other fees payable by any Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary in connection therewith that are not shared ratably in the primary syndication thereof with all lenders or holders of such term loans in their capacities as lenders or holders of such term loans, (y) customary consent fees for any amendment paid generally to consenting lenders or holders and (z) any bona fide arrangement, commitment, ticking, structuring, syndication or similar fees paid by any Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary to a lender or an Affiliate of a lender in its capacity as a commitment party or arranger and regardless of whether such Indebtedness is syndicated to other third parties)) that is less than the effective interest cost or weighted average yield of the Initial Loans and (ii) any amendment, waiver, consent or modification to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield (to be determined on the same basis as that described in clause (i) above) of, the Initial Loans directed at, or the result of which would be, the lowering of the effective interest cost or weighted average yield applicable to the Initial Loans.

Required Lenders”: at any time, non-Defaulting Lenders holding more than 50% of (a) until the Closing Date, the Commitments then in effect and (b) thereafter, the sum of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans at such time and (ii) the Total Incremental Commitments then in effect.

Requirement of Law”: as to any Person, any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer”: the chief executive officer, representative, director, manager, president, vice president, executive vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer, secretary or assistant secretary, an authorized signatory, an attorney-in-fact (to the extent empowered by the board of directors/managers of the Borrower Representative), or other similar officer of a Loan Party (or of its general partner, managing member or sole member, if applicable) of the applicable Loan Party, but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer, treasurer, vice president of finance, controller or comptroller (or other officer or director with equivalent duties), and solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Section 2, any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to the Administrative Agent or any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party designated in or pursuant to an agreement between the applicable Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.

 

72


Restricted”: when referring to Cash Equivalents of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, means that such Cash Equivalents appear as “restricted” on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, other than on accounts of Liens in favor of (x) the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, (y) the First Lien Agent for the benefit of the “secured parties” under the First Lien Documents and (z) other Liens permitted under clauses (3), (10), (13), (15), (22), (24), (25), (30), (33), (35), (38) and (40) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” above, other than consensual Liens on assets which constitute Collateral and rank prior to the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) on the Collateral.

Restricted Investment”: an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. “Restricted Payments”: as defined in Section 7.3(a).

Restricted Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Top Borrower other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary (or, at the option of Holdings, any other Subsidiary of Holdings designated by it as a Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary’s ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.

Retained Asset Sale Proceeds”: an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds received from any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event that are not applied to prepay Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c) on account of clauses (i) or (ii) of the definition of “Asset Sale Percentage” or on account of the de minimis thresholds set forth in Section 2.11(b) and (c).

Retained Declined Proceeds”: as defined in Section 2.11(f).

Retired Capital Stock”: as defined in Section 7.3(b)(ii).

Return Bid”: as defined in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

S&P”: Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Sale Leaseback Transaction”: any arrangement with any Person or Persons, whereby in contemporaneous or substantially contemporaneous transactions the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary sells substantially all of its right, title and interest in any property and, in connection therewith, the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires, leases or licenses back the right to use all or a material portion of such property.

Sanctioned Person”: (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions Laws-related list of designated persons maintained by OFAC (including the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, the United Kingdom or any EU member state, and (b) any Person 50% or greater owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons.

Sanctions Laws”: the economic sanctions laws and regulations administered or enforced by the U.S. Government (including OFAC or the U.S. Department of State), the United Nations Security Council, Canada, the European Union and the United Kingdom and any other applicable sanctions authority.

 

73


SEC”: the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Second Lien Obligations”: any Indebtedness that is secured on a pari passu basis with the Liens that secure the Initial Loans (or any refinancing thereof with loans having the same Lien priority as the Initial Loans prior to such refinancing). For the avoidance of doubt, “Second Lien Obligations” shall include the Initial Loans (or the loans that refinance the Initial Loans in accordance with the parenthetical in the immediately preceding sentence).

Secured Parties”: the collective reference to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

Securities Act”: the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Security Agreement”: the Second Lien Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among the Loan Parties party thereto and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

Security Agreements”: collectively, the Security Agreement and each other security agreement and security agreement supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a), Section 6.9, Section 6.11 or Section 6.15, in each case as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Security Documents”: the collective reference to the Security Agreements, each Intellectual Property Security Agreement, each Mortgage, collateral assignments, security agreement supplements, security agreements, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.1(a), Section 6.9, Section 6.11 or Section 6.15, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien which in each case, to the extent legally possible, is created in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties or as trustee of the Secured Parties and/or as creditor under a parallel debt structure for the other Secured Parties, whether entered into on or after the Closing Date.

Senior Representative”: with respect to any series of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt or any series of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.2(b)(ii) or Section 7.2(b)(vi), the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, Incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

Significant Acquisition”: an acquisition, or a series of acquisitions all of which are consummated within a 90 day period, (i) the result of which is that Consolidated EBITDA, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period, is equal to or greater than 125.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period, but without giving pro forma effect to such acquisition or series of acquisitions (and other transactions related thereto) or (ii) any acquisition not permitted under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents immediately prior to such acquisition.

 

74


Significant Subsidiary”: at any date of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under the Securities Act as such rule is in effect on the Closing Date.

Similar Business”: any business, service or other activity engaged in by the Top Borrower, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, or any direct or indirect parent on the Closing Date and any business or other activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the Closing Date.

Single Employer Plan”: any Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but that is not a Multiemployer Plan.

Solvency Certificate”: a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit I.

Solvent”: with respect to any Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, means that as of any date of determination, (a) the sum of the fair value of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, exceed the sum of all debts of such Person as of such date, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability on existing debts of such Person as such debts become absolute and matured, (c) such Person will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct any business in which it is or is about to become engaged and (d) such Person does not intend to Incur, or believe or reasonably should believe that it will Incur, debts beyond its ability to pay as they mature. For purposes of this definition, (i) “debt” means liability on a “claim” and (ii) “claim” means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, subordinated, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent, unliquidated and disputed claim and any claim that has not been reduced to judgment at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability irrespective of whether such liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under the Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5.

Specified Class”: as defined in Section 2.28(a).

Specified Representations”: the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.3(a), 4.4(a) (solely as it relates to the Loan Documents), 4.4(c), 4.5(i) (with respect to the Organizational Documents only), 4.10, 4.13, 4.16 (subject to the last paragraph of Section 5.1), 4.17, 4.18(a) (with respect to the Patriot Act only), 4.18(d) (with respect to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and OFAC only) and 4.19 (in each case, only with respect to Holdings and the Borrowers).

 

75


Sponsors”: collectively, (i) Onex Corporation, Onex Partners IV LP, Onex Partners Manager LP, Onex Partners Advisor LP and/or one or more other investment funds advised, managed or controlled by Onex Corporation, and (ii) Vista Equity Partners Fund VI, L.P. and Vista Equity Partners Management, LLC and, in each case (whether individually or as a group), their respective Affiliates and any investment funds that have granted to the foregoing control in respect of their investment in Holdings and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings, but, in any event, excluding any of their respective portfolio companies.

Standard Securitization Undertakings”: representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by the Top Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Top Borrower which the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity Date”: with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).

Step Plan”: that certain Project Pinnacle Transaction Step Plan, dated as of April 11, 2018 (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time prior to the Closing Date, except that any amendments, restatements, modifications or supplements thereto that in the aggregate are materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders shall require the consent of the Joint Lead Arrangers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed)).

Steps Transactions”: the transactions set forth in the Step Plan which are to be consummated on the Closing Date.

Subordinated Indebtedness”: (a) with respect to any Borrower, any Indebtedness of any Borrower which is by its terms contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Loans, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms contractually subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee.

Subsidiary”: with respect to any Person (1) any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, association, joint venture or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of stock or other ownership interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing similar functions) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies thereof at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, (2) any partnership, joint venture or limited liability company of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination

 

76


thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity and (3) any Person that is consolidated in the consolidated financial statements of the specified Person in accordance with GAAP. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Top Borrower.

Subsidiary Guarantor”: each Restricted Subsidiary that executes this Agreement as a “Guarantor”, including, for the avoidance of doubt, each Borrower that is a Subsidiary of the Top Borrower.

Swap Agreement”: any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.

Taxes”: as defined in Section 2.19(a).

Term Percentage”: as to any Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Commitments (or, at any time after the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate Outstanding Amount of such Lender’s Loans at such time constitutes of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans at such time).

Test Period” means, subject to Section 1.4, the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings (taken as one account period) for which financial statements and certificates required by Section 6.1(a) or (b), as the case may be, have been or were required to have been delivered.

Title Policy”: an ALTA or equivalent lender’s title insurance policy issued by a title insurer reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Section 6.9(b), subject only to those exceptions which are either Permitted Liens (with any Liens on Collateral that are expressly contemplated to be junior to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to be listed in the applicable Title Policy as subordinate to the Collateral Agent’s lien on the applicable Mortgaged Property) or are otherwise reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent and containing such endorsements as are customary in the jurisdiction in which the applicable Mortgaged Property is located and as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably require.

Top Borrower”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Total Capitalization”: as defined in the definition of “Equity Contribution.”

Total Incremental Commitments”: at any time, the aggregate principal amount of the Incremental Commitments then in effect.

 

77


Total Net Leverage Ratio”: as at the last day of any period, the ratio of (a) the excess of (i) the amount of Consolidated Total Indebtedness on such day over (ii) an amount equal to the sum of (x) the Unrestricted Cash Equivalents and (y) Cash Equivalents restricted in favor of any Senior Representative or the Administrative Agent (which may also include Cash Equivalents securing other Indebtedness that are either (A) First Lien Obligations, (B) Second Lien Obligations or (C) Junior Lien Obligations subject to the terms of an Intercreditor Agreement, in any such case, so long as the holders of such other Indebtedness do not have the benefit of a control agreement or other equivalent methods of perfection (unless the Designated Senior Representative or the Administrative Agent also has the benefit of a control agreement or other equivalent methods of perfection)), in each case of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for such period, and with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”.

Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio”: as at the last day of any period, the ratio of (a) the excess of (i) Consolidated Total Indebtedness on such day (x) constituting the Second Lien Obligations or the First Lien Obligations or (y) that is otherwise secured by the Collateral over (ii) an amount equal to the sum of (x) the Unrestricted Cash Equivalents and (y) Cash Equivalents restricted in favor of any Senior Representative or the Administrative Agent (which may also include Cash Equivalents securing other Indebtedness that are either (A) First Lien Obligations, (B) Second Lien Obligations or (C) Junior Lien Obligations subject to the terms of an Intercreditor Agreement, in any such case, so long as the holders of such other Indebtedness do not have the benefit of a control agreement or other equivalent methods of perfection (unless the Designated Senior Representative or Administrative Agent also has the benefit of a control agreement or other equivalent methods of perfection)), in each case of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for such period, and with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”.

Transactions”: (a) the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents to be entered into on the Closing Date and the funding of the Loans on the Closing Date, (b) the execution and delivery of the First Lien Documents to be entered into on the Closing Date and the funding of the First Lien Loans thereunder on the Closing Date, (c) the consummation of the Acquisition, and (d) the Existing Debt Release/Repayment and (e) the payment of fees and expenses Incurred in connection with each of the foregoing.

Transferee”: any Assignee or Participant.

Type”: as to any Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a Eurocurrency Loan.

Undisclosed Administration”: in relation to a Lender or its direct or indirect parent company the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the law in the country where such Lender is subject to home jurisdiction supervision if applicable law requires that such appointment is not to be publicly disclosed.

 

78


Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC”: the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect from time to time in any applicable jurisdiction.

United States”: the United States of America.

Unrestricted”: when referring to Cash Equivalents, means that such Cash Equivalents are not Restricted.

Unrestricted Subsidiary”: (i) any Subsidiary of the Top Borrower designated by the Borrower Representative as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.12 subsequent to the Closing Date, (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (iii) each Receivables Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, no Borrower may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary at any time, and no Subsidiary of the Top Borrower that is a Borrower may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless it shall have ceased to be a Borrower pursuant to Section 12.3 prior to the effectiveness of such designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Unsecured Refinancing Facility”: as defined in the definition of “Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt.

US Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Top Borrower organized under the laws of the United States, any state within the United States or the District of Columbia.

Voting Stock”: with respect to any Person as of any date, the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity”: when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary”: any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary”: with respect to any Person, a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers”: means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

79


1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions.

(a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

(b) As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP, (ii) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”, (iii) the word “incur” or “Incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume or become liable in respect of (and the words “incurred”, “incurrence”, “Incurred” or “Incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), (iv) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, real property, leasehold interests and contract rights, (v) the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with the Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person, (vi) references to agreements or other Contractual Obligations (including any of the Loan Documents or First Lien Documents) shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, novated, supplemented, restated, extended, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time and (vii) a debt instrument includes any equity or hybrid instrument to the extent characterized as indebtedness.

(c) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and clause, paragraph, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise specified herein, each date indicated in any Loan Document to fall on a Business Day, if such date is not a Business Day, shall instead fall on the next succeeding Business Day.

(f) Prior to the first delivery of financial statements under Section 6.1, any ratio or other financial metric that is measured based on the most recent financial statements delivered or required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 (including any such metric measured by reference to a Test Period) shall instead be based on the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(d).

(g) For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise specified or the context indicates otherwise, all Financial Definitions (including any defined term or section reference included therein) referred to in the Loan Documents shall be calculated with reference to Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis.

 

80


(h) For the purposes of Sections 7.5 and 7.8, an allocation of assets to a division of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a limited liability company, or an allocation of assets to a series of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a limited liability company, shall be treated as a transfer of assets from one Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary.

(i) Each reference to any defined term or section of the First Lien Credit Agreement shall be deemed to include any analogous term or section of any Senior Debt Document (as defined in the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement), unless the context otherwise requires.

1.3 Accounting. For purposes of all Financial Definitions and calculations in the Loan Documents, there shall be excluded for any period the effects of purchase accounting (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of the Transactions, any acquisition consummated prior to the Closing Date, any Permitted Acquisition, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof.

If at any time any change in GAAP or Tax Change (as defined below) would affect the computation of any financial ratio, standard or term set forth in any Loan Document, and the Borrower Representative or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio, standard or term to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP or Tax Change (subject to approval by the Borrower Representative); provided that, until so amended, such ratio, standard or term shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP immediately prior to such change therein or, in the case of a Tax Change, as if the Applicable Tax Laws immediately prior to such change therein continued to apply; provided, that, to the extent any such change would have a negative impact on the Borrower Representative with respect to any ratio, financial calculation, financial reporting items or requirement computation, the Borrower Representative may (in its sole discretion) elect to compute or report such ratio, financial calculation, financial reporting item or requirement in accordance with GAAP and/or the Applicable Tax Laws, as the case may be, as changed and accordingly, if such an election is made, the Borrower Representative shall not be required to deliver the written statement described in the immediately preceding proviso with respect thereto. “Tax Change” means any change in the Code or any other applicable Requirement of Law that would have the effect of changing the amount of Taxes due and payable by Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for any taxable period, as compared to the amount of Taxes that would have been due and payable by Holdings, the Top Borrower the Restricted Subsidiaries for such taxable period under the Code or any other Requirements of Law as in effect immediately prior to such change; provided for avoidance of doubt, that the calculation of a change in Taxes due and payable shall take into account all changes to the Code or any other Requirements of Law. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, (i) all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159 or FASB ASC 825 (or any other financial accounting standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of Holdings, the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries at “fair value,” as defined therein and (ii) the

 

81


financial ratios and related definitions set forth in the Loan Documents shall be computed to exclude the application of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, 150 or 123(R) or any other financial accounting standard having a similar result or effect (to the extent that the pronouncements in Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R) result in recording an equity award as a liability on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the circumstance where, but for the application of the pronouncements, such award would have been classified as equity).

1.4 Limited Condition Transactions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in connection with any action (including any Limited Condition Transaction itself) being taken solely in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of:

(a) determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires the calculation of any financial ratio or test, including the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, Total Net Leverage Ratio and Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio;

(b) testing availability under baskets set forth in this Agreement (including baskets measured as a percentage of Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income);

(c) testing the absence of a Default or Event of Default; or

(d) the making of any representations or warranties,

in each case, at the option of the Borrower Representative (the Borrower Representative’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCT Election”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted under the Loan Documents shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for (or in the case of a Limited Condition Transaction that involves some other manner of establishing a binding obligation under local law, such other binding obligations to consummate), or irrevocable notice of, such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into (the “LCT Test Date”), and if, after giving effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any Incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) on a Pro Forma Basis as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recently completed Test Period ending prior to the LCT Test Date, Holdings, the Top Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries would have been permitted to take such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio, basket, test, Default or Event of Default “blocker” or making of representations and warranties, such ratio, basket, test, Default or Event of Default “blocker” or making of representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower Representative has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios, baskets, tests, Default or Event of Default “blocker” or making of representations and warranties for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio, basket, test, Default or Event of Default “blocker” or making of representations and warranties, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets, ratios, tests, Default or Event of Default “blocker” or making of representations and warranties will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations.

 

82


1.5 Financial Ratio Calculations. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of the Loan Documents under a specific covenant that does not require compliance with a financial ratio or test (including a test based on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio and/or the Total Net Leverage Ratio) (any such amounts, the “Fixed Amounts”) substantially concurrently with any amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of the Loan Documents under the same covenant that requires compliance with a financial ratio or test (including a test based on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio and/or the Total Net Leverage Ratio) (any such amounts, the “Incurrence-Based Amounts”), it is understood and agreed that (a) the Fixed Amounts shall be disregarded in the calculation of the financial ratio or test applicable to the Incurrence-Based Amounts, and (b) except as provided in clause (a), the entire transaction shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness (and associated Liens, subject to the applicable priorities required pursuant to the applicable Incurrence-Based Amounts), Investments, liquidations, dissolutions, mergers, consolidations, dividends, or any prepayments of Indebtedness incurred or otherwise effected in reliance on Fixed Amounts may be reclassified at any time, as the Borrower Representative may elect from time to time, as incurred under the applicable Incurrence-Based Amounts if the Borrowers together with the Restricted Subsidiaries subsequently meets the applicable ratio for such Incurrence-Based Amounts on a Pro Forma Basis.

1.6 Currency Equivalents Generally. For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, where the permissibility of a transaction or determinations of required actions or circumstances depend upon compliance with, or are determined by reference to, amounts stated in Dollars, any requisite currency translation shall be based on the rate of exchange between the applicable currency and Dollars (as quoted by the Administrative Agent or if the Administrative Agent does not quote a rate of exchange on such currency, by a known dealer in such currency designated by the Administrative Agent) in effect on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of such transaction or determination and shall not be affected by subsequent fluctuations in exchange rates and will, in the case of Indebtedness, reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Swap Agreements permitted hereunder for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the Dollar amount of such Indebtedness.

1.7 Treatment of Subsidiaries Prior to Joinder. Each Subsidiary of Holdings that is required to be joined as a Loan Party pursuant to Section 6.9 shall, until the completion of such joinder, be deemed for the purposes of Section 7 of this Agreement to be a Loan Party from and after the Closing Date (or the date of formation or acquisition of such subsidiary).

1.8 LIBOR Replacement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, if the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent reasonably determine in good faith (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto (provided that the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent shall make such a determination of whether such an event shall have occurred, at any time upon the reasonable request of the Borrower Representative), that:

 

83


(a) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR for any requested Interest Period, including because the LIBOR Rate is not available or published on a current basis and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary; or

(b) the administrator of the LIBOR Rate or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which LIBOR or the LIBOR Screen Rate shall no longer be made available, or used for determining the interest rate of loans, or

(c) syndicated loans are being executed, or that include language similar to that contained in this Section, are being executed or amended (as applicable) to incorporate or adopt a new benchmark interest rate to replace LIBOR, then, reasonably promptly after such determination, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative may amend this Agreement to replace LIBOR with an alternate benchmark rate (including any mathematical or other adjustments to the benchmark (if any) incorporated therein), giving due consideration to any evolving or then existing convention for similar U.S. dollar denominated syndicated credit facilities for such alternative benchmarks (any such proposed rate, a “LIBOR Successor Rate”), together with any proposed LIBOR Successor Rate Conforming Changes, and any such amendment shall become effective at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth Business Day after the Administrative Agent shall have posted such proposed amendment to all Lenders and the Borrower Representative, unless, prior to such time, Lenders comprising the Required Lenders have delivered to the Administrative Agent written notice that such Required Lenders do not accept such amendment.

SECTION 2

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

2.1 Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally agrees to make a single Loan to the Borrowers on the Closing Date in Dollars and in an amount not to exceed the amount of the Commitment of such Lender on the Closing Date. The Loans may from time to time be Eurocurrency Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by the Borrower Representative and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 2.12. The Commitments in effect on the Closing Date shall automatically terminate at 11:59 p.m. (New York City time) on the Closing Date. Once borrowed and repaid, no Loan may be re-borrowed.

2.2 Procedure for Borrowing Loans. The Borrower Representative (on behalf of the Borrowers) shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice, substantially in the form of Exhibit H or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including (x) any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent and (y) by written notice), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent no later than (A) 1:00 p.m. (New York City time), one Business Day prior to the anticipated Closing Date, in the case of ABR Loans, or (B) 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), one Business Day prior to the anticipated Closing Date, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, in each case or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent reasonably shall agree) requesting that the Lenders make the Initial Loans on the Closing Date and specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed, (ii) the Type of Loan, (iii) the applicable Interest Period, and (iv) instructions for

 

84


remittance of the Loans to be borrowed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such notices may be conditioned on the occurrence of the Closing Date or, with respect to Loans borrowed after the Closing Date, may be conditioned on the occurrence of any transaction utilizing such Loans. Upon receipt of such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. Not later than 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Closing Date, each such Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Loan or Loans to be made by such Lender. Such borrowing will then be made available to the Borrowers by the Administrative Agent crediting such account or by wire transfer as is designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower Representative (or as otherwise directed by the Borrower Representative), with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

2.3 Repayment of Loans.

(a) The principal amount of the Initial Loans of each Lender shall be repaid by the Borrowers on the Loan Maturity Date, in an amount equal to the aggregate Outstanding Amount on such date, together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of such payment.

(b) To the extent not previously paid, (i) each Incremental Loan shall be due and payable on the Incremental Loan Maturity Date applicable to such Incremental Loan, (ii) each Other Loan shall be due and payable on the maturity date thereof as set forth in the Refinancing Amendment applicable thereto and (iii) each Extended Loan shall be due and payable on the maturity date thereof as set forth in the Permitted Amendment applicable thereto together, in each case, with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of payment.

(c) The Obligations of the Borrowers in respect of the Loans, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, are joint and several.

2.4 [Reserved].

2.5 [Reserved].

2.6 [Reserved].

2.7 [Reserved].

2.8 Fees. The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers (and their respective affiliates) the fees in the amounts and on the dates set forth in any fee agreements (including the Fee Letter) with such Persons and to perform any other obligations contained therein.

2.9 [Reserved].

2.10 Optional Prepayments.

 

85


(a) The Borrowers may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, in each case, without premium or penalty except as set forth below in Section 2.10(b), upon notice, substantially in the form of Exhibit E or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative (on behalf of the Borrowers), which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent no later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) three (3) Business Days prior to the prepayment date, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, and no later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the prepayment date, in the case of ABR Loans; provided that if a Eurocurrency Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrowers shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.21; provided, further, that such notice shall be irrevocable unless such notice of prepayment indicates that such prepayment is conditioned upon one or more conditions precedent, in which case such notice of prepayment may be revoked or automatically terminated if such conditions precedent are not satisfied and any Eurocurrency Loan that was the subject of such notice shall be continued as an ABR Loan. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. Partial prepayments of Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of (x) in the case of ABR Loans, $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof or (y) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Borrower (x) makes a voluntary prepayment of any Initial Loans pursuant to Section 2.10(a) or (y) makes a repayment of any Initial Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(a), the Borrower Representative shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of the applicable Lenders (including pursuant to Section 2.23, as a result of, or in connection with, any Lender not agreeing or otherwise consenting to any waiver, consent or amendment in connection with a Repricing Transaction) with respect to clauses (x) and (y), (i) if such prepayment or repayment is made prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, a prepayment premium in an amount equal to 2.00% of the principal amount of Initial Loans so prepaid or repaid or (ii) if such prepayment or repayment is made on or after the first anniversary of the Closing Date but prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, a prepayment premium in an amount equal to 1.00% of the principal amount of Initial Loans prepaid or repaid (any prepayment premium referred to in clauses (i) or (ii), the “Prepayment Premium”); provided, that no Prepayment Premium will be required on or after the second anniversary of the Closing Date.

2.11 Mandatory Prepayments and Commitment Reductions.

(a) If any Indebtedness shall be Incurred by any Group Member (other than any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by any such Person in accordance with Section 7.2), an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds within one (1) Business Day after the receipt of such proceeds, shall be applied on the date of such issuance or Incurrence toward the prepayment of the Loans as set forth in clause (g) of this Section 2.11; provided, that until the Discharge of Senior Obligations, (i) no mandatory prepayments of Loans shall be required under this Section 2.11(a), except to the extent of mandatory prepayments required to be made pursuant to Section

 

86


2.11(a) of the First Lien Credit Agreement that were declined by the lenders thereunder and (ii) the reference to one (1) Business Day following the event giving rise to such mandatory prepayment in this Section 2.11(a) shall be deemed to be the first Business Day following the date of determination that proceeds of the event giving rise to such mandatory prepayment shall be required to be applied to prepayments of the Term Loans in accordance with this Section 2.11(a).

(b) [Reserved].

(c) Subject to clause (d) of this Section 2.11, if, on any date, the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event in excess of $10,000,000 in any fiscal year, then, unless the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such Net Cash Proceeds shall be reinvested in its business (a “Reinvestment Event”), an aggregate amount equal to the Asset Sale Percentage (determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the Test Period most recently ended prior to (x) at the time of the making of such prepayment or, at the Borrower Representative’s option, (y) at the time of receipt of Net Cash Proceeds) of such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied within five (5) Business Days of such date to prepay (A) outstanding First Lien Loans in accordance with the First Lien Credit Agreement, (B) outstanding Loans in accordance with this Section 2.11 and (C) at the Borrower Representative’s option, the prepayment of any other outstanding Indebtedness that constitutes First Lien Obligations or Second Lien Obligations (collectively, “Other Applicable Indebtedness”); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, within five (5) Business Days following each Reinvestment Prepayment Date, an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to any Asset Sale or Recovery Event, shall be applied to prepay the outstanding Loans as set forth in Section 2.11(g); provided, further, that the Top Borrower may elect to deem expenditures that would otherwise be permissible reinvestments pursuant to this clause (c) that occur within 90 days prior to the actual receipt of Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or Recovery Event to have been reinvested in accordance with the provisions hereof so long as such expenditure has been made no earlier that the earliest of (1) notice to the Administrative Agent of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (it being agreed that the Administrative Agent will not distribute such notice to the lenders until the occurrence of (2) or (3) as follows), (2) the execution of a definitive agreement for such Asset Sale or (3) the consummation of such Asset Sale or the occurrence of such Recovery Event. Any such Net Cash Proceeds may be applied to Other Applicable Indebtedness only to (and not in excess of) the extent to which a mandatory prepayment in respect of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event is required under the terms of such Other Applicable Indebtedness (with any remaining Net Cash Proceeds applied to prepay outstanding Loans in accordance with the terms hereof), unless such application would result in the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness receiving in excess of their pro rata share (determined on the basis of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness at such time) of such Net Cash Proceeds relative to Lenders, in which case such Net Cash Proceeds may only be applied to Other Applicable Indebtedness on a pro rata basis with outstanding Loans. To the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness decline to have such indebtedness repurchased, repaid or prepaid with any such Net Cash Proceeds, the declined amount of such Net Cash Proceeds shall promptly (and, in any event, within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay Loans in accordance with the terms hereof (to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds would otherwise have been required to be applied if such Other Applicable Indebtedness was not then outstanding). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 2.11(c), until the Discharge of Senior Obligations, (i) no

 

87


mandatory prepayments of Loans shall be required under this Section 2.11(c) except to the extent of mandatory prepayments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.11(c) of the First Lien Credit Agreement that were declined by the lenders thereunder and (ii) the references to five (5) Business Days following the event that gives rise to such mandatory prepayment in this Section 2.11(c) shall be deemed to be the first Business Day following the date of determination that proceeds of the event giving rise to such mandatory prepayment shall be required to be applied to mandatory prepayments of the Loans in accordance with this Section 2.11(c).

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (including clauses (a) and (c) above), to the extent that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that (i) any of or all the Net Cash Proceeds of any Indebtedness described in clause (a) above or any Asset Sale or Recovery Event by a Subsidiary (or branches of Subsidiaries) are prohibited or delayed by applicable local law from being repatriated to the relevant Borrower(s) (including financial assistance and corporate benefit restrictions and fiduciary and statutory duties of the relevant directors), (ii) such repatriation would present a material risk of liability for the applicable Subsidiary or its directors or officers (or gives rise to a material risk of breach of fiduciary or statutory duties by any director or officers) or (iii) in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries (including repatriation or distributions that would be made through Foreign Subsidiaries), such repatriation or any distribution of the relevant amounts would result in material adverse Tax consequences, the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Loans at the times set forth in this Section 2.11 but may be retained by the applicable Subsidiary or branch (the Borrowers hereby agreeing to cause the applicable Subsidiary or branch to promptly take commercially reasonable actions to permit such repatriation without violating applicable local law or incurring material adverse Tax consequences; (provided, however, that no such commercially reasonable actions shall be required to be taken later than twelve (12) months after the applicable Indebtedness Incurrence, Asset Sale or Recovery Event)) provided, that for a period of 365 days from receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds, if such repatriation of any of such affected Net Cash Proceeds becomes permitted under such applicable local law, would not present a material risk as described in clause (ii) above, or no such material adverse Tax consequences would result from such distribution, such distribution will be promptly affected and such distributed Net Cash Proceeds will be promptly (and in any event not later than ten (10) Business Days after such distribution) applied (net of additional Taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to the repayment of Loans pursuant to this Section 2.11.

(e) [Reserved]

(f) The Borrower Representative shall deliver to the Administrative Agent notice, substantially in the form of Exhibit E or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative (on behalf of the Borrowers), of each prepayment required under this Section 2.11 (other than prepayments pursuant to Section 2.11(a)), which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not less than three (3) Business Days (or such shorter time as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably agree) prior to the date such prepayment shall be made. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each applicable Lender of such notice. Each such Lender may reject all of its Pro Rata Share of the prepayment (such declined amounts, the “Declined Proceeds”) by providing written notice (each, a “Rejection

 

88


Notice”) to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative no later than (i) 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the date of such Lender’s receipt of such notice from the Administrative Agent, if such notice is received prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, and (ii) 12:00 p.m., New York City time on the date following such Lender’s receipt of such notice from the Administrative Agent, if such notice is received after 11:00 a.m. New York City time. If a Lender fails to deliver a Rejection Notice to the Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above, such failure will be deemed an acceptance of such prepayment. Subject to any requirements of the First Lien Facility or any other Indebtedness, any Declined Proceeds may be retained by the Borrowers (such retained amount, the “Retained Declined Proceeds”). Each notice delivered pursuant to the first sentence of this clause (f) shall, as applicable, set forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount of such prepayment (including a calculation of any Asset Sale Percentage).

(g) Amounts to be applied in connection with any prepayments made pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be applied to the prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.17(b). The application of any prepayment of Loans pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be made on a pro rata basis within any Class of Loans regardless of Type. Each prepayment of the Loans under this Section 2.11 shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid.

(h) Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this Section 2.11, if any prepayment of Eurocurrency Loans is required to be made under this Section 2.11 other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the applicable Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit the amount of any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder with the Administrative Agent, to be held as security for the obligations of the applicable Borrower to make such prepayment pursuant to a cash collateral agreement to be entered into on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Administrative Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from any Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Eurocurrency Loans in accordance with this Section 2.11 (determined as of the date such prepayment was required to be originally made); provided that such unpaid Eurocurrency Loans shall continue to bear interest in accordance with Section 2.15 until such unpaid Eurocurrency Loans have been prepaid. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from any Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the applicable Eurocurrency Loans in accordance with Section 2.11 (determined as of the date such prepayment was required to be originally made). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any amounts held by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this subsection (h) pending application to any Eurocurrency Loans shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of such Eurocurrency Loans prior to any other application of such amounts as may be provided for herein.

(i) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11, other than to the extent prepayments of the Loans are otherwise permitted under the First Lien Credit Agreement with the First Lien Declined Proceeds, no mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall be made pursuant to this Section 2.11 until all commitments have been terminated and all amounts outstanding under the terms of the First Lien Credit Agreement and the other First Lien Documents have been paid in full in immediately available funds.

 

89


2.12 Conversion and Continuation Options.

(a) The Borrower Representative (on behalf of the Borrowers) may elect from time to time to convert Eurocurrency Loans to ABR Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable written notice of such election substantially in the form of Exhibit H or such other form as approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative (on behalf of the Borrowers), no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time), three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed conversion date. The Borrower Representative may elect from time to time to convert ABR Loans to Eurocurrency Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable written notice of such election substantially in the form of Exhibit H or such other form as approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative (on behalf of the Borrowers), no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time), on the third Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date (which notice shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period therefor); provided, further, that if the Borrower Representative wishes to request Eurocurrency Loans having an Interest Period other than one, two, three or six months in duration as provided in the definition of “Interest Period,” the applicable notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of such Borrowing conversion, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Lenders of such request and determine whether the requested Interest Period is approved by all of them. Not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time), two (2) Business Days before the requested date of such Borrowing conversion, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower Representative whether or not the requested Interest Period has been consented to by all the Lenders; provided, further that, no ABR Loan may be converted into a Eurocurrency Loan when a bankruptcy or payment Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If the Borrower Representative fails to give a timely notice requesting any conversion from one Type of Loan to another, then the applicable Loans shall be continued as, or converted to, Eurocurrency Loans with a one-month Interest Period. Any such automatic conversion to ABR Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurocurrency Loans.

(b) Any Eurocurrency Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower Representative (on behalf of the Borrowers) giving irrevocable written notice to the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit H or such other form as approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative, no later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the third Business Day preceding the proposed continuation date in the case of Eurocurrency Loans; provided, further that, to the extent the Required Lenders provide written notice thereof to the Borrower Representative, no Eurocurrency Loan may be continued as such when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided, further, that if the Borrower Representative shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this paragraph, such Loans shall be automatically

 

90


continued as Eurocurrency Loans with a one-month Interest Period on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period, and if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso, such Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such then-expiring Interest Period. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

2.13 Limitations on Eurocurrency Tranches. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all borrowings, conversions and continuations of Eurocurrency Loans and all selections of Interest Periods shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect thereto, (a) the aggregate principal amount of the Eurocurrency Loans comprising each Eurocurrency Tranche shall be equal to $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof and no more than five Eurocurrency Tranches shall be outstanding at any one time.

2.14 Interest Rates and Payment Dates.

(a) Each Eurocurrency Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate determined for such day plus the Applicable Margin.

(b) Each ABR Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the ABR plus the Applicable Margin.

(c) (i) If all or a portion of the principal amount of any Loan shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section plus 2% and (ii) if all or a portion of (x) any interest payable on any Loan or (y) any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate then applicable to ABR Loans under the relevant Facility plus 2% (or, in the case of any such other amounts that do not relate to a particular Facility, the rate then applicable to ABR Loans that are Initial Loans plus 2%), in each case, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, from the date of such non-payment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment).

(d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, provided that interest accruing pursuant to Section 2.14(c) shall be payable from time to time on demand.

2.15 Computation of Interest and Fees.

(a) Interest and fees payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to ABR Loans, the interest thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower Representative and the relevant Lenders of each determination of a Eurocurrency Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the ABR or the Eurocurrency Rate shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower

 

91


Representative and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate. In computing interest on any Loan, the date of the making of such Loan or the first day of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to an ABR Loan being converted from a Eurocurrency Loan, the date of conversion of such Eurocurrency Loan to such ABR Loan, as the case may be, shall be included, and the date of payment of such Loan or the expiration date of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to an ABR Loan being converted to a Eurocurrency Loan, the date of conversion of such ABR Loan to such Eurocurrency Loan, as the case may be, shall be excluded; provided that if a Loan is repaid on the same day on which it is made, one day’s interest shall be paid on that Loan.

(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower Representative, deliver to the Borrower Representative a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 2.14.

2.16 Inability to Determine Interest Rate; Illegality.

(a) Subject to Section 1.8 (which shall apply solely in the circumstances set forth therein), if prior to the first day of any Interest Period (i) the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrowers) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period, or (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Required Lenders that the Eurocurrency Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining their affected Loans during such Interest Period, then the Administrative Agent shall give written notice thereof to the Borrower Representative and the relevant Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurocurrency Loans shall be suspended and (y) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurocurrency component of the ABR, the utilization of the Eurocurrency Rate component in determining the ABR shall be suspended, in each case until such time as the Administrative Agent (upon the approval of the Required Lenders which approval the Administrative Agent agrees to seek promptly once it reasonably believes such condition no longer exists) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower Representative (on behalf of the Borrowers) may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of ABR Loans in the amount specified therein.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurocurrency Loan or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, then, by written notice to the Borrower Representative and to the Administrative Agent:

(i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurocurrency Loans or to convert ABR to Eurocurrency Loans shall be suspended, and

 

92


(ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining ABR Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the ABR, the interest rate on which ABR Loans of such Lender, shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the ABR,

in each case of clauses (i) and (ii) until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist.

Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrowers shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay (solely if requirement by a Requirement of Law) or, if applicable, convert all of such Lender’s Eurocurrency Loans to ABR Loans (the interest rate on which ABR Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the ABR) either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Loans. In the event any Lender shall exercise its rights under paragraphs (i) or (ii) of this clause (b), all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise have been applied to repay the Eurocurrency Loans that would have been made by such Lender or the converted Eurocurrency Loans of such Lender shall instead be applied to repay the ABR Loans (if applicable) made by such Lender in lieu of, or resulting from the conversion of, such Eurocurrency Loans. For purposes of this clause (b), a notice to the Borrower Representative by any Lender shall be effective as to each Eurocurrency Loan made by such Lender, if lawful, on the last day of the Interest Period then applicable to such Eurocurrency Loan; in all other cases, such notice shall be effective on the date of receipt by the Borrower Representative.

2.17 Pro rata Treatment and Payments.

(a) Each borrowing by the Borrowers from the Lenders hereunder shall be made pro rata to the relevant Lenders of any Class according to the respective Term Percentages or Incremental Percentages, as the case may be, of the relevant Lenders of such Class.

(b) Each payment (including each voluntary or mandatory prepayment) on account of principal of and interest on any Class of the Loans shall be made pro rata to the Lenders of such Class according to the respective Outstanding Amount of the Loans then held by the Lenders of such Class. The amount of each optional prepayment of the Loans made pursuant to Section 2.10 shall be applied as directed by the Borrower Representative in the notice described in Section 2.10 and, if no direction is given by the Borrower Representative, in the direct order of maturity and to the Loans of each Borrower on a pro rata basis. The amount of each mandatory prepayment of the Loans pursuant to Section 2.11 shall be applied as directed by the Borrower Representative in the notice described in Section 2.11 and to the Loans of each Borrower on a pro rata basis (other than in the case of Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt, the proceeds of which shall be applied to the applicable Class) and, if no direction is given by the Borrower Representative, in the direct order of maturity.

 

93


(c) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrowers hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without setoff or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 11 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010, for the account of the Lenders, in Dollars and in immediately available funds. Any payments received after such time shall be deemed to be received on the next Business Day at the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to the time of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrowers a corresponding amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor (a “Funding Default”), such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such amount with interest thereon, at a rate equal to the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this paragraph shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If such Lender’s share of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three (3) Business Days after such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with (without duplication of any such amounts ultimately received from such Lender, and any interest thereon) interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to ABR Loans under the relevant Facility, on demand, from the Borrowers. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

(e) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by the Borrower Representative prior to the date of any payment due to be made by the Borrowers hereunder that the Borrowers will not make such payment to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrowers are making such payment, and the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Lenders their respective pro rata shares of a corresponding amount. If such payment is not made to the Administrative Agent by the Borrowers within three (3) Business Days after such due date, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover, on demand, from each Lender to which any amount which was made available pursuant to the preceding sentence, such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum equal to the daily Federal Funds Rate. Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Borrowers.

 

94


2.18 Requirements of Law.

(a) Subject to clause (c) of this Section 2.18, if any Change in Law shall (i) subject any Lender to any Tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or any Eurocurrency Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except for (x) any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes (each of which is provided for in Section 2.19), (y) any Taxes described in clauses (i) through (v) of the second sentence of Section 2.19(a) and (z) any Taxes which would have been compensated for under Section 2.19(a) or Section 2.19(f) but were not so compensated because an exclusion in Section 2.19(h) applied), (ii) impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender that is not otherwise included in the determination of the Eurocurrency Rate or (iii) impose on such Lender any other condition, and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender by an amount that such Lender reasonably deems to be material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurocurrency Loans, or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, the Borrowers shall promptly pay such Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this paragraph, it shall promptly notify the Borrower Representative (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.

(b) Subject to clause (c) of this Section 2.18, if any Lender shall have determined that compliance by such Lender (or any corporation controlling such Lender) with any Change in Law regarding capital adequacy or liquidity shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or under or in respect of any Loans to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity) by an amount reasonably deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, after submission by such Lender to the Borrower Representative (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor (setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to such Lender under this Section 2.18(b)), the Borrowers shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such corporation for such reduction.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (including clauses (a) and (b) above), reimbursement pursuant to this Section 2.18 for (A) increased costs arising from any market disruption (i) shall be limited to circumstances generally affecting the banking market and (ii) may only be requested by the Required Lenders and (B) increased costs because of any Change in Law resulting from clause (i) or (ii) of the proviso to the definition of “Change in Law” may only be requested by a Lender imposing such increased costs on borrowers similarly situated to the Borrowers under syndicated credit facilities comparable to those provided hereunder. A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by any Lender to the Borrower Representative (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender the additional amount shown as due on any such certificate promptly after, and in any event within, ten (10) Business Days of, receipt thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any amounts incurred more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower Representative of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that, if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such nine-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect. The obligations of the Borrowers pursuant to this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

95


2.19 Taxes.

(a) Except where required under applicable Law, all payments made by the Loan Parties under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, including any penalties, interest and additional amounts with respect thereto, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority (collectively, “Taxes”). Subject to Section 2.19(h) below, if any applicable law requires any Taxes, excluding (i) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income and franchise Taxes (which franchise Taxes are imposed in lieu of net income Taxes) imposed on or with respect to the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of a present or former connection between the Administrative Agent or such Lender and the jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such Tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any such connection arising solely from the Administrative Agent or such Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or any other Loan Document), (ii) branch profits Taxes imposed on the Administrative Agent or any Lender by the United States of America or any similar Tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (i) above, (iii) United States withholding Taxes to the extent imposed pursuant to a Requirement of Law (or official interpretation or administration thereof) in effect at the time the relevant Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) would have been entitled at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment, if any) to receive additional amounts from the Borrowers with respect to such Taxes pursuant to this clause (a), (iv) Taxes that are attributable to a Lender’s failure to comply with the requirements of clause (j) of this Section 2.19, and (v) Taxes imposed by sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as in existence on the Closing Date (and any amended or successor versions of such provisions to the extent such versions are substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future U.S. treasury regulations thereunder and official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and fiscal, tax or regulatory legislation, rules or official practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code and U.S. treasury regulations thereunder (“FATCA”), (such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, including any penalties, interest, and additional amounts with respect thereto, the “Non-Excluded Taxes”), or Other Taxes to be withheld from any amounts payable by or on account of any obligation of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder, the amounts payable by the Loan Parties shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to the Administrative Agent and such Lender (after making all required withholdings in respect of Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes) an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding been made. Within 30 days of a Loan Party making a payment subject to any deduction or withholding as mentioned in this Section 2.19(a), the Loan Party making such payment shall deliver to the Administrative Agent as agent for the relevant Lender or Lenders evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Lender that the relevant deduction or withholding has been made and (as applicable) any appropriate payment has been made to the relevant taxing authority.

 

96


(b) [Reserved].

(c) [Reserved].

(d) [Reserved].

(e) [Reserved].

(f) The Borrowers shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender within ten (10) Business Days after written demand therefor (which written demand shall be made no later than 180 days after the earlier of (1) the date on which the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, received written demand for payment of the applicable Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes from the relevant Governmental Authority or (2) the date on which the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, paid the applicable Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes; provided, that failure or delay on the part of the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, to make such written demand shall not constitute a waiver of the right of the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, to demand indemnity and reimbursement for such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes, except to the extent that such failure or delay results in prejudice to the Borrowers) for the full amount of any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment made by any Loan Party under any Loan Document (including Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.19 paid by such Person and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority, but excluding Non-Excluded Taxes to the extent compensated under Section 2.19(a) or Other Taxes to the extent that such Taxes would have been compensated for by Section 2.19(a) but were not so compensated because one of the exclusions in Section 2.19(h) applied). A certificate stating the amount of such payment or liability and setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation thereof delivered to the Borrower Representative by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Statements payable by any Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.19 shall be submitted to the Borrower Representative at the address specified under Section 11.2.

(g) [Reserved].

(h) A payment shall not be required to be made by a Loan Party pursuant to Section 2.19(a) or Section 2.19(f) for, or on account of, Other Taxes where (i) such Other Taxes are imposed with respect to an assignment or transfer of any Lender’s rights or any participation or sub-contract by a Lender (other than in the course of primary syndication, pursuant to Section 2.23 (other than Section 2.23(c)) or after a Default), or (ii) such Other Taxes derive from the voluntary registration of a Loan Document by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any Lender where such registration is not required to maintain, preserve, establish or enforce the rights of the Administrative Agent or that Lender under a Loan Document.

 

97


(i) Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are payable by the Borrowers, reasonably promptly thereafter the Borrowers shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of the relevant Lender, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrowers showing payment thereof, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(j) Status of Lenders.

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.19 in clauses (j)(ii)(1), (j)(ii)(2), and (j)(ii)(4) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(1) any Lender that is a U.S. person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

(2) any Lender that is not a U.S. person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “Non-U.S. Lender”) shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

 

98


(B) executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(C) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 to the effect that such Non-U.S. Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of any Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” related to any Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E; or

(D) to the extent a Non-U.S. Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 or Exhibit C-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Non-U.S. Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Non-U.S. Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Non-U.S. Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

(3) any Non-U.S. Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(4) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (4), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

99


(5) prior to the date it becomes the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower Representative a duly completed IRS Form W-9 (or, in the case of a successor Administrative Agent that is not organized in the United States, a duly executed U.S. branch withholding certificate on U.S. IRS Form W-8IMY) with the effect that the Borrowers may make payments to the Administrative Agent, to the extent such payments are received by the Administrative Agent as an intermediary, without deduction or withholding of any Taxes imposed by the United States (without regard to the beneficial owners of such payment).

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(k) [Reserved].

(l) [Reserved].

(m) [Reserved].

(n) If the Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund (whether in the form of cash or as a credit against, or as a reduction of, a tax liability) of any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Loan Parties or with respect to which the Loan Parties have paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.19, it shall pay over such refund to the relevant Loan Party (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Loan Parties under this Section 2.19 with respect to the Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the relevant Loan Party, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Loan Parties (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (n), in no event will the Administrative Agent or any Lender be required to pay any amount to the Loan Parties pursuant to this paragraph (n) the payment of which would place the Administrative Agent or such Lender in a less favorable net after-Tax position than it would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph (n) shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrower Representative or any other Person.

(o) [Reserved].

(p) [Reserved].

(q) [Reserved].

 

100


(r) Without limiting any other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender that would not qualify for a complete exemption from withholding Taxes with respect to payments made under any Loan Document at the time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, shall consider in good faith, but not be required, to take actions, including assigning any of its Commitments and Loans to an affiliate of such Lender, so as to reasonably limit any obligations of the Loan Parties under this Section 2.19.

(s) The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

2.20 [Reserved].

2.21 Indemnity. The Borrowers agree to indemnify each Lender for, and to hold each Lender harmless from, any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a direct consequence of (a) default by any Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurocurrency Loans after the Borrower Representative has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by the Borrowers in making any prepayment of or conversion from Eurocurrency Loans after the Borrower Representative has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (c) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan prior to the last day of the Interest Period thereof or (d) the making of a prepayment of Eurocurrency Loans on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. Such indemnification shall not exceed an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amount so prepaid or converted, or not so borrowed, reduced, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, reduce, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, reduce, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest or other return for such Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank eurocurrency market. A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted to the Borrower Representative by any Lender shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

2.22 Change of Lending Office.

(a) Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Sections 2.18 or 2.19 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower Representative, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided, further, that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrowers or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Sections 2.18 or 2.19.

 

101


(b) Subject to clause (a) above, and without prejudice to the rights and obligations (but subject to the terms and requirements) in Section 2.19, each Borrower agrees that each Lender may, at its option, make any Loan available to any Borrower by causing any foreign or domestic branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan, and that any exercise of such option shall not affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrowers or the rights of any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

2.23 Replacement of Lenders. The Borrowers shall be permitted to replace any Lender (or prepay the Loans of such Lender on a non-pro rata basis) (a) where a Loan Party is obligated to pay additional amounts or indemnity payments under Section 2.19, (b) that requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.16 or Section 2.18, (c) that becomes a Defaulting Lender or otherwise defaults in its obligation to make Loans hereunder or (d) that has not consented to a proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination of the provisions of this Agreement as contemplated by Section 11.1 that requires the consent of all Lenders or all Lenders under a particular Facility or each Lender affected thereby and which has been approved by the Required Lenders or a majority (by aggregate principal amount) of such affected Lenders as provided in Section 11.1, in each case, with a Lender or an Eligible Assignee; provided that (i) such replacement or repayment does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) the replacement financial institution or other Eligible Assignee shall purchase (or the Borrower shall prepay) all Loans and other amounts (or, in the case of clause (d) as it relates to provisions affecting a particular Facility, Loans or other amounts owing under such Facility) owing to such replaced Lender on or prior to the date of replacement or repayment, (iii) the Borrowers shall be liable to such replaced Lender under Section 2.21 if any Eurocurrency Loan owing to such replaced Lender shall be purchased or prepaid other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto, (iv) if applicable, the replacement financial institution or other Eligible Assignee, if not already a Lender, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (v) if applicable, the replaced Lender shall be deemed to have made such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6, (vi) until such time as such replacement or repayment shall be consummated, the Borrowers shall pay all additional amounts (if any) required pursuant to Sections 2.16, 2.18, 2.19(a) or 2.19(f), as the case may be, and (vii) any such replacement or repayment shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced or repaid Lender. Upon any such assignment, such replaced or repaid Lender shall no longer constitute a “Lender” for purposes hereof (or, in the case of clause (d) as it relates to provisions affecting a particular Facility, a Lender under such Facility); provided that any rights of such replaced or repaid Lender to indemnification hereunder shall survive as to such replaced or repaid Lender. Each Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers agree that in connection with the replacement or repayment of a Lender and upon payment to such replaced or repaid Lender of all amounts required to be paid under this Section 2.23, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers shall be authorized, without the need for additional consent from such replaced Lender, to execute an Assignment and Assumption on behalf of such replaced Lender, and any such Assignment and Assumption so executed by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower Representative and, to the extent required under Section 11.6, the Borrower Representative, shall be effective for purposes of this Section 2.23 and Section 11.6. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.23, in the event that a Lender which holds Loans or Commitments under more than one Facility does not agree to a proposed amendment, supplement, modification, consent or waiver which requires the consent of all Lenders under a particular Facility, the Borrowers shall be permitted to replace or repay the non-consenting Lender with respect to the affected Facility and may, but shall not be required to, replace or repay such Lender with respect to any unaffected Facilities.

 

102


2.24 Notes. If so requested by any Lender by written notice to the Borrower Representative (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the applicable Borrowers shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 11.6) (promptly after the Borrower Representative’s receipt of such notice) a Note or Notes to evidence such Lender’s Loans.

2.25 Incremental Credit Extensions.

Subject to the terms of this Section 2.25:

(a) The Borrowers may, at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, by notice from the Borrower Representative to the Administrative Agent (whereupon the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders) and the Person appointed by the Borrower Representative to arrange an Incremental Facility (such Person (who (i) may be the Administrative Agent, if it so agrees, or (ii) any other Person appointed by the Borrower Representative after consultation with the Administrative Agent, the “Incremental Arranger”), request one or more additional tranches of term loans and/or one or more increases to the amount of any Class of Loans then outstanding (the commitments thereof, the “Incremental Commitments”, the loans thereunder, the “Incremental Loans”, and a Lender making such loans, an “Incremental Lender”); provided that:

(i) after giving effect to any such Incremental Loans, the aggregate amount of such Incremental Loans shall not exceed an amount equal to the sum of (x) the Ratio-Based Incremental Amount (any Incurrence under this clause (x), a “Ratio-Based Incremental Facility”), plus (y) the Prepayment-Based Incremental Amount (any Incurrence under this clause (y), a “Prepayment-Based Incremental Facility”), plus (z) the Cash-Capped Incremental Amount (any Incurrence under this clause (z), a “Cash-Capped Incremental Facility”), provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the amount available to the Borrowers pursuant to the Prepayment-Based Incremental Facility and the Cash-Capped Incremental Facility shall be available at all times and shall not be subject to the ratio test in the Ratio-Based Incremental Facility. Unless the Borrower Representative elects otherwise, any Incremental Loans shall be deemed Incurred first under the Ratio-Based Incremental Facility, with the balance Incurred next under the Prepayment-Based Incremental Facility and then under the Cash-Capped Incremental Facility. The Borrower Representative may designate any Incremental Arranger of any Incremental Facility with such titles under the Incremental Facility as Borrower Representative may deem appropriate;

(ii) the Incremental Loans shall rank pari passu in right of payment (or be subordinated if agreed by the Lenders providing such Incremental Loans) and of security (or on a junior lien or unsecured basis, to the extent agreed by the Lenders providing such Incremental Loans), and shall, if not pari passu in right of payment and security, be provided as a separate facility and, if secured, be subject to an Intercreditor Agreement (or any Intercreditor Agreement may be amended or replaced in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent);

 

103


(iii) other than Customary Bridge Financings and Permitted Early Maturity Indebtedness, the Incremental Loans shall not mature earlier than the Loan Maturity Date;

(iv) other than Customary Bridge Financings and Permitted Early Maturity Indebtedness, the Incremental Loans shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity no shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Loans;

(v) the interest rates (and, in the case of any Incremental Loan, subject to clauses (iii) and (iv) above, the amortization schedule) applicable to any such Incremental Loans shall be determined by the Borrower Representative and the applicable Incremental Lenders;

(vi) no Default or Event of Default (or, in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, no Default or Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or 9.1(g)) shall exist on the Incremental Facility Closing Date with respect to any Incremental Amendment entered into in connection therewith (and after giving effect to any Incremental Loans made thereunder);

(vii) other than Customary Bridge Financings, with respect to any Incremental Loans that are syndicated “term loan B” loans made pursuant to the Ratio-Based Incremental Facility, are secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations and are made on or prior to the date that is twelve months after the Closing Date, if the all-in-yield (whether in the form of interest rate margins, including interest rate floors (subject to clause (2) of the proviso in this clause (vii)), upfront fees or OID (with any OID being equated to interest margin based on an assumed four-year life to maturity for purposes of determining any increase to the Applicable Margin hereunder)) with respect to the Incremental Loans made thereunder paid by any Borrower to all lenders generally (as determined by the Borrower Representative and the applicable Incremental Lenders) (but excluding any arrangement, commitment, ticking, structuring, syndication, unused line or other similar fees payable by any Borrower in connection therewith, which shall not be included and equated to interest rate and, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding any bona fide arrangement, commitment, ticking, structuring, syndication or similar fees paid by any Borrower to a lender or an Affiliate of a lender in its capacity as a commitment party or arranger and regardless of whether such Indebtedness is syndicated to other third parties) with respect to the Incremental Loans made thereunder exceeds the all-in yield (after giving effect to interest rate margins (including the interest rate floors (subject to clause (2) of the proviso in this clause (vii)) and OID (equated to interest based on an assumed four-year life to maturity or, if shorter, the remaining life to maturity thereof) paid by any Borrower to all lenders generally in the primary syndication of such Initial Loans (computed in a manner consistent with the foregoing)) with respect to the Initial Loans that are denominated in the same currency as such Incremental Loans, as the case may be, after giving effect to any increase or repricing thereof that has theretofore become effective (it being understood that if any such repricing was effected as a refinancing tranche, the OID applicable to the refinancing loans shall be taken into account in lieu of the OID applicable to the Refinanced loans), by more than 50 basis points (the amount of such excess above 50 basis points being referred to herein as the “Incremental Yield Differential”), then, upon the effectiveness of such Incremental Amendment, the Applicable Margin then in effect for such Initial Loans denominated in the same currency shall automatically be increased by the Incremental Yield Differential; provided, (1) if the Incremental Loans include an interest-rate floor greater than the interest rate floor applicable to such Initial Loans, the differential between such

 

104


interest rate floors shall be equated to the interest rate margins for purposes of determining whether an increase to the Applicable Margin shall be required, but only to the extent an increase in the interest rate floor applicable to such Initial Loans would cause an increase in the Applicable Margin, and in such case the interest rate floor (but not the Applicable Margin) applicable to such Initial Loans shall be increased to the extent of such differential between interest rate floors and (2) any Incremental Loans that constitute fixed-rate Indebtedness shall be swapped to a floating rate on a customary matched-maturity basis; provided, further that this Section 2.25(a)(vii) shall not apply to (x) Incremental Loans in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $115,000,000 at any one time outstanding, (y) any Incremental Loan with a final maturity later than one year after the Loan Maturity Date or (z) any Incremental Loan that is Incurred in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment;

(viii) the Incremental Loans may be denominated in Dollars and any other currency acceptable to the Administrative Agent, the Incremental Arranger and the applicable Incremental Lenders;

(ix) no Incremental Loans may be secured by any assets other than the Collateral and no Incremental Loans shall be guaranteed by any person other than the Loan Parties; and

(x) Incremental Loans must be Incurred by the Borrowers on a joint and several basis.

All or any portion of Indebtedness originally designated as Incurred under the Cash-Capped Incremental Facility or the Prepayment-Based Incremental Facility will automatically be reclassified as having been Incurred under the Ratio-Based Incremental Facility so long as, at the time of such reclassification (without giving effect to any amounts previously Incurred under the Cash-Capped Incremental Facility or the Prepayment-Based Incremental Facility that are not being reclassified), the Borrowers would be permitted to Incur the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness being so reclassified under the Ratio-Based Incremental Facility (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall have the effect of increasing availability under the Cash-Capped Incremental Facility or Prepayment-Based Incremental Facility, as applicable, by the amount of such reclassified Indebtedness).

(b) Incremental Loans may provide for the ability to participate on a pro rata, greater than pro rata or less than pro rata basis in any voluntary prepayments of Loans or any mandatory prepayments of Loans with the proceeds of Other Loans and on a pro rata or less than pro rata basis with any other prepayment of Loans (except for any permitted amortization schedule and any earlier maturing debt, which in any event shall be permitted). Incremental Loans may benefit from the same Guarantees applicable to then outstanding Loans. Each notice from the Borrower Representative to the Administrative Agent and the Incremental Arranger pursuant to Section 2.25(a) shall set forth the requested amount and proposed terms of the relevant Incremental Loans.

 

105


(c) Incremental Loans may be made by any existing Lender or any Additional Lender (provided that no existing Lender shall be obligated to provide any portion of any Incremental Facility), in each case on terms permitted in this Section 2.25, and, to the extent not permitted in this Section 2.25, all terms and documentation with respect to any Incremental Loan which (i) are materially more restrictive on the Group Members, taken as a whole, than those with respect to the Loans made on the Closing Date (but excluding (1) any terms applicable after the Latest Maturity Date, (2) terms that are customary market terms at the time of Incurrence (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) or approved by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion and (3) terms that are more favorable to the existing Lenders than the comparable terms in the existing Loan Documents, in which case such terms may be incorporated into this Agreement (or any other applicable Loan Document) pursuant to an amendment executed by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative for the benefit of all existing Lenders (to the extent applicable to such Lender) without further amendment or consent requirements) or (ii) relate to provisions of a mechanical (including with respect to the Collateral and currency mechanics) or administrative nature, shall in each case be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided, that if a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent for posting to the Lenders at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Incremental Loans, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material covenants and events of default of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this clause (i) or (ii) and the Required Lenders shall not have notified the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent that they disagree with such determination (including a statement of the basis upon which each such Lender disagrees) within such five (5) Business Day period, then such certificate shall be conclusive evidence that such material covenants and events of default satisfy such requirement; provided, further, that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to execute, accept or acknowledge any Incremental Amendment (as defined below) or related documentation which contains (by express language or omission) any material deviation from the terms of this Section 2.25. Commitments in respect of Incremental Loans shall become Commitments under this Agreement pursuant to an amendment (an “Incremental Amendment”) to this Agreement and, as appropriate, the other Loan Documents, executed by the Borrower Representative, the Administrative Agent and each Lender agreeing to provide such Commitment, if any, and each Additional Lender, if any. The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, the Incremental Arranger and the Borrower Representative, to effect the provisions of this Section (including any amendments that are not adverse to the interests of any Lender that are made to effectuate changes necessary to enable any Incremental Loans that are intended to be fungible with an existing Class of Loans to be fungible with such Loans, which shall include amendments to any amortization schedule then existing (with such amendment not reducing the ratable amortization, if any, received by each Lender thereunder). The effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment and the occurrence of any credit event (including the making (but not the conversion or continuation) of a Loan) pursuant to such Incremental Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction of such conditions as the parties thereto shall agree (the effective date of any such Incremental Amendment, an “Incremental Facility Closing Date”) (and, for the avoidance of doubt, other than the Specified Representations, there shall be no requirement for any Borrower to bring down the representations and warranties under the Loan Documents, except to the extent otherwise required by the applicable Incremental Lenders). The Borrowers will use the proceeds of the Incremental Loans for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement. No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Loans unless it so agrees.

 

106


(d) [Reserved].

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section 2.25 shall supersede any provisions in Sections 2.17 or 11.1 to the contrary and Section 2.17 shall be deemed to be amended to implement any Incremental Amendment.

(f) If the Incremental Arranger is not the Administrative Agent, the actions authorized to be taken by the Incremental Arranger herein shall be done in consultation with the Administrative Agent and, with respect to the preparation of any documentation necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this Section 2.25 (including amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents), any comments to such documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent shall be reflected therein.

2.26 Refinancing Amendments.

(a) At any time after the Closing Date, the Borrowers may obtain, from any Lender or any Additional Lender, Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt in respect of all or any portion of the Loans then outstanding under this Agreement (which will be deemed to include any then outstanding Other Loans) in the form of Other Loans or Other Commitments, in each case pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment; provided that such Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt:

(i) shall not be permitted to rank senior in right of payment or security to the Loans and Commitments hereunder;

(ii) will have such pricing, premiums, optional prepayment terms and financial covenants as may be agreed by the Borrower Representative and the Lenders thereof;

(iii) other than Customary Bridge Financings and Permitted Early Maturity Indebtedness, with respect to any Other Loans or Other Commitments, will have a maturity date that is not prior to the maturity date of, and will have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is not shorter than, the Loans being Refinanced;

(iv) subject to clause (ii) above and the proviso below, will have terms and conditions that are either (x) substantially identical to, or, taken as a whole, less favorable to the Lenders or Additional Lenders providing such Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt than the Refinanced Debt or (y) customary market terms at the time of Incurrence (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) or approved by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion;

(v) the proceeds of such Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt shall be applied, substantially concurrently with the Incurrence thereof, to the prepayment of outstanding Loans being so Refinanced; and

 

107


(vi) shall not be secured by any assets other than the Collateral, shall not be guaranteed by any person other than the Guarantors and shall have the same borrowers as the Borrowers under the Refinanced Debt; provided, further, that the terms and conditions applicable to such Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt may provide for any additional or different financial or other covenants or other provisions that are agreed between the Borrower Representative and the Lenders thereof and applicable only during periods after the Latest Maturity Date that is in effect on the date such Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt is issued, Incurred or obtained or added to the Loan Documents for the benefit of the applicable Lenders pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment; provided, further that if a certificate of a Responsible Officer shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent for posting to the Lenders at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this Section 2.26(a), and the Required Lenders shall not have notified the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent that they disagree with such determination (including a statement of the basis upon which each such Lender disagrees) within such five (5) Business Day period, then such certificate shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this Section 2.26(a). The effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of (i) to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of board resolutions, officers’ certificates and/or reaffirmation agreements consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date and (ii) such conditions as the Borrowers and providers of said Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt shall agree.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Refinancing Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt Incurred pursuant thereto (including any amendments necessary to treat the Loans and Commitments subject thereto as Other Loans and/or Other Commitments).

(c) Any Refinancing Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, the Refinancing Arranger and the Borrower Representative, to effect the provisions of this Section.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Section 2.26 shall supersede any provisions in Sections 2.17 or 11.1 to the contrary and the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent may amend Section 2.17 to implement any Refinancing Amendment.

(e) If the Refinancing Arranger is not the Administrative Agent, the actions authorized to be taken by the Incremental Arranger herein shall be done in consultation with the Refinancing Arranger and, with respect to the preparation of any documentation necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this Section 2.26 (including amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents), any comments to such documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent shall be reflected therein.

 

108


2.27 Defaulting Lenders.

(a) Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as provided for in the definition of “Required Lenders” and otherwise as set forth in Section 11.1.

(ii) Reallocation of Payments. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 9 or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.8), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, as the Borrowers may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; third, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; fourth, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrowers against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and fifth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent agree in writing that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein, such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Share, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrowers while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties and subject to Section 11.16, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

109


(c) No Release. Subject to Section 11.16, the provisions hereof attributable to Defaulting Lenders shall not release or excuse any Defaulting Lender from failure to perform its obligations hereunder.

2.28 Loan Modification Offers.

(a) The Borrowers may, on one or more occasions, by written notice from the Borrower Representative to the Administrative Agent, make one or more offers (each, a “Loan Modification Offer”) to all the Lenders of one or more Classes on the same terms to each such Lender (each Class subject to such a Loan Modification Offer, a “Specified Class”) to make one or more Permitted Amendments pursuant to procedures reasonably specified by any Person that is not an Affiliate of any Borrower appointed by the Borrower Representative, after consultation (and, with respect to any documentation requiring execution of the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such, with the consent of the Administrative Agent) with the Administrative Agent, as agent under such Loan Modification Agreement (as defined below) (such Person (who may be the Administrative Agent, if it so agrees), the “Loan Modification Agent”) and reasonably acceptable to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent; provided that (i) any such offer shall be made by the Borrowers to all Lenders with Loans with a like maturity date (whether under one or more tranches) on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the applicable Loans), (ii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any such offer and (iii) any applicable Minimum Extension Condition shall be satisfied unless waived by the Borrower Representative. Such notice shall set forth (i) the terms and conditions of the requested Permitted Amendment and (ii) the date on which such Permitted Amendment is requested to become effective (which shall not be less than five (5) Business Days nor more than 45 Business Days after the date of such notice, unless otherwise agreed to by the Loan Modification Agent); provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary, assignments and participations of Specified Classes shall be governed by the same or, at the Borrower Representative’s discretion, more restrictive assignment and participation provisions than those set forth in Section 11.6. Permitted Amendments shall become effective only with respect to the Loans and Commitments of the Lenders of the Specified Class that accept the applicable Loan Modification Offer (such Lenders, the “Accepting Lenders”) and, in the case of any Accepting Lender, only with respect to such Lender’s Loans and Commitments of such Specified Class as to which such Lender’s acceptance has been made. No Lender shall have any obligation to accept any Loan Modification Offer.

(b) A Permitted Amendment shall be effected pursuant to an amendment to this Agreement (a “Loan Modification Agreement”) executed and delivered by the Borrower Representative and any other applicable Borrower, the Administrative Agent, each applicable Accepting Lender and the Loan Modification Agent. The Loan Modification Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Loan Modification Agreement. Each Loan Modification Agreement may, without the consent of any Lender other than the applicable Accepting Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Loan Modification Agent and the Borrower Representative, to give effect to the provisions of this Section 2.28, including any amendments necessary to treat the applicable Loans and/or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders as a new “Class” of loans and/or commitments hereunder; provided that (x) no Loan Modification Agreement may provide for (i) any Specified Class to be secured by any Collateral or other assets

 

110


of any Group Member that does not also secure the Loans and (ii) so long as any Loans are outstanding, any mandatory or voluntary prepayment provisions that do not also apply to the Loans on a pro rata basis or greater than pro rata basis (or, with respect to voluntary prepayments and prepayments made with proceeds of Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt, on a pro rata basis, less than pro rata basis or greater than pro rata basis), (y) [reserved] and (z) the terms and conditions of the applicable Loans and/or Commitments of the Accepting Lenders (excluding pricing, fees, rate floors and optional prepayment or redemption terms) shall be substantially identical to, or (taken as a whole) shall be no more favorable to, the Accepting Lenders than those applicable to the Specified Class (except for (1) financial covenants or other covenants or provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such Loan Modification Offer, as may be agreed by the Borrower Representative and the Accepting Lenders, (2) customary market terms at the time of Incurrence (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) or approved by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion, (3) any terms that are conformed (or added) to the Loan Documents for the benefit of the lenders of the Specified Class pursuant to such Loan Modification Agreement and (4) pricing, premiums and fees); provided that if a certificate of a Responsible Officer shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent for posting to the Lenders at least five (5) Business Days prior to the effectiveness of such Loan Modification Agreement, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions thereof or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this clause (b), and the Required Lenders shall not have notified the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent that they disagree with such determination (including a statement of the basis upon which each such Lender disagrees) within such five (5) Business Day period, then such certificate shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this this clause (b).

(c) Subject to Section 2.28(b), the Borrowers may at their election specify as a condition (a “Minimum Extension Condition”) to consummating any such Loan Modification Agreement that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Loan Modification Offer in the Borrowers’ sole discretion and may be waived by the Borrowers) of Loans of any or all applicable Classes be extended.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Section 2.28 shall supersede any provisions in Sections 2.17 or 11.1 to the contrary and the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent may amend Section 2.17 to implement any Loan Modification Agreement.

(e) If the Loan Modification Agent is not the Administrative Agent, the actions authorized to be taken by the Loan Modification Agent herein shall be done in consultation with the Administrative Agent and, with respect to the preparation of any documentation necessary or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this Section 2.28 (including amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents), any comments to such documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent shall be reflected therein.

 

111


SECTION 3

[RESERVED]

SECTION 4

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans, each Loan Party (but with respect to Holdings, solely as set forth herein) hereby jointly and severally represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender that:

4.1 Financial Condition.

(a) The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at March 31, 2018 (the “Pro Forma Balance Sheet”) and related pro forma consolidated statements of operations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the 12-month period ended March 31, 2018, copies of which have heretofore been furnished to each Lender, has been prepared giving effect (as if such events had occurred on such date) to the consummation of the Transactions. The Pro Forma Balance Sheet has been prepared in good faith, based on assumptions believed by Holdings to be reasonable as of the date of delivery thereof, and presents fairly in all material respects on a Pro Forma Basis the estimated pro forma financial position of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at March 31, 2018 assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred at such date.

(b) The unaudited consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2018 and related unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, member’s equity and cash flows related to Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the three months ended March 31, 2018 present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at such applicable date, and the results of its operations and its member’s equity and cash flows for three months then ended. All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved.

(c) The unaudited consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2018 and related unaudited consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows related to Odeon Holdings, LLC and its Subsidiaries for the three months ended March 31, 2018 present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of Odeon Holdings, LLC and its Subsidiaries at such applicable date, and the results of its operations and stockholders’ deficit for the three months then ended. All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved.

(d) The audited consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017 and related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows related to the PA Borrower and its Subsidiaries (excluding Performance Matters) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017, in each case reported on by and accompanied by an unqualified report as to going concern or scope of audit from Ernst & Young LLP, in each case, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition

 

112


of PeopleAdmin and its Subsidiaries (other than Performance Matters LLC) as at such applicable date, and the combined results of its operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the respective fiscal years then ended. All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein).

(e) The audited consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017 and related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, member’s equity and cash flows related to Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017, in each case reported on by and accompanied by an unqualified report as to going concern or scope of audit from Deloitte and Touche LLP, in each case, present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at such applicable date, and the combined results of its operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the respective fiscal periods then ended. All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein).

4.2 No Change. Since the Closing Date, there has been no development or event that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.3 Existence; Compliance with Law. Each Group Member (a) is duly organized (or where applicable in the relevant jurisdiction, registered or incorporated), validly existing and (where applicable in the relevant jurisdiction) in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, registration or incorporation, as the case may be, (b) has the power and authority to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged and (c) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, except in the case of clauses (a) (except as it relates to the due organization and valid existence of Holdings and the Borrowers), (b) and (c) above, to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.4 Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations.

(a) Each Loan Party has the power and authority, and the legal right, to enter into, make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrowers, to obtain extensions of credit hereunder. Each Loan Party has taken all necessary organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrowers, to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b) No Governmental Approval or consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any other Person is required in connection with the extensions of credit hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, except (i) Governmental Approvals, consents, authorizations, filings and notices that have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) the filings referred to in Section 4.16. No Governmental Approval

 

113


or consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any other Person is required in connection with the consummation of the Transactions, except (w) Governmental Approvals, consents, authorizations, filings and notices that have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (x) the filings referred to in Section 4.16, (y) consents and approvals from Governmental Authorities required to be obtained in the ordinary course of business, and (z) consents, authorizations, filings and notices the failure to obtain or perform would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each applicable Loan Party. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each applicable Loan Party, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by any Legal Reservations.

4.5 No Legal Bar. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the borrowings and guarantees hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof (i) will not violate any Contractual Obligation of Holdings or any Group Member (except, individually or in the aggregate, as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect), or violate any material Requirement of Law or the Organizational Documents of any Loan Party and (ii) will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law, any such Organizational Documents or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents and the First Lien Security Documents and other than any other Permitted Liens) except, individually or in the aggregate, as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.6 Litigation. No litigation, suit or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened in writing by or against any Group Member or against any of their respective properties, assets or revenues that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.7 Ownership of Property; Liens. Except where the failure to have such title or other interest would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Group Member has title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its other property, and none of such property is subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section 7.7.

4.8 Intellectual Property. Except as would not, individually or in an aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Group Members own, or are licensed to use, all intellectual property necessary for the conduct in all material respects of the business of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as currently conducted. As of the Closing Date, except as would not, individually or in an aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Group Members own, or are licensed to use, all intellectual property necessary for the conduct in all material respect of the business of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as was conducted by the Company immediately prior to the Closing Date. No material claim has been asserted in writing and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning any Group Member’s use of any intellectual

 

114


property or the validity or effectiveness of any Group Member’s intellectual property or alleging that the conduct of any Group Member’s business infringes or violates the rights of any Person, nor does the Top Borrower or any other Loan Party know of any valid basis for any such claim, except, in each case, for such claims that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.9 Taxes. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Group Member has filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any the amount or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member); and (ii) no tax Lien (other than any Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable and any Permitted Lien) has been filed, and, to the knowledge of any of the Group Members, no claim is being asserted, with respect to any such Tax, fee or other charge.

4.10 Federal Regulations. No Group Member is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock, and no part of the proceeds of any Loans, and no other extensions of credit hereunder, will be used for any purpose that violates the provisions of the regulations of the Board.

4.11 Employee Benefit Plans. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (i) neither a Reportable Event nor a failure to meet the minimum funding standards of Section 412 or 430 of the Code or Section 302 or 303 of ERISA has occurred during the five-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with respect to any Plan, (ii) each Plan has been operated and maintained in compliance in all respects with applicable Law, including the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, and the governing documents for such Plan, (iii) no termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred, and no Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan has arisen, during such five-year period, (iv) the present value of all accrued benefits under each Single Employer Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such accrued benefits, (v) neither Holdings nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has had a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan, (vi) no Multiemployer Plan is Insolvent or has terminated (or is intended to be terminated) under Sections 4041A or 4042 of ERISA, (vii) there has been no filing of a notice of intent to terminate or the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 of ERISA, the PBGC has not instituted proceedings to terminate a Plan, and no event or condition has occurred which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, (viii) there has been no determination that any Single Employer Plan is in “at-risk” status within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA or that any Multiemployer Plan is in “endangered” or “critical” status within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA, (ix) each Foreign Plan has been operated and maintained in compliance in all respects with applicable law and the governing documents for such plan, and (x) no Foreign Benefit Plan Event has occurred during the five-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with respect to any Foreign Plan, (the occurrence of any of the above, an “ERISA Event”).

 

115


4.12 [Reserved].

4.13 Investment Company Act. No Loan Party is registered or required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

4.14 Environmental Matters. Except as, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) the facilities and real properties owned, leased or operated by any Group Member (the “Properties”) do not contain, and (to the knowledge of the Group Members) have not previously contained, any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations or under circumstances that constitute or constituted a violation of any Environmental Law;

(b) no Group Member has received any written notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Properties or the business operated by any Group Member (the “Business”), nor does any Group Member have knowledge that any such notice is being threatened;

(c) Materials of Environmental Concern have not been released, transported, generated, treated, stored or disposed of from the Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a location that is reasonably expected to give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law;

(d) no judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Group Member is or, to the knowledge of the Group Member, will be named as a party with respect to the Properties or the Business, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business;

(e) the Properties and all operations at the Properties are in compliance, and (to the knowledge of the Group Members) have in the past five years been in compliance, with all applicable Environmental Laws; and

(f) to the knowledge of the Group Members, there are no past or present conditions, events, circumstances, facts, or activities that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any liability or other obligation for any Group Member under any Environmental Laws.

4.15 Accuracy of Information, etc. No written statement or information concerning any Group Member or the Business contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any other document, certificate or written statement furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any of them (except for projections, pro forma financial information and information of a general economic or industry nature), for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, when taken as a whole, contained, as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was so

 

116


furnished and after giving effect to all supplements and updates thereto, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made. The projections and pro forma financial information, taken as a whole, contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrower Representative to be reasonable at the time made and as of the Closing Date (with respect to such projections and pro forma financial information delivered prior to the Closing Date), it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact, forecasts and projections are subject to uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount and no assurance can be given that any forecast or projections will be realized.

4.16 Security Documents.

(a) Each of the Security Documents is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and, subject to any Legal Reservations, enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof, subject to the relevant Perfection Requirements under applicable laws.

(b) Subject to the Perfection Requirements and only to the extent such Liens are intended to be created by the relevant Security Documents and required to be perfected on a second priority basis under the Loan Documents, the Liens created by the Security Documents constitute fully perfected (or the equivalent under applicable law) second priority Liens (subject to Permitted Liens) so far as possible under relevant law on, and security interests in all right, title and interest of the grantors in the Collateral in each case free and clear of any Liens other than Liens permitted hereunder.

4.17 Solvency. As of the Closing Date (and after giving effect to the consummation of the Acquisition and the other elements of the Transaction to occur on the Closing Date), Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to the Transactions and the Incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being Incurred in connection herewith and therewith and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, are Solvent.

4.18 Patriot Act; FCPA; OFAC; Sanctions Laws.

(a) To the extent applicable, the Loan Parties and each of their Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with U.S. and non-U.S. Laws relating to Sanctions Laws and anti-money laundering, including the Patriot Act. As of the Closing Date, to the knowledge of each Borrower, the information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification is true and correct in all material respects.

(b) The Loan Parties and each of their Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Anti-Corruption Laws. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used directly or, knowingly, indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or any other Person acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

117


(c) None of the Loan Parties, nor any of their Subsidiaries, nor any director or officer, nor, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, any employee of the Loan Parties and each of their Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties and each of their Subsidiaries, any agent or representative of the Loan Parties and each of their Subsidiaries, is a Sanctioned Person. No Group Member is located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions Laws.

(d) The Loan Parties will not, directly or, knowingly, indirectly, use the proceeds of any Loans, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary (and any joint ventures of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries), joint venture partner or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Sanctioned Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is itself the subject of Sanctions Laws, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any of the Loan Parties of Sanctions Laws or applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

4.19 Status as Senior Indebtedness. The Obligations under the Facilities constitute “senior debt”, “senior indebtedness”, “guarantor senior debt”, “senior secured financing” and “designated senior indebtedness” (or any comparable term) for all Indebtedness (if any) that is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations.

4.20 Use of Proceeds. The Borrowers will only use the proceeds of the Initial Loans to finance a portion of the Transactions (including paying any fees, commissions and expenses associated therewith).

Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, no officer of any Group Member shall have any personal liability in connection with the representations and warranties and other certifications in this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

SECTION 5

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

5.1 Conditions to Closing Date. The agreement of each Lender to make the initial extension of credit requested to be made by it under this Agreement on the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction, prior to or concurrently with the making of such extension of credit on the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received:

(i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by Holdings, the Borrowers, each other Guarantor and each Person listed on Schedule 1.1A;

(ii) the Security Agreement, executed and delivered by the Loan Parties party thereto;

 

118


(iii) the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent, the First Lien Agent, the Borrowers and the Guarantors;

(iv) the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, executed and delivered by the Loan Parties party thereto;

(v) each Note, executed and delivered by the Borrowers in favor of each Lender requesting the same at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date; and

(vi) a Borrowing Request, executed and delivered by the Borrower Representative.

(b) Transactions.

(i) The Acquisition shall have been or, substantially concurrently with the initial borrowing hereunder shall be, consummated in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement, without giving effect to any modifications, amendments or express waivers or consents thereto that in the aggregate are materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders without the consent of the Joint Lead Arrangers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) (it being understood and agreed that (a) any decrease in the purchase price (or amendment to the Acquisition Agreement related thereto) shall not be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders so long as such decrease is allocated (i) first, to reduce the amount of the Equity Contribution to the extent it exceeds 30% of the Total Capitalization and (ii) second, unless the Joint Lead Arrangers otherwise consent to a different allocation, to reduce the amount of funded debt on the Closing Date where such reduction is allocated ratably to reduce the Equity Contribution, the Facility and the First Lien Term Loan Facility), (b) any increase in the purchase price (or amendment to the Acquisition Agreement related thereto) shall not be materially adverse to the Lenders so long as such increase is funded by an increase in the Equity Contribution and (c) any modification (including any waiver in connection therewith) to the definition of “Material Adverse Effect” in the Acquisition Agreement shall be deemed materially adverse to the Lenders.

(ii) The Equity Contribution shall have been or, substantially concurrently with the initial borrowing under the Facility shall be, consummated.

(c) Existing Debt Release/Repayment. The Existing Debt Release/Repayment shall be consummated substantially concurrently with the initial borrowing under the Facility.

(d) Pro Forma Balance Sheet; Financial Statements. The Lenders shall have received (a) the audited consolidated balance sheets and related audited consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows of the PA Borrower (excluding Performance Matters) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017, (b) the audited consolidated balance sheet and related audited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, member’s equity and cash flows of Holdings for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2017, (c) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and related unaudited consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows of Odeon Holdings, LLC for each subsequent fiscal quarter after the most recent balance sheet provided in (a) above that is ended at least 45 days before the Closing Date (with respect to the

 

119


fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2018) and 60 days before the Closing Date (with respect to the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2018), (d) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and related unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, member’s equity and cash flows of Holdings for each subsequent fiscal quarter after the most recent balance sheet provided in (b) above that is ended at least 45 days before the Closing Date (with respect to the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2018) and 60 days before the Closing Date (with respect to the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2018) and (e) a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statements of operations of Holdings as of and for the twelve-month period ending on the last day of the most recently completed four-fiscal quarter period ended at least 45 days before the Closing Date, prepared after giving effect to the Transactions as if the Transactions had occurred as of such date (in the case of such balance sheet) or at the beginning of such period (in the case of such statements of operations) (for the avoidance of doubt, it being understood that such pro forma financial statements need not be prepared in compliance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and need not include adjustments for purchase accounting).

(e) Fees. The Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received, or substantially concurrently with the initial term borrowing under the Facility shall receive, all fees required to be paid on or prior to the Closing Date, and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses required to be paid on the Closing Date for which reasonably detailed invoices have been presented (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of legal counsel to the Administrative Agent) to the Borrower Representative at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date (or such later date as the Borrower Representative may reasonably agree), which amounts may be offset against the proceeds of the Facility.

(f) Closing Certificate; Certified Certificate of Incorporation; Good Standing Certificates. The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) an Officer’s Certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, with appropriate insertions and attachments, including copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors and/or similar governing bodies of each Loan Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrowers, the borrowings hereunder, certified organizational authorizations (if required by applicable law or customary for market practice in the relevant jurisdiction), incumbency certifications, the certificate of incorporation or other similar Organizational Documents of each Loan Party certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization, registration or incorporation of such Loan Party (only where customary in the applicable jurisdiction) and bylaws or other similar Organizational Documents of each Loan Party certified by a Responsible Officer as being in full force and effect on the Closing Date and (ii) a good standing certificate (to the extent such concept exists in the relevant jurisdictions) for each Loan Party from its jurisdiction of organization, registration or incorporation.

(g) Legal Opinions. The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, New York and Delaware counsel to the Loan Parties, and executed legal opinions of each local counsel to the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, set forth on Schedule 5.1(g), each of which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (provided that counsel to the Administrative Agent shall provide such opinions to the extent customary in any applicable jurisdiction).

 

120


(h) Pledged Stock; Stock Powers; Pledged Notes. Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5.1, the Designated Senior Representative (as bailee for the Administrative Agent pursuant to the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement) shall have received the certificates representing the shares of Capital Stock (to the extent certificated) pledged or otherwise required to be delivered pursuant to the Security Documents to be entered into on the Closing Date (to the extent required to be delivered pursuant to such Security Documents), together with (where applicable in the relevant jurisdiction) an undated stock power or other equity transfer form for each such certificate executed or endorsed in blank by a duly authorized signatory of the pledgor thereof.

(i) Filings, Registrations and Recordings. Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5.1, each document (including any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement) required by the Security Documents or under law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected second Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior and superior in right to any other Person (other than Permitted Liens), shall have been executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.

(j) Solvency Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Solvency Certificate, which demonstrates that Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are, after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, Solvent.

(k) Patriot Act. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders (in each case to the extent reasonably requested in writing at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date) shall have received, at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information about Holdings and the Borrowers that the Administrative Agent reasonably determines to be required by Governmental Authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act. At least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date (to the extent reasonably requested in writing at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date), any Borrower that qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation shall deliver a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to such Borrower.

(l) [Reserved.]

(m) Specified Representations and Acquisition Agreement Representations. (i) The Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, if already qualified by “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar phrases, in all respects (after giving effect to such qualification)) on and as of the Closing Date (except those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date or only with respect to a specific period of time which need only to be true and accurate (or materially true and accurate, as applicable) as of such date) and (ii) the Acquisition Agreement Representations shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date.

 

121


(n) No Material Adverse Effect. Since April 15, 2018, there shall not have occurred a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement).

(o) Guarantees. The guarantees of the Guarantor Obligations by Holdings and all Subsidiaries that are not Excluded Subsidiaries shall have been executed and are in full force and effect or substantially simultaneously with the initial borrowing under the Facility, shall be executed and become in full force and effect.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent any Collateral or any security interest therein (other than Collateral with respect to which a lien or security interest may be perfected by (x) filing a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code with the Secretary of State (or other applicable filing office) in the applicable jurisdiction of organization, registration or incorporation of the Borrowers or the Guarantors and (y) subject to the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the delivery of any stock certificates, if any, together with undated stock powers executed in blank, of the Borrowers and all material Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries formed in the United States that are directly owned by a Loan Party; provided that stock certificates together with undated stock powers executed in blank of such material subsidiaries of the Company (excluding the Borrowers) will only be delivered on the Closing Date to the extent received from the Seller after the use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so) is not provided or perfected on the Closing Date after the Borrowers’ use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so or cannot be provided or perfected without undue burden or expense, the provision and/or perfection of such security interests in such Collateral shall not constitute a condition precedent to the availability of the Facility on the Closing Date, but shall be required to be provided and/or perfected within 90 days after the Closing Date (and, in any event, in the case of the pledge of and perfection of security interests in collateral not otherwise required on the Closing Date, subject to extensions granted by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion).

5.2 Conditions to Each Borrowing Date. The agreement of each Lender to make any extension of credit (other than its initial extension of credit on the Closing Date or as otherwise agreed in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction) requested to be made by it on any date (except as otherwise provided herein in the case of Incremental Loans) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except where such representations and warranties are already qualified by materiality, in which case such representation and warranty shall be accurate in all respects) on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects (except where such representations and warranties are already qualified by materiality, in which case such representation and warranty shall be accurate in all respects) as of such earlier date.

 

122


(b) No Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.

(c) Notice. The Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower Representative, which, if in writing, may be in the form of a Borrowing Request.

Each Borrowing by the Borrowers hereunder (other than its initial extension of credit on the Closing Date or as otherwise agreed in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, and except as otherwise provided herein in the case of Incremental Loans) shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrowers as of the date of such extension of credit that the conditions contained in this Section 5.2 have been satisfied; provided, however, that for the avoidance of doubt the conversion or continuation of an existing Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.12 does not constitute the Borrowing of a Loan under this Section 5.2 and shall not result in a representation and warranty by the Borrowers on the date thereof as to the conditions contained in this Section 5.2.

SECTION 6

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Borrower and (solely with respect to Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.6, 6.7, 6.9, 6.10, 6.11 and 6.16) Holdings hereby jointly and severally agree that, until all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made), each Borrower and (solely with respect to Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.6, 6.9, 6.11, 6.14 and 6.16) Holdings will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to:

6.1 Financial Statements. Furnish to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly furnish to each Lender):

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days (or, in the case of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018, 150 days) after the last day of each fiscal year of Holdings ending after the Closing Date, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), member’s equity and cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year (beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019) and accompanied by an opinion of Deloitte & Touche LLP or other independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing (or any other independent certified public accountants reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), which opinion shall not be subject to qualification as to scope or contain any “going concern” qualification or exception other than with respect to or resulting from (i) the maturity of any Indebtedness, (ii) any potential inability to satisfy any financial covenant on a future date or for a future period or (iii) any breach of any financial covenant or (iv) activities, operations, financial results, assets or liabilities of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (provided that delivery within the time periods specified above of copies of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Holdings (or any Parent Holding Company or Qualified Reporting Subsidiary) filed with the SEC (or the equivalent documents filed with a comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction, provided such documents contain substantially the same information as would be set forth in a Form 10-K) shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 6.1(a)); and

 

123


(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 60 days (or, in the case of the fiscal quarters ending June 30, 2018, September 30, 2018 and March 31, 2019, 75 days) after the last day of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Holdings, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), member’s equity and cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2019), certified by a Responsible Officer as fairly stating in all material respects the financial position of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP for the period covered thereby (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes) (provided that delivery within the time periods specified above of copies of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Holdings (or any Parent Holding Company or Qualified Reporting Subsidiary) filed with the SEC (or the equivalent documents filed with a comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction, provided such documents contain substantially the same information as would be set forth in Form 10-Q) shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 6.1(b)).

All such financial statements shall be complete and correct in all material respects and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and (except as otherwise provided below) in accordance with GAAP applied consistently (except to the extent any such inconsistent application of GAAP has been approved by such accountants (in the case of clause (a) above) or officer (in the case of clause (b) above), as the case may be, and disclosed in reasonable detail therein) throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods (subject, in the case of quarterly financial statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes).

Notwithstanding the foregoing and the requirements in Section 6.2 below, the obligations in Section 6.1(a), Section 6.1(b) and Section 6.2(d) may be satisfied by furnishing, at the option of the Borrower Representative, the applicable financial statements of (I) any predecessor or successor of Holdings or any entity meeting the requirements of clause (II) or (III) of this paragraph, (II) any other Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that, together with its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, constitutes substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries (a “Qualified Reporting Subsidiary”) or (III) any Parent Holding Company, provided that to the extent such information relates to a Qualified Reporting Subsidiary or a Parent Holding Company, (x) such information is accompanied by either (i) consolidating information (which need not be audited) that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Qualified Reporting Subsidiary or such Parent Holding Company, on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand or (ii) an affirmative statement from the Borrower Representative that such Qualified Reporting Subsidiary or such Parent Holding Company, as applicable, has no independent operations or material assets (and has no material liabilities) other than the direct or indirect ownership of any Group Members and (y) solely in the case of a Qualified Reporting Subsidiary, neither such Parent Holding Company nor any Subsidiary of such Parent Holding Company (other than Holdings or such Qualified Reporting Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries) shall have any material assets or liabilities.

 

124


6.2 Certificates; Other Information. Furnish to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly furnish to each Lender):

(a) The Borrowers and each Lender acknowledge that certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrowers, Holdings, their respective Subsidiaries or their securities) (the “Public Lenders”) and, if documents or notices required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 or this Section 6.2 or otherwise are being distributed through IntraLinks/IntraAgency, SyndTrak or another relevant website or other information platform (the “Platform”), any document or notice that Borrower Representative has indicated contains Private Lender Information shall not be posted on that portion of the Platform designated for such public-side Lenders, provided that if Borrower Representative has not indicated whether a document or notice delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 or this Section 6.2 contains Private Lender Information, the Administrative Agent reserves the right to post such document or notice solely on that portion of the Platform designated for Lenders who wish to receive material nonpublic information with respect to the Borrowers, Holdings, their respective Subsidiaries or their respective securities;

(b) [reserved];

(c) concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or (b), (i) an Officer’s Certificate of Borrower Representative stating that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate, (ii) to the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, (I) a description of any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party, (II) a list of any material intellectual property registered with, or for which an application for registration has been made with, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the U.S. Copyright Office and acquired or developed (and not sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of) by any Loan Party and (III) a list of any material “intent to use” trademark applications for which a “Statement of Use” or an “Amendment to Allege Use” was filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office by any Loan Party, in each case, since the date of the most recent report delivered pursuant to this clause (ii) (or, in the case of the first such report so delivered, since the Closing Date), (iii) certifying a list of names of all Immaterial Subsidiaries designated as such (or certifying as to any changes to such list since the delivery of the last such certificate) and that each Subsidiary set forth on such list individually qualifies as an Immaterial Subsidiary, (iv) certifying a list of names of all Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) (or certifying as to any changes to such list since the delivery of the last such certificate) and that each Subsidiary set forth on such list individually qualifies as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (v) a presentation of Consolidated EBITDA, on a Pro Forma Basis;

(d) concurrently with the delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1(a) (commencing with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2019), a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year (including (i) projected consolidated quarterly income statements and (ii) projected consolidated annual balance sheet of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries);

 

125


(e) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Section 6.1(a) above, a narrative discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, as compared to the previous fiscal year (to the extent such comparisons are required pursuant to Section 6.1(a)) (provided that delivery within the time periods specified above of copies of the Annual Report on Form 10K of Holdings (or any Parent Holding Company or Qualified Reporting Subsidiary) filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 6.2(e));

(f) promptly, copies of all financial statements and reports that Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries send generally to the holders of any class of their debt securities or public equity securities, acting in such capacity, and, within five days after the same are filed, copies of all financial statements and reports that Holdings or any Qualified Reporting Subsidiary may make to, or file with, the SEC, other than the items referred to in Sections 6.1(a), 6.1(b) and 6.2(e);

(g) as promptly as reasonably practicable following the Administrative Agent’s request therefor, (i) such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of any Group Member, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; (ii) all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or any Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering or terrorist financing rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act and (iii) an updated Beneficial Ownership Certification.

Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall require any Loan Party to provide information (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure is prohibited by applicable Laws, (iii) that is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product or (iv) the disclosure of which is restricted by binding agreements not entered into primarily for the purpose of qualifying for the exclusion in this clause (iv) (in the case of this clause (iv), so long as such confidentiality agreement does not relate to information regarding the financial affairs of any Group Member or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document).

6.3 Payment of Taxes. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its Tax obligations of whatever nature, except (i) where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of Holdings or the relevant Group Member.

6.4 Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Law.

(a) (i) Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain or obtain all Governmental Approvals and all other rights, privileges and franchises, in each case necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 7.8 or by the Security Documents and except, in the case of clauses (i) (other than with respect to Holdings and the Borrowers) and (ii) above, to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

126


(b) comply with all Requirements of Law (including, as applicable, Sanctions Law and the applicable Anti-Corruption Laws) except to the extent that failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) comply with all Governmental Approvals except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance. (a) Keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty and condemnation excepted, except to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) maintain all the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names material to the conduct of its business, except to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (c) maintain with insurance companies that the Borrower Representative believes (in the good faith judgment of the management of the Borrower Representative) are financially sound and responsible at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed insurance in at least such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance) which the Borrower Representative believes (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower Representative) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as the Borrower Representative believes (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower Representative) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business (it being agreed that in any event flood insurance shall not be required except to the extent required by applicable Law).

6.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions. (a) Keep proper books of records and account in which entries full, true and correct in all material respects in conformity with GAAP shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and (b) permit, at the Borrowers’ expense, representatives of the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time during normal business hours, upon reasonable prior written notice, and as often as may reasonably be requested and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Group Members with officers and employees of the Group Members and with their independent certified public accountants; provided that (i) in no event shall there be more than one such visit for the Administrative Agent and its representatives as a group per calendar year except during the continuance of an Event of Default and (ii) the Top Borrower shall have the right to be present during any discussions with accountants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.6, none of the Group Members will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discuss any document, information or other matter that (a) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (b) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by Law or any binding agreement (other than any agreement with another Group Member or any Affiliate thereof), (c) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product or (d) the disclosure of which is restricted by binding agreements not entered into primarily for the purpose of qualifying for the exclusion in this clause (d).

 

127


6.7 Notices. Promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly furnish to each Lender) of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, if a Default is cured and notice of the occurrence and cure of such Default is delivered to the Administrative Agent, notice under this Section 6.7(a) shall not be required;

(b) the following events where there is any reasonable likelihood of the imposition of liability on any Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity as a result thereof that would be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, promptly and in any event within 30 days after the Borrower Representative knows or has reason to know thereof: (i) the occurrence of any ERISA Event, (ii) a failure to make any required contributions to a Plan in a material amount or (iii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or the Top Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the termination (in other than a “standard termination” as defined in ERISA), or Insolvency of, any Plan; and

(c) (i) any dispute, litigation, investigation or proceeding between Holdings, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any arbitrator or Governmental Authority or (ii) the filing or commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting Holdings, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any claims related to any Environmental Law or in respect of intellectual property, that, in any such case referred to in clauses (i) or (ii), has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.7 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the relevant Group Member proposes to take with respect thereto.

6.8 Environmental Laws.

(a) Comply with, and take commercially reasonably action to ensure compliance by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply with and maintain, and take commercially reasonably action to ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws, except, in each case, where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws and promptly comply with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or such requirements, orders or directives are being contested in good faith by a Group Member.

 

128


6.9 Additional Collateral, etc.

(a) With respect to any property (to the extent included in the definition of Collateral) acquired at any time after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (or any Group Member required to become a Loan Party pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents) (other than (x) any property described in paragraph (b), (c) or (d) below and (y) any property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by clauses (6)(A), (8), (9), (12), (16), (17), (18), (27), (30), (36) and (39) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” to the extent and for so long as the obligations relating to such Liens do not permit a Lien on such property in favor of the Secured Parties) as to which the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected second priority Lien (to the extent so required by the terms of the Security Agreement) within 90 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent (or, prior to the Discharge of Senior Obligations, the Designated Senior Representative) shall reasonably agree) (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the relevant Security Document or such other documents as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such property and (ii) take all actions reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected second priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in such property, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (or equivalent filings in jurisdictions outside of United States) in such jurisdictions as may be required by any Security Document or by applicable law or as may reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent.

(b) With respect to any interest in any Material Property acquired by any Loan Party (or any Group Member required to become a Loan Party pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents) after the Closing Date (other than any such real property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by clauses (8), (9) and (39) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” to the extent and for so long as the obligations relating to such Liens do not permit a Lien on such property in favor of the Secured Parties), within 90 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent (or, prior to the Discharge of Senior Obligations, the Designated Senior Representative) shall reasonably agree) after the Closing Date or date of acquisition, as applicable, (A) execute and deliver a second priority Mortgage (subject to Permitted Liens), in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, covering such interest in real property (provided, that to the extent any property to be subject to a Mortgage is located in a jurisdiction which imposes mortgage recording taxes, intangibles tax, documentary tax or similar recording fees or taxes, the relevant Mortgage shall not secure an amount in excess of the Fair Market Value of such property subject thereto unless such jurisdiction imposes a cap on such taxes or fees such that any secured amounts in excess of the Fair Market Value of such property do not result in additional taxes or fees), (B) if requested by the Administrative Agent, provide the Lenders with a Title Policy in an amount not to exceed the Fair Market Value of the real property covered thereby, as well as a current ALTA survey thereof (or an existing ALTA survey, ExpressMap or other similar documentation if available (accompanied if reasonably required by the title company issuing the applicable Title Policy by a “no-change” affidavit and/or other documents) sufficient to remove the general survey exception from the Title Policy and to obtain survey coverage in such Title Policy), together with a surveyor’s certificate in form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (C) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent customary legal opinions from counsel in the jurisdictions in which the real property covered by the Mortgage is located relating

 

129


to the enforceability of any such Mortgage and the Lien created thereby, which opinions shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and (D) provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of payment by the Borrower of all Title Policy premiums, search and examination charges, escrow charges and related charges, mortgage recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of the Mortgages and issuance of the Title Policies and endorsements contemplated by this clause (b).

(c) With respect to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Subsidiary created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Group Member (which, for the purposes of this Section 6.9(c), shall include any existing Group Member that ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary) within 90 days after the date of such creation or acquisition (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent (or, prior to the Discharge of Senior Obligations, the Designated Senior Representative) shall reasonably agree), (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to this Agreement and the Security Agreement as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected second priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary that is owned by any Group Member, (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent (or, prior to the Discharge of Senior Obligations, the Designated Senior Representative) the certificates representing such Capital Stock (if any), together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Group Member, and (iii) cause such Restricted Subsidiary (a) to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent (x) a Guarantor Joinder Agreement or such comparable documentation requested by the Administrative Agent to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and (y) a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement, substantially in the form annexed thereto, (b) to take such actions reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a perfected second priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Collateral described in the Security Agreement with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary, including the filing of UCC financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Security Agreement or by law or as may be requested by the Administrative Agent, and (c) to deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of such Restricted Subsidiary, substantially consistent in form to those delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.1(f).

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) no actions in any jurisdiction outside the United States shall be required in order to create any security interests in assets located or titled outside of the United States, or to perfect any security interests in such assets, including any intellectual property registered in any jurisdiction outside the United States (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States) and (ii) in no event shall control agreements or perfection by control or similar arrangements be required with respect to any Collateral (including deposit or securities accounts), other than in respect of (x) 100% of the certificated equity interests required to be pledged hereunder and under the Security Documents and (y) intercompany notes (including the Global Intercompany Note), nor shall leasehold mortgages, landlord waivers or collateral access agreements be required; and (ii) in no event shall Collateral include any Excluded Assets unless the Borrower Representative so elects.

 

130


For the avoidance of doubt, and without limitation, Section 6.9 shall apply to any division of a Loan Party and to any division of a Group Member required to become a Loan Party pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents and to any allocation of assets to a series of a limited liability company.

6.10 Credit Ratings. Use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain at all times a credit rating by each of S&P and Moody’s in respect of the Facilities provided for under this Agreement and a corporate rating by S&P and a corporate family rating by Moody’s for the Top Borrower or Holdings (it being understood that there shall be no requirement to maintain any specific credit rating).

6.11 Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, at the expense of the Borrowers, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in order to effect fully the purposes of the Loan Documents. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Loan Parties shall (subject to the terms of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement) take such actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time (including the execution and delivery of guaranties, security agreements, pledge agreements, stock powers, financing statements and other documents, the filing or recording of any of the foregoing, and the delivery of stock certificates and other collateral with respect to which perfection is obtained by possession), in each case to the extent required by the applicable Security Documents to ensure that the Obligations are guaranteed by the Guarantors, on a second priority basis (subject to Permitted Liens) and are secured by substantially all of the assets (other than those assets specifically excluded by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) of the Loan Parties. For the avoidance of doubt, and without limitation, Section 6.11 shall apply to any division of a Loan Party and to any division of a Group Member required to become a Loan Party pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents and to any allocation of assets to a series of a limited liability company.

6.12 Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The Borrower Representative may at any time after the Closing Date designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and subsequently re-designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom. The designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date shall constitute an Investment by the applicable Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the applicable Loan Party’s or Restricted Subsidiary’s investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (x) the Incurrence at the time of designation of Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time, and (y) a return on any Investment by the applicable Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value at the date of such designation of such Loan Party’s or Restricted Subsidiary’s Investment in such Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, neither a Borrower nor Holdings nor any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings that is a direct or indirect parent company of a Borrower shall be permitted to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary. At any time a Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary hereunder, the Borrower Representative shall cause such Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or any similar applicable term) under the First Lien Facility and any Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.2 that constitutes First Lien Obligations and is in a principal amount in excess of the greater of $43,750,000 and 28.75% of Consolidated EBITDA, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period.

 

131


6.13 Employee Benefit Plans.

(a) Maintain, and cause each Commonly Controlled Entity to maintain, all Single Employer Plans that are presently in existence or may, from time to time, come into existence, in compliance with the terms of any such Single Employer Plan, ERISA, the Code and all other applicable Laws, except to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Maintain, or cause to be maintained, all Foreign Plans that are presently in existence or may, from time to time, come into existence, in compliance with the terms of any such Plan and all applicable laws, except to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

6.14 Use of Proceeds. The Borrowers will only use the proceeds of the Loans in accordance with Sections 4.18(d) and 4.20.

6.15 Post-Closing Matters. The Borrower Representative will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, take each of the actions set forth on Schedule 6.15 within the time period prescribed therefor on such schedule (as such time period may be extended by the Administrative Agent).

6.16 FCPA; OFAC. The Loan Parties agree to maintain policies, procedures, and internal controls reasonably designed to ensure compliance with the applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

SECTION 7

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Borrower and (solely with respect to Sections 7.10, 7.12(b) and 7.13) Holdings hereby jointly and severally agree that, until all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made), each Borrower and (solely with respect to Sections 7.10, 7.12(b) and 7.13) Holdings will and will cause the Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with this Section 7.

7.1 [Reserved].

7.2 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.

 

132


(a) (i) The Top Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and (ii) the Top Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that any of the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock (“Ratio Debt”), in each case if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a Pro Forma Basis; provided, further, however, that the aggregate amount of outstanding Indebtedness (excluding Acquired Indebtedness not Incurred in connection with or in contemplation of the applicable merger, acquisition or other similar transaction) that may be Incurred and Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that may be issued pursuant to this clause (a) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, taken together with the amount of all outstanding Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued by Restricted Subsidiaries that are Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries pursuant to clauses (b)(vi), (b)(xxii) and (b)(xxx) of this Section 7.2, shall not exceed, at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred, the greater of $50,000,000 and 32.5% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Form Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period.

(b) The limitations set forth in Section 7.2(a) shall not apply to (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(i) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Agreement and any other Loan Document (including any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 2.25, 2.26 or 2.28);

(ii) Indebtedness consisting of First Lien Obligations in an amount not to exceed, at any time outstanding, the sum of: $1,074,000,000, plus the product of (A) 1.20 times (B) the sum of (w) an amount equal to the aggregate amount of First Lien Incremental Loans permitted to be Incurred under the First Lien Ratio-Based Incremental Facility, plus (x) an amount equal to the aggregate amount of First Lien Incremental Loans permitted to be Incurred under the First Lien Prepayment-Based Incremental Facility (excluding such amounts arising from the repayment of the First Lien Term Loans extended on the Closing Date (or any refinancings thereof)), plus (y) an amount equal to the aggregate amount of First Lien Incremental Loans permitted to be Incurred under the First Lien Cash-Capped Incremental Facility (in each case, subject to the maturity and weighted average life requirements for Incurring such Indebtedness under the First Lien Credit Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date (whether or not such requirements are then in effect));

(iii) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness described in Section 7.2(b)(i) and (ii)) and, with respect to any such Indebtedness in excess of $7,500,000 in aggregate principal amount, set forth on Schedule 7.2;

(iv) Permitted Second Lien Priority Refinancing Debt and Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt;

(v) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt;

(vi) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in an amount not to exceed the sum of (x) the Ratio-Based Incremental Amount plus (y) the Prepayment-Based Incremental Amount plus (z) the Cash-Capped Incremental Amount (in each case minus amounts Incurred and outstanding under clause (xvi) in respect of Indebtedness originally incurred under clause (y) and (z) of this clause (vi)) (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the amount available to the Borrowers pursuant to clauses (y) and (z) above shall be available at all times and shall not be subject to the ratio test described in foregoing clause (x) above); provided, that:

 

133


(1) the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred and Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that may be issued pursuant to this clause (vi) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries shall not exceed, at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred, taken together with all other outstanding Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this proviso (1) and amounts Incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries outstanding pursuant to clauses (a), (b)(xxii) and (b)(xxx) of this Section 7.2, the greater of $50,000,000 and 32.5% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(2) the Applicable Requirements shall have been satisfied;

(3) no Indebtedness under this clause (vi) may be Incurred at any time that (x) a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (y) if such Indebtedness is used to finance, in whole or in part, a Limited Condition Transaction a Default or Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (g) has occurred and is continuing;

(4) any Indebtedness in the form of syndicated “term loan B” loans Incurred under this clause (vi)(x) within the first twelve months after the Closing Date that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Second Lien Obligations shall be subject to the “MFN” provisions set forth in Section 2.25(a)(vii) (as though such Indebtedness were an incremental facility and only to the extent such MFN provisions would apply to such Indebtedness if it were an incremental facility); and

(5) unless the applicable Borrower elects otherwise, any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (vi) shall be deemed Incurred first under clause (x) above, with the balance Incurred next under clause (y) above and then under clause (z) above, and, for the avoidance of doubt such Indebtedness may be later reclassified among such clauses pursuant to the reclassification provisions set forth in Section 2.25;

(vii) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations) Incurred by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, Disqualified Stock issued by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiaries to finance or Refinance, all or any part of the acquisition, purchase, lease, construction, design, installation, repair, replacement or improvement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment or other fixed or capital assets used or useful in the business of the Top Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or in a Similar Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed, at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred, together with all outstanding Indebtedness outstanding under this clause (vii) (and Indebtedness Incurred to renew, refund, Refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (vii) (including through Section 7.2(b)(xvi)), the greater of $50,000,000 and 32.5% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period (in each case minus amounts Incurred and outstanding under clause (xvi) in respect of Indebtedness originally Incurred under this clause (vii); provided, that Capitalized Lease

 

134


Obligations Incurred by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (vii) in connection with a Sale Leaseback Transaction shall not be subject to the foregoing limitation so long as the proceeds of such Sale Leaseback Transaction are used by the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary to permanently repay outstanding loans under any credit agreement, debt facility or other Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the assets subject to such Sale Leaseback Transaction;

(viii) Indebtedness (x) in respect of any bankers’ acceptance, bank guarantees, discounted bill of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables, warehouse receipt or similar facilities, and reinvestment obligations related thereto, entered into in the ordinary course of business and (y) constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees, banker’s acceptances, warehouse receipts, or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit (a) in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims and (b) that are fully cash collateralized;

(ix) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnout or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Top Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

(x) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Top Borrower or another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Top Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock;

(xi) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of (a) a Restricted Subsidiary to the Top Borrower or (b) the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Restricted Subsidiary or Holdings; provided that if the Top Borrower or a Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness or issues such Disqualified Stock to Holdings or to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Borrower or Guarantor, such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable, is either subject to the Global Intercompany Note or subordinated in right of payment (in a manner similar to the subordination provisions in the Global Intercompany Note) to the Loans or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any Restricted Subsidiary lending such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable, ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable (except to the Top Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable;

(xii) Hedging Obligations that are Incurred not for speculative purposes;

 

135


(xiii) obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds or other similar bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xiv) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference that does not exceed, at the time such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is Incurred, taken together with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xiv), the greater of $87,500,000 and 56.25% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period (in each case minus amounts Incurred and outstanding under clause (xvi) in respect of Indebtedness originally Incurred under this clause (xiv));

(xv) any guarantee by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or other obligations of Holdings, the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations by Holdings, the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Agreement; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Loans or the Guarantee of any Guarantor, any such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Loans and the Guarantees, substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Loans or any relevant Guarantees, as applicable;

(xvi) the Incurrence by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that serves to refund, Refinance, replace or defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred as permitted under clause (a) of this Section 7.2 and clauses (b)(i), (b)(ii), (b)(iii), (b)(vi), (b)(vii), (b)(xiv), (b)(xvi), (b)(xix), (b)(xxii), (b)(xxvii) and (b)(xxx), of this Section 7.2 or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to so refund or Refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including any additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to pay accrued and unpaid interest, fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs in connection therewith (subject to the following proviso, “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(1) other than Customary Bridge Financing and Permitted Early Maturity Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, being refunded, Refinanced, replaced or defeased;

(2) other than Customary Bridge Financing and Permitted Early Maturity Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity Date which is no earlier than the earlier of the Stated Maturity Date of the Indebtedness being refunded, Refinanced, replaced or defeased;

 

136


(3) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness Refinances (x) Subordinated Indebtedness, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Subordinated Indebtedness, (y) Indebtedness constituting Junior Lien Obligations or unsecured, such Refinancing Indebtedness constitutes Junior Lien Obligations or is unsecured, as applicable, or (z) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock;

(4) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being Refinanced plus (y) the amount necessary to pay accrued and unpaid interest, fees, underwriting discounts and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs Incurred in connection with such Refinancing; and

(5) shall not include Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party that Refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Loan Party;

(xvii) Indebtedness arising from (x) Cash Management Services (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) or (y) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that, in the case of clause (y), such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten (10) Business Days of its Incurrence;

(xviii) Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to the First Lien Credit Agreement, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit or bank guarantee;

(xix) Contribution Indebtedness (minus amounts Incurred and outstanding under clause (xvi) in respect of Indebtedness originally Incurred under this clause (xix));

(xx) Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (x) the financing of insurance premiums or (y) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements;

(xxi) Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is not recourse to the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Receivables Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(xxii) (x) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred to finance an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business, product line or Person or (y) Acquired Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that, in either case, after giving effect to the transactions that result in the Incurrence or issuance thereof, on a Pro Forma Basis, the Top Borrower would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness as Ratio Debt or pursuant to the Ratio-Based Incremental Facility; provided, that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Indebtedness Incurred or assumed by Restricted Subsidiaries which are Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries under this clause (xxii), taken together with amounts Incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries outstanding under clauses (a), (b)(vi) and

 

137


(b)(xxx) of this Section 7.2 (and minus amounts Incurred and outstanding under clause (xvi) in respect of Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries originally Incurred under this clause (xxii)) shall not exceed, at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred, the greater of $50,000,000 and 32.5% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(xxiii) Indebtedness Incurred by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease or to satisfy and discharge any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred hereunder (and any exchange notes or refinancing indebtedness with respect thereto);

(xxiv) Guarantees (A) Incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of (or to) suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees that, in each case, are non-Affiliates or (B) otherwise constituting Investments permitted under this Agreement;

(xxv) Indebtedness issued by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former employees, directors, managers and consultants thereof (or of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings), their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Top Borrower, Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent permitted by Section 7.3(b)(iv);

(xxvi) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xxvii) Indebtedness Incurred by joint ventures of the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and Restricted Subsidiaries that are Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, in an outstanding aggregate principal amount that does not exceed, at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred, taken together with all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xxvii), the greater of $87,500,000 and 56.25% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period (in each case minus outstanding amounts Incurred under clause (xvi) in respect of Indebtedness originally Incurred under this clause (xxvii);

(xxviii) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;

(xxix) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Sale Leaseback Transactions;

(xxx) (x) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business, product line or Person or (y) Acquired Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference that does not exceed, at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred, taken together with all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred pursuant to this clause (xxx), the greater of $75,000,000 and 48.75% of

 

138


Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period (minus amounts Incurred and outstanding under clause (xvi) in respect of Indebtedness originally Incurred under this clause (xxx)); provided, that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred or assumed by Restricted Subsidiaries which are Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries under this clause (xxx) and under clauses (a), (b)(vi) and (b)(xxii)(y)(a) of this Section 7.2 shall not exceed, at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred, the greater of $50,000,000 and 32.5% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(xxxi) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, deferred compensation of the current and former employees, directors, managers and consultants (or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses) of the Top Borrower, any direct or indirect parent company of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(xxxii) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, advances in respect of transfer pricing or shared services agreements that are permitted by clause (31) of the definition of Permitted Investments.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.2, in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or is entitled to be Incurred as Ratio Debt, the Borrower Representative shall, in its sole discretion, at the time of Incurrence, divide and/or classify, or at any later time redivide and/or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in one or more of the categories (including in part in one category and in part in another category set forth in this Section 7.2 (including Ratio Debt)). The Borrower Representative will also be entitled to divide, classify or reclassify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Permitted Debt described in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 7.2 without giving pro forma effect to the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) Incurred as part of the same transaction or substantially concurrent series of related transactions pursuant to clause (a) or clause (b) of this Section 7.2 when calculating the amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) that may be Incurred pursuant to this Section 7.2. Other than with respect to clauses (b)(i) and (b)(ii) of this Section 7.2, if at any time that the Borrower Representative would be entitled to have incurred any then-outstanding item of Indebtedness as Ratio Debt or pursuant to clause (b)(vi)(x), such item of Indebtedness shall be automatically reclassified into an item of Indebtedness incurred as Ratio Debt or pursuant to clause (b)(vi)(x) of this Section 7.2. For the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness Incurred under clauses (b)(i) and (b)(ii) of this Section 7.2 shall be deemed to have been Incurred solely pursuant to such clause (even if such Indebtedness has been refinanced pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(xvi)) and shall not be permitted to be reclassified and shall be deemed to have been Incurred solely pursuant to such specific subclause and shall not be permitted to be reclassified as Indebtedness Incurred under the other subclause thereof. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.2, with respect to Indebtedness Incurred, reborrowings of amounts previously repaid pursuant to “cash sweep” provisions or any similar provisions that provide that Indebtedness is deemed to be repaid daily (or otherwise periodically) shall only be deemed for purposes of this Section 7.2 to have been Incurred on the date such Indebtedness was first Incurred and not on the date of any subsequent reborrowing thereof. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of

 

139


original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the same class, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 7.2, (and, for the avoidance of doubt, no such amounts count against any “basket” amount under this Section 7.2). For the avoidance of doubt, the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness shall be counted only once. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness, provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 7.2.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower Dollar-equivalent amount), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being Refinanced plus the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.

(e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Borrowers shall not be permitted to incur any Lien on the Collateral securing obligations with respect to any First Lien Incremental Loans, any Indebtedness Incurred under Section 7.2(b)(vi) or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any thereof that is junior to the Liens on the Collateral securing the obligations under the First Lien Documents but senior to the Liens securing the Obligations; provided, further, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be secured by Liens that are junior to the Liens on the Collateral securing the obligations under the First Lien Documents if by virtue of the application of waterfall or other payment ordering provisions affecting different tranches of obligations under the First Lien Documents such Indebtedness ranks junior in payment priority to the obligations under the First Lien Documents;

7.3 Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) The Top Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

140


(i) pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Top Borrower (other than dividends, payments or distributions (A) payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Top Borrower or to the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; or (B) by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Top Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary or any other Person that owns Equity Interests in a non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of the Top Borrower (so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a non -Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Top Borrower, or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Top Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Junior Indebtedness (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A) Junior Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.2(b)(xi)); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment;

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above, other than any of the exceptions thereto, being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) to the extent made in reliance on clause 3(A) below, immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a Pro Forma Basis, the Top Borrower could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness as Ratio Debt; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clause (b)(i), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by clause (b) of this Section 7.3), is less than the sum of, without duplication,

(A) if positive, 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings for the period (taken as one accounting period) from July 1, 2018 to the end of the most recently ended Test Period, plus

(B) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value of assets other than cash, received by the Top Borrower after the Closing Date from (1) the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Top Borrower or (2) the issue or sale of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower (in the case of both (1) and (2) other than (without duplication) any Cure Amount, the Equity Contribution, Refunding Capital

 

141


Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Cash Contribution Amount, Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock), including Equity Interests issued upon conversion of Indebtedness or upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries), plus

(C) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Top Borrower received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash after the Closing Date (other than (without duplication) any Cure Amount, the Equity Contribution, Excluded Contributions, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

(D) the principal amount of any Indebtedness, or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock, of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof issued after the Closing Date (other than any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock issued to the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary) that has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock), plus

(E) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from:

(I) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances which constituted Restricted Investments (other than, in the case of Restricted Investments made pursuant to clause (b)(vii) or (b)(x) of this Section 7.3, the amount classified as being utilized under such clauses),

(II) the sale (other than to the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Top Borrower, or

(III) any distribution or dividend from any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Top Borrower (to the extent such distributions or dividend is not already included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income); plus

(F) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Top Borrower has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the Closing Date, the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the Top Borrower in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after deducting any Indebtedness associated with such Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed (other than in each case to the extent that the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clauses (b)(vii) or (b)(x) of this Section 7.3 or constituted a Permitted Investment); plus

 

142


(G) the aggregate amount of Retained Declined Proceeds; plus

(H) an amount equal to any returns in Cash Equivalents (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Investments made pursuant to this Section 7.3(a)(3); plus

(I) the aggregate amount of Retained Asset Sale Proceeds; plus

(J) the greater of $43,750,000 and 28.75% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period.

(b) The provisions of Section 7.3(a) will not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution or consummation of any redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of a redemption notice related thereto, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(ii) (A) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, exchange, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Junior Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale (other than to the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower (other than any Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to the Top Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Top Borrower or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) (collectively, including any such contributions, “Refunding Capital Stock”); (B) if immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (vi) of this Section 7.3(b), the payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, defease, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Top Borrower) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement; and (C) the payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the sale (other than to the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) (other than to a Subsidiary of the Top Borrower or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

(iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, exchange or other acquisition or retirement of Junior Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (x) constituting Acquired Indebtedness not Incurred in connection with or in contemplation of the applicable merger, acquisition or other similar transaction or (y) made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the sale of, new Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that is Incurred in accordance with Section 7.2 so long as:

 

143


(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Junior Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value (plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees, underwriting discounts and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs, required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Junior Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, exchanged, acquired or retired plus any fees and expenses Incurred in connection therewith, including reasonable tender premiums);

(2) if such original Junior Indebtedness was subordinated to the Facilities or the related Guarantee, as the case may be, such new Indebtedness must be subordinated to the Facilities or the related Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Junior Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, exchanged, acquired or retired;

(3) other than Customary Bridge Financings and Permitted Early Maturity Indebtedness, such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date no earlier than the earlier of (x) the final scheduled maturity date of the Junior Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, exchanged, acquired or retired or (y) the Latest Maturity Date; and

(4) other than Customary Bridge Financings and Permitted Early Maturity Indebtedness, such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Junior Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired;

(iv) the purchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition (or dividends to the Top Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower to finance any such purchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition) for value of Equity Interests of any other direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Top Borrower or their estates or the beneficiaries of such estates upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment (or directorship or consulting arrangement) of such Person or pursuant to any management equity plan, stock option plan, profits interests plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other similar agreement or arrangement (including any separation, stock subscription, shareholder or partnership agreement); provided, however, that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (iv) do not exceed the greater of $37,500,000 and 23.75 % of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period in any calendar year, which shall increase to the greater of $50,000,000 and 32.5% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period subsequent to the consummation of a public Equity Offering by the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the succeeding calendar years); provided, further, however, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

144


(1) the cash proceeds received after the Closing Date by the Top Borrower, any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to members of management, directors or consultants of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (a)(3) of this Section 7.3); plus

(2) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received after the Closing Date by the Top Borrower, any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) the amount of any cash bonuses or other compensation otherwise payable to any future, present or former director, employee, consultant or distributor of the Top Borrower, a direct or indirect parent thereof, or the Restricted Subsidiaries that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests of Holdings or a direct or indirect equity holder thereof, Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; plus

(4) payments made in respect of withholding or other similar Taxes payable upon repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries or otherwise pursuant to any employee or director equity plan, employee or director stock option or profits interest plan or any other employee or director benefit plan or any agreement; provided that the Borrower Representative may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (1) through (4) above in any calendar year; in addition, cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Top Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any current, former or future officer, director or employee (or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof), in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Top Borrower from such Persons will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 7.3 or any other provisions of this Agreement;

(v) the payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiaries issued or Incurred in accordance with Section 7.2;

(vi) (A) the payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Closing Date, (B) the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower issued after the Closing Date; and (C) the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (b)(ii) of this Section 7.3; provided, however, that (x) for the most recently ended Test Period preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a Pro Forma Basis, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries would have

 

145


been at least 2.00 to 1.00 and (y) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (vi) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Top Borrower from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock issued after the Closing Date and securities issued in connection with the Cure Right);

(vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries, at the time of the making of such Investment, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $25,000,000 and 16.25% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period, at any one time outstanding;

(viii) following a Public Offering, the payment of dividends on the Top Borrower’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower to fund the payment by any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower of dividends on such entity’s common stock) in an amount not to exceed, in any fiscal year, the greater of (x) 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by the Top Borrower from any Public Offering or contributed to the Top Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower from any Public Offering and (y) 6.0% of the Market Capitalization;

(ix) Restricted Payments in an amount equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions made;

(x) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, at the time such Restricted Payment is made, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (x) (in the case of any Restricted Payments that are Investments, to the extent of the outstanding amount of such Investment), not to exceed the greater of $75,000,000 and 48.75% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(xi) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or other securities of, or Indebtedness owed to the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xii) the payment of any dividends or other distributions to any Equity Holder in amounts equal to the amounts that would be sufficient to permit such Equity Holder to pay any U.S. federal, state, foreign and/or local income Taxes (as the case may be) attributable to the income of Holdings and its Subsidiaries that are pass-through entities for such tax purposes for any taxable period (or portion thereof) beginning after the Closing Date, calculated, as reasonably determined by Holdings, (w) by taking into account any prior losses of Holdings and its relevant Subsidiaries from prior taxable periods (or portions thereof) that began after the Closing Date, to the extent utilizable by an Equity Holder in the current taxable period and to the extent not previously taken into account in this computation, (x) by taking into account any adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, (y) by taking into account any qualified business income deduction available at the Equity Holder level under Section 199A of the Code (taking into account any limitation thereto, including pursuant to Section 199A(b)(2) of the Code and assuming the taxable income of each Equity Holder exceeds the “threshold amount” under Section 199A(e)(2) of the Code) and (z) by multiplying such income by the greater of (A) an assumed tax rate equal to the combined tax rate of an individual resident in Sacramento, California subject to federal (including

 

146


Medicare contribution taxes imposed on net investment income and self-employment taxes), state, foreign (if applicable) and local income Tax at the highest applicable marginal tax rates in effect in each jurisdiction in each taxable year, or (B) the combined tax rate applicable to a corporation whose sole asset is its indirect interest in Holdings (reduced by any such Taxes paid directly by Holdings or such Subsidiary on behalf of any such Equity Holder), in each case in this clause (z), by taking into account the character of the income and loss allocable to the Equity Holders and the deductibility of state and local income Taxes (subject to any applicable limitations on deductibility) as it affects the applicable tax rate, provided that such payments or distributions to such Equity Holders shall be made (i) in proportion to their respective indirect ownership percentages of Holdings until every Equity Holder receives an amount sufficient to permit every Equity Holder other than a Management Equityholder to pay (or to make distributions to enable every Equity Holder thereof to pay) its Tax liabilities as calculated pursuant to the assumptions above and (ii) without duplication of amounts described in (i) with respect to a Management Equityholder, to such Management Equityholder until such Management Equityholder receives an amount sufficient to permit such Management Equityholder to pay (or to make distributions to enable every Management Equityholder to pay) its Tax liabilities as calculated pursuant to the assumptions above, in each case as reasonably determined by Holdings;

(xiii) the payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower, in the amount required for such entity to:

(1) pay amounts equal to the amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower to pay fees and expenses (including franchise, capital stock, minimum and other similar Taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, employees, directors or consultants of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower, if applicable, and general corporate operating and overhead expenses (including legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) of any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower, if applicable, in each case to the extent such fees, expenses, salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Top Borrower, if applicable, and its Subsidiaries;

(2) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 9.1(a), pay, if applicable, amounts equal to amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower, if applicable, to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been contributed to the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred in accordance with Section 7.2;

(3) pay fees and expenses Incurred by any direct or indirect parent, other than to Affiliates of the Top Borrower, related to any investment, acquisition, disposition, sale, merger or equity or debt offering or similar transaction of such parent, whether or not successful but, for the avoidance of doubt, not in respect of any transaction relating to or in respect of any ownership interest or other investment made by the Sponsors or their Affiliates in any entity or assets other than the Top Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

147


(4) make payments to the Sponsors (a) pursuant to the Management Agreement or any amendment thereto (so long as such amendment is not less advantageous to the Lenders, when taken as a whole, in any material respect than the Management Agreement) or (b) for any other consulting, financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, in each case to the extent permitted under Section 7.6(b)(xii) and (b)(xiii) or (c) expense reimbursement and indemnities related to clauses (a) or (b);

(xiv) (i) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options, warrants, restricted stock units or similar instruments if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options, warrants, restricted stock units or similar instruments and (ii) in connection with the withholding of a portion of the Equity Interests granted or awarded to a director or an employee to pay for the Taxes payable by such director or employee upon such exercise, grant or award;

(xv) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing and the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees;

(xvi) (i) Restricted Payments constituting any part of (x) a Permitted Reorganization (and to pay any costs or expenses related thereto), (y) an IPO Reorganization Transaction and (z) the Steps Transactions and (ii) Restricted Payments to pay costs or expenses related to any Qualified Public Offering (or IPO Reorganization Transactions) whether or not such Qualified Public Offering (and any related IPO Reorganization Transactions) is consummated;

(xvii) the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Junior Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a “change of control” (as defined in the documentation governing such Junior Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) or an Asset Sale that is permitted under Section 7.5 and the other terms of this Agreement; provided that, prior to such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, (x) in the case of a change of control, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under Section 9.1(l) or the Commitments shall have been terminated and the full amount of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made) shall have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash or (y) in the case of an Asset Sale, the Top Borrower (or a third party to the extent permitted by this Agreement) has applied such amounts in accordance with Section 2.11, as the case may be;

(xviii) [reserved];

(xix) any Restricted Payments made in connection with the consummation of the Transactions;

(xx) the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of Equity Interests upon exercise or conversion of securities exercisable or convertible into Equity Interests of the Top Borrower or upon any dividend, split or combination thereof, or upon any Permitted Acquisition;

 

148


(xxi) payments or distributions, in the nature of satisfaction of dissenters’ rights, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of this Agreement applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or substantially all the property and assets of the Top Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(xxii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, exchange, retirement or other acquisition of any Junior Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower (including dividends made to effectuate such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, exchange, retirement or other acquisition), in an aggregate amount not to exceed, at the time of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, exchange, retirement or other acquisition, taken together with all other redemptions, repurchases, defeasances, retirements or other acquisitions of any Junior Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (xxii), the greater of $25,000,000 and 16.25% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(xxiii) unlimited Restricted Payments; provided, that the Total Net Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period does not exceed 6.50 to 1.00;

(xxiv) Restricted Payments and distributions among the Top Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with transfer pricing or shared services agreements to the extent advances related thereto are permitted pursuant to clause (31) of the definition of Permitted Investments; and

(xxv) Restricted Payments to permit the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower to make cash payments on its Indebtedness at such times and in such amounts as are necessary so that such Indebtedness will not have “significant original issue discount” and thus will not be treated as an “applicable high yield discount obligation” (“AHYDO”) within the meaning of Section 163(i) of the Code; provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (b)(vi), (b)(ix), (b)(xxii) and (b)(xxiii) of this Section 7.3, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) For purposes of this Section 7.3, if any Investment or Restricted Payment (or any portion of any Investment or any Restricted Payment) would be permitted pursuant to one or more provisions described above (including for the avoidance of doubt Section 7.3(a) and (b)) and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” the Borrower Representative, in its sole discretion, at the time of making such investment or Restricted Payment, may divide and classify such Investment or Restricted Payment (or any portion of such Investment or Restricted Payment) and may later redivide and reclassify any such Investment or Restricted Payment (or any portion of such Investment or Restricted Payment) so long as the Investment or Restricted Payment (as so divided and/or reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception (including any exception based on a leverage-based incurrence test) as of the date of such reclassification. If at any time the Borrower Representative would be entitled to have Incurred any Restricted Payment as a Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 7.3(b)(xxiii), such Restricted Payment shall be automatically reclassified into a Restricted Payment Incurred pursuant to Section 7.3(b)(xxiii). If at any time the Borrower Representative would be entitled to have Incurred any then-outstanding Investment as an Investment pursuant to clause (22) of the definition of Permitted Investments, such Investment shall be automatically reclassified into an Investment Incurred pursuant to clause (22) of the definition of Permitted Investments.

 

149


7.4 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. The Top Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to, directly or indirectly create or otherwise cause to become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to:

(a) (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) make loans or advances to the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(c) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect or entered into or existing on the Closing Date, including pursuant to this Agreement, Hedging Obligations and the other documents relating to the Transactions;

(2) this Agreement, the Loan Documents, the First Lien Documents and, in each case, any guarantees thereof;

(3) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(4) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary which was in existence at the time of such acquisition or at the time it merges with or into the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person and its Subsidiaries, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired or the property or assets so assumed;

(5) contracts or agreements for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions (A) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (B) restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, (C) constituting restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and (D) which apply by reason of any applicable Law, rule, regulation or order or are required by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

150


(6) Indebtedness secured by a Lien that is otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections 7.2 and 7.7 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(7) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers;

(8) customary provisions in joint venture, operating or other similar agreements, asset sale agreements and stock sale agreements in connection with the entering into of such transaction;

(9) purchase money obligations for property acquired and Capitalized Lease Obligations in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause (c) of this Section 7.4 on the property so acquired;

(10) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses, contracts and other similar agreements (including leases or licenses of intellectual property) that impose restrictions of the type described in clause (c) of this Section 7.4 on the property subject to such lease, license, contract or agreement;

(11) any encumbrance or restriction of a Receivables Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; provided, that such restrictions apply only to such Receivables Subsidiary;

(12) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is permitted pursuant to Section 7.2; provided that either (A) such encumbrances and restrictions contained in any agreement or instrument will not materially affect the Borrowers’ ability to make anticipated principal or interest payment on the Loans (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) or (B) such encumbrances and restrictions are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those, in the case of encumbrances, outstanding on the Closing Date, and in the case of restrictions, contained in this Agreement, the First Lien Documents or any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto;

(13) any Restricted Investment not prohibited by Section 7.3 and any Permitted Investment;

(14) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(15) existing under, by reason of or with respect to Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements governing that Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced;

 

151


(16) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject of such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of any other Restricted Subsidiary;

(17) restrictions that are, taken as a whole, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower Representative, no more restrictive with respect to the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary than customary market terms for Indebtedness of such type (and, in any event, are no more restrictive than the restrictions contained in this Agreement), or that the Top Borrower shall have determined in good faith will not affect its obligation or ability to make any payments required hereunder; and

(18) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.4 imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (17) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower Representative, not materially more restrictive as a whole with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.4, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

7.5 Asset Sales. the Top Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless:

(a) the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the Equity Interests issued or assets sold or otherwise disposed of;

(b) immediately before and after giving effect to such Asset Sale, no Event of Default under Sections 9.1(a) or 9.1(g) has occurred and is continuing; and

(c) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents, provided, however, that in the case of Asset Sales involving the disposition of non-core assets (as determined by the Borrower Representative in its good faith judgment provided the value of such non-core assets does not exceed 50% of the consideration payable in connection with such acquisition), only 50% of the consideration therefor must be in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided, further, that the amount of:

 

152


(i) any liabilities (as shown on the Top Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto or, if Incurred, increased or decreased subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been reflected in the Top Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet or in the notes thereto if such incurrence, increase or decrease had taken place on the date of such balance sheet, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Obligations) that are assumed by the transferee (or a third party on behalf of the transferee) of any such assets or Equity Interests pursuant to an agreement that releases or indemnifies the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary (or a third party on behalf of the transferee), as the case may be, from further liability;

(ii) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received);

(iii) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $50,000,000 and 32.5% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(iv) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale, to the extent that the Top Borrower and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Sale; and

(v) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or any Guarantor received from Persons who are not the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, shall each be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this Section 7.5;

After the Top Borrower’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale pursuant to clauses (a) to (c) above, the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary shall apply the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale if and to the extent required by Section 2.11(c).

 

153


7.6 Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) the Top Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Top Borrower (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of the greater of $18,750,000 and 12.50% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period, unless such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Top Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person.

(b) The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

(i) (A) transactions between or among the Top Borrower and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), (B) [reserved] and (C) any merger or consolidation between or among the Top Borrower and/or any direct parent company of the Top Borrower, provided that such parent company shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Top Borrower and such merger or consolidation is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, that upon giving effect to such merger or consolidation, the surviving Person shall be (or shall immediately become) a Loan Party and otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 6.9, and 100% of the Capital Stock of such surviving Person shall be pledged to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents;

(ii) (A) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 7.3 (including any payments that are exceptions to the definition of Restricted Payments set forth in Section 7.3(a)(i) through (iv)) and (B) Permitted Investments;

(iii) transactions pursuant to compensatory, benefit and incentive plans and agreements with officers, directors, managers or employees of the Top Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Top Borrower in good faith;

(iv) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursements paid to, and indemnity and similar arrangements provided on behalf of, former, current or future officers, directors, managers, employees or consultants of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower;

(v) licensing of trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property to permit the commercial exploitation of intellectual property between or among the Group Members;

(vi) transactions in which the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (a) of this Section 7.6;

(vii) payments, loans or advances to employees or consultants or guarantees in respect thereof (or cancellation of loans, advances or guarantees) for bona fide business purposes in the ordinary course of business;

 

154


(viii) any agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect as of the Closing Date or any transaction contemplated thereby, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to Lenders in any material respect when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Closing Date as reasonably determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith);

(ix) the existence of, or the performance by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of any stockholders or similar agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Closing Date, and any amendment thereto or similar transactions, agreements or arrangements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing transaction, agreement or arrangement or under any similar transaction, agreement or arrangement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (viii) to the extent that the terms of any such existing transaction, agreement or arrangement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new transaction, agreement or arrangement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect when taken as a whole as compared to the original transaction, agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Closing Date;

(x) (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, which are fair to the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Borrower Representative, and are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party or (B) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(xii) the sale or issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Top Borrower to Holdings (or a successor direct parent of Holdings);

(xiii) the payment of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to the Sponsors pursuant to the Management Agreement (including, if applicable, any such fees in respect of any prior fiscal year that remain unpaid) in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the greater of $7,500,000 and 5.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period, plus all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Incurred by the Sponsors or any of their Affiliates in connection with the performance of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory or other services with respect to the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, plus any applicable termination fee paid pursuant to such Management Agreement;

 

155


(xiv) payments by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are (x) made pursuant to agreements with the Sponsors as in effect on the Closing Date or (y) approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower in good faith;

(xv) any contribution to the capital of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xvi) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Section 7.5 or Section 7.8;

(xvii) [reserved];

(xviii) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xix) any employment agreements, option plans and other similar arrangements entered into by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with employees or consultants;

(xx) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower or of a Restricted Subsidiary, as appropriate, in good faith;

(xxi) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement and any payments permitted by Section 7.3(b)(xii) or, with respect to franchise or similar Taxes, by Section 7.3(b)(xiii)(1);

(xxii) transactions to effect the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions;

(xxiii) any employment, consulting, service or termination agreement, or customary indemnification arrangements, entered into by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with current, former or future officers, employees and consultants of the Top Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the payment of compensation to officers, employees and consultants of the Top Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including amounts paid pursuant to employee benefit plans, employee stock option or similar plans), in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(xxiv) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Top Borrower solely because the Top Borrower, directly or indirectly, owns Equity Interests in, or controls, such Person entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xxv) transactions with Affiliates solely in their capacity as holders of Indebtedness or Equity Interests of Holdings, the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as such transaction is with all holders of such class (and there are such non-Affiliate holders) and such Affiliates are treated no more favorably than all other holders of such class generally;

 

156


(xxvi) any agreement that provides customary registration rights to the equity holders of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower and the performance of such agreements;

(xxvii) payments to and from and transactions with any joint venture in the ordinary course of business; provided such joint venture is not controlled by an Affiliate (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Top Borrower; and (xxviii) transactions between the Top Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate thereof solely due to the fact that a director of such Person is also a director of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Top Borrower or such direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person.

7.7 Liens. The Top Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create or Incur any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness on any asset or property of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

7.8 Fundamental Changes. The Top Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly merge, dissolve, liquidate, amalgamate or consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person except that, (other than in the case of clause (e) below) so long as no Event of Default would result therefrom:

(a) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with (1) a Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize such Borrower into a new jurisdiction in any State of the United States); provided that such Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person or the surviving Person shall expressly assume the obligations of such Borrower pursuant to documents reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (2) any one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, further, that when any Guarantor is merging with another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party (A) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be an Investment permitted hereunder and (B) to the extent constituting a Disposition, such Disposition must be permitted hereunder and (ii) any Borrower may merge, dissolve, liquidate, amalgamate or consolidate with any other Borrower; provided that when any Co-Borrower is merging, dissolving, liquidating, amalgamating or consolidating with another Restricted Subsidiary that is not another Co-Borrower or a Loan Party then either (A) the Co-Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person and resident in its jurisdiction of incorporation or (B) (I) the Co-Borrower shall cease to be a Borrower under this Agreement in accordance with Section 12.3, (II) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be an Investment permitted hereunder, and (III) to the extent constituting a Disposition, such Disposition must be permitted hereunder;

(b) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge, dissolve, liquidate, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve, or any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may (if the validity, perfection and priority of the Liens securing the Obligations is not adversely affected thereby) change its legal form if the Borrower Representative

 

157


determines in good faith that such action is in the best interest of the Top Borrower and its Subsidiaries and is not disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect (it being understood that in the case of any dissolution of a Restricted Subsidiary that is (A) a Co-Borrower, such Subsidiary shall at or before the time of such dissolution cease to be a Co-Borrower under this Agreement in accordance with Section 12.3 or (B) a Guarantor, such Subsidiary shall at or before the time of such dissolution transfer its assets to another Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor in the same jurisdiction or a different jurisdiction reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent unless such Investment or Disposition of assets is permitted hereunder; and in the case of any change in legal form, a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Co-Borrower or a Guarantor will remain a Co-Borrower or Guarantor unless such Co-Borrower or Guarantor is otherwise permitted to cease being a Co-Borrower or Guarantor hereunder);

(c) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Top Borrower) may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Top Borrower or to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is (A) a Borrower, then such Subsidiary shall cease to be a Borrower under this Agreement in accordance with Section 12.3 or (B) a Guarantor, then to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a Permitted Investment and, if applicable, Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 7.2, respectively; provided, further, that the Top Borrower may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to any other Loan Party;

(d) the Steps Transactions, Permitted Reorganizations and IPO Reorganization Transactions;

(e) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) may merge, liquidate, amalgamate or consolidate with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted hereunder; provided that (i) the continuing or surviving Person shall, to the extent subject to the terms hereof, have complied with the requirements of Section 6.9, (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be an Investment permitted hereunder, (iii) to the extent constituting a Disposition, such Disposition must be permitted hereunder and (iv) to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary is a Co-Borrower, it shall cease to be a Co-Borrower in accordance with Section 12.3;

(f) the Borrowers and the other Restricted Subsidiaries may consummate the Transactions;

(g) subject to clause (a) above, any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, dissolve, liquidate, amalgamate, consolidate with or into another Person in order to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.5; provided that if such Restricted Subsidiary is a Co-Borrower, it shall cease to be a Co-Borrower in accordance with Section 12.3; and

(h) any Investment permitted hereunder may be structured as a merger, consolidation or amalgamation.

7.9 [Reserved].

 

158


7.10 Changes in Fiscal Periods. Holdings will not permit the fiscal year of Holdings to end on a day other than December 31 or change Holdings’ method of determining fiscal quarters, in each case other than with prior written notice to the Administrative Agent.

7.11 Negative Pledge Clauses. The Top Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that prohibits or limits the ability of the Top Borrower or any Group Member to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party other than (a) this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the First Lien Documents, (b) any agreements evidencing or governing any purchase money Liens or Capitalized Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby), (c) customary restrictions on the assignment of leases, licenses and contracts, (d) any agreement in effect at the time any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (e) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Restricted Subsidiary (or the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary) pending such sale; provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Restricted Subsidiary that is to be sold (or whose assets are to be sold) and such sale is permitted hereunder), (f) restrictions and conditions existing on the Closing Date and any amendments or modifications thereto so long as such amendment or modification does not expand the scope of any such restriction or condition in any material respect, (g) restrictions under agreements evidencing or governing or otherwise relating to Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries permitted under Section 7.2; provided that such Indebtedness is only with respect to the assets of Restricted Subsidiaries that are Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries and (h) customary provisions in joint venture agreements, limited liability company operating agreements, partnership agreements, stockholders agreements and other similar agreements.

7.12 Lines of Business; Holding Company.

(a) The Top Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, fundamentally and substantively alter the character of the business of the Top Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from the business conducted by the Top Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on the Closing Date and any other business activities that are extensions thereof or otherwise incidental, synergistic, reasonably related or ancillary to any of the foregoing (and businesses acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment).

(b) Holdings shall not incur any material liabilities, own any material assets or conduct, transact or otherwise engage in any material business or operations; provided, that the following shall be permitted in any event: (i) Holdings’ ownership of the Equity Interests of the Top Borrower and activities incidental thereto, (ii) the entry into, and the performance of its obligations with respect to the Loan Documents and other Indebtedness that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred in accordance with Section 7.2 (including the First Lien Documents); (iii) the consummation of the Transactions; (iv) the performing of activities (including cash management activities) and the entry into documentation with respect thereto, in each case,

 

159


permitted by this Agreement for Holdings to enter into and perform; (v) the payment of dividends and distributions (and other activities in lieu thereof permitted by this Agreement), the making of contributions to the capital of its Subsidiaries and Guarantees of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred hereunder and the Guarantees of other obligations not constituting Indebtedness; (vi) the maintenance of its legal existence (including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance and performance of activities relating to its officers, directors, managers and employees and those of its Subsidiaries); (vii) the performing of activities in preparation for and consummating any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance or sale of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) including converting into another type of legal entity; (viii) the participation in Tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of any consolidated or similar group including Holdings, including compliance with applicable Laws and legal, Tax and accounting matters related thereto and activities relating to its officers, directors, managers and employees; (ix) the holding of any Cash Equivalents (but not operating any property); (x) the entry into and performance of its obligations with respect to contracts and other arrangements, including the providing of indemnification to officers, managers, directors and employees; (xi) establishing and maintaining bank accounts; (xii) guaranteeing ordinary course obligations incurred by the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; (xiii) engaging in any activities incidental to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and similar laws and regulations of other jurisdictions and the rules of securities exchanges, in each case, as applicable to companies with listed equity or debt securities, as well as activities incidental to investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debt-holders; (xiv) the entry into the First Lien Documents, and the performance of its obligations with respect to the First Lien Documents or the granting of Liens under the First Lien Security Documents; (xv) engaging in activities necessary or reasonably advisable in connection with the registration and listing of Holdings’ (or its direct or indirect parent’s) Equity Interests and the continued existence of Holdings (or its direct or indirect parent) as a public company and (xvi) any activities incidental to the foregoing.

7.13 Amendments to Organizational Documents. Holdings and the Top Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, terminate or agree to any amendment, supplement, or other modification of (pursuant to a waiver or otherwise), or waive any of its rights under, any Organizational Documents of Holdings, the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, if, in light of the then-existing circumstances, a Material Adverse Effect would be reasonably likely to exist or result after giving effect to such termination, amendment, supplement or other modification or waiver, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents; provided that in each case, if a certificate of the Borrower Representative shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent for posting to the Lenders at least five (5) Business Days prior to such amendment or other modification, together with a reasonably detailed description of such amendment or modification, stating that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy such foregoing requirement, and the Required Lenders shall not have notified the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent that they disagree with such determination (including statement of the basis upon which each such Lender disagrees) within such five (5) Business Day period, then such certificate shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such foregoing requirement.

 

160


SECTION 8

GUARANTEE

8.1 The Guarantee. Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally guarantees, as a primary obligor and not as a surety, to each Secured Party and their respective successors and assigns, the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, demand, by acceleration or otherwise) of (1) the principal of and interest (including any interest, fees, costs or charges that would accrue but for the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code after any bankruptcy or insolvency petition under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar law of any other jurisdiction) on (i) the Loans made by the Lenders to any Borrower, (ii) the Incremental Loans made by the Incremental Lenders to any Borrower,

(i) the Other Loans made by any lender thereof, and (iv) the Notes held by each Lender of any Borrower and (2) all other Obligations from time to time owing to the Secured Parties by any Borrower (such obligations under clauses (1) and (2) being herein collectively called the “Guarantor Obligations”). Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally agrees that, if any Borrower shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guarantor Obligations, such Guarantor will promptly pay the same in cash, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guarantor Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

8.2 Obligations Unconditional.

(a) The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 8.1, respectively, shall constitute a guaranty of payment (and not of collection) and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, are absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guarantor Obligations under this Agreement, the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guarantor Obligations, and, in each case, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety by any Guarantor (except for payment in full). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of any Guarantor hereunder, which shall, in each case, remain absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances as described above:

(i) at any time or from time to time, without notice to any Guarantor, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guarantor Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(ii) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be done or omitted;

 

161


(iii) the maturity of any of the Guarantor Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guarantor Obligations shall be amended in any respect, or any right under the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be amended or waived in any respect or any other guarantee of any of the Guarantor Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

(iv) any Lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, any Lender or the Administrative Agent as security for any of the Guarantor Obligations shall fail to be valid or perfected or entitled to the expected priority;

(v) the release of any other Guarantor pursuant to Section 8.9, 10.10 or otherwise; or

(vi) except for the payment in full of the Guarantor Obligations, any other circumstance whatsoever which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor as an obligor in respect of the Guarantor Obligations or which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of any Borrower or any Guarantor for the Guarantor Obligations, or of such Guarantor under the Guarantee or of any security interest granted by any Guarantor, whether in a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or in any other instance.

(b) Each of the Guarantors hereby expressly waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, marshaling, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that any Secured Party exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against any Borrower under this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guarantor Obligations. Each of the Guarantors waive any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension, waiver, termination or accrual of any of the Guarantor Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by any Secured Party upon the guarantee made under this Section 8 (this “Guarantee”) or acceptance of the Guarantee, and the Guarantor Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon the Guarantee, and all dealings between the Borrowers and the Secured Parties shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the Guarantee. The Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to any right of offset with respect to the Guarantor Obligations at any time or from time to time held by the Secured Parties and the obligations and liabilities of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be conditioned or contingent upon the pursuit by the Secured Parties or any other person at any time of any right or remedy against any Borrower or against any other person which may be or become liable in respect of all or any part of the Guarantor Obligations or against any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto. The Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon the Guarantors and the successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of the applicable Lenders, and their respective successors and assigns, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of this Agreement there may be no Guarantor Obligations outstanding.

 

162


8.3 Reinstatement. The obligations of the Guarantors under this Section 8 shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party in respect of the Guarantor Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guarantor Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise.

8.4 No Subrogation. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that until the payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Guarantor Obligations (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made) and the expiration and termination of the Commitments under this Agreement, it shall waive any claim and shall not exercise any right or remedy, direct or indirect, arising by reason of any performance by it of its Guarantee, whether by subrogation, right of contribution or otherwise, against any Borrower, as applicable, or any other Guarantor of any of the Guarantor Obligations or any security for any of the Guarantor Obligations.

8.5 Remedies. Each Guarantor jointly and severally agrees that, as between the Guarantors and the Lenders, the obligations of each Borrower under this Agreement and the Notes, if any, may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 9 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 9) for purposes of Section 8.1, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against any Borrower or any Guarantor and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable, or the circumstances occurring where Section 9 provides that such obligations shall become due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by any Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 8.1.

8.6 [Reserved].

8.7 Continuing Guarantee. The Guarantee made by the Guarantors is a continuing guarantee of payment (and not of collection), and shall apply to all Guarantor Obligations whenever arising.

8.8 General Limitation on Guarantor Obligations. In any action or proceeding involving any federal, state, provincial or territorial, corporate, limited partnership or limited liability company law, or any applicable state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Guarantor under Section 8.1 would otherwise be held or determined to be void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 8.1, then, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the amount of such liability of such Guarantor shall, without any further action by such Guarantor, any Loan Party or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount (after giving effect to any guarantee of the First Lien Obligations and the right of contribution established in Section 8.10) that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding. To effectuate the foregoing, the Administrative Agent and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the Guarantor Obligations of each Guarantor in respect of the Guarantee at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the Guarantor Obligations of such Guarantor with respect thereto hereof not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance after giving full effect to the liability under such

 

163


Guarantee and its related contribution rights but before taking into account any liabilities under any other guarantee by such Guarantor. For purposes of the foregoing, all guarantees of such Guarantor other than its Guarantee will be deemed to be enforceable and payable after the Guarantee. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this Section 8.8 shall be for the benefit solely of creditors and representatives of creditors of each Guarantor and not for the benefit of such Guarantor or the holders of any Equity Interest in such Guarantor.

8.9 Release of Subsidiary Guarantors. A Subsidiary Guarantor or a Borrower (other than the Top Borrower) shall be automatically released from its obligations hereunder in the event that (a) such Subsidiary Guarantor or Borrower shall become an Excluded Subsidiary, (b) all the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor or Borrower shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to a Person other than a Loan Party, in each case in a transaction permitted by this Agreement, or (c) such Subsidiary Guarantor or Borrower is released from its obligations under the First Lien Documents or pursuant to and to the extent required by the terms of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, provided that no Borrower shall be released pursuant to this Section 8.9 unless and until all of its borrowing Obligations hereunder have been paid in full or assigned to the Top Borrower or another Borrower as permitted by Section 11.6 and all Commitments to lend to such Borrower terminated and such Borrower has otherwise resigned in accordance with Section 12.3. In connection with any such release of a Borrower (other than the Top Borrower) or a Subsidiary Guarantor, provided that the Top Borrower shall have provided the Administrative Agent with such confirmation or documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to the Borrower Representative, at the Borrower Representative’s expense, all UCC termination statements and other documents that the Borrower Representative shall reasonably request to evidence such release.

8.10 Right of Contribution. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Subsidiary Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Subsidiary Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 8.4. The provisions of this Section 8.10 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Subsidiary Guarantor to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties for the full amount guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

SECTION 9

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

9.1 Events of Default. An Event of Default shall occur if any of the following events shall occur and be continuing; provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied (any such event, an “Event of Default”):

 

164


(a) any Borrower shall fail to pay (x) any principal of any Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof or (y) any interest on any Loan, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document within three (3) Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(b) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other written statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect (except where such representations and warranties are already qualified by materiality, in which case, in any respect) on or as of the date made or deemed made (or if any representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, inaccurate in any material respect as of such specific date); or

(c) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Section 6.4(a)(i) (in respect of Holdings or the Top Borrower), Section 6.7(a), or Section 7 of this Agreement; or

(d) any Loan Party shall (i) default in making any payment of principal of First Lien Loans on the scheduled final maturity date with respect thereto (including pursuant to its guarantee thereof) beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the First Lien Documents or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in the First Lien Credit Agreement or any other First Lien Loan Document or any other event shall occur or condition exist, and the holders of the First Lien Loans (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holders) have caused the First Lien Loans to become due prior to their stated final maturity; or

(e) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this Section 9.1), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice to the Borrower Representative from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

(f) any Group Member shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness (including any Guarantee Obligation in respect of Indebtedness, but excluding the Loans and the First Lien Loans) on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; or (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to (x) cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice or passage of time if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee Obligation) to become payable or (y) to cause, with the giving of notice or passage of time if required, any Group Member to purchase or redeem or make an offer to purchase or redeem such Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity; provided that a default, event or condition described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this Section 9.1(f)

 

165


shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 9.1(f) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to Indebtedness the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds in the aggregate the greater of $43,750,000 and 28.75% of Consolidated EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period; provided, further, that clause (iii) of this Section 9.1(f) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary Disposition of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such Disposition is permitted hereunder and such Indebtedness that becomes due is paid upon such Disposition; provided, further, that clause (iii) of this Section 9.1(f) shall not apply to Indebtedness held exclusively by any of Holdings, any Borrower or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, further, that this Section 9.1(f) shall apply only if such default is unremedied and is not waived by the holders of such Indebtedness prior to the termination of the Commitments and acceleration of the Loans pursuant to Section 9.2 and excluding termination events of equivalent events with respect to Swap Agreements; or

(g) (i) any Borrower, any Guarantor (other than any Guarantor that is an Immaterial Subsidiary) or any Significant Subsidiary shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, suspension of payments, moratorium or any indebtedness, winding up, dissolution, administration, scheme of arrangement or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, compulsory manager, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, any Borrower, any Guarantor (other than any Guarantor that is an Immaterial Subsidiary) or any Significant Subsidiary shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Borrower, any Guarantor (other than any Guarantor that is an Immaterial Subsidiary) or any Significant Subsidiary any case, proceeding, analogous procedure, step or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against any Borrower, any Guarantor (other than any Guarantor that is an Immaterial Subsidiary) or any Significant Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) any Borrower, any Guarantor (other than any Guarantor that is an Immaterial Subsidiary) or any Significant Subsidiary shall take any corporate action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clauses (i), (ii), or (iii) above; (v) any Borrower, any Guarantor (other than any Guarantor that is an Immaterial Subsidiary) or any Significant Subsidiary shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to generally, pay its debts as they become due; or

 

166


(h) (i) any Person shall engage in any non-exempt “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (ii) any ERISA Event or Foreign Benefit Plan Event shall occur, or (iii) Holdings or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall, or is reasonably likely to incur any liability in connection with a complete or partial withdrawal from, or the Insolvency of, a Multiemployer Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) or (iii) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(i) one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against any Group Member involving in the aggregate a liability (not (x) paid or covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has been notified of the claim and has not denied coverage or (y) covered by valid third party indemnification obligation from a third party which is Solvent and which third party has been notified of the claim under such indemnification obligation and not disputed that it is liable for such claim) of at least the greater of $43,750,000 or 28.75% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or

(j) any material provision in any of the Security Documents shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof, or any Loan Party shall so assert, or any Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby, except (A) to the extent that (x) any lack of full force and effect or enforceability or such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent (or, prior to the Discharge of Senior Obligations, the Designated Senior Representative) to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under any Security Agreement or from the failure of the Administrative Agent to file UCC continuation statements (or similar statements or filings in other jurisdictions) or otherwise solely as a result of acts or omissions by the Designated Senior Representative, Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, and except as to Collateral consisting of real property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has been notified and has not denied coverage and (y) the Loan Parties take such action as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to remedy such loss of perfection or priority or (B) where the Fair Market Value of assets affected thereby does not exceed the greater of $43,750,000 and 28.75% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period; or

(k) the Guarantee of any Guarantor (other than any Guarantor that is an Immaterial Subsidiary) shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, other than as provided for in Sections 8.9 or 10.10, or any Loan Party shall so assert in writing (except to the extent solely as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender); or

(l) a Change of Control shall occur; or

(m) any Intercreditor Agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party shall so assert in writing, in each case unless such cessation results solely from acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender.

(n) any Loan Party repudiates or rescinds in writing this Agreement or the Loan Documents in a manner which is materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders as a whole.

 

167


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, any Default or Event of Default under this Agreement or similarly defined term under any other Loan Document, other than any Event of Default which cannot be waived without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, shall be deemed not to “exist” or be “continuing” (or other similar expression with respect thereto) if the events, acts or conditions that gave rise to such Default or Event of Default have been remedied or cured (including by payment, notice, taking of any action or omitting to take any action) or have ceased to exist or if such Default or Event of Default shall have been waived.

9.2 Action in Event of Default.

(a) (x) Upon any Event of Default specified in Section 9.1(g)(i) or (ii) occurring and continuing with respect to a Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code or any other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief law of the United States from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally, the Commitments to lend to such Borrower shall immediately terminate automatically and the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other Obligations owing by such Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall automatically immediately become due and payable, and (y) if any Event of Default (other than under Section 9.1(g)(i) or (ii) in respect of a Borrower as set out in clause (x) above) occurs and is continuing, with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrowers, declare the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other Obligations owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders the Administrative Agent shall, exercise any and all other remedies available under the Loan Documents at law or in equity, including commencing and prosecuting any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction and collecting the Collateral or any portion thereof and enforcing any other right in respect of any Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9 or any other provision of this Agreement, any unfunded Commitments outstanding at any time in respect of any individual incremental facility pursuant to Section 2.25 established to finance a Limited Condition Transaction may be terminated only by the lenders holding more than 50% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments in respect of such incremental facility (or by the Administrative Agent acting at the request of such Lenders), and not, for the avoidance of doubt, automatically or by the Required Lenders or any other Lenders (or by the Administrative Agent acting at the request of the Required Lenders or any other Lenders).

9.3 [Reserved].

9.4 Application of Proceeds. Subject to the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent may apply, at such time or times as the Administrative Agent may elect, all or any part of proceeds constituting Collateral in payment of the Obligations (and in the event the Loans and other Obligations are accelerated pursuant to Section 9.2, the Administrative Agent shall, from time to time, apply the proceeds constituting Collateral in payment of the Obligations) in the following order:

 

168


(a) First, to the payment of all costs and expenses of any sale, collection or other realization on the Collateral, including reimbursement for all costs, expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith (including all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred in connection any action taken pursuant to any Loan Document or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and any other amount required by any provision of law (including Section 9-615(a)(3) of the Uniform Commercial Code) (or any equivalent law in any foreign jurisdiction)), and all amounts for which Administrative Agent is entitled to indemnification hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and all advances made by the Administrative Agent hereunder and thereunder for the account of any Loan Party (excluding principal and interest in respect of any Loans extended to such Loan Party), and to the payment of all costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and to the payment or reimbursement of all indemnification obligations, fees, costs and expenses owing to the Administrative Agent hereunder or under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, all in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof;

(b) Second, for application by it pro rata to cure any Funding Default that has occurred and is continuing at such time;

(c) Third, for application by it towards all other Obligations (including, without duplication, Guarantor Obligations), pro rata among the Secured Parties according to the amounts of the Obligations then held by the Secured Parties; and

(d) Fourth, any balance of such proceeds remaining after all of the Obligations shall have been satisfied by payment in full in immediately available funds and the Commitments shall have been terminated, be paid over to or upon the order of the applicable Loan Party or to whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

SECTION 10

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

10.1 Appointment and Authority.

(a) Administrative Agent. Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Section 10 are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Joint Bookrunners, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Lenders, and, except to the extent that any Group Member has any express rights under this Section 10, no Group Member shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions. Each Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner shall be an intended third party beneficiary of the provisions set forth in this Agreement that are applicable thereto.

 

169


(b) Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender (with the full power to appoint and to substitute and to delegate) on its behalf, or in its own name as joint and several creditor or creditor of a parallel debt (as the case may be) for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.5 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Section 10 and Section 11, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent on its behalf and/or in its own name (including under the parallel debt) to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents and acknowledge and agree that any such action by any Agent shall bind the Lenders. Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy with respect to any Collateral against any Borrower or any other Loan Party or any other obligor under any of the Loan Documents (including, in each case, the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceedings, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral of any Borrower or any other Loan Party, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. In the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or a sale of any of the Collateral pursuant to Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (or an equivalent process in any foreign jurisdiction), the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale and the Administrative Agent, as agent for and representative of the Lenders (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, with the consent or at the direction of the Required Lenders, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Administrative Agent at such sale.

10.2 Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings, the Top Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

 

170


10.3 Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law;

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity;

(d) shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.1 and Section 9.2) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by a Borrower or a Lender.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Security Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 5 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Disqualified Lenders or Affiliated Lenders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Lender or Participant is a Disqualified Lender, (y) have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Loans, or disclosure of confidential information, to any Disqualified Lender or (z) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or enforce the limitations in connection with any assignment to Debt Fund Affiliates and Affiliated Lenders or have any liability with respect thereto or any matter arising thereof.

 

171


10.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.

10.5 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Section 10 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable decision to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

 

172


10.6 Resignation and Removal of Administrative Agent.

(a) The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrowers. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right (for so long as no Event of Default set forth under Section 9.1(a) or (g) (with respect to the Top Borrower only) has occurred and is continuing, (subject to the approval of the Borrower Representative, not to be unreasonably withheld) to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Resignation Effective Date”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) on behalf of the Lenders, in consultation with the Borrowers, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.

(b) If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, by notice in writing to the Borrowers and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and (for so long as no Event of Default set forth under Section 9.1(a) or (g) (with respect to the Top Borrower only) has occurred and is continuing, (subject to the approval of the Borrower Representative, not to be unreasonably withheld) appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after such notice (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.

(c) With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed), all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or removed) Administrative Agent, and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Section 10 and Section 11.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

 

173


10.7 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders; ERISA Status.

(a) Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any Joint Bookrunner, any Joint Lead Arranger or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

(b) Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and its respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i) such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans or the Commitments, or

(ii) the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 8414 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

(iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

(iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

 

174


(c) In addition, unless sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (b) is true with respect to a Lender or if such Lender has not provided another representation, warranty and covenant as provided in sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (b), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and its respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, that:

(i) none of the Administrative Agent or any of its respective Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto),

(ii) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement is independent (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-21) and is a bank, an insurance carrier, an investment adviser, a broker-dealer or other person that holds, or has under management or control, total assets of at least $50 million, in each case as described in 29 CFR § 2510.3-21(c)(1)(i)(A)-(E),

(iii) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to particular transactions and investment strategies (including in respect of the Obligations),

(iv) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement is a fiduciary under ERISA or the Code, or both, with respect to the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the transactions hereunder, and

(v) no fee or other compensation is being paid directly to the Administrative Agent or any their respective Affiliates for investment advice (as opposed to other services) in connection with the Loans, the Commitments or this Agreement.

(d) The Administrative Agent hereby informs the Lenders that each such Person is not undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such Person has a financial interest in the transactions contemplated hereby in that such Person or an Affiliate thereof (i) may receive interest or other payments with respect to the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement, (ii) may recognize a gain if it extended the Loans or the Commitments for an amount less than the amount being paid for an interest in the Loans or the Commitments by such Lender or (iii) may receive fees or other payments in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, the Loan Documents or otherwise, including structuring fees, commitment fees, arrangement fees, facility fees, upfront fees, underwriting fees, ticking fees, agency fees, administrative agent or collateral agent fees, utilization fees, minimum usage fees, letter of credit fees, fronting fees, deal-away or alternate transaction fees, amendment fees, processing fees, term out premiums, banker’s acceptance fees, breakage or other early termination fees or fees similar to the foregoing.

 

175


Notwithstanding any provision herein, Section 10.7(b)-(d) shall not apply to the extent that the regulations under Section 3(21) of ERISA issued by the U.S. Department of Labor on April 8, 2016 are rescinded or otherwise revoked, repealed or no longer effective.

10.8 No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, Joint Bookrunners or Joint Lead Arrangers listed on the cover page hereof (each, an “Agent”) shall (a) have any powers, obligations, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or a Lender hereunder or (b) be obligated to carry out on behalf of any Lender (i) any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any Person or (ii) any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender, and each Lender confirms to each Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by any Agent.

10.9 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding.

Subject to the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, in case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.8 and 11.5) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(ii) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to such Lender, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.8 and 11.5.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or in any such proceeding.

 

 

176


The Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, to credit bid all or any portion of the Obligations (including accepting some or all of the Collateral in satisfaction of some or all of the Obligations pursuant to a deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise) and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral (a) at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, including under Sections 363, 1123 or 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, or any similar Laws in any other jurisdictions to which a Loan Party is subject and (b) at any other sale or foreclosure or acceptance of collateral in lieu of debt conducted by (or with the consent or at the direction of) the Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with any applicable Law. In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Obligations owed to the Secured Parties shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid on a ratable basis (with Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims receiving contingent interests in the acquired assets on a ratable basis that would vest upon the liquidation of such claims in an amount proportional to the liquidated portion of the contingent claim amount used in allocating the contingent interests) in the asset or assets so purchased (or in the Equity Interests or debt instruments of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are used to consummate such purchase). In connection with any such bid (i) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to form one or more acquisition vehicles to make a bid, (ii) to adopt documents providing for the governance of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles (provided that any actions by the Administrative Agent with respect to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, including any disposition of the assets or Equity Interests thereof shall be governed, directly or indirectly, by the vote of the Required Lenders, irrespective of the termination of this Agreement and without giving effect to the limitations on actions by the Required Lenders contained in Section 11.1 of this Agreement), (iii) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to assign the relevant Obligations to any such acquisition vehicle pro rata by the Lenders, as a result of which each of the Lenders shall be deemed to have received a pro rata portion of any Equity Interests and/or debt instruments issued by such an acquisition vehicle on account of the assignment of the Obligations to be credit bid, all without the need for any Secured Party or acquisition vehicle to take any further action, and (iv) to the extent that Obligations that are assigned to an acquisition vehicle are not used to acquire Collateral for any reason (as a result of another bid being higher or better, because the amount of Obligations assigned to the acquisition vehicle exceeds the amount of debt credit bid by the acquisition vehicle or otherwise), such Obligations shall automatically be reassigned to the Lenders pro rata and the Equity Interests and/or debt instruments issued by any acquisition vehicle on account of the Obligations that had been assigned to the acquisition vehicle shall automatically be cancelled, without the need for any Secured Party or any acquisition vehicle to take any further action.

 

177


10.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters.

(a) Each of the Lenders irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent (without requirement of notice to or consent of any Lender except as expressly required by Section 11.1): (i) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (1) at the time the property subject to such Lien is Disposed of or to be Disposed of as part of or in connection with any Disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Person other than a Loan Party, (2) subject to Section 11.1, if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders, (3) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Guarantor, upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee, (4) that constitutes Excluded Assets or (5) that is released under the First Lien Credit Agreement (other than in connection with the Discharge of Senior Obligations) pursuant to and to the extent required by the terms of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement; (ii) to release or subordinate, as expressly permitted hereunder, any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by this Agreement to the extent required by the holder of, or pursuant to the terms of any agreement governing, the obligations secured by such Liens; (iii) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee if such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder; and (iv) to release any Collateral or Guarantor Obligations to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction not prohibited by any Loan Document or that has been consented to in accordance with Section 11.1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Collateral or Guarantor Obligations shall be released automatically (other than in connection with the Discharge of Senior Obligations) to the extent required pursuant to the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release (pursuant to clause (a) above) any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee.

(c) At such time as the Loans and the other Obligations (other than contingent obligations for which no claim has been made) shall have been satisfied by payment in full in immediately available funds and the Commitments have been terminated, the Collateral shall be automatically released from the Liens created by the Security Documents, and the Security Documents and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Group Member under the Security Documents shall automatically terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.

(d) If (i) a Guarantor was released from its obligations under the Guarantee, (ii) a Borrower was released from its obligations under the Loan Documents or (iii) the Collateral was released from the assignment and security interest granted under the Security Document (or the interest in such item subordinated), the Administrative Agent will (and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to) execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee or such Co-Borrower from its obligations under the Loan Documents, the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Security Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 10.10.

 

178


(e) If as a result of any transaction not prohibited by this Agreement (i) any Guarantor or Borrower (other than the Top Borrower or any other Borrower) becomes an Excluded Subsidiary or a Foreign Subsidiary or any Guarantor or Borrower (other than the Top Borrower or any other Borrower) is sold (or consolidates or merges with a Person that is not a Loan Party), then (x) such Guarantor’s Guarantee (or the obligations of such Borrower under the Loan Documents) and all Liens on the Obligations of such Borrower or Guarantor shall be automatically released, and (y) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor or Borrower (other than, in the case of a Guarantor or Borrower that so becomes an Excluded Subsidiary solely by reason of being a CFC or a FSHCO, 65% of the total outstanding voting Capital Stock and 100% of the total outstanding non-voting Capital Stock of such Guarantor or such Borrower that, in each case, is directly owned by a Borrower or another Guarantor) shall be automatically released from the security interests created by the Loan Documents, (ii) any Excluded Subsidiary ceases to be directly owned by a Borrower or Guarantor, then the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary shall be automatically released from any security interests created by the Loan Documents; provided that no Borrower shall be released from its obligations hereunder unless and until all of its borrowing obligations have been paid in full (or assigned to the Top Borrower or another Borrower pursuant to Section 11.6), all commitments to lend to such Borrower have been terminated, and it has resigned as a Borrower pursuant to Section 12.3, or (iii) any asset becomes an Excluded Asset or an asset owned by an Excluded Subsidiary or a Foreign Subsidiary, then such asset shall be automatically released from any security interests created by the Loan Documents. In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section 10.10(e), the Administrative Agent and any applicable Lender shall promptly execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 10.10(e) shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

10.11 Intercreditor Agreements. The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any other intercreditor agreement (including any other Intercreditor Agreement) or arrangement permitted under this Agreement (and any amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of, or supplements or other modifications to, any such agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement), and any such agreement or arrangement will be binding upon the Lenders.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the exercise of any right or remedy by the Administrative Agent hereunder is subject to the limitations and provisions of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall govern.

Each Lender and other Secured Party (a) understands, acknowledges and agrees that Liens will be created on Collateral pursuant to the First Lien Documents, which Liens shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (b) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement or any other intercreditor agreement (including any other Intercreditor Agreement) (if entered into) and (c) hereby consents to the subordination of the Liens securing the Obligations on the terms set forth in the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

 

179


10.12 Withholding Tax Indemnity. To the extent required by any applicable Laws, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective), such Lender shall, within 10 days after written demand therefor, indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrowers or any other Loan Party pursuant to Sections 2.16 and 2.19 and without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Taxes or otherwise, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such Tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 10.12. The agreements in this Section 10.12 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

10.13 Indemnification. Each of the Lenders agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers (and their Related Parties) in their respective capacities as such (to the extent not reimbursed by any Loan Party and without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), according to its Aggregate Exposure Percentage in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section 10.13 (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, in accordance with its Aggregate Exposure Percentage immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers or their Related Parties (the foregoing, the “Lender Indemnitees”) in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent or any other Person under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable to any Lender Indemnitee for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements to the extent that they are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Lender Indemnitee. The agreements in this Section 10.13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

180


10.14 Appointment of Incremental Arrangers, Refinancing Arrangers and Loan Modification Agents. In the event that the Borrower Representative appoints or designates any Incremental Arranger, Refinancing Arranger or Loan Modification Agent pursuant to (and subject to) Sections 2.25, 2.26 and 2.28, as applicable, (i) each and every right, power, privilege or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to an agent or arranger with respect to the Incremental Loans, Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt or Loan Modification Agreement, as applicable, shall be exercisable by and vest in such Incremental Arranger, Refinancing Arranger or Loan Modification Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to enable such Incremental Arranger, Refinancing Arranger or Loan Modification Agent to exercise such rights, powers and privileges with respect to the Incremental Loans, Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt or Loan Modification Agreement, as applicable, and to perform such duties with respect to such Incremental Loans, Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt or Loan Modification Agreement, as applicable, and every covenant and obligation contained in the Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such Incremental Arranger, Refinancing Arranger or Loan Modification Agent shall run to and be enforceable by either the Administrative Agent or such Incremental Arranger, Refinancing Arranger or Loan Modification Agent, and (ii) the provisions of this Section 10 and of Section 11.5 (obligating the Borrower Representative to pay the Administrative Agent’s expenses and to indemnify the Administrative Agent) that refer to the Administrative Agent shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent and such Incremental Arranger, Refinancing Arranger or Loan Modification Agent and all references therein to the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be references to the Administrative Agent and/or such Incremental Arranger, Refinancing Arranger or Loan Modification Agent, as the context may require. Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints any Incremental Arranger, Refinancing Arranger or Loan Modification Agent to act on its behalf hereunder and under the other Loan Documents pursuant to (and subject to) Sections 2.25, 2.26 and 2.28, as applicable, and designates and authorizes such Incremental Arranger, Refinancing Arranger or Loan Modification Agent to take such actions on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Incremental Arranger, Refinancing Arranger or Loan Modification Agent by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

SECTION 11

MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Amendments and Waivers.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in clause (b) below or elsewhere in this Agreement, neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document (or any terms hereof or thereof) may be amended, supplemented or modified other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.1. The Required Lenders and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (i) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (ii) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (A) forgive the principal

 

181


amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, reduce or forgive any Prepayment Premium payable under Section 2.10(b), extend the scheduled date of any amortization payment in respect of any Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except in connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates (which waiver shall be effective with the consent of the Required Lenders)) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Commitment or increase such Lender’s Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being understood that (i) the waiver of or amendment to the terms of any mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest and (ii) a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 5 or the waiver of any Default, Event of Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender); (B) amend, modify, eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 11.1 without the written consent of all Lenders; (C) (x) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, (y) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (z) release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release any of the Guarantors from their obligations under Section 8 of this Agreement or under any Security Agreement, in each case other than as permitted under this Agreement and the Loan Documents, without the written consent of all Lenders; (D) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 2.17(a) or (b), or Section 2.11(g) which results in a change to the pro rata application of Loans under any Facility without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby in respect of each Facility adversely affected thereby; (E) [reserved]; (F) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10 without the written consent of the Administrative Agent; (G) [reserved]; (H) [reserved]; (I) [reserved]; or (J) amend or modify the priority provisions of the First/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement without the written consent of all Lenders. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing during the period such waiver is effective; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement (including clause (a) above) or any other Loan Document to the contrary:

(i) this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Lender participating in the additional or extended credit facilities contemplated under this paragraph (b)(i) and the Borrowers (w) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement or to increase the amount of the existing facilities under this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof, (x) to permit any such additional credit facility which is a term loan facility or any such increase in the Facilities to share ratably in prepayments with the Loans and (y) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders;

 

182


(ii) this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers and the Lenders providing the relevant Repriced Term Loans (as defined below) to permit a (x) any prepayment, repayment, refinancing, substitution or replacement of all or a portion of the Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of syndicated term loans bearing interest with an “effective yield” (taking into account interest rate margin and benchmark floors, recurring fees and all upfront or similar fees or original issue discount paid by a Borrower (amortized over the shorter of (A) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such term loans and (B) four years), but excluding (i) any arrangement, commitment, structuring, syndication, ticking or other fees payable in connection therewith that are not shared ratably with all lenders or holders of such term loans in their capacities as lenders or holders of such term loans in the primary syndication of such term loans and any bona fide arrangers, structuring, syndication, commitment, ticking or other similar fees paid to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender in its capacity as a commitment party or arranger and regardless of whether such indebtedness is syndicated to third parties and (ii) customary consent fees for any amendment paid generally to consenting lenders or holders) less than the “effective yield” applicable to the Loans (determined on the same basis as provided in the preceding parenthetical) and (y) any amendment to the Loans or any tranche thereof which reduces the “effective yield” applicable to such Loans, as applicable (as determined on the same basis as provided in clause (x)) (“Repriced Term Loans”); provided that the Repriced Term Loans shall otherwise meet the Applicable Requirements;

(iii) this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers and the Lenders providing the relevant Repricing Indebtedness to permit any Repricing Transaction;

(iv) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended or amended and restated as contemplated by Section 2.25 in connection with any Incremental Amendment and any related increase in Commitments or Loans, with the consent of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Incremental Arranger and the Incremental Lenders providing such increased Commitments or Loans (provided that, if any Incremental Loans are intended to be Junior Lien Obligations, then the Administrative Agent may enter into an intercreditor agreement (including an Intercreditor Agreement) (or amend, supplement or modify any existing Intercreditor Agreement) as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, to effect the terms of any such Incremental Loans);

(v) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended in connection with the Incurrence of any Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt pursuant to Section 2.26 to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of such Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt (including any amendments necessary to treat the Loans and Commitments subject thereto as Other Loans and/or Other Commitments), with the written consent of the Borrowers, the Refinancing Arranger, the Administrative Agent and each Additional Lender and Lender that agrees to provide any portion of such Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt (provided that the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers may effect such amendments to this Agreement, any Intercreditor Agreement (or enter into a replacement thereof) and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, to effect the terms of such Refinancing Amendment);

 

183


(vi) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended in connection with any Permitted Amendment pursuant to a Loan Modification Offer in accordance with Section 2.28(b) (and the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers may effect such amendments to this Agreement, any Intercreditor Agreement (or enter into a replacement thereof) and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers, to effect the terms of such Permitted Amendment);

(vii) the Administrative Agent may amend any Intercreditor Agreement (or enter into a replacement thereof), additional Security Documents and/or replacement Security Documents (including a collateral trust agreement) in connection with the Incurrence of (x) any Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt to provide that a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall become a party thereto and shall have rights to share in the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Obligations, (y) any Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt to provide that a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall become a party thereto and shall have rights to share in the Collateral on a junior lien basis to the Obligations or (z) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(ii), Section 7.2(b)(vi) or any other First Lien Obligations, Second Lien Obligations or Junior Lien Obligations permitted under this Agreement to provide that an agent, trustee or other representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall become a party thereto and shall have rights to share in the Collateral with the lien priorities permitted under this Agreement;

(viii) [reserved];

(ix) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers to add any terms or conditions for the benefit of the Lenders;

(x) amendments and waivers of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that affect solely the Lenders under any applicable Class under any Facility or any Incremental Facility (including waiver or modification of conditions to extensions of credit under any Facility or any Incremental Facility, the availability and conditions to funding of any Incremental Facility, and pricing and other modifications) will require only the consent of Lenders holding more than 50% of the aggregate commitments or loans, as applicable, under such Class, and, in each case, (x) no other consents or approvals shall be required and (y) any fees or other consideration payable to obtain such amendments or waivers need only be offered on a pro rata basis to the Lenders under the affected Class; and

(xi) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers (A) to correct any mistakes or ambiguities of a technical nature and (B) to add any terms or conditions for the benefit of Lenders (or any Class thereof).

 

184


11.2 Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by facsimile or email, if applicable), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of facsimile or email notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower Representative, any other Borrowers, the Guarantors and the Administrative Agent, and as set forth in an administrative questionnaire delivered to the Administrative Agent in the case of the Lenders, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto:

To the Borrower Representative:

To any other Borrower or any Guarantor:

To the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent: Severin Acquisition, LLC

c/o PowerSchool Group LLC

150 Parkshore Dr.

Folsom, CA 95630 Attn: Chief Financial Officer Email: mark.oldemeyer@powerschool.com Fax: (916) 596-0950 With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

One New York Plaza New York, NY 10004 Attn: Daniel Bursky and Mark Hayek Telephone: (212) 859 8000 Email Address: Daniel.Bursky@friedfrank.com Mark.Hayek@friedfrank.com and Kirkland & Ellis LLP

555 California Street San Francisco, CA 94104 Attention: Sonali Jindal, P.C.

Email Address: sonali.jindal@kirkland.com Fax: (415) 439-1500

c/o the Borrower Representative at the address set forth above To the addresses listed in Schedule 11.2

; provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall not be effective until received. In no event shall a voice mail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder. All telephonic notices to the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Section 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender (“Approved Electronic Communications”). The Administrative Agent or the Borrowers may, in their discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or

 

185


communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (a) notices and other communications sent to an email address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return email or other written acknowledgment), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (b) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its email address as described in the foregoing clause (a) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

Each Loan Party agrees to assume all risk, and hold the Administrative Agent, the Joint Bookrunners and each Lender harmless from any losses, associated with, the electronic transmission of information (including the protection of confidential information), except to the extent caused by the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Person as determined in a final and non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction.

THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” NEITHER THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT NOR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES WARRANTS THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM AND EACH EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE COMMUNICATIONS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS IS MADE BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO ANY LOAN PARTY, ANY LENDER OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER OR NOT BASED ON STRICT LIABILITY AND INCLUDING DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF ANY LOAN PARTY’S OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LIABILITY OF ANY SUCH PERSON IS FOUND IN A FINAL RULING BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED PRIMARILY FROM SUCH PERSON’S BAD FAITH, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

Each Loan Party, the Lenders, the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Joint Bookrunners and the Administrative Agent agree that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, store any Approved Electronic Communications on the Platform in accordance with Administrative Agent’s customary document retention procedures and policies.

 

186


Each of Holdings, the other Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent may change its address, facsimile or telephone number or email address for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, facsimile, telephone number or email address for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, facsimile number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to documents or notices that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain Private Lender Information.

11.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

11.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder.

11.5 Payment of Expenses/Indemnity. The Borrowers agree upon the occurrence of the Closing Date (a) to pay or reimburse the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Joint Bookrunners and the Administrative Agent (without duplication) for all their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the syndication of the Facilities and the development, preparation, delivery, administration, enforcement and execution of, amendment, waiver, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of one primary outside counsel to the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Joint Bookrunners, taken as a whole, and one local counsel to the foregoing Persons, taken as a whole, in each appropriate jurisdiction (which may include one special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) (and additional counsel in the case of actual or reasonably perceived conflicts where such Person informs the Borrowers of such conflict and retains such counsel, but excluding, in any case the allocated costs of in-house counsel), and filing and recording fees and expenses, with statements with respect to the foregoing to be submitted to the Borrower Representative on or prior to the Closing Date (in the case of amounts to be paid on the Closing Date) and from time to time thereafter on a quarterly basis or such other periodic basis as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender and the Administrative Agent for all of their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (other than allocated costs of in-house counsel) incurred in connection with the workout, restructuring, enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including the reasonable and documented fees and

 

187


disbursements of one primary counsel to the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Joint Bookrunners, taken as a whole, and one local counsel to the foregoing Persons, taken as a whole, in each appropriate jurisdiction (which may include one special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) (and in the case of an actual or reasonably perceived conflict of interest by any of the foregoing Persons, where such Person informs the Borrowers of such conflict and retains such counsel, additional counsel to such affected Person), (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and the Administrative Agent harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees that may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (d) jointly and severally, to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender, the Administrative Agent, each Joint Lead Arranger, each Joint Bookrunner, each of their respective Affiliates that are providing services in connection with the financing contemplated by this Agreement and each member, officer, director, partner, trustee, employee, agent, advisor, controlling person of the foregoing, other representative of the foregoing, and successor and assign of the foregoing (each, an “Indemnitee”) harmless from and against any and all other claims, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to or arising out of or in connection with the Acquisition, the transactions contemplated hereby, any transactions contemplated in connection therewith and the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents (regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party hereto and regardless of whether any such matter is initiated by a third party, the Borrowers, any other Loan Party or any other Person), including any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans or the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law relating to Holdings or any Group Member or any of the Properties and the reasonable fees and expenses of one primary legal counsel to the Indemnitees, taken as a whole (or in the case of an actual or reasonably perceived conflict of interest by an Indemnitee, where such Person informs the Borrowers of such conflict and retains such counsel, additional counsel to the affected Indemnitees), and one local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction (which may include one special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) to the Indemnitees in connection with claims, actions or proceedings by any Indemnitee against any Loan Party under any Loan Document (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”) (but excluding any losses, liabilities, claims, damages, costs or expenses relating to the matters referred to in Sections 2.18, 2.19 and 2.21 (which shall be the sole remedy in respect of the matters set forth therein)), provided that the Borrowers shall not have any obligation hereunder to any Indemnitee with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities are (i) (A) found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, (B) found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from a material breach of the Loan Documents by such Indemnitee, (C) any dispute that does not involve an act or omission by the Borrowers, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates and that is brought by any Indemnitee against any other Indemnitee (other than in its capacity as Administrative Agent, Joint Lead Arranger, Joint Bookrunner or similar role hereunder) or (D) directly and exclusively caused, with respect to the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law relating to any of the Properties, by the act or omissions by Persons other than the Borrowers or any Subsidiary of the Borrowers or their

 

188


respective Related Parties with respect to the applicable Property that occur after the Administrative Agent sells the respective Property pursuant to a foreclosure or has accepted a deed in lieu of foreclosure or (ii) settlements entered into by such person without the Top Borrower’s written consent (such consent to not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). All amounts due under this Section 11.5 shall be payable not later than 10 days after written demand therefor. Statements payable by the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 11.5 shall be submitted to the Borrowers at the address of the Borrowers set forth in Section 11.2, or to such other Person or address as may be hereafter designated by the Borrowers in a written notice to the Administrative Agent. This Section 11.5 shall not apply with respect to Taxes (other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims or damages arising from any non-Tax claim). The agreements in this Section 11.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

11.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (x) the Top Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender and the Administrative Agent and (y) without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, any other Borrower may only assign or otherwise transfer its rights to the Top Borrower or another Borrower as set forth in Section 11.6(h) (and, in each case, any attempted assignment or transfer by any Borrower without such consent shall be null and void).

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees (each, an “Assignee”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it and the Note or Notes (if any) held by it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of:

(A) in the case of any Lender, the Borrower Representative, provided that such consent shall be deemed to have been given if the Borrower Representative, as the case may be, has not responded within ten (10) Business Days after notice by the Administrative Agent, provided, further, that no consent of the Borrower Representative shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund (as defined below) or, if an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) (or, in respect of the Top Borrower, Section 9.1(g)) has occurred and is continuing, any other Eligible Assignee; and

(B) except with respect to an assignment of Loans to an existing Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

 

189


(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments or Loans under any Facility, the amount of the Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000 (provided that, in each case, that simultaneous assignments to or by two or more Approved Funds shall be aggregated for purposes of determining such amount) unless the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative otherwise consents;

(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent (or, if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually), and shall pay to the Administrative Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which such fee may be waived or reduced in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent) for each assignment or group of affiliated or related assignments (it being understood that such recordation fee shall not apply to any assignments by any of the Persons that are Lenders on the Closing Date or any of their Affiliates); and

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire, all applicable Forms and all documentation and other information requested by the Administrative Agent in order to comply with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.

This paragraph (b) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or any portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis.

For the purposes of this Section 11.6, “Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

(iii) Assignments to Permitted Auction Purchasers. Each Lender acknowledges that each Permitted Auction Purchaser is an Eligible Assignee hereunder and may purchase or acquire Loans hereunder from Lenders from time to time (x) pursuant to a Dutch Auction in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (including Section 11.6 hereof), subject to the restrictions set forth in the definitions of “Eligible Assignee” and “Dutch Auction” or (y) pursuant to open market purchases (which may be on a non-pro rata basis), in each case, subject to the following limitations:

(A) each Permitted Auction Purchaser agrees that, notwithstanding anything herein or in any of the other Loan Documents to the contrary, with respect to any Auction Purchase or other acquisition of Loans, (1) under no circumstances, whether or not any Loan Party is subject to a bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding, shall such Permitted Auction Purchaser be permitted to exercise any voting rights or other privileges with respect to any Loans and any Loans that are assigned to such Permitted Auction Purchaser shall have no voting rights or other privileges under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and shall not be taken into account in determining any required vote or consent and (2) such Permitted

 

190


Auction Purchaser shall not receive information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and shall not be permitted to attend or participate in meetings attended solely by Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their advisors; rather, all Loans held by any Permitted Auction Purchaser shall be automatically Cancelled immediately upon the purchase or acquisition thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (including Section 11.6 hereof);

(B) at the time any Permitted Auction Purchaser is making purchases of Loans it shall enter into an Assignment and Assumption Agreement;

(C) immediately upon the effectiveness of each Auction Purchase or other acquisition of Loans, a Cancellation (it being understood that such Cancellation shall not constitute a voluntary repayment of Loans for purposes of this Agreement) shall be automatically irrevocably effected with respect to all of the Loans and related Obligations subject to such Auction Purchase, with the effect that such Loans and related Obligations shall for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents no longer be outstanding, and the Borrowers and the Guarantors shall no longer have any Obligations relating thereto, it being understood that such forgiveness and cancellation shall result in the Borrowers and the Guarantors being irrevocably and unconditionally released from all claims and liabilities relating to such Obligations which have been so cancelled and forgiven, and the Collateral shall cease to secure any such Obligations which have been so cancelled and forgiven; and

(D) at the time of such Purchase Notice and Auction Purchase or other acquisition of Loans, (w) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (x) Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Affiliates shall not be required to make any representation that it is not in possession of material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrowers, their respective subsidiaries or their respective securities, and all parties to the relevant assignments shall render customary “big boy” disclaimer letters or any such disclaimers shall be incorporated into the terms of the applicable Assignment and Assumption, (y) any Affiliated Lender that is a Purchaser shall identify itself as such and (z) no proceeds of Revolving Loans (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) shall be used to consummate the Auction Purchase.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section 11.6(b)(iii) shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.17 to the contrary.

(iv) Assignments to Affiliated Lenders. Any Lender may, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations with respect to the Loans to an Affiliated Lender through (x) Dutch Auctions open to all Lenders on a pro rata basis or (y) open market purchases (which may be on a non-pro rata basis), in each case subject to the following limitations:

(A) notwithstanding anything in Section 11.1 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Lenders have (1) consented to any amendment, waiver or modification of any Loan Document (including such modifications pursuant to Section 11.1), (2) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, (3) directed or required Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, or (4) subject to Section 2.23, voted on any plan of reorganization pursuant to Title 11 of the United States Code,

 

191


that in either case does not require the consent of each Lender or each affected Lender or does not adversely affect such Affiliated Lender disproportionately in any material respect as compared to other Lenders, the Sponsors and any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate will be deemed to have voted in the same proportion as Lenders that are not Affiliated Lenders voting on such matter; and the Sponsors and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate each hereby acknowledges, agrees and consents that if, for any reason, its vote to accept or reject any plan pursuant to Title 11 of the United States Code) is not deemed to have been so voted, then such vote will be (x) deemed not to be in good faith and (y) “designated” pursuant to Section 1126(e) of Title 11 of the United States Code such that the vote is not counted in determining whether the applicable class has accepted or rejected such plan in accordance with Section 1126(c) of Title 11 of the United States Code; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, Debt Fund Affiliates shall not be subject to such limitation and shall be entitled to vote as any other Lender; provided, further, that, notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary, Debt Fund Affiliates may not in the aggregate account for more than 49.9% of the amounts set forth in the calculation of Required Lenders and any amount in excess of 49.9% will be subject to the limitations set forth in this clause (A);

(B) the Sponsors and Non-Debt Fund Affiliates shall not receive information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and shall not be permitted to attend or participate in meetings attended solely by Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their advisors, other than the right to receive notices of Borrowings, notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans or Commitments required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Section 2;

(C) at the time any Affiliated Lender is making purchases of Loans pursuant to a Dutch Auction it shall identify itself as an Affiliated Lender and shall enter into an Assignment and Assumption Agreement;

(D) no Affiliated Lender shall be required to make any representation that it is not in possession of material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrowers, their respective Subsidiaries or their respective securities, and all parties to the relevant assignments shall render customary “big boy” disclaimer letters or any such disclaimers shall be incorporated into the terms of the applicable Assignment and Assumption;

(E) the aggregate principal amount of all Loans which may be purchased by the Sponsors or any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate through Dutch Auctions or assigned to the Sponsors or any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate through open market purchases shall in no event exceed, as calculated at the time of the consummation of any aforementioned Purchases or assignments, 25% of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans at such time;

(F) the Sponsors, the Non-Debt Fund Affiliates and their respective Affiliates shall not be permitted to vote on bankruptcy plans or reorganization; and

(G) notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each Affiliated Lender, in its capacity as a Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion, may make one or more capital contributions or assignments of Loans that it acquires pursuant to this Section 11.6(b)(iv) directly or indirectly to Holdings or the Top Borrower solely in exchange for Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) or Parent Holding Company or debt securities

 

192


of a Parent Holding Company, in each case upon written notice to the Administrative Agent. Immediately upon Holdings’ or the Top Borrower’s acquisition of Loans from an Affiliated Lender, such Loans and all rights and obligations as a Lender related thereto shall for all purposes (including under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and otherwise) be deemed to be irrevocably prepaid, terminated, extinguished, canceled and of no further effect and Holdings and the Top Borrower shall neither obtain nor have any rights as a Lender hereunder or under the other Loan Documents by virtue of such capital contribution or assignment.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section 11.6(b)(iv) shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.17 to the contrary.

(v) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to Section 11.6(b)(vi) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.18, 2.19, 2.21 and 11.5). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 11.6(b) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations if such transaction complies with the requirements of Section 11.6(c).

(vi) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of (and any stated interest on) the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. No assignment shall be effective unless recorded in the Register. The Register shall be available for inspection by any Borrower and any Lender as to its own Commitments and amounts owing to it, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice (but not to exceed once per calendar month), and to the extent otherwise necessary to establish that the Commitments, Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents are in registered form under Sections 5f.103-1(c) and 1.871-14(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations and within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code.

(vii) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire and applicable Forms (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), together with (x) any processing and recordation fee and (y) any written consent to such assignment required by Section 11.6(b), the Administrative Agent shall promptly accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

 

193


(viii) If, other than in the course of primary syndication, a Lender assigns any of its rights or obligations under this Section 11.6 and as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment occurs, a Loan Party would be obliged to make a payment with respect to non-U.S. Taxes to the assignee under Section 2.19(a) or Section 2.19(f) then the assignee is only entitled to receive payment under Section 2.19(a) or Section 2.19(f) with respect to such non-U.S. Taxes to the same extent as the assigning Lender would have been if the assignment had not occurred.

(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (other than a natural person, a Disqualified Lender, Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings) (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires, subject to Section 11.1(b), the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to clauses (A) and (C) of Section 11.1(a) and (2) directly affects such Participant. Subject to Section 11.6(c)(ii), the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.18, 2.19 and 2.21 (subject to the requirements of those sections) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b). To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.8(b) as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant shall be subject to Section 11.8(a) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the commitment of, and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of, each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that the relevant parties, acting reasonably and in good faith, determine that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Sections 5f.103-1(c) and 1.871-14(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations and Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code. No participation shall be effective unless recorded in the Participant Register. Unless otherwise required by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), any disclosure required by the foregoing sentence shall be made by the relevant Lender directly and solely to the IRS. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

 

194


(i) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.18 or 2.19 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant. No Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.19 unless such Participant complies with Section 2.19(j) (it being understood that the documentation required thereunder shall be delivered to the participating Lender).

(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or any other central bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) The Borrowers, upon receipt of written notice from the relevant Lender, agree to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in Section 11.6(d) above.

(f) Each Lender, upon execution and delivery hereof or upon succeeding to an interest in Commitments or Loans, as the case may be, makes, as of the Closing Date or as of the effective date of the applicable Assignment and Assumption, as applicable, the representations and warranties contained in Section 10.7.

(g) Each Lender, upon succeeding to an interest in Commitments or Loans, as the case may be, represents and warrants as of the effective date of the applicable Assignment and Assumption that it is an Eligible Assignee.

(h) Any Borrower (other than the Top Borrower) may assign the Loans borrowed by it (and the Commitments extended to it) to any other Borrower, and such other Borrower may purchase such Loans and Commitments, provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default exists, (ii) such assignment agreement is in form and substance substantially consistent with the Borrower Assignment set forth in Exhibit L or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (including reaffirmations as reasonably required by the Administrative Agent and a solvency representation consistent with that set forth herein) and (iii) the Administrative Agent receives an officer’s certificate from the Top Borrower confirming such Asset Sale is in compliance with the terms hereof.

11.7 [Reserved].

11.8 Adjustments; Set-off.

(a) Except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for or permits payments to be allocated or made to a particular Lender or to the Lenders under a particular Facility, if any Lender (a “Benefited Lender”) shall receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations owing to it under any Facility, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to

 

195


in Section 9.1(g) or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of the Obligations owing to such other Lender under such Facility, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders under such Facility a participating interest in such portion of the Obligations owing to each such other Lender, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders under such Facility; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, with the prior consent of the Administrative Agent, without prior notice to Holdings or any Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being expressly waived by Holdings and the Borrowers and each other Loan Party to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to set off and appropriate and apply against any Obligations then due, payable and owing any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of Holdings or the Borrowers or any such other Loan Party, as the case may be (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Excluded Assets). Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent after any such setoff and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

11.9 [Reserved].

11.10 Counterparts; Electronic Execution.

(a) This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement or any document or instrument delivered in connection herewith by facsimile transmission or electronic PDF shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement or such other document or instrument, as applicable. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent.

(b) The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

196


11.11 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

11.12 Integration. This Agreement, the Commitment Letter, the Fee Letter, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Joint Lead Arranger, the Joint Bookrunners and the Administrative Agent represent the entire agreement of Holdings, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

11.13 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

11.14 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the Commercial Division of the State of New York sitting in the borough of Manhattan in New York City, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof, to the extent such courts would have subject matter jurisdiction with respect thereto, and agrees that notwithstanding the foregoing (x) a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law and (y) legal actions or proceedings brought by the Secured Parties in connection with the exercise of rights and remedies with respect to Collateral may be brought in other jurisdictions where such Collateral is located or such rights or remedies may be exercised;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court and waives any right to claim that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.2; and

(d) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof, any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages against any Indemnitee; provided that nothing contained in this sentence shall limit the Borrower’s indemnification obligations.

 

197


11.15 Acknowledgements. Each of the Borrowers and Guarantors hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to Holdings, the Borrowers or any Guarantor arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between Administrative Agent and Lenders, on one hand, and Holdings, the Borrowers and each Guarantor, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among Holdings, the Borrowers or the Guarantors and the Lenders.

11.16 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to Write-Down and Conversion Powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or (iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

 

198


11.17 Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender agrees to keep confidential all non-public information provided to it by any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement that is not designated by the provider thereof as public information or non-confidential; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Administrative Agent or any Lender from disclosing any such information (a) to the Administrative Agent, the Joint Lead Arrangers, the Joint Bookrunners, any other Lender or any Affiliate thereof (including prospective lenders) under this Agreement or the First Lien Credit Agreement), (b) subject to an agreement to comply with provisions no less restrictive than this Section, to any actual or prospective Transferee or any direct or indirect counterparty to any Swap Agreement (or any professional advisor to such counterparty) (other than Disqualified Lenders), (c) to its employees, directors, trustees, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors and to the employees, directors, trustees, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors of its Affiliates or of actual or prospective Transferees that, in each case, have been advised of the provisions of this Section and have been instructed to keep such information confidential, (d) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority or any self-regulatory authority having or asserting jurisdiction over such Person (including any Governmental Authority regulating any Lender or its Affiliates), in which case, to the extent permitted by law, you agree to inform the Borrower Representative promptly thereof prior to such disclosure to the extent practicable (except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any governmental regulatory authority or self-regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority), (e) in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, in which case, to the extent permitted by law, you agree to inform the Borrower Representative promptly thereof to the extent practicable (except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any governmental regulatory authority or self-regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority), (f) if requested or required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding, in which case, to the extent permitted by law, you agree to inform the Borrower Representative promptly thereof; provided that unless specifically prohibited by applicable law, reasonable efforts shall be made to notify the Borrowers of any such request prior to disclosure, (g) that has been publicly disclosed other than as a result of a breach of this Section, (h) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender; provided, such Person has been advised of the provisions of this Section and instructed to keep such information confidential, (i) market data collectors and service providers to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the administration and management of the Facilities, (j) to the extent that such information is or was received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender from a third party that is not to the knowledge of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or any affiliates thereof subject to confidentiality obligations owing to any Loan Party, the Sponsors or any of their respective subsidiaries or (k) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document. In addition, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Commitments, and the extensions of credit hereunder. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any party to this Agreement (and any employee, representative, or other agent of any party to this Agreement) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to it relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. However, any such information relating to the tax treatment or tax structure is required to be kept confidential to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

199


11.18 Waivers Of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE BORROWERS, THE GUARANTORS, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

11.19 USA Patriot Act Notification. Each Lender that is subject to the Patriot Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies Holdings and the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies the Loan Parties, which information includes the name and address of the Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent , as applicable, to identify the Loan Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act. Holdings and the Borrowers shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests that is required in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.

11.20 Maximum Amount.

(a) It is the intention of the Borrowers and the Lenders to conform strictly to the usury and similar laws relating to interest from time to time in force, and all agreements between the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries and the Lenders, whether now existing or hereafter arising and whether oral or written, are hereby expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by acceleration of maturity hereof or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid in the aggregate to the Lenders as interest (whether or not designated as interest, and including any amount otherwise designated but deemed to constitute interest by a court of competent jurisdiction) hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or in any other agreement given to secure the Indebtedness evidenced hereby or other Obligations of the Borrowers, or in any other document evidencing, securing or pertaining to the Indebtedness evidenced hereby, exceed the maximum amount permissible under applicable usury or such other laws (the “Maximum Amount”). If under any circumstances whatsoever fulfillment of any provision hereof, or any of the other Loan Documents, at the time performance of such provision shall be due, shall involve exceeding the Maximum Amount, then, ipso facto, the obligation to be fulfilled shall be reduced to the Maximum Amount. For the purposes of calculating the actual amount of interest paid and/or payable hereunder in respect of laws pertaining to usury or such other laws, all sums paid or agreed to be paid to the holder hereof for the use, forbearance or detention of the Indebtedness of the Borrowers evidenced hereby, outstanding from time to time shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, be amortized, pro-rated, allocated and spread from the date of disbursement of the proceeds of the Loans until payment in full of all of such Indebtedness, so that the actual rate of interest on account of such Indebtedness is uniform through the term hereof. The terms and provisions of this Section 11.20(a) shall control and supersede every other provision of all agreements between the Borrowers or any endorser of the Loans and the Lenders.

 

200


(b) If under any circumstances any Lender shall ever receive an amount which would exceed the Maximum Amount, such amount shall be deemed a payment in reduction of the principal amount of the Loans and shall be treated as a voluntary prepayment under Section 2.10 and shall be so applied in accordance with Section 2.17 or if such excessive interest exceeds the unpaid balance of the Loans and any other Indebtedness of the Borrowers in favor of such Lender, the excess shall be deemed to have been a payment made by mistake and shall be refunded to the Borrowers.

11.21 Lender Action. Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy against any Loan Party or any other obligor under any of the Loan Documents (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceedings, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral or any other property of any such Loan Party, unless expressly provided for herein or in any other Loan Document, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The provisions of this Section 11.21 are for the sole benefit of the Lenders and shall not afford any right to, or constitute a defense available to, any Loan Party.

11.22 No Fiduciary Duty. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Joint Bookrunners, the Joint Lead Arrangers, each Lender and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “Lender Parties”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Loan Parties, their stockholders and/or their Affiliates. Each Loan Party agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between any Lender Party, on the one hand, and such Loan Party, its stockholders or its Affiliates, on the other, except as otherwise explicitly provided herein. The Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Lender Parties, on the one hand, and the Loan Parties, on the other, and (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading thereto, (x) no Lender Party has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Loan Party, its stockholders or its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (or the exercise of rights or remedies with respect thereto) or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender Party has advised, is currently advising or will advise any Loan Party, its stockholders or its Affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to any Loan Party except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (y) each Lender Party is acting solely as principal and not as the agent or fiduciary of any Loan Party, its management, stockholders, creditors or any other Person, except as otherwise explicitly provided herein. Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that it has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate and that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto. Each Loan Party agrees that it will not claim that any Lender Party has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to such Loan Party, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

 

201


11.23 Electronic Execution of Assignment and Certain Other Documents. The words “execute,” “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including Assignment and Assumptions, amendments or other modifications, notices, waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary the Administrative Agent is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Administrative Agent pursuant to procedures approved by it.

11.24 Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the exercise of any right or remedy by the Administrative Agent hereunder is subject to the limitations and provisions of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall govern. Each Lender hereunder (i) acknowledges that it has received a copy of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (iii) authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent to enter into the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement as Administrative Agent and on behalf of such Lender and (iv) hereby consents to the subordination of the Liens securing the Obligations on the terms set forth in the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

SECTION 12

CO-BORROWER ARRANGEMENTS AND BORROWER REPRESENTATIVE

12.1 Addition of Co-Borrowers. From time to time on or after the Closing Date, the Borrower Representative may designate one or more of the Restricted Subsidiaries as a “Co-Borrower” with respect to Borrowings under this Agreement; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary designated after the Closing Date shall not become a Co-Borrower hereunder unless and until each of the following has occurred:

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent reasonably determines to be required by Governmental Authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act;

(b) such Co-Borrower shall be organized under the laws of the United States, any state within the United States or the District of Columbia;

(c) such Co-Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a duly authorized, executed and delivered counterpart signature page to a Co-Borrower Joinder and, in the case of a Co-Borrower that is not already a Subsidiary Guarantor, a Guarantor Joinder Agreement;

 

202


(d) in the case of a Co-Borrower that is not already a Subsidiary Guarantor, the Co-Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a duly authorized, executed and delivered Security Agreement pursuant to Section 6.9 or other security agreements executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.9, Section 6.11, or Section 6.15, together with other deliverables reasonably required pursuant to such Section as applied to such Co-Borrower (it being understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative may waive or modify any such requirements to the extent they deem in their mutual discretion such changes are necessary or appropriate under the circumstances taking into account the designated Co-Borrower’s jurisdiction of organization and applicable Laws);

(e) to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, an opinion of counsel (including from counsel licensed in New York and any such other jurisdiction as may be appropriate), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with respect to the foregoing documents; and

(f) in each case, except to the extent that the Administrative Agent receives a certificate from such designated Co-Borrower that such items have not changed since previously delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the Organizational Documents, including all amendments thereto, of such designated Co-Borrower, certified, if applicable, as of a recent date by the Secretary of State or similar Governmental Authority of the jurisdiction of its organization, where applicable, and a certificate as to the good standing of such designated Co-Borrower as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State or similar Governmental Authority, and (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of such designated Co-Borrower certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the Organizational Documents of such Person as in effect on the date of the Co-Borrower Joinder, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors or shareholders (or equivalent governing body) of such Person authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and the borrowings thereunder and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that Organizational Documents of such Person have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the Organizational Documents furnished pursuant to clause (i) above, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document on behalf of such Person and countersigned by another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or director of such Person executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above.

12.2 Status of Co-Borrowers.

(a) Once a Co-Borrower has become a Co-Borrower in accordance with Section 12.1 after the Closing Date, it shall be a “Borrower” and a “Co-Borrower” under the Facilities.

 

203


(b) Each Borrower jointly and severally, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally accepts, not merely as a surety but also as a co-debtor, joint and several liability with each other Borrower, with respect to the payment and performance of all of the Obligations, it being the intention of the parties hereto that all the Obligations shall be the joint and several obligations of each of the Borrowers without preferences or distinction among them. If and to the extent that any Borrower shall fail to make any payment with respect to any of the Obligations as and when due or to perform any of the Obligations in accordance with the terms thereof, then in each such event each other Borrower will make such payment with respect to , or perform, such Obligation.

12.3 Resignation of Borrowers. A Borrower (other than the Top Borrower) may elect to terminate its eligibility to request Borrowings and to cease to be a Borrower hereunder upon the occurrence of, and such resignation shall effective upon, all of the following:

(a) such resigning Borrower shall have paid in full in cash all of the Loans that were borrowed by such Co-Borrower or, with respect to the Loans only shall have assigned such Loans to the Top Borrower or another Borrower pursuant to Section 11.6 ; and

(b) such resigning Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a notice of resignation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided, however, that, unless such Person is also released as a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such resignation shall not, to the extent applicable, have any impact on such Person’s obligations as a Subsidiary Guarantor and such obligations, to the extent applicable, shall continue to be effective in accordance with Section 8 of this Agreement and the other provisions and undertakings hereunder related thereto.

12.4 Appointment of Borrower Representative; Nature of Relationship. On the Closing Date, the Top Borrower is hereby appointed by each of the other Borrowers as its contractual representative and after the Closing Date, the Borrowers may appoint a different or additional contractual representative, subject to the Administrative Agent’s consent (such consent not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (herein referred to as the “Borrower Representative”) hereunder and under each other Loan Document, and each of the other Borrowers irrevocably authorizes the Borrower Representative to act as the contractual representative of such Borrower with the rights and duties expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents.

The Borrower Representative agrees to act as such contractual representative upon the express conditions contained in this Section 12. Additionally, the Borrowers hereby appoint the Borrower Representative as their agent to receive and direct all of the proceeds of the Loans, at which time the Borrower Representative shall promptly disburse such Loans to the appropriate Borrower.

12.5 Powers. The Borrower Representative shall have and may exercise such powers under the Loan Documents as are specifically delegated to the Borrower Representative by the terms of each thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Borrower Representative shall have no implied duties to the other Borrowers, or any obligation to the Lenders to take any action thereunder except any action specifically provided by the Loan Documents to be taken by the Borrower Representative.

 

204


12.6 Execution of Loan Documents. The other Borrowers hereby empower and authorize the Borrower Representative, on behalf of such Borrowers, to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders the Loan Documents and all related agreements, certificates, documents, or instruments as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Borrower agrees that any action taken by the Borrower Representative or the Borrowers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and the exercise by the Borrower Representative of its powers set forth therein or herein, together with such other powers that are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be binding upon all of the Borrowers.

 

 

205


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Mark Oldemeyer

Name:   Mark Oldemeyer
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
SEVERIN ACQUISITION, LLC
By:  

/s/ Mark Oldemeyer

Name:   Mark Oldemeyer
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
PEOPLEADMIN, INC.
By:  

/s/ Ziad Fanous

Name:   Ziad Fanous
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
PROMACHOS HOLDING, INC.
By:  

/s/ Ziad Fanous

Name:   Ziad Fanous
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
PERFORMANCE MATTERS LLC
By:  

/s/ Ziad Fanous

Name:   Ziad Fanous
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Second Lien Credit Agreement]


AH SERVICES, LLC
CHALKABLE, INC.
HAIKU LEARNING, INC.
INFOSNAP LLC
INTERACTIVE ACHIEVEMENT, LLC
POWERSCHOOL GROUP LLC
POWERSCHOOL SPECIAL EDUCATION
LLC
SPIRAL UNIVERSE INC.
SRB EDUCATION SOLUTIONS US LLC
SUNGARD PUBLIC SECTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Mark Oldemeyer

Name:   Mark Oldemeyer
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
ESCHOOL SOLUTIONS, LLC
ODEON HOLDINGS, LLC
NETCHEMIA, LLC
SEARCHSOFT SOLUTIONS, INC.
TEACHER MATCH, LLC
By:  

/s/ Ziad Fanous

Name:   Ziad Fanous
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Second Lien Credit Agreement]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS
BRANCH, as Administrative Agent and a Lender
By:  

/s/ William O’Daly

Name:   William O’Daly
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Andrew Griffin

Name:   Andrew Griffin
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[PowerSchool – Second Lien Credit Agreement]


BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Chris Walton

Name:   Chris Walton
Title:   Director

 

[PowerSchool – Second Lien Credit Agreement]


JEFFERIES FINANCE LLC, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ John Koehler

Name:   John Koehler
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

[PowerSchool – Second Lien Credit Agreement]


MACQUARIE CAPITAL FUNDING LLC, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Lisa Grushkin

Name:   Lisa Grushkin
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Stephen Mehos

Name:   Stephen Mehos
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[PowerSchool – Second Lien Credit Agreement]


ARES CAPITAL CORPORATION, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Scott Lem

Name:   Scott Lem
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[PowerSchool – Second Lien Credit Agreement]


GOLUB CAPITAL, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Tuchscherer

Name:   Robert G. Tuchscherer
Title:   Managing Director

 

[PowerSchool – Second Lien Credit Agreement]


Schedule 1.1A

Commitments

Term Loan Commitments:

 

Lender

   Term Commitment      Percentage  

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

   $ 365,000,000.00        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 365,000,000.00        100
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

Execution Version

BRIDGE LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT

among

Severin Holdings, LLC,

as Holdings,

Severin Acquisition, LLC,

as the Top Borrower,

PeopleAdmin, Inc., Promachos Holding, Inc. and Performance Matters LLC,

also as Borrowers,

certain other Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time designated hereunder as Co-Borrowers,

the several Lenders from time to time party hereto,

and

Barclays Bank PLC,

as Administrative Agent

Dated as of March 3, 2021

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

     1  

1.1

   Defined Terms      1  

1.2

   Other Interpretive Provisions      70  

1.3

   Accounting      71  

1.4

   Limited Condition Transactions      72  

1.5

   Financial Ratio Calculations      73  

1.6

   Currency Equivalents Generally      73  

1.7

   Treatment of Subsidiaries Prior to Joinder      74  

1.8

   Interest Rates; LIBOR Notification      74  

SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

     76  

2.1

   Commitments      76  

2.2

   Procedure for Borrowing Loans      76  

2.3

   Repayment of Loans      77  

2.4

   [Reserved]      77  

2.5

   [Reserved]      77  

2.6

   [Reserved]      77  

2.7

   [Reserved]      77  

2.8

   Fees      77  

2.9

   [Reserved]      77  

2.10

   Optional Prepayments      77  

2.11

   Mandatory Prepayments and Commitment Reductions; Change of Control Put Right      78  

2.12

   Conversion and Continuation Options      81  

2.13

   Limitations on Eurocurrency Tranches      82  

2.14

   Interest Rates and Payment Dates      82  

2.15

   Computation of Interest and Fees      83  

2.16

   Inability to Determine Interest Rate; Illegality      83  

2.17

   Pro Rata Treatment and Payments      84  

2.18

   Requirements of Law      85  

2.19

   Taxes      86  

2.20

   [Reserved]      91  

2.21

   Indemnity      91  

2.22

   Change of Lending Office      92  

2.23

   Replacement of Lenders      92  

2.24

   Notes      93  

2.25

   Erroneous Distributions      93  

2.26

   [Reserved]      94  

2.27

   Defaulting Lenders      94  

SECTION 3. [RESERVED]

     95  

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     95  

4.1

   Financial Condition      95  

4.2

   No Change      95  

4.3

   Existence; Compliance with Law      95  

4.4

   Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations      95  


4.5

   No Legal Bar      96  

4.6

   Litigation      96  

4.7

   Ownership of Property; Liens      96  

4.8

   Intellectual Property      96  

4.9

   Taxes      97  

4.10

   Federal Regulations      97  

4.11

   Employee Benefit Plans      97  

4.12

   [Reserved]      97  

4.13

   Investment Company Act      98  

4.14

   Environmental Matters      98  

4.15

   Accuracy of Information, etc.      98  

4.16

   Security Documents      99  

4.17

   Solvency      99  

4.18

   Patriot Act; FCPA; OFAC; Sanctions Laws      99  

4.19

   Status as Senior Indebtedness      100  

4.20

   Use of Proceeds      100  

SECTION 5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     100  

5.1

   Conditions to Closing Date      100  

SECTION 6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     103  

6.1

   Financial Statements      103  

6.2

   Certificates; Other Information      104  

6.3

   Payment of Taxes      106  

6.4

   Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Law      106  

6.5

   Maintenance of Property; Insurance      106  

6.6

   Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions      106  

6.7

   Notices      107  

6.8

   Environmental Laws      107  

6.9

   Additional Collateral, etc.      108  

6.10

   [Reserved]      109  

6.11

   Further Assurances      109  

6.12

   Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries      110  

6.13

   Employee Benefit Plans      110  

6.14

   Use of Proceeds      110  

6.15

   Post-Closing Matters      110  

6.16

   FCPA; OFAC      111  

SECTION 7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     111  

7.1

   [Reserved]      111  

7.2

   Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock      111  

7.3

   Limitation on Restricted Payments      118  

7.4

   Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries      127  

7.5

   Asset Sales      129  

7.6

   Transactions with Affiliates      130  

7.7

   Liens      133  

7.8

   Fundamental Changes      133  

 

-ii-


7.9

   [Reserved]      135  

7.10

   Changes in Fiscal Periods      135  

7.11

   Negative Pledge Clauses      135  

7.12

   Lines of Business; Holding Company      135  

7.13

   Amendments to Organizational Documents      136  

SECTION 8. GUARANTEE

     137  

8.1

   The Guarantee      137  

8.2

   Obligations Unconditional      137  

8.3

   Reinstatement      138  

8.4

   No Subrogation      138  

8.5

   Remedies      138  

8.6

   [Reserved]      139  

8.7

   Continuing Guarantee      139  

8.8

   General Limitation on Guarantor Obligations      139  

8.9

   Release of Subsidiary Guarantors      139  

8.10

   Right of Contribution      140  

SECTION 9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     140  

9.1

   Events of Default      140  

9.2

   Action in Event of Default      143  

9.3

   [Reserved]      143  

9.4

   Application of Proceeds      143  

SECTION 10. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

     144  

10.1

   Appointment and Authority      144  

10.2

   Rights as a Lender      145  

10.3

   Exculpatory Provisions      145  

10.4

   Reliance by Administrative Agent      146  

10.5

   Delegation of Duties      146  

10.6

   Resignation and Removal of Administrative Agent      146  

10.7

   Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders; ERISA Status      147  

10.8

   No Other Duties, Etc.      149  

10.9

   Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding      149  

10.10

   Collateral and Guaranty Matters      151  

10.11

   Intercreditor Agreements      152  

10.12

   Withholding Tax Indemnity      153  

10.13

   Indemnification      153  

SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS

     153  

11.1

   Amendments and Waivers      153  

11.2

   Notices      156  

11.3

   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies      158  

11.4

   Survival of Representations and Warranties      158  

11.5

   Payment of Expenses/Indemnity      158  

11.6

   Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments      160  

11.7

   [Reserved]      167  

 

-iii-


11.8

   Adjustments; Set-off      167  

11.9

   [Reserved]      168  

11.10

   Counterparts; Electronic Execution      168  

11.11

   Severability      168  

11.12

   Integration      168  

11.13

   Governing Law      168  

11.14

   Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers      169  

11.15

   Acknowledgements      169  

11.16

   Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions      169  

11.17

   Confidentiality      170  

11.18

   Waivers Of Jury Trial      171  

11.19

   USA Patriot Act Notification      171  

11.20

   Maximum Amount      171  

11.21

   Lender Action      172  

11.22

   No Fiduciary Duty      172  

11.23

   Electronic Execution of Assignment and Certain Other Documents      172  

11.24

   Intercreditor Agreement      172  

SECTION 12. CO-BORROWER ARRANGEMENTS AND BORROWER REPRESENTATIVE

     173  

12.1

   Addition of Co-Borrowers      173  

12.2

   Status of Co-Borrowers      174  

12.3

   Resignation of Borrowers      174  

12.4

   Appointment of Borrower Representative; Nature of Relationship      174  

12.5

   Powers      175  

12.6

   Execution of Loan Documents      175  

 

-iv-


SCHEDULES:

 

1.1A

  

Commitments

1.1E

  

Permitted Investments

5.1(g)

  

Local Counsel Opinions

6.15

  

Post-Closing Undertakings

7.2

  

Permitted Indebtedness

11.2

  

Notice Addresses for Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

EXHIBITS:

 

A

  

Form of Security Agreement

B

  

Form of Assignment and Assumption

C

  

Form of Compliance Certificate

C-1

  

Form of Exemption Certificate

C-2

  

Form of Exemption Certificate

C-3

  

Form of Exemption Certificate

C-4

  

Form of Exemption Certificate

D

  

Form of Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement

E

  

Form of Prepayment Notice

F

  

Form of Note

G

  

Form of Guarantor Joinder Agreement

H

  

Form of Borrowing and Conversion/Continuation Request

I

  

Form of Solvency Certificate

J

  

Form of Amended and Restated Global Intercompany Note

K

  

Form of Co-Borrower Joinder

L

  

Form of Borrower Assignment

 

-v-


BRIDGE LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of March 3, 2021, among Severin Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), Severin Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Top Borrower”), PeopleAdmin, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “PA Borrower”), Promachos Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“PeopleAdmin”) and Performance Matters LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“Performance Matters”), certain other Restricted Subsidiaries (this and each other capitalized term used herein without definition having the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.1) from time to time designated hereunder as Co-Borrowers (together with the Top Borrower, the PA Borrower, PeopleAdmin and Performance Matters, each a “Borrower” and, collectively, the “Borrowers”), the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time party hereto (including through delivery of a Guarantor Joinder Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), the several banks, financial institutions, institutional investors and other entities from time to time party hereto as lenders (the “Lenders”) and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 18, 2021 (such agreement, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in a manner that would not result in a failure of the condition precedent set forth in Section 5.1(b), the “Acquisition Agreement”), by and between PeopleAdmin, Inc., a Delaware limited liability company (the “Buyer”), DMGT US, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Seller”), Hobsons, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “Target”), as guarantor, and PowerSchool Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the Buyer, directly or indirectly, will acquire (the “Acquisition”) from the Seller all of the outstanding equity interests of the Target and its sole subsidiary Naviance, Inc., as set forth in the Acquisition Agreement;

WHEREAS, to finance a portion of the Acquisition and for other purposes described herein, the Lenders agreed to extend a bridge loan facility consisting of Loans made available to the Borrowers in an aggregate principal amount of $320,000,000;

WHEREAS, each Borrower has agreed to guarantee the obligations of each other Borrower (subject to certain limitations set forth in the Loan Documents);

WHEREAS, each Borrower agreed to secure all of its respective Obligations by granting to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on substantially all of its assets (subject to certain limitations set forth in the Loan Documents); and

WHEREAS, each Guarantor has agreed to guarantee the Obligations of each Borrower and to secure its respective Obligations by granting to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a lien on substantially all of its assets (subject, in each case, to certain limitations set forth in the Loan Documents).

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1.

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement (including the recitals hereof), the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.


ABR”: for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the Prime Rate, and (c) the Eurocurrency Rate with an Interest Period of one month plus 1.0%.

ABR Loans”: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the ABR.

Acceptable Price”: as defined in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Acquired Indebtedness”: with respect to any specified Person:

(a) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person whether or not such Indebtedness is Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, amalgamating or consolidating with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person; and

(b) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person;

provided that any Indebtedness of such Person that is extinguished, redeemed, defeased, retired or otherwise repaid at the time of or immediately upon consummation of the transaction pursuant to which such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of the specified Person will not be Acquired Indebtedness.

Acquisition”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

Acquisition Agreement”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

Acquisition Agreement Representations”: such of the representations and warranties made by the Target in the Acquisition Agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that the Buyer has the right to terminate its obligations, or decline to consummate the Acquisition, under the Acquisition Agreement as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties.

Administrative Agent”: Barclays Bank PLC as the administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any of its successors in such capacity.

Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution, or (b) any UK Financial Institution.

Affiliate”: with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Affiliated Lender”: the Sponsors, any Debt Fund Affiliate or any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate.

Aggregate Exposure”: with respect to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to (a) until the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of such Lender’s Commitments at such time and (b) thereafter, the aggregate then unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Loans.

 

2


Aggregate Exposure Percentage”: with respect to any Lender at any time, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender’s Aggregate Exposure at such time to the Aggregate Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

Agreement”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

ALTA”: the American Land Title Association.

Anti-Corruption Laws”: Laws relating to anti-bribery or anti-corruption, including Laws that prohibit the corrupt payment, offer, promise, receipt, request or authorization of the payment or transfer of anything of value (including gifts or entertainment), directly or indirectly, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the UK Bribery Act of 2010, and any other Law that relates to anti-bribery or anti-corruption.

Applicable Discount”: as defined in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Applicable Margin”: with respect to any Initial Loan, the rate per annum set forth below opposite the corresponding period in effect at such time:

 

Period

   Eurocurrency Loans     ABR
Loans
 

On or prior to 90 days after the Closing Date

     3.00     2.00

91 days after the Closing Date through 180 days after the Closing Date

     3.50     2.50

181 days after the Closing Date through 270 days after the Closing Date

     4.00     3.00

271 days after the Closing Date and thereafter

     4.50     3.50

Applicable Requirements”: in respect of any Indebtedness, Indebtedness that satisfies the following requirements:

(a) other than Customary Bridge Financings and Permitted Early Maturity Indebtedness, such Indebtedness (x) does not mature prior to the then Latest Maturity Date applicable to outstanding Loans and is not subject to mandatory redemption or prepayment (except, in each case, (i) customary asset sale or change of control provisions or (ii) other mandatory redemptions that are also made or offered, on a pro rata basis, to holders of outstanding Loans that are First Lien Obligations) and (y) does not have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any then outstanding Loans;

(b) if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral, a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness has become party to (i) an Intercreditor Agreement (or any Intercreditor Agreement has been amended or replaced in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), which results in such Senior Representative having rights to share in the Collateral on a pari passu or junior basis, as applicable, (ii) the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and/or (iii) the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement;

 

3


(c) to the extent such Indebtedness is secured, it is not secured by any property or assets of any Loan Party or any other Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Collateral except for exclusions with respect to cash collateral customary for pre-funded (and similar) letter of credit facilities, as applicable) (it being agreed that such Indebtedness shall not be required to be secured by all of the Collateral); provided that Indebtedness that may be Incurred by Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 7.2 may be secured by assets of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries;

(d) if such Indebtedness is Incurred by (i) any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, such Indebtedness shall not be guaranteed by any Loan Party and (ii) any Borrower or any Guarantor, such Indebtedness shall not be guaranteed by any Person other than the Borrowers or Guarantors; and

(e) the other terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (excluding pricing, fees, rate floors, discounts, premiums, optional prepayment or optional redemption provisions and financial covenants) are (i) taken as a whole, not materially less favorable to the Borrowers of such Indebtedness than those set forth in the Loan Documents (when taken as a whole), (ii) terms that are conformed (or added) to the Loan Documents for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to an amendment between the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrowers (which amendment, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not require the consent of any other party hereto), (iii) customary market terms at the time of Incurrence (it being agreed that such Indebtedness may be in the form of notes or a credit agreement), except in each case for covenants or other provisions contained in such Indebtedness that are applicable only after the then Latest Maturity Date or (iv) covenants or other provisions that are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent;

provided that if an Officer’s Certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower Representative delivered to the Administrative Agent for posting to the Lenders at least five (5) Business Days (or a shorter period acceptable to the Administrative Agent) prior to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this definition, and the Required Lenders shall not have notified the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent that they disagree with such determination within such five (5) Business Day period (including a statement of the basis upon which each such Lender disagrees), then such certificate shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this definition.

Applicable Tax Laws”: the Code and any other applicable Requirement of Law relating to Taxes, as in effect from time to time.

Approved Electronic Communications”: as defined in Section 11.2.

Approved Fund”: as defined in Section 11.6.

Asset Sale”:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property or assets (including by way of a Sale Leaseback Transaction) of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); or

 

4


(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than (x) directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by non-U.S. nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law or (y) Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued in compliance with Section 7.2), other than by any Restricted Subsidiary to the Top Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), in each case other than:

(a) a sale, exchange, transfer or other disposition of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or uneconomical, obsolete, damaged, unnecessary, surplus, unsuitable or worn out equipment or any sale or disposition of property or assets in connection with scheduled turnarounds, maintenance and equipment and facility updates or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used in the ordinary course of business;

(b) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Top Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) in a manner pursuant to Section 7.8;

(c) any Permitted Investment or Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 7.3;

(d) any disposition of assets of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary, with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than the greater of $20,000,000 and 13.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(e) (i) any transfer or disposition of property or assets by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Top Borrower or (ii) by the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

(f) sales of assets received by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary upon the foreclosure on a Lien;

(g) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(h) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations;

(i) the sale, lease, assignment, license or sublease of inventory, equipment, accounts receivable, notes receivable or other current assets held for sale, lease, assignment, license or sublease in the ordinary course of business or the conversion of accounts receivable into a notes receivable;

(j) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business and dispositions to landlords of improvements made to leased real property pursuant to customary terms of leases;

(k) a sale of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” to a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions;

(l) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing;

 

5


(m) any financing transaction with respect to property owned, built or acquired by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, including Sale Leaseback Transactions permitted under this Agreement;

(n) any exchange of assets for assets (including a combination of assets and Cash Equivalents) related to a Similar Business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative;

(o) the grant of any license or sub-license of patents, trademarks, know-how and any other intellectual property in the ordinary course of business or which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(p) any sale or other disposition deemed to occur with creating, granting or perfecting a Lien not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement or the Loan Documents;

(q) the surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release or surrender of a contract, tort or other litigation claim in the ordinary course of business;

(r) foreclosures, condemnations or any similar action on assets;

(s) sales of any non-core assets to obtain the approval of an anti-trust authority to a Permitted Acquisition or other permitted Investment;

(t) sales, transfers and other dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(u) transfers of property pursuant to a Recovery Event;

(v) the lapse, abandonment or other disposition of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower Representative are no longer commercially reasonable to maintain or are not material to the conduct of the business of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; and

(w) Permitted Reorganizations and IPO Reorganization Transactions.

For purposes of determining compliance with Section 7.5, in the event that any disposition (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the above categories or of the categories under Section 7.5 (including in part of one category and in part of another category), the Borrower Representative shall, in its sole discretion, at the time of making such disposition, divide and/or classify, or at any later time redivide and/or reclassify such disposition (or any portion thereof) in one or more of the above categories or in any category under Section 7.5 (including in part in one category and in part in another category).

Asset Sale Percentage”: 100%; provided that the Asset Sale Percentage shall be reduced to (i) 50% if the Total First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently completed Test Period, is less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00 but greater than 4.00 to 1.00 and (ii) 0% if the Total First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently completed Test Period, is less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00.

 

6


Assignee”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(i).

Assignment and Assumption”: an Assignment and Assumption, substantially in the form of Exhibit B, or such other form acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Auction Purchase”: a purchase of Loans or Commitments pursuant to a Dutch Auction (x) in the case of a Permitted Auction Purchaser, in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6(b)(iii) or (y) in the case of an Affiliated Lender, in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6(b)(iv).

Available Tenor”: as of any date of determination and with respect to the then-current Benchmark, as applicable, any tenor for such Benchmark or payment period for interest calculated with reference to such Benchmark, as applicable, that is or may be used for determining the length of an Interest Period pursuant to this Agreement as of such date and not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any tenor for such Benchmark that is then-removed from the definition of “Interest Period” pursuant to clause (f) of Section 2.16.

Bail-In Action”: the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation”: means (a) in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law, regulation or requirement for such EEA Member Country as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

Bankruptcy Code”: Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy”, as now and hereinafter in effect, or any successor statute.

Basel III”: the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s (the “Committee”) revised rules relating to capital requirements set out in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” and “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” published by the Committee in December 2010, “Revisions to the Basel II market risk framework” published by the Committee in February 2011, the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Committee in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated, and any further guidance or standards published by the Committee in connection with these rules.

Benchmark”: initially, LIBOR Rate; provided that if a Benchmark Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to LIBOR Rate or the then-current Benchmark, then “Benchmark” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement to the extent that such Benchmark Replacement has replaced such prior benchmark rate pursuant to clause (b) or clause (c) of Section 2.16.

Benchmark Replacement”: for any Available Tenor, the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Borrower Representative) for the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date:

 

7


(1) the sum of: (a) Term SOFR and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;

(2) the sum of: (a) Daily Simple SOFR and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;

(3) the sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative as the replacement for the then-current Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement benchmark rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a benchmark rate as a replacement for the then-current Benchmark for dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;

provided, that, in the case of clause (1), such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement is displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; provided further that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, upon the occurrence of a Term SOFR Transition Event, and the delivery of a Term SOFR Notice, on the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date the “Benchmark Replacement” shall revert to and shall be deemed to be the sum of (a) Term SOFR and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment, as set forth in clause (1) of this definition (subject to the first proviso above).

If the Benchmark Replacement as determined pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (3) above would be less than the Floor, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Benchmark Replacement Adjustment”: with respect to any replacement of the then-current Benchmark with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for any applicable Interest Period and Available Tenor for any setting of such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement:

(1) for purposes of clauses (1) and (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement,” the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent:

(a) the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) as of the Reference Time such Benchmark Replacement is first set for such Interest Period that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for the applicable Corresponding Tenor;

(b) the spread adjustment (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) as of the Reference Time such Benchmark Replacement is first set for such Interest Period that would apply to the fallback rate for a derivative transaction referencing the ISDA Definitions to be effective upon an index cessation event with respect to such Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor; and

(2) for purposes of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement,” the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body on the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities;

 

8


provided that, in the case of clause (1) above, such adjustment is displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such Benchmark Replacement Adjustment from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes”: with respect to any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “ABR,” the definition of “Business Day,” the definition of “Interest Period,” timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest, timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, length of lookback periods, the applicability of breakage provisions, and other technical, administrative or operational matters) that the Administrative Agent decides (with the consent of the Borrower Representative) may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent reasonably decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that no market practice for the administration of such Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative decide is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents).

Benchmark Replacement Date”: the earliest to occur of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

(1) in the case of clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (a) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (b) the date on which the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);

(2) in the case of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein; or

(3) in the case of a Term SOFR Transition Event, the date that is thirty (30) days after the date a Term SOFR Notice is provided to the Lenders and the Borrower Representative pursuant to Section 2.16(c); or

(4) in the case of an Early Opt-in Election, the sixth (6th) Business Day after the date notice of such Early Opt-in Election is provided to the Lenders and the Borrower Representative, so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Early Opt-in Election is provided to the Lenders and the Borrower Representative, written notice of objection to such Early Opt-in Election from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders or the Borrower Representative.

For the avoidance of doubt, (i) if the event giving rise to the Benchmark Replacement Date occurs on the same day as, but earlier than, the Reference Time in respect of any determination, the Benchmark Replacement Date will be deemed to have occurred prior to the Reference Time for such determination and (ii) the “Benchmark Replacement Date” will be deemed to have occurred in the case of clause (1) or (2) with respect to any Benchmark upon the occurrence of the applicable event or events set forth therein with respect to all then-current Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

 

9


Benchmark Transition Event”: the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:

(5) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof), permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);

(6) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof), the Federal Reserve Board, the NYFRB, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component) or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), which states that the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component) has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or

(7) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) are no longer representative.

For the avoidance of doubt, a “Benchmark Transition Event” will be deemed to have occurred with respect to any Benchmark if a public statement or publication of information set forth above has occurred with respect to each then-current Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

Benchmark Unavailability Period”: the period (if any) (x) beginning at the time that a Benchmark Replacement Date pursuant to clauses (1) or (2) of that definition has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section 2.16 and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section 2.16.

Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F. R. § 1010.230. “Beneficially Own”: as defined within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act; “Beneficial Ownership” shall have a correlative meaning.

Benefit Plan”: means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.

 

10


Benefited Lender”: as defined in Section 11.8(a).

Board”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Board of Directors”: as to any Person, the board of directors or managers, sole member, managing member or other governing body, as applicable, of such Person (or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof.

Borrower” or “Borrowers”: as defined in the preamble hereto; provided that the term “Borrower” shall include any Co-Borrower.

Borrower Representative”: as defined in Section 12.4.

Borrowing”: a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Loans of the same Type.

Borrowing Date”: any Business Day specified by any Borrower as a date on which such Borrower requests the relevant Lenders to make Loans hereunder.

Borrowing Request”: a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit H.

Business”: as defined in Section 4.14(b).

Business Day”: a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close, provided that with respect to notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, Eurocurrency Loans, such day is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market.

Buyer”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

Calculation Date”: (i) with respect to the determination of “Asset Sale Percentage”, the last day of the applicable Test Period and (ii) otherwise, the applicable date with respect to which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Total First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio or Total Net Leverage Ratio is tested.

Cancellation” or “Cancelled”: the cancellation, termination and forgiveness by Permitted Auction Purchaser of all Loans, Commitments and related Obligations acquired in connection with an Auction Purchase or other acquisition of Loans, which cancellation shall be consummated as described in Section 11.6(b)(iii)(C) and the definition of “Eligible Assignee.”

Capital Stock”: (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or share capital; (2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; (3) in the case of an exempted company, shares; (4) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and (5) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

11


Capitalized Lease Obligations”: at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP. For the avoidance of doubt, “Capitalized Lease Obligations” shall not include obligations or liabilities of any Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations would be required to be classified and accounted for as an operating lease under GAAP as existing on the Original Acquisition Closing Date.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary”: any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Top Borrower that bears financial risk or exposure relating to insurance or reinsurance activities and any segregated accounts associated with any such Person.

Cash-Capped Incremental Amount”: as defined in the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

Cash-Capped Incremental Facility”: as defined in the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement.

Cash Contribution Amount”: the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary described in the definition of “Contribution Indebtedness.”

Cash Equivalents”:

(1) Dollars, Canadian dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any participating member state of the European Union and other local currencies held by Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time in the ordinary course of business in connection with any business conducted by such Person in such jurisdiction;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States, Canada, any country that is a member of the European Union, Switzerland or the United Kingdom or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year, and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000, in the case of U.S. banks, and $100,000,000 (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof), in the case of non-U.S. banks, and whose long-term debt is rated with an Investment Grade Rating by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency);

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of Holdings) rated at least “P-1/A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state or commonwealth of the United States of America, Canada, any country that is a member of the European Union, the United Kingdom or Switzerland or any political subdivision of the foregoing having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

 

12


(7) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons (other than the Sponsors or any of their respective Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(8) [reserved];

(9) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (8) above; and

(10) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (1) through (8) above denominated in Canadian dollars, pound sterling or euro or any other currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with (a) any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction or (b) any Investment in the jurisdiction where such Investment is made.

CFC”: any “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

Change in Law”: the occurrence, after the Closing Date, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, (x) the U.S. Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the European Capital Requirements Directive IV and in each case all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, in each case solely to the extent adopted, issued, promulgated or implemented after the Closing Date and otherwise satisfying the requirements of clauses (a), (b) and (c) above.

Change of Control”: at any time, (a) the Borrower Representative becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any of the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings, or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings that holds directly or indirectly an amount of Voting Stock of Holdings such that Holdings is a Subsidiary of such holding company, unless the Permitted Holders have, at such time, the right or the ability, directly or indirectly, by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings that holds directly or indirectly an amount of Voting Stock of Holdings such that Holdings is a Subsidiary of such holding company), (b) Holdings shall fail to Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Top Borrower representing 100% of the total voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Top Borrower, or (c) a “change of control” or similar event shall occur with respect to any agreement governing Indebtedness of any Group Member incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(a), 7.2(b)(ii), 7.2(b)(iv), 7.2(b)(v), 7.2(b)(vi), or 7.2(b)(xxii) or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the foregoing, in each case the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds, in the aggregate at the time of determination, the greater of $35,000,000 and 23.0% of Consolidated EBITDA on a Pro Forma Basis for the most recently ended Test Period.

 

13


Change of Control Offer”: as defined in Section 2.11(i).

Class”: (a) with respect to Commitments or Loans, those of such Commitments or Loans that have the same terms and conditions and (b) with respect to Lenders, those of such Lenders that have Commitments or Loans of a particular Class.

Closing Date”: March 3, 2021.

Co-Borrower Joinder”: a joinder agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit K hereto or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to which a Co-Borrower agrees to become an obligor in respect of Borrowings under this Agreement.

Co-Borrowers”: Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries organized in the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia from time to time designated by the Borrower Representative to the Administrative Agent as “borrowers” with respect to Borrowings in accordance with Section 12, and “Co-Borrower” means any one of them.

Code”: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (except as indicated otherwise with respect to the definition of FATCA).

Collateral”: all of the assets and property of the Loan Parties and any other Person, now owned or hereafter acquired, whether real, personal or mixed, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document; provided, however, that the Collateral shall not include any Excluded Assets.

Collateral Agent”: Barclays Bank PLC, as the sole and exclusive collateral agent for the Secured Parties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any of its successors in such capacity.

Commitment”: as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make a Loan to the Borrowers in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A. The original aggregate principal amount of the Commitments on the Closing Date is $320,000,000.

Commitment Letter”: the commitment letter, dated as of February 18, 2021, among Barclays Bank PLC, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Credit Suisse Loan Funding LLC, Goldman Sachs Bank USA and the Top Borrower.

Commodity Exchange Act”: the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Commonly Controlled Entity”: an entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with Holdings or any Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group that includes Holdings or any Borrower and that is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

Compliance Certificate”: a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

 

14


Consolidated EBITDA”: the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:

(1) increased (without duplication) by:

(a) provision for Taxes based on income or profits or capital (or Taxes based on revenue in lieu of Taxes based on income or profits or capital), including federal, foreign, state, local, franchise, unitary, property, excise, value added and similar Taxes and foreign withholding Taxes of such Person paid or accrued during such period deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income and payroll taxes related to stock compensation costs, including (i) an amount equal to the amount of distributions actually made to the holders of Capital Stock of such Person or any direct or indirect parent of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 7.3(b)(xii) which shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income Taxes directly by such Person and (ii) penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations; plus

(b) consolidated Fixed Charges for such period (including (x) bank fees and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities and surety bonds outstanding, in each case, to the extent included in Fixed Charges), together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to clauses (1)(r) through (1)(z) thereof, in each case, to the extent the same was deducted (and not added back) in calculating such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(c) Consolidated Non-Cash Charges for such period to the extent such non-cash charges were deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(d) any expenses (including legal and professional expenses) or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition, disposition, dividend, distribution, return of capital, recapitalization or the Incurrence of Indebtedness, including a refinancing thereof, and any amendment or modification to the terms of any such transaction (in each case, (i) including any such transactions consummated prior to the Closing Date, (ii) whether or not such transaction is undertaken but not completed, (iii) whether or not such transaction is permitted by this Agreement and (iv) including any such transaction incurred by any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings), including such fees, expenses or charges related to the Transactions, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(e) the amount of any restructuring charges, accruals or reserves and business optimization expense deducted (and not added back) in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income, including any such costs Incurred in connection with acquisitions before or after the Closing Date (including entry into new market/channels and new service or product offerings) and costs related to the closure, reconfiguration and/or consolidation of facilities and costs to relocate employees, integration and transaction costs, retention charges, severance, contract termination costs, recruiting and signing bonuses and expenses, future lease commitments, systems establishment costs, conversion costs and excess pension charges and consulting fees, expenses attributable to the implementation of costs savings initiatives, costs associated with tax projects/audits and costs consisting of professional consulting or other fees relating to any of the foregoing; plus

(f) any other non-cash charges, impairment charges (including bad debt expense), any write offs or write downs, reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

 

15


(g) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of Subsidiary income attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Holdings deducted (and not added back) in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

(h) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, advisory, refinancing, subsequent transaction and exit fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to the Sponsors and Management Equityholders and directors’ fees and expenses, in each case, to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(i) the “run rate” expected cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies that are expected in good faith to be realized as a result of actions with respect to which substantial steps have been, will be, or are expected in good faith to be, taken within 36 months after the date of any acquisition, disposition, divestiture, restructuring, other operational changes or the implementation of a cost savings or other similar initiative, as applicable (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies were realized during the entirety of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such actions or substantial steps have been, will be, or are expected in good faith to be, taken within 36 months after (x) if such cost savings, expense reductions, charge, expense, acquisition, divestiture, restructuring or initiative is initiated on or prior to the Closing Date, the Closing Date or (y) if such cost savings, expense reductions, charge, expense, acquisition, divestiture, restructuring, other operational changes or initiative is initiated after the Closing Date, the date on which such cost savings, expense reductions, charge, expense, acquisition, divestiture, restructuring, other operational changes or initiative is initiated and (B) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses or synergies shall be added pursuant to this defined term to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges otherwise added to Consolidated EBITDA, whether through a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, for such period (which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”); plus

(j) the “run rate” expected cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies related to the Transactions projected by the Borrower Representative in good faith to result from actions with respect to which substantial steps have been, will be, or are expected to be, taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower Representative) within 36 months after the Closing Date, calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and initiatives, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies were realized during the entirety of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions and which adjustments may be incremental to pro forma adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”; plus

(k) the amount of loss or discount on sale of receivables and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Receivables Financing, to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

(l) any costs or expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement or any accelerated vesting of awards in anticipation of the Transactions, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of Holdings or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interest of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 7.3(a)(3) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

16


(m) [reserved]; plus

(n) the Tax effect of any items excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clauses (1), (3), (4), (7), (8) and (17) of the definition thereof; plus

(o) to the extent not already otherwise included herein, amounts included on Schedule 1.1H to the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement, to the extent such amounts, or amounts of similar type and nature to those listed on Schedule 1.1H to the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement, without duplication, continue to be applicable during such period; plus

(p) earn-out obligations and adjustments thereof incurred in connection with any acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder and paid or accrued during such period; plus

(q) the amount of revenue representing amounts invoiced during such period in respect of subscriptions, software and related services which has been deferred under GAAP minus the amount of such deferred revenues (when recognized under GAAP), to the extent such revenues were recognized in a prior period; plus

(r) unbilled amounts executed in connection with ‘6-months free’ promotional contracts (or any similar promotional contract for a period of six months or less) during such 6-month (or lesser) period; plus

(s) all charges attributable to, and payments of, legal settlements, fines, judgments or orders;

(2) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any non-cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period; and

(3) increased (by losses) or decreased (by gains) by (without duplication) the application of FASB Interpretation No. 45 (Guarantees).

Consolidated Interest Expense”: with respect to Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the sum, without duplication, of

(1) consolidated interest expense for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations and (e) net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to interest rate Hedging Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (r) any prepayment premium or penalty, (s) costs associated with obtaining Hedging Obligations and breakage costs in respect of Hedging Obligations related to interest rates, (t) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (u) penalties and interest relating to Taxes, (v) any “additional interest” or “penalty interest”

 

17


with respect to any securities, (w) any accretion or accrued interest of discounted liabilities, (x) amortization of deferred financing fees, amendment or consent fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, discounts, fees and expenses, (y) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, cost of surety bonds, charges owed with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities and (z) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Receivables Financing); plus

(2) consolidated capitalized interest for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(3) interest income for such period;

provided that, for purposes of calculating Consolidated Interest Expense, no effect shall be given to the discount and/or premium resulting from the bifurcation of derivatives under FASB ASC 815 and related interpretations as a result of the terms of the Indebtedness to which such Consolidated Interest Expense relates.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the Borrower Representative to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any additional charges arising from (i) the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 480-10-25-4 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity—Overall—Recognition” to any series of Preferred Stock other than Disqualified Stock or (ii) the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20 “Debt—Debt with Conversion Options—Recognition,” in each case, shall be disregarded in the calculation of Fixed Charges.

Consolidated Net Income”: for any period, the Net Income of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication:

(1) any after-Tax effect of infrequent, non-recurring, non-operating or unusual gains, losses, income or expenses (including all fees and expenses relating thereto) (including costs and expenses relating to the Transactions), severance, relocation costs, contract termination costs, system establishment charges, consolidation and closing costs, integration and facilities opening costs, business optimization costs, transition costs, restructuring costs, signing, retention or completion bonuses or payments and curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded,

(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies, whether or not effected through a cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application or otherwise in each case in accordance with GAAP, shall be excluded,

(3) any net after-Tax effect of income or loss from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations and any net after-Tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded,

(4) any net after-Tax effect of gains or losses (including all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions or the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative, shall be excluded,

 

18


(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting (other than a Guarantor), shall be excluded; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period or a prior period to the extent not previously included,

(6) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 7.3(a)(3)(A), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Loan Party) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior Governmental Approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived, provided that Consolidated Net Income of Holdings will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into Cash Equivalents) to Holdings, the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not subject to any such restriction) in respect of such period or a prior period, to the extent not previously included,

(7) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) in any line item in such Person’s consolidated financial statements (including, but not limited to, any step-ups or reductions with respect to re-valuing assets and liabilities) pursuant to GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements resulting from the application in accordance with GAAP of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any investment, acquisition, merger or consolidation (or reorganization or restructuring) that is consummated after the Closing Date or the depreciation, amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded,

(8) any net after-Tax income (loss) from the early extinguishment of (i) Indebtedness, (ii) Hedging Obligations or (iii) other derivative instruments shall be excluded,

(9) any impairment charge or expense, asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets or investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulations, in each case, pursuant to GAAP and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP shall be excluded,

(10) any non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, phantom equity, stock options, restricted stock or other rights, and any cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management of Holdings or any of its direct or indirect parent companies in connection with the Transactions, including any expense resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R shall be excluded, provided that any subsequent settlement in cash shall reduce Consolidated Net Income for the period in which such payment occurs,

(11) any fees and expenses or other charges (including any make-whole premium or penalties) incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, Investment, recapitalization, Asset Sale, issuance or repayment of Indebtedness, Equity Offering, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (in each case, (i) including any such transactions consummated prior to the Closing Date, (ii) whether or not such transaction is undertaken but not completed, (iii) whether or not such transaction is permitted by this Agreement and (iv) including any such transaction incurred by any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings) and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction shall be excluded,

 

19


(12) accruals and reserves that are established and not reversed within 12 months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions (or within 12 months after the closing of any acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition) in accordance with GAAP shall be excluded,

(13) [reserved],

(14) any charges resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 805 “Business Combinations,” Accounting Standards Codification Topic 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other,” Accounting Standards Codification Topic 360-10-35-15 “Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” Accounting Standards Codification Topic 480-10-25-4 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity—Overall—Recognition” or Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” shall be excluded,

(15) non-cash interest expense resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20 “Debt—Debt with Conversion Options—Recognition” shall be excluded,

(16) any non-cash rent, non-cash interest expense and non-cash interest income shall be excluded; provided that, if any such non-cash item represents an accrual or reserve for potential cash item in any future period, (i) the Borrower Representative may elect not to exclude such non-cash item in the current period and (ii) to the extent the Borrower Representative elects to exclude such non-cash item, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall reduce or increase, as applicable, Consolidated Net Income in such future period to the extent paid,

(17) the net after-Tax effect of carve-out related items (including audit and legal expenses, elimination of duplicative costs (including with respect to software licensing expenses and fees with respect to transaction services agreements) and costs and expenses related to information and technology systems establishment or modification), in each case in connection with the performance of the rights and obligations under any transitions services agreement, shall be excluded,

(18) any non-cash expenses, accruals, reserves or income related to adjustments to historical tax exposures or tax asset valuation allowances shall be excluded; and

(19) the following items shall be excluded:

(a) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Hedging Obligations and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging”; and

(b) any net foreign exchange gains or losses (whether or not realized) resulting from the impact of foreign currency changes on the valuation of assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge arrangements for currency exchange risk) and any net foreign exchange gains or losses (whether or not realized) from the impact of foreign currency changes on intercompany accounts and in any event including any foreign exchange translation or transaction gains or losses.

 

20


Solely for purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA, the Net Income of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be calculated without deducting the income attributable to the minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary except to the extent of dividends declared or paid in respect of such period or any prior period on the shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary held by such third parties.

In addition, to the extent not already accounted for in the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include (i) the amount of proceeds received during such period from business interruption insurance in respect of insured claims for such period, (ii) the amount of proceeds as to which the Borrower Representative has determined that there is a reasonable basis that it will be reimbursed by the insurer in respect of such period from business interruption insurance (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent denied by the applicable carrier in writing within 180 days or not so reimbursed within 365 days) and (iii) reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification, reimbursement, guaranty, purchase price adjustment or other similar provisions in connection with any Permitted Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted hereunder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 7.3 only (other than clauses (a)(iv)(3)(E) and (a)(3)(F) therein), there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by Holdings, the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to clauses (a)(3)(E) and (a)(3)(F) therein.

Consolidated Non-Cash Charges”: for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization (including amortization of intangibles, deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees, the non-cash portion of interest expense resulting from the reduction in the carrying value under purchase accounting of outstanding Indebtedness and commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period), non-cash impairment, non-cash compensation, non-cash rent and other non-cash expenses reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if any non-cash charges referred to in this definition represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDA in such future period to such extent paid.

Consolidated Total Indebtedness”: as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries described in clauses (a)(i), (a)(ii) (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments) and (solely with respect to the definition of “Total Net Leverage Ratio”) (a)(iv) of the definition of “Indebtedness”, determined on a consolidated basis, to the extent required to be recorded on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, including, without duplication, the outstanding principal amount of the Loans, the First Lien Bank Loans and the Second Lien Loans; provided, that the amount of revolving Indebtedness under the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement and any other revolving credit facility shall be computed based upon the period-ending value of such Indebtedness during the applicable period; provided, further, that Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness in respect of any Qualified Receivables Financing permitted pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(xxi) or (y) obligations in respect of letters of credit (including letters of credit issued under the First Lien Bank Facilities), except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder.

 

21


Contingent Obligations”: with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor,

(2) to advance or supply funds:

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Contractual Obligation”: as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Contribution Indebtedness”: Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash contributions (including such contributions in exchange for Equity Interests in Top Borrower) (other than Excluded Contributions or any such cash contributions that have been used to make a Restricted Payment) made to the equity capital of the Top Borrower after the Original Closing Date, in each case to the extent not previously applied in determining the permissibility of a transaction under the Loan Documents where such permissibility was (or may have been) contingent on the receipt of availability of such amount.

Control”: the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Controlling Collateral Agent”: the meaning ascribed to “Applicable Collateral Agent” in the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement.

Corresponding Tenor”: with respect to any Available Tenor means, as applicable, either a tenor (including overnight) or an interest payment period having approximately the same length (disregarding business day adjustment) as such Available Tenor.

Cure Amount”: as defined in the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement.

Customary Bridge Financings”: bridge financing having a final maturity date (including after giving effect to automatic rollovers and extensions) no later than one year following the date of issuance or incurrence thereof (without giving effect to any amendments, waivers or extensions) and otherwise on customary market terms for bridge financings in connection with the issuance of “high yield” securities at the relevant time.

 

22


Daily Simple SOFR”: for any day, SOFR, with the conventions for this rate (which will include a lookback) being reasonably established by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the conventions for this rate selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for determining “Daily Simple SOFR” for business loans; provided, that if the Administrative Agent decides that any such convention is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent may establish another convention in its reasonable discretion (after consultation with the Borrower Representative).

Debt Fund Affiliate”: an Affiliate of the Sponsors (other than Holdings and any of its Subsidiaries) that is a bona fide debt fund or an investment vehicle that is engaged in the making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of business with respect to which the Sponsors and their Affiliates (other than Debt Fund Affiliates) do not directly or indirectly possess the power to direct or cause the direction of the investment policies of such entity.

Debtor Relief Laws”: the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Declined Proceeds”: as defined in Section 2.11(f).

Default”: any of the events specified in Section 9.1, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

Defaulting Lender”: any Lender that (a) has refused (whether verbally or in writing) to fund (and has not retracted such refusal), or has failed to fund, any portion of the Loans required to be funded by it hereunder (collectively, its “Funding Obligations”) within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by such Lender hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing), (b) has notified the Administrative Agent or the Borrower Representative in writing that it does not intend to (or will not be able to) satisfy such Funding Obligations or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its Funding Obligations or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has otherwise failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, (d) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after written request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that it will comply with its Funding Obligations; provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (d) upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of such confirmation, or (e) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) admitted in writing that it is insolvent or pay its debts as they become due, (ii) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (iii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a substantial part of its assets or a custodian appointed for it, (iv) is or becomes subject to a forced liquidation, (v) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise

 

23


adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such person or its assets to be insolvent or bankrupt, (vi) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment or action or (vii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender under this clause (e) solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or the existence of an Undisclosed Administration in respect of that Lender (or, in such any case, any direct or indirect parent company thereof) by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest or Undisclosed Administration does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.

Designated Non-cash Consideration”: the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by the Top Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is determined by the Borrower Representative to be Designated Non-cash Consideration, less the amount of Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of or collection on such Designated Non-cash Consideration.

Designated Preferred Stock”: Preferred Stock of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Top Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so determined by the Borrower Representative to be Designated Preferred Stock, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 7.3(a)(3)(B) and (C).

Discharge of First Lien Bank Credit Agreement Obligations”: the meaning ascribed to “Discharge of Credit Agreement” in the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement.

Disposition”: with respect to any property (including Capital Stock of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary), any sale, lease, Sale Leaseback Transaction, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof (including by allocation of assets by division, merger or consolidation or amalgamation, or allocation of assets to any series of a limited liability company and excluding the granting of a Lien permitted hereunder) and any issuance of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary. The terms “Dispose” and “Disposed of” shall have correlative meanings.

Disqualified Lender”: (i) each bank, financial institution, other institutional lenders and investors and other entities identified on a list made available to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date of the Commitment Letter, (ii) each competitor of the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is in the same or a similar line of business as the Top Borrower and its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions) identified by name and designated in writing from time to time to the Administrative Agent, (iii) any persons that are engaged as principals primarily in private equity, mezzanine financing (other than persons approved by Borrower Representative in writing) or venture capital identified on a list made available to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date of the Commitment Letter (in case of clause (ii) or (iii) above, excluding any entity that is primarily engaged in, or that advises bona fide debt funds, or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course)    and (iv) as to any entity referenced in clauses (i) and/or (ii) above (the “Primary Disqualified Lender”), any of such Primary Disqualified Lender’s Affiliates readily identifiable as such by name, but excluding any Affiliate that is primarily engaged in, or that advises bona fide debt funds, or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course; provided that any Person that is a Lender and

 

24


subsequently becomes a Disqualified Lender (but was not a Disqualified Lender on the Closing Date or at the time it became a Lender) shall be deemed to not be a Disqualified Lender hereunder. Upon an inquiry by any Lender to the Administrative Agent as to whether a specific potential Assignee or prospective Participant is a Disqualified Lender, the Administrative Agent is permitted to disclose to such inquiring Lender whether such specific potential Assignee or prospective Participant is on the list of Disqualified Lenders.

Disqualified Stock”: with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise,

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

in each case prior to the then Latest Maturity Date in respect of the Facilities (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale to the extent permitted under clause (1) above); provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock that so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Top Borrower or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations; provided, further, however, that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, manager or consultant (or their respective trusts, estates, investment funds, investment vehicles or immediate family members), of the Top Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good faith as an “affiliate” by the Board of Directors of the Borrower Representative (or the compensation committee thereof), in each case pursuant to any stockholders’ agreement, management equity plan, stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock.

Dollars” and “$”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States.

Dutch Auction”: one or more purchases (each, a “Purchase”) by a Permitted Auction Purchaser or an Affiliated Lender (either, a “Purchaser”) of Loans; provided that, each such Purchase is made on the following basis:

(a) (i) the Purchaser will notify the Administrative Agent in writing (a “Purchase Notice”) (and the Administrative Agent will deliver such Purchase Notice to each relevant Lender) that such Purchaser wishes to make an offer to purchase from each Lender with respect to any Class of Loans on an individual tranche basis Loans, in an aggregate principal amount as is specified by such Purchaser (the “Loan Purchase Amount”) with respect to each applicable tranche, subject to a range or minimum discount to par expressed as a price at which range or price such Purchaser would consummate the Purchase (the “Offer Price”) of such Loans to be purchased (it being understood that different Offer Prices and/or

 

25


Loan Purchase Amounts, as applicable, may be offered with respect to different tranches of Loans and, in such an event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this definition); provided that the Purchase Notice shall specify that each Return Bid (as defined below) must be submitted by a date and time to be specified in the Purchase Notice, which date shall be no earlier than the second Business Day following the date of the Purchase Notice and (ii) the Loan Purchase Amount specified in each Purchase Notice delivered by such Purchaser to the Administrative Agent shall not be less than $10,000,000 in the aggregate;

(b) such Purchaser will allow each Lender holding the Class of Loans subject to the Purchase Notice to submit a notice of participation (each, a “Return Bid”) which shall specify (i) one or more discounts to par of such Lender’s tranche or tranches of Loans subject to the Purchase Notice expressed as a price (each, an “Acceptable Price”) (but in no event will any such Acceptable Price be greater than the highest Offer Price for the Purchase subject to such Purchase Notice) and (ii) the principal amount of such Lender’s tranches of Loans at which such Lender is willing to permit a purchase of all or a portion of its Loans to occur at each such Acceptable Price (the “Reply Amount”);

(c) based on the Acceptable Prices and Reply Amounts of the Loans as are specified by the Lenders, such Purchaser will determine the applicable discount (the “Applicable Discount”), which will be the lower of (i) the lowest Acceptable Price at which such Purchaser can complete the Purchase for the entire Loan Purchase Amount and (ii) in the event that the aggregate Reply Amounts relating to such Purchase Notice are insufficient to allow such Purchaser to complete a purchase of the entire Loan Purchase Amount, the highest Acceptable Price that is less than or equal to the Offer Price;

(d) such Purchaser shall purchase Loans from each Lender with one or more Acceptable Prices that are equal to or less than the Applicable Discount at the Applicable Discount (such Loans being referred to as “Qualifying Loans” and such Lenders being referred to as “Qualifying Lenders”), subject to clauses (e), (f), (g) and (h) below;

(e) such Purchaser shall purchase the Qualifying Loans offered by the Qualifying Lenders at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the aggregate principal amount required to purchase the Qualifying Loans would exceed the Loan Purchase Amount, such Purchaser shall purchase Qualifying Loans ratably based on the aggregate principal amounts of all such Qualifying Loans tendered by each such Qualifying Lender;

(f) the Purchase shall be consummated pursuant to and in accordance with Section 11.6(b) and, to the extent not otherwise provided herein, shall otherwise be consummated pursuant to procedures (including as to timing, rounding and minimum amounts, Interest Periods, and other notices by such Purchaser) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (provided that, subject to the proviso of clause (g) of this definition, such Purchase shall be required to be consummated no later than ten (10) Business Days after the time that Return Bids are required to be submitted by Lenders pursuant to the applicable Purchase Notice);

(g) upon submission by a Lender of a Return Bid, subject to the foregoing clause (f), such Lender will be irrevocably obligated to sell the entirety or its pro rata portion (as applicable pursuant to clause (e) above) of the Reply Amount at the Applicable Discount plus accrued and unpaid interest through the date of purchase to such Purchaser pursuant to Section 11.6(b) and as otherwise provided herein; provided that as long as no Return Bids have been submitted each Purchaser may rescind its Purchase Notice by notice to the Administrative Agent; and

(h) purchases by a Permitted Auction Purchaser of Qualifying Loans shall result in the immediate Cancellation of such Qualifying Loans.

 

26


Early Opt-in Election”: if the then-current Benchmark is LIBOR Rate the occurrence of:

(1) a notification by the Administrative Agent to (or the request by the Borrower Representative to the Administrative Agent to notify) each of the other parties hereto that at least five currently outstanding dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time contain (as a result of amendment or as originally executed) a SOFR-based rate (including SOFR, a term SOFR or any other rate based upon SOFR) as a benchmark rate (and such syndicated credit facilities are identified in such notice and are publicly available for review), and

(2) the joint election by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative to trigger a fallback from LIBOR Rate and the provision by the Administrative Agent of written notice of such election to the Lenders.

EEA Financial Institution”: means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country”: means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority”: means anybody which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

Eligible Assignee”: (a) any Lender, any Affiliate of a Lender and any Approved Fund (any two or more Approved Funds with respect to a particular Lender being treated as a single Eligible Assignee for all purposes hereof), and (b) any commercial bank, insurance company, financial institution, investment or mutual fund or other entity that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) and which extends credit or buys commercial loans in the ordinary course; provided that “Eligible Assignee” (x) shall include (i) Debt Fund Affiliates and Affiliated Lenders, subject to the provisions of Section 11.6(b)(iv) and (ii) Permitted Auction Purchasers, subject to the provisions of Section 11.6(b)(iii), and solely to the extent that such Permitted Auction Purchasers purchase or acquire Loans pursuant to a Dutch Auction or in open market purchases and effect a Cancellation immediately upon such contribution, purchase or acquisition pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (y) shall not include any Disqualified Lender or any natural person.

EMU Legislation”: the legislative measures of the European Council for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.

Environmental Laws”: any and all foreign, Federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law (including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning Materials of Environmental Concern, human health and safety with respect to exposure to Materials of Environmental Concern, and protection or restoration of the environment as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.

Equity Contribution”: as defined in the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement.

Equity Holder”: any direct or indirect equity holder of Holdings.

 

27


Equity Interests”: Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock) and with respect to Holdings and Top Borrower, shareholder loans to the extent issued as Permitted Cure Securities or pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(xi) shall be treated as Equity Interests of the Top Borrower or Holdings, as applicable, for all purposes hereunder (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any payments made with respect to such shareholder loans shall be treated as payments with respect to Equity Interests for all purposes hereunder, including Section 7.3, and not as payments with respect to Indebtedness).

Equity Offering”: any public or private sale after the Closing Date of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to such Person’s common stock registered on Form S-8; and

(2) an issuance to any Restricted Subsidiary.

ERISA”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

Erroneous Distribution”: as defined in Section 2.25.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule”: means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurocurrency Loans”: Loans that bear interest at a rate based on the definition of Eurocurrency Rate, other than any ABR Loan.

Eurocurrency Rate” means:

(a) for any Interest Period, with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, the rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), as administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period as displayed on the Reuters screen page that displays such rate (currently page LIBOR01) or, in the event such rate does not appear on a page of the Reuters screen, on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate as shall be selected by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its reasonable discretion (in such case, the “LIBOR Rate”), at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time), two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period;

(b) for any interest rate calculation with respect to an ABR Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to the LIBOR Rate, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the LIBOR Rate for any day shall be based on the rate determined on such day at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) by reference to the ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rates (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR Rate available) for deposits in Dollars (as set forth by any service selected by the Administrative Agent that has been nominated by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or the successor thereto if the ICE Benchmark Administration is no longer making a LIBOR Rate available) as an authorized vendor for the purpose of displaying such rates);

provided that (i) to the extent a comparable or successor rate is approved by the Administrative Agent in connection with any rate set forth in this definition, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided, further, that to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and (ii) if the Eurocurrency Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed zero for purposes of this Agreement.

 

28


Eurocurrency Tranche”: the collective reference to Eurocurrency Loans under a particular Facility the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).

Event of Default”: any of the events specified in Section 9.1; provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

Exchange Act”: the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Excluded Assets”: with respect to any Loan Party, (i) (1) any fee-owned real property not constituting Material Property, (2) any real property not subject to preceding clause (i) that contains improvements located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a “special flood hazard area” and (3) all leasehold or subleasehold property (and, for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall landlord lien waivers, estoppels and collateral access letters be required to be delivered with respect to any such leasehold property), (ii) any vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title (other than to the extent perfection of the security interest in such assets is accomplished solely by the filing of UCC financing statement), (iii) chattel paper, letter of credit rights and commercial tort claims, in each case, with a face value of less than $7,500,000 (other than to the extent perfection of the security interest therein is accomplished solely by the filing of UCC financing statement), (iv) any assets the granting of a security interest in which (1) is prohibited or restricted by law (including restrictions in respect of Margin Stock and financial assistance, fraudulent conveyance, preference, thin capitalization or other similar laws or regulations) or contract (solely with respect to those assets in which the applicable Borrower or Guarantor has acquired rights as a result of the relevant contract), (2) requires government or third-party consents (after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or other applicable law, the granting or assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC or other applicable law notwithstanding any applicable prohibition) or (3) results in material adverse accounting, regulatory or U.S. Tax consequences as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative in consultation with the Administrative Agent, (v) (A) any Margin Stock and (B) Equity Interests in an Excluded Subsidiary (other than a CFC or a FSHCO) (but the Capital Stock of any Excluded Subsidiary referred to in clause (i) of the definition thereof shall be an “Excluded Asset” only in the event and to the extent the pledge of such Capital Stock is prohibited or restricted by the terms of its Organizational Documents or joint venture documents) or an Immaterial Subsidiary, (vi) any assets where the cost of obtaining a security interest in, or perfection of a security interest in, such assets exceeds the practical benefit to the Secured Parties afforded thereby (as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative), (vii) any governmental licenses or state or local franchises, charters and authorizations, to the extent a security interest in any such license, franchise, charter or authorization is prohibited or restricted thereby, (viii) any lease, license, agreement or similar arrangement or any property subject thereto (including pursuant to a purchase money security interest or similar arrangement) to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement or purchase money arrangement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than the Loan Parties) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC or other applicable law, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC or other applicable law notwithstanding such prohibition, (ix) any Cash Equivalents (other than proceeds of Collateral as to which perfection of the security interest in such proceeds is accomplished solely by the filing of UCC financing statement), deposit and securities accounts (including securities entitlements and related assets) and any other assets requiring perfection through control agreements or perfection by “control” (other than in respect of certificated equity interests in the Borrowers and material Wholly Owned Restricted

 

29


Subsidiaries thereof otherwise required to be pledged), (x) any intent-to-use trademark application prior to the filing and acceptance by the United States Patent and Trademark Office of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto, to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application, or any registration issuing therefrom, under applicable federal law, (xi) any assets of any Excluded Subsidiary or any Immaterial Subsidiary, (xii) any property subject to a capital lease, purchase money security interest or, in the case of property of a Loan Party acquired after the Closing Date, pre-existing secured indebtedness not Incurred in anticipation of the acquisition by the applicable Loan Party, to the extent that the granting of a security interest in such property would be prohibited under the terms of such capital lease, purchase money financing or secured indebtedness, (xiii) any Equity Interests of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, (xiv) any Equity Interests of a CFC or of a FSHCO, other than 65% of the total outstanding voting Equity Interests and 100% of the total outstanding non-voting Equity Interests of such CFC or FSHCO that, in each case, are directly owned by a Loan Party, (xv) receivables and related assets (A) sold to any Receivables Subsidiary or (B) otherwise pledged in connection with any Qualified Receivables Financing, (xvi) any assets which are subject to a security interest in respect of Acquired Indebtedness and such security interest constitutes a Permitted Lien and (xvii) to the extent used exclusively to hold funds in trust for the benefit of third parties, (1) payroll, healthcare and other employee wage and benefit accounts, (2) tax accounts, including sales tax accounts, (3) escrow, defeasance and redemption accounts and (4) fiduciary or trust accounts and, in the case of clauses (xvii)(1) through (xvii)(4), the funds or other property held in or maintained in any such account.

Excluded Contributions”: the net cash proceeds and Cash Equivalents or Fair Market Value of assets or property received by or contributed to the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Original Acquisition Closing Date (other than (i) such amounts provided by or contributed to the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from or by any Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) Permitted Cure Securities) from:

(a) contributions to its common or preferred equity capital, and

(b) the sale (other than to the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary or management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent;

in each case of clauses (a) and (b) designated by the Borrower Representative as an Excluded Contribution, the proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 7.3(a)(3)(C).

Excluded Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of Holdings that is, at any time of determination, (i) not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, provided that such Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (ii) a special purpose securitization vehicle (or similar entity), including any Receivables Subsidiary created pursuant to a transaction permitted under this Agreement, (iii) a joint venture, (iv) a not-for-profit Subsidiary, (v) a Captive Insurance Subsidiary, (vi) a CFC, (vii) a FSHCO, (viii) a Subsidiary of a CFC, (ix) an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (x) any Foreign Subsidiary, (xi) any Immaterial Subsidiary (provided that, in the absence of any other applicable limitation, such Subsidiary shall cease to be an Excluded Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary is no longer an Immaterial Subsidiary), (xii) for which the granting of a pledge or security interest would be prohibited or restricted by applicable law (including financial assistance, fraudulent conveyance, preference, thin capitalization or other similar laws or regulations), whether on the Closing Date or thereafter or by contract existing on the Closing Date, or, if such Subsidiary is acquired after the Closing Date, by contract existing when such Subsidiary is acquired (so long as such prohibition is not created in contemplation of such

 

30


acquisition), including any requirement to obtain the consent of any Governmental Authority or third party (unless such consent has been obtained), (xiii) to the extent any Indebtedness Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary prior to becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (and not Incurred in contemplation of such Restricted Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary) prohibits such Restricted Subsidiary (and any Subsidiary thereof) from becoming a Guarantor, (xiv) for which the cost of providing a Guarantee is excessive in relation to the value afforded thereby (as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent) or (xv) any Subsidiary for which the provision of a guarantee could reasonably be expected to result in material adverse Tax consequences as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative in consultation with the Administrative Agent; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower Representative may in its sole discretion designate any Excluded Subsidiary as a Subsidiary Guarantor and in connection therewith shall comply with the provisions of Section 6.9(c) and may, thereafter, re-designate such Subsidiary as an Excluded Subsidiary (so long as such Subsidiary otherwise then qualified as an Excluded Subsidiary), upon which re-designation such Subsidiary shall automatically be released from its Guarantee in accordance with Section 8.9.

Facility”: any Class of Loans, as the context may require.

Fair Market Value”: with respect to any Investment, asset, property or transaction, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative).

FATCA”: as defined in Section 2.19(a).

Federal Funds Rate”: for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to Barclays Bank PLC on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent, provided, further, that if the Federal Funds Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed zero for purposes of this Agreement.

Fee Letter”: the Fee Letter, dated February 18, 2021, among Barclays Bank PLC, Credit Suisse Loan Funding LLC, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, Goldman Sachs Bank USA and the Top Borrower, as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Financial Definitions”: the definitions of Consolidated Interest Expense, Consolidated Net Income, Total First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, Total Net Leverage Ratio, Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Total Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Fixed Charges and Net Income, and any defined term or section reference included in such definitions.

First Lien Bank Agent”: the “Administrative Agent” as defined in the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement.

 

31


First Lien Bank Credit Agreement”: (i) the First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2018, among Holdings, the Top Borrower, the other borrowers and guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the First Lien Bank Agent, as amended, restated, refinanced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or (ii) one or more credit agreements among Holdings, any Borrower, and other parties from time to time party thereto pursuant to which the Indebtedness under the credit agreement referenced in clause (i) above or indebtedness under a subsequent credit agreement referenced in this clause (ii) has been Refinanced in whole or in part in a Refinancing that is permitted in accordance with this Agreement, the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, with Indebtedness that is secured by Liens on the Collateral which are pari passu to the Liens on the Collateral in favor of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement.

First Lien Bank Documents”: the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement, and each other “Loan Document” (as defined in the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement (as it may be Refinanced in a Refinancing that is permitted in accordance with the provisions herein)).

First Lien Bank Facilities”: the commitments and the extensions of credit made under the First Lien Bank Documents.

First Lien Bank Loans”: the loans under the First Lien Bank Facilities.

First Lien Bank Security Documents”: the meaning ascribed to “Security Documents” in the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement.

First Lien Obligations”: the Loans, the First Lien Bank Loans and any other Indebtedness that is permitted hereunder to be secured on a pari passu basis with the Liens that secure the Initial Loans (or any refinancing thereof with loans having the same Lien priority as the Initial Loans prior to such refinancing), including the obligations under the First Lien Bank Loans.

First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement”: the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2018, by and among the First Lien Bank Agent, the Second Lien Agent, the Borrowers and the Guarantors, as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

First Priority Refinancing Term Facility”: as defined in the definition of “Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt.”

Fixed Amounts”: as defined in Section 1.5.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”: for any period, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA for such period to the Fixed Charges for such period. In the event that Holdings, the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems (or gives irrevocable notice of redemption for), retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than in the case of revolving advances under any Qualified Receivables Financing in which case interest expense shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period) or issues or redeems (or gives irrevocable notice of redemption for) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption (including as contemplated by any such irrevocable notice of redemption), retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, or such issuance or redemption (including as contemplated by any such irrevocable notice of redemption) of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

 

32


For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments (including any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary), acquisitions, dispositions, mergers (including the Transactions), consolidations and disposed or discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and Operational Changes that Holdings, the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries has both determined to make and made after the Closing Date and during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or substantially simultaneously with the Calculation Date (each, for purposes of this definition, a “pro forma event”) shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers (including the Transactions), consolidations, Operational Changes and discontinued operations (and the change of any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If, since the beginning of such period, any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into Holdings, the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made or effected any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, or Operational Changes that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, discontinued operation or Operational Changes had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower Representative to the extent identifiable and supportable. Any such pro forma calculation may include, without duplication, (1) adjustments appropriate to reflect cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event to the extent set forth in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA” and (2) all adjustments of the nature set forth on Schedule 1.1H to the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to the reference period.

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower Representative to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Borrower Representative may designate. In connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, the Borrower Representative may determine baskets and ratios in accordance with Section 1.4.

Fixed Charges”: with respect to Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the sum of:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense paid in cash during such period; and

(2) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

33


provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any charges arising from (i) the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 480-10-25-4 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity—Overall—Recognition” to any series of Preferred Stock other than Disqualified Stock or (ii) the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 470-20 “Debt—Debt with Conversion Options—Recognition,” in each case, shall be disregarded in the calculation of Fixed Charges.

Fixed GAAP Date”: January 1, 2020; provided that at any time after the Closing Date, the Borrower Representative may by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to change the Fixed GAAP Date and upon such notice, the Fixed GAAP Date shall be, at the election of the Borrower Representative, either the first day of the fiscal quarter in which such notice is delivered or the first day of the first fiscal quarter beginning after delivery of such notice, and for all periods thereafter.

Fixed GAAP Terms”: (a) the definitions of the terms “Capitalized Lease Obligation,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Total First Lien Net Leverage Ratio,” “Total Net Leverage Ratio,” “Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio,” “Consolidated Total Indebtedness,” “Consolidated EBITDA” and “Indebtedness,” (b) all defined terms in this Agreement to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any of the foregoing definitions, and (c) any other term or provision of this Agreement that, at the Borrower Representative’s election, may be specified by the Borrower Representative by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time.

Floor” means the benchmark rate floor, if any, provided in this Agreement initially (as of the execution of this Agreement, the modification, amendment or renewal of this Agreement or otherwise) with respect to LIBOR Rate.

Foreign Benefit Plan Event”: with respect to any Foreign Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable law, or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from a Governmental Authority, (b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable law or the terms of the Foreign Plan, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the receipt of a notice by a Governmental Authority relating to the intention to terminate any such Foreign Plan or to appoint a trustee or similar official to administer any such Foreign Plan, (d) the incurrence of any liability by a Loan Party or any of Subsidiary of a Loan Party on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein, (e) the occurrence of any transaction that could result in a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party incurring, or the imposition on a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party of, any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with applicable law or (f) any other event or condition with respect to a Foreign Plan that is not in compliance with applicable law that could result in liability of a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party.

Foreign Plan”: any pension plan, benefit plan, fund or other similar program established, maintained or contributed to by a Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party primarily for the benefit of individuals residing outside the United States (other than plans, funds or similar programs that are maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority), and which is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

Foreign Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of Holdings that is not a US Subsidiary.

Forms”: as defined in Section 2.19(j).

FSHCO”: any Subsidiary of Holdings that has no material assets other than (a) Capital Stock (or Capital Stock and Indebtedness) of one or more direct or indirect Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs or (b) Capital Stock (or Capital Stock and Indebtedness) of a Subsidiary that holds no material assets other than those described in clause (a) above.

 

34


Funding Default”: as defined in Section 2.17(d).

GAAP”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America that are in effect on the Fixed GAAP Date (for purposes of the Fixed GAAP Terms) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Agreement); provided, that at any date after the Closing Date the Borrower Representative may make an irrevocable election to establish that GAAP shall mean GAAP as in effect on a date that is on or prior to the date of such election.

Global Intercompany Note”: a note substantially in the form of Exhibit J.

Governmental Approval”: any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority”: any nation, or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank, administrative tribunal or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies exercising such powers or functions, such as the European Union or the European Central Bank) and any group or body charged with setting financial accounting or regulatory capital rules or standards (including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision or any successor or similar authority to any of the foregoing).

Group Members”: the collective reference to Holdings, the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries.

guarantee”: as to any Person, a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness of another Person.

Guarantee”: as defined in Section 8.2.

Guarantee Obligation”: as to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”), any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the guaranteeing person that guarantees or in effect guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a separate obligation by another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) that guarantees or in effect guarantees, any Indebtedness (the “primary obligations”) of any other third Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated

 

35


or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith.

Guarantor Joinder Agreement”: an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit G.

Guarantor Obligations”: as defined in Section 8.1.

Guarantors”: the collective reference to Holdings, each Borrower (except with respect to its own Obligations) and the Subsidiary Guarantors (in each case, except to the extent released in accordance with this Agreement).

Hedging Obligations”: with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under Swap Agreements.

Holdings”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Immaterial Subsidiary”: each Subsidiary which, as of the most recently ended Test Period, contributed 5% or less of Consolidated EBITDA for such period; provided that, if, as of the most recently ended Test Period, the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA attributable to all Subsidiaries that are Immaterial Subsidiaries exceeds 20% of Consolidated EBITDA for any such period, the Borrower Representative (or, in the event the Borrower Representative has failed to do so within 30 days, the Administrative Agent) shall designate sufficient Subsidiaries to eliminate such excess, and such designated Subsidiaries shall no longer constitute Immaterial Subsidiaries under this Agreement.

Incur”: with respect to any Indebtedness, issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

Incurrence-Based Amounts”: as defined in Section 1.5.

Indebtedness”: with respect to any Person:

(a) the principal and premium (if any) of any Indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (i) in respect of borrowed money, (ii) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (iii) representing the deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property, asset or business, except (x) any such balance that constitutes a trade payable, accrued expense or similar obligation to a trade creditor and (y) any acquisition earn-out obligations, (iv) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations or purchase money debt or (v) representing any Hedging Obligations, other than Hedging Obligations that are incurred in the normal course of business and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, commodity prices or foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, provided that Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings appearing upon the balance sheet of Holdings solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP shall be excluded;

 

36


(b) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations described in clause (a) of another Person (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and

(c) to the extent not otherwise included, obligations described in clause (a) of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and (ii) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;

provided that (a) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) obligations under or in respect of Receivables Financings, (c) Obligations associated with other post-employment benefits and pension plans, workers’ compensation claims, deferred compensation or employee or director equity plans, social security or wage taxes, (d) any operating leases as such an instrument would be determined in accordance with GAAP on the Original Acquisition Closing Date, (e) in connection with the purchase by Holdings, the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may be entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing until 30 days after any such obligation becomes contractually due and payable, (f) deferred or prepaid revenues, (g) any Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock), (h) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller, (i) premiums payable to, and advance commissions or claims payments from, insurance companies, (j) earn-out or similar obligations, (k) intercompany indebtedness made in the ordinary course of business and having a term not exceeding 364 days, (l) deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower Representative and its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (m) obligations, to the extent such obligations would otherwise constitute Indebtedness, under any agreement that have been defeased or satisfied and discharged pursuant to the terms of such agreement shall in each case not constitute Indebtedness.

Indemnitee”: as defined in Section 11.5.

Indemnified Liabilities”: as defined in Section 11.5.

Independent Financial Advisor”: an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant, in each case of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith determination of the Borrower Representative or its direct or indirect parent, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Initial Loan”: a Loan made on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.1.

Insolvency”: with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

Insolvent”: pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.

Intellectual Property Security Agreements”: collectively, (a) each of the intellectual property security agreements among the Loan Parties party thereto and the Collateral Agent, in each case substantially in a form reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent and (b) each other intellectual property security agreement or intellectual property security agreement supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.9, Section 6.11, or Section 6.15, in each case as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

37


Intercreditor Agreement”: (i) the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and (iii) an intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (which intercreditor agreement will be deemed approved by each Lender who has not objected within five (5) Business Days following the posting thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders (or such other time as reasonably agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative)), in each case as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Interest Payment Date”: (a) as to any ABR Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December (commencing on June 30, 2021) and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurocurrency Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Eurocurrency Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months, each day that is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period and (d) as to any Eurocurrency Loan (except in the case of the repayment or prepayment of all Loans), the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect thereof.

Interest Period”: as to any Eurocurrency Loan, the period commencing on the borrowing, continuation or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurocurrency Loan and ending (i) one, two, three or six (in each case, subject to availability) months thereafter or (ii) if approved by all Lenders under the relevant Facility, twelve months thereafter, one week thereafter or such other period as all relevant Lenders shall agree, in each case as selected by the Borrower Representative in its irrevocable notice of borrowing, continuation or conversion, substantially in the form of Exhibit H, or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative; provided that all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

(i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(ii) the Borrowers may not select an Interest Period under the Facilities beyond the date final payment is due on the Loans;

(iii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and

(iv) if the Borrower Representative shall fail to specify the Interest Period in any notice of borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of, Eurocurrency Loans, the Borrower Representative shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month.

Investment Grade Rating”: a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other rating agency.

 

38


Investment Grade Securities”:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents) of the U.S., Canada, any country that is a member of the European Union, or the United Kingdom;

(2) securities that have an Investment Grade Rating;

(3) investments in any fund that invests at least 95% of its assets in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution; and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments”: with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, trade credit and advances or extensions of credit to customers and vendors, commission, travel and similar advances to officers, directors, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business) and purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 7.3:

(1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Top Borrower’s direct or indirect equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Top Borrower at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Top Borrower shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Top Borrower’s direct or indirect “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Top Borrower’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer.

For the avoidance of doubt, a guarantee by the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary of the obligations of another Person (the “primary obligor”) shall not be deemed to be an Investment by the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in the primary obligor to the extent that such obligations of the primary obligor are in favor of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, and in no event shall (x) a guarantee of an operating lease or other business contract of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or (y) intercompany indebtedness among the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business and having a term not exceeding 364 days be deemed an Investment.

IPO Reorganization Transactions”: transactions taken in connection with and reasonably related to consummating a Public Offering, in each case, whether or not consummated.

IRS”: as defined in Section 11.6(c)(i).

 

39


ISDA Definitions”: the 2006 ISDA Definitions published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or any successor thereto, as amended or supplemented from time to time, or any successor definitional booklet for interest rate derivatives published from time to time by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or such successor thereto.

Junior Indebtedness”: collectively, (i) Subordinated Indebtedness and (ii) Junior Lien Obligations.

Junior Lien Obligations”: any Indebtedness that is secured on a junior basis to the Obligations, including the Second Lien Loans and the other obligations under the Second Lien Documents.

Junior Priority Refinancing Term Facility”: as defined in the definition of “Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt.”

Latest Maturity Date”: at any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time.

Laws”: collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

Legal Reservations”: the principle that enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

Lenders”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

LIBOR”: as defined in the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate”.

LIBOR Rate”: as defined in the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate”.

Lien”: any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Limited Condition Transaction”: (a) any acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, including by way of merger, amalgamation or consolidation, by the Top Borrower or one or more of the Restricted Subsidiaries, whose consummation is not conditioned upon the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing (or, if such a condition does exist, the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, would be required to pay any fee, liquidated damages or other amount or be subject to any indemnity, claim or other liability as a result of such third party financing not having been available or obtained) or (b) any redemption, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption, satisfaction and discharge or repayment; provided that the Consolidated Net Income (and any other financial term derived therefrom), other than for purposes of calculating any ratios in connection with the Limited Condition Transaction, shall not include any Consolidated Net Income of, or attributable to, the target company or assets associated with any such Limited Condition Transaction unless and until the closing of such Limited Condition Transaction shall have actually occurred.

 

40


Loan”: any loan made or maintained by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

Loan Documents”: this Agreement, the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes, the Security Documents, any Co-Borrower Joinder and any other document designated as a “Loan Document” by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative from time to time.

Loan Parties”: the collective reference to the Borrowers and the Guarantors.

Loan Purchase Amount”: as defined in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Management Agreement”: one or more management services or consulting services agreements, between Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company or any Restricted Subsidiary and the Sponsors and any other beneficial owner in the equity in the Borrower Representative or any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower Representative, which shall become effective on the fifth Business Day after the Administrative Agent shall have posted such proposed agreement to all Lenders, unless, prior to such time, Lenders comprising the Required Lenders have delivered to the Administrative Agent written notice that such Required Lenders object to such agreement as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time; provided that such amendments, supplements or modifications are not materially adverse to the Lenders as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative.

Management Equityholder”: an Equity Holder that is a present or former employee, director, consultant or otherwise a member of management of Holdings, its Subsidiaries or any of Holdings’ direct or indirect parent companies (or any entity controlled by any of the foregoing Persons), but excluding any Person that holds its equity through a Sponsor-controlled entity.

Margin Stock”: as set forth in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System, or any successor thereto.

Market Capitalization”: an amount equal to (a) the total number of issued and outstanding shares of common Capital Stock of the Top Borrower, Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company thereof on the date of the declaration of a Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to Section 7.3(b)(viii) multiplied by (b) the arithmetic mean of the closing prices per share of such common Capital Stock on the principal securities exchange on which such shares of common Capital Stock are traded for the thirty (30) consecutive trading days immediately preceding the date of declaration of such Restricted Payment.

Material Adverse Effect”: (i) on the Closing Date, a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) and (ii) after the Closing Date, a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, liabilities, operations, financial condition or operating results of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (b) the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their payment obligations under the Loan Documents or (c) the rights, remedies and benefits available to, or conferred upon, the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Secured Party hereunder or thereunder.

Material Property”: any individual fee owned real property located in the United States with a Fair Market Value equal to or greater than $15,000,000 (such Fair Market Value to be determined (x) in the case of any real property owned on the Closing Date, as of the Closing Date, and (y) in the case of any real property acquired after the Closing Date, as of the date of acquisition thereof).

 

41


Materials of Environmental Concern”: any chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, any petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, lead or lead-based paints or materials, radon, urea-formaldehyde insulation, toxic molds, fungi and mycotoxins, and radioactive materials that are regulated pursuant to Environmental Law or may have an adverse effect on human health or the environment.

Maturity Date”: the date that is 364 days after the Closing Date.

Maximum Amount”: as defined in Section 11.20(a).

Moodys”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Mortgage”: any deed of trust, mortgage or deed to secure debt in respect of Material Property in the U.S. made by a Loan Party in favor or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, in each case as the same may be amended, amended and restated, extended, supplemented, substituted or otherwise modified from time to time.

Mortgaged Properties”: the real properties as to which, pursuant to Section 6.9(b) or otherwise, the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be granted a Lien pursuant to the Mortgages.

Multiemployer Plan”: a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

Net Cash Proceeds”: (a) in connection with any Asset Sale, any Recovery Event or any other sale of assets the proceeds thereof actually received in the form of Cash Equivalents (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received), net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, and other bona fide fees, costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith, (ii) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien not prohibited hereunder on any asset that is the subject of such Asset Sale, Recovery Event or other sale of assets (other than any Lien pursuant to a Security Document), (iii) Taxes paid and the Borrower Representative’s reasonable and good faith estimate of income, franchise, sales, and other applicable Taxes required to be paid by any Group Member or any Equity Holder in connection with such Asset Sale, Recovery Event or other sale of assets, (iv) a reasonable reserve for any indemnification payments (fixed or contingent) attributable to the seller’s indemnities and representations and warranties to the purchaser in respect of such Asset Sale, Recovery Event or other sale of assets owing by any Group Member in connection therewith and which are reasonably expected to be required to be paid; provided that to the extent such indemnification payments are not made and are no longer reserved for, such reserve amount shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds, (v) cash escrows to any Group Member from the sale price for such Asset Sale, Recovery Event or other sale of assets; provided that any cash released from such escrow shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds upon such release, (vi) in the case of a Recovery Event, costs of preparing assets for transfer upon a taking or condemnation, (vii) in the case of any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event by a non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion (calculated without regard to this clause (vii)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Borrower Representative or a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary and (viii) other customary fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith and net of Taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof (after taking into account the reduction in Tax liability resulting from any available operating losses and net operating loss carryovers, Tax credits, and Tax credit carry

 

42


forwards, and similar Tax attributes or deductions and any Tax sharing arrangements), and (b) in connection with any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or any incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, the proceeds thereof received in the form of Cash Equivalents from any such issuance, sale or incurrence, net of attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants’ fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other bona fide fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith.

Net Income”: with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) attributable to such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Non-Debt Fund Affiliate”: any Affiliate of Holdings other than (i) Holdings, the Borrowers or any Subsidiary of Holdings or the Borrowers, (ii) any Debt Fund Affiliate and (iii) any natural person.

Non-Excluded Taxes”: as defined in Section 2.19(a).

Non-Guarantor Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor.

Non-U.S. Lender”: as defined in Section 2.19(j).

Note”: a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit F, as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Notice of Change of Control”: as defined in Section 2.11(i).

NYFRB”: the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

Obligations”: the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to any Borrower or any Guarantor, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans, and all other obligations and liabilities of any Borrower or any other Loan Party (including with respect to guarantees) to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other Secured Party, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender that are required to be paid by any Borrower or any Guarantor pursuant to any Loan Document), Guarantee Obligations or otherwise.

OFAC”: the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

Offer Price”: as defined in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Officers Certificate”: a certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower Representative or any other Group Member by any Responsible Officer thereof.

OID”: with respect to any Loan (or repricing thereof), the amount of any original issue discount or upfront fees (which shall be deemed to constitute a like amount of original issue discount) paid by a Borrower, but excluding (i) any arrangement, structuring, syndication, commitment, ticking, unused line or other fees payable in connection therewith that are not shared with all Lenders in the primary syndication thereof (and excluding any bona fide arranger, structuring, syndication, commitment, ticking, unused line or similar fees paid to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender in its capacity as a commitment party or arranger and regardless of whether such Indebtedness is syndicated to third parties) and (ii) customary consent fees for any amendment paid generally to consenting lenders, in each case, which excluded fees shall not be included and equated to the interest rate.

 

43


Operational Changes” means any cost savings initiative, business optimization expense, operating expense reduction, restructuring charge or similar charges, in each case, consistent with the type specified in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA.

Organizational Document”: (i) relative to each Person that is a corporation, its charter and its by-laws (or similar documents), (ii) relative to each Person that is a limited liability company, its certificate of formation and its operating agreement (or similar documents), (iii) relative to each Person that is a limited partnership, its certificate of formation or registration and its limited partnership agreement (or similar documents), (iv) relative to each Person that is a general partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar document), (v) relative to each Person that is an exempted limited partnership, its exempted limited partnership agreement, (vi) relative to each Person that is an exempted company, its memorandum and articles of association and (vii) relative to any Person that is any other type of entity, such documents as shall be comparable to the foregoing.

Original Acquisition Closing Date”: August 1, 2018.

Other Applicable Indebtedness”: as defined in Section 2.11(c).

Other Obligations”: any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided that Other Obligations with respect to the Loans shall not include fees or indemnification in favor of third parties other than the Secured Parties.

Other Taxes”: any and all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies (including any penalties, interest and additional amounts with respect thereto) arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Outstanding Amount”: on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof on such date after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Loans occurring on such date.

Overnight Rate” means, for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Rate and (b) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

PA Borrower”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Parent Holding Company”: any direct or indirect parent entity of Holdings which holds directly or indirectly 100% of the Equity Interest of Holdings and which does not hold Equity Interests in any other Person (except for any other Parent Holding Company).

Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement”: the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

Participant”: as defined in Section 11.6(c).

 

44


Participant Register”: as defined in Section 11.6(c).

Patriot Act”: USA PATRIOT Improvement and Reauthorization Act, Pub. L. 109-177 (signed into law March 9, 2009), as amended.

PBGC”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor).

PeopleAdmin”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Perfection Requirements”: the making or procuring of appropriate registrations, filings, endorsements or stampings, in each case, in accordance with local laws and/or notifications of the Security Documents and/or the Liens created thereunder.

Performance Matters”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Permitted Acquisition”: as defined in clause (23) of the definition of “Permitted Investments.”

Permitted Asset Swap”: the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and Cash Equivalents between the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person.

Permitted Auction Purchaser”: the Top Borrower or Holdings or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries.

Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt”: (a) Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, (b) Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt or (c) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, in each case, issued, Incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace or Refinance, in whole or part, existing Loans hereunder (including any successive Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt) (any such extended, renewed, replaced or Refinanced Loans, “Refinanced Credit Agreement Debt”); provided that (i) such extending, renewing or refinancing Indebtedness is in an original aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) not greater than the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Refinanced Credit Agreement Debt plus an amount equal to unpaid and accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable and customary fees and expenses (including upfront fees, original issue discount and underwriting discounts), and (ii) such Refinanced Credit Agreement Debt shall be repaid, defeased or satisfied and discharged, and all accrued interest, fees and premiums (if any) in connection therewith shall be paid, on the date such Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt is issued, Incurred or obtained.

Permitted Cure Securities”: as defined in the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement.

Permitted Early Maturity Indebtedness”: any Indebtedness in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $115,000,000.

Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt”: any secured Indebtedness Incurred by any Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes or senior secured term loans (each, a “First Priority Refinancing Term Facility”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness consists of First Lien Obligations, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt in respect of Loans (including portions of Classes of Loans) and (iii) such Indebtedness complies with the Permitted Refinancing Requirements; provided that an Officer’s Certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower

 

45


Representative delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) prior to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this definition shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower Representative within such five Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees)). Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Holders”: (i) the Sponsors, (ii) the Management Equityholders, (iii) any Person that has no material assets other than the Capital Stock of Holdings (and/or any direct or indirect Parent Holding Company) and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any direct or indirect Parent Holding Company, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any Permitted Holder specified in clauses (i) and/or (ii) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof, (iv) any other beneficial owner in the equity in Holdings or any direct or indirect Parent Holding Company as of the Closing Date and (v) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any Permitted Holder specified in clauses (i), (ii) or (iv) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of Holdings or any direct or indirect Parent Holding Company or of a Permitted Holder specified in clause (iii) above (a “Permitted Holder Group”), so long as no Person or other “group” (other than a Permitted Holder specified in clauses (i) and (iii) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group.

Permitted Investments”:

(1) any Investment in the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities;

(3) (x) any Investment in a Person if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary and (y) any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets, including earnouts, not constituting Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to Section 7.5 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment (x) existing on the Closing Date and, with respect to any such Investment in excess of $7,500,000 in aggregate amount, set forth on Schedule 1.1E, (y) made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Closing Date and, with respect to any such Investment in excess of $7,500,000 in aggregate amount, set forth on Schedule 1.1E and (z) that replaces, Refinances, refunds, renews or extends any Investment described under either of the immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y), provided that any such Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, Refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except to the extent required by the terms of such Investment on the Closing Date;

 

46


(6) loans and advances to, and guarantees of Indebtedness of, employees of the Top Borrower (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) or a Restricted Subsidiary not in excess, at the time such Investment is made, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (6) that are at the time outstanding, of the greater of $10,000,000 and 6.0% of Consolidated EBITDA, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(7) any Investment acquired by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or receivable or other claim held by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the Top Borrower or such other Investment or receivable, (b) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons, (c) in good faith settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates or (d) as a result of a foreclosure by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

(8) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 7.2(b)(xii);

(9) Investments by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, at the time such Investment is made, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $75,000,000 and 49.0% of Consolidated EBITDA, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period at any one time outstanding, plus any unused amounts available under Section 7.3(b)(xxii) (with a corresponding reduction to that basket); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(10) loans and advances to (or guarantees of Indebtedness of) future, present or former officers, directors, employees and consultants for business related travel expenses (including entertainment expense), moving and relocation expenses, Tax advances, payroll advances and other similar expenses, or to fund such Person’s purchase or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company thereof under compensation plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Top Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof) in good faith;

(11) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Top Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower, as applicable; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 7.3(a)(3);

(12) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.6 (except transactions described in clauses (b)(ii), (b)(v), (b)(x)(B, (b)(xxiii) and (b)(xxiv)) therein);

(13) Investments consisting of (y) the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons or (z) any license or sublicense of intellectual property granted in the ordinary course of business or which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(14) guarantees issued in accordance with Section 7.2 and Section 6.9;

 

47


(15) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment (including prepayments to suppliers) or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(16) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness; provided, however, that any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional receivables or an equity interest;

(17) Investments resulting from the receipt of non-cash consideration in an Asset Sale received in compliance with Section 7.5;

(18) (x) Investments in joint ventures of the Top Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Closing Date, (y) Investments in joint ventures in an aggregate amount not to exceed, at the time such Investment is made, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18)(y) that are at the time outstanding, the greater of $50,000,000 and 32.0% of Consolidated EBITDA, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period and (z) Investments in Similar Businesses in an aggregate amount not to exceed, at the time such Investment is made, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (18)(z) that are at the time outstanding, the greater of $60,000,000 and 39.0% of Consolidated EBITDA, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (18) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (18) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(19) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of an entity merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction that is not prohibited by Section 7.8 after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(20) Investments made in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client contacts and advances, loans, rebates and extensions of credit (including the creation of receivables) to suppliers, distributors, customers and vendors, and performance guarantees, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(21) the acquisition of assets or Capital Stock solely in exchange for the issuance of common equity securities of the Top Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower);

(22) unlimited Investments; provided that both before and after giving effect to such Investment (i) no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or 9.1(g) has occurred or is continuing and (ii) the Total Net Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period, does not exceed 6.50 to 1.00;

(23) acquisitions by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the majority of the Capital Stock of Persons or of assets constituting a division, business unit or product line of, or all or substantially all of the assets of a Person (each a “Permitted Acquisition”); provided that (i) no Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or 9.1(g) has occurred or is continuing both before and after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition, (ii) the line of business of the acquired entity shall be similar, ancillary,

 

48


complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses conducted by the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) any Person acquired shall become, and any Person acquiring assets shall be, a Restricted Subsidiary (unless designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) and (iv) the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall take, and shall cause such Person to take, all actions required under Section 6.9 in connection therewith;

(24) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of UCC Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and UCC Article 4 customary banking arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(25) Investments (A) for utilities, security deposits, leases and similar prepaid expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and (B) trade accounts created, or prepaid expenses accrued, in the ordinary course of business;

(26) loans and advances to direct and indirect parent companies of the Top Borrower in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to such companies in accordance with Section 7.3;

(27) any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business;

(28) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or other permitted Investment;

(29) Investments resulting from the exercise of drag-along rights, put-rights, call-rights or similar rights under joint venture or similar documents;

(30) (i) IPO Reorganization Transactions, (ii) [reserved] and (iii) reorganizations and other activities related to tax planning and other reorganizations; provided, in the case of this clause (iii) that, in the reasonable business judgment of the Top Borrower, after giving effect to any such reorganizations and activities, there is no material adverse impact on the value of the (A) Collateral granted (or the security interests granted thereon) to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders or (B) Guarantees in favor of the Lenders, in the case of each of clauses (A) and (B), taken as a whole (any reorganizations and activities described in clause (iii) above, “Permitted Reorganizations”); and

(31) to the extent constituting Investments, advances in respect of transfer pricing and cost-sharing arrangements (i.e., “cost-plus” arrangements) that are (A) in the ordinary course of business and (B) funded not more than 120 days in advance of the applicable transfer pricing and cost-sharing payment.

Subject to the immediately following sentence, the amount of any non-cash Investments will be the Fair Market Value thereof at the time made, and the amount of any cash Investment will be the original cost thereof. To the extent any Investment in any Person is made in compliance with Section 7.3(b) in reliance on a category above that is subject to a Dollar-denominated restriction on the making of Investments and, subsequently, such Person returns to the Borrower, any other Loan Party or, to the extent applicable, any Restricted Subsidiary all or any portion of such Investment (in the form of a dividend, distribution, interest, payment, return of capital, repayment, liquidation or otherwise but excluding intercompany Indebtedness), such return shall be deemed to be credited to the Dollar-denominated category against which the Investment is then charged (but in any event not in an amount that would result in the aggregate dollar amount able to be invested in reliance on such category to exceed such Dollar-denominated restriction). To the extent the category subject to a Dollar-denominated restriction is also subject to an equivalent percentage of such Dollar amount which, at the date of determination, produces a numerical restriction that is greater than such Dollar amount, then such Dollar equivalent shall be deemed to be substituted in lieu of the corresponding Dollar amount in the foregoing sentence for purposes of determining such credit.

 

49


Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt”: any secured Indebtedness Incurred by any Borrower in the form of one or more series of junior lien secured notes or junior lien secured term loans (each, a “Junior Priority Refinancing Term Facility”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness constitutes Junior Lien Obligations, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt in respect of Loans (including portions of Classes of Loans) and (iii) such Indebtedness complies with the Permitted Refinancing Requirements; provided that an Officer’s Certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower Representative delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) prior to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this definition shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirement unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower Representative within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees)). Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Liens”: with respect to any Group Member:

(1) pledges or deposits by such Person in connection with (a) worker’s compensation, employment or unemployment insurance and other types of employers’ health tax, social security legislation, retirement and other similar legislation, employee source deductions, goods and services Taxes, sales Taxes, municipal Taxes and pension fund obligations or other insurance-related obligations (including, but not limited to, in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto), (b) securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees or similar instruments for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise supporting the payment of items set forth in the foregoing clause (a), or (c) good faith deposits, prepayments or cash pledges to secure bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases, subleases, licenses, sublicenses or similar agreements to which such Person is a party, performance and return of money bonds and other similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or government bonds to secure surety, stay, customs or appeal bonds or statutory bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested Taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(2) Liens with respect to outstanding motor vehicle fines and Liens imposed by law, such as landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction contractors’ and mechanics’ and other like Liens, in each case for sums not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if adequate reserves with respect thereto are being maintained in accordance with GAAP;

(3) Liens for Taxes, assessments or other governmental charges and corporate Taxes (i) not overdue for more than 60 days or (ii) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings if (a) adequate reserves with respect thereto are being maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP (or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, the accounting principles applicable in the relevant jurisdiction) or (b) they are immaterial to the Top Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (iii) on property the Borrower Representative or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has decided to abandon if the sole recourse for such Tax, assessment or governmental charge is to such property;

 

50


(4) Liens securing obligations incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(xiii) as well as Liens in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements, or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued, and completion guarantees provided for, in each case pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

(5) survey exceptions, encumbrances, leases, subleases, encroachments, protrusions, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, sublicenses, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph and telephone and cable television lines, and other similar purposes, or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances, including any title exceptions listed on any Title Policy) as to the use of real properties, or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which, in each case, do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person taken as a whole;

(6) Liens Incurred to secure Other Obligations in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(i), (b)(ii), (b)(iv), (b)(vi), (b)(vii), (b)(xiv), (b)(xv), (b)(xvi), (b)(xix) or (b)(xxix) (in each case, except to the extent required to be unsecured pursuant to the terms thereof); provided that, (A) in the case of Section 7.2(b)(vii), such Lien extends only to the assets and/or Capital Stock, the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of which is financed thereby and any income or profits thereof; provided that individual financings provided by a lender may be cross collateralized to other financings provided by such lender or its Affiliates, (B) in the case of Section 7.2(b)(vi) such Indebtedness complies with the Applicable Requirements, and (C) in the case of Section 7.2(b)(xv), such guarantee may only be subject to Liens to the extent the underlying Indebtedness may be subject to any Liens;

(7) (i) Liens securing the Obligations and (ii) Liens existing on the Closing Date;

(8) Liens on assets, property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the proceeds or products of such assets, property or shares of stock or improvements thereon);

(9) Liens on assets or on property at the time the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary acquired such assets or property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other assets or property owned by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the proceeds or products of such assets or property or shares of stock or improvements thereon);

(10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Top Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 7.2;

 

51


(11) Liens (including Liens on Cash Equivalents) securing Hedging Obligations in an amount not to exceed, at the time such Lien is created or Incurred, taken together with all other Liens Incurred pursuant to this clause (11), the greater of $20,000,000 and 13.0% of Consolidated EBITDA, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(13) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of, and the granting of an easement interest in and to, assets (including real property and intellectual property rights) in the ordinary course of business;

(14) Liens arising from UCC financing statement filings (or similar filings in any other jurisdiction) regarding operating leases or consignments or sales of receivables entered into by the Top Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and other Liens arising solely from precautionary UCC financing statements or similar filings;

(15) Liens in favor of the Top Borrower or any Guarantor;

(16) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(17) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers, insurance companies and brokers;

(18) Liens on the Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries and joint ventures that are not Restricted Subsidiaries;

(19) grants of software and other technology licenses in the ordinary course of business;

(20) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made;

(21) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(22) Liens Incurred to secure Cash Management Obligations or other Cash Management Services (each as defined in the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement) not prohibited by Section 7.2, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(23) Liens on equipment of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Top Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located;

(24) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (15) and (25) of this definition of “Permitted Liens;” provided, however, that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus proceeds or products of such property or improvements on such property), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not

 

52


increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (15) and (25) of this definition of “Permitted Liens” at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Agreement, and (B) an amount necessary to pay accrued and unpaid interest, any fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided that with regard to liens incurred under this clause (24) with respect to Liens originally permitted under clauses (11) or (25), clauses (11) and (25) shall continue to be calculated assuming such Lien was incurred under such clauses;

(25) Liens securing obligations which obligations do not exceed, at the time such Lien is created or Incurred, taken together with all other Liens Incurred pursuant to this clause (25), the greater of $70,000,000 and 45.0% of Consolidated EBITDA, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(26) Liens on the Collateral; provided that the holders of such Liens (or an agent, trustee or representative) have entered into an Intercreditor Agreement providing that such Liens are secured on a junior basis to the First Lien Obligations;

(27) Liens on receivables and related assets including proceeds thereof being sold in factoring arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(28) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Top Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Top Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Top Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(29) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(30) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 7.3; provided that such Liens do not extend to any assets other than those assets that are the subject of such repurchase agreement;

(31) restrictions on dispositions of assets to be disposed of pursuant to merger agreements, stock or asset purchase agreements and similar agreements;

(32) customary options, put and call arrangements, rights of first refusal and similar rights relating to Investments in joint ventures, partnerships and similar investment vehicles;

(33) any amounts held by a trustee in the funds and accounts under an indenture securing any revenue bonds issued for the benefit of the Top Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(34) Liens (i) in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business or (ii) on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods in the ordinary course of business;

 

53


(35) Liens not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness for borrowed money (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC (or similar filings in any other jurisdiction) on items in the course of collection; (ii) attaching to a pooling, commodity or securities trading account or other commodity or securities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (iii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of law or under customary general terms and conditions encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking or finance industry or arising pursuant to such banking or financial institution’s general terms and conditions (including Liens in favor of deposit banks or securities intermediaries securing customary fees, expenses or charges in connection with the establishment, operation or maintenance of deposit accounts or securities accounts);

(36) (i) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement in connection with an Investment permitted hereunder and (ii) Liens on advances of Cash Equivalents in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in a Permitted Investment to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment;

(37) customary Liens on deposits required in connection with the purchase of property, equipment and inventory, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(38) Liens on Cash Equivalents or other property arising in connection with the defeasance, discharge, repayment or redemption of Indebtedness; provided that such defeasance, discharge, repayment or redemption is permitted hereunder;

(39) Liens on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets;

(40) Liens given to a public utility or any municipality or Governmental Authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof; provided that such Liens do not materially interfere with the operations of the Top Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(41) Liens on assets of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, provided such Liens secure obligations of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries that are otherwise permitted hereunder and such Liens only encumber assets of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries;

(42) Liens arising out of or deemed to exist in connection with any financing transaction of the type described in clause (m) of the definition of “Asset Sale;”

(43) (i) pledges, deposits or Liens arising as a matter of law in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation schemes, payroll Taxes, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(44) restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put; provided that such covenants are complied with;

(45) [reserved]; and

 

54


(46) zoning by-laws and other land use restrictions, including site plan agreements, development agreements and contract zoning agreements.

The Borrower Representative may divide, classify (or later reclassify) any Lien (or any portion thereof) in one or more of the above categories (including in part in one category and in part another category) as set forth in this definition.

Permitted Refinancing Requirements”: with respect to any Indebtedness Incurred by any Borrower to Refinance, in whole or part, any other Indebtedness (such other Indebtedness, “Refinanced Debt”):

(a) with respect to all such Indebtedness:

(i) the other terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (excluding pricing, fees, rate floors and optional prepayment or redemption terms) are, taken as a whole, not materially more restrictive on the Group Members than those applicable to the Refinanced Debt, when taken as a whole (except for (x) financial covenants or other covenants or provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of such Refinancing, as may be agreed by the Borrower Representative and the providers of such Indebtedness, (y) terms that are conformed (or added) to the Loan Documents for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to an amendment between the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrowers or (z) terms that are customary market terms at the time of Incurrence (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) or are approved by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion;

(ii) if such Indebtedness is guaranteed, it is not guaranteed by any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Restricted Subsidiaries that are Loan Parties; and

(iii) the proceeds of such Indebtedness are applied, substantially concurrently with the Incurrence thereof, to the prepayment (or satisfaction and discharge) of the outstanding amount of the Refinanced Debt in accordance with its terms;

provided, that an Officer’s Certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower Representative delivered to the Administrative Agent at least five (5) Business Days (or a shorter period acceptable to the Administrative Agent) prior to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this definition, shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirements of this definition, unless the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower Representative within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a reasonable description of the basis upon which it disagrees);

(iv) other than Permitted Early Maturity Indebtedness and Customary Bridge Financing, (x) in the case of Refinancing Term Debt Incurred under any First Priority Refinancing Term Facility or any Junior Priority Refinancing Term Facility, such Indebtedness (A) does not mature prior to the maturity date of the Refinanced Debt and (B) does not have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Refinanced Debt and (y) in the case of Refinancing Term Debt incurred under an Unsecured Refinancing Term Facility, such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption or prepayment (except (i) customary asset sale or change of control provisions or (ii) other mandatory redemptions that are also made or offered to holders of outstanding Loans that are First Lien Obligations on at least a pari passu basis), in each case prior to the then Latest Maturity Date at the time such Refinancing Term Debt is incurred;

 

55


(v) such Indebtedness shares not greater than ratably in (or, if such Indebtedness constitutes Unsecured Refinancing Term Facility or Junior Priority Refinancing Term Facility, on a junior basis with respect to) any voluntary or mandatory prepayments of any Loans then outstanding; and

(b) if such Indebtedness is secured:

(i) such Indebtedness is not secured by any assets other than the Collateral (it being understood that such Indebtedness shall not be required to be secured by all of the Collateral); provided that Indebtedness that may be Incurred by Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 7.2 may be secured by assets of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries; and

(ii) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the providers of such Indebtedness shall have become party to an Intercreditor Agreement (or any Intercreditor Agreement shall have been amended or replaced in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), which results in such Senior Representative having rights to share in the Collateral as provided in the definition of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, in the case of a First Priority Refinancing Term Facility, or in the definition of Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, in the case of a Junior Priority Refinancing Term Facility.

Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt”: any unsecured Indebtedness Incurred by any Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or term loans (each, an “Unsecured Refinancing Term Facility”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness constitutes Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt in respect of Loans (including portions of Classes of Loans) and (ii) such Indebtedness complies with the Permitted Refinancing Requirements; provided that if an Officer’s Certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower Representative delivered to the Administrative Agent for posting to the Lenders at least five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) prior to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this definition, and the Required Lenders shall not have notified the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent that they disagree with such determination (including a statement of the basis upon which each such Lender disagrees) within such five (5) Business Day period, then such certificate shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirement. Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Person”: any natural person, corporation, limited partnership, exempted limited partnership, exempted company, general partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, bank trust company, land trust, business trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity whether legal or not.

Plan”: at a particular time, any employee benefit plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA and in respect of which Holdings or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Platform”: as defined in Section 6.2(a).

 

56


Preferred Stock”: any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or redemptions upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Prepayment-Based Incremental Amount”: as defined in the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

Prime Rate”: the rate of interest last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Lending Rate” in the United States or, if more than one rate is published as the “Prime Lending Rate”, the highest of such rates or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Federal Reserve Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the “bank prime loan” rate or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent) or any similar release by the Federal Reserve Board (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent).

Private Lender Information”: any information and documentation that is not Public Lender Information.

Pro Forma Basis”: (i) if, during such Reference Period, Holdings, the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Disposition (or discontinued any operations) of at least a division of a business unit, then, with respect to the calculation of any test, financial ratio, basket or covenant under this Agreement, including any Financial Definitions, such calculation for such Reference Period shall be given pro forma effect thereto as if such Disposition or discontinuation occurred on the first day of such Reference Period (for the avoidance of doubt, including (without duplication) pro forma adjustments, if any, to the extent set forth in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA);

(ii) if, during such Reference Period, Holdings, the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made an Investment or acquisition of assets, in each case constituting at least a division of a business unit or a product line of, or all or substantially all of the assets of, any Person (whether by way of merger, asset acquisition, acquisition of Capital Stock or otherwise), then, with respect to the calculation of any test, financial ratio, basket or covenant under this Agreement, including any Financial Definition, such calculation for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period (for the avoidance of doubt, including (without duplication) pro forma adjustments, if any, to the extent set forth in the definition of Consolidated EBITDA);

(iii) if, during such Reference Period, the Borrower Representative shall have designated any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or designated any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, then, with respect to the calculation of any test, financial ratio, basket or covenant under this Agreement, including any Financial Definition, such calculation for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such designation occurred on the first day of such Reference Period;

(iv) if, during such Reference Period, Holdings, the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have Incurred or shall have repaid, retired or extinguished any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid, retired or extinguished (and the commitments thereunder terminated) and not replaced), or issued or redeemed (or gives irrevocable notice of redemption for) any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, then, with respect to the calculation of any test, financial ratio, basket or covenant under this Agreement, including any Financial Definition, such calculation for such Reference Period shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, retirement, extinguishment, issuance or redemption (including as contemplated by any such irrevocable notice of redemption), as if the same had occurred on the first day of such Reference Period;

 

57


(v) if, following the last day of the most recently completed period of four consecutive fiscal quarters for which the financial statements and certificates required by Section 6.1(a) or (b), as the case may be, have been or were required to have been delivered and prior to the end of the Reference Period, Holdings, the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have Incurred or shall have repaid, retired or extinguished any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid, retired or extinguished (and the commitments thereunder terminated) and not replaced), or issued or redeemed (or gives irrevocable notice or redemption for) any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, then, with respect to the calculation of any test, financial ratio, basket or covenant under this Agreement, including any Financial Definition, such calculation for such Reference Period shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, retirement, extinguishment, issuance or redemption (including as contemplated by any such irrevocable notice of redemption), as if the same had occurred on the first day of such Reference Period; and

(vi) if, during such Reference Period, Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have commenced any Operational Changes, then, with respect to the calculation of any test, financial ratio, basket or covenant under this Agreement, including any Financial Definition, such calculation for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such designation or entry occurred on the first day of such Reference Period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any pro forma event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower Representative to the extent identifiable and supportable. Any such pro forma calculation shall include, without duplication, adjustments appropriate to reflect cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event to the extent set forth in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”.

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness).

Interest on (x) a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower Representative to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP and (y) any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate as the Borrower Representative may designate.

The term “Disposition” in this definition shall not include dispositions of inventory and other ordinary course dispositions of property.

Pro Rata Share”: with respect to (i) any Facility, and each Lender and such Lender’s share of all Commitments or Loans under such Facility, at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments of such Lender under such Facility at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the aggregate Commitments under such Facility at such time;

 

58


provided that if any Loans are outstanding under such Facility, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the amount of the Loans of such Lender under such Facility at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the aggregate Loans at such time; provided, further, that if all Loans under such Facility have been repaid, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender under such Facility shall be determined based on the Pro Rata Share of such Lender under such Facility immediately prior to such repayment and (ii) each Lender and all Loans and Outstanding Amounts at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is the Outstanding Amount with respect to Loans and Commitments of such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the Outstanding Amount (in aggregate); provided that if all Outstanding Amounts have been repaid or terminated, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be determined based on the Pro Rata Share of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof.

Properties”: as defined in Section 4.14(a).

PTE”: means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

Public Lender”: as defined in Section 6.2(a).

Public Lender Information”: information and documentation that is (i) of a type that would customarily be publicly available (as reasonably determined by the Borrower Representative) if Holdings and its Subsidiaries were public reporting companies, (ii) publically available (or could be derived from publically available information) or (iii) not material or inside information with respect to Holdings and its Subsidiaries or any of their respective securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws.

Public Offering”: an initial underwritten public offering, or a direct listing, of common Capital Stock of Holdings or Holdings’ direct or indirect parent pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a registration statement on Form S-8 (or equivalent forms applicable to foreign public companies or foreign private issuers in the United States) or any successor form) filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act or pursuant to a prospectus or similar documents filed with securities regulatory authorities outside of the United States.

Purchase”: as defined in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Purchase Money Note”: a promissory note of a Receivables Subsidiary evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid by cash or a contribution of equity.

Purchase Notice”: as defined in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Purchaser”: as defined in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Qualified Equity Interests”: any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock.

Qualified Receivables Financing”: any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following conditions: (1) the Borrower Representative shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to Borrower Representative and the

 

59


Receivables Subsidiary, (2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative), and (3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms at the time the Receivables Financing is first introduced (as determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative and it being understood that such terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions may subsequently be modified so long as such modifications are on market terms at the time of any such modification) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure any Indebtedness shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing.

Qualified Reporting Subsidiary” as defined in Section 6.1.

Ratio-Based Incremental Amount”: as defined in the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

Ratio-Based Incremental Facility”: as defined in the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement.

Ratio Debt”: as defined in Section 7.2(a).

Receivables Fees”: distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Financing.

Receivables Financing”: any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Top Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Top Borrower pursuant to which the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries), and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Top Borrower or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable.

Receivables Repurchase Obligation”: any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Receivables Subsidiary”: a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Top Borrower (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with the Top Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries in which the Top Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Top Borrower makes an Investment and to which the Top Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Top Borrower transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable of the Top Borrower and its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Borrower Representative as a Receivables Subsidiary and:

 

60


(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Top Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Top Borrower (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Top Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Top Borrower in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Top Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Top Borrower, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings,

(b) with which neither the Top Borrower nor any other Subsidiary of the Top Borrower has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Top Borrower reasonably believe to be no less favorable to the Top Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Top Borrower, and

(c) to which neither the Top Borrower nor any other Subsidiary of the Top Borrower has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Borrower Representative shall be evidenced to the Administrative Agent by delivering to the Administrative Agent a certified copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Borrower Representative giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate signed on behalf of the Borrower Representative certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Recovery Event”: any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation, eminent domain or similar proceeding relating to any asset of any Group Member.

Reference Period”: the period beginning on the first day of the most recently completed Test Period and ending on the Calculation Date.

Reference Time”: with respect to any setting of the then-current Benchmark means (1) if such Benchmark is LIBOR Rate, 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the day that is two London banking days preceding the date of such setting, and (2) if such Benchmark is not LIBOR Rate, the time determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

Refinance”: in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, discharge, redeem, replace, defease, refund, extend, renew or repay any Indebtedness with the proceeds of other Indebtedness, or to issue other Indebtedness, in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness in whole or in part; “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

Refinanced Credit Agreement Debt”: as defined in the definition of “Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt.”

Refinanced Debt”: as defined in the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Requirements.”

Refinancing Term Debt”: Indebtedness under any First Priority Refinancing Term Facility, Junior Priority Refinancing Term Facility or Unsecured Refinancing Term Facility.

Refunding Capital Stock”: as defined in Section 7.3(b)(ii).

 

61


Register”: as defined in Section 11.6(b)(vi).

Registered Equivalent Notes”: with respect to any notes originally issued in a Rule 144A or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act of 1933 (or pursuant to similar rules in any jurisdiction outside of the United States), substantially identical notes (having the same Guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC (or any securities regulator outside of the United States).

Reinvestment Deferred Amount”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by any Loan Party that are not applied to repay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c) on account of the Borrowers’ right to reinvest such proceeds in lieu of applying them to the prepayment of Loans.

Reinvestment Event”: as defined in Section 2.11(c).

Reinvestment Prepayment Amount”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the Reinvestment Deferred Amount relating thereto less any amount expended prior to the relevant Reinvestment Prepayment Date to acquire, replace, reconstruct or repair assets useful in the business of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or in connection with a Permitted Acquisition.

Reinvestment Prepayment Date”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the earlier of (a) the date occurring 18 months after such Reinvestment Event (or, if later, 180 days after the date the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has entered into a binding commitment to reinvest the Net Cash Proceeds of such Reinvestment Event prior to the expiration of such 18 month period) and (b) the date on which the Borrower Representative shall have notified the Administrative Agent in writing that it intends to prepay Indebtedness pursuant to Section 2.11(c).

Related Business Assets”: assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business.

Related Parties”: with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Relevant Governmental Body”: the Federal Reserve Board or the NYFRB, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board or the NYFRB, or any successor thereto.

Reply Amount”: as defined in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

Reportable Event”: any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is waived.

Required Lenders”: at any time, non-Defaulting Lenders holding more than 50% of (a) until the Closing Date, the Commitments then in effect and (b) thereafter the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans at such time.

Requirement of Law”: as to any Person, any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

 

62


Responsible Officer”: the chief executive officer, representative, director, manager, president, vice president, executive vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer, secretary or assistant secretary, an authorized signatory, an attorney-in-fact (to the extent empowered by the board of directors/managers of the Borrower Representative), or other similar officer of a Loan Party (or of its general partner, managing member or sole member, if applicable) of the applicable Loan Party, but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer, treasurer, vice president of finance, controller or comptroller (or other officer or director with equivalent duties), and solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Section 2, any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to the Administrative Agent or any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party designated in or pursuant to an agreement between the applicable Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.

Resolution Authority” means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.

Restricted”: when referring to Cash Equivalents of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, means that such Cash Equivalents appear as “restricted” on the consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, other than on accounts of Liens in favor of (w) the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, (x) the First Lien Bank Agent for the benefit of the “secured parties” under the First Lien Bank Documents to the extent subject to the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, (y) the Second Lien Agent for the benefit of the “secured parties” under the Second Lien Documents to the extent subject to the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (z) other Liens permitted under clauses (3), (10), (13), (15), (22), (24), (25), (30), (33), (35), (38) and (40) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” above, other than consensual Liens on assets which constitute Collateral and rank prior to the Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Secured Parties) on the Collateral.

Restricted Investment”: an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payments”: as defined in Section 7.3(a).

Restricted Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Top Borrower other than any Unrestricted Subsidiary (or, at the option of Holdings, any other Subsidiary of Holdings designated by it as a Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary’s ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.

Retained Asset Sale Proceeds”: an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds received from any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event that are not applied to prepay Loans pursuant to Section 2.11(c) on account of clauses (i) or (ii) of the definition of “Asset Sale Percentage” or on account of the de minimis thresholds set forth in Section 2.11(b) and (c).

Retained Declined Proceeds”: as defined in Section 2.11(f).

Retired Capital Stock”: as defined in Section 7.3(b)(ii).

Return Bid”: as defined in the definition of “Dutch Auction.”

S&P”: Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Sale Leaseback Transaction”: any arrangement with any Person or Persons, whereby in contemporaneous or substantially contemporaneous transactions the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary sells substantially all of its right, title and interest in any property and, in connection therewith, the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires, leases or licenses back the right to use all or a material portion of such property.

 

63


Sanctioned Person”: (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions Laws-related list of designated persons maintained by OFAC (including the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, the United Kingdom or any EU member state, and (b) any Person 50% or greater owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons.

Sanctions Laws”: the economic sanctions laws and regulations administered or enforced by the U.S. Government (including OFAC or the U.S. Department of State), the United Nations Security Council, Canada, the European Union and the United Kingdom and any other applicable sanctions authority.

SEC”: the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Second Lien Agent”: the “Administrative Agent” as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement.

Second Lien Credit Agreement”: (i) the Second Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2018, among Holdings, the borrowers and guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and the Second Lien Agent, as amended, restated, refinanced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with this Agreement, the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement and the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement or (ii) one or more loan agreements among Holdings, any Borrower, and other parties from time to time party thereto pursuant to which the Indebtedness under the credit agreement referenced in clause (i) above or indebtedness under a subsequent credit agreement referenced in this clause (ii) has been Refinanced in whole or in part in a Refinancing that is permitted in accordance with this Agreement, with Indebtedness that is secured by Liens on the Collateral which are subordinated to the Liens on the Collateral in favor of the Secured Parties pursuant to the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

Second Lien Documents”: the Second Lien Credit Agreement, and each other “Loan Document” (as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement (as it may be Refinanced in a Refinancing that is permitted in accordance with the provisions herein)).

Second Lien Facilities”: the commitments and the extensions of credit made under the Second Lien Documents.

Second Lien Incremental Loans”: as defined in the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement.

Second Lien Loans”: the loans under the Second Lien Credit Agreement.

Second Lien Security Documents”: the “Security Documents” as defined in the Second Lien Credit Agreement.

Secured Parties”: the collective reference to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.

Securities Act”: the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Security Agreement”: the Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of the Closing Date among the Loan Parties party thereto and the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

 

64


Security Agreements”: collectively, the Security Agreement and each other security agreement and security agreement supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(a), Section 6.9, Section 6.11 or Section 6.15, in each case as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Security Documents”: the collective reference to the Security Agreements, each Intellectual Property Security Agreement, each Mortgage, collateral assignments, security agreement supplements, security agreements, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 5.1(a), Section 6.9, Section 6.11 or Section 6.15, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien which in each case, to the extent legally possible, is created in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties or as trustee of the Secured Parties and/or as creditor under a parallel debt structure for the other Secured Parties, whether entered into on or after the Closing Date.

Senior Representative”: with respect to any series of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt or any series of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.2(b)(ii) or Section 7.2(b)(vi), the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, Incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

Significant Acquisition”: an acquisition, or a series of acquisitions all of which are consummated within a 90 day period, (i) the result of which is that Consolidated EBITDA, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period, is equal to or greater than 125.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period, but without giving pro forma effect to such acquisition or series of acquisitions (and other transactions related thereto) or (ii) any acquisition not permitted under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents immediately prior to such acquisition.

Significant Subsidiary”: at any date of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under the Securities Act as such rule is in effect on the Closing Date.

Similar Business”: any business, service or other activity engaged in by the Top Borrower, any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, or any direct or indirect parent on the Closing Date and any business or other activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the Closing Date.

Single Employer Plan”: any Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but that is not a Multiemployer Plan.

SOFR”: with respect to any Business Day, a rate per annum equal to the secured overnight financing rate for such Business Day published by the SOFR Administrator on the SOFR Administrator’s Website at approximately 8:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

SOFR Administrator”: the NYFRB (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate).

SOFR Administrator’s Website”: the NYFRB’s website, currently at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source for the secured overnight financing rate identified as such by the SOFR Administrator from time to time.

 

65


Solvency Certificate”: a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit I.

Solvent”: with respect to any Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, means that as of any date of determination, (a) the sum of the fair value of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, exceed the sum of all debts of such Person as of such date, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability on existing debts of such Person as such debts become absolute and matured, (c) such Person will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct any business in which it is or is about to become engaged and (d) such Person does not intend to Incur, or believe or reasonably should believe that it will Incur, debts beyond its ability to pay as they mature. For purposes of this definition, (i) “debt” means liability on a “claim” and (ii) “claim” means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, subordinated, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent, unliquidated and disputed claim and any claim that has not been reduced to judgment at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability irrespective of whether such liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under the Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5.

Specified Representations”: the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 4.3(a), 4.4(a) (solely as it relates to the Loan Documents), 4.4(c), 4.5(i) (with respect to the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement, the Second Lien Credit Agreement and the Organizational Documents only), 4.10, 4.13, 4.16 (subject to the last paragraph of Section 5.1), 4.17, 4.18(a) (with respect to the Patriot Act only), 4.18(d) (with respect to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and OFAC only) and 4.19 (in each case, only with respect to the Loan Parties).

Sponsors”: collectively, (i) Onex Corporation, Onex Partners IV LP, Onex Partners Manager LP, Onex Partners Advisor LP and/or one or more other investment funds advised, managed or controlled by Onex Corporation, and (ii) Vista Equity Partners Fund VI, L.P. and Vista Equity Partners Management, LLC and, in each case (whether individually or as a group), their respective Affiliates and any investment funds that have granted to the foregoing control in respect of their investment in Holdings and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Holdings, but, in any event, excluding any of their respective portfolio companies.

Standard Securitization Undertakings”: representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by the Top Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Top Borrower which the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

Stated Maturity Date”: with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred).

 

66


Subordinated Indebtedness”: (a) with respect to any Borrower, any Indebtedness of any Borrower which is by its terms contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Loans, and (b) with respect to any Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor which is by its terms contractually subordinated in right of payment to its Guarantee.

Subsidiary”: with respect to any Person (1) any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, association, joint venture or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of stock or other ownership interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing similar functions) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies thereof at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, (2) any partnership, joint venture or limited liability company of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity and (3) any Person that is consolidated in the consolidated financial statements of the specified Person in accordance with GAAP. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Top Borrower.

Subsidiary Guarantor”: each Restricted Subsidiary that executes this Agreement as a “Guarantor”, including, for the avoidance of doubt, each Borrower that is a Subsidiary of the Top Borrower.

Swap Agreement”: any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.

Target”: as defined in the recitals hereto.

Taxes”: as defined in Section 2.19(a).

Term Percentage”: as to any Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Commitments (or, at any time after the Closing Date, the percentage which the aggregate Outstanding Amount of such Lender’s Loans at such time constitutes of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans at such time).

Term SOFR”: for the applicable Corresponding Tenor as of the applicable Reference Time, the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.

Term SOFR Notice”: a notification by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders and the Borrower Representative of the occurrence of a Term SOFR Transition Event.

 

 

67


Term SOFR Transition Event”: the determination by the Administrative Agent that (a) Term SOFR has been recommended for use by the Relevant Governmental Body, (b) the administration of Term SOFR is administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent and (c) a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable has previously occurred resulting in a Benchmark Replacement in accordance with Section 2.16 that is not Term SOFR.

Test Period” means, subject to Section 1.4, the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings (taken as one account period) for which financial statements and certificates required by Section 6.1(a) or (b), as the case may be, have been or were required to have been delivered.

Title Policy”: an ALTA or equivalent lender’s title insurance policy issued by a title insurer reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Section 6.9(b), subject only to those exceptions which are either Permitted Liens (with any Liens on Collateral that are expressly contemplated to be junior to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to be listed in the applicable Title Policy as subordinate to the Collateral Agent’s lien on the applicable Mortgaged Property) or are otherwise reasonably approved by the Administrative Agent and containing such endorsements as are customary in the jurisdiction in which the applicable Mortgaged Property is located and as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably require.

Top Borrower”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Total First Lien Net Leverage Ratio”: as at the last day of any period, the ratio of (a) the excess of (i) Consolidated Total Indebtedness on such day that is secured by the Collateral and constitutes First Lien Obligations over (ii) an amount equal to the sum of (x) the Unrestricted Cash Equivalents and (y) Cash Equivalents restricted in favor of any Senior Representative or the Administrative Agent (which may also include Cash Equivalents securing other Indebtedness that are either (A) First Lien Obligations or (B) Junior Lien Obligations subject to the terms of an Intercreditor Agreement, in any such case, so long as the holders of such other Indebtedness do not have the benefit of a control agreement or other equivalent methods of perfection (unless the Controlling Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent also has the benefit of a control agreement or other equivalent methods of perfection)), in each case of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for such period, and with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”.

Total Net Leverage Ratio”: as at the last day of any period, the ratio of (a) the excess of (i) Consolidated Total Indebtedness on such day over (ii) an amount equal to the sum of (x) the Unrestricted Cash Equivalents and (y) Cash Equivalents restricted in favor of any Senior Representative or the Administrative Agent (which may also include Cash Equivalents securing other Indebtedness that are either (A) First Lien Obligations or (B) Junior Lien Obligations subject to the terms of an Intercreditor Agreement, in any such case, so long as the holders of such other Indebtedness do not have the benefit of a control agreement or other equivalent methods of perfection (unless the Controlling Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent also has the benefit of a control agreement or other equivalent methods of perfection)), in each case of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for such period, and with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”.

Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio”: as at the last day of any period, the ratio of (a) the excess of (i) Consolidated Total Indebtedness on such day (x) constituting the Obligations or (y) that is otherwise secured by the Collateral over (ii) an amount equal to the sum of (x) the Unrestricted Cash Equivalents and (y) Cash Equivalents restricted in favor of any Senior Representative or the Administrative Agent (which

 

68


may also include Cash Equivalents securing other Indebtedness that are either (A) First Lien Obligations or (B) Junior Lien Obligations subject to the terms of an Intercreditor Agreement, in any such case, so long as the holders of such other Indebtedness do not have the benefit of a control agreement or other equivalent methods of perfection (unless the Controlling Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent also has the benefit of a control agreement or other equivalent methods of perfection)), in each case of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for such period, and with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Indebtedness and Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”.

Transactions”: (a) the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents to be entered into on the Closing Date and the funding of the Loans on the Closing Date, (b) the consummation of the Acquisition and (e) the payment of fees and expenses Incurred in connection with each of the foregoing.

Transferee”: any Assignee or Participant.

Type”: as to any Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a Eurocurrency Loan.

UK Financial Institution” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended form time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.

UK Resolution Authority” means the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.

Undisclosed Administration”: in relation to a Lender or its direct or indirect parent company the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the law in the country where such Lender is subject to home jurisdiction supervision if applicable law requires that such appointment is not to be publicly disclosed.

Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC”: the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect from time to time in any applicable jurisdiction.

United States”: the United States of America.

Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement”: the applicable Benchmark Replacement excluding the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

Unrestricted”: when referring to Cash Equivalents, means that such Cash Equivalents are not Restricted.

Unrestricted Subsidiary”: (i) any Subsidiary of the Top Borrower designated by the Borrower Representative as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.12 subsequent to the Closing Date, (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (iii) each Receivables Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, no Borrower may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary at any time, and no Subsidiary of the Top Borrower that is a Borrower may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless it shall have ceased to be a Borrower pursuant to Section 12.3 prior to the effectiveness of such designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

69


Unsecured Refinancing Term Facility”: as defined in the definition of “Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt.”

US Subsidiary”: any Subsidiary of the Top Borrower organized under the laws of the United States, any state within the United States or the District of Columbia.

Voting Stock”: with respect to any Person as of any date, the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity”: when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum of all such payments.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary”: any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary”: with respect to any Person, a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers”: means, (a) in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.

1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions.

(a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

(b) As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP, (ii) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”, (iii) the word “incur” or “Incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume or become liable in respect of (and the words “incurred”, “incurrence”, “Incurred” or “Incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), (iv) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, real property, leasehold interests and contract rights, (v) the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with the Restricted Subsidiaries, and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted

 

70


Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person, (vi) references to agreements or other Contractual Obligations (including any of the Loan Documents, First Lien Bank Documents or Second Lien Documents) shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, novated, supplemented, restated, extended, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time and (vii) a debt instrument includes any equity or hybrid instrument to the extent characterized as indebtedness.

(c) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and clause, paragraph, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise specified herein, each date indicated in any Loan Document to fall on a Business Day, if such date is not a Business Day, shall instead fall on the next succeeding Business Day.

(f) Prior to the first delivery of financial statements under Section 6.1, any ratio or other financial metric that is measured based on the most recent financial statements delivered or required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 (including any such metric measured by reference to a Test Period) shall instead be based on the financial statements referred to in Section 4.1(b).

(g) For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise specified or the context indicates otherwise, all Financial Definitions (including any defined term or section reference included therein) referred to in the Loan Documents shall be calculated with reference to Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis.

(h) For the purposes of Sections 7.5 and 7.8, an allocation of assets to a division of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a limited liability company, or an allocation of assets to a series of a Restricted Subsidiary that is a limited liability company, shall be treated as a transfer of assets from one Restricted Subsidiary to another Restricted Subsidiary.

(i) Each reference to any defined term or section of (i) the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement shall be deemed to include any analogous term or section of any Senior Debt Document (as defined in the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement) and (ii) the Second Lien Credit Agreement shall be deemed to include any analogous term or section of any Second Priority Debt Document (as defined in the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement), in each case unless the context otherwise requires.

1.3 Accounting. For purposes of all Financial Definitions and calculations in the Loan Documents, there shall be excluded for any period the effects of purchase accounting (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries) in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of the Transactions, any acquisition consummated prior to the Closing Date, any Permitted Acquisition, or the amortization or write-off of any amounts thereof.

 

 

71


If at any time any change in GAAP or Tax Change (as defined below) would affect the computation of any financial ratio, standard or term set forth in any Loan Document, and the Borrower Representative or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio, standard or term to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP or Tax Change (subject to approval by the Borrower Representative); provided that, until so amended, such ratio, standard or term shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP immediately prior to such change therein or, in the case of a Tax Change, as if the Applicable Tax Laws immediately prior to such change therein continued to apply; provided, that, to the extent any such change would have a negative impact on the Borrower Representative with respect to any ratio, financial calculation, financial reporting items or requirement computation, the Borrower Representative may (in its sole discretion) elect to compute or report such ratio, financial calculation, financial reporting item or requirement in accordance with GAAP and/or the Applicable Tax Laws, as the case may be, as changed and accordingly, if such an election is made, the Borrower Representative shall not be required to deliver the written statement described in the immediately preceding proviso with respect thereto. “Tax Change” means any change in the Code or any other applicable Requirement of Law that would have the effect of changing the amount of Taxes due and payable by Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for any taxable period, as compared to the amount of Taxes that would have been due and payable by Holdings, the Top Borrower the Restricted Subsidiaries for such taxable period under the Code or any other Requirements of Law as in effect immediately prior to such change; provided for avoidance of doubt, that the calculation of a change in Taxes due and payable shall take into account all changes to the Code or any other Requirements of Law. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, (i) all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159 or FASB ASC 825 (or any other financial accounting standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of Holdings, the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries at “fair value,” as defined therein and (ii) the financial ratios and related definitions set forth in the Loan Documents shall be computed to exclude the application of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, 150 or 123(R) or any other financial accounting standard having a similar result or effect (to the extent that the pronouncements in Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R) result in recording an equity award as a liability on a consolidated balance sheet of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the circumstance where, but for the application of the pronouncements, such award would have been classified as equity).

1.4 Limited Condition Transactions Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in connection with any action (including any Limited Condition Transaction itself) being taken solely in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of:

(a) determining compliance with any provision of this Agreement which requires the calculation of any financial ratio or test, including the Total First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio, Total Net Leverage Ratio and Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio;

(b) testing availability under baskets set forth in this Agreement (including baskets measured as a percentage of Consolidated EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income);

(c) testing the absence of a Default or Event of Default; or

(d) the making of any representations or warranties,

in each case, at the option of the Borrower Representative (the Borrower Representative’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCT Election”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted under the Loan Documents shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for (or in the case of a Limited Condition Transaction that involves some other manner of establishing a binding obligation under local law, such other binding obligations to consummate), or irrevocable notice of, such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into (the “LCT Test

 

72


Date”), and if, after giving effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any Incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) on a Pro Forma Basis as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recently completed Test Period ending prior to the LCT Test Date, Holdings, the Top Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries would have been permitted to take such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio, basket, test, Default or Event of Default “blocker” or making of representations and warranties, such ratio, basket, test, Default or Event of Default “blocker” or making of representations and warranties shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower Representative has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios, baskets, tests, Default or Event of Default “blocker” or making of representations and warranties for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio, basket, test, Default or Event of Default “blocker” or making of representations and warranties, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets, ratios, tests, Default or Event of Default “blocker” or making of representations and warranties will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations.

1.5 Financial Ratio Calculations. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of the Loan Documents under a specific covenant that does not require compliance with a financial ratio or test (including a test based on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Total First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio and/or the Total Net Leverage Ratio) (any such amounts, the “Fixed Amounts”) substantially concurrently with any amounts incurred or transactions entered into (or consummated) in reliance on a provision of the Loan Documents under the same covenant that requires compliance with a financial ratio or test (including a test based on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the Total First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio and/or the Total Net Leverage Ratio) (any such amounts, the “Incurrence-Based Amounts”), it is understood and agreed that (a) the Fixed Amounts shall be disregarded in the calculation of the financial ratio or test applicable to the Incurrence-Based Amounts, and (b) except as provided in clause (a), the entire transaction shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis. In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness (and associated Liens, subject to the applicable priorities required pursuant to the applicable Incurrence-Based Amounts), Investments, liquidations, dissolutions, mergers, consolidations, dividends, or any prepayments of Indebtedness incurred or otherwise effected in reliance on Fixed Amounts may be reclassified at any time, as the Borrower Representative may elect from time to time, as incurred under the applicable Incurrence-Based Amounts if the Borrowers together with the Restricted Subsidiaries subsequently meets the applicable ratio for such Incurrence-Based Amounts on a Pro Forma Basis.

1.6 Currency Equivalents Generally.

For purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, where the permissibility of a transaction or determinations of required actions or circumstances depend upon compliance with, or are determined by reference to, amounts stated in Dollars, any requisite currency translation shall be based on the rate of exchange between the applicable currency and Dollars (as quoted by the Administrative Agent or if the Administrative Agent does not quote a rate of exchange on such currency, by a known dealer in such currency designated by the Administrative Agent) in effect on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of such transaction or determination and shall not be affected by subsequent fluctuations in exchange rates and will, in the case of Indebtedness, reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Swap Agreements permitted hereunder for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the Dollar amount of such Indebtedness.

 

73


1.7 Treatment of Subsidiaries Prior to Joinder.

Each Subsidiary of Holdings that is required to be joined as a Loan Party pursuant to Section 6.9 shall, until the completion of such joinder, be deemed for the purposes of Section 7 of this Agreement to be a Loan Party from and after the Closing Date (or the date of formation or acquisition of such subsidiary).

1.8 Interest Rates; LIBOR Notification.

(a) The interest rate on Eurodollar Rate Loans is determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate, which is derived from the London interbank offered rate. The London interbank offered rate is intended to represent the rate at which contributing banks may obtain short-term borrowings from each other in the London interbank market. In July 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that, after the end of 2021, it would no longer persuade or compel contributing banks to make rate submissions to the ICE Benchmark Administration (together with any successor to the ICE Benchmark Administrator, the “IBA”) for purposes of the IBA setting the London interbank offered rate. As a result, it is possible that commencing in 2022 or at some point thereafter, the London interbank offered rate may no longer be available or may no longer be deemed an appropriate reference rate upon which to determine the interest rate on Eurodollar Rate Loans for one or more currencies available for borrowing hereunder. In light of this eventuality, public and private sector industry initiatives are currently underway to identify new or alternative reference rates to be used in place of the London interbank offered rate. Upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, this Section 1.8 provides the mechanism for determining an alternative rate of interest. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower Representative, pursuant to this Section 1.8, of any change to the reference rate upon which the interest rate on Eurocurrency Rate Loans is based. However, the Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept any responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to, the administration, submission or any other matter related to the LIBOR or other rates in the definition of “Eurodollar Rate” or with respect to any alternative or successor rate thereto, or replacement rate thereof including, without limitation, (i) any such alternative, successor or replacement rate implemented pursuant to Section 1.8(c) or (d), whether upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, and (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes pursuant to Section 1.8(e)), including without limitation, whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, successor or replacement reference rate will be similar to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, the LIBOR Rate or have the same volume or liquidity as did the LIBOR prior to its discontinuance or unavailability.

(b) Subject to clauses (c), (d), (e), (f), (g) and (h) of this Section 1.8, if prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Loan:

(i) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurocurrency Rate or the LIBOR Rate, as applicable (including because the LIBOR Rate is not available or published on a current basis), for such Interest Period; provided that no Benchmark Transition Event shall have occurred at such time; or

(ii) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the Eurocurrency Rate or the LIBOR Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

 

 

74


then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower Representative and the Lenders by telephone, telecopy or electronic mail as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower Representative and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (A) any request for an interest election that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurocurrency Loan shall be ineffective and (B) if any request for a Borrowing requests a Eurocurrency Rate Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Loan; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only one Type of Borrowings, then any other Type of Borrowings shall be permitted.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, if a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then (x) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (y) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of any Benchmark setting at or after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Benchmark Replacement is provided to the Lenders without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such Benchmark Replacement from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders of each Class.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document and subject to the proviso below in this paragraph, if a Term SOFR Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then the applicable Benchmark Replacement will replace the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder or under any Loan Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings, without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that, this clause (d) shall not be effective unless the Administrative Agent has delivered to the Lenders and the Borrower a Term SOFR Notice. For the avoidance of doubt, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to deliver a Term SOFR Notice after a Term SOFR Transition Event and may do so in its sole discretion.

(e) In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time with the consent of the Borrower Representative and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(f) The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Borrower Representative and the Lenders of (i) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, a Term SOFR Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Election, as applicable, and its related Benchmark Replacement Date, (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (iii) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes, (iv) the removal or reinstatement of any tenor of a Benchmark pursuant to clause (g) below and (v) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower or, if applicable, any Lender (or group of Lenders) pursuant to this Section 1.8, including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action or any selection, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section 1.8.

 

75


(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, at any time (including in connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement), (i) if the then-current Benchmark is a term rate (including Term SOFR or LIBOR Rate) and either (A) any tenor for such Benchmark is not displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion or (B) the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark has provided a public statement or publication of information announcing that any tenor for such Benchmark is or will be no longer representative, then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for any Benchmark settings at or after such time to remove such unavailable or non-representative tenor and (ii) if a tenor that was removed pursuant to clause (i) above either (A) is subsequently displayed on a screen or information service for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement) or (B) is not, or is no longer, subject to an announcement that it is or will no longer be representative for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement), then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for all Benchmark settings at or after such time to reinstate such previously removed tenor.

(h) Upon the Borrower’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, the Borrower Representative may revoke any request for a Eurocurrency Loan of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Loans to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark Unavailability Period and, failing that, the Borrower Representative will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to ABR Loans. During any Benchmark Unavailability Period or at any time that a tenor for the then-current Benchmark is not an Available Tenor, the component of ABR based upon the then-current Benchmark or such tenor for such Benchmark, as applicable, will not be used in any determination of ABR.

SECTION 2.

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

2.1 Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally agrees to make a single Loan to the Borrowers on the Closing Date in Dollars and in an amount not to exceed the amount of the Commitment of such Lender on the Closing Date. The Loans may from time to time be Eurocurrency Loans or ABR Loans, as determined by the Borrower Representative and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 2.12. The Commitments in effect on the Closing Date shall automatically terminate at 11:59 p.m. (New York City time) on the Closing Date. Once borrowed and repaid, no Loan may be re-borrowed.

2.2 Procedure for Borrowing Loans. The Borrower Representative (on behalf of the Borrowers) shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice, substantially in the form of Exhibit H or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including (x) any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent and (y) by written notice), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), one Business Day prior to the anticipated Closing Date, in the case of ABR Loans or Eurocurrency Loans, in each case or such shorter period as the Administrative Agent reasonably shall agree) requesting that the Lenders make the Initial Loans on the Closing Date and specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed, (ii) the Type of Loan, (iii) the applicable Interest Period, and (iv) instructions for remittance of the Loans to be borrowed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such notices may be conditioned on the occurrence of the Closing Date or, with respect to Loans borrowed after the Closing Date, may be conditioned on the occurrence of any transaction utilizing such Loans. Upon receipt of such notice the

 

76


Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. Not later than 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Closing Date, each such Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Loan or Loans to be made by such Lender. Such borrowing will then be made available to the Borrowers by the Administrative Agent crediting such account or by wire transfer as is designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower Representative (or as otherwise directed by the Borrower Representative), with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

2.3 Repayment of Loans.

(a) The principal amount of the Initial Loans of each Lender shall be repaid by the Borrowers on the Maturity Date, in an amount equal to the aggregate Outstanding Amount on such date, together in each case with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to be paid to but excluding the date of such payment.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) The Obligations of the Borrowers in respect of the Loans, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, are joint and several.

2.4 [Reserved].

2.5 [Reserved].

2.6 [Reserved].

2.7 [Reserved].

2.8 Fees.

(a) The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (and their respective affiliates) the fees in the amounts and on the dates set forth in any fee agreements (including the Fee Letter) with such Persons and to perform any other obligations contained therein.

(b) The Borrowers agree to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender, in accordance with its Term Percentage, a duration fee (the “Duration Fee”) equal to: (i) 0.50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans outstanding on the date that is 91 days after the Closing Date, which shall be earned and due and payable on such 91st day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day); (ii) 0.50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans outstanding on the date that is 181 days after the Closing Date, which shall be earned and due and payable on such 181st day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day); and (iii) 0.50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Loans outstanding on the date that is 271 days after the Closing Date, which shall be earned and due and payable on such 271st day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day).

2.9 [Reserved].

2.10 Optional Prepayments. The Borrowers may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, in each case, without premium or penalty, upon notice, substantially in the form of Exhibit E or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative (on behalf of

 

77


the Borrowers), which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent no later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) three (3) Business Days prior to the prepayment date, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, and no later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the prepayment date, in the case of ABR Loans; provided that if a Eurocurrency Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrowers shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.21; provided, further, that such notice shall be irrevocable unless such notice of prepayment indicates that such prepayment is conditioned upon one or more conditions precedent, in which case such notice of prepayment may be revoked or automatically terminated if such conditions precedent are not satisfied and any Eurocurrency Loan that was the subject of such notice shall be continued as an ABR Loan. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein, together with accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. Partial prepayments of Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of (x) in the case of ABR Loans, $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof or (y) in the case of Eurocurrency Loans, $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof.

2.11 Mandatory Prepayments and Commitment Reductions; Change of Control Put Right.

(a) If any Indebtedness shall be Incurred by any Group Member (other than (i) ordinary course Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by such Person under Section 7.2 and (ii) any Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.2(b)(xiv)), an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds within five (5) Business Days after the receipt of such proceeds, shall be applied on the date of such issuance or Incurrence toward the prepayment of the Loans as set forth in clause (g) of this Section 2.11.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) Subject to clause (d) of this Section 2.11, if, on any date, the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall receive Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event in excess of $10,000,000 in any fiscal year, then, unless the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such Net Cash Proceeds shall be reinvested in its business (a “Reinvestment Event”), an aggregate amount equal to the Asset Sale Percentage (determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the Test Period most recently ended prior to (x) at the time of the making of such prepayment or, at the Borrower Representative’s option, (y) at the time of receipt of Net Cash Proceeds) of such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied within five (5) Business Days of such date to prepay (A) outstanding Loans in accordance with this Section 2.11 and (B) at the Borrower Representative’s option, the prepayment of any other outstanding Indebtedness that constitutes First Lien Obligations (including the First Lien Bank Loans) (collectively, “Other Applicable Indebtedness”); provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, within five (5) Business Days following each Reinvestment Prepayment Date, an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to any Asset Sale or Recovery Event, shall be applied to prepay the outstanding Loans as set forth in Section 2.11(g); provided, further, that the Top Borrower may elect to deem expenditures that would otherwise be permissible reinvestments pursuant to this clause (c) that occur within 90 days prior to the actual receipt of Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or Recovery Event to have been reinvested in accordance with the provisions hereof so long as such expenditure has been made no earlier that the earliest of (1) notice to the Administrative Agent of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (it being agreed that the Administrative Agent will not distribute such notice to the lenders until the occurrence of (2) or (3) as follows), (2) the execution of a definitive agreement for such Asset Sale or (3) the consummation of such Asset Sale or the occurrence of such Recovery Event. Any such Net Cash Proceeds may be applied to Other Applicable Indebtedness only to (and not in excess of) the extent to which a mandatory prepayment in respect of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event is required under the terms of such Other Applicable Indebtedness (with any remaining Net Cash Proceeds applied to prepay outstanding Loans in accordance with the terms hereof), unless such application would result in the holders of Other

 

78


Applicable Indebtedness receiving in excess of their pro rata share (determined on the basis of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness at such time) of such Net Cash Proceeds relative to Lenders, in which case such Net Cash Proceeds may only be applied to Other Applicable Indebtedness on a pro rata basis with outstanding Loans. Subject to any requirements set forth in the First Lien Bank Documents and the Second Lien Documents, to the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness decline to have such indebtedness repurchased, repaid or prepaid with any such Net Cash Proceeds, the declined amount of such Net Cash Proceeds shall promptly (and, in any event, within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay Loans in accordance with the terms hereof (to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds would otherwise have been required to be applied if such Other Applicable Indebtedness was not then outstanding).

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (including clauses (a) and (c) above), to the extent that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that (i) any of or all the Net Cash Proceeds of any Indebtedness described in clause (a) above or any Asset Sale or Recovery Event by a Subsidiary (or branches of Subsidiaries) are prohibited or delayed by applicable local law from being repatriated to the relevant Borrower(s) (including financial assistance and corporate benefit restrictions and fiduciary and statutory duties of the relevant directors), (ii) such repatriation would present a material risk of liability for the applicable Subsidiary or its directors or officers (or gives rise to a material risk of breach of fiduciary or statutory duties by any director or officers) or (iii) in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries (including repatriation or distributions that would be made through Foreign Subsidiaries), such repatriation or any distribution of the relevant amounts would result in material adverse Tax consequences, the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Loans at the times set forth in this Section 2.11 but may be retained by the applicable Subsidiary or branch (the Borrowers hereby agreeing to cause the applicable Subsidiary or branch to promptly take commercially reasonable actions to permit such repatriation without violating applicable local law or incurring material adverse Tax consequences; (provided, however, that no such commercially reasonable actions shall be required to be taken later than twelve (12) months after the applicable Indebtedness Incurrence, Asset Sale or Recovery Event)) provided, that for a period of 365 days from receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds, if such repatriation of any of such affected Net Cash Proceeds becomes permitted under such applicable local law, would not present a material risk as described in clause (ii) above, or no such material adverse Tax consequences would result from such distribution, such distribution will be promptly affected and such distributed Net Cash Proceeds will be promptly (and in any event not later than ten (10) Business Days after such distribution) applied (net of additional Taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to the repayment of Loans pursuant to this Section 2.11.

(e) If the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary receive Net Cash Proceeds from (x) any Public Offering of equity securities (including convertible securities, equity-linked securities and any warrants, rights or options to purchase equity securities) of the Top Borrower, Holdings or any Parent Holding Company (other than any (i) Equity Interests issued to any of the Sponsors or any of their respective Affiliates, (ii) Equity Interests issued pursuant to employee or director stock plans, (iii) issuances of Equity Interests in connection with the conversion of options or warrants, (iv) intercompany share issuances or (v) directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests held by non-U.S. nationals or other third parties) or (y) a merger of the Top Borrower, Holdings or any Parent Holding Company with and into any “special purpose acquisition company” (or any similar acquisition) that results in the Top Borrower, Holdings or any Parent Holding Company having a class or series of equity securities traded on a recognized securities exchange, then an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds shall be applied within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds toward the prepayment of the Loans as set forth in clause (g) of this Section 2.11.

 

 

79


(f) The Borrower Representative shall deliver to the Administrative Agent notice, substantially in the form of Exhibit E or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative (on behalf of the Borrowers), of each prepayment required under this Section 2.11 (other than prepayments pursuant to Section 2.11(a)), which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not less than three (3) Business Days (or such shorter time as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably agree) prior to the date such prepayment shall be made. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each applicable Lender of such notice. Each such Lender may reject all of its Pro Rata Share of the prepayment (such declined amounts, the “Declined Proceeds”) by providing written notice (each, a “Rejection Notice”) to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative no later than (i) 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the date of such Lender’s receipt of such notice from the Administrative Agent, if such notice is received prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, and (ii) 12:00 p.m., New York City time on the date following such Lender’s receipt of such notice from the Administrative Agent, if such notice is received after 11:00 a.m. New York City time. If a Lender fails to deliver a Rejection Notice to the Administrative Agent within the time frame specified above, such failure will be deemed an acceptance of such prepayment. Subject to any requirements of the First Lien Bank Facilities, the Second Lien Facilities or any other Indebtedness, any Declined Proceeds may be retained by the Borrowers (such retained amount, the “Retained Declined Proceeds”). Each notice delivered pursuant to the first sentence of this clause (f) shall, as applicable, set forth in reasonable detail the calculation of the amount of such prepayment (including a calculation of any Asset Sale Percentage).

(g) Amounts to be applied in connection with any prepayments made pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be applied to the prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.17(b). The application of any prepayment of Loans pursuant to this Section 2.11 shall be made on a pro rata basis within any Class of Loans regardless of Type. Each prepayment of the Loans under this Section 2.11 shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid.

(h) Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this Section 2.11, if any prepayment of Eurocurrency Loans is required to be made under this Section 2.11 other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the applicable Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit the amount of any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder with the Administrative Agent, to be held as security for the obligations of the applicable Borrower to make such prepayment pursuant to a cash collateral agreement to be entered into on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Administrative Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from any Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Eurocurrency Loans in accordance with this Section 2.11 (determined as of the date such prepayment was required to be originally made); provided that such unpaid Eurocurrency Loans shall continue to bear interest in accordance with Section 2.15 until such unpaid Eurocurrency Loans have been prepaid. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from any Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the applicable Eurocurrency Loans in accordance with Section 2.11 (determined as of the date such prepayment was required to be originally made). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any amounts held by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this subsection (h) pending application to any Eurocurrency Loans shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of such Eurocurrency Loans prior to any other application of such amounts as may be provided for herein.

(i) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Lender will have the right to require the Borrowers to make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to prepay all or any part of such Lender’s Loans at a prepayment price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of prepayment. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Top Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent (who shall notify the Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement) a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Top Borrower (the “Notice of

 

80


Change of Control”) setting forth: (A) that a Change of Control has occurred and that each Lender has the right to require the Borrowers to prepay such Lender’s Loans at a prepayment price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of prepayment; (B) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control; and (C) the prepayment date (which shall be determined by the Top Borrower in its sole discretion, but in any event be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is delivered). Each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.11(i) shall be paid to the Lenders that elect to accept such offer by written notice thereof delivered to the Borrowers (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in accordance with their respective Term Percentage (it being understood that any Lender that shall have failed to accept such offer as set forth above at least three (3) Business Days prior to the prepayment date set forth in the Notice of Change of Control shall be deemed to have waived such right). In the event that any Lender shall have exercised such right as set forth above, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Borrowers shall prepay, without premium or penalty, 100% of the principal outstanding amount of the Loans of such Lender, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of prepayment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, (i) a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon the occurrence of such Change of Control, with a prepayment date to occur upon, or within a specified period of time not to exceed 15 days after, the consummation of such Change of Control, and (ii) the Borrowers shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (x) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 2.11(i) applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Borrowers and (y) such third party repays (or causes to be repaid) all Loans properly submitted for repayment and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

2.12 Conversion and Continuation Options.

(a) The Borrower Representative (on behalf of the Borrowers) may elect from time to time to convert Eurocurrency Loans to ABR Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable written notice of such election substantially in the form of Exhibit H or such other form as approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative (on behalf of the Borrowers), no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time), three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed conversion date. The Borrower Representative may elect from time to time to convert ABR Loans to Eurocurrency Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable written notice of such election substantially in the form of Exhibit H or such other form as approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative (on behalf of the Borrowers), no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time), on the third Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date (which notice shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period therefor); provided, further, that if the Borrower Representative wishes to request Eurocurrency Loans having an Interest Period other than one, two, three or six months in duration as provided in the definition of “Interest Period,” the applicable notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of such Borrowing conversion, whereupon the Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice to the Lenders of such request and determine whether the requested Interest Period is approved by all of them. Not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time), two (2) Business Days before the requested date of such Borrowing conversion, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower Representative whether or not the requested Interest Period has been consented to by all the Lenders; provided, further that, no ABR Loan may be converted into a Eurocurrency Loan when a bankruptcy or payment Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If the Borrower Representative fails to give a timely notice requesting any conversion from one Type of Loan to another, then the applicable Loans shall be continued as, or converted to, Eurocurrency Loans with a one-month Interest Period. Any such automatic conversion to ABR Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurocurrency Loans.

 

 

81


(b) Any Eurocurrency Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower Representative (on behalf of the Borrowers) giving irrevocable written notice to the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit H or such other form as approved by the Administrative Agent (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative, no later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the third Business Day preceding the proposed continuation date in the case of Eurocurrency Loans; provided, further that, to the extent the Required Lenders provide written notice thereof to the Borrower Representative, no Eurocurrency Loan may be continued as such when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided, further, that if the Borrower Representative shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this paragraph, such Loans shall be automatically continued as Eurocurrency Loans with a one-month Interest Period on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period, and if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso, such Loans shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans on the last day of such then-expiring Interest Period. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

2.13 Limitations on Eurocurrency Tranches. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all borrowings, conversions and continuations of Eurocurrency Loans and all selections of Interest Periods shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, after giving effect thereto, (a) the aggregate principal amount of the Eurocurrency Loans comprising each Eurocurrency Tranche shall be equal to $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof and no more than five Eurocurrency Tranches shall be outstanding at any one time.

2.14 Interest Rates and Payment Dates.

(a) Each Eurocurrency Loan shall bear interest for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate determined for such day plus the Applicable Margin.

(b) Each ABR Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the ABR plus the Applicable Margin.

(c) (i) If all or a portion of the principal amount of any Loan shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section plus 2.0% and (ii) if all or a portion of (x) any interest payable on any Loan or (y) any Duration Fee or (z) any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate then applicable to ABR Loans under the relevant Facility plus 2.0% (or, in the case of any such other amounts that do not relate to a particular Facility, the rate then applicable to ABR Loans that are Initial Loans plus 2.0%), in each case, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above, from the date of such non-payment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment).

(d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, provided that interest accruing pursuant to Section 2.14(c) shall be payable from time to time on demand.

 

82


2.15 Computation of Interest and Fees.

(a) Interest and fees payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to ABR Loans, the interest thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower Representative and the relevant Lenders of each determination of a Eurocurrency Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the ABR or the Eurocurrency Rate shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower Representative and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate. In computing interest on any Loan, the date of the making of such Loan or the first day of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to an ABR Loan being converted from a Eurocurrency Loan, the date of conversion of such Eurocurrency Loan to such ABR Loan, as the case may be, shall be included, and the date of payment of such Loan or the expiration date of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to an ABR Loan being converted to a Eurocurrency Loan, the date of conversion of such ABR Loan to such Eurocurrency Loan, as the case may be, shall be excluded; provided that if a Loan is repaid on the same day on which it is made, one day’s interest shall be paid on that Loan.

(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower Representative, deliver to the Borrower Representative a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 2.14.

2.16 Inability to Determine Interest Rate; Illegality.

(a) Subject to Section 1.8 (which shall apply solely in the circumstances set forth therein), if prior to the first day of any Interest Period (i) the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrowers) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period, or (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Required Lenders that the Eurocurrency Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining their affected Loans during such Interest Period, then the Administrative Agent shall give written notice thereof to the Borrower Representative and the relevant Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. Thereafter, (x) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurocurrency Loans shall be suspended and (y) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurocurrency component of the ABR, the utilization of the Eurocurrency Rate component in determining the ABR shall be suspended, in each case until such time as the Administrative Agent (upon the approval of the Required Lenders which approval the Administrative Agent agrees to seek promptly once it reasonably believes such condition no longer exists) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower Representative (on behalf of the Borrowers) may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of ABR Loans in the amount specified therein.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any Change in Law shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain any Eurocurrency Loan or to give effect to its obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, then, by written notice to the Borrower Representative and to the Administrative Agent:

 

83


(i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurocurrency Loans or to convert ABR to Eurocurrency Loans shall be suspended, and

(ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining ABR Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the ABR, the interest rate on which ABR Loans of such Lender, shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the ABR,

in each case of clauses (i) and (ii) until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist.

Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrowers shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay (solely if requirement by a Requirement of Law) or, if applicable, convert all of such Lender’s Eurocurrency Loans to ABR Loans (the interest rate on which ABR Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurocurrency Rate component of the ABR) either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Loans. In the event any Lender shall exercise its rights under paragraphs (i) or (ii) of this clause (b), all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise have been applied to repay the Eurocurrency Loans that would have been made by such Lender or the converted Eurocurrency Loans of such Lender shall instead be applied to repay the ABR Loans (if applicable) made by such Lender in lieu of, or resulting from the conversion of, such Eurocurrency Loans. For purposes of this clause (b), a notice to the Borrower Representative by any Lender shall be effective as to each Eurocurrency Loan made by such Lender, if lawful, on the last day of the Interest Period then applicable to such Eurocurrency Loan; in all other cases, such notice shall be effective on the date of receipt by the Borrower Representative.

2.17 Pro Rata Treatment and Payments.

(a) Each borrowing by the Borrowers from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by any Borrower on account of any Duration Fee and any reduction of the Commitments of the Lenders shall be made pro rata to the relevant Lenders of any Class according to the respective Term Percentages of the relevant Lenders of such Class.

(b) Subject to Section 2.11(i), each payment (including each voluntary or mandatory prepayment) on account of principal of and interest on any Class of the Loans shall be made pro rata to the Lenders of such Class according to the respective Outstanding Amount of the Loans then held by the Lenders of such Class. The amount of each optional prepayment of the Loans made pursuant to Section 2.10 shall be applied as directed by the Borrower Representative in the notice described in Section 2.10 and, if no direction is given by the Borrower Representative, to the Loans of each Borrower on a pro rata basis. The amount of each mandatory prepayment of the Loans pursuant to Section 2.11 shall be applied as directed by the Borrower Representative in the notice described in Section 2.11 and to the Loans of each Borrower on a pro rata basis (other than in the case of Permitted Credit Agreement Refinancing Debt, the proceeds of which shall be applied to the applicable Class).

 

 

84


(c) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrowers hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without setoff or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent at its offices at 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, for the account of the Lenders, in Dollars and in immediately available funds. Any payments received after such time shall be deemed to be received on the next Business Day at the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received.

(d) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to the time of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrowers a corresponding amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor (a “Funding Default”), such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such amount with interest thereon, at a rate equal to the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Rate and (ii) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this paragraph shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If such Lender’s share of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three (3) Business Days after such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with (without duplication of any such amounts ultimately received from such Lender, and any interest thereon) interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to ABR Loans under the relevant Facility, on demand, from the Borrowers. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

(e) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by the Borrower Representative prior to the date of any payment due to be made by the Borrowers hereunder that the Borrowers will not make such payment to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrowers are making such payment, and the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Lenders their respective pro rata shares of a corresponding amount. If such payment is not made to the Administrative Agent by the Borrowers within three (3) Business Days after such due date, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover, on demand, from each Lender to which any amount which was made available pursuant to the preceding sentence, such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum equal to the daily Federal Funds Rate. Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Borrowers.

2.18 Requirements of Law.

(a) Subject to clause (c) of this Section 2.18, if any Change in Law shall (i) subject any Lender to any Tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or any Eurocurrency Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except for (x) any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes (each of which is provided for in Section 2.19), (y) any Taxes described in clauses (i) through (v) of the second sentence of Section 2.19(a) and (z) any Taxes which would have been compensated for under Section 2.19(a) or Section 2.19(f) but were not so compensated because an exclusion in Section 2.19(h) applied), (ii) impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender that is not otherwise included in the determination of the Eurocurrency Rate or (iii) impose on such Lender any other condition, and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the

 

85


cost to such Lender by an amount that such Lender reasonably deems to be material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurocurrency Loans, or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, the Borrowers shall promptly pay such Lender, upon its demand, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this paragraph, it shall promptly notify the Borrower Representative (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.

(b) Subject to clause (c) of this Section 2.18, if any Lender shall have determined that compliance by such Lender (or any corporation controlling such Lender) with any Change in Law regarding capital adequacy or liquidity shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or under or in respect of any Loans to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity) by an amount reasonably deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, after submission by such Lender to the Borrower Representative (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor (setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to such Lender under this Section 2.18(b)), the Borrowers shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such corporation for such reduction.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (including clauses (a) and (b) above), reimbursement pursuant to this Section 2.18 for (A) increased costs arising from any market disruption (i) shall be limited to circumstances generally affecting the banking market and (ii) may only be requested by the Required Lenders and (B) increased costs because of any Change in Law resulting from clause (i) or (ii) of the proviso to the definition of “Change in Law” may only be requested by a Lender imposing such increased costs on borrowers similarly situated to the Borrowers under syndicated credit facilities comparable to those provided hereunder. A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by any Lender to the Borrower Representative (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Lender the additional amount shown as due on any such certificate promptly after, and in any event within, ten (10) Business Days of, receipt thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any amounts incurred more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower Representative of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that, if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such nine-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect. The obligations of the Borrowers pursuant to this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

2.19 Taxes.

(a) Except where required under applicable Law, all payments made by the Loan Parties under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, including any penalties, interest and additional amounts with respect thereto, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority (collectively, “Taxes”). Subject to Section 2.19(h) below, if any applicable law requires any Taxes, excluding (i) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income and franchise Taxes (which franchise Taxes are imposed in lieu of net income Taxes) imposed on or with respect to the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of a present or former connection between the Administrative Agent or such Lender and the jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such Tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any such connection arising solely from the Administrative Agent or such Lender having

 

86


executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or any other Loan Document), (ii) branch profits Taxes imposed on the Administrative Agent or any Lender by the United States of America or any similar Tax imposed by any other jurisdiction described in clause (i) above, (iii) United States withholding Taxes to the extent imposed pursuant to a Requirement of Law (or official interpretation or administration thereof) in effect at the time the relevant Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) would have been entitled at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment, if any) to receive additional amounts from the Borrowers with respect to such Taxes pursuant to this clause (a), (iv) Taxes that are attributable to a Lender’s failure to comply with the requirements of clause (j) of this Section 2.19, and (v) Taxes imposed by sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as in existence on the Closing Date (and any amended or successor versions of such provisions to the extent such versions are substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future U.S. treasury regulations thereunder and official interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and fiscal, tax or regulatory legislation, rules or official practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code and U.S. treasury regulations thereunder (“FATCA”), (such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, including any penalties, interest, and additional amounts with respect thereto, the “Non-Excluded Taxes”), or Other Taxes to be withheld from any amounts payable by or on account of any obligation of the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder, the amounts payable by the Loan Parties shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to the Administrative Agent and such Lender (after making all required withholdings in respect of Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes) an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding been made. Within 30 days of a Loan Party making a payment subject to any deduction or withholding as mentioned in this Section 2.19(a), the Loan Party making such payment shall deliver to the Administrative Agent as agent for the relevant Lender or Lenders evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Lender that the relevant deduction or withholding has been made and (as applicable) any appropriate payment has been made to the relevant taxing authority.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) [Reserved].

(d) [Reserved].

(e) [Reserved].

(f) The Borrowers shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender within ten (10) Business Days after written demand therefor (which written demand shall be made no later than 180 days after the earlier of (1) the date on which the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, received written demand for payment of the applicable Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes from the relevant Governmental Authority or (2) the date on which the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, paid the applicable Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes; provided, that failure or delay on the part of the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, to make such written demand shall not constitute a waiver of the right of the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, to demand indemnity and reimbursement for such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes, except to the extent that such failure or delay results in prejudice to the Borrowers) for the full amount of any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment made by any Loan Party under any Loan Document (including Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 2.19 paid by such Person and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant

 

87


Governmental Authority, but excluding Non-Excluded Taxes to the extent compensated under Section 2.19(a) or Other Taxes to the extent that such Taxes would have been compensated for by Section 2.19(a) but were not so compensated because one of the exclusions in Section 2.19(h) applied). A certificate stating the amount of such payment or liability and setting forth in reasonable detail the calculation thereof delivered to the Borrower Representative by a Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Statements payable by any Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.19 shall be submitted to the Borrower Representative at the address specified under Section 11.2.

(g) [Reserved].

(h) A payment shall not be required to be made by a Loan Party pursuant to Section 2.19(a) or Section 2.19(f) for, or on account of, Other Taxes where (i) such Other Taxes are imposed with respect to an assignment or transfer of any Lender’s rights or any participation or sub-contract by a Lender (other than in the course of primary syndication, pursuant to Section 2.23 (other than Section 2.23(c)) or after a Default), or (ii) such Other Taxes derive from the voluntary registration of a Loan Document by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any Lender where such registration is not required to maintain, preserve, establish or enforce the rights of the Administrative Agent or that Lender under a Loan Document.

(i) Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are payable by the Borrowers, reasonably promptly thereafter the Borrowers shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of the relevant Lender, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrowers showing payment thereof, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(j) Status of Lenders.

(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 2.19 in clauses (j)(ii)(1), (j)(ii)(2), and (j)(ii)(4) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing:

(1) any Lender that is a U.S. person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

 

88


(2) any Lender that is not a U.S. person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “Non-U.S. Lender”) shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

  (A)

in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

 

  (B)

executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI;

 

  (C)

in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 to the effect that such Non-U.S. Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of any Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” related to any Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E; or

 

  (D)

to the extent a Non-U.S. Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 or Exhibit C-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Non-U.S. Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Non-U.S. Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Non-U.S. Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

 

 

89


(3) any Non-U.S. Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Non-U.S. Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent), executed copies of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(4) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower Representative or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (4), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(5) prior to the date it becomes the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower Representative a duly completed IRS Form W-9 (or, in the case of a successor Administrative Agent that is not organized in the United States, a duly executed U.S. branch withholding certificate on U.S. IRS Form W-8IMY) with the effect that the Borrowers may make payments to the Administrative Agent, to the extent such payments are received by the Administrative Agent as an intermediary, without deduction or withholding of any Taxes imposed by the United States (without regard to the beneficial owners of such payment).

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

(k) [Reserved].

(l) [Reserved].

(m) [Reserved].

 

 

90


(n) If the Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund (whether in the form of cash or as a credit against, or as a reduction of, a tax liability) of any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Loan Parties or with respect to which the Loan Parties have paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.19, it shall pay over such refund to the relevant Loan Party (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Loan Parties under this Section 2.19 with respect to the Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the relevant Loan Party, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Loan Parties (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (n), in no event will the Administrative Agent or any Lender be required to pay any amount to the Loan Parties pursuant to this paragraph (n) the payment of which would place the Administrative Agent or such Lender in a less favorable net after-Tax position than it would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This paragraph (n) shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrower Representative or any other Person.

(o) [Reserved].

(p) [Reserved].

(q) [Reserved].

(r) Without limiting any other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender that would not qualify for a complete exemption from withholding Taxes with respect to payments made under any Loan Document at the time such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, shall consider in good faith, but not be required, to take actions, including assigning any of its Commitments and Loans to an affiliate of such Lender, so as to reasonably limit any obligations of the Loan Parties under this Section 2.19.

(s) The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

2.20 [Reserved].

2.21 Indemnity. The Borrowers agree to indemnify each Lender for, and to hold each Lender harmless from, any loss or expense that such Lender may sustain or incur as a direct consequence of (a) default by any Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurocurrency Loans after the Borrower Representative has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by the Borrowers in making any prepayment of or conversion from Eurocurrency Loans after the Borrower Representative has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (c) the conversion of any Eurocurrency Loan prior to the last day of the Interest Period thereof or (d) the making of a prepayment of Eurocurrency Loans on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. Such indemnification shall not exceed an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amount so prepaid or converted, or not so borrowed, reduced, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, reduce, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, reduce, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest or other return for such Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any) over (ii) the

 

91


amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank eurocurrency market. A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted to the Borrower Representative by any Lender shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

2.22 Change of Lending Office.

(a) Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Sections 2.18 or 2.19 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower Representative, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided, further, that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrowers or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Sections 2.18 or 2.19.

(b) Subject to clause (a) above, and without prejudice to the rights and obligations (but subject to the terms and requirements) in Section 2.19, each Borrower agrees that each Lender may, at its option, make any Loan available to any Borrower by causing any foreign or domestic branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan, and that any exercise of such option shall not affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrowers or the rights of any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

2.23 Replacement of Lenders. The Borrowers shall be permitted to replace any Lender (or prepay the Loans of such Lender on a non-pro rata basis) (a) where a Loan Party is obligated to pay additional amounts or indemnity payments under Section 2.19, (b) that requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.16 or Section 2.18, (c) that becomes a Defaulting Lender or otherwise defaults in its obligation to make Loans hereunder or (d) that has not consented to a proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination of the provisions of this Agreement as contemplated by Section 11.1 that requires the consent of all Lenders or all Lenders under a particular Facility or each Lender affected thereby and which has been approved by the Required Lenders or a majority (by aggregate principal amount) of such affected Lenders as provided in Section 11.1, in each case, with a Lender or an Eligible Assignee; provided that (i) such replacement or repayment does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) the replacement financial institution or other Eligible Assignee shall purchase (or the Borrower shall prepay) all Loans and other amounts (or, in the case of clause (d) as it relates to provisions affecting a particular Facility, Loans or other amounts owing under such Facility) owing to such replaced Lender on or prior to the date of replacement or repayment, (iii) the Borrowers shall be liable to such replaced Lender under Section 2.21 if any Eurocurrency Loan owing to such replaced Lender shall be purchased or prepaid other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto, (iv) if applicable, the replacement financial institution or other Eligible Assignee, if not already a Lender, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (v) if applicable, the replaced Lender shall be deemed to have made such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.6, (vi) until such time as such replacement or repayment shall be consummated, the Borrowers shall pay all additional amounts (if any) required pursuant to Sections 2.16, 2.18, 2.19(a) or 2.19(f), as the case may be, and (vii) any such replacement or repayment shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced or repaid Lender. Upon any such assignment, such replaced or repaid Lender shall no longer constitute a “Lender” for purposes hereof (or, in the case of clause (d) as it relates to provisions affecting a particular Facility, a Lender under such Facility); provided that any rights of such replaced or repaid Lender to indemnification hereunder shall survive as to such replaced or repaid Lender. Each Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers agree that in connection with the replacement or repayment of a

 

92


Lender and upon payment to such replaced or repaid Lender of all amounts required to be paid under this Section 2.23, the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers shall be authorized, without the need for additional consent from such replaced Lender, to execute an Assignment and Assumption on behalf of such replaced Lender, and any such Assignment and Assumption so executed by the Administrative Agent or the Borrower Representative and, to the extent required under Section 11.6, the Borrower Representative, shall be effective for purposes of this Section 2.23 and Section 11.6. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.23, in the event that a Lender which holds Loans or Commitments under more than one Facility does not agree to a proposed amendment, supplement, modification, consent or waiver which requires the consent of all Lenders under a particular Facility, the Borrowers shall be permitted to replace or repay the non-consenting Lender with respect to the affected Facility and may, but shall not be required to, replace or repay such Lender with respect to any unaffected Facilities.

2.24 Notes. If so requested by any Lender by written notice to the Borrower Representative (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the applicable Borrowers shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 11.6) (promptly after the Borrower Representative’s receipt of such notice) a Note or Notes to evidence such Lender’s Loans.

2.25 Erroneous Distributions. If (x) all or any part of any payment received by any Lender or participant by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers is determined by the Administrative Agent to have been made in error (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent in good faith, including any such payment that was not preceded or accompanied by the required notice of prepayment from the Borrowers), whether known to the recipient or not, or (y) such recipient receives such payment under the provisions of this Agreement at a time when such amount is not then due and payable (any such distribution referred to in clause (x) or (y), an “Erroneous Distribution”), then the relevant Lender or other recipient shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent (and, if the payment was made by the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent will further distribute such amounts to such Borrower), an amount equal to such Erroneous Distribution in immediately available funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers, as applicable, to such Lender or other recipient to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent (as set forth above) in immediately available funds at the Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. Each Lender that fails to return such amounts within one (1) Business Day after receipt of such notice shall be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes under this Agreement. Each Lender and other recipient of an Erroneous Distribution hereunder hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender or other recipient of payments under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent. Each Lender and other recipient of an Erroneous Distribution hereunder irrevocably waives any claim of discharge for value and any other claim of entitlement to, or in respect of, any such Erroneous Distribution. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Section 2.25 (x) shall create an obligation on the part of the Administrative Agent to make any payment to the Borrowers other than in respect of any portion of an Erroneous Distribution made by the Borrowers that has been returned by the Lenders or other recipients thereof to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrowers or (y) shall limit the rights which the Administrative Agent or the Borrowers may have under Section 2.17(d) or (e). Without limitation of the foregoing, the Borrowers agree that (x) in the event an Erroneous Distribution (or portion thereof) is not recovered from any Lender (or other recipient) that has received such Erroneous Distribution (or portion thereof) for any reason, the Administrative Agent shall be subrogated to all the rights of such Lender (or other recipient) with respect to such amount and (y) an Erroneous Distribution that was not a direct result of equivalent payments made by the Borrowers or any Loan Party shall not pay, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise satisfy any Obligations owed by the Borrowers (or any other Loan Party).

 

93


2.26 [Reserved].

2.27 Defaulting Lenders.

(a) Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as provided for in the definition of “Required Lenders” and otherwise as set forth in Section 11.1.

(ii) Reallocation of Payments. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 9 or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 11.8), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, as the Borrowers may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; third, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; fourth, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrowers as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrowers against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and fifth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii) Certain Fees. Such Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to receive or accrue any Duration Fee pursuant to Section 2.8(a) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Borrowers shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to such Defaulting Lender).

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent agree in writing that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein, such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Share, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrowers while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties and subject to Section 11.16, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

 

94


(c) No Release. Subject to Section 11.16, the provisions hereof attributable to Defaulting Lenders shall not release or excuse any Defaulting Lender from failure to perform its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 3.

[RESERVED]

SECTION 4.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans, each Loan Party (but with respect to Holdings, solely as set forth herein) hereby jointly and severally represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender that:

4.1 Financial Condition.

(a) The unaudited consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2020 and related unaudited consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, member’s equity and cash flows related to Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the three months ended September 30, 2020 present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at such applicable date, and the results of its operations and its member’s equity and cash flows for three months then ended. All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved.

(b) The audited consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2019 and related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, member’s equity and cash flows related to Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 reported on by and accompanied by an unqualified report as to going concern or scope of audit from Deloitte and Touche LLP present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as at such applicable date, and the combined results of its operations, stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the respective fiscal periods then ended. All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein).

4.2 No Change. Since the Closing Date, there has been no development or event that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.3 Existence; Compliance with Law. Each Group Member (a) is duly organized (or where applicable in the relevant jurisdiction, registered or incorporated), validly existing and (where applicable in the relevant jurisdiction) in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, registration or incorporation, as the case may be, (b) has the power and authority to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged and (c) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, except in the case of clauses (a) (except as it relates to the due organization and valid existence of Holdings and the Borrowers), (b) and (c) above, to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.4 Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations.

(a) Each Loan Party has the power and authority, and the legal right, to enter into, make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrowers, to obtain extensions of credit hereunder. Each Loan Party has taken all necessary organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrowers, to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

95


(b) No Governmental Approval or consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any other Person is required in connection with the extensions of credit hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, except (i) Governmental Approvals, consents, authorizations, filings and notices that have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) the filings referred to in Section 4.16. No Governmental Approval or consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any other Person is required in connection with the consummation of the Transactions, except (w) Governmental Approvals, consents, authorizations, filings and notices that have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (x) the filings referred to in Section 4.16, (y) consents and approvals from Governmental Authorities required to be obtained in the ordinary course of business, and (z) consents, authorizations, filings and notices the failure to obtain or perform would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each applicable Loan Party. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each applicable Loan Party, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by any Legal Reservations.

4.5 No Legal Bar. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the borrowings and guarantees hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof (i) will not violate any Contractual Obligation (including the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement and the Second Lien Credit Agreement) of Holdings or any Group Member (except, individually or in the aggregate, as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect), or violate any material Requirement of Law or the Organizational Documents of any Loan Party and (ii) will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law, any such Organizational Documents or any such Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents, the First Lien Bank Security Documents, the Second Lien Security Documents and other than any other Permitted Liens) except, individually or in the aggregate, as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.6 Litigation. No litigation, suit or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened in writing by or against any Group Member or against any of their respective properties, assets or revenues that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.7 Ownership of Property; Liens. Except where the failure to have such title or other interest would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Group Member has title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its other property, and none of such property is subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section 7.7.

4.8 Intellectual Property. Except as would not, individually or in an aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Group Members own, or are licensed to use, all intellectual property necessary for the conduct in all material respects of the business of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as currently conducted. As of the Closing Date, except as would not, individually or in an aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Group

 

96


Members own, or are licensed to use, all intellectual property necessary for the conduct in all material respect of the business of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as was conducted by the Group Members immediately prior to the Closing Date. No material claim has been asserted in writing and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning any Group Member’s use of any intellectual property or the validity or effectiveness of any Group Member’s intellectual property or alleging that the conduct of any Group Member’s business infringes or violates the rights of any Person, nor does the Top Borrower or any other Loan Party know of any valid basis for any such claim, except, in each case, for such claims that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.9 Taxes. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each Group Member has filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any the amount or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member); and (ii) no tax Lien (other than any Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable and any Permitted Lien) has been filed, and, to the knowledge of any of the Group Members, no claim is being asserted, with respect to any such Tax, fee or other charge.

4.10 Federal Regulations. No Group Member is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock, and no part of the proceeds of any Loans, and no other extensions of credit hereunder, will be used for any purpose that violates the provisions of the regulations of the Board.

4.11 Employee Benefit Plans. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (i) neither a Reportable Event nor a failure to meet the minimum funding standards of Section 412 or 430 of the Code or Section 302 or 303 of ERISA has occurred during the five-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with respect to any Plan, (ii) each Plan has been operated and maintained in compliance in all respects with applicable Law, including the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, and the governing documents for such Plan, (iii) no termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred, and no Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan has arisen, during such five-year period, (iv) the present value of all accrued benefits under each Single Employer Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such accrued benefits, (v) neither Holdings nor any Commonly Controlled Entity has had a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan, (vi) no Multiemployer Plan is Insolvent or has terminated (or is intended to be terminated) under Sections 4041A or 4042 of ERISA, (vii) there has been no filing of a notice of intent to terminate or the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 of ERISA, the PBGC has not instituted proceedings to terminate a Plan, and no event or condition has occurred which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, (viii) there has been no determination that any Single Employer Plan is in “at-risk” status within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA or that any Multiemployer Plan is in “endangered” or “critical” status within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA, (ix) each Foreign Plan has been operated and maintained in compliance in all respects with applicable law and the governing documents for such plan, and (x) no Foreign Benefit Plan Event has occurred during the five-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with respect to any Foreign Plan, (the occurrence of any of the above, an “ERISA Event”).

4.12 [Reserved].

 

97


4.13 Investment Company Act. No Loan Party is registered or required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

4.14 Environmental Matters. Except as, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) the facilities and real properties owned, leased or operated by any Group Member (the “Properties”) do not contain, and (to the knowledge of the Group Members) have not previously contained, any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations or under circumstances that constitute or constituted a violation of any Environmental Law;

(b) no Group Member has received any written notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Properties or the business operated by any Group Member (the “Business”), nor does any Group Member have knowledge that any such notice is being threatened;

(c) Materials of Environmental Concern have not been released, transported, generated, treated, stored or disposed of from the Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a location that is reasonably expected to give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law;

(d) no judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of any Group Member, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Group Member is or, to the knowledge of the Group Member, will be named as a party with respect to the Properties or the Business, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business;

(e) the Properties and all operations at the Properties are in compliance, and (to the knowledge of the Group Members) have in the past five years been in compliance, with all applicable Environmental Laws; and

(f) to the knowledge of the Group Members, there are no past or present conditions, events, circumstances, facts, or activities that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any liability or other obligation for any Group Member under any Environmental Laws.

4.15 Accuracy of Information, etc. No written statement or information concerning any Group Member or the Business contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any other document, certificate or written statement furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any of them (except for projections, pro forma financial information and information of a general economic or industry nature), for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, when taken as a whole, contained, as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was so furnished and after giving effect to all supplements and updates thereto, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made. The projections and pro forma financial information, taken as a whole, contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrower Representative to be reasonable at the time made and as of the Closing Date (with respect to such projections and pro forma financial information delivered prior to the Closing Date), it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact, forecasts and projections are subject to uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount and no assurance can be given that any forecast or projections will be realized.

 

98


4.16 Security Documents.

(a) Each of the Security Documents is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and, subject to any Legal Reservations, enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof, subject to the relevant Perfection Requirements under applicable laws.

(b) Subject to the Perfection Requirements and only to the extent such Liens are intended to be created by the relevant Security Documents and required to be perfected on a first priority basis under the Loan Documents, the Liens created by the Security Documents constitute fully perfected (or the equivalent under applicable law) first priority Liens (subject to Permitted Liens) so far as possible under relevant law on, and security interests in all right, title and interest of the grantors in the Collateral in each case free and clear of any Liens other than Liens permitted hereunder.

4.17 Solvency. As of the Closing Date (and after giving effect to the consummation of the Acquisition and the other elements of the Transaction to occur on the Closing Date), Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to the Transactions and the Incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being Incurred in connection herewith and therewith and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, are Solvent.

4.18 Patriot Act; FCPA; OFAC; Sanctions Laws.

(a) To the extent applicable, the Loan Parties and each of their Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with U.S. and non-U.S. Laws relating to Sanctions Laws and anti-money laundering, including the Patriot Act. As of the Closing Date, to the knowledge of each Borrower, the information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification is true and correct in all material respects.

(b) The Loan Parties and each of their Subsidiaries are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Anti-Corruption Laws. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used directly or, knowingly, indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or any other Person acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws.

(c) None of the Loan Parties, nor any of their Subsidiaries, nor any director or officer, nor, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, any employee of the Loan Parties and each of their Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties and each of their Subsidiaries, any agent or representative of the Loan Parties and each of their Subsidiaries, is a Sanctioned Person. No Group Member is located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions Laws.

(d) The Loan Parties will not, directly or, knowingly, indirectly, use the proceeds of any Loans, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any Subsidiary (and any joint ventures of the Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries), joint venture partner or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Sanctioned Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is itself the subject of Sanctions Laws, or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any of the Loan Parties of Sanctions Laws or applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

 

99


4.19 Status as Senior Indebtedness. The Obligations under the Facilities constitute “senior debt”, “senior indebtedness”, “guarantor senior debt”, “senior secured financing” and “designated senior indebtedness” (or any comparable term) for all Indebtedness (if any) that is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations.

4.20 Use of Proceeds. The Borrowers will only use the proceeds of the Initial Loans to finance a portion of the Transactions (including paying any fees, commissions and expenses associated therewith).

Notwithstanding anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, no officer of any Group Member shall have any personal liability in connection with the representations and warranties and other certifications in this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

SECTION 5.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

5.1 Conditions to Closing Date. The agreement of each Lender to make the initial extension of credit requested to be made by it under this Agreement on the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction, prior to or concurrently with the making of such extension of credit on the Closing Date, of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received:

(i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by Holdings, the Borrowers, each other Guarantor and each Person listed on Schedule 1.1A;

(ii) the Security Agreement, executed and delivered by the Loan Parties party thereto;

(iii) the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, executed and delivered by the First Lien Bank Agent, the Borrowers and the Guarantors;

(iv) the Joinder Agreement to the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor, executed and delivered by the First Lien Bank Agent, the Borrowers and the Guarantors;

(v) the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, executed and delivered by the Loan Parties party thereto;

(vi) each Note, executed and delivered by the Borrowers in favor of each Lender requesting the same at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date; and

(vii) a Borrowing Request, executed and delivered by the Borrower Representative.

(b) Transactions. The Acquisition shall have been or, substantially concurrently with the initial borrowing hereunder shall be, consummated in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement, without giving effect to any modifications, amendments or express waivers or consents thereto that in the aggregate are materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders without the consent of the Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) (it being understood and agreed that (a) any decrease in the purchase price (or amendment to the Acquisition Agreement related thereto) shall not be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders, (b) any increase in the purchase price (or amendment to the Acquisition Agreement related thereto) shall not be materially adverse to the Lenders so

 

100


long as such increase is funded by an equity contribution, a revolving loan borrowing or cash on the balance sheet of the Top Borrower and its subsidiaries and (c) any modification (including any waiver in connection therewith) to the definition of “Material Adverse Effect” in the Acquisition Agreement shall be deemed materially adverse to the Lenders.

(c) [Reserved].

(d) Financial Statements. The Lenders shall have received (i) the consolidated, unaudited, (A) annual trial balances for the Group Companies (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) fiscal period closing September 30, 2018, 2019 and 2020, and (B) quarterly trial balance fiscal period closing December 31, 2020, (ii) the consolidated, unaudited, profit and loss statements for the Group Companies for each twelve month period ending on September 30, 2018, 2019 and 2020, and the three-month period ending on December 31, 2020 and (iii) the unaudited statements of revenue for each of the Naviance Business (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) and Intersect Business (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) for each twelve month period ending on September 30, 2018, 2019 and 2020, and the three-month period ending on December 31, 2020.

(e) Fees. The Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received, or substantially concurrently with the initial borrowing under the Facility shall receive, all fees required to be paid on or prior to the Closing Date, and all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses required to be paid on the Closing Date for which reasonably detailed invoices have been presented (including the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and expenses of legal counsel to the Administrative Agent) to the Borrower Representative at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date (or such later date as the Borrower Representative may reasonably agree), which amounts may be offset against the proceeds of the Facility.

(f) Closing Certificate; Certified Certificate of Incorporation; Good Standing Certificates. The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) an Officer’s Certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, with appropriate insertions and attachments, including copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors and/or similar governing bodies of each Loan Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrowers, the borrowings hereunder, certified organizational authorizations (if required by applicable law or customary for market practice in the relevant jurisdiction), incumbency certifications, the certificate of incorporation or other similar Organizational Documents of each Loan Party certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization, registration or incorporation of such Loan Party (only where customary in the applicable jurisdiction) and bylaws or other similar Organizational Documents of each Loan Party certified by a Responsible Officer as being in full force and effect on the Closing Date and (ii) a good standing certificate (to the extent such concept exists in the relevant jurisdictions) for each Loan Party from its jurisdiction of organization, registration or incorporation.

(g) Legal Opinions. The Administrative Agent shall have received the executed legal opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, New York and Delaware counsel to the Loan Parties, and executed legal opinions of each local counsel to the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, set forth on Schedule 5.1(g), each of which shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (provided that counsel to the Administrative Agent shall provide such opinions to the extent customary in any applicable jurisdiction).

 

101


(h) Pledged Stock; Stock Powers; Pledged Notes. Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5.1, the Controlling Collateral Agent (as bailee for the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement) shall have received the certificates representing the shares of Capital Stock (to the extent certificated) pledged or otherwise required to be delivered pursuant to the Security Documents to be entered into on the Closing Date (to the extent required to be delivered pursuant to such Security Documents), together with (where applicable in the relevant jurisdiction) an undated stock power or other equity transfer form for each such certificate executed or endorsed in blank by a duly authorized signatory of the pledgor thereof.

(i) Filings, Registrations and Recordings. Subject to the last paragraph of this Section 5.1, each document (including any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement) required by the Security Documents or under law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior and superior in right to any other Person (other than Permitted Liens), shall have been executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.

(j) Solvency Certificate. The Administrative Agent shall have received a Solvency Certificate, which demonstrates that Holdings and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are, after giving effect to the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby, Solvent.

(k) Patriot Act. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders (in each case to the extent reasonably requested in writing at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date) shall have received, at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information about Holdings and the Borrowers that the Administrative Agent reasonably determines to be required by Governmental Authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money-laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act. At least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date (to the extent reasonably requested in writing at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date), any Borrower that qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation shall deliver a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to such Borrower.

(l) [Reserved].

(m) Specified Representations and Acquisition Agreement Representations. (i) The Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, if already qualified by “materiality”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar phrases, in all respects (after giving effect to such qualification)) on and as of the Closing Date (except those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date or only with respect to a specific period of time which need only to be true and accurate (or materially true and accurate, as applicable) as of such date) and (ii) the Acquisition Agreement Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects, except when already qualified by materiality, in which case they shall be true and correct in all respects on and as of the Closing Date.

(n) No Material Adverse Effect. Since the date of the Acquisition Agreement, there shall not have occurred a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement).

(o) Guarantees. The guarantees of the Guarantor Obligations by Holdings and all Subsidiaries that are not Excluded Subsidiaries shall have been executed and are in full force and effect or substantially simultaneously with the initial borrowing under the Facility, shall be executed and become in full force and effect.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent any Collateral or any security interest therein (other than Collateral with respect to which a lien or security interest may be perfected by (x) the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code with the Secretary of State (or other applicable filing office) in the applicable jurisdiction of organization, registration or incorporation of the Borrowers

 

102


or the Guarantors and (y) the delivery of stock certificates, if any, representing equity interests of the Target, together with undated transfer powers endorsed in blank; provided that stock certificates of the Target, together with undated stock transfer powers endorsed in blank, will only be required to be delivered on the Closing Date to the extent received from the Seller after the use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so) is not provided or perfected on the Closing Date after the Borrowers’ use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so or cannot be provided or perfected without undue burden or expense, the provision and/or perfection of such security interests in such Collateral shall not constitute a condition precedent to the availability of the Facility on the Closing Date, but shall be required to be provided and/or perfected within 90 days after the Closing Date (and, in any event, in the case of the pledge of and perfection of security interests in collateral not otherwise required on the Closing Date, subject to extensions granted by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of the First Lien Bank Documents (it being understood and agreed that (1) pursuant to the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, the First Lien Bank Agent shall act as gratuitous bailee for the benefit of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and (2) any agreement of the First Lien Bank Agent with respect to such Collateral shall be binding on the Lenders and the Administrative Agent)).

SECTION 6.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Borrower and (solely with respect to Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.6, 6.7, 6.9, 6.10, 6.11 and 6.16) Holdings hereby jointly and severally agree that, until all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made), each Borrower and (solely with respect to Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.6, 6.9, 6.11, 6.14 and 6.16) Holdings will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to:

6.1 Financial Statements. Furnish to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly furnish to each Lender):

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the last day of each fiscal year of Holdings ending after the Closing Date, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), member’s equity and cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year and accompanied by an opinion of Deloitte & Touche LLP or other independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing (or any other independent certified public accountants reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), which opinion shall not be subject to qualification as to scope or contain any “going concern” qualification or exception other than with respect to or resulting from (i) the maturity of any Indebtedness, (ii) any potential inability to satisfy any financial covenant on a future date or for a future period or (iii) any breach of any financial covenant or (iv) activities, operations, financial results, assets or liabilities of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (provided that delivery within the time periods specified above of copies of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Holdings (or any Parent Holding Company or Qualified Reporting Subsidiary) filed with the SEC (or the equivalent documents filed with a comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction, provided such documents contain substantially the same information as would be set forth in a Form 10-K) shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 6.1(a)); and

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 60 days after the last day of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Holdings, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), member’s equity and cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative

 

103


form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer as fairly stating in all material respects the financial position of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP for the period covered thereby (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes) (provided that delivery within the time periods specified above of copies of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Holdings (or any Parent Holding Company or Qualified Reporting Subsidiary) filed with the SEC (or the equivalent documents filed with a comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction, provided such documents contain substantially the same information as would be set forth in Form 10-Q) shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 6.1(b)).

All such financial statements shall be complete and correct in all material respects and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and (except as otherwise provided below) in accordance with GAAP applied consistently (except to the extent any such inconsistent application of GAAP has been approved by such accountants (in the case of clause (a) above) or officer (in the case of clause (b) above), as the case may be, and disclosed in reasonable detail therein) throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods (subject, in the case of quarterly financial statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes).

Notwithstanding the foregoing and the requirements in Section 6.2 below, the obligations in Section 6.1(a), Section 6.1(b) and Section 6.2(d) may be satisfied by furnishing, at the option of the Borrower Representative, the applicable financial statements of (I) any predecessor or successor of Holdings or any entity meeting the requirements of clause (II) or (III) of this paragraph, (II) any other Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that, together with its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries, constitutes substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries (a “Qualified Reporting Subsidiary”) or (III) any Parent Holding Company, provided that to the extent such information relates to a Qualified Reporting Subsidiary or a Parent Holding Company, (x) such information is accompanied by either (i) consolidating information (which need not be audited) that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Qualified Reporting Subsidiary or such Parent Holding Company, on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand or (ii) an affirmative statement from the Borrower Representative that such Qualified Reporting Subsidiary or such Parent Holding Company, as applicable, has no independent operations or material assets (and has no material liabilities) other than the direct or indirect ownership of any Group Members and (y) solely in the case of a Qualified Reporting Subsidiary, neither such Parent Holding Company nor any Subsidiary of such Parent Holding Company (other than Holdings or such Qualified Reporting Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries) shall have any material assets or liabilities.

6.2 Certificates; Other Information. Furnish to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly furnish to each Lender):

(a) The Borrowers and each Lender acknowledge that certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrowers, Holdings, their respective Subsidiaries or their securities) (the “Public Lenders”) and, if documents or notices required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 or this Section 6.2 or otherwise are being distributed through IntraLinks/IntraAgency, SyndTrak or another relevant website or other information platform (the “Platform”), any document or notice that Borrower Representative has indicated contains Private Lender Information shall not be posted on that portion of the Platform designated for such public-side Lenders, provided that if Borrower Representative has not indicated whether a document or notice delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 or this Section 6.2 contains Private Lender Information, the Administrative Agent reserves the right to post such document or notice solely on that portion of the Platform designated for Lenders who wish to receive material nonpublic information with respect to the Borrowers, Holdings, their respective Subsidiaries or their respective securities;

 

104


(b) [Reserved];

(c) concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1(a) or (b), (i) an Officer’s Certificate of Borrower Representative stating that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate, (ii) to the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, (I) a description of any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party, (II) a list of any material intellectual property registered with, or for which an application for registration has been made with, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the U.S. Copyright Office and acquired or developed (and not sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of) by any Loan Party and (III) a list of any material “intent to use” trademark applications for which a “Statement of Use” or an “Amendment to Allege Use” was filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office by any Loan Party, in each case, since the date of the most recent report delivered pursuant to this clause (ii) (or, in the case of the first such report so delivered, since the Closing Date), (iii) certifying a list of names of all Immaterial Subsidiaries designated as such (or certifying as to any changes to such list since the delivery of the last such certificate) and that each Subsidiary set forth on such list individually qualifies as an Immaterial Subsidiary, (iv) certifying a list of names of all Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) (or certifying as to any changes to such list since the delivery of the last such certificate) and that each Subsidiary set forth on such list individually qualifies as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (v) a presentation of Consolidated EBITDA, on a Pro Forma Basis;

(d) concurrently with the delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 6.1(a) (commencing with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2021), a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year (including (i) projected consolidated quarterly income statements and (ii) projected consolidated annual balance sheet of Holdings and its consolidated Subsidiaries);

(e) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Section 6.1(a) above, a narrative discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, as compared to the previous fiscal year (to the extent such comparisons are required pursuant to Section 6.1(a)) (provided that delivery within the time periods specified above of copies of the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Holdings (or any Parent Holding Company or Qualified Reporting Subsidiary) filed with the SEC shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 6.2(e));

(f) promptly, copies of all financial statements and reports that Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries send generally to the holders of any class of their debt securities or public equity securities, acting in such capacity, and, within five days after the same are filed, copies of all financial statements and reports that Holdings or any Qualified Reporting Subsidiary may make to, or file with, the SEC, other than the items referred to in Sections 6.1(a), 6.1(b) and 6.2(e);

(g) as promptly as reasonably practicable following the Administrative Agent’s request therefor, (i) such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of any Group Member, or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; (ii) all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or any Lender reasonably requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering or terrorist financing rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act and (iii) an updated Beneficial Ownership Certification.

Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall require any Loan Party to provide information (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure is prohibited by applicable Laws, (iii) that is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product or (iv) the disclosure of which is restricted by binding

 

105


agreements not entered into primarily for the purpose of qualifying for the exclusion in this clause (iv) (in the case of this clause (iv), so long as such confidentiality agreement does not relate to information regarding the financial affairs of any Group Member or compliance with the terms of any Loan Document).

6.3 Payment of Taxes. Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its Tax obligations of whatever nature, except (i) where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of Holdings or the relevant Group Member.

6.4 Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Law.

(a) (i) Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain or obtain all Governmental Approvals and all other rights, privileges and franchises, in each case necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 7.8 or by the Security Documents and except, in the case of clauses (i) (other than with respect to Holdings and the Borrowers) and (ii) above, to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(b) comply with all Requirements of Law (including, as applicable, Sanctions Law and the applicable Anti-Corruption Laws) except to the extent that failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) comply with all Governmental Approvals except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.5 Maintenance of Property; Insurance. (a) Keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty and condemnation excepted, except to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) maintain all the rights, licenses, permits, privileges, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade names material to the conduct of its business, except to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (c) maintain with insurance companies that the Borrower Representative believes (in the good faith judgment of the management of the Borrower Representative) are financially sound and responsible at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed insurance in at least such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance) which the Borrower Representative believes (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower Representative) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as the Borrower Representative believes (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower Representative) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business (it being agreed that in any event flood insurance shall not be required except to the extent required by applicable Law).

6.6 Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions. (a) Keep proper books of records and account in which entries full, true and correct in all material respects in conformity with GAAP shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and (b) permit, at the Borrowers’ expense, representatives of the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at any reasonable time during normal business hours, upon reasonable prior written notice, and as often as may reasonably be requested and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Group Members with officers and employees of the Group Members and with their independent certified public accountants;

 

106


provided that (i) in no event shall there be more than one such visit for the Administrative Agent and its representatives as a group per calendar year except during the continuance of an Event of Default and (ii) the Top Borrower shall have the right to be present during any discussions with accountants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.6, none of the Group Members will be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discuss any document, information or other matter that (a) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (b) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by Law or any binding agreement (other than any agreement with another Group Member or any Affiliate thereof), (c) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product or (d) the disclosure of which is restricted by binding agreements not entered into primarily for the purpose of qualifying for the exclusion in this clause (d).

6.7 Notices. Promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly furnish to each Lender) of:

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, if a Default is cured and notice of the occurrence and cure of such Default is delivered to the Administrative Agent, notice under this Section 6.7(a) shall not be required;

(b) the following events where there is any reasonable likelihood of the imposition of liability on any Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity as a result thereof that would be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, promptly and in any event within 30 days after the Borrower Representative knows or has reason to know thereof: (i) the occurrence of any ERISA Event, (ii) a failure to make any required contributions to a Plan in a material amount or (iii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or the Top Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the termination (in other than a “standard termination” as defined in ERISA), or Insolvency of, any Plan; and

(c) (i) any dispute, litigation, investigation or proceeding between Holdings, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any arbitrator or Governmental Authority or (ii) the filing or commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting Holdings, any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any claims related to any Environmental Law or in respect of intellectual property, that, in any such case referred to in clauses (i) or (ii), has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.7 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower Representative setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the relevant Group Member proposes to take with respect thereto.

6.8 Environmental Laws.

(a) Comply with, and take commercially reasonably action to ensure compliance by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws, and obtain and comply with and maintain, and take commercially reasonably action to ensure that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws, except, in each case, where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws and promptly comply with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or such requirements, orders or directives are being contested in good faith by a Group Member.

 

107


6.9 Additional Collateral, etc.

(a) With respect to any property (to the extent included in the definition of Collateral) acquired at any time after the Closing Date by any Loan Party (or any Group Member required to become a Loan Party pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents) (other than (x) any property described in paragraph (b), (c) or (d) below and (y) any property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by clauses (6)(A), (8), (9), (12), (16), (17), (18), (27), (30), (36), (37) and (39) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” to the extent and for so long as the obligations relating to such Liens do not permit a Lien on such property in favor of the Secured Parties) as to which the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected first priority Lien (to the extent so required by the terms of the Security Agreement) within 90 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent (or, to the extent the Administrative Agent is not the Controlling Collateral Agent at such time, the Controlling Collateral Agent) shall reasonably agree) (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the relevant Security Document or such other documents as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such property and (ii) take all actions reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in such property, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (or equivalent filings in jurisdictions outside of United States) in such jurisdictions as may be required by any Security Document or by applicable law or as may reasonably be requested by the Administrative Agent.

(b) With respect to any interest in any Material Property acquired by any Loan Party (or any Group Member required to become a Loan Party pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents) after the Closing Date (other than any such real property subject to a Lien expressly permitted by clauses (8), (9) and (39) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” to the extent and for so long as the obligations relating to such Liens do not permit a Lien on such property in favor of the Secured Parties), within 90 days (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent (or, to the extent the Administrative Agent is not the Controlling Collateral Agent at such time, the Controlling Collateral Agent) shall reasonably agree) after the Closing Date or date of acquisition, as applicable, (A) execute and deliver a first priority Mortgage (subject to Permitted Liens), in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, covering such interest in real property (provided, that to the extent any property to be subject to a Mortgage is located in a jurisdiction which imposes mortgage recording taxes, intangibles tax, documentary tax or similar recording fees or taxes, the relevant Mortgage shall not secure an amount in excess of the Fair Market Value of such property subject thereto unless such jurisdiction imposes a cap on such taxes or fees such that any secured amounts in excess of the Fair Market Value of such property do not result in additional taxes or fees), (B) if requested by the Administrative Agent, provide the Lenders with a Title Policy in an amount not to exceed the Fair Market Value of the real property covered thereby, as well as a current ALTA survey thereof (or an existing ALTA survey, ExpressMap or other similar documentation if available (accompanied if reasonably required by the title company issuing the applicable Title Policy by a “no-change” affidavit and/or other documents) sufficient to remove the general survey exception from the Title Policy and to obtain survey coverage in such Title Policy), together with a surveyor’s certificate in form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (C) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent customary legal opinions from counsel in the jurisdictions in which the real property covered by the Mortgage is located relating to the enforceability of any such Mortgage and the Lien created thereby, which opinions shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and (D) provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of payment by the Borrower of all Title Policy premiums, search and examination charges, escrow charges and related charges, mortgage recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of the Mortgages and issuance of the Title Policies and endorsements contemplated by this clause (b).

 

108


(c) With respect to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Subsidiary created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Group Member (which, for the purposes of this Section 6.9(c), shall include any existing Group Member that ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary) within 90 days after the date of such creation or acquisition (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent (or, to the extent the Administrative Agent is not the Controlling Collateral Agent at such time, the Controlling Collateral Agent) shall reasonably agree, (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to this Agreement and the Security Agreement as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary that is owned by any Group Member, (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent (or, to the extent the Administrative Agent is not the Controlling Collateral Agent at such time, the Controlling Collateral Agent) the certificates representing such Capital Stock (if any), together with undated stock powers, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Group Member, and (iii) cause such Restricted Subsidiary (a) to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent (x) a Guarantor Joinder Agreement or such comparable documentation requested by the Administrative Agent to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and (y) a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement, substantially in the form annexed thereto, (b) to take such actions reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a perfected first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens) in the Collateral described in the Security Agreement with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary, including the filing of UCC financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Security Agreement or by law or as may be requested by the Administrative Agent, and (c) to deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of such Restricted Subsidiary, substantially consistent in form to those delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.1(f).

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) no actions in any jurisdiction outside the United States shall be required in order to create any security interests in assets located or titled outside of the United States, or to perfect any security interests in such assets, including any intellectual property registered in any jurisdiction outside the United States (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States); (ii) in no event shall control agreements or perfection by control or similar arrangements be required with respect to any Collateral (including deposit or securities accounts), other than in respect of (x) 100% of the certificated equity interests required to be pledged hereunder and under the Security Documents and (y) intercompany notes (including the Global Intercompany Note), nor shall leasehold mortgages, landlord waivers or collateral access agreements be required; and (iii) in no event shall Collateral include any Excluded Assets unless the Borrower Representative so elects.

For the avoidance of doubt, and without limitation, Section 6.9 shall apply to any division of a Loan Party and to any division of a Group Member required to become a Loan Party pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents and to any allocation of assets to a series of a limited liability company.

6.10 [Reserved].

6.11 Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, at the expense of the Borrowers, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in order to effect fully the purposes of the Loan Documents. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Loan Parties shall take such actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time (including the execution and delivery of guaranties, security agreements, pledge

 

109


agreements, stock powers, financing statements and other documents, the filing or recording of any of the foregoing, and the delivery of stock certificates and other collateral with respect to which perfection is obtained by possession), in each case to the extent required by the applicable Security Documents to ensure that the Obligations are guaranteed by the Guarantors, on a first priority basis (subject to Permitted Liens) and are secured by substantially all of the assets (other than those assets specifically excluded by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) of the Loan Parties. For the avoidance of doubt, and without limitation, Section 6.11 shall apply to any division of a Loan Party and to any division of a Group Member required to become a Loan Party pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents and to any allocation of assets to a series of a limited liability company.

6.12 Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries. The Borrower Representative may at any time after the Closing Date designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and subsequently re-designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary if no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom. The designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date shall constitute an Investment by the applicable Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the applicable Loan Party’s or Restricted Subsidiary’s investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (x) the Incurrence at the time of designation of Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time, and (y) a return on any Investment by the applicable Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value at the date of such designation of such Loan Party’s or Restricted Subsidiary’s Investment in such Subsidiary. For the avoidance of doubt, neither a Borrower nor Holdings nor any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings that is a direct or indirect parent company of a Borrower shall be permitted to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary. At any time a Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary hereunder, the Borrower Representative shall cause such Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or any similar applicable term) under the First Lien Bank Facilities and the Second Lien Facilities and any Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.2 that constitutes First Lien Obligations and is in a principal amount in excess of the greater of $35,000,000 and 23.0% of Consolidated EBITDA, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period.

6.13 Employee Benefit Plans.

(a) Maintain, and cause each Commonly Controlled Entity to maintain, all Single Employer Plans that are presently in existence or may, from time to time, come into existence, in compliance with the terms of any such Single Employer Plan, ERISA, the Code and all other applicable Laws, except to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Maintain, or cause to be maintained, all Foreign Plans that are presently in existence or may, from time to time, come into existence, in compliance with the terms of any such Plan and all applicable laws, except to the extent the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

6.14 Use of Proceeds. The Borrowers will only use the proceeds of the Loans in accordance with Sections 4.18(d) and 4.20.

6.15 Post-Closing Matters. The Borrower Representative will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, take each of the actions set forth on Schedule 6.15 within the time period prescribed therefor on such schedule (as such time period may be extended by the Administrative Agent).

 

110


6.16 FCPA; OFAC. The Loan Parties agree to maintain policies, procedures, and internal controls reasonably designed to ensure compliance with the applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.

SECTION 7.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Each Borrower and (solely with respect to Sections 7.10, 7.12(b) and 7.13) Holdings hereby jointly and severally agree that, until all Commitments have been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan, all fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under any Loan Document shall have been paid in full (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made), each Borrower and (solely with respect to Sections 7.10, 7.12(b) and 7.13) Holdings will and will cause the Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply with this Section 7.

7.1 [Reserved].

7.2 Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.

(a) (i) The Top Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and (ii) the Top Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that any of the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock (“Ratio Debt”), in each case if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Holdings, the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a Pro Forma Basis; provided, further, however, that the aggregate amount of outstanding Indebtedness (excluding Acquired Indebtedness not Incurred in connection with or in contemplation of the applicable merger, acquisition or other similar transaction) that may be Incurred and Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that may be issued pursuant to this clause (a) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, taken together with the amount of all outstanding Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued by Restricted Subsidiaries that are Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries pursuant to clauses (b)(vi), (b)(xxii) and (b)(xxx) of this Section 7.2, shall not exceed, at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred, the greater of $40,000,000 and 26.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Form Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period.

(b) The limitations set forth in Section 7.2(a) shall not apply to (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

(i) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this Agreement and any other Loan Document;

(ii) (I) Indebtedness consisting of First Lien Obligations in an amount not to exceed, at any time outstanding, the sum of: $1,025,000,000 plus the amount permitted to be incurred under Section 2.25 of the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof and (II) Indebtedness consisting of Junior Lien Obligations in an amount not to exceed, at any time outstanding, the sum of: $365,000,000 plus the amount permitted to be incurred under Section 2.25 of the Second Lien Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof;

(iii) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness described in Section 7.2(b)(i) and (ii)) and, with respect to any such Indebtedness in excess of $7,500,000 in aggregate principal amount, set forth on Schedule 7.2;

 

111


(iv) Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt;

(v) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt;

(vi) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in an amount not to exceed the sum of (x) the Ratio-Based Incremental Amount plus (y) the Prepayment-Based Incremental Amount plus (z) the Cash-Capped Incremental Amount (in each case minus amounts Incurred and outstanding under clause (xvi) in respect of Indebtedness originally incurred under clause (y) and (z) of this clause (vi)) (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the amount available to the Borrowers pursuant to clauses (y) and (z) above shall be available at all times and shall not be subject to the ratio test described in foregoing clause (x) above); provided, that:

(1) the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred and Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that may be issued pursuant to this clause (vi) by Restricted Subsidiaries that are Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries shall not exceed, at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred, taken together with all other outstanding Indebtedness Incurred and Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock issued pursuant to this proviso (1) and amounts Incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries outstanding pursuant to clauses (a), (b)(xxii) and (b)(xxx) of this Section 7.2, the greater of $40,000,000 and 26.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(2) the Applicable Requirements shall have been satisfied;

(3) no Indebtedness under this clause (vi) may be Incurred at any time that (x) a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (y) if such Indebtedness is used to finance, in whole or in part, a Limited Condition Transaction, a Default or Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or (g) has occurred and is continuing;

(4) [reserved]; and

(5) unless the applicable Borrower elects otherwise, any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (vi) shall be deemed Incurred first under clause (x) above, with the balance Incurred next under clause (y) above and then under clause (z) above, and, for the avoidance of doubt such Indebtedness may be later reclassified under the Ratio-Based Incremental Facility (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall have the effect of increasing availability under the Cash-Capped Incremental Facility or Prepayment-Based Incremental Facility, as applicable, by the amount of such reclassified Indebtedness);

(vii) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations) Incurred by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, Disqualified Stock issued by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiaries to finance or Refinance, all or any part of the acquisition, purchase, lease, construction, design, installation, repair, replacement or improvement of property (real or personal), plant or equipment or other fixed or capital assets used or useful in the business of the Top Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or in a Similar Business (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed, at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred, together with all outstanding Indebtedness outstanding under this clause (vii) (and Indebtedness Incurred to renew, refund, Refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (vii) (including through Section 7.2(b)(xvi)),

 

112


the greater of $40,000,000 and 26.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period (in each case minus amounts Incurred and outstanding under clause (xvi) in respect of Indebtedness originally Incurred under this clause (vii); provided, that Capitalized Lease Obligations Incurred by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (vii) in connection with a Sale Leaseback Transaction shall not be subject to the foregoing limitation so long as the proceeds of such Sale Leaseback Transaction are used by the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary to permanently repay outstanding loans under any credit agreement, debt facility or other Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the assets subject to such Sale Leaseback Transaction;

(viii) Indebtedness (x) in respect of any bankers’ acceptance, bank guarantees, discounted bill of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables, warehouse receipt or similar facilities, and reinvestment obligations related thereto, entered into in the ordinary course of business and (y) constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees, banker’s acceptances, warehouse receipts, or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit (a) in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims and (b) that are fully cash collateralized;

(ix) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnout or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Top Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;

(x) shares of Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Top Borrower or another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Top Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock;

(xi) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of (a) a Restricted Subsidiary to the Top Borrower or (b) the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Restricted Subsidiary or Holdings; provided that if the Top Borrower or a Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness or issues such Disqualified Stock to Holdings or to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Borrower or Guarantor, such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable, is either subject to the Global Intercompany Note or subordinated in right of payment (in a manner similar to the subordination provisions in the Global Intercompany Note) to the Loans or the Guarantee of such Guarantor, as the case may be; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any Restricted Subsidiary lending such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable, ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable (except to the Top Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable;

(xii) Hedging Obligations that are Incurred not for speculative purposes;

(xiii) obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds or other similar bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

113


(xiv) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference that does not exceed, at the time such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is Incurred, taken together with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xiv), the greater of $70,000,000 and 45.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period (in each case minus amounts Incurred and outstanding under clause (xvi) in respect of Indebtedness originally Incurred under this clause (xiv));

(xv) any guarantee by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or other obligations of Holdings, the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations by Holdings, the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Agreement; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Loans or the Guarantee of any Guarantor, any such guarantee of such Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Loans and the Guarantees, substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Loans or any relevant Guarantees, as applicable;

(xvi) the Incurrence by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that serves to refund, Refinance, replace or defease any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred as permitted under clause (a) of this Section 7.2 and clauses (b)(i), (b)(ii), (b)(iii), (b)(vi), (b)(vii), (b)(xiv), (b)(xvi), (b)(xix), (b)(xxii), (b)(xxvii) and (b)(xxx), of this Section 7.2 or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to so refund or Refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including any additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to pay accrued and unpaid interest, fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs in connection therewith (subject to the following proviso, “Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness:

(1) other than Customary Bridge Financing and Permitted Early Maturity Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness, being refunded, Refinanced, replaced or defeased;

(2) other than Customary Bridge Financing and Permitted Early Maturity Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity Date which is no earlier than the earlier of the Stated Maturity Date of the Indebtedness being refunded, Refinanced, replaced or defeased;

(3) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness Refinances (x) Subordinated Indebtedness, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Subordinated Indebtedness, (y) Indebtedness constituting Junior Lien Obligations or unsecured, such Refinancing Indebtedness constitutes Junior Lien Obligations or is unsecured, as applicable, or (z) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock;

(4) is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being Refinanced plus (y) the amount necessary to pay accrued and unpaid interest, fees, underwriting discounts and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs Incurred in connection with such Refinancing; and

 

114


(5) shall not include Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party that Refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Loan Party;

(xvii) Indebtedness arising from (x) Cash Management Services (as defined in the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement) or (y) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that, in the case of clause (y), such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten (10) Business Days of its Incurrence;

(xviii) Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit or bank guarantee;

(xix) Contribution Indebtedness (minus amounts Incurred and outstanding under clause (xvi) in respect of Indebtedness originally Incurred under this clause (xix));

(xx) Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (x) the financing of insurance premiums or (y) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements;

(xxi) Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is not recourse to the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Receivables Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings);

(xxii) (x) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred to finance an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business, product line or Person or (y) Acquired Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that, in either case, after giving effect to the transactions that result in the Incurrence or issuance thereof, on a Pro Forma Basis, the Top Borrower would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness as Ratio Debt or pursuant to the Ratio-Based Incremental Facility; provided, that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Indebtedness Incurred or assumed by Restricted Subsidiaries which are Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries under this clause (xxii), taken together with amounts Incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries outstanding under clauses (a), (b)(vi) and (b)(xxx) of this Section 7.2 (and minus amounts Incurred and outstanding under clause (xvi) in respect of Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries originally Incurred under this clause (xxii)) shall not exceed, at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred, the greater of $40,000,000 and 26.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(xxiii) Indebtedness Incurred by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited to defease or to satisfy and discharge any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred hereunder (and any exchange notes or refinancing indebtedness with respect thereto);

(xxiv) Guarantees (A) Incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of (or to) suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors and licensees that, in each case, are non-Affiliates or (B) otherwise constituting Investments permitted under this Agreement;

 

115


(xxv) Indebtedness issued by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former employees, directors, managers and consultants thereof (or of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings), their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Top Borrower, Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company of Holdings to the extent permitted by Section 7.3(b)(iv);

(xxvi) Indebtedness owed on a short-term basis of no longer than 30 days to banks and other financial institutions Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries with such banks or financial institutions that arises in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xxvii) Indebtedness Incurred by joint ventures of the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and Restricted Subsidiaries that are Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, in an outstanding aggregate principal amount that does not exceed, at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred, taken together with all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xxvii), the greater of $70,000,000 and 45.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period (in each case minus outstanding amounts Incurred under clause (xvi) in respect of Indebtedness originally Incurred under this clause (xxvii);

(xxviii) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;

(xxix) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Sale Leaseback Transactions;

(xxx) (x) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred to finance or assumed in connection with an acquisition of any assets (including Capital Stock), business, product line or Person or (y) Acquired Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference that does not exceed, at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred, taken together with all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred pursuant to this clause (xxx), the greater of $60,000,000 and 39.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period (minus amounts Incurred and outstanding under clause (xvi) in respect of Indebtedness originally Incurred under this clause (xxx)); provided, that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred or assumed by Restricted Subsidiaries which are Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries under this clause (xxx) and under clauses (a), (b)(vi) and (b)(xxii)(y)(a) of this Section 7.2 shall not exceed, at the time such Indebtedness is Incurred, the greater of $40,000,000 and 26.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(xxxi) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, deferred compensation of the current and former employees, directors, managers and consultants (or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses) of the Top Borrower, any direct or indirect parent company of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(xxxii) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, advances in respect of transfer pricing or shared services agreements that are permitted by clause (31) of the definition of Permitted Investments.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.2, in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt or is entitled to be Incurred as Ratio Debt, the Borrower Representative shall, in its sole discretion, at the time of Incurrence, divide and/or classify, or at any later

 

116


time redivide and/or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in one or more of the categories (including in part in one category and in part in another category set forth in this Section 7.2 (including Ratio Debt)). The Borrower Representative will also be entitled to divide, classify or reclassify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Permitted Debt described in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 7.2 without giving pro forma effect to the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) Incurred as part of the same transaction or substantially concurrent series of related transactions pursuant to clause (a) or clause (b) of this Section 7.2 when calculating the amount of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) that may be Incurred pursuant to this Section 7.2. Other than with respect to clauses (b)(i) and (b)(ii) of this Section 7.2, if at any time that the Borrower Representative would be entitled to have incurred any then-outstanding item of Indebtedness as Ratio Debt or pursuant to clause (b)(vi)(x), such item of Indebtedness shall be automatically reclassified into an item of Indebtedness incurred as Ratio Debt or pursuant to clause (b)(vi)(x) of this Section 7.2. For the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness Incurred under clauses (b)(i) and (b)(ii) of this Section 7.2 shall be deemed to have been Incurred solely pursuant to such clause (even if such Indebtedness has been refinanced pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(xvi)) and shall not be permitted to be reclassified and shall be deemed to have been Incurred solely pursuant to such specific subclause and shall not be permitted to be reclassified as Indebtedness Incurred under the other subclause thereof. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.2, with respect to Indebtedness Incurred, reborrowings of amounts previously repaid pursuant to “cash sweep” provisions or any similar provisions that provide that Indebtedness is deemed to be repaid daily (or otherwise periodically) shall only be deemed for purposes of this Section 7.2 to have been Incurred on the date such Indebtedness was first Incurred and not on the date of any subsequent reborrowing thereof. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the same class, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 7.2, (and, for the avoidance of doubt, no such amounts count against any “basket” amount under this Section 7.2). For the avoidance of doubt, the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness shall be counted only once. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness, provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 7.2.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower Dollar-equivalent amount), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to Refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being Refinanced plus the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing.

 

117


7.3 Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) The Top Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

(i) pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Top Borrower (other than dividends, payments or distributions (A) payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Top Borrower or to the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; or (B) by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Top Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary or any other Person that owns Equity Interests in a non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of the Top Borrower (so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a non -Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Top Borrower, or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities);

(ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Top Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower;

(iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Junior Indebtedness (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement of (A) Junior Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.2(b)(xi)); or

(iv) make any Restricted Investment;

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above, other than any of the exceptions thereto, being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless at the time of such Restricted Payment:

(1) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) to the extent made in reliance on clause 3(A) below, immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a Pro Forma Basis, the Top Borrower could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness as Ratio Debt; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clause (b)(i), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by clause (b) of this Section 7.3), is less than the sum of, without duplication,

 

  (A)

if positive, 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of Holdings for the period (taken as one accounting period) from July 1, 2018 to the end of the most recently ended Test Period, plus

 

118


  (B)

100% of the aggregate net proceeds, including cash and the Fair Market Value of assets other than cash, received by the Top Borrower after the Original Acquisition Closing Date from (1) the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Top Borrower or (2) the issue or sale of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower (in the case of both (1) and (2) other than (without duplication) any Cure Amount, the Equity Contribution, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Cash Contribution Amount, Excluded Contributions and Disqualified Stock), including Equity Interests issued upon conversion of Indebtedness or upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries), plus

 

  (C)

100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Top Borrower received in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash after the Original Acquisition Closing Date (other than (without duplication) any Cure Amount, the Equity Contribution, Excluded Contributions, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Disqualified Stock and the Cash Contribution Amount), plus

 

  (D)

the principal amount of any Indebtedness, or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock, of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof issued after the Original Acquisition Closing Date (other than any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock issued to the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary) that has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock), plus

 

  (E)

100% of the aggregate amount received by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value of property other than cash received by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from:

 

  (I)

the sale or other disposition (other than to the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances which constituted Restricted Investments (other than, in the case of Restricted Investments made pursuant to clause (b)(vii) or (b)(x) of this Section 7.3, the amount classified as being utilized under such clauses),

 

119


  (II)

the sale (other than to the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Top Borrower, or

 

  (III)

any distribution or dividend from any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Top Borrower (to the extent such distributions or dividend is not already included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income); plus

 

  (F)

in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Top Borrower has been redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary or has been merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the Original Acquisition Closing Date, the Fair Market Value of the Investment of the Top Borrower in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable), after deducting any Indebtedness associated with such Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or combined or any Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred or conveyed (other than in each case to the extent that the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clauses (b)(vii) or (b)(x) of this Section 7.3 or constituted a Permitted Investment); plus

 

  (G)

the aggregate amount of Retained Declined Proceeds; plus

 

  (H)

an amount equal to any returns in Cash Equivalents (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Investments made pursuant to this Section 7.3(a)(3); plus

 

  (I)

the aggregate amount of Retained Asset Sale Proceeds; plus

 

  (J)

the greater of $35,000,000 and 23.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period.

 

120


(b) The provisions of Section 7.3(a) will not prohibit:

(i) the payment of any dividend or distribution or consummation of any redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of a redemption notice related thereto, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(ii) (A) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, exchange, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or Junior Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of a sale (other than to the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower (other than any Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to the Top Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Top Borrower or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) (collectively, including any such contributions, “Refunding Capital Stock”); (B) if immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the payment of dividends thereon was permitted under clause (vi) of this Section 7.3(b), the payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase, defease, retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent company of the Top Borrower) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Retired Capital Stock immediately prior to such retirement; and (C) the payment of accrued dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the sale (other than to the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) (other than to a Subsidiary of the Top Borrower or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

(iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, exchange or other acquisition or retirement of Junior Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (x) constituting Acquired Indebtedness not Incurred in connection with or in contemplation of the applicable merger, acquisition or other similar transaction or (y) made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the sale of, new Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that is Incurred in accordance with Section 7.2 so long as:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Junior Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, exchanged, acquired or retired for value (plus accrued and unpaid interest, fees, underwriting discounts and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs, required to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Junior Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, exchanged, acquired or retired plus any fees and expenses Incurred in connection therewith, including reasonable tender premiums);

(2) if such original Junior Indebtedness was subordinated to the Facilities or the related Guarantee, as the case may be, such new Indebtedness must be subordinated to the Facilities or the related Guarantee at least to the same extent as such Junior Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, exchanged, acquired or retired;

(3) other than Customary Bridge Financings and Permitted Early Maturity Indebtedness, such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date no earlier than the earlier of (x) the final scheduled maturity date of the Junior Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, exchanged, acquired or retired or (y) the Latest Maturity Date; and

 

121


(4) other than Customary Bridge Financings and Permitted Early Maturity Indebtedness, such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Junior Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired;

(iv) the purchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition (or dividends to the Top Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower to finance any such purchase, retirement, redemption or other acquisition) for value of Equity Interests of any other direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Top Borrower or their estates or the beneficiaries of such estates upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment (or directorship or consulting arrangement) of such Person or pursuant to any management equity plan, stock option plan, profits interests plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other similar agreement or arrangement (including any separation, stock subscription, shareholder or partnership agreement); provided, however, that the aggregate amounts paid under this clause (iv) do not exceed the greater of $30,000,000 and 19.0 % of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period in any calendar year, which shall increase to the greater of $40,000,000 and 26.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period subsequent to the consummation of a public Equity Offering by the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the succeeding calendar years); provided, further, however, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(1) the cash proceeds received after the Closing Date by the Top Borrower, any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) to members of management, directors or consultants of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (a)(3) of this Section 7.3); plus

(2) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received after the Closing Date by the Top Borrower, any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) the amount of any cash bonuses or other compensation otherwise payable to any future, present or former director, employee, consultant or distributor of the Top Borrower, a direct or indirect parent thereof, or the Restricted Subsidiaries that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests of Holdings or a direct or indirect equity holder thereof, Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; plus

(4) payments made in respect of withholding or other similar Taxes payable upon repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests of Holdings or the Restricted Subsidiaries or otherwise pursuant to any employee or director equity plan, employee or director stock option or profits interest plan or any other employee or director benefit plan or any agreement;

 

122


provided that the Borrower Representative may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (1) through (4) above in any calendar year; in addition, cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Top Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any current, former or future officer, director or employee (or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent company thereof), in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Top Borrower from such Persons will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 7.3 or any other provisions of this Agreement;

(v) the payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries and any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiaries issued or Incurred in accordance with Section 7.2;

(vi) (A) the payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Closing Date, (B) the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower issued after the Closing Date; and (C) the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to clause (b)(ii) of this Section 7.3; provided, however, that (x) for the most recently ended Test Period preceding the date of issuance of such Designated Preferred Stock or the declaration of such dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a Pro Forma Basis, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 and (y) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (vi) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Top Borrower from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock issued after the Closing Date and securities issued in connection with the Cure Right);

(vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries, at the time of the making of such Investment, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $20,000,000 and 13.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period, at any one time outstanding;

(viii) following a Public Offering, the payment of dividends on the Top Borrower’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower to fund the payment by any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower of dividends on such entity’s common stock) in an amount not to exceed, in any fiscal year, the greater of (x) 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by the Top Borrower from any Public Offering or contributed to the Top Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower from any Public Offering and (y) 6.0% of the Market Capitalization;

(ix) Restricted Payments in an amount equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions made;

(x) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, at the time such Restricted Payment is made, taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (x) (in the case of any Restricted Payments that are Investments, to the extent of the outstanding amount of such Investment), not to exceed the greater of $60,000,000 and 39.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

 

123


(xi) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or other securities of, or Indebtedness owed to the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xii) the payment of any dividends or other distributions to any Equity Holder in amounts equal to the amounts that would be sufficient to permit such Equity Holder to pay any U.S. federal, state, foreign and/or local income Taxes (as the case may be) attributable to the income of Holdings and its Subsidiaries that are pass-through entities for such tax purposes for any taxable period (or portion thereof) beginning after the Closing Date, calculated, as reasonably determined by Holdings, (w) by taking into account any prior losses of Holdings and its relevant Subsidiaries from prior taxable periods (or portions thereof) that began after the Closing Date, to the extent utilizable by an Equity Holder in the current taxable period and to the extent not previously taken into account in this computation, (x) by taking into account any adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, (y) by taking into account any qualified business income deduction available at the Equity Holder level under Section 199A of the Code (taking into account any limitation thereto, including pursuant to Section 199A(b)(2) of the Code and assuming the taxable income of each Equity Holder exceeds the “threshold amount” under Section 199A(e)(2) of the Code) and (z) by multiplying such income by the greater of (A) an assumed tax rate equal to the combined tax rate of an individual resident in Sacramento, California subject to federal (including Medicare contribution taxes imposed on net investment income and self-employment taxes), state, foreign (if applicable) and local income Tax at the highest applicable marginal tax rates in effect in each jurisdiction in each taxable year, or (B) the combined tax rate applicable to a corporation whose sole asset is its indirect interest in Holdings (reduced by any such Taxes paid directly by Holdings or such Subsidiary on behalf of any such Equity Holder), in each case in this clause (z), by taking into account the character of the income and loss allocable to the Equity Holders and the deductibility of state and local income Taxes (subject to any applicable limitations on deductibility) as it affects the applicable tax rate, provided that such payments or distributions to such Equity Holders shall be made (i) in proportion to their respective indirect ownership percentages of Holdings until every Equity Holder receives an amount sufficient to permit every Equity Holder other than a Management Equityholder to pay (or to make distributions to enable every Equity Holder thereof to pay) its Tax liabilities as calculated pursuant to the assumptions above and (ii) without duplication of amounts described in (i) with respect to a Management Equityholder, to such Management Equityholder until such Management Equityholder receives an amount sufficient to permit such Management Equityholder to pay (or to make distributions to enable every Management Equityholder to pay) its Tax liabilities as calculated pursuant to the assumptions above, in each case as reasonably determined by Holdings;

(xiii) the payment of dividends, other distributions or other amounts to, or the making of loans to, any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower, in the amount required for such entity to:

(1) pay amounts equal to the amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower to pay fees and expenses (including franchise, capital stock, minimum and other similar Taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, employees, directors or consultants of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower, if applicable, and general corporate operating and overhead expenses (including legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses) of any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower, if applicable, in each case to the extent such fees, expenses, salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Top Borrower, if applicable, and its Subsidiaries;

 

124


(2) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 9.1(a), pay, if applicable, amounts equal to amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower, if applicable, to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been contributed to the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred in accordance with Section 7.2;

(3) pay fees and expenses Incurred by any direct or indirect parent, other than to Affiliates of the Top Borrower, related to any investment, acquisition, disposition, sale, merger or equity or debt offering or similar transaction of such parent, whether or not successful but, for the avoidance of doubt, not in respect of any transaction relating to or in respect of any ownership interest or other investment made by the Sponsors or their Affiliates in any entity or assets other than the Top Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(4) make payments to the Sponsors (a) pursuant to the Management Agreement or any amendment thereto (so long as such amendment is not less advantageous to the Lenders, when taken as a whole, in any material respect than the Management Agreement) or (b) for any other consulting, financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, in each case to the extent permitted under Section 7.6(b)(xii) and (b)(xiii) or (c) expense reimbursement and indemnities related to clauses (a) or (b);

(xiv) (i) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options, warrants, restricted stock units or similar instruments if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options, warrants, restricted stock units or similar instruments and (ii) in connection with the withholding of a portion of the Equity Interests granted or awarded to a director or an employee to pay for the Taxes payable by such director or employee upon such exercise, grant or award;

(xv) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing and the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees;

(xvi) (i) Restricted Payments constituting any part of (x) a Permitted Reorganization (and to pay any costs or expenses related thereto) and (y) an IPO Reorganization Transaction and (ii) Restricted Payments to pay costs or expenses related to any Qualified Public Offering (or IPO Reorganization Transactions) whether or not such Qualified Public Offering (and any related IPO Reorganization Transactions) is consummated;

(xvii) the payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of Junior Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a “change of control” (as defined in the documentation governing such Junior Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) or an Asset Sale that is permitted under Section 7.5 and the other terms of this Agreement; provided that, prior to such payment, purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value, (x) in the case of a change of control, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under Section 9.1(l) or the Commitments shall have been terminated and the full amount of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made) shall have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash or (y) in the case of an Asset Sale, the Top Borrower (or a third party to the extent permitted by this Agreement) has applied such amounts in accordance with Section 2.11, as the case may be;

(xviii) [reserved];

 

125


(xix) any Restricted Payments made in connection with the consummation of the Transactions;

(xx) the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of Equity Interests upon exercise or conversion of securities exercisable or convertible into Equity Interests of the Top Borrower or upon any dividend, split or combination thereof, or upon any Permitted Acquisition;

(xxi) payments or distributions, in the nature of satisfaction of dissenters’ rights, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger or transfer of assets that complies with the provisions of this Agreement applicable to mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or substantially all the property and assets of the Top Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(xxii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, exchange, retirement or other acquisition of any Junior Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower (including dividends made to effectuate such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, exchange, retirement or other acquisition), in an aggregate amount not to exceed, at the time of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, exchange, retirement or other acquisition, taken together with all other redemptions, repurchases, defeasances, retirements or other acquisitions of any Junior Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (xxii), the greater of $20,000,000 and 13.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(xxiii) unlimited Restricted Payments; provided, that the Total Net Leverage Ratio, determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period does not exceed 6.25 to 1.00;

(xxiv) Restricted Payments and distributions among the Top Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with transfer pricing or shared services agreements to the extent advances related thereto are permitted pursuant to clause (31) of the definition of Permitted Investments; and

(xxv) Restricted Payments to permit the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower to make cash payments on its Indebtedness at such times and in such amounts as are necessary so that such Indebtedness will not have “significant original issue discount” and thus will not be treated as an “applicable high yield discount obligation” (“AHYDO”) within the meaning of Section 163(i) of the Code;

provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under clauses (b)(vi), (b)(ix), (b)(xxii) and (b)(xxiii) of this Section 7.3, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) For purposes of this Section 7.3, if any Investment or Restricted Payment (or any portion of any Investment or any Restricted Payment) would be permitted pursuant to one or more provisions described above (including for the avoidance of doubt Section 7.3(a) and (b)) and/or one or more of the exceptions contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” the Borrower Representative, in its sole discretion, at the time of making such investment or Restricted Payment, may divide and classify such Investment or Restricted Payment (or any portion of such Investment or Restricted Payment) and may later redivide and reclassify any such Investment or Restricted Payment (or any portion of such Investment or Restricted Payment) so long as the Investment or Restricted Payment (as so divided and/or reclassified) would be permitted to be made in reliance on the applicable exception (including any exception based on a leverage-based incurrence test) as of the date of such reclassification. If at any time the Borrower Representative would be entitled to have Incurred any Restricted Payment as a Restricted Payment pursuant

 

126


to Section 7.3(b)(xxiii), such Restricted Payment shall be automatically reclassified into a Restricted Payment Incurred pursuant to Section 7.3(b)(xxiii). If at any time the Borrower Representative would be entitled to have Incurred any then-outstanding Investment as an Investment pursuant to clause (22) of the definition of Permitted Investments, such Investment shall be automatically reclassified into an Investment Incurred pursuant to clause (22) of the definition of Permitted Investments.

7.4 Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. The Top Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to, directly or indirectly create or otherwise cause to become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to:

(a) (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) make loans or advances to the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(c) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries;

except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect or entered into or existing on the Closing Date, including pursuant to this Agreement, Hedging Obligations and the other documents relating to the Transactions;

(2) this Agreement, the Loan Documents, the First Lien Bank Documents, the Second Lien Documents and, in each case, any guarantees thereof;

(3) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(4) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary which was in existence at the time of such acquisition or at the time it merges with or into the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person and its Subsidiaries, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired or the property or assets so assumed;

(5) contracts or agreements for the sale of assets, including customary restrictions (A) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (B) restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, (C) constituting restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business and (D) which apply by reason of any applicable Law, rule, regulation or order or are required by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

127


(6) Indebtedness secured by a Lien that is otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections 7.2 and 7.7 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(7) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers;

(8) customary provisions in joint venture, operating or other similar agreements, asset sale agreements and stock sale agreements in connection with the entering into of such transaction;

(9) purchase money obligations for property acquired and Capitalized Lease Obligations in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions of the nature described in clause (c) of this Section 7.4 on the property so acquired;

(10) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses, contracts and other similar agreements (including leases or licenses of intellectual property) that impose restrictions of the type described in clause (c) of this Section 7.4 on the property subject to such lease, license, contract or agreement;

(11) any encumbrance or restriction of a Receivables Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; provided, that such restrictions apply only to such Receivables Subsidiary;

(12) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary that is permitted pursuant to Section 7.2; provided that either (A) such encumbrances and restrictions contained in any agreement or instrument will not materially affect the Borrowers’ ability to make anticipated principal or interest payment on the Loans (as determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith) or (B) such encumbrances and restrictions are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those, in the case of encumbrances, outstanding on the Closing Date, and in the case of restrictions, contained in this Agreement, the First Lien Bank Documents, the Second Lien Documents or any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto;

(13) any Restricted Investment not prohibited by Section 7.3 and any Permitted Investment;

(14) arising or agreed to in the ordinary course of business, not relating to any Indebtedness, and that do not, individually or in the aggregate, detract from the value of property or assets of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(15) existing under, by reason of or with respect to Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements governing that Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being Refinanced;

 

 

128


(16) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary that are the subject of such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of any other Restricted Subsidiary;

(17) restrictions that are, taken as a whole, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower Representative, no more restrictive with respect to the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary than customary market terms for Indebtedness of such type (and, in any event, are no more restrictive than the restrictions contained in this Agreement), or that the Top Borrower shall have determined in good faith will not affect its obligation or ability to make any payments required hereunder; and

(18) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.4 imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (17) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower Representative, not materially more restrictive as a whole with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.4, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

7.5 Asset Sales. the Top Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless:

(a) the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the Equity Interests issued or assets sold or otherwise disposed of;

(b) immediately before and after giving effect to such Asset Sale, no Event of Default under Sections 9.1(a) or 9.1(g) has occurred and is continuing; and

(c) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents, provided, however, that in the case of Asset Sales involving the disposition of non-core assets (as determined by the Borrower Representative in its good faith judgment provided the value of such non-core assets does not exceed 50% of the consideration payable in connection with such acquisition), only 50% of the consideration therefor must be in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided, further, that the amount of:

 

129


(i) any liabilities (as shown on the Top Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto or, if Incurred, increased or decreased subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been reflected in the Top Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance sheet or in the notes thereto if such incurrence, increase or decrease had taken place on the date of such balance sheet, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Borrower Representative) of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Obligations) that are assumed by the transferee (or a third party on behalf of the transferee) of any such assets or Equity Interests pursuant to an agreement that releases or indemnifies the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary (or a third party on behalf of the transferee), as the case may be, from further liability;

(ii) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received);

(iii) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate Fair Market Value, at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (iii) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $40,000,000 and 26.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period;

(iv) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale, to the extent that the Top Borrower and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Sale; and

(v) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Top Borrower or any Guarantor received from Persons who are not the Top Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary,

shall each be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this Section 7.5;

After the Top Borrower’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale pursuant to clauses (a) to (c) above, the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary shall apply the Net Cash Proceeds from such Asset Sale if and to the extent required by Section 2.11(c).

7.6 Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) the Top Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Top Borrower (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of the greater of $15,000,000 and 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period, unless such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Top Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person.

 

130


(b) The foregoing provisions will not apply to the following:

(i) (A) transactions between or among the Top Borrower and/or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), (B) [reserved] and (C) any merger or consolidation between or among the Top Borrower and/or any direct parent company of the Top Borrower, provided that such parent company shall have no material liabilities and no material assets other than Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Top Borrower and such merger or consolidation is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, that upon giving effect to such merger or consolidation, the surviving Person shall be (or shall immediately become) a Loan Party and otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 6.9, and 100% of the Capital Stock of such surviving Person shall be pledged to the Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents;

(ii) (A) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 7.3 (including any payments that are exceptions to the definition of Restricted Payments set forth in Section 7.3(a)(i) through (iv)) and (B) Permitted Investments;

(iii) transactions pursuant to compensatory, benefit and incentive plans and agreements with officers, directors, managers or employees of the Top Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Top Borrower in good faith;

(iv) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursements paid to, and indemnity and similar arrangements provided on behalf of, former, current or future officers, directors, managers, employees or consultants of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower;

(v) licensing of trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property to permit the commercial exploitation of intellectual property between or among the Group Members;

(vi) transactions in which the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Top Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (a) of this Section 7.6;

(vii) payments, loans or advances to employees or consultants or guarantees in respect thereof (or cancellation of loans, advances or guarantees) for bona fide business purposes in the ordinary course of business;

(viii) any agreement, instrument or arrangement as in effect as of the Closing Date or any transaction contemplated thereby, or any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to Lenders in any material respect when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Closing Date as reasonably determined by the Borrower Representative in good faith);

(ix) the existence of, or the performance by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of any stockholders or similar agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Closing Date, and any amendment thereto or similar transactions, agreements or arrangements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such

 

131


existing transaction, agreement or arrangement or under any similar transaction, agreement or arrangement entered into after the Closing Date shall only be permitted by this clause (viii) to the extent that the terms of any such existing transaction, agreement or arrangement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new transaction, agreement or arrangement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect when taken as a whole as compared to the original transaction, agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Closing Date;

(x) (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, which are fair to the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable determination of the Borrower Representative, and are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party or (B) transactions with joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(xii) the sale or issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Top Borrower to Holdings (or a successor direct parent of Holdings);

(xiii) the payment of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to the Sponsors pursuant to the Management Agreement (including, if applicable, any such fees in respect of any prior fiscal year that remain unpaid) in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the greater of $6,000,000 and 4.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period, plus all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Incurred by the Sponsors or any of their Affiliates in connection with the performance of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory or other services with respect to the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, plus any applicable termination fee paid pursuant to such Management Agreement;

(xiv) payments by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are (x) made pursuant to agreements with the Sponsors as in effect on the Closing Date or (y) approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower in good faith;

(xv) any contribution to the capital of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xvi) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Section 7.5 or Section 7.8;

(xvii) [reserved];

(xviii) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xix) any employment agreements, option plans and other similar arrangements entered into by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with employees or consultants;

 

132


(xx) the issuances of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower or of a Restricted Subsidiary, as appropriate, in good faith;

(xxi) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement and any payments permitted by Section 7.3(b)(xii) or, with respect to franchise or similar Taxes, by Section 7.3(b)(xiii)(1);

(xxii) transactions to effect the Transactions and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the Transactions;

(xxiii) any employment, consulting, service or termination agreement, or customary indemnification arrangements, entered into by the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with current, former or future officers, employees and consultants of the Top Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the payment of compensation to officers, employees and consultants of the Top Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including amounts paid pursuant to employee benefit plans, employee stock option or similar plans), in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(xxiv) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Top Borrower solely because the Top Borrower, directly or indirectly, owns Equity Interests in, or controls, such Person entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(xxv) transactions with Affiliates solely in their capacity as holders of Indebtedness or Equity Interests of Holdings, the Top Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as such transaction is with all holders of such class (and there are such non-Affiliate holders) and such Affiliates are treated no more favorably than all other holders of such class generally;

(xxvi) any agreement that provides customary registration rights to the equity holders of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower and the performance of such agreements;

(xxvii) payments to and from and transactions with any joint venture in the ordinary course of business; provided such joint venture is not controlled by an Affiliate (other than a Restricted Subsidiary) of the Top Borrower; and

(xxviii) transactions between the Top Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate thereof solely due to the fact that a director of such Person is also a director of the Top Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Top Borrower or such direct or indirect parent of the Top Borrower, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person.

7.7 Liens. The Top Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create or Incur any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) that secures obligations under any Indebtedness on any asset or property of the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

7.8 Fundamental Changes. The Top Borrower will not, nor will it permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly merge, dissolve, liquidate, amalgamate or consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person except that, (other than in the case of clause (e) below) so long as no Event of Default would result therefrom:

 

133


(a) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with (1) a Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize such Borrower into a new jurisdiction in any State of the United States); provided that such Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person or the surviving Person shall expressly assume the obligations of such Borrower pursuant to documents reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (2) any one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, further, that when any Guarantor is merging with another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party (A) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be an Investment permitted hereunder and (B) to the extent constituting a Disposition, such Disposition must be permitted hereunder and (ii) any Borrower may merge, dissolve, liquidate, amalgamate or consolidate with any other Borrower; provided that when any Co-Borrower is merging, dissolving, liquidating, amalgamating or consolidating with another Restricted Subsidiary that is not another Co-Borrower or a Loan Party then either (A) the Co-Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person and resident in its jurisdiction of incorporation or (B) (I) the Co-Borrower shall cease to be a Borrower under this Agreement in accordance with Section 12.3, (II) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be an Investment permitted hereunder, and (III) to the extent constituting a Disposition, such Disposition must be permitted hereunder;

(b) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge, dissolve, liquidate, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve, or any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may (if the validity, perfection and priority of the Liens securing the Obligations is not adversely affected thereby) change its legal form if the Borrower Representative determines in good faith that such action is in the best interest of the Top Borrower and its Subsidiaries and is not disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect (it being understood that in the case of any dissolution of a Restricted Subsidiary that is (A) a Co-Borrower, such Subsidiary shall at or before the time of such dissolution cease to be a Co-Borrower under this Agreement in accordance with Section 12.3 or (B) a Guarantor, such Subsidiary shall at or before the time of such dissolution transfer its assets to another Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor in the same jurisdiction or a different jurisdiction reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent unless such Investment or Disposition of assets is permitted hereunder; and in the case of any change in legal form, a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Co-Borrower or a Guarantor will remain a Co-Borrower or Guarantor unless such Co-Borrower or Guarantor is otherwise permitted to cease being a Co-Borrower or Guarantor hereunder);

(c) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Top Borrower) may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Top Borrower or to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is (A) a Borrower, then such Subsidiary shall cease to be a Borrower under this Agreement in accordance with Section 12.3 or (B) a Guarantor, then to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a Permitted Investment and, if applicable, Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party in accordance with Section 7.2, respectively; provided, further, that the Top Borrower may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to any other Loan Party;

(d) Permitted Reorganizations and IPO Reorganization Transactions;

(e) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Borrower) may merge, liquidate, amalgamate or consolidate with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted hereunder; provided that (i) the continuing or surviving Person shall, to the extent subject to the terms hereof, have complied with the requirements of Section 6.9, (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be an Investment permitted hereunder, (iii) to the extent constituting a Disposition, such Disposition must be permitted hereunder and (iv) to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary is a Co-Borrower, it shall cease to be a Co-Borrower in accordance with Section 12.3;

 

134


(f) the Borrowers and the other Restricted Subsidiaries may consummate the Transactions;

(g) subject to clause (a) above, any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, dissolve, liquidate, amalgamate, consolidate with or into another Person in order to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.5; provided that if such Restricted Subsidiary is a Co-Borrower, it shall cease to be a Co-Borrower in accordance with Section 12.3; and

(h) any Investment permitted hereunder may be structured as a merger, consolidation or amalgamation.

7.9 [Reserved].

7.10 Changes in Fiscal Periods. Holdings will not permit the fiscal year of Holdings to end on a day other than December 31 or change Holdings’ method of determining fiscal quarters, in each case other than with prior written notice to the Administrative Agent.

7.11 Negative Pledge Clauses. The Top Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that prohibits or limits the ability of the Top Borrower or any Group Member to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party other than (a) this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the First Lien Bank Documents and the Second Lien Documents, (b) any agreements evidencing or governing any purchase money Liens or Capitalized Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby (in which case, any prohibition or limitation shall only be effective against the assets financed thereby), (c) customary restrictions on the assignment of leases, licenses and contracts, (d) any agreement in effect at the time any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (e) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Restricted Subsidiary (or the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary) pending such sale; provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Restricted Subsidiary that is to be sold (or whose assets are to be sold) and such sale is permitted hereunder), (f) restrictions and conditions existing on the Closing Date and any amendments or modifications thereto so long as such amendment or modification does not expand the scope of any such restriction or condition in any material respect, (g) restrictions under agreements evidencing or governing or otherwise relating to Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries permitted under Section 7.2; provided that such Indebtedness is only with respect to the assets of Restricted Subsidiaries that are Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries and (h) customary provisions in joint venture agreements, limited liability company operating agreements, partnership agreements, stockholders agreements and other similar agreements.

7.12 Lines of Business; Holding Company.

(a) The Top Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, fundamentally and substantively alter the character of the business of the Top Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from the business conducted by the Top Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, on the Closing Date and any other business activities that are extensions thereof or otherwise incidental, synergistic, reasonably related or ancillary to any of the foregoing (and businesses acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment).

 

135


(b) Holdings shall not incur any material liabilities, own any material assets or conduct, transact or otherwise engage in any material business or operations; provided, that the following shall be permitted in any event: (i) Holdings’ ownership of the Equity Interests of the Top Borrower and activities incidental thereto, (ii) the entry into, and the performance of its obligations with respect to the Loan Documents and other Indebtedness that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, the Top Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred in accordance with Section 7.2 (including the First Lien Bank Documents and the Second Lien Documents); (iii) the consummation of the Transactions; (iv) the performing of activities (including cash management activities) and the entry into documentation with respect thereto, in each case, permitted by this Agreement for Holdings to enter into and perform; (v) the payment of dividends and distributions (and other activities in lieu thereof permitted by this Agreement), the making of contributions to the capital of its Subsidiaries and Guarantees of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred hereunder and the Guarantees of other obligations not constituting Indebtedness; (vi) the maintenance of its legal existence (including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance and performance of activities relating to its officers, directors, managers and employees and those of its Subsidiaries); (vii) the performing of activities in preparation for and consummating any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance or sale of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) including converting into another type of legal entity; (viii) the participation in Tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of any consolidated or similar group including Holdings, including compliance with applicable Laws and legal, Tax and accounting matters related thereto and activities relating to its officers, directors, managers and employees; (ix) the holding of any Cash Equivalents (but not operating any property); (x) the entry into and performance of its obligations with respect to contracts and other arrangements, including the providing of indemnification to officers, managers, directors and employees; (xi) establishing and maintaining bank accounts; (xii) guaranteeing ordinary course obligations incurred by the Top Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; (xiii) engaging in any activities incidental to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and similar laws and regulations of other jurisdictions and the rules of securities exchanges, in each case, as applicable to companies with listed equity or debt securities, as well as activities incidental to investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debt-holders; (xiv) the entry into the First Lien Bank Documents and the Second Lien Documents, and the performance of its obligations with respect to the First Lien Bank Documents and the Second Lien Documents, as applicable, or the granting of Liens under the First Lien Bank Security Documents and the Second Lien Security Documents, as applicable; (xv) engaging in activities necessary or reasonably advisable in connection with the registration and listing of Holdings’ (or its direct or indirect parent’s) Equity Interests and the continued existence of Holdings (or its direct or indirect parent) as a public company and (xvi) any activities incidental to the foregoing.

7.13 Amendments to Organizational Documents. Holdings and the Top Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, terminate or agree to any amendment, supplement, or other modification of (pursuant to a waiver or otherwise), or waive any of its rights under, any Organizational Documents of Holdings, the Top Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, if, in light of the then-existing circumstances, a Material Adverse Effect would be reasonably likely to exist or result after giving effect to such termination, amendment, supplement or other modification or waiver, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents; provided that in each case, if a certificate of the Borrower Representative shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent for posting to the Lenders at least five (5) Business Days prior to such amendment or other modification, together with a reasonably detailed description of such amendment or modification, stating that the Borrower Representative has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy such foregoing requirement, and the Required Lenders shall not have notified the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent that they disagree with such determination (including a statement of the basis upon which each such Lender disagrees) within such five (5) Business Day period, then such certificate shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such foregoing requirement.

 

136


SECTION 8.

GUARANTEE

8.1 The Guarantee. Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally guarantees, as a primary obligor and not as a surety, to each Secured Party and their respective successors and assigns, the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, demand, by acceleration or otherwise) of (1) the principal of and interest (including any interest, fees, costs or charges that would accrue but for the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code after any bankruptcy or insolvency petition under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar law of any other jurisdiction) on (i) the Loans made by the Lenders to any Borrower, and (ii) the Notes held by each Lender of any Borrower and (2) all other Obligations from time to time owing to the Secured Parties by any Borrower (such obligations under clauses (1) and (2) being herein collectively called the “Guarantor Obligations”). Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally agrees that, if any Borrower shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guarantor Obligations, such Guarantor will promptly pay the same in cash, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guarantor Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

8.2 Obligations Unconditional.

(a) The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 8.1, respectively, shall constitute a guaranty of payment (and not of collection) and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, are absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guarantor Obligations under this Agreement, the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guarantor Obligations, and, in each case, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety by any Guarantor (except for payment in full). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of any Guarantor hereunder, which shall, in each case, remain absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances as described above:

(i) at any time or from time to time, without notice to any Guarantor, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guarantor Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(ii) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be done or omitted;

(iii) the maturity of any of the Guarantor Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guarantor Obligations shall be amended in any respect, or any right under the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be amended or waived in any respect or any other guarantee of any of the Guarantor Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

(iv) any Lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, any Lender or the Administrative Agent as security for any of the Guarantor Obligations shall fail to be valid or perfected or entitled to the expected priority;

 

137


(v) the release of any other Guarantor pursuant to Section 8.9, 10.10 or otherwise; or

(vi) except for the payment in full of the Guarantor Obligations, any other circumstance whatsoever which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor as an obligor in respect of the Guarantor Obligations or which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of any Borrower or any Guarantor for the Guarantor Obligations, or of such Guarantor under the Guarantee or of any security interest granted by any Guarantor, whether in a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or in any other instance.

(b) Each of the Guarantors hereby expressly waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, marshaling, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that any Secured Party exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against any Borrower under this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guarantor Obligations. Each of the Guarantors waive any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension, waiver, termination or accrual of any of the Guarantor Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by any Secured Party upon the guarantee made under this Section 8 (this “Guarantee”) or acceptance of the Guarantee, and the Guarantor Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon the Guarantee, and all dealings between the Borrowers and the Secured Parties shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the Guarantee. The Guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to any right of offset with respect to the Guarantor Obligations at any time or from time to time held by the Secured Parties and the obligations and liabilities of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be conditioned or contingent upon the pursuit by the Secured Parties or any other person at any time of any right or remedy against any Borrower or against any other person which may be or become liable in respect of all or any part of the Guarantor Obligations or against any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto. The Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon the Guarantors and the successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of the applicable Lenders, and their respective successors and assigns, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of this Agreement there may be no Guarantor Obligations outstanding.

8.3 Reinstatement. The obligations of the Guarantors under this Section 8 shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party in respect of the Guarantor Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guarantor Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise.

8.4 No Subrogation. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that until the payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Guarantor Obligations (other than contingent indemnification and reimbursement obligations for which no claim has been made) and the expiration and termination of the Commitments under this Agreement, it shall waive any claim and shall not exercise any right or remedy, direct or indirect, arising by reason of any performance by it of its Guarantee, whether by subrogation, right of contribution or otherwise, against any Borrower, as applicable, or any other Guarantor of any of the Guarantor Obligations or any security for any of the Guarantor Obligations.

8.5 Remedies. Each Guarantor jointly and severally agrees that, as between the Guarantors and the Lenders, the obligations of each Borrower under this Agreement and the Notes, if any, may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 9 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 9) for purposes of Section 8.1, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations

 

138


from becoming automatically due and payable) as against any Borrower or any Guarantor and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable, or the circumstances occurring where Section 9 provides that such obligations shall become due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by any Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 8.1.

8.6 [Reserved].

8.7 Continuing Guarantee. The Guarantee made by the Guarantors is a continuing guarantee of payment (and not of collection), and shall apply to all Guarantor Obligations whenever arising.

8.8 General Limitation on Guarantor Obligations. In any action or proceeding involving any federal, state, provincial or territorial, corporate, limited partnership or limited liability company law, or any applicable state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Guarantor under Section 8.1 would otherwise be held or determined to be void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 8.1, then, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the amount of such liability of such Guarantor shall, without any further action by such Guarantor, any Loan Party or any other Person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 8.10) that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding. To effectuate the foregoing, the Administrative Agent and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the Guarantor Obligations of each Guarantor in respect of the Guarantee at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the Guarantor Obligations of such Guarantor with respect thereto hereof not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance after giving full effect to the liability under such Guarantee and its related contribution rights but before taking into account any liabilities under any other guarantee by such Guarantor. For purposes of the foregoing, all guarantees of such Guarantor other than its Guarantee will be deemed to be enforceable and payable after the Guarantee. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this Section 8.8 shall be for the benefit solely of creditors and representatives of creditors of each Guarantor and not for the benefit of such Guarantor or the holders of any Equity Interest in such Guarantor.

8.9 Release of Subsidiary Guarantors. A Subsidiary Guarantor or a Borrower (other than the Top Borrower) shall be automatically released from its obligations hereunder in the event that (a) such Subsidiary Guarantor or Borrower shall become an Excluded Subsidiary, (b) all the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor or Borrower shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of to a Person other than a Loan Party, in each case in a transaction permitted by this Agreement, or (c) such Subsidiary Guarantor or Borrower is released from its obligations under the First Lien Bank Documents (except for any such release in connection with the payment in full and termination of the obligations thereunder) or pursuant to and to the extent required by the terms of the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, provided that no Borrower shall be released pursuant to this Section 8.9 unless and until all of its borrowing Obligations hereunder have been paid in full or assigned to the Top Borrower or another Borrower as permitted by Section 11.6 and all Commitments to lend to such Borrower terminated and such Borrower has otherwise resigned in accordance with Section 12.3. In connection with any such release of a Borrower (other than the Top Borrower) or a Subsidiary Guarantor, provided that the Top Borrower shall have provided the Administrative Agent with such confirmation or documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to the Borrower Representative, at the Borrower Representative’s expense, all UCC termination statements and other documents that the Borrower Representative shall reasonably request to evidence such release.

 

139


8.10 Right of Contribution. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Subsidiary Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Subsidiary Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 8.4. The provisions of this Section 8.10 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Subsidiary Guarantor to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties for the full amount guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

SECTION 9.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

9.1 Events of Default. An Event of Default shall occur if any of the following events shall occur and be continuing; provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied (any such event, an “Event of Default”):

(a) any Borrower shall fail to pay (x) any principal of any Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof or (y) any interest on any Loan, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document within three (3) Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(b) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate, document or financial or other written statement furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect (except where such representations and warranties are already qualified by materiality, in which case, in any respect) on or as of the date made or deemed made (or if any representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, inaccurate in any material respect as of such specific date); or

(c) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Section 6.4(a)(i) (in respect of Holdings or the Top Borrower), Section 6.7(a), or Section 7 of this Agreement; or

(d) [reserved]; or

(e) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section 9.1), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice to the Borrower Representative from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

(f) any Group Member shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness (including any Guarantee Obligation in respect of Indebtedness, but excluding the Loans) on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; or (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to (x) cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness

 

140


(or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice or passage of time if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee Obligation) to become payable or (y) to cause, with the giving of notice or passage of time if required, any Group Member to purchase or redeem or make an offer to purchase or redeem such Indebtedness prior to its stated maturity; provided that a default, event or condition described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of this Section 9.1(f) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 9.1(f) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to Indebtedness the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds in the aggregate the greater of $35,000,000 and 23.0% of Consolidated EBITDA calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period; provided, further, that clause (iii) of this Section 9.1(f) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary Disposition of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such Disposition is permitted hereunder and such Indebtedness that becomes due is paid upon such Disposition; provided, further, that clause (iii) of this Section 9.1(f) shall not apply to Indebtedness held exclusively by any of Holdings, any Borrower or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, further, that this Section 9.1(f) shall apply only if such default is unremedied and is not waived by the holders of such Indebtedness prior to the termination of the Commitments and acceleration of the Loans pursuant to Section 9.2 and excluding termination events of equivalent events with respect to Swap Agreements; or

(g) (i) any Borrower, any Guarantor (other than any Guarantor that is an Immaterial Subsidiary) or any Significant Subsidiary shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, suspension of payments, moratorium or any indebtedness, winding up, dissolution, administration, scheme of arrangement or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, compulsory manager, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, any Borrower, any Guarantor (other than any Guarantor that is an Immaterial Subsidiary) or any Significant Subsidiary shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Borrower, any Guarantor (other than any Guarantor that is an Immaterial Subsidiary) or any Significant Subsidiary any case, proceeding, analogous procedure, step or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against any Borrower, any Guarantor (other than any Guarantor that is an Immaterial Subsidiary) or any Significant Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) any Borrower, any Guarantor (other than any Guarantor that is an Immaterial Subsidiary) or any Significant Subsidiary shall take any corporate action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clauses (i), (ii), or (iii) above; (v) any Borrower, any Guarantor (other than any Guarantor that is an Immaterial Subsidiary) or any Significant Subsidiary shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to generally, pay its debts as they become due; or

(h) (i) any Person shall engage in any non-exempt “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (ii) any ERISA Event or Foreign Benefit Plan Event shall occur, or (iii) Holdings or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall, or is reasonably likely to incur any liability in connection with a complete or partial withdrawal from, or the Insolvency of, a Multiemployer Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) or (iii) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

141


(i) one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against any Group Member involving in the aggregate a liability (not (x) paid or covered by insurance as to which the relevant insurance company has been notified of the claim and has not denied coverage or (y) covered by valid third party indemnification obligation from a third party which is Solvent and which third party has been notified of the claim under such indemnification obligation and not disputed that it is liable for such claim) of at least the greater of $35,000,000 or 23.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or

(j) any material provision in any of the Security Documents shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof, or any Loan Party shall so assert, or any Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby, except (A) to the extent that (x) any lack of full force and effect or enforceability or such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent (or, to the extent the Administrative Agent is not the Controlling Collateral Agent at such time, the Controlling Collateral Agent) to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under any Security Agreement or from the failure of the Administrative Agent to file UCC continuation statements (or similar statements or filings in other jurisdictions) or otherwise solely as a result of acts or omissions by the Controlling Collateral Agent, Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, and except as to Collateral consisting of real property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has been notified and has not denied coverage and (y) the Loan Parties take such action as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to remedy such loss of perfection or priority or (B) where the Fair Market Value of assets affected thereby does not exceed the greater of $35,000,000 and 23.0% of Consolidated EBITDA determined on a Pro Forma Basis as of the most recently ended Test Period; or

(k) the Guarantee of any Guarantor (other than any Guarantor that is an Immaterial Subsidiary) shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, other than as provided for in Sections 8.9 or 10.10, or any Loan Party shall so assert in writing (except to the extent solely as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender); or

(l) [reserved]; or

(m) any Intercreditor Agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party shall so assert in writing, in each case unless such cessation results solely from acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender; or

(n) any Loan Party repudiates or rescinds in writing this Agreement or the Loan Documents in a manner which is materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders as a whole.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, any Default or Event of Default under this Agreement or similarly defined term under any other Loan Document, other than any Event of Default which cannot be waived without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, shall be deemed not to “exist” or be “continuing” (or other similar expression with respect thereto) if the events, acts or conditions that gave rise to such Default or Event of Default have been remedied or cured (including by payment, notice, taking of any action or omitting to take any action) or have ceased to exist or if such Default or Event of Default shall have been waived.

 

142


9.2 Action in Event of Default. (x) Upon any Event of Default specified in Section 9.1(g)(i) or (ii) occurring and continuing with respect to a Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code or any other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief law of the United States from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally, the Commitments to lend to such Borrower shall immediately terminate automatically and the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other Obligations owing by such Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall automatically immediately become due and payable, and (y) if any Event of Default (other than under Section 9.1(g)(i) or (ii) in respect of a Borrower as set out in clause (x) above) occurs and is continuing, with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrowers, declare the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other Obligations owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders the Administrative Agent shall, exercise any and all other remedies available under the Loan Documents at law or in equity, including commencing and prosecuting any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction and collecting the Collateral or any portion thereof and enforcing any other right in respect of any Collateral.

9.3 [Reserved].

9.4 Application of Proceeds. Subject to each Intercreditor Agreement, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Administrative Agent may apply, at such time or times as the Administrative Agent may elect, all or any part of proceeds constituting Collateral in payment of the Obligations (and in the event the Loans and other Obligations are accelerated pursuant to Section 9.2, the Administrative Agent shall, from time to time, apply the proceeds constituting Collateral in payment of the Obligations) in the following order:

(a) First, to the payment of all costs and expenses of any sale, collection or other realization on the Collateral, including reimbursement for all costs, expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection therewith (including all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred in connection any action taken pursuant to any Loan Document or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties hereunder, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements and any other amount required by any provision of law (including Section 9-615(a)(3) of the Uniform Commercial Code) (or any equivalent law in any foreign jurisdiction)), and all amounts for which Administrative Agent is entitled to indemnification hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and all advances made by the Administrative Agent hereunder and thereunder for the account of any Loan Party (excluding principal and interest in respect of any Loans extended to such Loan Party), and to the payment of all costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and to the payment or reimbursement of all indemnification obligations, fees, costs and expenses owing to the Administrative Agent hereunder or under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, all in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof;

(b) Second, for application by it pro rata to cure any Funding Default that has occurred and is continuing at such time;

(c) Third, for application by it towards all other Obligations (including, without duplication, Guarantor Obligations), pro rata among the Secured Parties according to the amounts of the Obligations then held by the Secured Parties; and

 

143


(d) Fourth, any balance of such proceeds remaining after all of the Obligations shall have been satisfied by payment in full in immediately available funds and the Commitments shall have been terminated, be paid over to or upon the order of the applicable Loan Party or to whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

SECTION 10.

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

10.1 Appointment and Authority.

(a) Administrative Agent. Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints Barclays Bank PLC to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Section 10 are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and, except to the extent that any Group Member has any express rights under this Section 10, no Group Member shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender (with the full power to appoint and to substitute and to delegate) on its behalf, or in its own name as joint and several creditor or creditor of a parallel debt (as the case may be) for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.5 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Section 10 and Section 11, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent on its behalf and/or in its own name (including under the parallel debt) to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Security Documents and acknowledge and agree that any such action by any Agent shall bind the Lenders. Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy with respect to any Collateral against any Borrower or any other Loan Party or any other obligor under any of the Loan Documents (including, in each case, the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceedings, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral of any Borrower or any other Loan Party, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. In the event of a foreclosure by the Administrative Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or a sale of any of the Collateral pursuant to Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code (or an equivalent process in any foreign jurisdiction), the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale and the Administrative Agent, as agent for and representative of the Lenders (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, with the consent or at the direction of the Required Lenders, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Administrative Agent at such sale.

 

144


10.2 Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with Holdings, the Top Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

10.3 Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law;

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity;

(d) shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Section 11.1 and Section 9.2) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by a Borrower or a Lender.

(e) The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Security Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 5 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative

 

145


Agent shall not be responsible or have any liability for, or have any duty to ascertain, inquire into, monitor or enforce, compliance with the provisions hereof relating to Disqualified Lenders or Affiliated Lenders. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not (x) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender or Participant or prospective Lender or Participant is a Disqualified Lender, (y) have any liability with respect to or arising out of any assignment or participation of Loans, or disclosure of confidential information, to any Disqualified Lender or (z) be obligated to ascertain, monitor or enforce the limitations in connection with any assignment to Debt Fund Affiliates and Affiliated Lenders or have any liability with respect thereto or any matter arising thereof.

10.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts. The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.

10.5 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Section 10 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and nonappealable decision to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub-agents.

10.6 Resignation and Removal of Administrative Agent.

(a) The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrowers. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right (for so long as no Event of Default set forth under Section 9.1(a) or (g) (with respect to the Top Borrower only) has occurred and is continuing, (subject to the approval of the Borrower Representative, not to be unreasonably withheld) to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an

 

146


office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Resignation Effective Date”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) on behalf of the Lenders, in consultation with the Borrowers, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.

(b) If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, the Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, by notice in writing to the Borrowers and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and (for so long as no Event of Default set forth under Section 9.1(a) or (g) (with respect to the Top Borrower only) has occurred and is continuing, subject to the approval of the Borrower Representative, not to be unreasonably withheld, appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after such notice (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by the Required Lenders) (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.

(c) With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed), all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or removed) Administrative Agent, and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrowers to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrowers and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Section 10 and Section 11.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

10.7 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders; ERISA Status.

(a) Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

147


(b) Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and its respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i) such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA) of one or more Benefit Plans in connection with the Loans or the Commitments, or

(ii) the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

(iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

(iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

(c) In addition, unless sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (b) is true with respect to a Lender or if such Lender has not provided another representation, warranty and covenant as provided in sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (b), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and its respective Affiliates, and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, that:

(i) none of the Administrative Agent or any of its respective Affiliates is a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related to hereto or thereto),

(ii) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement is independent (within the meaning of 29 CFR § 2510.3-21) and is a bank, an insurance carrier, an investment adviser, a broker-dealer or other person that holds, or has under management or control, total assets of at least $50 million, in each case as described in 29 CFR § 2510.3-21(c)(1)(i)(A)-(E),

 

148


(iii) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement is capable of evaluating investment risks independently, both in general and with regard to particular transactions and investment strategies (including in respect of the Obligations),

(iv) the Person making the investment decision on behalf of such Lender with respect to the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement is a fiduciary under ERISA or the Code, or both, with respect to the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement and is responsible for exercising independent judgment in evaluating the transactions hereunder, and

(v) no fee or other compensation is being paid directly to the Administrative Agent or any their respective Affiliates for investment advice (as opposed to other services) in connection with the Loans, the Commitments or this Agreement.

(d) The Administrative Agent hereby informs the Lenders that each such Person is not undertaking to provide impartial investment advice, or to give advice in a fiduciary capacity, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, and that such Person has a financial interest in the transactions contemplated hereby in that such Person or an Affiliate thereof (i) may receive interest or other payments with respect to the Loans, the Commitments and this Agreement, (ii) may recognize a gain if it extended the Loans or the Commitments for an amount less than the amount being paid for an interest in the Loans or the Commitments by such Lender or (iii) may receive fees or other payments in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, the Loan Documents or otherwise, including structuring fees, commitment fees, arrangement fees, facility fees, upfront fees, underwriting fees, ticking fees, agency fees, administrative agent or collateral agent fees, utilization fees, minimum usage fees, letter of credit fees, fronting fees, deal-away or alternate transaction fees, amendment fees, processing fees, term out premiums, banker’s acceptance fees, breakage or other early termination fees or fees similar to the foregoing.

Notwithstanding any provision herein, Section 10.7(b)-(d) shall not apply to the extent that the regulations under Section 3(21) of ERISA issued by the U.S. Department of Labor on April 8, 2016 are rescinded or otherwise revoked, repealed or no longer effective.

10.8 No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, neither the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent listed on the cover page hereof (each, an “Agent”) shall (a) have any powers, obligations, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or a Lender hereunder or (b) be obligated to carry out on behalf of any Lender (i) any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any Person or (ii) any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender, and each Lender confirms to each Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by any Agent.

10.9 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim; Credit Bidding.

Subject to each Intercreditor Agreement, in case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

149


(i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.8 and 11.5) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(ii) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to such Lender, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.8 and 11.5.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or in any such proceeding.

The Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, to credit bid all or any portion of the Obligations (including accepting some or all of the Collateral in satisfaction of some or all of the Obligations pursuant to a deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise) and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral (a) at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, including under Sections 363, 1123 or 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, or any similar Laws in any other jurisdictions to which a Loan Party is subject and (b) at any other sale or foreclosure or acceptance of collateral in lieu of debt conducted by (or with the consent or at the direction of) the Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with any applicable Law. In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Obligations owed to the Secured Parties shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid on a ratable basis (with Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims receiving contingent interests in the acquired assets on a ratable basis that would vest upon the liquidation of such claims in an amount proportional to the liquidated portion of the contingent claim amount used in allocating the contingent interests) in the asset or assets so purchased (or in the Equity Interests or debt instruments of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are used to consummate such purchase). In connection with any such bid (i) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to form one or more acquisition vehicles to make a bid, (ii) to adopt documents providing for the governance of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles (provided that any actions by the Administrative Agent with respect to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, including any disposition of the assets or Equity Interests thereof shall be governed, directly or indirectly, by the vote of the Required Lenders, irrespective of the termination of this Agreement and without giving effect to the limitations on actions by the Required Lenders contained in Section 11.1 of this Agreement), (iii) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to assign the relevant Obligations to any such acquisition vehicle pro rata by the Lenders, as a result of which each of the Lenders shall be deemed to have received a pro rata portion of any Equity Interests and/or debt instruments issued by such an acquisition vehicle on account of the assignment of the Obligations to be credit bid, all without the need for any Secured Party or acquisition vehicle to take any further action, and (iv) to the extent that Obligations that are assigned to an acquisition vehicle are not used to acquire Collateral for any reason (as a result of another bid being higher or better, because the amount of Obligations assigned to the acquisition

 

150


vehicle exceeds the amount of debt credit bid by the acquisition vehicle or otherwise), such Obligations shall automatically be reassigned to the Lenders pro rata and the Equity Interests and/or debt instruments issued by any acquisition vehicle on account of the Obligations that had been assigned to the acquisition vehicle shall automatically be cancelled, without the need for any Secured Party or any acquisition vehicle to take any further action.

10.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters.

(a) Each of the Lenders irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent (without requirement of notice to or consent of any Lender except as expressly required by Section 11.1): (i) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (1) at the time the property subject to such Lien is Disposed of or to be Disposed of as part of or in connection with any Disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Person other than a Loan Party, (2) subject to Section 11.1, if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders, (3) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Guarantor, upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee, (4) that constitutes Excluded Assets or (5) that is released under the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement (other than in connection with the Discharge of First Lien Bank Credit Agreement Obligations); (ii) to release or subordinate, as expressly permitted hereunder, any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by this Agreement to the extent required by the holder of, or pursuant to the terms of any agreement governing, the obligations secured by such Liens; (iii) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee if such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder; and (iv) to release any Collateral or Guarantor Obligations to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction not prohibited by any Loan Document or that has been consented to in accordance with Section 11.1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Collateral or Guarantor Obligations shall be released automatically to the extent required pursuant to the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release (pursuant to clause (a) above) any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee.

(c) At such time as the Loans and the other Obligations (other than contingent obligations for which no claim has been made) shall have been satisfied by payment in full in immediately available funds and the Commitments have been terminated, the Collateral shall be automatically released from the Liens created by the Security Documents, and the Security Documents and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Group Member under the Security Documents shall automatically terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.

(d) If (i) a Guarantor was released from its obligations under the Guarantee, (ii) a Borrower was released from its obligations under the Loan Documents or (iii) the Collateral was released from the assignment and security interest granted under the Security Document (or the interest in such item subordinated), the Administrative Agent will (and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent to) execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee or such Co-Borrower from its obligations under the Loan Documents, the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Security Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 10.10.

 

151


(e) If as a result of any transaction not prohibited by this Agreement (i) any Guarantor or Borrower (other than the Top Borrower or any other Borrower) becomes an Excluded Subsidiary or a Foreign Subsidiary or any Guarantor or Borrower (other than the Top Borrower or any other Borrower) is sold (or consolidates or merges with a Person that is not a Loan Party), then (x) such Guarantor’s Guarantee (or the obligations of such Borrower under the Loan Documents) and all Liens on the Obligations of such Borrower or Guarantor shall be automatically released, and (y) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor or Borrower (other than, in the case of a Guarantor or Borrower that so becomes an Excluded Subsidiary solely by reason of being a CFC or a FSHCO, 65% of the total outstanding voting Capital Stock and 100% of the total outstanding non-voting Capital Stock of such Guarantor or such Borrower that, in each case, is directly owned by a Borrower or another Guarantor) shall be automatically released from the security interests created by the Loan Documents, (ii) any Excluded Subsidiary ceases to be directly owned by a Borrower or Guarantor, then the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary shall be automatically released from any security interests created by the Loan Documents; provided that no Borrower shall be released from its obligations hereunder unless and until all of its borrowing obligations have been paid in full (or assigned to the Top Borrower or another Borrower pursuant to Section 11.6), all commitments to lend to such Borrower have been terminated, and it has resigned as a Borrower pursuant to Section 12.3, or (iii) any asset becomes an Excluded Asset or an asset owned by an Excluded Subsidiary or a Foreign Subsidiary, then such asset shall be automatically released from any security interests created by the Loan Documents. In connection with any termination or release pursuant to this Section 10.10(e), the Administrative Agent and any applicable Lender shall promptly execute and deliver to any Loan Party, at such Loan Party’s expense, all documents that such Loan Party shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 10.10(e) shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

10.11 Intercreditor Agreements.

The Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and any other intercreditor agreement (including any other Intercreditor Agreement) or arrangement permitted under this Agreement (and any amendments, amendments and restatements, restatements or waivers of, or supplements or other modifications to, any such agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement), and any such agreement or arrangement will be binding upon the Lenders.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the exercise of any right or remedy by the Administrative Agent hereunder is subject to the limitations and provisions of each Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of each Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of each Intercreditor Agreement, as applicable, shall govern.

Each Lender and other Secured Party (a) understands, acknowledges and agrees that Liens will be created on Collateral pursuant to (i) the First Lien Bank Documents, which Liens shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, and (ii) the Second Lien Documents, which Liens shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, and (b) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or any other intercreditor agreement (including any other Intercreditor Agreement) (if entered into).

 

152


10.12 Withholding Tax Indemnity. To the extent required by any applicable Laws, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective), such Lender shall, within 10 days after written demand therefor, indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrowers or any other Loan Party pursuant to Sections 2.16 and 2.19 and without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Taxes or otherwise, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such Tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 10.12. The agreements in this Section 10.12 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

10.13 Indemnification. Each of the Lenders agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent (and its Related Parties) in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by any Loan Party and without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), according to its Aggregate Exposure Percentage in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section 10.13 (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, in accordance with its Aggregate Exposure Percentage immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent or its Related Parties (the foregoing, the Lender Indemnitees) in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent or any other Person under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable to any Lender Indemnitee for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements to the extent that they are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Lender Indemnitee. The agreements in this Section 10.13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

SECTION 11.

MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Amendments and Waivers.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in clause (b) below or elsewhere in this Agreement, neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document (or any terms hereof or thereof) may be amended, supplemented or modified other than in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.1. The Required Lenders and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (i) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan

 

153


Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (ii) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (A) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except in connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates (which waiver shall be effective with the consent of the Required Lenders) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Commitment or increase such Lender’s Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (it being understood that (i) the waiver of or amendment to the terms of any mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest and (ii) a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 5 or the waiver of any Default, Event of Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender); (B) amend, modify, eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 11.1 without the written consent of all Lenders; (C) (x) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, (y) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (z) release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release any of the Guarantors from their obligations under Section 8 of this Agreement or under any Security Agreement, in each case other than as permitted under this Agreement and the Loan Documents, without the written consent of all Lenders; (D) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 2.17(a) or (b), or Section 2.11(g) which results in a change to the pro rata application of Loans under any Facility without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby in respect of each Facility adversely affected thereby; (E) [reserved]; (F) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10 without the written consent of the Administrative Agent; (G) [reserved]; (H) [reserved]; (I) [reserved]; or (J) amend or modify the priority provisions of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement without the written consent of all Lenders. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing during the period such waiver is effective; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement (including clause (a) above) or any other Loan Document to the contrary:

(i) this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Lender participating in the additional or extended credit facilities contemplated under this paragraph (b)(i) and the Borrowers (w) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement or to increase the amount of the existing facilities under this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof, (x) to permit any such additional credit facility which is a term loan facility or any such increase in the Facilities to share ratably in prepayments with the Loans and (y) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders;

 

154


(ii) this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers and the Lenders providing the relevant Repriced Term Loans (as defined below) to permit a (x) any prepayment, repayment, refinancing, substitution or replacement of all or a portion of the Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of syndicated term loans bearing interest with an “effective yield” (taking into account interest rate margin and benchmark floors, recurring fees and all upfront or similar fees or original issue discount paid by a Borrower (amortized over the shorter of (A) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such term loans and (B) four years), but excluding (i) any arrangement, commitment, structuring, syndication, ticking or other fees payable in connection therewith that are not shared ratably with all lenders or holders of such term loans in their capacities as lenders or holders of such term loans in the primary syndication of such term loans and any bona fide arrangers, structuring, syndication, commitment, ticking or other similar fees paid to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender in its capacity as a commitment party or arranger and regardless of whether such indebtedness is syndicated to third parties and (ii) customary consent fees for any amendment paid generally to consenting lenders or holders) less than the “effective yield” applicable to the Loans (determined on the same basis as provided in the preceding parenthetical) and (y) any amendment to the Loans or any tranche thereof which reduces the “effective yield” applicable to such Loans, as applicable (as determined on the same basis as provided in clause (x)) (“Repriced Term Loans”); provided that the Repriced Term Loans shall otherwise meet the Applicable Requirements;

(iii) [reserved];

(iv) [reserved];

(v) [reserved]

(vi) [reserved];

(vii) the Administrative Agent may amend any Intercreditor Agreement (or enter into a replacement thereof), additional Security Documents and/or replacement Security Documents (including a collateral trust agreement) in connection with the Incurrence of (x) any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt to provide that a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall become a party thereto and shall have rights to share in the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Obligations, (y) any Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt to provide that a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall become a party thereto and shall have rights to share in the Collateral on a junior lien basis to the Obligations or (z) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 7.2(b)(ii), Section 7.2(b)(vi) or any other First Lien Obligations, Second Lien Obligations or Junior Lien Obligations permitted under this Agreement to provide that an agent, trustee or other representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall become a party thereto and shall have rights to share in the Collateral with the lien priorities permitted under this Agreement;

(viii) [reserved];

(ix) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers to add any terms or conditions for the benefit of the Lenders;

(x) amendments and waivers of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that affect solely the Lenders under any applicable Class under any Facility (including waiver or modification of conditions to extensions of credit under any Facility and pricing and other modifications) will require only the consent of Lenders holding more than 50% of the aggregate commitments or loans, as applicable, under such Class, and, in each case, (x) no other consents or approvals shall be required and (y) any fees or other consideration payable to obtain such amendments or waivers need only be offered on a pro rata basis to the Lenders under the affected Class; and

 

155


(xi) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrowers (A) to correct any mistakes or ambiguities of a technical nature and (B) to add any terms or conditions for the benefit of Lenders (or any Class thereof).

11.2 Notices. All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by facsimile or email, if applicable), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or three (3) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of facsimile or email notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower Representative, any other Borrowers, the Guarantors and the Administrative Agent, and as set forth in an administrative questionnaire delivered to the Administrative Agent in the case of the Lenders, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto:

 

To the Borrower

Representative:

  

Severin Acquisition, LLC

c/o PowerSchool Group LLC

150 Parkshore Dr.

Folsom, CA 95630

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

Email: mark.oldemeyer@powerschool.com

Fax: (916) 596-0950

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

One New York Plaza

New York, NY 10004

Attn: Daniel Bursky and Ezra Schneck

Telephone: (212) 859 8000

Email Address: Daniel.Bursky@friedfrank.com

Ezra.Schneck@friedfrank.com

 

and

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

555 California Street

San Francisco, CA 94104

Attention: Sonali Jindal, P.C.

Email Address: sonali.jindal@kirkland.com

Fax: (415) 439-1500

To any other Borrower or any Guarantor:

   c/o the Borrower Representative at the address set forth above

To the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent:

   To the addresses listed in Schedule 11.2

 

156


; provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall not be effective until received. In no event shall a voice mail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder. All telephonic notices to the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Section 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender (“Approved Electronic Communications”). The Administrative Agent or the Borrowers may, in their discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (a) notices and other communications sent to an email address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return email or other written acknowledgment), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (b) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its email address as described in the foregoing clause (a) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

Each Loan Party agrees to assume all risk, and hold the Administrative Agent and each Lender harmless from any losses, associated with, the electronic transmission of information (including the protection of confidential information), except to the extent caused by the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Person as determined in a final and non-appealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction.

THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” NEITHER THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT NOR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES WARRANTS THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM AND EACH EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS LIABILITY FOR ERRORS OR OMISSIONS IN THE COMMUNICATIONS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS IS MADE BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE COMMUNICATIONS OR THE PLATFORM. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT OR ANY OF ITS RELATED PARTIES HAVE ANY LIABILITY TO ANY LOAN PARTY, ANY LENDER OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, WHETHER OR NOT BASED ON STRICT LIABILITY AND INCLUDING DIRECT OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSSES OR EXPENSES (WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF ANY LOAN PARTY’S OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S TRANSMISSION OF COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH THE INTERNET, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THE LIABILITY OF ANY SUCH PERSON IS FOUND IN A FINAL RULING BY A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO HAVE RESULTED PRIMARILY FROM SUCH PERSON’S BAD FAITH, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT.

Each Loan Party, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent agree that the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, store any Approved Electronic Communications on the Platform in accordance with Administrative Agent’s customary document retention procedures and policies.

 

157


Each of Holdings, the other Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent may change its address, facsimile or telephone number or email address for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, facsimile, telephone number or email address for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, facsimile number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to documents or notices that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain Private Lender Information.

11.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

11.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder.

11.5 Payment of Expenses/Indemnity. The Borrowers agree upon the occurrence of the Closing Date (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent (without duplication) for all its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the syndication of the Facilities and the development, preparation, delivery, administration, enforcement and execution of, amendment, waiver, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of one primary outside counsel to the Administrative Agent, and one local counsel to the Administrative Agent, in each appropriate jurisdiction (which may include one special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) (and additional counsel in the case of actual or reasonably perceived conflicts where the Administrative Agent informs the Borrowers of such conflict and retains such counsel, but excluding, in any case the allocated costs of in-house counsel), and filing and recording fees and expenses, with statements with respect to the foregoing to be submitted to the Borrower Representative on or prior to the Closing Date (in the case of amounts to be paid on the Closing Date) and from time to time thereafter on a quarterly basis or such other periodic basis as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender and the Administrative Agent for all of their reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (other than allocated costs of in-house counsel) incurred in connection with the workout, restructuring, enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of one primary counsel to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, taken as a whole, and one local counsel to the foregoing Persons, taken as a whole, in each appropriate jurisdiction (which may include one special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) (and in the case of an actual or reasonably perceived conflict of interest by any of the foregoing Persons, where such Person informs the Borrowers of such conflict and retains such counsel, additional counsel to such affected Person), (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold each

 

158


Lender and the Administrative Agent harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees that may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (d) jointly and severally, to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and the Administrative Agent, each of their respective Affiliates that are providing services in connection with the financing contemplated by this Agreement and each member, officer, director, partner, trustee, employee, agent, advisor, controlling person of the foregoing, other representative of the foregoing, and successor and assign of the foregoing (each, an “Indemnitee”) harmless from and against any and all other claims, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to or arising out of or in connection with the Acquisition, the transactions contemplated hereby, any transactions contemplated in connection therewith and the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents (regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party hereto and regardless of whether any such matter is initiated by a third party, the Borrowers, any other Loan Party or any other Person), including any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans or the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law relating to Holdings or any Group Member or any of the Properties and the reasonable fees and expenses of one primary legal counsel to the Indemnitees, taken as a whole (or in the case of an actual or reasonably perceived conflict of interest by an Indemnitee, where such Person informs the Borrowers of such conflict and retains such counsel, additional counsel to the affected Indemnitees), and one local counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction (which may include one special counsel acting in multiple jurisdictions) to the Indemnitees in connection with claims, actions or proceedings by any Indemnitee against any Loan Party under any Loan Document (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”) (but excluding any losses, liabilities, claims, damages, costs or expenses relating to the matters referred to in Sections 2.18, 2.19 and 2.21 (which shall be the sole remedy in respect of the matters set forth therein)), provided that the Borrowers shall not have any obligation hereunder to any Indemnitee with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities are (i) (A) found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, (B) found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from a material breach of the Loan Documents by such Indemnitee, (C) any dispute that does not involve an act or omission by the Borrowers, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates and that is brought by any Indemnitee against any other Indemnitee (other than in its capacity as Administrative Agent or similar role hereunder) or (D) directly and exclusively caused, with respect to the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law relating to any of the Properties, by the act or omissions by Persons other than the Borrowers or any Subsidiary of the Borrowers or their respective Related Parties with respect to the applicable Property that occur after the Administrative Agent sells the respective Property pursuant to a foreclosure or has accepted a deed in lieu of foreclosure or (ii) settlements entered into by such person without the Top Borrower’s written consent (such consent to not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). All amounts due under this Section 11.5 shall be payable not later than 10 days after written demand therefor. Statements payable by the Borrowers pursuant to this Section 11.5 shall be submitted to the Borrowers at the address of the Borrowers set forth in Section 11.2, or to such other Person or address as may be hereafter designated by the Borrowers in a written notice to the Administrative Agent. This Section 11.5 shall not apply with respect to Taxes (other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims or damages arising from any non-Tax claim). The agreements in this Section 11.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

159


11.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (x) the Top Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender and the Administrative Agent and (y) without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, any other Borrower may only assign or otherwise transfer its rights to the Top Borrower or another Borrower as set forth in Section 11.6(h) (and, in each case, any attempted assignment or transfer by any Borrower without such consent shall be null and void).

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in Sections 11.6(b)(ii) and 11.6(i) below, any Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees (each, an “Assignee”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it and the Note or Notes (if any) held by it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of:

 

  (A)

in the case of any Lender, the Borrower Representative, provided that such consent shall be deemed to have been given if the Borrower Representative, as the case may be, has not responded within ten (10) Business Days after notice by the Administrative Agent, provided, further, that no consent of the Borrower Representative shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund (as defined below) or, if an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) (or, in respect of the Top Borrower, Section 9.1(g)) has occurred and is continuing, any other Eligible Assignee; and

 

  (B)

except with respect to an assignment of Loans to an existing Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

 

  (A)

except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments or Loans under any Facility, the amount of the Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $1,000,000 (provided that, in each case, that simultaneous assignments to or by two or more Approved Funds shall be aggregated for purposes of determining such amount) unless the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative otherwise consents;

 

  (B)

the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the

 

160


Administrative Agent (or, if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually), and shall pay to the Administrative Agent a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which such fee may be waived or reduced in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent) for each assignment or group of affiliated or related assignments (it being understood that such recordation fee shall not apply to any assignments by any of the Persons that are Lenders on the Closing Date or any of their Affiliates); and

 

  (C)

the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire, all applicable Forms and all documentation and other information requested by the Administrative Agent in order to comply with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.

This paragraph (b) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or any portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis.

For the purposes of this Section 11.6, “Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

(iii) Assignments to Permitted Auction Purchasers. Each Lender acknowledges that each Permitted Auction Purchaser is an Eligible Assignee hereunder and may purchase or acquire Loans hereunder from Lenders from time to time (x) pursuant to a Dutch Auction in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (including Section 11.6 hereof), subject to the restrictions set forth in the definitions of “Eligible Assignee” and “Dutch Auction” or (y) pursuant to open market purchases (which may be on a non-pro rata basis), in each case, subject to the following limitations:

 

  (A)

each Permitted Auction Purchaser agrees that, notwithstanding anything herein or in any of the other Loan Documents to the contrary, with respect to any Auction Purchase or other acquisition of Loans, (1) under no circumstances, whether or not any Loan Party is subject to a bankruptcy or other insolvency proceeding, shall such Permitted Auction Purchaser be permitted to exercise any voting rights or other privileges with respect to any Loans and any Loans that are assigned to such Permitted Auction Purchaser shall have no voting rights or other privileges under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and shall not be taken into account in determining any required vote or consent and (2) such Permitted Auction Purchaser shall not receive information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and shall not be permitted to attend or participate in meetings attended solely by Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their advisors; rather, all Loans held by any Permitted Auction Purchaser shall be automatically Cancelled immediately upon the purchase or acquisition thereof in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (including Section 11.6 hereof);

 

 

161


  (B)

at the time any Permitted Auction Purchaser is making purchases of Loans it shall enter into an Assignment and Assumption Agreement;

 

  (C)

immediately upon the effectiveness of each Auction Purchase or other acquisition of Loans, a Cancellation (it being understood that such Cancellation shall not constitute a voluntary repayment of Loans for purposes of this Agreement) shall be automatically irrevocably effected with respect to all of the Loans and related Obligations subject to such Auction Purchase, with the effect that such Loans and related Obligations shall for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents no longer be outstanding, and the Borrowers and the Guarantors shall no longer have any Obligations relating thereto, it being understood that such forgiveness and cancellation shall result in the Borrowers and the Guarantors being irrevocably and unconditionally released from all claims and liabilities relating to such Obligations which have been so cancelled and forgiven, and the Collateral shall cease to secure any such Obligations which have been so cancelled and forgiven; and

 

  (D)

at the time of such Purchase Notice and Auction Purchase or other acquisition of Loans, (w) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (x) Holdings, the Borrowers or any of their respective Affiliates shall not be required to make any representation that it is not in possession of material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrowers, their respective subsidiaries or their respective securities, and all parties to the relevant assignments shall render customary “big boy” disclaimer letters or any such disclaimers shall be incorporated into the terms of the applicable Assignment and Assumption, (y) any Affiliated Lender that is a Purchaser shall identify itself as such and (z) no proceeds of Revolving Loans (as defined in the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement) shall be used to consummate the Auction Purchase.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section 11.6(b)(iii) shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.17 to the contrary.

 

162


(iv) Assignments to Affiliated Lenders. Any Lender may, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations with respect to the Loans to an Affiliated Lender through (x) Dutch Auctions open to all Lenders on a pro rata basis or (y) open market purchases (which may be on a non-pro rata basis), in each case subject to the following limitations:

 

  (A)

notwithstanding anything in Section 11.1 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Lenders have (1) consented to any amendment, waiver or modification of any Loan Document (including such modifications pursuant to Section 11.1), (2) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, (3) directed or required Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, or (4) subject to Section 2.23, voted on any plan of reorganization pursuant to Title 11 of the United States Code, that in either case does not require the consent of each Lender or each affected Lender or does not adversely affect such Affiliated Lender disproportionately in any material respect as compared to other Lenders, the Sponsors and any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate will be deemed to have voted in the same proportion as Lenders that are not Affiliated Lenders voting on such matter; and the Sponsors and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate each hereby acknowledges, agrees and consents that if, for any reason, its vote to accept or reject any plan pursuant to Title 11 of the United States Code) is not deemed to have been so voted, then such vote will be (x) deemed not to be in good faith and (y) “designated” pursuant to Section 1126(e) of Title 11 of the United States Code such that the vote is not counted in determining whether the applicable class has accepted or rejected such plan in accordance with Section 1126(c) of Title 11 of the United States Code; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, Debt Fund Affiliates shall not be subject to such limitation and shall be entitled to vote as any other Lender; provided, further, that, notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary, Debt Fund Affiliates may not in the aggregate account for more than 49.9% of the amounts set forth in the calculation of Required Lenders and any amount in excess of 49.9% will be subject to the limitations set forth in this clause (A);

 

  (B)

the Sponsors and Non-Debt Fund Affiliates shall not receive information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and shall not be permitted to attend or participate in meetings attended solely by Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their advisors, other than the right to receive notices of Borrowings, notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans or Commitments required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Section 2;

 

163


  (C)

at the time any Affiliated Lender is making purchases of Loans pursuant to a Dutch Auction it shall identify itself as an Affiliated Lender and shall enter into an Assignment and Assumption Agreement;

 

  (D)

no Affiliated Lender shall be required to make any representation that it is not in possession of material non-public information with respect to Holdings, the Borrowers, their respective Subsidiaries or their respective securities, and all parties to the relevant assignments shall render customary “big boy” disclaimer letters or any such disclaimers shall be incorporated into the terms of the applicable Assignment and Assumption;

 

  (E)

the aggregate principal amount of all Loans which may be purchased by the Sponsors or any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate through Dutch Auctions or assigned to the Sponsors or any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate through open market purchases shall in no event exceed, as calculated at the time of the consummation of any aforementioned Purchases or assignments, 25% of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans at such time;

 

  (F)

the Sponsors, the Non-Debt Fund Affiliates and their respective Affiliates shall not be permitted to vote on bankruptcy plans or reorganization; and

 

  (G)

notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each Affiliated Lender, in its capacity as a Lender, in its sole and absolute discretion, may make one or more capital contributions or assignments of Loans that it acquires pursuant to this Section 11.6(b)(iv) directly or indirectly to Holdings or the Top Borrower solely in exchange for Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) or Parent Holding Company or debt securities of a Parent Holding Company, in each case upon written notice to the Administrative Agent. Immediately upon Holdings’ or the Top Borrower’s acquisition of Loans from an Affiliated Lender, such Loans and all rights and obligations as a Lender related thereto shall for all purposes (including under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and otherwise) be deemed to be irrevocably prepaid, terminated, extinguished, canceled and of no further effect and Holdings and the Top Borrower shall neither obtain nor have any rights as a Lender hereunder or under the other Loan Documents by virtue of such capital contribution or assignment.

 

164


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section 11.6(b)(iv) shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.17 to the contrary.

(v) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to Section 11.6(b)(vi) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.18, 2.19, 2.21 and 11.5). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 11.6(b) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations if such transaction complies with the requirements of Section 11.6(c).

(vi) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of (and any stated interest on) the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. No assignment shall be effective unless recorded in the Register. The Register shall be available for inspection by any Borrower and any Lender as to its own Commitments and amounts owing to it, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice (but not to exceed once per calendar month), and to the extent otherwise necessary to establish that the Commitments, Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents are in registered form under Sections 5f.103-1(c) and 1.871-14(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations and within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code.

(vii) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire and applicable Forms (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), together with (x) any processing and recordation fee and (y) any written consent to such assignment required by Section 11.6(b), the Administrative Agent shall promptly accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(viii) If, other than in the course of primary syndication, a Lender assigns any of its rights or obligations under this Section 11.6 and as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment occurs, a Loan Party would be obliged to make a payment with respect to non-U.S. Taxes to the assignee under Section 2.19(a) or Section 2.19(f) then the assignee is only entitled to receive payment under Section 2.19(a) or Section 2.19(f) with respect to such non-U.S. Taxes to the same extent as the assigning Lender would have been if the assignment had not occurred.

(c) (i) Subject to Section 11.6(i), any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrowers or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (other than a natural person, a Disqualified Lender, Holdings or any Subsidiary of Holdings) (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement

 

165


shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires, subject to Section 11.1(b), the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to clauses (A) and (C) of Section 11.1(a) and (2) directly affects such Participant. Subject to Section 11.6(c)(ii), the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.18, 2.19 and 2.21 (subject to the requirements of those sections) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 11.6(b). To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.8(b) as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant shall be subject to Section 11.8(a) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the commitment of, and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of, each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that the relevant parties, acting reasonably and in good faith, determine that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Sections 5f.103-1(c) and 1.871-14(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations and Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code. No participation shall be effective unless recorded in the Participant Register. Unless otherwise required by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), any disclosure required by the foregoing sentence shall be made by the relevant Lender directly and solely to the IRS. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.18 or 2.19 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant. No Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.19 unless such Participant complies with Section 2.19(j) (it being understood that the documentation required thereunder shall be delivered to the participating Lender).

(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or any other central bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) The Borrowers, upon receipt of written notice from the relevant Lender, agree to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in Section 11.6(d) above.

(f) Each Lender, upon execution and delivery hereof or upon succeeding to an interest in Commitments or Loans, as the case may be, makes, as of the Closing Date or as of the effective date of the applicable Assignment and Assumption, as applicable, the representations and warranties contained in Section 10.7.

 

166


(g) Each Lender, upon succeeding to an interest in Commitments or Loans, as the case may be, represents and warrants as of the effective date of the applicable Assignment and Assumption that it is an Eligible Assignee.

(h) Any Borrower (other than the Top Borrower) may assign the Loans borrowed by it (and the Commitments extended to it) to any other Borrower, and such other Borrower may purchase such Loans and Commitments, provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default exists, (ii) such assignment agreement is in form and substance substantially consistent with the Borrower Assignment set forth in Exhibit L or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (including reaffirmations as reasonably required by the Administrative Agent and a solvency representation consistent with that set forth herein) and (iii) the Administrative Agent receives an officer’s certificate from the Top Borrower confirming such Asset Sale is in compliance with the terms hereof.

(i) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary or in any other Loan Document, unless an Event of Default under Section 9.1(a) or 9.1(g) (with respect to the Top Borrower) has occurred and is continuing, prior to the earlier of (A) sixty (60) days after the Closing Date and (B) two weeks after the consummation of an initial Public Offering of the Top Borrower, Holdings, or any Parent Holding Company, no assignments or participations, and no marketing efforts with respect to any assignments or participations, shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Top Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; it being understood and agreed that it shall be deemed to be reasonable to withhold or delay such consent if the Top Borrower determines in its sole discretion that such assignment, participation or marketing efforts could hinder or impair a Public Offering of the Top Borrower, Holdings, or any Parent Holding Company in any way). Notwithstanding the foregoing, at all times Goldman Sachs Bank USA may make assignments, in whole or in part, to or between any of its respective affiliates (including Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC) without the consent of any other Person.

11.7 [Reserved].

11.8 Adjustments; Set-off.

(a) Except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for or permits payments to be allocated or made to a particular Lender or to the Lenders under a particular Facility, if any Lender (a “Benefited Lender”) shall receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations owing to it under any Facility, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 9.1(g) or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of the Obligations owing to such other Lender under such Facility, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders under such Facility a participating interest in such portion of the Obligations owing to each such other Lender, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders under such Facility; provided, however, that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, with the prior consent of the Administrative Agent, without prior notice to Holdings or any Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being expressly waived by Holdings and the Borrowers and each other Loan Party to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to set off and appropriate and apply against any Obligations then due, payable and owing any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct

 

167


or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of Holdings or the Borrowers or any such other Loan Party, as the case may be (but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any Excluded Assets). Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent after any such setoff and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

11.9 [Reserved].

11.10 Counterparts; Electronic Execution.

(a) This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement or any document or instrument delivered in connection herewith by facsimile transmission or electronic PDF shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement or such other document or instrument, as applicable. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower Representative and the Administrative Agent.

(b) The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

11.11 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

11.12 Integration. This Agreement, the Commitment Letter, the Fee Letter, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent represent the entire agreement of Holdings, the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

11.13 Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THAT WOULD REQUIRE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

 

168


11.14 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the Commercial Division of the State of New York sitting in the borough of Manhattan in New York City, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof, to the extent such courts would have subject matter jurisdiction with respect thereto, and agrees that notwithstanding the foregoing (x) a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law and (y) legal actions or proceedings brought by the Secured Parties in connection with the exercise of rights and remedies with respect to Collateral may be brought in other jurisdictions where such Collateral is located or such rights or remedies may be exercised;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court and waives any right to claim that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 11.2; and

(d) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof, any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages against any Indemnitee; provided that nothing contained in this sentence shall limit the Borrower’s indemnification obligations.

11.15 Acknowledgements. Each of the Borrowers and Guarantors hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to Holdings, the Borrowers or any Guarantor arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between Administrative Agent and Lenders, on one hand, and Holdings, the Borrowers and each Guarantor, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among Holdings, the Borrowers or the Guarantors and the Lenders.

11.16 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any party to any other party under or in connection with the Loan Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

(a) any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

(i) a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

 

169


(iii) a cancellation of any such liability; and

(b) a variation of any term of any Loan Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

11.17 Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender agrees to keep confidential all non-public information provided to it by any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement that is not designated by the provider thereof as public information or non-confidential; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Administrative Agent or any Lender from disclosing any such information (a) to the Administrative Agent, any other Lender or any Affiliate thereof (including prospective lenders) under this Agreement, the First Lien Bank Credit Agreement or the Second Lien Credit Agreement), (b) subject to an agreement to comply with provisions no less restrictive than this Section, to any actual or prospective Transferee or any direct or indirect counterparty to any Swap Agreement (or any professional advisor to such counterparty) (other than Disqualified Lenders), (c) to its employees, directors, trustees, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors and to the employees, directors, trustees, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors of its Affiliates or of actual or prospective Transferees that, in each case, have been advised of the provisions of this Section and have been instructed to keep such information confidential, (d) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority or any self-regulatory authority having or asserting jurisdiction over such Person (including any Governmental Authority regulating any Lender or its Affiliates), in which case, to the extent permitted by law, you agree to inform the Borrower Representative promptly thereof prior to such disclosure to the extent practicable (except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any governmental regulatory authority or self-regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority), (e) in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, in which case, to the extent permitted by law, you agree to inform the Borrower Representative promptly thereof to the extent practicable (except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any governmental regulatory authority or self-regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority), (f) if requested or required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding, in which case, to the extent permitted by law, you agree to inform the Borrower Representative promptly thereof; provided that unless specifically prohibited by applicable law, reasonable efforts shall be made to notify the Borrowers of any such request prior to disclosure, (g) that has been publicly disclosed other than as a result of a breach of this Section, (h) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender; provided, such Person has been advised of the provisions of this Section and instructed to keep such information confidential, (i) market data collectors and service providers to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the administration and management of the Facilities, (j) to the extent that such information is or was received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender from a third party that is not to the knowledge of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or any affiliates thereof subject to confidentiality obligations owing to any Loan Party, the Sponsors or any of their respective subsidiaries or (k) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document. In addition, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Commitments, and the extensions of credit hereunder. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any party to this Agreement (and any employee, representative, or other agent of any party to this Agreement) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to it relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. However, any such information relating to the tax treatment or tax structure is required to be kept confidential to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

170


11.18 Waivers Of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE BORROWERS, THE GUARANTORS, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

11.19 USA Patriot Act Notification. Each Lender that is subject to the Patriot Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies Holdings and the Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Loan Parties, which information includes the name and address of the Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent , as applicable, to identify the Loan Parties in accordance with the Patriot Act. Holdings and the Borrowers shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests that is required in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.

11.20 Maximum Amount.

(a) It is the intention of the Borrowers and the Lenders to conform strictly to the usury and similar laws relating to interest from time to time in force, and all agreements between the Loan Parties and their respective Subsidiaries and the Lenders, whether now existing or hereafter arising and whether oral or written, are hereby expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever, whether by acceleration of maturity hereof or otherwise, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid in the aggregate to the Lenders as interest (whether or not designated as interest, and including any amount otherwise designated but deemed to constitute interest by a court of competent jurisdiction) hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or in any other agreement given to secure the Indebtedness evidenced hereby or other Obligations of the Borrowers, or in any other document evidencing, securing or pertaining to the Indebtedness evidenced hereby, exceed the maximum amount permissible under applicable usury or such other laws (the “Maximum Amount”). If under any circumstances whatsoever fulfillment of any provision hereof, or any of the other Loan Documents, at the time performance of such provision shall be due, shall involve exceeding the Maximum Amount, then, ipso facto, the obligation to be fulfilled shall be reduced to the Maximum Amount. For the purposes of calculating the actual amount of interest paid and/or payable hereunder in respect of laws pertaining to usury or such other laws, all sums paid or agreed to be paid to the holder hereof for the use, forbearance or detention of the Indebtedness of the Borrowers evidenced hereby, outstanding from time to time shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, be amortized, pro-rated, allocated and spread from the date of disbursement of the proceeds of the Loans until payment in full of all of such Indebtedness, so that the actual rate of interest on account of such Indebtedness is uniform through the term hereof. The terms and provisions of this Section 11.20(a) shall control and supersede every other provision of all agreements between the Borrowers or any endorser of the Loans and the Lenders.

(b) If under any circumstances any Lender shall ever receive an amount which would exceed the Maximum Amount, such amount shall be deemed a payment in reduction of the principal amount of the Loans and shall be treated as a voluntary prepayment under Section 2.10 and shall be so applied in accordance with Section 2.17 or if such excessive interest exceeds the unpaid balance of the Loans and any other Indebtedness of the Borrowers in favor of such Lender, the excess shall be deemed to have been a payment made by mistake and shall be refunded to the Borrowers.

 

171


11.21 Lender Action. Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy against any Loan Party or any other obligor under any of the Loan Documents (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceedings, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral or any other property of any such Loan Party, unless expressly provided for herein or in any other Loan Document, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent. The provisions of this Section 11.21 are for the sole benefit of the Lenders and shall not afford any right to, or constitute a defense available to, any Loan Party.

11.22 No Fiduciary Duty. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “Lender Parties”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of the Loan Parties, their stockholders and/or their Affiliates. Each Loan Party agrees that nothing in the Loan Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between any Lender Party, on the one hand, and such Loan Party, its stockholders or its Affiliates, on the other, except as otherwise explicitly provided herein. The Loan Parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (including the exercise of rights and remedies hereunder and thereunder) are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Lender Parties, on the one hand, and the Loan Parties, on the other, and (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading thereto, (x) no Lender Party has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of any Loan Party, its stockholders or its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (or the exercise of rights or remedies with respect thereto) or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender Party has advised, is currently advising or will advise any Loan Party, its stockholders or its Affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to any Loan Party except the obligations expressly set forth in the Loan Documents and (y) each Lender Party is acting solely as principal and not as the agent or fiduciary of any Loan Party, its management, stockholders, creditors or any other Person, except as otherwise explicitly provided herein. Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that it has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate and that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto. Each Loan Party agrees that it will not claim that any Lender Party has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to such Loan Party, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

11.23 Electronic Execution of Loan Documents and Certain Other Documents. The words “execute,” “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in or related to any Loan Document or any other document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including Assignment and Assumptions, amendments or other modifications, notices, waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary the Administrative Agent is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Administrative Agent pursuant to procedures approved by it.

11.24 Intercreditor Agreements. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the exercise of any right or remedy by the Administrative Agent hereunder is subject to the limitations and provisions of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the terms

 

172


of this Agreement, the terms of First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall govern. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement shall govern. Each Lender hereunder (i) acknowledges that it has received a copy of each of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, (ii) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of either the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement or the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and (iii) authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent to enter into each of the First Lien/Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement as Administrative Agent and on behalf of such Lender.

SECTION 12.

CO-BORROWER ARRANGEMENTS AND BORROWER REPRESENTATIVE

12.1 Addition of Co-Borrowers. From time to time on or after the Closing Date, the Borrower Representative may designate one or more of the Restricted Subsidiaries as a “Co-Borrower” with respect to Borrowings under this Agreement; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary designated after the Closing Date shall not become a Co-Borrower hereunder unless and until each of the following has occurred:

(a) the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lenders shall have received all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lenders reasonably determine to be required by Governmental Authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act;

(b) such Co-Borrower shall be organized under the laws of the United States, any state within the United States or the District of Columbia;

(c) such Co-Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a duly authorized, executed and delivered counterpart signature page to a Co-Borrower Joinder and, in the case of a Co-Borrower that is not already a Subsidiary Guarantor, a Guarantor Joinder Agreement;

(d) in the case of a Co-Borrower that is not already a Subsidiary Guarantor, the Co-Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a duly authorized, executed and delivered Security Agreement pursuant to Section 6.9 or other security agreements executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.9, Section 6.11, or Section 6.15, together with other deliverables reasonably required pursuant to such Section as applied to such Co-Borrower (it being understood and agreed that the Administrative Agent and the Borrower Representative may waive or modify any such requirements to the extent they deem in their mutual discretion such changes are necessary or appropriate under the circumstances taking into account the designated Co-Borrower’s jurisdiction of organization and applicable Laws);

(e) to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall have received, on behalf of itself and the Lenders, an opinion of counsel (including from counsel licensed in New York and any such other jurisdiction as may be appropriate), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with respect to the foregoing documents; and

(f) in each case, except to the extent that the Administrative Agent receives a certificate from such designated Co-Borrower that such items have not changed since previously delivered to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the Organizational Documents, including all amendments thereto, of such designated Co-Borrower, certified, if applicable, as of a recent date by the Secretary of State or similar Governmental Authority of the jurisdiction of its organization, where applicable, and a certificate as to the good standing of such designated Co-Borrower

 

173


as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State or similar Governmental Authority, and (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of such designated Co-Borrower certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the Organizational Documents of such Person as in effect on the date of the Co-Borrower Joinder, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors or shareholders (or equivalent governing body) of such Person authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and the borrowings thereunder and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that Organizational Documents of such Person have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto shown on the Organizational Documents furnished pursuant to clause (i) above, and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document on behalf of such Person and countersigned by another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or director of such Person executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above.

12.2 Status of Co-Borrowers.

(a) Once a Co-Borrower has become a Co-Borrower in accordance with Section 12.1 after the Closing Date, it shall be a “Borrower” and a “Co-Borrower” under the Facilities.

(b) Each Borrower, jointly and severally, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally accepts, not merely as a surety but also as a co-debtor, joint and several liability with each other Borrower, with respect to the payment and performance of all of the Obligations, it being the intention of the parties hereto that all the Obligations shall be the joint and several obligations of each of the Borrowers without preferences or distinction among them. If and to the extent that any Borrower shall fail to make any payment with respect to any of the Obligations as and when due or to perform any of the Obligations in accordance with the terms thereof, then in each such event each other Borrower will make such payment with respect to , or perform, such Obligation.

12.3 Resignation of Borrowers. A Borrower (other than the Top Borrower) may elect to terminate its eligibility to request Borrowings and to cease to be a Borrower hereunder upon the occurrence of, and such resignation shall effective upon, all of the following:

(a) such resigning Borrower shall have paid in full in cash all of the Loans that were borrowed by such Co-Borrower or, with respect to the Loans only shall have assigned such Loans to the Top Borrower or another Borrower pursuant to Section 11.6 ; and

(b) such resigning Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a notice of resignation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided, however, that, unless such Person is also released as a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such resignation shall not, to the extent applicable, have any impact on such Person’s obligations as a Subsidiary Guarantor and such obligations, to the extent applicable, shall continue to be effective in accordance with Section 8 of this Agreement and the other provisions and undertakings hereunder related thereto.

12.4 Appointment of Borrower Representative; Nature of Relationship. On the Closing Date, the Top Borrower is hereby appointed by each of the other Borrowers as its contractual representative and after the Closing Date, the Borrowers may appoint a different or additional contractual representative, subject to the Administrative Agent’s consent (such consent not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) (herein referred to as the “Borrower Representative”) hereunder and under each other Loan Document, and each of the other Borrowers irrevocably authorizes the Borrower Representative to act as the contractual representative of such Borrower with the rights and duties expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents.

 

174


The Borrower Representative agrees to act as such contractual representative upon the express conditions contained in this Section 12. Additionally, the Borrowers hereby appoint the Borrower Representative as their agent to receive and direct all of the proceeds of the Loans, at which time the Borrower Representative shall promptly disburse such Loans to the appropriate Borrower.

12.5 Powers. The Borrower Representative shall have and may exercise such powers under the Loan Documents as are specifically delegated to the Borrower Representative by the terms of each thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Borrower Representative shall have no implied duties to the other Borrowers, or any obligation to the Lenders to take any action thereunder except any action specifically provided by the Loan Documents to be taken by the Borrower Representative.

12.6 Execution of Loan Documents. The other Borrowers hereby empower and authorize the Borrower Representative, on behalf of such Borrowers, to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders the Loan Documents and all related agreements, certificates, documents, or instruments as shall be necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of the Loan Documents. Each Borrower agrees that any action taken by the Borrower Representative or the Borrowers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and the exercise by the Borrower Representative of its powers set forth therein or herein, together with such other powers that are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be binding upon all of the Borrowers.

 

 

175


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

SEVERIN HOLDINGS, LLC
By: /s/ Eric Shander                                                 
Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
SEVERIN ACQUISITION, LLC
By: /s/ Eric Shander                                                 
Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
PEOPLEADMIN, INC.
By: /s/ Eric Shander                                                 
Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
PROMACHOS HOLDING, INC.
By: /s/ Eric Shander                                                 
Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
PERFORMANCE MATTERS LLC
By: /s/ Eric Shander                                                 
Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
ODEON HOLDINGS, LLC
By: /s/ Eric Shander                                                 
Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

[PowerSchool – Bridge Loan Credit Agreement]


ESCHOOL SOLUTIONS, LLC
By: /s/ Eric Shander                                                 
Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
NETCHEMIA, LLC
By: /s/ Eric Shander                                                 
Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
SEARCHSOFT SOLUTIONS, INC.
By: /s/ Eric Shander                                                 
Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
TEACHER MATCH, LLC
By: /s/ Eric Shander                                                 
Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
AH SERVICES, LLC
By: /s/ Eric Shander                                                 
Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
CHALKABLE, INC.
By: /s/ Eric Shander                                                 
Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

[PowerSchool – Bridge Loan Credit Agreement]


HAIKU LEARNING, INC.
By: /s/ Eric Shander                                                 
Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
INFOSNAP LLC
By: /s/ Eric Shander                                                 
Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
INTERACTIVE ACHIEVEMENT, LLC
By: /s/ Eric Shander                                                 
Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
POWERSCHOOL GROUP LLC
By: /s/ Eric Shander                                                 
Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
POWERSCHOOL SPECIAL EDUCATION LLC
By: /s/ Eric Shander                                                 
Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
SPIRAL UNIVERSE, INC.
By: /s/ Eric Shander                                                 
Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

[PowerSchool – Bridge Loan Credit Agreement]


SRB EDUCATION SOLUTIONS US LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric Shander

Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
SUNGAURD PUBLIC SECTOR LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric Shander

Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
SCHOOLOGY, INC.
By:  

/s/ Eric Shander

Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
ACCELASCHOOL LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric Shander

Name: Eric Shander
Title: Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

[PowerSchool – Bridge Loan Credit Agreement]


BARCLAY’S BANK PLC, as Administrative Agent and a Lender
By:  

/s/ Sean Duggan

Name: Sean Duggan
Title: Vice President

[PowerSchool – Bridge Loan Credit Agreement]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,

as a Lender

By:  

/s/ William O’Daly

Name: William O’Daly
Title: Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Andrew Griffin

Name: Andrew Griffin
Title: Authorized Signatory

[PowerSchool – Bridge Loan Credit Agreement]


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Thomas Manning

Name: Thomas Manning
Title: Authorized Signatory

[PowerSchool – Bridge Loan Credit Agreement]

Exhibit 10.10

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.

RESTRICTED SHARE AWARD NOTICE

Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the individual listed below (“you” or the “Participant”) an award of the number of Restricted Shares set forth below. This award of Restricted Shares (this “Award”) is subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Restricted Share Award Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”) and the Plan, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

 

Type of Award:    Restricted Shares under Article VIII of the Plan.
Participant:    [●]
Grant Date:    [●]
Total Number of Restricted Shares:    [●]

By your signature below, you agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Agreement, and this Restricted Share Award Notice (this “Grant Notice”). You acknowledge that you have reviewed the Agreement, the Plan, and this Grant Notice in their entirety and fully understand all provisions of the Agreement, the Plan, and this Grant Notice. You hereby agree to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee regarding any questions or determinations that arise under the Agreement, the Plan, or this Grant Notice. This Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts (including portable document format (.pdf) and facsimile counterparts), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Grant Notice as of the date first written above.

 

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:   [Name]
  Title:   [Title]

 

[Participant]

[Signature Page to Restricted Share Award Notice]


Exhibit A

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.

RESTRICTED SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between the Company and the the Participant as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice to which this Agreement is attached. Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

WHEREAS, the Plan provides for the grant of Restricted Shares; and

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its members to grant the Participant an award of Restricted Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.

NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the covenants of the parties contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, for themselves and their successors and assigns, hereby agree as follows:

1.    Grant of Restricted Shares.

(a)    Grant. The Company hereby grants to the Participant the number of Restricted Shares set forth in the Grant Notice on the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice, this Agreement, and the Plan.

(b)    Incorporation by Reference. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

2.    Vesting. The Restricted Shares shall vest [insert vesting schedule], subject to the Participant not incurring a Separation from Service prior to the applicable vesting date.

3.    Forfeiture. If, prior to the vesting of the Restricted Shares as set forth in Section 2, (a) the Participant incurs a Separation from Service, (b) the Participant materially breaches this Agreement, or (c) the Participant fails to meet the tax withholding obligations described in Section 6, the Participant will immediately and automatically forfeit all of the Participant’s rights in respect of the Restricted Shares.

4.    Issuance of Restricted Shares. The Restricted Shares shall be evidenced by a share certificate or by book-entry on the books and records of the Company, as the Company may determine, in the Participant’s name. If a Restricted Share is evidenced by a share certificate, then during the period prior to the vesting of the Restricted Share, such certificate may be issued to the Participant with a legend substantially in the form set forth in Section 5, or alternatively may be held in escrow by the Company on behalf of the Participant. If unvested Restricted Shares are held in book-entry form, the Participant agrees that the Company may give stop-transfer instructions to the depository (if any) to ensure compliance with the provisions hereof. Upon the vesting of a Restricted Share, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Participant a certificate evidencing such Restricted Share, with an updated legend, or shall promptly update restrictions noted in the book entries.

 

A-1


5.    Legend. The Committee reserves the right to account for Restricted Shares through book-entry or other electronic means rather than the issuance of share certificates. Any certificates representing unvested Restricted Shares shall be held by the Company, and any such certificate shall contain a legend substantially in the following form:

THE TRANSFERABILITY OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS (INCLUDING FORFEITURE) OF THE POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC. 2021 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN AND A RESTRICTED SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BETWEEN THE REGISTERED OWNER AND POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC. COPIES OF SUCH PLAN AND AGREEMENT ARE ON FILE IN THE OFFICES OF POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.

As soon as practicable following the vesting of any such Restricted Shares, the Company shall cause a certificate or certificates covering such Restricted Shares, without the aforesaid legend, to be issued and delivered to the Participant. If any Restricted Shares are held in book-entry form, the Company may take such steps as it deems necessary or appropriate to record and manifest the restrictions applicable to such Restricted Shares.

6.    Rights as Stockholder. The Participant will have all rights and privileges of a Stockholder as to the Restricted Shares upon the Grant Date, including the right to vote; provided that the Participant shall not have the right to receive dividends or distributions in respect of the Restricted Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the Company’s payment of an ordinary cash dividend with respect to Shares, such dividends shall not be paid immediately with respect to outstanding Restricted Shares, shall instead be subject to the same restrictions applicable to the underlying Restricted Shares (including forfeiture), and shall be paid no later than 30 days following the vesting of the underlying Restricted Shares.

7.    Taxes. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require the Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state, local, and foreign taxes of any kind that the Company, in its sole discretion, deems necessary to be withheld or remitted to comply with the Code and/or any other applicable law, rule, or regulation with respect to the Restricted Shares and, if the Participant fails to do so, the Company may refuse to issue or transfer any Shares otherwise required to be issued pursuant to this Agreement.

8.    Non-Transferability. The Restricted Shares may not, at any time prior to being vested in accordance with Section 2, be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold, or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Participant, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer, or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company.

 

A-2


9.    Miscellaneous.

(a)    Clawback. All awards, amounts, and benefits received or outstanding under the Plan will be subject to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, reduction, or other similar action in accordance with the terms of any Company clawback or similar policy or any Applicable Law related to such actions, as may be in effect from time to time. The Participant acknowledges and expressly agrees to the Company’s application, implementation, and enforcement of any applicable Company clawback or similar policy that may apply to the Participant, whether adopted before or after the Grant Date (including the forfeiture, clawback, and detrimental conduct terms contained in Section 13.22 of the Plan as of the Grant Date (and any successor terms)), and any term of Applicable Law relating to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, or reduction of compensation, and the Company may take such actions as may be necessary to effectuate any such policy or Applicable Law, without further consideration or action.

(b)    Compliance with Laws. The grant of Restricted Shares hereunder shall be subject to, and shall comply with, any applicable requirements of any foreign and U.S. federal and state securities laws, rules, and regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, and in each case any respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) and any other law, rule, regulation, or exchange requirement applicable thereto.

(c)    Successors. The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns, and of the Participant and the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, and heirs of the Participant.

(d)    No Waiver; Amendment. No waiver of any right hereunder by any party shall operate as a waiver of any other right, or as a waiver of the same right with respect to any subsequent occasion for its exercise, or as a waiver of any right to damages. No waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other breach or a waiver of the continuation of the same breach. This Agreement may be amended at any time by the Committee, except that no amendment may, without the Participant’s consent, materially impair the Participant’s rights under the Award.

(e)    Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and each other provision of this Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

(f)    No Right to Service. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Participant any right to be retained, in any position, as an employee, consultant, or director of the Company or its subsidiaries or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Company or its subsidiaries to remove, terminate, or discharge the Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever.

(g)    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Grant Notice, and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior communications, representations, and negotiations with respect thereto.

 

A-3


(h)    Bound by the Plan. By signing this Agreement, the Participant acknowledges that the Participant has received a copy of the Plan and has had an opportunity to review the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, this Agreement shall control.

(i)    Governing Law. The Participant acknowledges and expressly agrees to the governing law terms of Section 13.9 of the Plan (and any successor terms) and the jurisdiction and waiver of jury trial terms of Section 13.10 of the Plan (and any successor terms).

(j)    Business Days. If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day that is a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday in the state in which the Company’s principal executive office is located, the time period shall be automatically extended to the business day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday, or holiday.

(k)    Headings. The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction, and shall not constitute a part, of this Agreement.

(l)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(m)    Section 409A of the Code. It is intended that the Restricted Shares granted pursuant to this Agreement and the provisions of this Agreement be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code.

*        *        *         *

 

A-4

Exhibit 10.11

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.

RSU AWARD NOTICE

Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the individual listed below (“you” or the “Participant”) an award of RSUs set forth below. This award of RSUs (this “Award”) is subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”) and the Plan, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

 

Type of Award:    Other Share-Based Award under Article X of the Plan.
Participant:    [●]
Grant Date:    [●]
Total Number of RSUs:    [●]

By your signature below, you agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Agreement, and this Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice (this “Grant Notice”). You acknowledge that you have reviewed the Agreement, the Plan, and this Grant Notice in their entirety and fully understand all provisions of the Agreement, the Plan, and this Grant Notice. You hereby agree to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee regarding any questions or determinations that arise under the Agreement, the Plan, or this Grant Notice. This Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts (including portable document format (.pdf) and facsimile counterparts), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Grant Notice as of the date first written above.

 

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:   [Name]
  Title:   [Title]

 

[Participant]

[Signature Page to Restricted Stock Unit Award Notice]


Exhibit A

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.

RSU AWARD AGREEMENT

THIS RSU AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between the Company and the the Participant as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice to which this Agreement is attached. Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

WHEREAS, the Plan provides for the grant of Other Share-Based Awards; and

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its members to grant the Participant an Other Share-Based Award in the form of RSUs on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.

NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the covenants of the parties contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, for themselves and their successors and assigns, hereby agree as follows:

1.    Grant of RSUs.

(a)    Grant. The Company hereby grants to the Participant the number of RSUs set forth in the Grant Notice on the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice, this Agreement, and the Plan.

(b)    Incorporation by Reference. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

2.    Vesting. The RSUs shall vest [insert vesting schedule], subject to the Participant not incurring a Separation from Service prior to the applicable vesting date.

3.    Settlement. The Company shall issue one Share to the Participant for each RSU that becomes vested hereunder within 30 days following the date on which such RSU becomes vested.

4.    Forfeiture. If, prior to the settlement of the RSUs as set forth in Section 3, (a) the Participant incurs a Separation from Service for any reason, (b) the Participant materially breaches this Agreement, or (c) the Participant fails to meet the tax withholding obligations described in Section 6, the Participant shall immediately and automatically forfeit all of the Participant’s rights in respect of the RSUs.

5.    Rights as Stockholder; Dividend Equivalents. Until such time as the RSUs have been settled pursuant to Section 3, the Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder, including, without limitation, any right to dividends or other distributions or any right to vote. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company declares any cash dividend the record date of which occurs while the RSUs are outstanding, the Participant shall be credited a dividend equivalent in an amount equal to the dividend that would have been paid on the Shares underlying the RSUs had such shares been outstanding on such record date. Any such dividend equivalents

 

A-1


shall be subject to the same vesting conditions applicable to the underlying RSU with respect to which they accrue, and shall, if the underlying RSU vests, be paid no later than 10 days following the applicable vesting date.

6.    Taxes. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require the Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state, local, and foreign taxes of any kind that the Company, in its sole discretion, deems necessary to be withheld or remitted to comply with the Code and/or any other applicable law, rule, or regulation with respect to the RSUs and, if the Participant fails to do so, the Company may refuse to issue or transfer any Shares otherwise required to be issued pursuant to this Agreement.

7.    Non-Transferability. The RSUs may not, at any time prior to being settled, be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold, or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Participant, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer, or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company.

8.    Miscellaneous.

(a)    Clawback. All awards, amounts, and benefits received or outstanding under the Plan will be subject to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, reduction, or other similar action in accordance with the terms of any Company clawback or similar policy or any Applicable Law related to such actions, as may be in effect from time to time. The Participant acknowledges and expressly agrees to the Company’s application, implementation, and enforcement of any applicable Company clawback or similar policy that may apply to the Participant, whether adopted before or after the Grant Date (including the forfeiture, clawback, and detrimental conduct terms contained in Section 13.22 of the Plan as of the Grant Date (and any successor terms)), and any term of Applicable Law relating to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, or reduction of compensation, and the Company may take such actions as may be necessary to effectuate any such policy or Applicable Law, without further consideration or action.

(b)    Compliance with Laws. The grant of RSUs and the issuance of Shares hereunder shall be subject to, and shall comply with, any applicable requirements of any foreign and U.S. federal and state securities laws, rules, and regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, and in each case any respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) and any other law, rule, regulation, or exchange requirement applicable thereto.

(c)    Successors. The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns, and of the Participant and the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, and heirs of the Participant.

(d)    No Waiver; Amendment. No waiver of any right hereunder by any party shall operate as a waiver of any other right, or as a waiver of the same right with respect to any subsequent occasion for its exercise, or as a waiver of any right to damages. No waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other breach or a

 

A-2


waiver of the continuation of the same breach. This Agreement may be amended at any time by the Committee, except that no amendment may, without the Participant’s consent, materially impair the Participant’s rights under the Award.

(e)    Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and each other provision of this Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

(f)    No Right to Service. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Participant any right to be retained, in any position, as an employee, consultant, or director of the Company or its subsidiaries or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Company or its subsidiaries to remove, terminate, or discharge the Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever.

(g)    Unfunded Plan. The award of RSUs is unfunded and the Participant shall be considered an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligations, if any, to issue Shares pursuant to this Agreement. Nothing contained in this Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Participant and the Company or any other person.

(h)    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Grant Notice, and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior communications, representations, and negotiations with respect thereto.

(i)    Bound by the Plan. By signing this Agreement, the Participant acknowledges that the Participant has received a copy of the Plan and has had an opportunity to review the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, this Agreement shall control.

(j)    Governing Law. The Participant acknowledges and expressly agrees to the governing law terms of Section 13.9 of the Plan (and any successor terms) and the jurisdiction and waiver of jury trial terms of Section 13.10 of the Plan (and any successor terms).

(k)    Business Days. If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day that is a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday in the state in which the Company’s principal executive office is located, the time period shall be automatically extended to the business day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday, or holiday.

(l)    Headings. The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction, and shall not constitute a part, of this Agreement.

(m)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

A-3


(n)    Section 409A of the Code. It is intended that the RSUs granted pursuant to this Agreement and the provisions of this Agreement be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code.

*        *        *         *

 

A-4

Exhibit 10.12

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.

OPTION AWARD NOTICE

Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants to the individual listed below (“you” or the “Participant”) an award of Stock Options to purchase a number of Shares set forth below (the “Options”). Each Option represents the right to purchase one Share. This award of Options (this “Award”) is subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Agreement”) and the Plan, each of which is incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

 

Type of Award:

  

[Incentive/Nonqualified] Stock Option under Article VI of the Plan.

Participant:    [●]
Grant Date:    [●]

Total Number of Shares

Subject to the Options:

  

[●]

Exercise Price per Share

  

$[●]

Expiration Date

  

[●]

By your signature below, you agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Agreement, and this Option Award Notice (this “Grant Notice”). You acknowledge that you have reviewed the Agreement, the Plan, and this Grant Notice in their entirety and fully understand all provisions of the Agreement, the Plan, and this Grant Notice. You hereby agree to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee regarding any questions or determinations that arise under the Agreement, the Plan, or this Grant Notice. This Grant Notice may be executed in one or more counterparts (including portable document format (.pdf) and facsimile counterparts), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Grant Notice as of the date first written above.

 

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:   [Name]
  Title:   [Title]

 

[Participant]

[Signature Page to Option Award Notice]


Exhibit A

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.

OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

THIS OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and between the Company and the the Participant as of the Grant Date set forth in the Grant Notice to which this Agreement is attached. Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.

WHEREAS, the Plan provides for the grant of Stock Options; and

WHEREAS, the Committee has determined that it would be in the best interests of the Company and its members to grant the Participant an award of Options on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan.

NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the covenants of the parties contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, for themselves and their successors and assigns, hereby agree as follows:

1.    Grant of Options.

(a)    Grant. The Company hereby grants to the Participant the number of Options set forth in the Grant Notice on the terms and conditions set forth in the Grant Notice, this Agreement, and the Plan. Each Option represents the right to purchase one Share.

(b)    Incorporation by Reference. The provisions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

2.    Vesting. The Options shall vest and become exercisable [insert vesting schedule], subject to the Participant not incurring a Separation from Service prior to the applicable vesting date.

3.    Exercise of the Option.

(a)    Right to Exercise. The Options shall be exercisable in accordance with the terms set forth in this Agreement. The Options, to the extent exercisable, may be exercised in whole or in part. No Option may be exercised after it expires. No Shares will be issued upon the exercise of any Option unless the issuance and exercise comply with all Applicable Laws. For income tax purposes, Shares will be considered transferred to the Participant on the date the Participant properly exercises an Option.

(b)    Separation from Service. If the Participant incurs a Separation from Service for any reason other than Disability, death, or Cause, any unvested Options shall expire immediately, and any vested Options shall remain exercisable for 30 days following such Separation from Service. If the Participant incurs a Separation from Service due to Disability or death, any unvested Options shall expire immediately, and any vested Options shall remain exercisable for 180 days following such Separation from Service. If the Participant incurs a

 

A-1


Separation from Service for Cause, all of the Options, whether or not vested, shall expire immediately. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, the Options may not be exercised after the Expiration Date set forth in the Grant Notice.

(c)    Method of Exercise. The Participant may exercise the Options by delivering an exercise notice in a form approved by the Company (the “Exercise Notice”). The Exercise Notice must state the Participant’s election to exercise the Options, the number of Shares that are being purchased, and any other representations and agreements that may be required by the Company. Together with the Exercise Notice, the Participant must tender payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for all Shares exercised and all applicable withholding and other taxes. The Options shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of a fully executed Exercise Notice and payment of the aggregate Exercise Price and all applicable withholding and other taxes.

(d)    Method of Payment. If the Participant elects to exercise the Options, the Participant must pay the aggregate Exercise Price, as well as any applicable withholding or other taxes, in accordance with any of the payment methods set forth in, and approved by the Committee pursuant to, Section 6.4(d) of the Plan (or any successor sections).

(e)    Restrictions on Exercise. The Participant may not exercise any Option (i) if it is an Incentive Stock Option and the Plan has not been approved by the Stockholders or (ii) if the issuance of Shares upon exercise or the method of payment for those Shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law or Company policy.

4.    Rights as Stockholder. Until such time as the Options have been exercised pursuant to Section 3 and Shares have been issued to the Participant, the Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder, including, without limitation, any right to dividends or other distributions or any right to vote.

5.    Taxes. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require the Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state, local, and foreign taxes of any kind that the Company, in its sole discretion, deems necessary to be withheld or remitted to comply with the Code and/or any other applicable law, rule, or regulation with respect to the Options and, if the Participant fails to do so, the Company may refuse to issue or transfer any Shares otherwise required to be issued pursuant to this Agreement. If the Options granted hereunder constitute Incentive Stock Options and the Participant makes any disposition of Shares delivered upon exercise of such Options under the circumstances described in Section 421(b) of the Code (relating to certain disqualifying dispositions), the Participant must notify the Company of such disposition within 10 days following such disposition.

6.    Non-Transferability. Except as set forth in Section 6.3 of the Plan, the Options may not, at any time prior to being settled, be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold, or otherwise transferred or encumbered by the Participant, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and are exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by him or her (or his or her legal representative in the event of incapacity). Any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer, or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company.

 

A-2


7.    Miscellaneous.

(a)    Clawback. All awards, amounts, and benefits received or outstanding under the Plan will be subject to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, reduction, or other similar action in accordance with the terms of any Company clawback or similar policy or any Applicable Law related to such actions, as may be in effect from time to time. The Participant acknowledges and expressly agrees to the Company’s application, implementation, and enforcement of any applicable Company clawback or similar policy that may apply to the Participant, whether adopted before or after the Grant Date (including the forfeiture, clawback, and detrimental conduct terms contained in Section 13.22 of the Plan as of the Grant Date (and any successor terms)), and any term of Applicable Law relating to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, or reduction of compensation, and the Company may take such actions as may be necessary to effectuate any such policy or Applicable Law, without further consideration or action.

(b)    Compliance with Laws. The grant of Options and the issuance of Shares hereunder shall be subject to, and shall comply with, any applicable requirements of any foreign and U.S. federal and state securities laws, rules, and regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, and in each case any respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) and any other law, rule, regulation, or exchange requirement applicable thereto.

(c)    Successors. The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns, and of the Participant and the beneficiaries, executors, administrators, and heirs of the Participant.

(d)    No Waiver; Amendment. No waiver of any right hereunder by any party shall operate as a waiver of any other right, or as a waiver of the same right with respect to any subsequent occasion for its exercise, or as a waiver of any right to damages. No waiver by any party of any breach of this Agreement shall be held to constitute a waiver of any other breach or a waiver of the continuation of the same breach. This Agreement may be amended at any time by the Committee, except that no amendment may, without the Participant’s consent, materially impair the Participant’s rights under the Award.

(e)    Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, and each other provision of this Agreement shall be severable and enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

(f)    No Right to Service. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as giving the Participant any right to be retained, in any position, as an employee, consultant, or director of the Company or its subsidiaries or shall interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Company or its subsidiaries to remove, terminate, or discharge the Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever.

(g)    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Grant Notice, and the Plan contain the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein and supersede all prior communications, representations, and negotiations with respect thereto.

 

A-3


(h)    Bound by the Plan. By signing this Agreement, the Participant acknowledges that the Participant has received a copy of the Plan and has had an opportunity to review the Plan and agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, this Agreement shall control.

(i)    Governing Law. The Participant acknowledges and expressly agrees to the governing law terms of Section 13.9 of the Plan (and any successor terms) and the jurisdiction and waiver of jury trial terms of Section 13.10 of the Plan (and any successor terms).

(j)    Business Days. If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day that is a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday in the state in which the Company’s principal executive office is located, the time period shall be automatically extended to the business day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday, or holiday.

(k)    Headings. The headings of the Sections hereof are provided for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction, and shall not constitute a part, of this Agreement.

(l)    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(m)    Section 409A of the Code. It is intended that the Options granted pursuant to this Agreement and the provisions of this Agreement be exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A of the Code.

*        *        *         *

 

A-4

Exhibit 10.13

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

THIS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [●], 2021, by and among PowerSchool Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Onex Partners Manager LP (together with its affiliated investment entities, “Onex”) and VEP Group, LLC (together with its affiliated investment entities, “Vista” and together with Onex, the “Lead Sponsors”). This Agreement shall be effective from the date hereof (the “Effective Date”).

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Lead Sponsors collectively own a majority of the outstanding equity interests in the Company;

WHEREAS, the Lead Sponsors are contemplating causing the Company to effect the initial public offering (the “IPO”) of shares of its Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A common stock”);

WHEREAS, the Lead Sponsors currently have the authority to appoint all directors of the Company; and

WHEREAS, in consideration of the Lead Sponsors agreeing to undertake the IPO, the Company has agreed to permit the Lead Sponsors to designate persons for nomination for election to the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) following the Effective Date on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each of the parties to this Agreement agrees as follows:

1. Board Nomination Rights.

(a) From the Effective Date, (A) each Lead Sponsor shall have the right, but not the obligation, to nominate to the Board a number of designees equal to at least: (i) three (3) Directors (as defined below), so long as such Lead Sponsor Beneficially Owns shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B common stock” and together with the Class A common stock, the “Common Stock”) representing at least 25% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, (ii) two (2) Directors, in the event that such Lead Sponsor Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 15% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, and (iii) one (1) Director, in the event that such Lead Sponsor Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock (such persons, the “Nominees”). The Directors shall be divided into three classes of directors, each of whose members shall serve for staggered three-year terms in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation. One Vista nominee and one Onex nominee will be allocated to each of the three classes.


(b) In the event that any Lead Sponsor has nominated less than the total number of designees that such Lead Sponsor shall be entitled to nominate pursuant to Section 1(a), such Lead Sponsor shall have the right, at any time, to nominate such additional designees to which it is entitled, in which case, the Company and the Directors shall take all necessary corporation action, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including with respect to fiduciary duties under Delaware law), to (x) enable such Lead Sponsor to nominate and effect the election or appointment of such additional individuals, whether by increasing the size of the Board or otherwise, and (y) designate such additional individuals nominated by such Lead Sponsor to fill such newly created vacancies or to fill any other existing vacancies.

(c) The Company shall pay all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Nominee in connection with the performance of his or her duties as a director and in connection with his or her attendance at any meeting of the Board.

(d) “Affiliate” of any person shall mean any other person controlled by, controlling or under common control with such person; where “control” (including, with its correlative meanings, “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities, by contract or otherwise); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of either Lead Investor.

(e) “Beneficially Own” shall mean that a specified person has or shares the right, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, to vote and/or dispose of (or to direct the voting and/or disposition of) any shares of capital stock of the Company.

(f) “Director” means any member of the Board.

(g) “Original Amount” means, with respect to either Lead Sponsor, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held, directly or indirectly, by such Lead Sponsor immediately following the closing of the IPO, as such number may be adjusted from time to time for any reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar changes in the Company’s capitalization. As of the Effective Date, the Original Amount of Vista is equal to [____] and the Original Amount of Onex is equal to [____].

(h) “Public Sale” means any sale of Common Stock to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker on a securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act.

(i) “Transfer” means, when used as a verb, to sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise directly or indirectly dispose of, whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law (or, if used as a noun, any such sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or other disposition); provided, that with respect to each of Vista and Onex, a bona fide direct or indirect transfer of limited partnership or other passive equity interests in a limited partnership private equity fund or other investment vehicle affiliated with or managed by Onex Partners Manager LP or Vista Equity Partners Management, LLC or their respective Affiliates, as the case may be, or of any person that holds a direct or indirect passive equity interest in such private equity fund or other investment vehicle, to another partner or to a third party shall not be deemed a Transfer.

 

2


(j) No reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock that each Lead Sponsor Beneficially Owns shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. At the Effective Date, the Board shall be comprised of [●] members, the initial Nominees of Onex shall be [●] and the initial Nominees of Vista shall be [●].

(k) In the event that any Nominee shall cease to serve for any reason, the Lead Sponsor that nominated such Nominee shall be entitled to designate such person’s successor in accordance with this Agreement (regardless of each Lead Sponsor’s Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock at the time of such vacancy) and the Board shall promptly fill the vacancy with such successor nominee; it being understood that any such designee shall serve the remainder of the term of the director whom such designee replaces.

(l) If a Nominee is not appointed or elected to the Board because of such person’s death, disability, disqualification, withdrawal as a nominee or for any other reason is unavailable or unable to serve on the Board, the applicable Lead Sponsor shall be entitled to designate promptly another nominee and the director position for which the original Nominee was nominated shall not be filled pending such designation.

(m) So long as a Lead Sponsor has the right to nominate at least one Nominee under Section 1(a) or any such Nominee is serving on the Board, the Company shall maintain in effect at all times directors and officers indemnity insurance coverage reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Sponsors, and the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws (each as may be further amended, supplemented or waived in accordance with its terms) shall at all times provide for indemnification, exculpation and advancement of expenses to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law.

(n) At any time that a Lead Sponsor shall have any nomination rights under Section 1(a), the Company shall not increase or decrease the number of Directors serving on the Board without the prior written consent of the Lead Sponsors having such rights.

(o) At such time as the Company ceases to be a “controlled company” and is required by applicable law or the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) listing standards to have a majority of the Board comprised of “independent directors” (subject in each case to any applicable phase-in periods), the Nominees shall include a number of persons that qualify as “independent directors” under applicable law and the Exchange listing standards such that, together with any other “independent directors” then serving on the Board that are not Nominees, the Board is comprised of a majority of “independent directors.”; provided that at any time that a Lead Sponsor shall have any nomination rights under Section 1(a), (i) each such Lead Sponsor shall be entitled to nominate at least one (1) Nominee who does not qualify as an “independent director” and (ii) the number of “independent directors” required to be nominated by any Lead Sponsor pursuant to this provision shall not be greater than the number of Nominees required to be “independent directors” pursuant to this provision to be nominated by any other Lead Sponsor with the right to nominate the same number of, or more, Nominees as such Lead Sponsor.

 

3


(p) At any time that a Lead Sponsor shall have any nomination rights under Section 1(a), the Company shall not take any action, including making or recommending any amendment to Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws (each as may be further amended, supplemented or waived in accordance with its terms) that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect a Lead Sponsor’s rights under this Agreement, in each case without the prior written consent of the adversely affected Lead Sponsor.

(q) The Company recognizes that each Nominee (i) will from time to time receive non-public information concerning the Company, and (ii) may share such information with other individuals associated with the Lead Sponsor that designated such Nominee. The Company hereby irrevocably consents to such sharing. Each Lead Sponsor agrees that it will keep confidential and not disclose or divulge to any third party any confidential information regarding the Company it receives from the Company or a Nominee, unless such information (x) is available or becomes available to the public in general, (y) is or has been independently developed or conceived by such Lead Sponsor without use of the Company’s confidential information or (z) is or has been made known or disclosed to such Lead Sponsor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that a Lead Sponsor may disclose confidential information (I) to its Affiliates (other than portfolio companies), (II) to each of its and its Affiliate’s (other than portfolio companies) attorneys, accountants, consultants, advisors and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with evaluating the information, or (III) as may be required by law or legal, judicial or regulatory process or requested by any regulatory or self-regulatory authority or examiner, provided that such Lead Sponsor takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any required disclosure described in this clause (III).

2. Company Obligations. The Company agrees that prior to the date that each Lead Sponsor ceases to Beneficially Own shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, (i) each Nominee is included in the Board’s slate of nominees to the stockholders (the “Board’s Slate”) for each election of members of the Board; and (ii) each Nominee is included in the proxy statement prepared by management of the Company in connection with soliciting proxies for every meeting of the stockholders of the Company called with respect to the election of members of the Board (each, a “Director Election Proxy Statement”), and at every adjournment or postponement thereof, and on every action or approval by written consent of the stockholders of the Company or the Board with respect to the election of members of the Board. Each Lead Sponsor will promptly report to the Company after such Lead Sponsor ceases to Beneficially Own shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, such that the Company is informed of when this obligation terminates. The calculation of the number of Nominees that each Lead Sponsor is entitled to nominate to the Board’s Slate for any election of directors shall be based on the percentage of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock then Beneficially Owned by such Lead Sponsor (“Lead Sponsor Voting Control”) immediately prior to the mailing to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to such election (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities

 

4


and Exchange Commission). Unless a Lead Sponsor notifies the Company otherwise prior to the mailing to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to an election of directors (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission), the Nominees for such election shall be presumed to be the same Nominees currently serving on the Board, and no further action shall be required of any Lead Sponsor for the Board to include such Nominees on the Board’s Slate; provided, that, in the event a Lead Sponsor is no longer entitled to nominate the full number of Nominees then serving on the Board, such Lead Sponsor shall provide advance written notice to the Company of which currently servicing Nominee(s) shall be excluded from the Board Slate, and of any other changes to the list of Nominees. If a Lead Sponsor fails to provide such notice prior to the mailing to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to such election (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission), a majority of the “independent directors” then serving on the Board shall determine which of the Nominees of such Lead Sponsor then serving on the Board will be included in the Board’s Slate. Furthermore, the Company agrees for so long as the Company qualifies as a “controlled company” under the rules of the Exchange the Company will elect to be a “controlled company” for purposes of the Exchange and will disclose in its annual meeting proxy statement that it is a “controlled company” and the basis for that determination. The Company and the Lead Sponsors acknowledge and agree that, as of the Effective Date, the Company is a “controlled company.” The Company agrees to provide written notice of the preparation of a Director Election Proxy Statement to the Lead Sponsors at least 20 business days, but no more than 40 business days, prior to the earlier of the mailing and the filing date of any Director Election Proxy Statement.

3. Committees. From and after the Effective Date hereof until such time as a Lead Sponsor ceases to Beneficially Own Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, such Lead Sponsor shall have the right to designate one member of each committee of the Board, provided that any such designee shall be a Director and shall be eligible to serve on the applicable committee under applicable law or listing standards of the Exchange, including any applicable independence requirements (subject in each case to any applicable exceptions, including those for newly public companies and for “controlled companies,” and any applicable phase-in periods). Any additional members of such committee shall be determined by the Board. Nominees designated to serve on a Board committee shall have the right to remain on such committee until the next election of directors, regardless of the level of Lead Sponsor Voting Control following such designation. Unless a Lead Sponsor notifies the Company otherwise prior to the time the Board takes action to change the composition of a Board committee, and to the extent the applicable Lead Sponsor has the requisite Lead Sponsor Voting Control for such Lead Sponsor to nominate a Board committee member at the time the Board takes action to change the composition of such Board committee, any Nominee currently designated by the applicable Lead Sponsor to serve on such committee shall be presumed to be re-designated for such committee.

4. Amendment and Waiver. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Company and each Lead Sponsor having Beneficially Ownership of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or

 

5


delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law. No Lead Sponsor shall be obligated to nominate all (or any) of the Nominees it is entitled to nominate pursuant to this Agreement for any election of directors but the failure to do so shall not constitute a waiver of its rights hereunder with respect to future elections; provided, however, that in the event a Lead Sponsor fails to nominate all (or any) of the Nominees it is entitled to nominate pursuant to this Agreement prior to the mailing to shareholders of the Director Election Proxy Statement relating to such election (or, if earlier, the filing of the definitive Director Election Proxy Statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission), the Nominating and Corporate Compensation and Nominating Committee of the Board shall be entitled to nominate individuals in lieu of such Nominees for inclusion in the Board’s Slate and the applicable Director Election Proxy Statement with respect to the election for which such failure occurred and such Lead Sponsor shall be deemed to have waived its rights under Section 1 and Section 2 with respect to such election (but solely with respect to such election and not any subsequent election); provided, further, however, that any such waiver shall only be effective if the Company has provided written notice to such Lead Sponsor of such Director Election Proxy Statement no less than 20 business days, and no more than 40 business days, prior to the earlier of the mailing or filing date of such Director Election Proxy Statement. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

5. Benefit of Parties. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may not assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lead Sponsor that Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing at least 5% of the total voting power of the then outstanding Common Stock. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 7 and the last sentence of Section 8(b), nothing herein contained shall confer or is intended to confer on any third party or entity that is not a party to this Agreement any rights under this Agreement.

6. Transfers; Tag-along Rights.

(a) Prior to the 1st anniversary of the Effective Date, no Lead Sponsor shall Transfer any Beneficially Ownership of shares of Common Stock without the prior written consent of the other Lead Sponsor, except for (i) any Transfer pursuant to a Public Sale, (ii) any Transfer for no consideration and (iii) any Transfer to an Affiliate (other than a portfolio company) of such Lead Sponsor.

(b) Following the 1st anniversary of the Effective Date, until such time as either Lead Sponsor Beneficially Owns shares of Common Stock representing less than 10% of the total voting power of the then-outstanding Common Stock, no Lead Sponsor shall Transfer Beneficial Ownership of any shares of Common Stock representing 5% or more of the total number of shares of Common Stock then Beneficially Owned by such Lead Sponsor in a single transaction, a series of related transactions or to parties that are Affiliates of each other, in each case, without the prior written consent of the other Lead Sponsor, except for (i) any Transfer pursuant to a Public Sale,

 

6


(ii) any Transfer for no consideration, (iii) any Transfer to an Affiliate (other than a portfolio company) of such Lead Sponsor and (iv) any Transfer so long as the Transferring Lead Sponsor gives reasonable prior written notice of such Transfer (but in no event less than three (3) business days) to the other Lead Sponsor and the right to participate in such Transfer at the same price and on the same other terms and conditions as the Transferring Lead Sponsor up to its pro rata amount based on each Lead Sponsor’s Original Amount.

7. Assignment. Upon written notice to the Company, each Lead Sponsor may assign to any of its Affiliates (other than a portfolio company) all of its rights hereunder and, following such assignment, such assignee shall be deemed to be a “Lead Sponsor” for all purposes hereunder but no such assignment shall relieve the assignor of any of its obligations hereunder.

8. Indemnification.

(a) The Company shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless each Lead Sponsor, their respective Affiliates, partners, employees, agents, directors, managers, officers and controlling persons (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses, or other obligations of any kind or nature (whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent) in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Indemnified Parties before or after the date of this Agreement (each, an “Action”) arising directly or indirectly out of, or in any way relating to, (i) a Lead Sponsor or its Affiliates’ Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company or control or ability to influence the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than, in the case of any Indemnified Party, any such Actions (x) to the extent such Actions arise out of any breach of this Agreement by such Indemnified Party or its Affiliates or the breach of any fiduciary or other duty or obligation of such Indemnified Party to its direct or indirect equity holders, creditors or Affiliates or (y) to the extent such Actions are directly caused by such Indemnified Party’s willful misconduct), (ii) the business, operations, properties, assets or other rights or liabilities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) any services provided prior, on or after the date of this Agreement by a Lead Sponsor or its Affiliates to the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Company shall defend at its own cost and expense in respect of any Action which may be brought against the Company and/or its Affiliates and the Indemnified Parties. The Company shall defend at its own cost and expense any and all Actions which may be brought in which the Indemnified Parties may be impleaded with others upon any Action by the Indemnified Parties, except that if such Actions shall be proven to be the direct result of gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct by any of the Indemnified Parties, then such Indemnified Party shall reimburse the Company for the costs of defense and other costs incurred by the Company in proportion to such Indemnified Party’s culpability as proven. In the event of the assertion against any Indemnified Party of any Action or the commencement of any Action, the Company shall be entitled to participate in such Action and in the investigation of such Action and, after written notice from the Company to such Indemnified Party, to assume the investigation or defense of such Action with counsel of the Company’s choice at the Company’s expense; provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company may retain one firm of counsel to represent all Indemnified Parties in such Action; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ a single firm of separate counsel (and any

 

7


necessary local counsel) and to participate in the defense or investigation of such Action and the Company shall bear the expense of such separate counsel (and local counsel, if applicable), if (x) in the opinion of counsel to the Indemnified Party use of counsel of the Company’s choice could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest, (y) the Company shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party within a reasonable time after notice of the assertion of any such Action or (z) the Company shall authorize the Indemnified Party to employ separate counsel at the Company’s expense. The Company further agrees that with respect to any Indemnified Party who is employed, retained or otherwise associated with, or appointed or nominated by, a Lead Sponsor or any of its Affiliates and who acts or serves as a director, officer, manager, fiduciary, employee, consultant, advisor or agent of, for or to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, that the Company or such subsidiaries, as applicable, shall be primarily liable for all indemnification, reimbursements, advancements or similar payments (the “Indemnity Obligations”) afforded to such Indemnified Party acting in such capacity or capacities on behalf or at the request of the Company, whether the Indemnity Obligations are created by law, organizational or constituent documents, contract (including this Agreement) or otherwise. The Company hereby agrees that in no event shall the Company or any of its subsidiaries have any right or claim against a Lead Sponsor or any of its Affiliates for contribution or have rights of subrogation against a Lead Sponsor or any of its Affiliates through an Indemnified Party for any payment made by the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to any Indemnity Obligation. In addition, the Company hereby agrees that in the event that a Lead Sponsor or any of its Affiliates pays or advances an Indemnified Party any expenses with respect to an Indemnity Obligation, the Company will, or will cause its subsidiaries to, as applicable, promptly reimburse such Lead Sponsor or its Affiliate, for such payment or advance upon request; subject to the receipt by the Company of a written undertaking executed by the Indemnified Party and such Lead Sponsor or Affiliate to repay any such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that such Indemnified Party was not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. The foregoing right to indemnity shall be in addition to any rights that any Indemnified Party may have at common law or otherwise and shall remain in full force and effect following the termination of this Agreement and the completion or any termination of the engagement or other service relationship of such Indemnified Party acting in such capacity or capacities on behalf or at the request of the Company. If for any reason the foregoing indemnification is unavailable to any Indemnified Party or insufficient to hold it harmless as and to the extent contemplated by this Section 8, then the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the Indemnified Party as a result of such Action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Party, as the case may be, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. This Section 8(a) shall not apply with respect to any taxes, other than taxes that represent causes of action, suits, claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses, or obligations arising from a non-tax claim.

(b) The Company hereby acknowledges that certain of the Indemnified Parties have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by investment funds managed by a Lead Sponsor and certain of their respective Affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees with respect to any indemnification, hold harmless obligation, expense advancement or reimbursement provision or any other similar obligation whether pursuant to or with respect to this Agreement, the

 

8


organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any other agreement, as applicable, (i) that the Company and its subsidiaries are the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., their obligations to the Indemnified Parties are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for claims, expenses or obligations arising out of the same or similar facts and circumstances suffered by any Indemnified Party are secondary), (ii) that the Company shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by any Indemnified Party and shall be liable for the full amount of all expenses, liabilities, obligations, judgments, penalties, fines, and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement, the organizational documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any other agreement, as applicable, without regard to any rights any Indemnified Party may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that the Company, on behalf of itself and each of its subsidiaries, irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all Actions against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of any Indemnified Party with respect to any Action for which any Indemnified Party has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of any Indemnified Party against the Company. The Company agrees that the Fund Indemnitors are express third-party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(b).

9. Headings. Headings are for ease of reference only and shall not form a part of this Agreement.

10. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

11. Jurisdiction. Any suit, action or proceeding seeking to enforce any provision of, or based on any matter arising out of or in connection with, this Agreement may be brought against any of the parties in any federal court located in the State of Delaware or any Delaware state court, and each of the parties hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court (and of the appropriate appellate courts) in any such suit, action or proceeding and waives any objection to venue laid therein. Process in any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on any party anywhere in the world, whether within or without the jurisdiction of any such court. Without limiting the foregoing, each of the parties agrees that service of process upon such party at the address referred to in Section 18, together with written notice of such service to such party, shall be deemed effective service of process upon such party.

12. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

 

9


13. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

14. Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original. This Agreement shall become effective when each party shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by each of the other parties. An executed copy or counterpart hereof delivered by facsimile shall be deemed an original instrument.

15. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

16. Further Assurances. Each of the parties hereto shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts and things as may be required to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

17. Specific Performance. Each of the parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Delaware, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

18. Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any party or to the Company shall be in writing (including email, telecopy or similar writing) and shall be given,

If to the Company:

PowerSchool Holdings, Inc.

150 Parkshore Dr.

Folsom, California 95630

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: 916-596-0950

Email: Darron.Flagg@powerschool.com

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 N. LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60654

Attention: Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

                  Robert E. Goedert, P.C.

Facsimile: (312) 862-2200

Email: rhayward@kirkland.com; rgoedert@kirkland.com

 

10


If to any member of Onex or any of its Nominees:

c/o Onex Partners

161 Bay Street, Suite 4900

Toronto, ON M5J 2S1 Canada

Attention: Laurence Goldberg and David Armstrong

Facsimile: (416) 362-5765

Email: lgoldberg@onex.com and darmstrong@onex.com

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Latham & Watkins LLP

330 North Wabash Avenue, Suite 2800

Chicago, IL 60611

Attention: Shaun D. Hartley

Facsimile: (312) 993-9767

Email: shaun.hartley@lw.com

If to any member of Vista or any of its Nominees:

c/o Vista Equity Partners

4 Embarcadero Center

20th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

Attention: David Breach

                  Christina Lema

Facsimile: (415) 765-6666

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 N. LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60654

Attention: Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

                  Robert E. Goedert, P.C.

Facsimile: (312) 862-2200

Email: rhayward@kirkland.com; rgoedert@kirkland.com

or to such other address or telecopier number as such party or the Company may hereafter specify for the purpose by notice to the other parties and the Company. Each such notice, request or other communication shall be effective when delivered at the address specified in this Section 18 during regular business hours.

 

11


19. Enforcement. Each of the parties hereto covenants and agrees that the disinterested members of the Board have the right to enforce, waive or take any other action with respect to this Agreement on behalf of the Company.

*        *        *         *        *

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

             

Name:
Title:
VEP GROUP, LLC
By:  

             

Name: Robert F. Smith
Title: Managing Member
ONEX PARTNERS MANAGER LP
By: Onex Partners Manager GP ULC, its General Partner
By:  

             

Name:
Title:
By:  

             

Name:
Title:

Exhibit 10.14

EXECUTION VERSION

August 1, 2018

Hardeep Gulati

 

Re:

Offer of Employment with PowerSchool

Dear Hardeep:

As you know, investment funds affiliated with Vista Equity Partners Management, LLC (“Vista”) and Onex Corporation (“Onex” and, collectively with Vista, the “Investors”) contemplate acquiring PowerSchool Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (as such company’s name may change from time to time and such company’s successors and assigns, the “Company”), pursuant to the terms of that certain Securities Purchase and Merger Agreement, dated as of April 15, 2018 (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among Severin Topco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Ultimate Parent”), Promachos Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Pinnacle Holdings I LP, Pinnacle Holdings II LLC, Pinnacle Merger Sub I Corp., a Delaware corporation, Pinnacle Merger Sub II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, each of the equityholders of the Company listed on the signature pages thereto and Vista, solely in its capacity as the representative of the Equityholders (as defined therein) and certain other persons appointed pursuant to Section 9.11 of the Purchase Agreement (the “Transaction”). We are very excited about this opportunity, and value the role that you can serve on our team going forward. This letter sets forth the terms of your employment by the Company following the Transaction.

1. You will be the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, reporting to the Company’s Board of Managers (“Board”). In this capacity, you will have the responsibilities and duties consistent with such position. You may serve on up to two boards of directors with the consent of the Board (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), provided that such services do not interfere in any material respect with your duties or obligations to the Company.

2. Your starting base salary will be $500,000 per year, less deductions and withholdings required by law or authorized by you, and will be subject to review annually for any increases or decreases; provided however,, that any decreases shall not be greater than ten percent (10%) of your then current base salary, which decrease would only be implemented in conjunction with a general decrease affecting the executive management team. Your base salary will be paid by the Company in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices (in effect from time to time).

You will also be eligible to receive a bonus of up to 100% of your average base salary per fiscal year (the “Bonus”). This Bonus will be awarded at the sole discretion of the Board, based on the Board’s determination as to your achievement of predetermined operational and financial objectives (“MBO”s). In addition, you will be eligible for an additional bonus of up to 40% of your base salary per year (the “Stretch Bonus”), awarded at the sole discretion of the Board, based on the Board’s determination as to your achievement of “stretch” targets

 

1


The Bonus formula and associated MBOs shall be established by the Board, in its sole discretion after consultation with you, and communicated in writing (including by e-mail) to you from time to time. Any bonus earned for a fiscal year shall be paid no later than 30 days after completion and approval by the Board of the applicable fiscal year’s final audited financial statements and MBOs. In any event, payment of any bonus that becomes due with respect to a fiscal year shall be paid in the calendar year following the fiscal year in which such bonus was earned, subject, in each case, to your continued employment on the applicable payment date.

3. You will also be eligible to participate in regular health, dental and vision insurance plans and other employee benefit plans established by the Company for its employees from time to time, so long as they remain generally available to the Company’s employees.

4. Your position is based in the Rancho Cordova, California area. Your duties may involve some domestic and international travel.

5.

(a) Management Incentive Units. Upon closing of the Transaction, you will receive that number of units (the “Management Incentive Units” of Ultimate) Parent, which units shall be Management Incentive Units under Ultimate Parent’s Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “LLC Agreement”) and which shall represent approximately 3.0% of the fully converted units of Ultimate Parent at the time of issuance. Such Management Incentive Equity shall be comprised of awards intended to be treated as “profits interests” for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Revenue Procedures 93-27 and 2001-43. The Company will assist you in making a section 83(b) election for the Management Incentive Units.

The Management Incentive Units that you are eligible to receive will be subject to the terms (including, but, not limited to, the vesting terms and the participation threshold) as set forth in the LLC Agreement and a Management Incentive Unit Agreement (the “MIU Agreement”). The grant of such Management Incentive Units is subject to the execution of an MIU Agreement the terms of which MIU Agreement shall control in the event of any conflict with the provisions of this Section 5, provided that such Agreement is consistent with the material provisions of this Section 5. Your Management Incentive Units will vest as follows, each as more fully set forth in the MIU Agreement (it being understood that such vesting shall be subject to your continued employment by the Company):

- sixty percent (60%) of the Management Incentive Units would be subject to time-based vesting over four (4) years, with twenty-five percent (25%) vesting upon the one-year anniversary of your employment and the remainder at a rate of 1/12th per quarter thereafter (the vesting of any such unvested time-based options would be accelerated upon a “Sale of the Company” as such term is defined in the MIU Agreement) (the “Time-Vesting Units”) and

- forty percent (40%) of the Management Incentive Units would vest if the Investors received cumulative cash dividends or other cash contributions and/or net sales proceeds in respect of the Ultimate Parent’s equity securities held by the Investors (“Investors’ Return”) such that Investors’ Return equals or exceeds two and a half times (2.5x) Investors’ aggregate investment in Ultimate Parent and its subsidiaries (calculated pursuant to the formula set forth in the MIU Agreement).

 

2


(b) Repurchase of Management Incentive Units. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the LLC Agreement or any other agreement, in the event of a termination of employment by you for Good Reason, a termination by the Company other than for Cause or a termination on account of your death or Disability, upon receipt of written request by you (or your representative) within 30 days of the later of (1) the date of your termination of employment or (2) the date you receive notice of the applicable Fair Market Value for any proposed repurchase, Ultimate Parent shall not undertake any repurchase of any vested Management Incentive Units, other than in the event the Company determines that grounds for a termination for Cause existed or you engage in a Competitive Activity (as defined in the LLC Agreement, as modified herein), in which case, the timing of the repurchase of such Management Incentive Units shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement. Further, all repurchases of any vested Management Incentive Units must be at Fair Market Value.

(c) Management Co-Invest Units. It is anticipated that, in connection herewith, you will purchase a number of units of Ultimate Parent designated as Management Co-Investment Units (the “Management Co-Invest Units”) having a minimum value of $7,500,000, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement and a subscription agreement, the terms of which agreements shall control in the event of any conflict with the provisions of this Section 5 provided that the material terms of this Section 5 are consistent therewith. The purchase of the Management Co-Invest Units shall be subject to the execution of such subscription agreement, which shall provide, among other things, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the LLC Agreement, if your employment is terminated for any reason, Ultimate Parent shall have the right to repurchase the Management Co-Invest Units for Fair Market Value in accordance with the timing requirements set forth in Section 3.8 of the LLC Agreement (the “Management Co-Invest Unit Repurchase”); provided, that in the event of a termination of employment by you for Good Reason, a termination by the Company other than for Cause, or a termination on account of your death or Disability,, upon receipt of written request by you within 30 days of the later of (1) the date of your termination of employment or (2) the date you receive notice of the applicable Fair Market Value, Ultimate Parent shall not undertake such Management Co-Invest Unit Repurchase, other than in the event the Company determines that grounds for a termination for Cause existed or you engage in a Competitive Activity (as defined in the LLC Agreement, as modified herein), in which case, the timing of the repurchase of such Management Co-invest Units shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement (it being understood that the repurchase price in all cases will be Fair Market Value). You will be permitted to place all or part of your Management Co-Investment Units in an estate planning entity (such as a GRAT) for the benefit of you and your immediate family.

(d) Fair Market Value Determinations. If in connection with any repurchase of your Management Incentive Units or Management Co-Invest Units (collectively, “Repurchased Units”), you dispute the Fair Market Value of your Repurchased Units (as applicable) by written notice within 15 days following your receipt of the initial determination thereof, and within 15 days of receipt of such notice, you and the Company negotiate in good faith and are unable to reach an agreement with respect to such dispute, then the Fair Market Value of such Repurchased Units shall be determined by an appraiser selected by mutual agreement of you and the Company. If you and the Company fail to agree on an appraiser within 30 days of the Company’s receipt of the dispute notice from you, the Company shall select the appraiser (in accordance with the qualifications listed herein). In selecting the appraiser, you and the Company agree that: (I) the appraiser must have no less than ten (10) years of experience in

 

3


determining the valuation of entities engaged in the business conducted by the Company or substantially similar businesses; and (II) the appraiser must not have any conflict of interest (as reasonably determined by both you and the Company). The appraiser shall make the determination of fair market value in accordance with the definition of Fair Market Value. The appraiser shall conduct its determination as promptly as practicable, and such determination shall be final and binding on you and the Company, absent manifest error or fraud; provided, that the Fair Market Value of your Repurchased Units shall be no less than the Fair Market Value proposed by the Company and no greater than the Fair Market Value proposed by you. If the appraiser finds that the Fair Market Value of your Repurchased Units is not more than 110% of the Fair Market Value proposed by the Company, then you shall be responsible for paying 50% of the fees and expenses of the appraiser, and the Company shall be responsible for paying the other 50% of the fees and expenses of the appraiser. If the appraiser finds that the Fair Market Value of your Repurchased Units is more than 110% of the Fair Market Value proposed by the Company, then the Company shall be responsible for paying 100% of the fees and expenses of the appraiser.

6. There are some formalities that you need to complete as a condition of your employment:

- You must carefully consider and sign the Company’s standard “Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement—California” (attached to this letter as Exhibit A). Because the Company and its affiliates are engaged in a continuous program of research, development, production and marketing in connection with their business, we wish to reiterate that it is critical for the Company and its affiliates to preserve and protect its proprietary information and its rights in inventions.

- So that the Company has proper records of inventions that may belong to you, we ask that you also complete Schedule 1 attached to Exhibit A.

- You and the Company mutually agree that any disputes that may arise regarding your employment will be submitted to binding arbitration by the American Arbitration Association. As a condition of your employment, you will need to carefully consider and voluntarily agree to the arbitration clause set forth in Exhibit A.

7. We also wish to remind you that, as a condition of your employment, you are expected to abide by the Company’s, its subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ policies and procedures, which may be amended from time to time, at the Company’s sole discretion.

8. Your employment with the Company is at will. The Company may terminate your employment at any time with or without notice, and for any reason or no reason. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in Exhibit A, you shall be entitled to terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason or no reason by giving notice in writing to the Company of not less than four (4) weeks (“Notice Period”), unless otherwise agreed to in writing by you and the Company. In the event of such notice, the Company reserves the right, in its discretion, to give immediate effect to your resignation in lieu of requiring or allowing you to continue work throughout the Notice Period. You shall continue to be an employee of the Company during the Notice Period, and thus owe to the Company the same duty of loyalty you owed it prior to giving notice of your termination. The Company may, during the Notice Period, relieve you of all of your duties and prohibit you from entering the Company’s offices.

 

4


9. If the Company terminates your employment without “Cause” or you voluntarily terminate your employment for a “Good Reason”, (i) you will be entitled to receive a severance payment equal to twelve (12) months of your then applicable base salary, less deductions and withholdings required by law or authorized by you (the “Severance Pay”). For purposes of this section, “Cause” and “Good Reason” have the meaning set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto. The Company will not be required to pay the Severance Pay unless you (i) execute and deliver to the Company an agreement (“Release Agreement”) in a form satisfactory to the Company releasing from all liability (other than for the Severance Pay contemplated by this letter) the Company, each member of the Company, and any of their respective past or present officers, directors, managers, employees, investors, agents or affiliates, including the Investors, and you do not revoke such Release Agreement during any applicable revocation period (and in all cases within sixty (60) days following the date of your termination of employment) and (ii) have not breached the provisions of Sections 4 through 10 and 16 of Exhibit A, the terms of this letter or any agreement between you and the Company or the provisions of the Release Agreement. The Severance Pay shall be paid in equal monthly installments starting as of the month following the month in which any applicable revocation period for the release described above lapses, provided you have not revoked the release during such revocation period and provided that if the foregoing sixty (60) day period spans two taxable years, payment shall commence in the second year.

10. You shall not make any statement regarding your employment or the termination of your employment (for whatever reason) that is not agreed to by the Company; provided, that you may indicate the following without the Company’s approval: that you worked for the Company, your job title and job function. Except as compelled by applicable law, from and after the Effective Date and following your termination of employment, you shall not make any statement that would libel, slander or disparage the Company, any member of the Company or its affiliates or any of their respective past or present officers, directors, managers, stockholders, employees or agents.

11. While we look forward to a long and profitable relationship, you will be an at-will employee of the Company as described in Section 8 of this letter and Section 3 of Exhibit A. Any statements or representations to the contrary (and, indeed, any statements contradicting any provision in this letter) are, and should be regarded by you, as ineffective. Further, your participation in any benefit program or other Company program, if any, is not to be regarded as assuring you of continuing employment for any particular period of time.

12. Please note that because of employer regulations adopted in the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, within three (3) business days of starting your new position you will need to present documentation establishing your identity and demonstrating that you have authorization to work in the United States. If you have questions about this requirement, which applies to U.S. citizens and non-U.S. citizens alike, you may contact our personnel office.

13. This letter along with its Exhibits and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this letter, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, including but not limited to severance, employment or similar agreements (including, without limitation, that certain Offer of Employment, dated July 17, 2015 as amended), whether oral or written, between or among you and the Company or its predecessor with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

 

5


14. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this letter and the provisions of Exhibit A, the terms of this letter shall prevail.

15. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts otherwise payable hereunder any amounts required to be withheld in respect to federal, state or local taxes.

16. The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this letter be exempt from, or comply with, Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “Code Section 409A”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this letter shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed on you by Code Section 409A or damages for failing to comply with Code Section 409A. A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this letter providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of this letter, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if you are deemed on the date of termination to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any payment or the provision of any benefit that is considered deferred compensation under Code Section 409A payable on account of a “separation from service,” such payment or benefit shall not be made or provided until the date which is the earlier of (A) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of such “separation from service”, and (B) the date of your death, to the extent required under Code Section 409A. For purposes of Code Section 409A, your right to receive any installment payments pursuant to this letter shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. To the extent that reimbursements or other in-kind benefits under this letter constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A, (A) all such expenses or other reimbursements hereunder shall be made on or prior to the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which such expenses were incurred by you, (B) any right to such reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (C) no such reimbursement, expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided in any taxable year shall in any way affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year. Notwithstanding any other provision of this letter to the contrary, in no event shall any payment under this letter that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Code Section 409A.

17. This offer is conditioned on the closing of the Transaction. The effective date of employment under the terms of this offer is expected to be on or about August 3, 2018 but in any event shall not commence prior to the date of closing of the Transaction. If the Purchase Agreement is terminated for any reason prior to the closing of the Transaction, or the closing of the Transaction does not occur, this offer shall be terminated and neither party shall have any obligation to the other by reason of this letter.

 

6


18. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, the LLC Agreement, the MIU Agreement or any other agreement, for all purposes under all of the preceding named agreements, for only you and your successors and assigns, (1) “Competitive Activity” will have the meaning given to such term in Exhibit B, (2) you are restricted in engaging in Competitive Activity for a maximum of two years after your termination of employment with the Company and no negative economic or legal consequences shall follow under any of the aforementioned agreements from your engaging in Competitive Activity after such two year period, and (3) the final clause of the definition of Sale of the Company shall read as follows: having a majority of the voting power or fair market value of the Equity Securities, and (4) for purposes of determining whether a Sale of the Company has occurred, sales or other transfers from entities comprising Onex Partners IV to any other Onex fund entities, from entities comprising Vista Partners VI to any other Vista fund entities and between Onex funds and Vista funds will be counted towards the threshold required for a Sale of the Company to occur. For purposes only of you and your successors and assigns, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the LLC Agreement, the following rules will apply with respect to section 9.3 of the LLC Agreement. The phrase “or (ii) a Transfer between a Vista Investor and an Onex Investor” and the text “(i)” (but not any of the language that follows it) shall each be deleted from the first sentence of section 9.3(a) of the LLC Agreement. The second sentence of section 9.3(c) of the LLC Agreement shall be deemed to read as follows: In the event any Electing Tag-Along Holder other than an Investor or Hardeep Gulati elects to sell a lesser number of Units than such Electing Tag-Along Holder is entitled to sell hereunder, each of the Vista Group, the Onex Group and Hardeep Gulati shall each have the right to sell an additional number of Units equal to, in the case of Hardeep Gulati, his pro-rata portion of the total number of Units held by the Vista Group, the Onex Group and Hardeep Gulati (whose Unit holdings for this purpose shall be calculated assuming an MIU Conversion of his vested Management Incentive Units) and in the in the case of each of the Vista Group and the Onex Group, one half of the remainder, of the aggregate number of Units that all Tag-Along Holders have elected not to sell. Any repurchase under section 3.8 of the LLC Agreement on account of you engaging in Competitive Activity must be completed within one year after the Company becomes aware of the alleged Competitive Activity or else the Company will lose the right to repurchase on account of such Competitive Activity. The Company will use its commercially reasonable best efforts to avoid delaying any repurchase or distribution payments to you on account of failure to comply with credit agreements.

If you decide to accept our offer, and I hope you will, please signify your acceptance of these conditions of employment by signing and dating the enclosed copy of this letter and its Exhibit A and returning them to me, not later than August 1, 2018. Should you have anything that you wish to discuss, please do not hesitate to contact me at **** or jdillon@vistaequitypartners.com.

 

7


By signing this letter and Exhibit A attached hereto, you represent and warrant that you have had the opportunity to seek the advice of independent counsel before signing and have either done so, or have freely chosen not to do so, and either way, you sign this letter voluntarily.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Jack Dillon

Jack Dillon
Director

I have read and understood this letter and Exhibit A attached and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms set forth therein.

 

/s/ Hardeep Gulati

   Date signed:    08/01/18
Signature   
Name: Hardeep Gulati   

LIST OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit A: Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement—California

Exhibit B: Certain Definitions

 

8


EXHIBIT A

Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement - California

(See Attached)

 

9


Execution

EMPLOYMENT AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS AGREEMENT

This Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made effective August 1, 2018 (the “Effective Date”), by and between PowerSchool Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its affiliates and related companies, hereafter referenced as “Company”) and Hardeep Gulati (hereafter referenced as “Employee”).

1. PURPOSE. In connection with Employee’s employment by the Company (the “Employment”), Employee and the Company wish to set forth the terms and conditions under which Employee will be employed by the Company, and certain restrictions applicable to Employee as a result of the Employment with the Company. This Agreement is intended: to allow the parties to engage in the Employment, with the Company giving Employee access to the Company’s customers, employees, and Confidential Information (as that term is defined below); to protect the Company’s business, information, and relationships against unauthorized competition, solicitation, recruitment, use, or disclosure; and to clarify Employee’s legal rights and obligations.

2. THE BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY. The Company is engaged in the business of investing and operating in software and technology-enabled businesses, including a continuous program of research, development, production and marketing (collectively the “Business” of the Company). Employee acknowledges that the Company has a legitimate interest in protecting its Confidential Information, trade secrets, customer relationships, customer goodwill, employee relationships, and the special investment and training given to Employee.

3. “AT WILL” EMPLOYMENT OF EMPLOYEE. Employee shall perform such duties or responsibilities as assigned to Employee from time to time. The Parties acknowledge that Employee’s employment by the Company at all times is and shall remain “at will,” and may be terminated by either Party at any time, with or without notice and with or without cause. Employee acknowledges that but for Employee’s execution of this Agreement, Employee would not be employed by the Company.

 

  a.

Employee acknowledges that Employee’s duties shall entail Employee’s contact with the Company’s customers to whom Employee is introduced, to which Employee is assigned, whose accounts Employee shall oversee, or for which Employee otherwise is directly or indirectly responsible. Employee further acknowledges that Employee will be given the use of the Company’s Confidential Information. Employee acknowledges that the Company’s goodwill with its customers and customer prospects, as well as the Company’s Confidential Information, are among the most valuable assets of the Company’s Business. Accordingly, Employee hereby agrees, acknowledges, covenants, represents and warrants that at all times during Employee’s employment with the Company, Employee will faithfully perform Employee’s duties with the utmost loyalty to the Company, and will owe a fiduciary duty and duty of loyalty to the Company. Employee agrees that during employment, Employee will do nothing disloyal or adverse to the Company or the Company’s Business, or which creates any conflict of interest with the Company or the Business of the Company. Employee will abide by the policies of the Company at all times during Employee’s employment, and acknowledges that the Company may unilaterally change its policies, practices, and procedures at any time, at the sole discretion of the Company. Employee understands and acknowledges that all equipment, communication devices, physical property, documents, information, data bases, furniture, accessories, premises, and any other items provided to Employee by the Company while employed by Company, shall at all times remain the sole property of the Company, and as such, Employee shall have no reasonable expectation of privacy when using such items.


  b.

Employee acknowledges that Employee will be afforded an investment of time, training, money, trust, exposure to the public, or exposure to customers, vendors, suppliers, investors, joint venture partners, or other business relationships of the Company during the course of the Employment, and Employee’s position gives Employee a high level of influence or credibility with the Company’s customers, vendors, suppliers, or other business relationships. Employee understands and acknowledges that Employee will possess specialized skills, learning, abilities, customer contacts, or customer information by reason of working for the Company.

 

  c.

Employee acknowledges that, through Employee’s employment with the Company, Employee may customarily and regularly solicit customers and/or prospective customers for the Company, and/or engage in making sales or obtaining orders or contracts for products or services.

 

  d.

Employee understands that the Company has specifically instructed him/her to refrain from bringing to the Company any documents or materials or intangibles of a former employer or third party that are not in the public domain, or have not been legally transferred or licensed to the Company, or that might constitute the confidential information or trade secrets of a prior employer. Employee agrees that when performing duties on behalf of the Company, he/she will not breach any invention assignment, proprietary information, confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation or other similar agreement with any former employer or other party.

4. DUTY OF LOYALTY. Employee understands that his/her employment and provision of services on behalf of the Company requires Employee’s undivided attention and effort. Accordingly, during Employee’s employment, Employee agrees that he/she will not, without the Company’s express prior written consent, (i) engage in any other business activity, unless such activity is for passive investment purposes not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement and will not require Employee to render any services, (ii) be engaged or interested, directly or indirectly, alone or with others, in any trade, business or occupation in competition with the Company, (iii) take steps, alone or with others, to engage in competition with the Company in the future, or (iv) appropriate for Employee’s own benefit business opportunities pertaining to the Company’s Business.

5. INVENTIONS

 

  a.

Prior Inventions. Attached hereto as Schedule 1 is a complete and accurate list describing all Inventions (as defined below) which were conceived, discovered, created, invented, developed and/or reduced to practice by Employee prior to the commencement of his/her Employment that have not been legally assigned or licensed to the Company (collectively: “Prior Inventions”). If there are no such Prior Inventions, Employee shall initial Schedule 1 to indicate Employee has no Prior Inventions to disclose.

 

Page 2 of 17


Employee acknowledges and agrees that if in the course of Employee’s employment, Employee incorporates or causes to be incorporated into a Company product, service, process, file, system, application or program a Prior Invention, Employee will grant the Company a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide, sublicensable and assignable license to make, have made, copy, modify, make derivative works of, use, offer to sell, sell or otherwise distribute such Prior Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process, file, system, application or program.

 

  b.

Disclosure and Assignment of Inventions. Employee agrees to promptly disclose to the Company in writing all Inventions (as defined below) that Employee conceives, develops and/or first reduces to practice or create, either alone or jointly with others, during the period of Employee’s Employment, whether or not in the course of Employee’s Employment. Except as provided in Section 5.h below, Employee further assigns and agrees to assign all of Employee’s rights, title and interest in the Inventions to the Company. In the event that the Company is unable for any reason to secure Employee’s signature to any document required to file, prosecute, register or memorialize the ownership and/or assignment of any Invention, Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company’s duly authorized officers and agents as Employee’s agents and attorneys-in-fact to act for and on Employee’s behalf and stead to (i) execute, file, prosecute, register and/or memorialize the assignment and/or ownership of any Invention; (ii) to execute and file any documentation required for such enforcement and (iii) do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the filing, prosecution, registration, memorialization of assignment and/or ownership of, issuance of and enforcement of any Inventions, all with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Employee.

Employee acknowledges that he/she is not entitled to use the Inventions for Employee’s own benefit or the benefit of anyone except the Company without written permission from the Company, and then only subject to the terms of such permission. Employee further agrees that Employee will communicate to the Company, as directed by the Company, any facts known to Employee and testify in any legal proceedings, sign all lawful papers, make all rightful oaths, execute all divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, foreign counterparts, or reissue applications, all assignments, all registration applications and all other instruments or papers to carry into full force and effect, the assignment, transfer and conveyance hereby made or to be made and generally do everything possible for title to the Inventions to be clearly and exclusively held by the Company as directed by the Company.

For purposes of this Agreement, “Inventions” means, without limitation, any and all formulas, algorithms, processes, techniques, concepts, designs, developments, technology, ideas, patentable and unpatentable inventions and discoveries, copyrights and works of authorship in any media now known or hereafter invented (including computer programs, source code, object code, hardware, firmware, software, mask work, applications, files, internet site content, databases and compilations, documentation and related items) patents, trade and service marks,

 

Page 3 of 17


logos, trade dress, corporate names and other source indicators and the good will of any business symbolized thereby, trade secrets, know-how, confidential and proprietary information, documents, analyses, research and lists (including current and potential customer and user lists) and all applications and registrations and recordings, improvements and licenses that (i) relate in any manner, whether at the time of conception, design or reduction to practice, to the Company’s Business or its actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; (ii) result from any work performed by Employee on behalf of the Company; or (iii) result from the use of the Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities, Confidential Information or Trade Secrets.

Employee recognizes that Inventions or proprietary information relating to Employee’s activities while working for the Company, and conceived, reduced to practice, created, derived, developed, or made by Employee, alone or with others, within three (3) months after termination of Employee’s employment may have been conceived, reduced to practice, created, derived, developed, or made, as applicable, in significant part while Employee was employed by the Company. Accordingly, Employee agrees that such Inventions and proprietary information shall be presumed to have been conceived, reduced to practice, created, derived, developed, or made, as applicable, during Employee’s employment with the Company and are to be assigned to the Company pursuant to this Agreement and applicable law unless and until Employee has established the contrary by clear and convincing evidence.

 

  c.

Work for Hire. Employee acknowledges and agrees that any copyrightable works prepared by Employee within the scope of Employee’s employment are “works made for hire” under the Copyright Act and that the Company will be considered the author and owner of such copyrightable works. Any copyrightable works the Company specially commissions from Employee while Employee is employed also shall be deemed a work made for hire under the Copyright Act and if for any reason such work cannot be so designated as a work made for hire, Employee agrees to and hereby assigns to the Company, as directed by the Company, all right, title and interest in and to said work(s). Employee further agrees to and hereby grants the Company, as directed by the Company, a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide, sublicensable and assignable license to make, have made, copy, modify, make derivative works of, use, publicly perform, display or otherwise distribute any copyrightable works Employee creates during Employee’s Employment.

 

  d.

Assignment of Other Rights. In addition to the foregoing assignment of Inventions to the Company, Employee hereby irrevocably transfers and assigns to the Company: (i) all worldwide patents, patent applications, copyrights, mask works, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights in any Inventions; and (ii) any and all “Moral Rights” (as defined below) that Employee may have in or with respect to any Inventions. Employee also hereby forever waives and agrees never to assert any and all Moral Rights Employee may have in or with respect to any Inventions, even after termination of Employee’s work on behalf of the Company. “Moral Rights” mean any rights to claim authorship of any Inventions, to object to or prevent the

 

Page 4 of 17


  modification of any Inventions, or to withdraw from circulation or control the publication or distribution of any Inventions, and any similar right, existing under applicable judicial or statutory law of any country in the world, or under any treaty, regardless of whether or not such right is denominated or generally referred to as a “moral right.”

 

  e.

Applicability to Past Activities. To the extent Employee has been engaged to provide services by the Company or its predecessor for a period of time before the effective date of this Agreement (the “Prior Engagement Period”), Employee agrees that if and to the extent that, during the Prior Engagement Period: (i) Employee received access to any information from or on behalf of the Company that would have been proprietary information if Employee had received access to such information during the period of Employee’s Employment with the Company under this Agreement; or (ii) Employee conceived, created, authored, invented, developed or reduced to practice any item, including any intellectual property rights with respect thereto, that would have been an Invention if conceived, created, authored, invented, developed or reduced to practice during the period of Employee’s Employment with the Company under this Agreement; then any such information shall be deemed proprietary information hereunder and any such item shall be deemed an Invention hereunder, and this Agreement shall apply to such information or item as if conceived, created, authored, invented, developed or reduced to practice under this Agreement.

 

  f.

Employee shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that—(A) is made—(i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (B) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

 

  g.

Nothing in this Agreement is intended to conflict with 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) or create liability for disclosures of trade secrets that are expressly allowed by 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b). Accordingly, the parties to this Agreement have the right to disclose in confidence trade secrets to federal, state, and local government officials, or to an attorney, for the sole purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law. The parties also have the right to disclose trade secrets in a document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, but only if the filing is made under seal and protected from public disclosure.

 

  h.

Assignment Exception—California Labor Code § 2870

Section 2870 of the California Labor Code exempts from this assignment provision any invention as to which Employee can prove the following:

 

  i.

It was developed entirely on Employee’s own time; and

 

Page 5 of 17


  ii.

No equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret of the Company or any of its affiliated entities was used in its development; and

 

  iii.

It neither

 

  1.

relates at the time of its conception or reduction to practice to the business of the Company or to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research and development; nor

 

  2.

results from any work performed by Employee for the Company.

The provisions of this Agreement requiring assignment to the Company do not apply to any invention which qualifies fully under the provisions of Section 2870 of the California Labor Code. Employee will advise the Company promptly in writing of any inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements or trade secrets that Employee believes meet the criteria in (i), (ii), and (iii) above; and Employee will at that time provide to the Company in writing all evidence necessary to substantiate that belief. Employee understands that the Company will keep in confidence and will not disclose to third parties without Employee’s consent any confidential information disclosed in writing to the Company relating to inventions that qualify fully under the provisions of Section 2870 of the California Labor Code.

6. NONDISCLOSURE AGREEMENT.

 

  a.

Employee expressly agrees that, throughout the term of Employee’s Employment with the Company and at all times following the termination of Employee’s Employment from the Company, for so long as the information remains confidential, Employee will not use or disclose any Confidential Information, other than for the purpose of carrying out the Employment for the benefit of the Company (but in all cases preserving confidentiality by following the Company’s policies and obtaining appropriate non-disclosure agreements). Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, use or disclose any Confidential Information to third parties, nor permit the use by or disclosure of Confidential Information by third parties. Employee agrees to take all reasonable measures to protect the secrecy of and avoid disclosure or use of Confidential Information in order to prevent it from falling into the public domain or into the possession of any Competing Business or any persons other than those persons authorized under this Agreement to have such information for the benefit of the Company. Employee agrees to notify the Company in writing of any actual or suspected misuse, misappropriation, or unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information that may come to Employee’s attention. Employee acknowledges that if Employee discloses or uses knowledge of the Company’s Confidential Information to gain an advantage for Employee, for any Competing Business, or for any other person or entity other than the Company, such an advantage so obtained would be unfair and detrimental to the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent Employee from disclosing Confidential Information to the extent required, in which case Employee shall provide the Company with written notice as far in advance of such anticipated disclosure as possible. Further, nothing herein, is intended to limit Employee’s right to engage in protected activity or to discuss the terms, wages, and working conditions of his/her employment, as protected by applicable law

 

Page 6 of 17


  b.

Employee expressly agrees that Employee’s duty of non-use and non-disclosure shall continue indefinitely for any information of the Company that constitutes a Trade Secret under applicable law, so long as such information remains a Trade Secret.

7. RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY AND MATERIALS. Any Confidential Information, trade secrets, materials, equipment, information, documents, electronic data, or other items that have been furnished by the Company to Employee in connection with the Employment are the exclusive property of the Company and shall be promptly returned to the Company by Employee, accompanied by all copies of such documentation, immediately when the Employment has been terminated or concluded, or otherwise upon the written request of the Company. Employee shall not retain any copies of any Company information or other property after the Employment ends, and shall cooperate with the Company to ensure that all copies, both written and electronic, are immediately returned to the Company. Employee shall cooperate with Company representatives and allow such representatives to oversee the process of erasing and/or permanently removing any such Confidential Information or other property of the Company from any computer, personal digital assistant, phone, or other electronic device, or any cloud-based storage account or other electronic medium owned or controlled by Employee and used for Company business. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee understands that Employee is allowed to keep a copy of the Company’s employee handbook and personnel records relating to his/her employment.

8. LIMITED NONCOMPETE AGREEMENT. Employee expressly agrees that Employee will not (either directly or indirectly, by assisting or acting in concert with others) Compete with the Company during Employee’s Employment with the Company.

9. NONSOLICITATION OF CUSTOMERS/PROSPECTIVE CUSTOMERS. Employee expressly agrees that during Employee’s Employment with the Company, Employee will not (either directly or indirectly, by assisting or acting in concert with others), on behalf of himself/herself or any other person, business, entity, including but not limited to on behalf of a Competing Business, call upon, solicit, or attempt to call upon or solicit any business from any Customer or Prospective Customer for the purpose of providing services substantially similar to the Services.

10. NONRECRUITMENT OF EMPLOYEES. Employee expressly agrees that during the Restricted Period, Employee will not, on behalf of himself/herself or any other person, business, or entity (either directly or indirectly, by assisting or acting in concert with others), solicit any of the Company’s employees, in an effort to hire such employees away from the Company, or to encourage any of the Company’s employees to leave employment with the Company.

11. REMEDIES; INDEMNIFICATION. Employee agrees that the obligations set forth in this Agreement are necessary and reasonable in order to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests and (without limiting the foregoing) that the obligations set forth in Sections 8, 9 and 10 are necessary and reasonable in order to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests in protecting its Confidential Information, Trade Secrets, customer and employee relationships and the goodwill associated therewith. Employee expressly agrees that due to the unique nature of the Company’s Confidential

 

Page 7 of 17


Information, and its relationships with its Customers and other employees, monetary damages would be inadequate to compensate the Company for any breach by Employee of the covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement. Accordingly, Employee agrees and acknowledges that any such violation or threatened violation shall cause irreparable injury to the Company and that, in addition to any other remedies that may be available in law, in equity, or otherwise, the Company shall be entitled (a) to obtain injunctive relief against the threatened breach of this Agreement or the continuation of any such breach by Employee, without the necessity of proving actual damages; and (b) subject in all cases to California Civil Code §1717, to be indemnified by Employee from any loss or harm; and (c) subject in all cases to California Civil Code §1717, to recover any costs or attorneys’ fees, arising out of or in connection with any breach by Employee or enforcement action relating to Employee’s obligations under this Agreement.

12. INJUNCTIVE RELIEF; TOLLING. Notwithstanding the arbitration provisions contained herein, or anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, Employee understands that the violation of any restrictive covenants of this Agreement may result in irreparable and continuing damage to the Company for which monetary damages will not be sufficient, and agrees that Company will be entitled to seek, in addition to its other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and both before or while an arbitration is pending between the parties under this Agreement, a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or similar injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to preserve the status quo or prevent irreparable injury pending the full and final resolution of the dispute through arbitration, without the necessity of showing any actual damages or that monetary damages would not afford an adequate remedy, and without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The aforementioned injunctive relief shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, legal remedies, monetary damages or other available forms of relief through arbitration proceedings. This Section shall not be construed to limit the obligation for either party to pursue arbitration. The Restricted Period as defined in this Agreement may be extended during the pendency of any litigation (including appeals) or arbitration proceeding, in order to give the Company the full protection of the restrictive covenants as described in this Agreement.

13. DEFINITIONS. For all purposes throughout this Agreement, the terms defined below shall have the respective meanings specified in this section.

 

  a.

“Customer” of the Company shall mean any business or entity with which Employee had Material Contact, for the purpose of providing Services, during the twelve (12) months preceding Employee’s termination date.

 

  b.

“Compete” shall mean to, directly or indirectly, provide Competitive Services, whether Employee is acting on behalf of himself/herself, or in conjunction with or in concert with any other entity, person, or business, including, without limitation, activities performed while working for or on behalf of a Customer.

 

  c.

“Competitive Services” shall mean the business of providing products of services that include SIS, formative assessment, learning management systems, special education, ERP, talent management or professional development functionalities, to students in the K-12 primary school space, and any other services of the type or similar to the type provided, conducted, authorized, or offered by the Company or any predecessor within the two (2) years prior to the termination of your employment.

 

Page 8 of 17


  d.

“Competing Business” shall mean any entity, including but not limited to any person, company, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, organization or other entity that provides Competitive Services.

 

  e.

“Confidential Information” shall mean sensitive business information having actual or potential value to the Company that the Company considers confidential or in the nature of trade secrets that is not generally known to the general public or ascertainable by a Competing Business (other than by Employee’s violation of this Agreement), and which has been disclosed to Employee, or of which Employee will become aware, as a consequence of the Employment with the Company, including, without limitation, any information related to: the Company’s investment strategies, management planning information, business plans, operational methods, market studies, marketing plans or strategies, patent information, business acquisition plans, past, current and planned research and development, formulas, methods, patterns, processes, procedures, instructions, designs, inventions, operations, engineering, services, drawings, equipment, devices, technology, software systems, price lists, sales reports and records, sales books and manuals, code books, financial information and projections, personnel data, names of customers, customer lists and contact information, customer pricing and purchasing information, lists of targeted prospective customers, supplier lists, product/service and marketing data and programs, product/service plans, product development, advertising campaigns, new product designs or roll out, agreements with third parties, or any such similar information. Confidential Information shall also include any information disclosed to the Company by a third party (including, but not limited to, current or prospective customers) that the Company is obliged to treat as confidential. Confidential Information may be in written or non-written form, as well as information held on electronic media or networks, magnetic storage, cloud storage service, or other similar media. The Company has invested and will continue to invest extensive time, resources, talent, and effort to develop its Confidential Information, all of which generates goodwill for the Company. Employee acknowledges that the Company has taken reasonable and adequate steps to control access to the Confidential Information and to prevent unauthorized disclosure, which could cause injury to the Company. This definition shall not limit any broader definition of “confidential information” or any equivalent term under applicable state or federal law.

 

  f.

“Material Contact” shall mean actual contact between Employee and a Customer with whom Employee dealt on behalf of the Company; or whose dealings with the Company were coordinated or supervised by Employee; or who received goods or services from the Company that resulted in payment of commissions or other compensation to Employee; or about whom Employee obtained Confidential Information because of Employee’s Employment with the Company.

 

  g.

“Prospective Customer” shall mean any business or entity with whom Employee had Material Contact, for the purpose of attempting to sell or provide Services, and to whom Employee provided a bid, quote for Services, or other Confidential Information of the Company, during the twelve (12) months preceding Employee’s termination date.

 

Page 9 of 17


  h.

“Restricted Period” shall mean the entire term of Employee’s employment with the Company and a two (2) year period immediately following the termination of Employee’s employment, unless otherwise delineated or described in the “end notes and exceptions’’ at the end of this Agreement.

 

  i.

“Trade Secrets” shall mean the business information of the Company that is competitively sensitive and which qualifies for trade secrets protection under applicable trade secrets laws, including but not limited to the Defend Trade Secrets Act. This definition shall not limit any broader definition of “trade secret” or any equivalent term under any applicable local, state or federal law.

 

  j.

“Services” shall mean the types of work product, processes and work-related activities relating to the Business of the Company performed by Employee during the Employment.

14. MANDATORY ARBITRATION CLAUSE; NO JURY TRIAL. A Party may bring an action in court to obtain a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or other provisional remedy available under California Code of Civil Procedure § 1281.8 in response to any violation or threatened violation of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Agreement, or for any other purpose for which a provisional remedy may be obtained pursuant that statute. Otherwise, Employee expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Company and Employee will utilize binding arbitration to resolve all disputes that may arise out of the employment context.

 

  a.

Both the Company and Employee hereby agree that any claim, dispute, and/or controversy that Employee may have against the Company (or its owners, directors, officers, managers, employees, agents, insurers and parties affiliated with its employee benefit and health plans), or that the Company may have against Employee, arising from, related to, or having any relationship or connection whatsoever to the Employment, shall be submitted to and determined exclusively by binding arbitration under the Federal Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. §§ 1, et seq.) in conformity with the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. Included within the scope of this Agreement are all disputes including, but not limited to, any claims alleging employment discrimination, harassment, hostile environment, retaliation, whistleblower protection, wrongful discharge, constructive discharge, failure to grant leave, failure to reinstate, failure to accommodate, tortious conduct, breach of contract, and/or any other claims Employee may have against the Company for any exemption misclassification, unpaid wages or overtime pay, benefits, payments, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, leave pay, workforce reduction payments, costs or expenses, emotional distress, pain and suffering, or other alleged damages arising out of the Employment or termination. Also included are any claims based on or arising under Title VII, 42 USC Section 1981, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, all as amended, or any other state or federal law or regulation, equitable law, or otherwise relating in any way to the employment relationship.

 

  b.

Nothing herein, however, shall prevent Employee from filing and pursuing proceedings before the United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or similar local, state, or federal agency (although if Employee chooses to pursue any type of claim for relief following the exhaustion of such administrative remedies, such claim would be subject to resolution under these mandatory arbitration provisions). In addition, nothing herein shall prevent Employee from filing an administrative claim for unemployment benefits or workers’ compensation benefits.

 

Page 10 of 17


  c.

Nothing in the confidentiality or nondisclosure or other provisions of this Agreement shall be construed to limit Employee’s right to respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process or from initiating communications directly with, or responding to any inquiry from, or providing testimony before, any self-regulatory organization or state or federal regulatory authority, regarding the Company, Employee’s Employment, or this Agreement. Employee is not required to contact the Company regarding the subject matter of any such communications before engaging in such communications. Employee also understands that Employee shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that: (1) is made (a) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and (b) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (2) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. Employee also understands that disclosure of trade secrets to attorneys, in legal proceedings if disclosed under seal, or pursuant to court order is also protected under 18 U.S. Code §1833 when disclosure is made in connection with a retaliation lawsuit based on the reporting of a suspected violation of law.

 

  d.

In addition to any other requirements imposed by law, the arbitrator selected shall be a qualified individual mutually selected by the Parties, and shall be subject to disqualification on the same grounds as would apply to a judge. All rules of pleading, all rules of evidence, all statutes of limitations, all rights to resolution of the dispute by means of motions for summary judgment, and judgment on the pleadings shall apply and be observed. Resolution of the dispute shall be based solely upon the law governing the claims and defenses pleaded, and the arbitrator may not invoke any basis (including but not limited to, notions of “just cause”) other than such controlling law. Likewise, all communications during or in connection with the arbitration proceedings are privileged. Subject in all cases to Cal Civil Code §1717, the arbitrator shall have the authority to award appropriate substantive relief under relevant laws, including the damages, costs and attorneys’ fees that would be available under such laws.

 

  e.

Employee’s initial share of the arbitration fee shall be in an amount equal to the filing fee as would be applicable in a court proceeding, or $100, whichever is less. Beyond the arbitration filing fee, Employer will bear all other fees, expenses and charges of the arbitrator.

 

  f.

Employee understands and agrees that all claims against the Company must be brought in Employee’s individual capacity and not as a plaintiff or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding. However, that nothing in this Agreement prevents Employee from bringing a representative lawsuit or proceeding

 

Page 11 of 17


  as permitted by the California Labor Code’s Private Attorneys General Act of 2004. Employee understands that there is no right or authority for any dispute to be heard or arbitrated on a collective action basis, class action basis or on bases involving claims or disputes brought in a representative capacity on behalf of the general public, on behalf of other Company employees (or any of them) or on behalf of other persons alleged to be similarly situated. Employee understands that there are no bench or jury trials and no class actions or representative actions permitted under this Agreement. The Arbitrator shall not consolidate claims of different employees into one proceeding, nor shall the Arbitrator have the power to hear an arbitration as a class action, collective action, or representative action. The interpretation of this subsection shall be decided by a judge, not the Arbitrator. Notwithstanding the provisions in Paragraph 21 below, this subparagraph (f) is material to the arbitration provisions of Paragraph 14 herein and cannot be severed from Paragraph 14. In the event it is determined that this subparagraph (f) is unenforceable with regard to a claim, dispute and/or controversy as set forth in subparagraph (a) above, this will render Paragraph 14 unenforceable in its entirety. Severance of Paragraph 14 from the Agreement shall not affect the enforcement of the remainder of the Agreement.

 

  g.

Procedure. Employee and Company agree that prior to the service of an Arbitration Demand, the parties shall negotiate in good faith for a period of thirty (30) days in an effort to resolve any arbitrable dispute privately, amicably and confidentially. To commence an arbitration pursuant to this Agreement, a party shall serve a written arbitration demand (the “Demand”) on the other party by hand delivery or via overnight delivery service (in a manner that provides proof of receipt by respondent). The Demand shall be served before expiration of the applicable statute of limitations. The Demand shall describe the arbitrable dispute in sufficient detail to advise the respondent of the nature and basis of the dispute, state the date on which the dispute first arose, list the names and addresses of every person whom the claimant believes does or may have information relating to the dispute, including a short description of the matter(s) about which each person is believed to have knowledge, and state with particularity the relief requested by the claimant, including a specific monetary amount, if the claimant seeks a monetary award of any kind. If respondent does not provide a written Response to the Demand, all allegations will be considered denied. The parties shall confer in good faith to attempt to agree upon a suitable arbitrator, and if unable to do so, they will select an arbitrator from the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”)’s employment arbitration panel for the area in which Employee works and/or resides. The arbitrator shall allow limited discovery, as appropriate in his or her discretion. The arbitrator’s award shall include a written reasoned opinion.

 

  h.

Unless Employee initials in the space at the end of this paragraph, Employee understands, agrees, and consents to this binding arbitration provision, and Employee and the Company hereby each expressly waive the right to trial by jury of any claims arising out of Employment with the Company. By initialing below, Employee opts out of the binding arbitration provisions of Paragraph 14, including the class action waiver. Employee’s Initials:                         

 

Page 12 of 17


15. NOTICE OF VOLUNTARY TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Unless otherwise stated in Employee’s offer letter of employment, Employee agrees to use reasonable efforts to provide the Company fourteen (14) days written notice of Employee’s intent to terminate Employee’s Employment; provided, however, that this provision shall not change the at-will nature of the employment relationship between Employee and the Company. It shall be within the Company’s sole discretion to determine whether Employee should continue to perform services on behalf of the Company during this notice period.

16. NON-DISPARAGEMENT. During and after Employee’s Employment with the Company, except to the extent compelled or required by law, Employee agrees he/she shall not disparage the Company, its customers and suppliers or their respective officers, directors, agents, servants, employees, attorneys, shareholders, successors or assigns or their respective products or services, in any manner (including but not limited to, verbally or via hard copy, websites, blogs, social media forums or any other medium); provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent Employee from: engaging in concerted activity relative to the terms and conditions of Employee’s Employment and in communications protected under the National Labor Relations Act, filing a charge or providing information to any governmental agency, or from providing information in response to a subpoena or other enforceable legal process or as otherwise required by law.

17. NOTIFICATION OF NEW EMPLOYER. Before Employee accepts Employment or enters into any consulting, independent contractor, or other professional or business engagement with any other person or entity while Section 10 of this Agreement is in effect, Employee will provide such person or entity with written notice of Section 10 and will deliver a copy of that notice to the Company. While Sections 10 of this Agreement is in effect, Employee agrees that, upon the request of the Company, Employee will furnish the Company with the name and address of any new employer or entity for whom Employee provides contractor or consulting services, as well as the capacity in which Employee will be employed or otherwise engaged. Employee hereby consents to the Company’s notifying Employee’s new employer about Employee’s responsibilities, restrictions and obligations under this Agreement.

18. REIMBURSEMENT TO COMPANY. To the extent allowed by applicable law, Employee agrees to reimburse the Company for any amounts due as a result of the Employment, including, but not limited to, any unused business expense advances, charges for Company property that Employee fails to return when requested or that Employee lost or damaged as the result of a dishonest, willful or grossly negligent act, and any other charges incurred that are payable to the Company. Employee agrees to enter into a repayment arrangement and execute instruments or documents as may be provided by Company to effectuate this provision.

19. NO RIGHTS GRANTED. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as granting to Employee any rights under any patent, copyright, or other intellectual property right of the Company, nor shall this Agreement grant Employee any rights in or to Confidential Information of the Company other than the limited right to review and use such Confidential Information solely for the purpose of participating in the Employment for the benefit of the Company.

20. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement will be binding upon Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, its assigns and licensees. This Agreement, and Employee’s rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by Employee; however, the Company may assign its rights hereunder without Employee’s consent, whether in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of any or all of its business or assets or otherwise.

 

Page 13 of 17


21. SEVERABILITY AND REFORMATION. Employee and the Company agree that if any particular paragraphs, subparagraphs, phrases, words, or other portions of this Agreement are determined by an appropriate court, arbitrator, or other tribunal to be invalid or unenforceable as written, they shall be modified as necessary to comport with the reasonable intent and expectations of the parties and in favor of providing maximum reasonable protection to the Company’s legitimate business interests. Such modification shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Agreement. If such provisions cannot be modified to be made valid or enforceable, then they shall be severed from this Agreement, and all remaining terms and provisions shall remain enforceable.

22. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT. This Agreement, together with the Employment Agreement dated August 1, 2018 between Employee and the Company (the “Employment Agreement”) contain the entire agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matters contained herein. No term of this Agreement may be amended or modified unless made in writing and executed by both Employee and an authorized agent of the Company. This Agreement replaces and supersedes all prior representations, understandings, or agreements, written or oral, between Employee and the Company with regard to restrictive covenants, post-employment restrictions, and mandatory arbitration, except that to the extent of any inconsistencies, duplicate provisions (that is, provisions covering the same concepts or issues) or other conflicts with the Employment Agreement, the Employment Agreement will govern in all cases and the inconsistent, duplicate or conflicting provisions of this Agreement will be of no force or effect. For the avoidance of doubt, documents or portions of documents incorporated into the Employment Agreement will be considered part of the Employment Agreement for purposes of this Agreement.

23. WAIVER. Failure to fully enforce any provision of this Agreement by either Party shall not constitute a waiver of any term hereof by such Party; no waiver shall be recognized unless expressly made in writing, and executed by the Party that allegedly made such waiver.

24. CONSTRUCTION. The Parties agree that this Agreement has been reviewed by each Party, each Party had an opportunity to make suggestions about the provisions of the Agreement, and each Party had sufficient opportunity to obtain the advice of legal counsel on matters of contract interpretation, if desired. The Parties agree that this Agreement shall not be construed or interpreted more harshly against one Party merely because one Party was the original drafter of the Agreement.

25. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same legally recognized instrument.

26. THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES. Employee specifically acknowledges and agrees that the direct and indirect subsidiaries, parents, owners, and affiliated companies of the Company are intended to be beneficiaries of this Agreement and shall have every right to enforce the terms and provisions of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

27. NOTICES. Notices regarding this Agreement shall be sent via email or to the mailing addresses of the Parties as set forth in the signature block to this Agreement.

 

Page 14 of 17


28. GOVERNING LAW AND FORUM SELECTION. With the exception of the arbitration requirements set forth herein, this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California. Any non-arbitration-covered disputes shall be resolved under the substantive laws of the State of California.

 

Page 15 of 17


The Parties have executed this Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement, which is effective as of the Effective Date written above.

 

For Employee:        For Company:   
Signature:  

/s/ Hardeep Gulati

     Signature:   

/s/ Jack Dillon

Printed Name:   Hardeep Gulati      Printed Name:    Jack Dillon
Address:  

 

     Address:   

180 N Stetson Ave Ste 4000

 

    

    Chicago IL 60601

Email:  

hardeep.gulati@powerschool.com

     Title:    Director
Date:  

07/31/2018

     Date:   

7/31/2018


EXHIBIT B

Certain Definitions

Cause” means any of the following: (i) a material failure by you to perform your responsibilities or duties to the Company under this Agreement or those other responsibilities or duties as requested from time to time by the Board, after demand for performance has been given by the Board that identifies how you have not performed your responsibilities or duties, it being understood that any duty or responsibility described in this clause (i) must be both reasonable and lawful; (ii) your engagement in illegal conduct or in gross misconduct; (iii) your conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; (iv) a material breach of your duty of loyalty to the Company or your material breach of the Company’s written code of conduct and business ethics or Sections 4 through 10 and 16 of the Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement - California, or any other agreement between you and the Company; (vi) dishonesty intended to result in your substantial personal enrichment, fraud intended to result in your substantial personal enrichment, gross negligence committed without regard to corrective direction in the course of discharge of your lawful and reasonable duties as an employee; (vii) personal bankruptcy or insolvency; or (viii) excessive and unreasonable absences from your duties for any reason (other than authorized vacation or sick leave or as a result of your Disability (as defined below)). Before you may be terminated for Cause, (i) the Company must first give you a written explanation specifying the basis for the Company’s belief that it is entitled to terminate your employment for Cause, (ii) you must have thirty (30) days following delivery of such notice to cure such event, and (iii) failing such cure, the Company must actually terminate your employment within sixty (60) days of the date the Company delivered such written explanation to you.

Competitive Activity” means your directly or indirectly, owning, managing, operating, joining, controlling, being employed by, or participating in the ownership, management, operation or control of, or being connected in any manner with any Restricted Enterprise (as defined below); provided, that, in no event shall (X) ownership by you of two percent or less of the outstanding securities of any class of any issuer whose securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, standing alone, be prohibited, so long as you do not have, or exercise, any rights to manage or operate the business of such issuer other than rights as a shareholder thereof or (Y) being employed by an entity, standing alone, be prohibited, so long as the entity has more than one discrete and readily distinguishable part of its business and your duties are not at or involving the part of the entity’s business that is actively engaged in a Restricted Enterprise. For purposes of this paragraph, “Restricted Enterprise” means any person or entity that is engaged, directly or indirectly, in (or intends or proposes to engage in, or has been organized for the purpose of engaging in) the provision of products or services to students in the K-12 primary school and higher education space, or any other specific products or services that, as of your employment termination date, the Company has taken substantial and meaningful steps to develop and market and such products or services actually are brought to market in a material and meaningful manner within 12 months after your employment termination date.

 

10


Disability” means your inability to perform the essential functions of your job, with or without accommodation, for an extended period but not less than sixty (60) business days in any consecutive six (6) month period, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board.

Good Reason” means that you voluntarily terminate your employment with the Company if there should occur, without your written consent:

(a) a material, adverse change in your duties or responsibilities with the Company;;

(b) a one-time reduction in your base salary by more than ten percent (10%) or a one-time reduction in your base salary by less than ten percent (10%) which is not applied to similarly ranked employees;

(c) the relocation of your principal office for the Company (for purposes of clarity, other than reasonable travel in the course of performing your duties for the Company) to a location more than fifty (50) miles from Rancho Cordova, California; and/or

(d) the material breach by the Company of any offer letter or employment agreement between you and the Company;

provided, however, that in each case above, (i) you must first give the Company written notice of any of the foregoing within ninety (90) days following the first occurrence of such event in a written explanation specifying the basis for your belief that you are entitled to terminate your employment for Good Reason, (ii) the Company must have thirty (30) days following delivery of such notice to cure such event, and (iii) failing such cure, you actually resign your employment within sixty (60) days of the date you delivered such written explanation to the Company.

All references to the Company in these definitions shall include parent, subsidiary, affiliate and successor entities of the Company.

 

11

Exhibit 10.15

March 18, 2020

Re: Employment with PowerSchool Group LLC

Dear Eric:

This letter sets forth the terms of your employment by PowerSchool Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (as such company’s name may change from time to time and such company’s successors and assigns, the “Company”). We are very excited about this opportunity and value the role that you can serve on our team going forward. This letter sets forth the terms of your employment by the Company.

1. You will be the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, reporting to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. In this capacity, you will have the responsibilities and duties consistent with such position.

2. Your starting base salary will be $400,000 per year, less deductions and withholdings required by law or authorized by you, and will be subject to review annually for any increases or decreases (the “Base Salary”); provided, however, that any decreases shall not be greater than ten percent (10%) of your then current base salary, which decrease would only be implemented in conjunction with a general decrease affecting the executive management team. Your Base Salary will be paid by the Company in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices as in effect from time to time.

With respect to your bonus opportunities for the 2020 calendar year, you will be eligible to receive a bonus of up to 50% of your Base Salary, pro-rated for the portion of the 2020 calendar year you are employed by the Company (the “2020 Bonus”). The 2020 Bonus will be awarded at the sole discretion of the Board of Managers based on the Board’s determination as to your achievement of predetermined management by objectives (“MBO”s). In addition, you will be eligible for the 2020 calendar year for an additional bonus of up to 50% of your Base Salary, pro-rated for the portion of the 2020 calendar year you are employed by the Company (the “2020 Stretch Bonus”) The 2020 Stretch Bonus will be awarded at the sole discretion of the Board of Managers, based on the Board’s determination as to your achievement of “stretch” targets.

With respect to your bonus opportunities for each bonus period beginning on and after January 1, 2021, you will be eligible to receive a bonus of up to 50% of your Base Salary (the “Bonus”). The Bonus will be awarded at the sole discretion of the Board of Managers of the Company (the “Board”), based on the Board’s determination as to your achievement of predetermined thresholds which may include, but are not limited to, MBOs and financial targets such as revenue, recurring revenue, gross profit and/or EBITDA targets. In addition, you will be eligible each fiscal year beginning on and after January 1, 2021 for an additional bonus of up to 50% of your Base Salary, awarded at the sole discretion of the Board, based on the Board’s determination as to your achievement of “stretch” targets.

The bonus formulas, MBOs, performance milestones and all other elements of your bonus opportunities shall be established by the Board in its sole discretion, and communicated in writing (including by e-mail) to you from time to time. Any bonus earned for a fiscal year shall be paid within thirty (30) days after the Board has received, reviewed and approved the applicable fiscal year’s final audited financial statements. In any event, payment of any bonus that becomes due with respect to a fiscal year shall be paid in the calendar year following the fiscal year in which such bonus was earned, subject, in each case, to your continued employment on the applicable payment date.

 

1


3. You will also be eligible to participate in regular health, dental and vision insurance plans and other employee benefit plans established by the Company applicable to executive-level employees from time to time, so long as they remain generally available to the Company’s executive-level employees.

4. Your position currently is based in Folsom, California. Your duties may involve extensive domestic and international travel. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that you will relocate yourself to the Folsom, California area by July 6, 2020. You shall be reimbursed for the reasonable costs of your relocation in a gross amount up to $25,000, including, but not limited to, moving costs, storage costs, temporary living expenses and real estate broker’s fees on the sale of your home, which $25,000 limit shall include the reasonable costs of two round-trip flights for you and your spouse to visit Folsom in connection with your relocation; provided, that any such expenses shall be documented and provided, further, that such expenses shall not include any losses (whether or not realized) incurred by you in connection with the sale of your existing residence.

5. You will be eligible to receive a certain amount of incentive equity (the “Incentive Equity”) of Severin Topco, LLC, an indirect parent of the Company (as such company’s name may change from time to time and such company’s successors and assigns, “Parent”), which Incentive Equity shall be issued under Parent’s Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated August 1, 2018 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “LLC Agreement”) and which shall represent approximately $7 million of equity at work. Incentive Equity shall be comprised of awards intended to be treated as “profits interests” for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Revenue Procedures 93-27 and 2001-43.

The Incentive Equity that you are eligible to receive will be subject to the terms (including, but not limited to, the vesting terms and the participation thresholds, as the case may be) as set forth in the LLC Agreement and the grant agreement to which you will be a party (the “Grant Agreement”). Any grant of Incentive Equity is subject to Parent’s Board of Managers’ approval and the execution of any applicable Grant Agreement. Our intent to recommend such approval is not a promise of compensation and is not intended to create any obligation on the part of the Company or Parent. Further details on the Incentive Equity and any specific grant of Incentive Equity to you will be provided upon approval of such grant by the Board of Managers of Parent.

Your Incentive Equity, if granted, will vest as follows, each as more fully set forth in the Grant Agreement (it being understood that such vesting shall be subject to your continued employment by the Company through the applicable vesting event):

 

   

60% of the Incentive Equity would be subject to time-based vesting over four (4) years, with 25% vesting upon the date that is twelve (12) months after your first date of employment by the Company and an additional six and one-fourth percent (6 1/4 %) of such incentive service units vesting at the end of each full three (3) calendar month period thereafter (the vesting of any such unvested time-based Incentive Equity would be accelerated upon a change of control of Parent); and

 

   

40% of the Incentive Equity would vest if the Investors received cumulative cash dividends or other cash contributions and/or net sales proceeds in respect of Parent’s equity securities held by the Investors (“Investors’ Return”) such that Investors’ Return equals or exceeds two and a half times (2.5x) Investors’ aggregate investment in Parent and its subsidiaries (calculated pursuant to the formula set forth in the Grant Agreement)

Notwithstanding anything in the LLC Agreement, the Grant Agreement or this letter to the contrary, in the event that such sales proceeds include non-cash consideration, the value of such non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Managers of Parent in its good faith discretion in order to determine if the above vesting thresholds have been met. If such thresholds have been met, you will receive an equal proportion of your proceeds from the sale of any equity interests of Parent in such non-cash consideration.

 

2


6. There are some formalities that you need to complete as a condition of your employment:

 

   

You must carefully consider and sign the Company’s standard “Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement—California” (attached to this letter as Exhibit A). Because the Company and its affiliates are engaged in a continuous program of research, development, production and marketing in connection with their business, we wish to reiterate that it is critical for the Company and its affiliates to preserve and protect its proprietary information and its rights in inventions.

 

   

So that the Company has proper records of inventions that may belong to you, we ask that you also complete Schedule 1 attached to Exhibit A.

 

   

You and the Company mutually agree that any disputes that may arise regarding your employment will be submitted to binding arbitration by the American Arbitration Association. As a condition of your employment, you will need to carefully consider and voluntarily agree to the arbitration clause set forth in Section 14 of Exhibit A.

7. We also wish to remind you that, as a condition of your employment, you are expected to abide by Parent’s, the Company’s, and their direct and indirect subsidiaries’ policies and procedures, which policies and procedures may be amended from time to time, at the Company’s sole discretion and employees will be notified of any amendments to such policies and procedures.

8. Your employment with the Company is at will. The Company may terminate your employment at any time with or without notice, and for any reason or no reason. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in Exhibit A, you shall be entitled to terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason or no reason by giving notice in writing to the Company of not less than four (4) weeks (“Notice Period”), unless otherwise agreed to in writing by you and the Company. In the event of such notice, the Company reserves the right, in its discretion, to give immediate effect to your resignation in lieu of requiring or allowing you to continue work throughout the Notice Period; provided, that the Company pays your Base Salary in lieu of the Notice Period. You shall continue to be an employee of the Company during the Notice Period, and thus owe to the Company the same duty of loyalty you owed it prior to giving notice of your termination. The Company may, during the Notice Period, relieve you of all of your duties and prohibit you from entering the Company’s offices.

9. If the Company terminates your employment without “Cause” or you voluntarily terminate your employment for a “Good Reason”, you will be entitled to receive a severance payment equal to six (6) months of your then applicable Base Salary and, at the sole discretion of the Board, a pro-rated portion of any bonus that may have been earned by you during the fiscal year in which such termination occurs, based on actual performance and paid when bonuses are otherwise paid for such fiscal year (but in any event, no later than March 15th of the year following the year in respect of which such bonus is earned), in each case, less deductions and withholdings required by law or authorized by you (the “Severance Pay”). For purposes of this section, “Cause” and “Good Reason” have the meaning set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto. The Company will not be required to pay the Severance Pay unless (a) you execute and deliver to the Company an agreement (“Release Agreement”) in a form satisfactory to the Company releasing from all liability (other than the payments and benefits contemplated by this letter) the Company, each member of the Company, and any of their respective past or present officers, directors, managers, employees investors, agents or

 

3


affiliates, including Vista, and you do not revoke such Release Agreement during any applicable revocation period, (b) such Release Agreement is executed and delivered (and no longer subject to revocation, if applicable) within sixty (60) days following the date of your termination of employment, and (c) you have not breached the provisions of Sections 4 through 10 and 16 of Exhibit A, the terms of this letter or any agreement between you and the Company or the provisions of the Release Agreement. If the Release Agreement is executed and delivered and no longer subject to revocation as provided in the preceding sentence, then the Severance Pay shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices at the time of termination and commencing as soon as reasonably practicable following the date such Release Agreement becomes effective (and is no longer subject to revocation); provided that if the sixty (60) day period described in (b) above spans two (2) taxable years, such Severance Pay shall commence on the sixtieth (60th) day following your termination of employment. The first payment of Severance Pay shall include payment of all amounts that otherwise would have been due prior thereto under the terms of this letter had such payments commenced immediately upon your termination of employment, and any payments made thereafter shall continue as provided herein.

10. You shall not make any statement that would libel, slander or disparage the Company, any member of the Company or its affiliates or any of their respective past or present officers, directors, managers, stockholders, employees or agents.

11. While we look forward to a long and profitable relationship, you will be an at-will employee of the Company as described in Section 8 of this letter and Section 3 of Exhibit A. Any statements or representations to the contrary (and, indeed, any statements contradicting any provision in this letter) are, and should be regarded by you, as ineffective. Further, your participation in any benefit program or other Company program, if any, is not to be regarded as assuring you of continuing employment for any particular period of time.

12. Please note that because of employer regulations adopted in the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, within three (3) business days of starting your new position you will need to present documentation establishing your identity and demonstrating that you have authorization to work in the United States. If you have questions about this requirement, which applies to U.S. citizens and non-U.S. citizens alike, you may contact our personnel office.

13. It should also be understood that all offers of employment are conditioned on the Company’s completion of a satisfactory background check, including a drug screening process. The Company reserves the right to perform background checks during the term of your employment, subject to compliance with applicable laws. You will be required to execute forms authorizing such a background check.

14. This letter along with its Exhibits and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this letter, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, including but not limited to severance, employment or similar agreements, whether oral or written, between or among you and the Company or its predecessor with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

15. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this letter and the provisions of Exhibit A, the terms of this letter shall prevail.

16. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts otherwise payable hereunder any amounts required to be withheld in respect to federal, state or local taxes.

 

4


17. The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this letter be exempt from or comply with Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “Code Section 409A”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this letter shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed on you by Code Section 409A or damages for failing to comply with Code Section 409A. A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this letter providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of this letter, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if you are deemed on the date of termination to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any payment or the provision of any benefit that is considered deferred compensation under Code Section 409A payable on account of a “separation from service,” such payment or benefit shall not be made or provided until the date which is the earlier of (A) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of such “separation from service”, and (B) the date of your death, to the extent required under Code Section 409A. For purposes of Code Section 409A, your right to receive any installment payments pursuant to this letter shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. To the extent that reimbursements or other in-kind benefits under this letter constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A, (a) all such expenses or other reimbursements hereunder shall be made on or prior to the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which such expenses were incurred by you, (b) any right to such reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (c) no such reimbursement, expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided in any taxable year shall in any way affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year. Notwithstanding any other provision of this letter to the contrary, in no event shall any payment under this letter that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Code Section 409A.

18. The effective date of employment under the terms of this offer is expected to be on or about April 6, 2020. If you decide to accept the terms of this letter, and I hope you will, please signify your acceptance of these conditions of employment by signing and dating the enclosed copy of this letter and its Exhibit A and returning them to me, not later than March 20, 2020. Should you have anything that you wish to discuss, please do not hesitate to contact me at **** or hardeep.gulati@powerschool.com.

 

5


By signing this letter and Exhibit A attached hereto, you represent and warrant that you have had the opportunity to seek the advice of independent counsel before signing and have either done so, or have freely chosen not to do so, and either way, you sign this letter voluntarily.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Hardeep Gulati

Hardeep Gulati
Chief Executive Officer

I have read and understood this letter and Exhibit A attached and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms set forth therein.

 

/s/ Eric Shander

   

Date signed: 3/19/2020

Signature      
Name: Eric Shander      

LIST OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit A: Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement - California

Exhibit B: Certain Definitions

 

6


EXHIBIT A

Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement - California

(See Attached)

 

Page 1 of 12


EMPLOYMENT AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS AGREEMENT – CALIFORNIA

This Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made effective March 18, 2020 (the “Effective Date”), by and between PowerSchool Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with its affiliates and related companies, hereafter referenced as “Company”) and Eric Shander (hereafter referenced as “Employee”) (each of the Company and Employee a “Party”, and collectively, the “Parties”).

1. PURPOSE. In connection with Employee’s employment by the Company (the “Employment”), Employee and the Company wish to set forth the terms and conditions under which Employee will be employed by the Company, and certain restrictions applicable to Employee as a result of the Employment with the Company. This Agreement is intended: to allow the parties to engage in the Employment, with the Company giving Employee access to the Company’s customers, employees, and Confidential Information (as that term is defined below); to protect the Company’s business, information, and relationships against unauthorized competition, solicitation, recruitment, use, or disclosure; and to clarify Employee’s legal rights and obligations.

2. THE BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY. The Company is engaged in the business of investing and operating in software and technology-enabled businesses, including a continuous program of research, development, production and marketing (collectively the “Business” of the Company). Employee acknowledges that the Company has a legitimate interest in protecting its Confidential Information, trade secrets, customer relationships, customer goodwill, employee relationships, and the special investment and training given to Employee.

3. “AT WILL” EMPLOYMENT OF EMPLOYEE. Employee shall perform such duties or responsibilities as assigned to Employee from time to time. The Parties acknowledge that Employee’s employment by the Company at all times is and shall remain “at will,” and may be terminated by either Party at any time, with or without notice and with or without cause. Employee acknowledges that but for Employee’s execution of this Agreement, Employee would not be employed by the Company.

 

  a.

Employee acknowledges that Employee’s duties shall entail Employee’s contact with the Company’s customers to whom Employee is introduced, to which Employee is assigned, whose accounts Employee shall oversee, or for which Employee otherwise is directly or indirectly responsible. Employee further acknowledges that Employee will be given the use of the Company’s Confidential Information. Employee acknowledges that the Company’s goodwill with its customers and customer prospects, as well as the Company’s Confidential Information, are among the most valuable assets of the Company’s Business. Accordingly, Employee hereby agrees, acknowledges, covenants, represents and warrants that at all times during Employee’s employment with the Company, Employee will faithfully perform Employee’s duties with the utmost loyalty to the Company, and will owe a fiduciary duty and duty of loyalty to the Company. Employee agrees that during employment, Employee will do nothing disloyal or adverse to the Company or the Company’s Business, or which creates any conflict of interest with the Company or the Business of the Company. Employee will abide by the policies of the Company at all times during Employee’s employment, and acknowledges that the Company may unilaterally change its policies, practices, and procedures at any time, at the sole discretion of the Company. Employee understands and


  acknowledges that all equipment, communication devices, physical property, documents, information, data bases, furniture, accessories, premises, and any other items provided to Employee while employed by Company, shall at all times remain the sole property of the Company, and as such, Employee shall have no reasonable expectation of privacy when using such items.

 

  b.

Employee acknowledges that Employee will be afforded an investment of time, training, money, trust, exposure to the public, or exposure to customers, vendors, suppliers, investors, joint venture partners, or other business relationships of the Company during the course of the Employment, and Employee’s position gives Employee a high level of influence or credibility with the Company’s customers, vendors, suppliers, or other business relationships. Employee understands and acknowledges that Employee will possess specialized skills, learning, abilities, customer contacts, or customer information by reason of working for the Company.

 

  c.

Employee acknowledges that, through Employee’s employment with the Company, Employee may customarily and regularly solicit customers and/or prospective customers for the Company, and/or engage in making sales or obtaining orders or contracts for products or services.

 

  d.

Employee understands that the Company has specifically instructed him/her to refrain from bringing to the Company any documents or materials or intangibles of a former employer or third party that are not in the public domain, or have not been legally transferred or licensed to the Company, or that might constitute the confidential information or trade secrets of a prior employer. Employee agrees that when performing duties on behalf of the Company, he/she will not breach any invention assignment, proprietary information, confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation or other similar agreement with any former employer or other party.

4. DUTY OF LOYALTY. Employee understands that his/her employment and provision of services on behalf of the Company requires Employee’s undivided attention and effort. Accordingly, during Employee’s employment, Employee agrees that he/she will not, without the Company’s express prior written consent, (i) engage in any other business activity, unless such activity is for passive investment purposes not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement and will not require Employee to render any services, (ii) be engaged or interested, directly or indirectly, alone or with others, in any trade, business or occupation in competition with the Company, (iii) take steps, alone or with others, to engage in competition with the Company in the future, or (iv) appropriate for Employee’s own benefit business opportunities pertaining to the Company’s Business.

5. INVENTIONS

 

  a.

Prior Inventions. Attached hereto as Schedule 1 is a complete and accurate list describing all Inventions (as defined below) which were conceived, discovered, created, invented, developed and/or reduced to practice by Employee prior to the coommencement of his/her Employment that have not been legally assigned or licensed to the Company (collectively: “Prior Inventions”). If there are no such Prior Inventions, Employee shall initial Schedule 1 to indicate Employee has no Prior Inventions to disclose.

 

Page 2 of 16


  Employee acknowledges and agrees that if in the course of Employee’s employment, Employee incorporates or causes to be incorporated into a Company product, service, process, file, system, application or program a Prior Invention, Employee will grant the Company a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide, sublicensable and assignable license to make, have made, copy, modify, make derivative works of, use, offer to sell, sell or otherwise distribute such Prior Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process, file, system, application or program.

 

  b.

Disclosure and Assignment of Inventions. Employee agrees to promptly disclose to the Company in writing all Inventions (as defined below) that Employee conceives, develops and/or first reduces to practice or create, either alone or jointly with others, during the period of Employee’s Employment, and for a period of three (3) months thereafter, whether or not in the course of Employee’s Employment. Employee further assigns and agrees to assign all of Employee’s rights, title and interest in the Inventions to the Company. In the event that the Company is unable for any reason to secure Employee’s signature to any document required to file, prosecute, register or memorialize the ownership and/or assignment of any Invention, Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company’s duly authorized officers and agents as Employee’s agents and attorneys-in-fact to act for and on Employee’s behalf and stead to (i) execute, file, prosecute, register and/or memorialize the assignment and/or ownership of any Invention; (ii) to execute and file any documentation required for such enforcement and (iii) do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the filing, prosecution, registration, memorialization of assignment and/or ownership of, issuance of and enforcement of any Inventions, all with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Employee.

Employee acknowledges that he/she is not entitled to use the Inventions for Employee’s own benefit or the benefit of anyone except the Company without written permission from the Company, and then only subject to the terms of such permission. Employee further agrees that Employee will communicate to the Company, as directed by the Company, any facts known to Employee and testify in any legal proceedings, sign all lawful papers, make all rightful oaths, execute all divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, foreign counterparts, or reissue applications, all assignments, all registration applications and all other instruments or papers to carry into full force and effect, the assignment, transfer and conveyance hereby made or to be made and generally do everything possible for title to the Inventions to be clearly and exclusively held by the Company as directed by the Company.

For purposes of this Agreement, “Inventions” means, without limitation, any and all formulas, algorithms, processes, techniques, concepts, designs, developments, technology, ideas, patentable and unpatentable inventions and discoveries, copyrights and works of authorship in any media now known or hereafter invented (including computer programs, source code, object code, hardware, firmware, software, mask work, applications, files, internet site content, databases and compilations, documentation and related items) patents, trade and service marks, logos, trade dress, corporate names and other source indicators and the good will of any business

 

Page 3 of 16


symbolized thereby, trade secrets, know-how, confidential and proprietary information, documents, analyses, research and lists (including current and potential customer and user lists) and all applications and registrations and recordings, improvements and licenses that (i) relate in any manner, whether at the time of conception, design or reduction to practice, to the Company’s Business or its actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; (ii) result from any work performed by Employee on behalf of the Company; or (iii) result from the use of the Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities, Confidential Information or Trade Secrets.

Employee recognizes that Inventions or proprietary information relating to Employee’s activities while working for the Company, and conceived, reduced to practice, created, derived, developed, or made by Employee, alone or with others, within three (3) months after termination of Employee’s employment may have been conceived, reduced to practice, created, derived, developed, or made, as applicable, in significant part while Employee was employed by the Company. Accordingly, Employee agrees that such Inventions and proprietary information shall be presumed to have been conceived, reduced to practice, created, derived, developed, or made, as applicable, during Employee’s employment with the Company and are to be assigned to the Company pursuant to this Agreement and applicable law unless and until Employee has established the contrary by clear and convincing evidence.

 

  c.

Work for Hire. Employee acknowledges and agrees that any copyrightable works prepared by Employee within the scope of Employee’s employment are “works made for hire” under the Copyright Act and that the Company will be considered the author and owner of such copyrightable works. Any copyrightable works the Company specially commissions from Employee while Employee is employed also shall be deemed a work made for hire under the Copyright Act and if for any reason such work cannot be so designated as a work made for hire, Employee agrees to and hereby assigns to the Company, as directed by the Company, all right, title and interest in and to said work(s). Employee further agrees to and hereby grants the Company, as directed by the Company, a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide, sublicensable and assignable license to make, have made, copy, modify, make derivative works of, use, publicly perform, display or otherwise distribute any copyrightable works Employee creates during Employee’s Employment.

 

  d.

Assignment of Other Rights. In addition to the foregoing assignment of Inventions to the Company, Employee hereby irrevocably transfers and assigns to the Company: (i) all worldwide patents, patent applications, copyrights, mask works, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights in any Inventions; and (ii) any and all “Moral Rights” (as defined below) that Employee may have in or with respect to any Inventions. Employee also hereby forever waives and agrees never to assert any and all Moral Rights that Employee may have in or with respect to any Inventions, even after termination of Employee’s work on behalf of the Company. “Moral Rights” mean any rights to claim authorship of any Inventions, to object to or prevent the modification of any Inventions, or to withdraw from circulation or control the publication or distribution of any Inventions, and any similar right, existing under applicable judicial or statutory law of any country in the world, or under any treaty, regardless of whether or not such right is denominated or generally referred to as a “moral right.”

 

Page 4 of 16


  e.

Applicability to Past Activities. To the extent Employee has been engaged to provide services by the Company or its predecessor for a period of time before the effective date of this Agreement (the “Prior Engagement Period”), Employee agrees that if and to the extent that, during the Prior Engagement Period: (i) Employee received access to any information from or on behalf of the Company that would have been proprietary information if Employee had received access to such information during the period of Employee’s Employment with the Company under this Agreement; or (ii) Employee conceived, created, authored, invented, developed or reduced to practice any item, including any intellectual property rights with respect thereto, that would have been an Invention if conceived, created, authored, invented, developed or reduced to practice during the period of Employee’s Employment with the Company under this Agreement; then any such information shall be deemed proprietary information hereunder and any such item shall be deemed an Invention hereunder, and this Agreement shall apply to such information or item as if conceived, created, authored, invented, developed or reduced to practice under this Agreement.

 

  f.

Employee shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that—(A) is made—(i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (B) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

 

  g.

Nothing in this Agreement is intended to conflict with 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) or create liability for disclosures of trade secrets that are expressly allowed by 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b). Accordingly, the parties to this Agreement have the right to disclose in confidence trade secrets to federal, state, and local government officials, or to an attorney, for the sole purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law. The parties also have the right to disclose trade secrets in a document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, but only if the filing is made under seal and protected from public disclosure.

 

  h.

Nothing in this agreement prohibits me from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity including, but not limited to, the Department of Justice, the Securities and Exchange Commission, Congress, and any agency Inspector General, or from making other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. I do not need the prior authorization of my supervisor or anyone else affiliated with the Company to make any such reports or disclosures, and I am not required to notify my supervisor or anyone else affiliated with the Company that I have made such reports or disclosures.

 

  i.

Assignment Exception – California Labor Code § 2870

 

Page 5 of 16


Section 2870 of the California Labor Code exempts from this assignment provision any invention as to which Employee can prove the following:

 

  i.

It was developed entirely on Employee’s own time; and

 

  ii.

No equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret of the Company or any of its affiliated entities was used in its development; and

 

  iii.

It neither

 

  1.

relates at the time of its conception or reduction to practice to the business of the Company or to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research and development; nor

 

  2.

results from any work performed by Employee for the Company.

The provisions of this Agreement requiring assignment to the Company do not apply to any invention which qualifies fully under the provisions of Section 2870 of the California Labor Code. Employee will advise the Company promptly in writing of any inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements or trade secrets that Employee believes meet the criteria in (i), (ii), and (iii) above; and Employee will at that time provide to the Company in writing all evidence necessary to substantiate that belief. Employee understands that the Company will keep in confidence and will not disclose to third parties without Employee’s consent any confidential information disclosed in writing to the Company relating to inventions that qualify fully under the provisions of Section 2870 of the California Labor Code.

6. NONDISCLOSURE AGREEMENT.

 

  a.

Employee expressly agrees that, throughout the term of Employee’s Employment with the Company and at all times following the termination of Employee’s Employment from the Company, for so long as the information remains confidential, Employee will not use or disclose any Confidential Information disclosed to Employee by the Company, other than for the purpose to carry out the Employment for the benefit of the Company (but in all cases preserving confidentiality by following the Company’s policies and obtaining appropriate non-disclosure agreements). Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, use or disclose any Confidential Information to third parties, nor permit the use by or disclosure of Confidential Information by third parties. Employee agrees to take all reasonable measures to protect the secrecy of and avoid disclosure or use of Confidential Information in order to prevent it from falling into the public domain or into the possession of any Competing Business or any persons other than those persons authorized under this Agreement to have such information for the benefit of the Company. Employee agrees to notify the Company in writing of any actual or suspected misuse, misappropriation, or unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information that may come to Employee’s attention. Employee acknowledges that if Employee discloses or uses knowledge of the Company’s Confidential Information to gain an advantage for Employee, for any Competing Business, or for any other person or entity other than the Company, such an advantage so obtained would be unfair and detrimental to the Company.

 

Page 6 of 16


  b.

Employee expressly agrees that Employee’s duty of non-use and non-disclosure shall continue indefinitely for any information of the Company that constitutes a Trade Secret under applicable law, so long as such information remains a Trade Secret.

7. RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY AND MATERIALS. Any Confidential Information, trade secrets, materials, equipment, information, documents, electronic data, or other items that have been furnished by the Company to Employee in connection with the Employment are the exclusive property of the Company and shall be promptly returned to the Company by Employee, accompanied by all copies of such documentation, immediately when the Employment has been terminated or concluded, or otherwise upon the written request of the Company. Employee shall not retain any copies of any Company information or other property after the Employment ends, and shall cooperate with the Company to ensure that all copies, both written and electronic, are immediately returned to the Company. Employee shall cooperate with Company representatives and allow such representatives to oversee the process of erasing and/or permanently removing any such Confidential Information or other property of the Company from any computer, personal digital assistant, phone, or other electronic device, or any cloud-based storage account or other electronic medium owned or controlled by Employee.

8. LIMITED NONCOMPETE AGREEMENT. Employee expressly agrees that Employee will not (either directly or indirectly, by assisting or acting in concert with others) Compete with the Company during Employee’s Employment with the Company.

9. NONSOLICITATION OF CUSTOMERS/PROSPECTIVE CUSTOMERS. Employee expressly agrees that during Employee’s Employment with the Company, Employee will not (either directly or indirectly, by assisting or acting in concert with others), on behalf of himself/herself or any other person, business, entity, including but not limited to on behalf of a Competing Business, call upon, solicit, or attempt to call upon or solicit any business from any Customer or Prospective Customer for the purpose of providing services substantially similar to the Services.

10. NONRECRUITMENT OF EMPLOYEES. Employee expressly agrees that during the Restricted Period, Employee will not, on behalf of himself/herself or any other person, business, or entity (either directly or indirectly, by assisting or acting in concert with others), solicit, recruit, or encourage, or attempt to solicit, recruit, or encourage any of the Company’s employees, in an effort to hire such employees away from the Company, or to encourage any of the Company’s employees to leave employment with the Company to work for a Competing Business.

11. REMEDIES; INDEMNIFICATION. Employee agrees that the obligations set forth in this Agreement are necessary and reasonable in order to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests and (without limiting the foregoing) that the obligations set forth in Sections 8, 9 and 10 are necessary and reasonable in order to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests in protecting its Confidential Information, Trade Secrets, customer and employee relationships and the goodwill associated therewith. Employee expressly agrees that due to the unique nature of the Company’s Confidential Information, and its relationships with its Customers and other employees, monetary damages would be inadequate to compensate the Company for any breach by Employee of the covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement. Accordingly, Employee agrees and acknowledges that any such violation or threatened violation shall cause

 

Page 7 of 16


irreparable injury to the Company and that, in addition to any other remedies that may be available in law, in equity, or otherwise, the Company shall be entitled: (a) to obtain injunctive relief against the threatened breach of this Agreement or the continuation of any such breach by Employee, without the necessity of proving actual damages; and (b) to be indemnified by Employee from any loss or harm; and (c) to recover any costs or attorneys’ fees, arising out of or in connection with any breach by Employee or enforcement action relating to Employee’s obligations under this Agreement.

12. INJUNCTIVE RELIEF; TOLLING. Notwithstanding the arbitration provisions contained herein, or anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, Employee understands that the violation of any restrictive covenants of this Agreement may result in irreparable and continuing damage to the Company for which monetary damages will not be sufficient, and agrees that Company will be entitled to seek, in addition to its other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and both before or while an arbitration is pending between the parties under this Agreement, a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or similar injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to preserve the status quo or prevent irreparable injury pending the full and final resolution of the dispute through arbitration, without the necessity of showing any actual damages or that monetary damages would not afford an adequate remedy, and without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The aforementioned injunctive relief shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, legal remedies, monetary damages or other available forms of relief through arbitration proceedings. This Section shall not be construed to limit the obligation for either party to pursue arbitration. The Restricted Period as defined in this Agreement may be extended during the pendency of any litigation (including appeals) or arbitration proceeding, in order to give the Company the full protection of the restrictive covenants as described in this Agreement.

13. DEFINITIONS. For all purposes throughout this Agreement, the terms defined below shall have the respective meanings specified in this section.

 

  a.

“Compete” shall mean to, directly or indirectly, provide Competitive Services, whether Employee is acting on behalf of himself/herself, or in conjunction with or in concert with any other entity, person, or business, including, without limitation, activities performed while working for or on behalf of a Customer.

 

  b.

Competing Business” shall mean any entity, including but not limited to any person, company, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, organization or other entity that provides Competitive Services.

 

  c.

“Competitive Services” shall mean the business of providing products or services that include SIS, formative assessment, learning management systems, special education, ERP, talent management or professional development functionalities, to students in the K-12 primary school space, and any other services of the type or similar to the type provided, conducted, authorized, or offered by the Company or any predecessor within the two (2) years prior to the termination of your employment.

 

  d.

“Confidential Information” shall mean sensitive business information having actual or potential value to the Company because it is not generally known to the general public or ascertainable by a Competing Business, and which has been disclosed to Employee, or of which Employee will become aware, as a consequence of the Employment with the Company, including any information related to: the Company’s investment strategies, management

 

Page 8 of 16


  planning information, business plans, operational methods, market studies, marketing plans or strategies, patent information, business acquisition plans, past, current and planned research and development, formulas, methods, patterns, processes, procedures, instructions, designs, inventions, operations, engineering, services, drawings, equipment, devices, technology, software systems, price lists, sales reports and records, sales books and manuals, code books, financial information and projections, personnel data, names of customers, customer lists and contact information, customer pricing and purchasing information, lists of targeted prospective customers, supplier lists, product/service and marketing data and programs, product/service plans, product development, advertising campaigns, new product designs or roll out, agreements with third parties, or any such similar information. Confidential Information shall also include the track record and investment performance of Vista Equity Partners and its affiliated investment funds, as well as any information disclosed to the Company by a third party (including, but not limited to, current or prospective customers) that the Company is obliged to treat as confidential. Confidential Information may be in written or non-written form, as well as information held on electronic media or networks, magnetic storage, cloud storage service, or other similar media. The Company has invested and will continue to invest extensive time, resources, talent, and effort to develop its Confidential Information, all of which generates goodwill for the Company. Employee acknowledges that the Company has taken reasonable and adequate steps to control access to the Confidential Information and to prevent unauthorized disclosure, which could cause injury to the Company. This definition shall not limit any broader definition of “confidential information” or any equivalent term under applicable state or federal law.

 

  e.

“Customer” of the Company shall mean any business or entity with which Employee had Material Contact, for the purpose of providing Services, during the twelve (12) months preceding Employee’s termination date.

 

  f.

“Material Contact” shall mean actual contact between Employee and a Customer with whom Employee dealt on behalf of the Company; or whose dealings with the Company were coordinated or supervised by Employee; or who received goods or services from the Company that resulted in payment of commissions or other compensation to Employee; or about whom Employee obtained Confidential Information because of Employee’s Employment with the Company; or whom employee contacted with the intent of establishing or strengthening a business or professional relationship for the Company.

 

  g.

“Prospective Customer” shall mean any business or entity with whom Employee had Material Contact, for the purpose of attempting to sell or provide Services, and to whom Employee provided a bid, quote for Services, or other Confidential Information of the Company, during the twelve (12) months preceding Employee’s termination date.

 

  h.

“Restricted Period” shall mean the entire term of Employee’s employment with the Company and a two (2) year period immediately following the termination of Employee’s employment, unless otherwise delineated or described in the “end notes and exceptions” at the end of this Agreement.

 

  i.

“Restricted Territory” shall mean the geographic area in which or with respect to which Employee provided or attempted to provide any Services or performed operations on behalf of the Company as of the date of termination or during the twelve (12) months preceding Employee’s termination date.

 

Page 9 of 16


  j.

Services” shall mean the types of work product, processes and work-related activities relating to the Business of the Company performed by Employee during the Employment.

 

  k.

“Trade Secrets” shall mean the business information of the Company that is competitively sensitive and which qualifies for trade secrets protection under applicable trade secrets laws, including but not limited to the Defend Trade Secrets Act. This definition shall not limit any broader definition of “trade secret” or any equivalent term under any applicable local, state or federal law.

14. MANDATORY ARBITRATION CLAUSE; NO JURY TRIAL. A Party may bring an action in court to obtain a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or other provisional remedy available under California Code of Civil Procedure § 1281.8 in response to any violation or threatened violation of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Agreement, or for any other purpose for which a provisional remedy may be obtained pursuant that statute. Otherwise, Employee expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Company and Employee will utilize binding arbitration to resolve all disputes that may arise out of the employment context.

 

  a.

Both the Company and Employee hereby agree that any claim, dispute, and/or controversy that Employee may have against the Company (or its owners, directors, officers, managers, employees, agents, insurers and parties affiliated with its employee benefit and health plans), or that the Company may have against Employee, arising from, related to, or having any relationship or connection whatsoever to the Employment, shall be submitted to and determined exclusively by binding arbitration under the Federal Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. §§ 1, et seq.) in conformity with the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. Included within the scope of this Agreement are all disputes including, but not limited to, any claims alleging employment discrimination, harassment, hostile environment, retaliation, whistleblower protection, wrongful discharge, constructive discharge, failure to grant leave, failure to reinstate, failure to accommodate, tortious conduct, breach of contract, and/or any other claims Employee may have against the Company for any exemption misclassification, unpaid wages or overtime pay, benefits, payments, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, leave pay, workforce reduction payments, costs or expenses, emotional distress, pain and suffering, or other alleged damages arising out of the Employment or termination. Also included are any claims based on or arising under Title VII, 42 USC Section 1981, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, Sarbanes-Oxley, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code, all as amended, or any other state or federal law or regulation, equitable law, or otherwise relating in any way to the employment relationship.

 

  b.

Nothing herein, however, shall prevent Employee from filing and pursuing proceedings before the United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or similar state agency (although if Employee chooses to pursue any type of claim for relief following the exhaustion of such administrative remedies, such claim would be subject to resolution under these mandatory arbitration provisions). In addition, nothing herein shall prevent Employee from filing an administrative claim for unemployment benefits or workers’ compensation benefits.

 

Page 10 of 16


  c.

Nothing in the confidentiality or nondisclosure or other provisions of this Agreement shall be construed to limit Employee’s right to respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process or from initiating communications directly with, or responding to any inquiry from, or providing testimony before, any self-regulatory organization or state or federal regulatory authority, regarding the Company, Employee’s Employment, or this Agreement. Employee is not required to contact the Company regarding the subject matter of any such communications before engaging in such communications. Employee also understands that Employee shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that: (1) is made (a) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and (b) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (2) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. Employee also understands that disclosure of trade secrets to attorneys, in legal proceedings if disclosed under seal, or pursuant to court order is also protected under 18 U.S. Code §1833 when disclosure is made in connection with a retaliation lawsuit based on the reporting of a suspected violation of law.

 

  d.

In addition to any other requirements imposed by law, the arbitrator selected shall be a qualified individual mutually selected by the Parties, and shall be subject to disqualification on the same grounds as would apply to a judge. All rules of pleading, all rules of evidence, all statutes of limitations, all rights to resolution of the dispute by means of motions for summary judgment, and judgment on the pleadings shall apply and be observed. Resolution of the dispute shall be based solely upon the law governing the claims and defenses pleaded, and the arbitrator may not invoke any basis (including but not limited to, notions of “just cause”) other than such controlling law. Likewise, all communications during or in connection with the arbitration proceedings are privileged. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award appropriate substantive relief under relevant laws, including the damages, costs and attorneys’ fees that would be available under such laws.

 

  e.

Employee’s initial share of the arbitration fee shall be in an amount equal to the filing fee as would be applicable in a court proceeding, or $100, whichever is less. Beyond the arbitration filing fee, the Company will bear all other fees, expenses and charges of the arbitrator.

 

  f.

Employee understands and agrees that all claims against the Company must be brought in Employee’s individual capacity and not as a plaintiff or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding. Employee understands that there is no right or authority for any dispute to be heard or arbitrated on a collective action basis, class action basis, as a private attorney general, or on bases involving claims or disputes brought in a representative capacity on behalf of the general public, on behalf

 

Page 11 of 16


  of other Company employees (or any of them) or on behalf of other persons alleged to be similarly situated. Employee understands that there are no bench or jury trials and no class actions or representative actions permitted under this Agreement. The arbitrator shall not consolidate claims of different employees into one proceeding, nor shall the arbitrator have the power to hear an arbitration as a class action, collective action, or representative action. The interpretation of this subsection shall be decided by a judge, not the arbitrator. Notwithstanding the provisions in Paragraph 21 below, this subparagraph (f) is material to the arbitration provisions of Paragraph 14 herein and cannot be severed from Paragraph 14. In the event it is determined that this subparagraph (f) is unenforceable with regard to a claim, dispute and/or controversy as set forth in subparagraph (a) above, this will render Paragraph 14 unenforceable in its entirety. Severance of Paragraph 14 from the Agreement shall not affect the enforcement of the remainder of the Agreement.

 

  g.

Procedure. Employee and Company agree that prior to the service of an arbitration demand, the parties shall negotiate in good faith for a period of thirty (30) days in an effort to resolve any arbitrable dispute privately, amicably and confidentially. To commence an arbitration pursuant to this Agreement, a party shall serve a written arbitration demand (the “Demand”) on the other party by hand delivery or via overnight delivery service (in a manner that provides proof of receipt by respondent). The Demand shall be served before expiration of the applicable statute of limitations. The Demand shall describe the arbitrable dispute in sufficient detail to advise the respondent of the nature and basis of the dispute, state the date on which the dispute first arose, list the names and addresses of every person whom the claimant believes does or may have information relating to the dispute, including a short description of the matter(s) about which each person is believed to have knowledge, and state with particularity the relief requested by the claimant, including a specific monetary amount, if the claimant seeks a monetary award of any kind. If respondent does not provide a written response to the Demand, all allegations will be considered denied. The parties shall confer in good faith to attempt to agree upon a suitable arbitrator, and if unable to do so, they will select an arbitrator from the American Arbitration Association’s employment arbitration panel for the area. The arbitrator shall allow limited discovery, as appropriate in his or her discretion. The arbitrator’s award shall include a written reasoned opinion.

 

  h.

Unless Employee initials in the space at the end of this paragraph, Employee understands, agrees, and consents to this binding arbitration provision, and Employee and the Company hereby each expressly waive the right to trial by jury of any claims arising out of Employment with the Company. By initialing below, Employee opts out of the binding arbitration provisions of Paragraph 14, including the class action waiver. Employee’s Initials: __ES__

15. NOTICE OF VOLUNTARY TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Unless otherwise stated in Employee’s offer letter of employment, Employee agrees to use reasonable efforts to provide the Company fourteen (14) days written notice of Employee’s intent to terminate Employee’s Employment; provided, however, that this provision shall not change the at-will nature of the employment relationship between Employee and the Company. It shall be within the Company’s sole discretion to determine whether Employee should continue to perform services on behalf of the Company during this notice period.

 

Page 12 of 16


16. NON-DISPARAGEMENT. During and after Employee’s Employment with the Company, except to the extent compelled or required by law, Employee agrees he/she shall not disparage the Company, its customers and suppliers or their respective officers, directors, agents, servants, employees, attorneys, shareholders, successors or assigns or their respective products or services, in any manner (including but not limited to, verbally or via hard copy, websites, blogs, social media forums or any other medium); provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent Employee from: engaging in concerted activity relative to the terms and conditions of Employee’s Employment and in communications protected under the National Labor Relations Act, filing a charge or providing information to any governmental agency, or from providing information in response to a subpoena or other enforceable legal process or as otherwise required by law.

17. NOTIFICATION OF NEW EMPLOYER. Before Employee accepts Employment or enters into any consulting, independent contractor, or other professional or business engagement with any other person or entity while any of the provisions of Sections 8, 9 or 10 of this Agreement are in effect, Employee will provide such person or entity with written notice of the provisions of Sections 8, 9 and/or 10 and will deliver a copy of that notice to the Company. While any of Sections 8, 9 or 10 of this Agreement are in effect, Employee agrees that, upon the request of the Company, Employee will furnish the Company with the name and address of any new employer or entity for whom Employee provides contractor or consulting services, as well as the capacity in which Employee will be employed or otherwise engaged. Employee hereby consents to the Company’s notifying Employee’s new employer about Employee’s responsibilities, restrictions and obligations under this Agreement.

18. REIMBURSEMENT TO COMPANY. To the extent allowed by applicable law, Employee agrees to reimburse the Company for any amounts due as a result of the Employment, including, but not limited to, any unused business expense advances, charges for Company property that Employee fails to return when requested or that Employee lost or damaged as the result of a dishonest, willful or grossly negligent act, and any other charges incurred that are payable to the Company. Employee agrees to enter into a repayment arrangement and execute instruments or documents as may be provided by Company to effectuate this provision.

19. NO RIGHTS GRANTED. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as granting to Employee any rights under any patent, copyright, or other intellectual property right of the Company, nor shall this Agreement grant Employee any rights in or to Confidential Information of the Company other than the limited right to review and use such Confidential Information solely for the purpose of participating in the Employment for the benefit of the Company.

20. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement will be binding upon Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, its assigns and licensees. This Agreement, and Employee’s rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by Employee; however, the Company may assign its rights hereunder without Employee’s consent, whether in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of any or all of its business or assets or otherwise.

 

Page 13 of 16


21. SEVERABILITY AND REFORMATION. Employee and the Company agree that if any particular paragraphs, subparagraphs, phrases, words, or other portions of this Agreement are determined by an appropriate court, arbitrator, or other tribunal to be invalid or unenforceable as written, they shall be modified as necessary to comport with the reasonable intent and expectations of the parties and in favor of providing maximum reasonable protection to the Company’s legitimate business interests. Such modification shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Agreement. If such provisions cannot be modified to be made valid or enforceable, then they shall be severed from this Agreement, and all remaining terms and provisions shall remain enforceable.

22. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT. This Agreement, together with that certain letter agreement re Employment with PowerSchool Group LLC, dated March 18, 2020, by and between Employee and the Company (the “Employment Agreement”) contain the entire agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matters contained herein. No term of this Agreement may be amended or modified unless made in writing and executed by both Employee and an authorized agent of the Company. This Agreement replaces and supersedes all prior representations, understandings, or agreements, written or oral, between Employee and the Company with regard to restrictive covenants, post-employment restrictions, and mandatory arbitration, except that to the extent of any inconsistencies, duplicate provisions (that is, provisions covering the same concepts or issues) or other conflicts with the Employment Agreement, the Employment Agreement will govern in all cases and the inconsistent, duplicate or conflicting provisions of this Agreement will be of no force or effect. For the avoidance of doubt, documents or portions of documents incorporated into the Employment Agreement will be considered part of the Employment Agreement for purposes of this Agreement.

23. WAIVER. Failure to fully enforce any provision of this Agreement by either Party shall not constitute a waiver of any term hereof by such Party; no waiver shall be recognized unless expressly made in writing, and executed by the Party that allegedly made such waiver.

24. CONSTRUCTION. The Parties agree that this Agreement has been reviewed by each Party, each Party had an opportunity to make suggestions about the provisions of the Agreement, and each Party had sufficient opportunity to obtain the advice of legal counsel on matters of contract interpretation, if desired. The Parties agree that this Agreement shall not be construed or interpreted more harshly against one Party merely because one Party was the original drafter of the Agreement.

25. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same legally recognized instrument.

26. THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES. Employee specifically acknowledges and agrees that the direct and indirect subsidiaries, parents, owners, and affiliated companies of the Company are intended to be beneficiaries of this Agreement and shall have every right to enforce the terms and provisions of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

27. NOTICES. Notices regarding this Agreement shall be sent via email or to the mailing addresses of the Parties as set forth in the signature block to this Agreement.

28. GOVERNING LAW AND FORUM SELECTION. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act. Any non-arbitration-covered disputes shall be resolved under the substantive laws and in the jurisdiction of the state where Employee most recently worked for the Company.

 

 

Page 14 of 16


The Parties have executed this Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement—California, which is effective as of the Effective Date written above.

 

For Employee:       For Company:
Signature:   

/s/ Eric Shander

      Signature:   

/s/ Hardeep Gulati

Printed Name: Eric Shander       Printed Name: Hardeep Gulati
Address:   

 

      Address:   

 

 

     

 

Email:   

 

      Title:    CEO
Date:    3/19/2020       Date:   

3/18/2020

 

 

Page 15 of 16


Schedule 1

(List of Employee’s Prior Inventions)

_____ES____ By initialing here, I represent and warrant that I have no Prior Inventions, as that term is defined in the Agreement to which this Schedule 1 is attached.

OR

________ Below is a complete and accurate list of Prior Inventions, as that term is defined in the Agreement to which this Schedule 1 is attached.

 

For Employee:
Signature:  

/s/ Eric Shander

Printed Name:  

Eric Shander

Address:  

 

 

 

Email:   eshander@gmail.com
Date:   3/19/2020

 

 

Page 16 of 16


EXHIBIT B

Certain Definitions

Cause” means any of the following: (i) a material failure by you to perform your responsibilities or duties to the Company under this letter or those other responsibilities or duties as requested from time to time by the Board, after written demand for performance has been given by the Board that identifies how you have not performed your responsibilities or duties and such failure, if susceptible of cure, has not been cured for a period of ten (10) days after you receive notice from the Board; (ii) your engagement in illegal conduct or gross misconduct that the Company in good faith believes has or may harm the standing and reputation of the Company; (iii) your commission or conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony, a crime involving moral turpitude or any other act or omission that the Company in good faith believes has or may harm the standing and reputation of the Company; (iv) a material breach of your duty of loyalty to the Company or your material breach of the Company’s written code of conduct and business ethics (or similar policies), or anti-harassment policy, discrimination or retaliation, or Sections 4 through 10 and 16 of the Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement—California, or any other material written agreement between you and the Company; (v) dishonesty, fraud, gross negligence or repetitive negligence committed without regard to corrective direction in the course of discharge of your duties as an employee; or (vi) excessive and unreasonable absences from your duties for any reason (other than authorized leave) or as a result of your Disability (as defined below).

Disability” means your inability to perform the essential functions of your job, with or without accommodation, as a result of any mental or physical disability or incapacity for an extended period but not less than sixty (60) business days in any consecutive 6 month period, as determined in the sole discretion of the Company.

Good Reason” means that you voluntarily terminate your employment with the Company if there should occur without your written consent:

(i) a material, adverse change in your duties or responsibilities with the Company, provided that a change in title or office to which you report, shall not, by itself, constitute such a material, adverse change;

(ii) a reduction in your then current base salary by more than ten percent (10%);

(iii) a relocation of your primary work site to a location outside a thirty (30) mile radius of your current primary work site; and/or

(iv) the material breach by the Company of any offer letter or employment agreement between you and the Company;

provided, however, that in each case above, you must (a) first provide written notice to the Company of the existence of the Good Reason condition within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of such event specifying the basis for your belief that you are entitled to terminate your employment for Good Reason, (b) give the Company an opportunity to cure any of the foregoing within thirty (30) days following your delivery to the Company of such written notice, and (c) actually resign your employment within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Company’s thirty (30) day cure period.

 

Page 1 of 2


All references to the Company in these definitions shall include parent, subsidiary, affiliate and successor entities of the Company.

 

Page 2 of 2

Exhibit 10.16

 

LOGO

March 1st, 2016

Marcy Daniel

Re: Welcome to PowerSchool Group, LLC

Dear Marcy:

I would like to welcome you to the PowerSchool Group, LLC team! This letter serves as an overview of the terms of employment with PowerSchool Group, LLC (as such company’s name may change from time to time and such company’s successors and assigns, the “Company”). Your employment with PowerSchool Group, LLC is effective as of February 1st, 2016.

1. You will initially report to Hardeep Gulati, in the position of General Manager of Assessment and Analytics. The position is based in Roanoke, VA. Your duties may involve extensive domestic and / or international travel.

2. Your starting base salary will be $180,000.00 per year, less deductions and withholdings required or authorized by law, and will be subject to review. Your base salary will be paid by the Company in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices. You will be eligible for a discretionary bonus based on your performance. Assuming you meet all performance expectations, we estimate your target bonus will be 20% of your base salary, less deductions and withholdings required or authorized by law. Additionally, you will be eligible to receive a 15% stretch bonus based on your performance. Bonus/Commission payments are subject to modification. Any such bonus will be pro-rated in your first year of employment for the amount of time you have been employed by the Company.

3. Additionally, you will be eligible to receive a 50% bonus payable after 12 months of employment with PowerSchool Group, LLC, less deductions and withholdings required or authorized by law.

4. You will also be eligible to participate in regular health, dental and vision insurance plans; bonuses and other employee benefit plans established by the Company for its employees from time to time, so long as they remain generally available to the Company’s employees. Any accrued but unused PTO, will be rolled over into your PowerSchool PTO bank. You will accrue PTO based on your initial date of hire with Interactive Achievement.

5. Severance Pay: Subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, if Employee’s employment is involuntarily terminated for reasons other than cause the employee is eligible to receive severance pay in the amount of three (3) months pay less deductions and withholdings required by law or authorized by law. If the Employee leaves the company voluntarily, or is discharged for cause, they will not be eligible for severance pay. The Severance Pay payments shall be paid in equal installments over a three month period beginning on the next normal payroll date following the Employee’s separation of employment as decided by the employer.

6. As an employee of the Company, you will have access to certain confidential information of the Company, its affiliates, the Company’s acquisitions, their customers, suppliers and other third parties and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions, which will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, you will need to carefully consider and sign the Company’s standard “Employee Confidentiality, Invention Assignment, Non-Solicit, Arbitration Agreement” (attached to this letter as Exhibit A) as a condition of your employment. So that the Company has proper records of inventions that may belong to you, we ask that you also complete Schedule 1 attached to Exhibit A.

We also wish to impress upon you that we do not want you to bring with you any confidential or proprietary material of any former employer or to violate any other obligations you may have to any former employer.

150 Parkshore Dr., Folsom, CA 95630 | www.PowerSchool.com


7. As a condition of your employment, you will also be asked to abide by the Company’s policies and procedures, which may be amended from time to time, in the Company’s sole discretion.

8. We consider the terms of this offer confidential and trust that you will treat it as such and use appropriate discretion.

9. While we look forward to a long and profitable relationship, your employment with the Company is at will. Any statements or representations to the contrary (and, indeed, any statements contradicting any provision in this letter and/or the Employee Confidentiality, Invention Assignment, Non-Solicit, Non-Compete, Arbitration Agreement attached as Exhibit A) should be regarded by you as ineffective. Further, your participation in any benefit or other Company program is not to be regarded as assuring you of continuing employment for any particular period of time. The Company may terminate your employment at any time with or without notice, and for any reason or no reason. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in Exhibit A, you shall be entitled to terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason or no reason by giving notice in writing to the Company. In the event of such notice, the Company reserves the right, in its discretion, to give immediate effect to your resignation in lieu of requiring or allowing you to continue work throughout the Notice Period. You shall continue to be an employee of the Company during the Notice Period, and thus owe to the Company the same duty of loyalty you owed it prior to giving notice of your termination. The Company may, during the Notice Period, relieve you of all of your duties and prohibit you from entering the Company’s offices.

10. Please note that because of employer regulations adopted in the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, within three (3) business days of starting your new position you will need to present documentation establishing your identity and demonstrating that you have authorization to work in the United States. If you have questions about this requirement, which applies to U.S. citizens and non-U.S. citizens alike, you may contact our personnel office.

11. You and the Company mutually agree that any disputes that may arise regarding your employment will be submitted to binding arbitration. As a condition of your employment, you will need to carefully consider and voluntarily agree to and execute the arbitration addendum attached as Schedule 2 attached to Exhibit A.

12. Should you agree to these terms and conditions, this letter, Exhibit A and its Schedules constitute the entire agreement and understanding between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among you and the Company or its predecessor with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Hardeep Gulati

CEO

I have read and understood this letter and Exhibit A attached and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms set forth therein.

 

            

  

/s/ Marcy Daniel

     Date signed: 3/3/2016
Signature     
Marcy Daniel     

 


VIRGINIA EMPLOYEES

CONFIDENTIALITY, INVENTION ASSIGNMENT, NON SOLICIT, NON-COMPETEAND ARBITRATION AGREEMENT

As a condition of your employment with PowerSchool Group LLC. (as such company’s name may change from time to time and such company’s successors and assigns, the Company), and in exchange for the other and valuable consideration recited in Section 1 below, you and the Company agree to the following:

For purposes of this Agreement, references to the Group means the Company, and its affiliates (whether a parent, subsidiary, or sister entity to the Company) engaged in the same line of business or contemplated business as the Company.

 

 

 

1. CONSIDERATION FOR AGREEMENT.

You understand that the Group is engaged in a continuous program of research, development, production and marketing in connection with its business and that it is critical for the Group to preserve and protect its “Proprietary Information” (as defined in Section 2 below), its rights in “Inventions” (as defined in Section 4 below) and in all related intellectual property rights. You acknowledge that, as a result of your employment with the Company and/or its predecessors, you have and/or may receive confidential information, trade secrets, and/or specialized training from the Group, each of which constitutes good and valuable consideration in support of your obligations made under this Confidentiality, Invention Assignment, Non-Solicit, Non-Compete and Arbitration Agreement (this Agreement). As additional consideration, you may also have the opportunity to develop valuable business relationships with employees, agents, suppliers, and customers of the Group and to use the Group’s resources and goodwill in the marketplace to develop those relationships. Finally, by your signature below, you acknowledge that your new employment with the Company (subject to Section 9), which the Company would not allow but for your execution of this Agreement, also constitutes consideration in support of your return promise to maintain the confidentiality of all specialized knowledge and confidential information as well as your promise to adhere to the other restrictions listed in this Agreement, including but not limited to those restrictions described in Section 7 of this Agreement.

2. PROPRIETARY INFORMATION.

You understand that your employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust with respect to any information of a confidential or secret nature that may be disclosed to you or created by you that relates to the business of the Group or to the business of its customers, licensees, suppliers or any other party with whom the Group agrees to hold information of such party in confidence (the Proprietary Information).

You understand and agree that the term “Proprietary Information” includes but is not limited to information of all types contained in any medium (paper, electronic, in your memory, or otherwise stored or recorded), whether oral or written and regardless of whether it is marked as confidential, proprietary or a trade secret. “Proprietary Information” includes, without limitation, the following information and materials, whether having existed, now existing or developed or created by you or on your behalf during your term of employment with the Company or its predecessor:

A)

All information and materials relating to the existing software products and software in the various stages of research and development, including, but not limited to, source codes, object codes, design specifications, design notes, flow charts, graphics, graphical user interfaces, coding sheets, product plans, know-how, negative know how, test plans, business investment analysis, marketing and functional requirements, algorithms, product bugs and customer technical support cases which relate to the software;

 

B)

Internal business information, procedures and policies, including, but not limited to, licensing techniques, vendor names, other vendor information, business plans, financial information, budgets, forecasts, product margins, product costs, service and/or operation manuals and related documentation including drawings, and other such information, whether written or oral, which relates to the way the Group conducts its business;

 

C)

All legal rights, including but not limited to, trade secrets, pending patents, Inventions (as that term is defined in section 4 below) and other discoveries, claims, litigation and/or arbitrations involving the Group, pending trademarks, copyrights, proposed advertising, public relations and promotional campaigns and like properties maintained in confidence;

 

D)

Any and all customer sales and marketing information, including but not limited to sales forecasts, marketing and sales promotion plans, product launch plans, sales call reports, competitive intelligence information, customer information, customer lists, customers needs and buying habits, sales and marketing studies and reports, internal price list, discount matrix, customer data, customer contracts, pricing structures, customer negotiations, customer relations materials, customer service materials, past customers, and the type, quantity and specifications of products purchased, leased or licensed by customers of the Group;

 

E)

Any information obtained while working for the Group which gives the Group a competitive edge;

 

F)

Any other knowledge or information regarding the property, business, and affairs of the Group which the Group endeavors to keep confidential or which the Group believes to be confidential; and

 

G)

Any and all other trade secrets, as that term is defined under applicable laws.

 

 

Page 3 of 12 Oct 2014


Confidentiality, Invention Assignment, Non-Solicit, Non-Compete and Arbitration Agreement - Virginia

 

You understand and agree to treat and preserve Proprietary Information and materials as strictly confidential. Except as authorized by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (but in all cases preserving confidentiality by following Company policies and obtaining appropriate non-disclosure agreements), you further agree that, during your employment with the Company or thereafter, you will not directly or indirectly transmit or disclose Proprietary Information to any person, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever.

You understand and agree that the Proprietary Information is the exclusive property of the Group, and that, during your employment, you will use and disclose Proprietary Information only for the Group’s benefit and in accordance with any restrictions placed on its use or disclosure by the Group. After termination of your employment for any reason, you will not use in any manner or disclose any Proprietary Information, except to the extent compelled by applicable law; provided that in the event you receive notice of any effort to compel disclosure of Proprietary Information for any reason, you will promptly and in advance of disclosure notify Company of such notice and fully cooperate with all lawful Company or Group efforts (through their counsel or otherwise) to resist or limit such disclosure.

Proprietary Information does not include information (i) that was or becomes generally available to you on a non-confidential basis, if the source of this information was not reasonably known to you to be bound by a duty of confidentiality, or (ii) that was or becomes generally available to the public, other than as a result of a disclosure by you, directly or indirectly or any other breach of this Agreement.

3. THIRD PARTY INFORMATION. You recognize that the Group has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Group’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. You agree that you owe the Group and such third parties, during the term of your employment, and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation (except as necessary in carrying out your work for the Group consistent with the Group’s agreement with such third party) or to use it for the benefit of anyone other than for the Group or such third party (consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third party) without the express written authorization of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. All rights and benefits afforded to the Company under this Agreement shall apply equally to the owner of the third party information with respect to the third party information, and such third party is an intended third party beneficiary of this Agreement, with respect to the third party information. You further agree to conform to the Company’s privacy policies, as amended from time to time.

4. INVENTIONS.

4.1 Prior Inventions. You have attached hereto as Schedule 1 a complete and accurate list describing all Inventions (as defined below) which were discovered, created, invented, developed or reduced to practice by you prior to the commencement of your employment by the Company and have not been legally assigned or licensed to the Company (collectively: Prior Inventions), which belong solely to you or belong to you jointly with others, which relates in any way to any of the Group’s current, proposed or reasonably anticipated businesses, products or research or development and which are not assigned to the Group hereunder; or have initialed Schedule 1 to indicate you have no Prior Inventions to disclose.

If, in the course of your employment with the Company, you incorporate or cause to be incorporated into a Group product, service, process, file, system, application or program a Prior Invention owned by you or in which you have an interest, you hereby grant the Group member a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide, sublicensable and assignable license to make, have made, copy, modify, make derivative works of, use, offer to sell, sell or otherwise distribute such Prior Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process, file, system, application or program.

4.2 Disclosure of Inventions. You will promptly disclose in confidence to the Company all Inventions that you make or conceive or first reduce to practice or create, either alone or jointly with others, during the period of your employment, and for a period of three (3) months thereafter, whether or not in the course of your employment, and whether or not such Inventions are patentable, copyrightable or protectable as trade secrets. For purposes of this Agreement, Inventions means without limitation, formulas, algorithms, processes, techniques, concepts, designs, developments, technology, ideas, patentable and unpatentable inventions and discoveries, copyrights and works of authorship in any media now known or hereafter invented (including computer programs, source code, object code, hardware, firmware, software, mask work, applications, files, Internet site content, databases and compilations, documentation and related items) patents, trade and service marks, logos, trade dress, corporate names and other source indicators and the good will of any business symbolized thereby, trade secrets, know-how, confidential and proprietary information, documents, analyses, research and lists (including current and potential customer and user lists) and all applications and registrations and recordings, improvements and licenses related to any of the foregoing. You recognize that Inventions or Proprietary Information relating to your activities while working for the Company, and conceived, reduced to practice, created, derived, developed, or made by you, alone or with others, within three (3) months after termination of your employment may have been conceived, reduced to practice, created, derived, developed, or made, as applicable, in significant part while you were employed by the Company. Accordingly, you agree that such Inventions and Proprietary Information shall be presumed to have been conceived, reduced to practice, created, derived, developed, or made, as applicable, during your employment with the Company and are to be assigned to the Company pursuant to this Agreement and applicable law unless and until you have established the contrary by clear and convincing evidence.

4.3 Work for Hire: Assignment of Inventions. You acknowledge and agree that any copyrightable works prepared by you, either alone or jointly with others, within the scope of your employment are “works made for hire” under the Copyright Act and that the Company will be considered the author and owner of such copyrightable works. Any copyrightable works the Company or a Group member specially commissions from you while you are employed with the Company shall be deemed a work made for hire under the Copyright Act and if for any reason a work cannot be so designated as a work made for hire, you agree to and hereby assign to the Company all right, title and interest in and to said work(s) and the related copyright(s). You agree to and hereby grant the Company a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable,

 

 

Page 4 of 12 Oct 2014


Confidentiality, Invention Assignment, Non-Solicit, Non-Compete and Arbitration Agreement - Virginia

 

perpetual, worldwide, sublicensable and assignable license to make, have made, copy, modify, make derivative works of, use, publicly perform, display or otherwise distribute any copyrightable works you create during the time you are employed with the Company that for any reason do not qualify as a work made for hire, that were not specially commissioned by the Group, or both, but that relate in any way to the business of the Group. You agree that all Inventions that (i) are developed using equipment, supplies, facilities Proprietary Information, or trade secrets of the Group, (ii) result from work performed by you for the Group and/or on Company time, or (iii) relate to the Group’s business or current or anticipated research and development (the “Assigned Inventions”), will be the sole and exclusive property of the Company and you agree to and hereby irrevocably assign the Assigned Inventions to the Company.

4.4 Assignment of Other Rights. In addition to the foregoing assignment of Assigned Inventions to the Company, you hereby irrevocably transfer and assign to the Company: (i) all worldwide patents, patent applications, copyrights, mask works, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights in any Assigned Inventions; and (ii) any and all “Moral Rights” (as defined below) that you may have in or with respect to any Assigned Inventions. You also hereby forever waive and agree never to assert any and all Moral Rights you may have in or with respect to any Assigned Inventions, even after termination of your work on behalf of the Company. “Moral Rights mean any rights to claim authorship of any Assigned Inventions, to object to or prevent the modification of any Assigned Inventions, or to withdraw from circulation or control the publication or distribution of any Assigned Inventions, and any similar right, existing under judicial or statutory law of any country in the world, or under any treaty, regardless of whether or not such right is denominated or generally referred to as a “moral right”.

4.5 Assistance. Whether during or after your employment, and without additional compensation, you agree to do any act and/or execute any document deemed necessary or desirable by the Company in furtherance of perfecting, prosecuting, recording, maintaining, enforcing and protecting the Group’s right, title and interest in and to, any of the Assigned Inventions. In the event that the Company is unable for any reason to secure your signature to any document required to file, prosecute, register or memorialize the ownership and/or assignment of, or to enforce, any intellectual property, you hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company’s duly authorized officers and agents as your agents and attorneys-in-fact to act for and on your behalf and stead to (i) execute, file, prosecute, register and/or memorialize the assignment and/or ownership of any Assigned Invention; (ii) to execute and file any documentation required for such enforcement and (iii) do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the filing, prosecution, registration, memorialization of assignment and/or ownership of, issuance of and enforcement of any Assigned Inventions, all with the same legal force and effect as if executed by you.

4.6 Applicability to Past Activities. To the extent you have been engaged to provide services by the Company or its predecessor for a period of time before the effective date of this Agreement (the “Prior Engagement Period”), you agree that if and to the extent that, during the Prior Engagement Period: (i) you received access to any information from or on behalf of the Company that would have been Proprietary Information if you had received access to such information during the period of your employment with the Company under this Agreement; or (ii) you conceived, created, authored, invented, developed or reduced to practice any item, including any intellectual property rights with respect thereto, that would have been an Invention if conceived, created, authored, invented, developed or reduced to practice during the period of your employment with the Company under this Agreement; then any such information shall be deemed Proprietary Information hereunder and any such item shall be deemed an Invention hereunder, and this Agreement shall apply to such information or item as if conceived, created, authored, invented, developed or reduced to practice under this Agreement.

5. NO BREACH OF PRIOR AGREEMENT. You represent that your performance of all the terms of this Agreement and your duties as an employee of the Company will not breach any invention assignment, proprietary information, confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation, noninterference, or similar agreement with any former employer or other party. You represent that you will not bring with you to the Company or use in the performance of your duties for the Company any documents or materials or intangibles of a former employer or third party that are not in the public domain or have not been legally transferred or licensed to the Company.

6. DUTY OF LOYALTY. You understand that your employment with the Company requires your undivided attention and effort during normal business hours. While you are employed by the Company, you will not, without the Company’s express prior written consent, (i) engage in any other business activity, unless such activity is for passive investment purposes only and will not require you to render any services, (ii) be engaged or interested, directly or indirectly, alone or with others, in any trade, business or occupation in competition with the Group, (iii) make preparations, alone or with others, to compete with the Group in the future, or (iv) appropriate for your own benefit business opportunities pertaining to the Group’s business. The obligations imposed on you under the Section 6 are in addition to, and do not supplant, any similar obligations you may have to the Group under the common law or by statute.

7. DUTY OF NON INTERFERENCE.

For purposes of this Section, “solicit” means any direct or indirect communication of any kind, regardless of who initiates it, that in any way invites, advises, encourages or requests any person to take or refrain from taking any action.

7.1 Non-Solicitation of Employees/Consultants. During your employment with the Group and for a period of two (2) years thereafter, you will not directly or indirectly hire, attempt to hire, recruit, offer employment, lure or entice away, or in any other manner persuade or otherwise solicit anyone who is then an employee or consultant of the Group (or who was an employee or consultant of the Group within the six months preceding the date of any such prohibited conduct) to resign from the Group or to apply for or accept employment with, or otherwise provide services to, you or any third party, for your own benefit or for the benefit of any other person or entity.

 

 

Page 5 of 12 Oct 2014


Confidentiality, Invention Assignment, Non-Solicit, Non-Compete and Arbitration Agreement - Virginia

 

7.2 Non-Solicitation of Suppliers/Customers. During your employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter, you will not, whether as an owner, employee, member, director, officer, trustee, agent, contractor, consultant or otherwise, directly or indirectly (i) solicit or accept from any Customer or Potential Customer (as defined below) any business involving the sale or provision of Restricted Products (as defined in section 7.3); (ii) request or advise any Customer, or supplier or vendor of the Group to curtail, cancel, or withdraw its business from the Group; or (iii) aid in any way any other entity in obtaining business from any Customer or Potential Customer involving the sale or provision of Restricted Products (as defined in section 7.3). “Customer means any person or entity who is or was, during the last 24 months of your employment with the Company (including any period of employment with any predecessor of the Company) either (a) a customer of the Company or (b) a customer of any Group company and, (c) with whom you dealt on behalf of the Company or a Group member or their predecessor; (d) whose dealings with the Company or a Group member or their predecessor were coordinated or supervised by you; (e) about whom you obtained Proprietary Information as a result of your association with the Company or a Group member or their predecessor; or (f) to whom you provided services on behalf of the Company or a Group member or their predecessor. “Potential Customer means any person or entity (a) with whom you were directly involved in the solicitation or targeting of such potential customer or to whom you provided services on behalf of any Group company during the six months preceding the termination of your employment or (b) about whom you became privy to Proprietary Information as a result of your employment during the last six months of your employ.

7.3 Non-Competition. During your employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year thereafter (the “Restricted Period”), you will not hold any position or role outside the Company or the Group, whether such position or role be an employee, officer, director, consultant, owner, manager, advisor, investor, or otherwise, through which you would, directly or indirectly, provide competing services with the business of the Group or that would enable you or another third party to unfairly compete with the business of the Group. By way of limitation to the foregoing, the following shall be considered competitive with the business of the Group: (i) the provision of services with respect to or the sale of Restricted Products, within 50 miles of any Group Customer, (ii) the provision of services with respect to or sale of Restricted Products within 50 miles of any Group Office or (iii) the research, development, manufacturing or distribution of Restricted Products that will be sold within 50 miles of any Group Customer or Group Office. For purposes of this section, “Restricted Products” means products or services (a) which are of the same or materially similar kind as the products or services (including but not limited to technical and product support, professional services, technical advice and other customer services) researched into, developed, manufactured, distributed, sold or supplied by the Group and (b) (1) with which you were directly connected during your employment with the Company or its predecessor or (2) about which you have received or developed Proprietary Information by reason of your employment with the Company or its predecessor or provision of services to any member of the Group. “Group Customer” means a customer with respect to which you provided services, had business dealings or about which you received or developed Proprietary Information. “Group Office” means an office of the Company or a Group company with respect

to which you provided services, had business dealings or about which you received or developed Proprietary Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by providing prior notice to the Company you may accept employment or otherwise be engaged in or involved with a competitor of the Group that has multiple lines of business provided that, during the Restricted Period, you are employed by a business unit of such competitor that is not engaged or otherwise involved with Restricted Products OR you are providing services to the competitor that are unrelated to the services you provided to the Company and that will not confer an unfair business advantage to such competitor by virtue of the Proprietary Information in your possession. Nothing contained in this Section 7 shall prohibit you from owning of a passive investment interest of not more than 2.5% in a company with publicly traded equity securities, and whether on your own behalf or on behalf of others. You agree that the Restricted Period shall be extended by a period equal the length of any violation of this Section 7.3.

7.4 Employment by Customers. Without the Company’s express written permission, you will not, for a period of one (1) year following termination of your employment for any reason, accept employment with, or be employed by, any customer of the Group in a capacity substantially similar to the capacity in which you are employed by the Company when such employment causes or will cause the customer of the Group to curtail or discontinue purchasing services and/or products previously purchased by such customer from the Group.

8. OBLIGATIONS UPON TERMINATION.

8.1 Return of Company Property. At the time of leaving the employ of the Company, you will deliver to the Company (and will not keep in your possession or deliver to anyone else) (i) any and all documents and materials of any nature (including physical and electronic copies) pertaining to your work, including without limitation devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any aforementioned items and (ii) all property belonging to the Group or any third party which provided property to you in connection with your employment such as computer, laptops, personal digital assistants, cell phones, MP3 players, electronic organizers and other devices, cards, car, keys, security devices or any other item belonging to the Group. Upon Company request, you will execute a document confirming your compliance with this provision and the terms of this Agreement.

8.2 Notification of New Employer. Before you accept employment or enter in to any consulting or other professional or business engagement with any other person or entity while any of Section 7 is in effect, you will provide such person or entity with written notice of the provisions of Section 7 and will deliver a copy of the notice to the Company. You hereby grant consent to notification by the Company to your new employer about your rights and obligations under this Agreement.

8.3 Withholding. To the extent allowed by law, you agree to allow Company to deduct from your final paycheck(s) any amounts due as a result of your employment, including but not limited to, any expense advances or business charges incurred by you on behalf of the Group, charges for property damaged or not returned when requested, and any other charges incurred by you payable to the Group. You agree to execute any authorization form as may be provided by Company to effectuate this provision.

 

 

Page 6 of 12 Oct 2014


Confidentiality, Invention Assignment, Non-Solicit, Non-Compete and Arbitration Agreement - Virginia

 

9. AT WILL EMPLOYMENT.

This Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment for any definite period of time. You acknowledge and agree that nothing in this Agreement modifies the at-will nature of your employment with Company, which permits either yourself or Company to terminate your employment at any time and without cause.

10. ARBITRATION.

10.1 In the event of any controversy or dispute between you and the Company or between you and any affiliate or an agent of Company, including but not limited to directors, officers, managers, other employees or members of the Group, who are being sued in any capacity, as to all or any part of this Agreement, any other agreement, any dispute or controversy whatsoever pertaining to or arising out of the relationship between you and the Company and/or the Group or the dissolution or termination of same, and/or the arbitrability thereof (collectively, “Arbitrable Disputes” as further defined below) shall, subject to Section 11.1 herein, be resolved exclusively by binding arbitration solely between yourself and the Company and/or person or entity described above, conducted in Roanoke, Roanoke County Virginia. The arbitration shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. Section 1 et seq, as amended, and shall be administered in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Dispute Resolution Addendum appended hereto as Schedule 2 (the “Addendum”), all of which are incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.

10.2 Arbitrable Disputes shall include any and all disputes not specifically exempted from arbitration herein, including, but not limited to, any alleged violations of federal, state or local constitutions, statutes, laws, ordinances, regulations or common law, any claims of wrongful termination, unlawful discrimination, harassment or retaliation, including but not limited to Title VII of the 1964 Civil Rights Act, The Equal Pay Act, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act and similar state and local statutes, any claims of breach of contract or any implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, any claims of adverse treatment in violation of public policy, and any disputes arising from, under or regarding this Agreement, including the formation, validity, interpretation, effect or breach of the Agreement. For avoidance of doubt, all disputes regarding the validity of this Agreement, the validity of the arbitration provisions of this Agreement, or whether any particular claim or matter is included within the scope of the arbitration provisions of this Agreement, are Arbitrable Disputes subject to arbitration as described herein.

Specifically excluded from Arbitrable Disputes are disputes or claims arising from or related to workers’ compensation and unemployment insurance, and any claims which are expressly excluded from binding arbitration by statute or public policy, or which are expressly required to be arbitrated under a different procedure.

10.3 While you are not required to do so before serving an arbitration demand under Section (g) of the Addendum, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent you from filing or maintaining an administrative charge or complaint with a government agency, including but not limited to, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Labor and the National Labor Relations Board or any equivalent state or local agency. For the avoidance of doubt, if you choose not to file an administrative charge or complaint before commencing an arbitration in accordance with this Section 10 and the Addendum, your arbitration demand must be served, subject to Section 10.5, within the applicable time period for filing a charge with the relevant agency in order to be timely filed.

10.4 This binding arbitration procedure shall supplant and replace claims in court (except as specified herein), and you expressly waive the right to a civil court action before a jury.

10.5 In accordance with Section (g) of the Addendum and to the extent permitted by applicable law, any arbitration relating to or arising from any Arbitrable Dispute shall be commenced by service of an arbitration demand on or before the earlier of: (i) the expiration of the limitations period provided by applicable law; or (ii) the one-year anniversary of the accrual of the aggrieved party’s claim.

10.6 All Arbitrable Disputes under this Agreement must be brought in your individual capacity, and not as a plaintiff or class member in any purported class, representative or collective proceeding. You agree that the arbitrator is not empowered to consolidate claims of different individuals into one proceeding, or to hear an arbitration as a class arbitration. To the extent the arbitrator determines that this class/collective action waiver is invalid, for any reason, this entire Section 10 shall be null and void but only with regard to that particular proceeding in which the arbitrator invalidated this class/collective action waiver and this Section 10 shall remain in full force and effect with respect to any Arbitrable Disputes other than that covered by such class/collective action proceeding.

10.7 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the waiver of the jury trial right shall survive even in the event this Section 10 is deemed null and void.

 

11.

GENERAL

11.1 Injunctive Relief. Notwithstanding the arbitration provisions in Section 10 or anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, you and the Company understand and agree that the parties’ actions or potential actions concerning obligations under Sections 2, 3, 4, 6 or 7 of this Agreement may result in irreparable and continuing damage to the other party for which monetary damages will not be sufficient, and agree that both parties will be entitled to seek, in addition to its other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and both before or while an arbitration is pending between the parties under Section 10 of this Agreement, a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or similar injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to preserve the status quo or prevent irreparable injury pending the full and final resolution of the dispute through arbitration, without the necessity of showing any actual damages or that monetary damages would not afford an adequate remedy, and without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The aforementioned injunctive relief shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, legal remedies, monetary damages or other available forms of relief through arbitration proceedings. This Section shall not be construed to limit the obligation for either party to pursue arbitration under Section 10 with respect to any Arbitrable Disputes.

 

 

Page 7 of 12 Oct 2014


Confidentiality, Invention Assignment, Non-Solicit, Non-Compete and Arbitration Agreement - Virginia

 

11.2 Waiver of Breach. The failure of Company at any time, or from time to time, to require performance of any of your obligations under this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of and shall in no manner affect Company’s right to enforce any provision of this Agreement at a subsequent time. The waiver by Company of any rights arising out of any breach shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights arising out of any subsequent breach.

11.3 Notice. Unless your offer letter provides otherwise, you agree to use reasonable efforts to provide Company 14 days notice to terminate your employment with Company; provided, however, that this provision shall not change the at-will nature of the employment relationship between you and Company.

11.4 Non Disparagement. During and after your employment with the Company, except to the extent compelled or required by law, you agree you shall not disparage the Group, its customers and suppliers or their respective officers, directors, agents, servants, employees, attorneys, shareholders, successors or assigns or their respective products or services, in any manner (including but not limited to, verbally or via hard copy, websites, blogs, social media forums or any other medium); provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent you from: engaging in concerted activity relative to the terms and conditions of your employment and in communications protected under the National Labor Relations Act, filing a charge or providing information to any governmental agency, or from providing information in response to a subpoena or other enforceable legal process or as otherwise required by law.

11.5 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Virginia, irrespective of its choice of law rules.

11.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement along with Schedules 1 and 2 and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement does not supplant any rights the Group may have under the common law or by statute. Headings are provided for convenience only and do not modify, broaden, define or restrict any provision. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing signed by the parties.

11.7 Survival. Any termination of this Agreement, regardless of how such termination may occur, shall not operate to terminate Sections 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10 and 11 which shall survive any such termination and remain valid, enforceable and in full force and effect,

 

 

PowerSchool Group LLC.         
By:   

 

               By:   

/s/ Marcy Daniel

   Mark Oldemeyer          Marcy Daniel
  

CFO

 

        
   Date          Date 3/3/2016

 

Page 8 of 12 Oct 2014


Confidentiality, Invention Assignment, Non-Solicit, Non-Compete and Arbitration Agreement – Virginia

 

Schedule 1

(List of Employee’s Prior Inventions)

MD By initialing here, I represent and warrant that I have no Prior Inventions, as that term is defined in the Agreement to which this Schedule 1 is attached.

OR

                     Below is a complete and accurate list of Prior Inventions, as that term is defined in the Agreement to which this Schedule 1 is attached.

 

By:  

/s/ Marcy Daniel

  Marcy Daniel
  Date: 3/3/2016

 

Page 9 of 12 Oct 2014


Confidentiality, Invention Assignment, Non-Solicit, Non-Compete and Arbitration Agreement – Virginia

 

Schedule 2

Dispute Resolution Addendum

 

a. For purposes of this Addendum, all capitalized terms shall have the meaning set forth in the Confidentiality, Invention Assignment, Non Solicit, Non-Compete and Arbitration Agreement (the “Agreement”) to which this Addendum is appended. “Employee” means the individual employed by or performing services for the Company or any affiliate who signed the Agreement.

b. Except in the event either party seeks injunctive relief in accordance with Section 11.1 of the Agreement, Employee and Company agree that, prior to the service of an Arbitration Demand in accordance with paragraph h below, the parties shall negotiate in good faith for a period of thirty (30) days to resolve any Arbitrable Dispute privately, amicably and confidentially. Such thirty (30) day period shall run from the date of the first written contact by one party of the other, specifically citing this paragraph, to discuss the potential Arbitrable Dispute.

c. All Arbitrable Disputes shall be resolved only by final and binding arbitration conducted privately and confidentially by a single arbitrator selected as specified in this Addendum.

d. Waiver of Class Action and Collective Action Claims. Except as otherwise required by law, both parties expressly intend and agree that: (a) class action and collective action procedures shall neither be asserted nor applied for in any arbitration conducted pursuant to this arbitration agreement; (b) each party will not assert class or collective action claims against the other in arbitration or otherwise; and (c) the parties shall only submit their own, individual claims in arbitration and will not seek to represent the interests of any other person. The arbitrator shall not consolidate more than one person’s claims in the arbitration, and may not otherwise preside over any form of a collective or class proceeding.

e. The parties understand and agree that the Agreement evidences a transaction involving interstate commerce within the meaning of 9 U.S.C. § 2, and that the Addendum shall therefore be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1, et seq.

f. The arbitrator, and not any federal, state, or local court or agency, shall have exclusive authority to determine the arbitrability of disputes and to resolve any dispute relating to the interpretation, applicability, or enforceability of the Agreement and this Addendum. The Arbitrator shall conduct and preside over such hearings as the arbitrator deems appropriate.

g. Shortening of Limitations Period Within Which to File an Arbitration Demand. To the extent permitted by applicable law, any arbitration relating to or arising from any Arbitrable Dispute shall be commenced by service of an arbitration demand on or before the earlier of: (i) the expiration of the limitations period provided by applicable law; or (ii) the one-year anniversary of the accrual of the aggrieved party’s claim pursuant to applicable law. Otherwise, all claims that were or could have been brought by the aggrieved party against the other party shall be forever time-barred.

h. To commence an arbitration pursuant to this Agreement, a party shall serve a written arbitration demand (the “Demand”) on the other party by certified mail, return receipt requested or by personal service prior to the expiration of the Limitations Period for Arbitrable Disputes. The claimant shall attach a copy of the Agreement and this Addendum to the Demand, which shall also describe the Arbitrable Dispute in sufficient detail to advise the respondent of the nature and basis of the dispute, state the date on which the dispute first arose, list the names and addresses of every person, including without limitation current or former employees of Company or any affiliate, whom the claimant believes does or may have information relating to the dispute, including a short description of the matter(s) about which each person is believed to have knowledge, and state with particularity the relief requested by the claimant, including a specific monetary amount, if the claimant seeks a monetary award of any kind. Within thirty days after receiving the Demand, the respondent shall mail to the claimant a written response to the Demand (the “Response”) that may include one or more counterclaims and that shall describe in reasonable detail the respondent’s position in connection with the dispute and any counterclaim asserted. The Response shall also, if applicable, state the date on which any counterclaim first arose, list the names and addresses of every person, including without limitation current or former employees of Company or any affiliate, whom the respondent believes does or may have information relating to the dispute including a short description of the matter(s) about which each person is believed to have knowledge, and state with particularity the relief requested by the respondent, including a specific monetary amount, if the respondent seeks a monetary award of any kind. Both parties acknowledge that they have an ongoing duty to supplement the list of persons that either side believes does or may have information relating to the dispute.

i. Promptly after service of the Response, the parties shall confer in good faith to attempt to agree upon a suitable arbitrator. If the parties are unable to agree upon an arbitrator, the claimant shall request from the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) a list of nine potential arbitrators randomly selected from the AAA’s employment arbitration panel for the area in which the hearing is required to take place or, if no employment arbitration panel exists for that area, then from the AAA’s commercial arbitration panel for that area (the “List”). The Company shall bear the cost of obtaining the List, which the AAA shall provide simultaneously to the claimant and the respondent by fax, email, hand delivery or any other expeditious mode of delivery. The AAA shall not administer the arbitration or have any role in the arbitration other than providing the List, unless the parties both agree otherwise in writing. No later than five business days after the List is received by the parties, or within such other time period as agreed by the parties in writing, they shall conduct a meeting or conference call during which they shall alternate in striking names from the List, beginning with the claimant. After each party has stricken four names from the List, the one remaining individual shall be appointed to serve as arbitrator and shall thereafter resolve the Arbitrable Dispute in accordance with this Addendum.

 

 

Page 10 of 12 Oct 2014


Confidentiality, Invention Assignment, Non-Solicit, Non-Compete and Arbitration Agreement – Virginia

 

j. Notwithstanding the choice-of-law principles of any jurisdiction, the arbitrator shall be bound by and shall resolve all Arbitrable Disputes in accordance with the substantive law of the State of Virginia or federal law as enunciated by the federal courts situated in the Fourth Circuit, whichever apply to the claim and Federal rules of evidence, including, without limitation, all relevant privileges and the attorney work product doctrine.

k. All facts relating to or concerning the Arbitrable Dispute and arbitration, including without limitation the existence of the arbitration, the nature of the claims and defenses asserted, and the outcome of the arbitration shall be confidential and shall not be disclosed by the claimant, the respondent or the arbitrator without the prior written consent of both the claimant and the respondent. Notwithstanding the foregoing confidentiality obligation, the claimant and respondent may divulge information rendered confidential pursuant to this Addendum to the extent necessary to prosecute or defend the arbitration or any related judicial proceeding, and the Company may disclose such information to its employees and agents in the ordinary course of their performance of their duties for the Company.

l. Before the arbitration hearing, each party shall be entitled to take discovery depositions of three fact witnesses and, in addition, the discovery deposition of every expert witness expected to testify for the opposing party at the arbitration hearing; provided that to the extent the arbitrator concludes that applicable law would render this subsection (I) unconscionable or otherwise unenforceable, the arbitrator shall have the authority to order additional depositions sufficient to protect the enforceability of this subsection (I). Upon the written request of either party, the other party shall promptly produce documents relevant to the Arbitrable Dispute or reasonably likely to lead to the discovery of admissible evidence. Each party acknowledges that each has an ongoing duty to supplement the production of documents in response to any request received from the party. The manner, timing and extent of any further discovery shall be committed to the arbitrator’s sound discretion, provided that the arbitrator shall upon a showing of reasonable cause permit any party to take a preservation deposition of any witness for use in at any hearing in lieu of live testimony, and provided further that under no circumstances shall the arbitrator allow more depositions or interrogatories than permitted by the presumptive limitations set forth in F.R.Civ.P. 30(a)(2)(A) and 33(a). The arbitrator shall levy appropriate sanctions, including an award of reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party that fails to cooperate in good faith in discovery permitted by this Addendum or ordered by the arbitrator.

m. Either party shall have the right to subpoena witnesses and documents for the arbitration as well as documents relevant to the case from third parties. The arbitrator shall have the jurisdiction to hear and rule upon pre-hearing disputes and is authorized to hold pre-hearing conferences by telephone or in person, as the arbitrator deems advisable. The arbitrator shall have the authority to entertain a motion to dismiss, a motion for summary judgment and/or any other dispositive motion by any party and shall apply the standards governing such motions under the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. Either party, at its expense, may arrange and pay the cost of a court

reporter to provide a stenographic record of the proceedings; provided, however, that if both parties desire a stenographic record or access to such record, the cost of the court reporter and such record shall be shared equally. Should any party refuse or neglect to appear for, or participate in the arbitration hearing, the arbitrator shall have the authority to decide the dispute based upon whatever evidence is presented. Either party, upon request at the close of the hearing, shall be given leave to file a post-hearing brief. The time for filing such brief shall be set by the arbitrator.

n. The arbitrator shall have no power to modify or deviate from the provisions of this Addendum unless both claimant and respondent consent to such modification or deviation. To the extent that any matter necessary to the efficient and timely completion of the arbitration is not governed by this Addendum, the arbitrator shall, after conferring with the parties, have the power to enter rulings and establish standards necessary, in his or her sound discretion, to resolve the matter.

o. The Company shall bear the costs of the arbitrator only to the extent required by applicable law. Except as otherwise set forth in this Addendum, each party shall pay for its own costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by such party, if any. However, if any party prevails on a statutory claim which affords the prevailing party attorneys’ fees and costs, or if there is a written agreement providing for attorneys’ fees and costs, the arbitrator may award reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs to the prevailing party. Any dispute as to the reasonableness of any fee or cost shall be resolved by the arbitrator.

p. Within thirty days after the arbitration hearing is closed or after any dispositive motion is fully briefed, the arbitrator shall issue a written award setting forth his or her decision and the reasons therefor. The arbitrator’s award shall be final, nonappealable and binding upon the parties, subject only to the provisions of 9 U.S.C. § 10, and may be entered as a judgment in any court of competent jurisdiction.

q. The parties agree that reliance upon courts of law and equity can add significant costs and delays to the process of resolving disputes. Accordingly, they recognize that an essence of this Agreement is to provide for the submission of all Arbitrable Disputes to binding arbitration. Therefore, if any provision of this Addendum is found to be in conflict with a mandatory provision of applicable law or is otherwise void or voidable, the parties understand and agree that each such provision shall be reformed to render it enforceable, but only to the extent absolutely necessary to render the provision enforceable and only in view of the parties’ express desire that Arbitrable Disputes be resolved by arbitration and, to the greatest extent permitted by law, in accordance with the principles, limitations and procedures set forth in this Addendum.

r. Either party may bring an action in court to compel arbitration under this Addendum and the Agreement, and to confirm, vacate or enforce an arbitration award, and each party shall bear its own attorney fees and costs and other expenses of such action.

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

PowerSchool Group LLC.

 

Page 11 of 12 Oct 2014


Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement – Arbitration Agreement

 

By:  

 

      By:   

/s/ Marcy Daniel

 

Mark Oldemeyer

CFO

         Marcy Daniel
  Date                   Date 3/3/2016
          

 

Page 12 of 12 Oct 2014

Exhibit 10.18

 

LOGO

December 8, 2017

Devendra Singh

 

Re:

Employment with PowerSchool Group LLC

Dear Devendra:

We are pleased to extend an offer to you to join our team. This letter, along with the attached Exhibits A and B, will confirm the terms of employment with PowerSchool Group LLC (as such company’s name may change from time to time and such company’s successors and assigns, the “Company”). The terms of our offer are as follows:

1. You will be the Chief Technology Officer of the Company, reporting to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”). In this capacity, you will have the responsibilities and duties consistent with such position.

2. Your starting base salary will be $310,000 per year, less deductions and withholdings required by law or authorized by you, and will be subject to review annually for any increases or decreases (the “Base Salary”); provided, however, that any decreases shall not be greater than ten percent (10%) of your then current base salary, which decrease would only be implemented in conjunction with a general decrease affecting the executive management team. Your Base Salary will be paid by the Company in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices as in effect from time to time.

With respect to your bonus opportunities for each bonus period beginning on and after January l, 2018, you will be eligible to receive a bonus of up to 40% of your Base Salary (the “Bonus”). The Bonus will be awarded at the sole discretion of the Board of Managers of the Company (the “Board”), based on the Board’s determination as to your achievement of predetermined thresholds which may include, but are not limited to, management by objectives (“MBO”s) and financial targets such as revenue, recurring revenue, gross profit and/or EBITDA targets. In addition, you will be eligible each year for an additional bonus of up to 20% of your Base Salary, awarded at the sole discretion of the Board, based on the Board’s determination as to your achievement of “stretch” targets.

The bonus formulas, MBOs, performance milestones and all other elements of your bonus opportunities shall be established by the Board in its sole discretion, and communicated in writing (including by e-mail) to you from time to time. Any bonus earned for a fiscal year shall be paid within thirty (30) days after the Board has received, reviewed and approved the applicable fiscal year’s final audited financial statements. In any event, payment of any bonus that becomes due with respect to a fiscal year shall be paid in the calendar year following the fiscal year in which such bonus was earned, subject, in each case, to your continued employment on the applicable payment date.


3. You will also be eligible to participate in regular health, dental and vision insurance plans and other employee benefit plans established by the Company for its employees from time to time, so long as they remain generally available to the Company’s employees.

4. Your position is currently based in Folsom, California. Your duties may involve extensive domestic and international travel. The parties hereto acknowledge that you intend to relocate to the Folsom area. After your relocation to Folsom, the Company will supplement your salary by an amount equal to the net after-tax housing and utility expenses you may incur in the Folsom area in an amount not to exceed $2,000 per month (“Duplicate Housing Costs”) for up to six (6) months and the Company shall reimburse you for reasonable moving and relocation expenses (“Relocation Expenses”) in connection with your relocation to the Folsom area; provided, that the Company shall not pay you Duplicate Housing Costs or reimburse your Relocation Expenses in excess of an aggregate amount of $20,000 unless approved by the CEO in advance; provided further that these expenses shall be documented and provided further that such expenses shall not include (a) any losses (whether or not realized) incurred by you in connection with the sale of your existing residence and (b) any broker fees and/or commissions (whether incurred in connection with the sale of your existing residence or the purchase of your new residence). In the event that you terminate your employment without Good Reason or the Company terminates your employment for Cause, in each case, within the first twelve (12) months following your relocation to Folsom, you shall promptly, unless waived by the CEO in his/her sole discretion, remit to the Company any Duplicate Housing Costs and Relocation Expenses for which you have been paid or reimbursed. In the event that you are entitled to any amounts from the Company upon such termination, to the maximum extent permitted by law, any amounts owed to the Company pursuant to the foregoing may be deducted from such payments and you will timely execute any documents necessary to facilitate such deduction.

5. You will be eligible to receive a certain amount of incentive equity (the “Incentive Equity”) of Severin Topco, LLC, an indirect parent of the Company (as such company’s name may change from time to time and such company’s successors and assigns, “Parent”), which Incentive Equity shall be issued under Parent’s Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “LLC Agreement”) and which shall represent approximately 0.4% of the fully diluted equity interests of Parent at the time of issuance. Incentive Equity shall be comprised of awards intended to be treated as “profits interests” for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Revenue Procedures 93-27 and 2001-43.

The Incentive Equity that you are eligible to receive will be subject to the terms (including, but not limited to, the vesting terms and the participation thresholds, as the case may be) as set forth in the LLC Agreement and the grant agreement to which you will be a party (the “Grant Agreement”). Any grant of Incentive Equity is subject to Parent’s Board of Managers’ approval and the execution of any applicable Grant Agreements. Our intent to recommend such approval is not a promise of compensation and is not intended to create any obligation on the part of the Company or Parent. Further details on the Incentive Equity and any specific grant of Incentive Equity to you will be provided upon approval of such grant by the Board of Managers of Parent.

Your Incentive Equity, if granted, will vest as follows, each as more fully set forth in the Grant Agreement (it being understood that such vesting shall be subject to your continued employment by the Company through the applicable vesting event):

• 2/3 of the Incentive Equity would be subject to time-based vesting over four (4) years, with 25% vesting upon the date that is twelve (12) months after the Closing Date and an additional 1/12th of such Stock Options vesting at the end of each full three (3) calendar month period thereafter (the vesting of any such unvested time-based Incentive Equity would be accelerated upon a change of control of Parent); and

 

2


• 1/3 of the Incentive Equity would vest if any equity buy-out investment fund managed or controlled by Vista Equity Partners, and any of such funds’ respective portfolio companies (collectively, “Vista”) received cumulative cash distributions or other cash proceeds, contributions and/or net sale proceeds in respect of the securities of Parent or its subsidiaries held by Vista or any loans provided to Parent or its subsidiaries by Vista (“Vista’s Return”) such that Vista’s Return equals or exceeds three hundred percent (300%) of Vista’s total investment in Parent and its subsidiaries (whether in exchange for equity, indebtedness or otherwise) (calculated pursuant to the formula set forth in the Grant Agreement).

Notwithstanding anything in the LLC Agreement, the Grant Agreement or this letter to the contrary, in the event that such sales proceeds include non-cash consideration, the value of such non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Managers of Parent in its good faith discretion in order to determine if the above vesting thresholds have been met. If such thresholds have been met, you will receive an equal proportion of your proceeds from the sale of any equity interests of the Parent in such non-cash consideration.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that, within six (6) months following the date hereof, the Company enters into definitive documents (a “Signing”) with respect to a Sale of the Company (as defined in the LLC Agreement) (for purposes herein, a “Transaction”), and such Transaction is actually consummated within six (6) months following a Signing, the Incentive Equity will be forfeited for no additional consideration.

In the event of such a Transaction, the following will also apply:

- You will be paid a transaction bonus of $500,000, payable within 30 days of the Transaction and contingent on your continued employment with the Company (or its successor) through the applicable payment date;

- You will be granted equity interests in the Company (or its successor or an applicable parent entity) with an “equity at work” value of $1.8 million (the “Successor Equity Interests”), with such valuation being determined in good faith in accordance with your discussions prior to the date hereof with the Company and the applicable materials that you were provided in connection with such discussions; and

- In the event that you are terminated without Cause during the twelve (12)-month period following the Transaction, the Company (or the applicable issuing entity) will repurchase such Successor Equity Interests for the fair market value thereof (the “Repurchase Price”) and, in addition, you will be provided an additional termination bonus equal to the positive difference, if any, between $1.5 million minus the Repurchase Price; provided, that any such termination bonus amount will be contingent upon your execution of a Release Agreement (as defined below).

6. There are some formalities that you need to complete as a condition of your employment:

- You must carefully consider and sign the Company’s standard “Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement - California” (attached to this letter as Exhibit A). Because the Company and its affiliates are engaged in a continuous program of research, development, production and marketing in connection with their business, we wish to reiterate that it is critical for the Company and its affiliates to preserve and protect its proprietary information and its rights in inventions.

 

3


- So that the Company has proper records of inventions that may belong to you, we ask that you also complete Schedule 1 attached to Exhibit A.

- You and the Company mutually agree that any disputes that may arise regarding your employment will be submitted to binding arbitration by the American Arbitration Association. As a condition of your employment, you will need to carefully consider and voluntarily agree to the arbitration clause set forth in Section 14 of Exhibit A.

7. We also wish to remind you that, as a condition of your employment, you are expected to abide by the Parent’s, the Company’s, and their direct and indirect subsidiaries’ policies and procedures, which policies and procedures may be amended from time to time, at the Company’s sole discretion and employees will be notified of any amendments to such policies and procedures.

8. Your employment with the Company is at will. The Company may terminate your employment at any time with or without notice, and for any reason or no reason. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in Exhibit A, you shall be entitled to terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason or no reason by giving notice in writing to the Company of not less than four (4) weeks (“Notice Period”), unless otherwise agreed to in writing by you and the Company. In the event of such notice, the Company reserves the right, in its discretion, to give immediate effect to your resignation in lieu of requiring or allowing you to continue work throughout the Notice Period; provided that the Company pays your Base Salary in lieu of the Notice Period. You shall continue to be an employee of the Company during the Notice Period, and thus owe to the Company the same duty of loyalty you owed it prior to giving notice of your termination. The Company may, during the Notice Period, relieve you of all of your duties and prohibit you from entering the Company’s offices.

9. If the Company terminates your employment without “Cause” or you voluntarily terminate your employment for a “Good Reason”, you will be entitled to receive a severance payment equal to six (6) months of your then applicable Base Salary and, at the sole discretion of the Board, a pro-rated portion of any bonus that may have been earned by you during the fiscal year in which such termination occurs, less deductions and withholdings required by law or authorized by you (the “Severance Pay”). For purposes of this section, “Cause” and “Good Reason” have the meaning set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto. The Company will not be required to pay the Severance Pay unless (a) you execute and deliver to the Company an agreement (“Release Agreement”) in a form satisfactory to the Company releasing from all liability (other than the payments and benefits contemplated by this letter) the Company, each member of the Company, and any of their respective past or present officers, directors, managers, employees investors, agents or affiliates, including Vista, and you do not revoke such Release Agreement during any applicable revocation period, (b) such Release Agreement is executed and delivered (and no longer subject to revocation, if applicable) within sixty (60) days following the date of your termination of employment, and (c) you have not breached the provisions of Sections 4 through 10 and 16 of Exhibit A, the terms of this letter or any agreement between you and the Company or the provisions of the Release Agreement. If the Release Agreement is executed and delivered and no longer subject to revocation as provided in the preceding sentence, then the Severance Pay shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices at the time of termination and commencing on the sixtieth (60th) day following your termination of employment. The first payment of Severance Pay shall include payment of all amounts that otherwise would have been due prior thereto under the terms of this letter had such payments commenced immediately upon your termination of employment, and any payments made thereafter shall continue as provided herein.

 

4


10. You shall not make any statement that would libel, slander or disparage the Company, any member of the Company or its affiliates or any of their respective past or present officers, directors, managers, stockholders, employees or agents.

11. While we look forward to a long and profitable relationship, you will be an at-will employee of the Company as described in Section 8 of this letter and Section 3 of Exhibit A. Any statements or representations to the contrary (and, indeed, any statements contradicting any provision in this letter) are, and should be regarded by you, as ineffective. Further, your participation in any benefit program or other Company program, if any, is not to be regarded as assuring you of continuing employment for any particular period of time.

12. Please note that because of employer regulations adopted in the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, within three (3) business days of starting your new position you will need to present documentation establishing your identity and demonstrating that you have authorization to work in the United States. If you have questions about this requirement, which applies to U.S. citizens and non-U.S. citizens alike, you may contact our personnel office.

13. It should also be understood that all offers of employment are conditioned on the Company’s completion of a satisfactory background check, including a drug screening process. The Company reserves the right to perform background checks during the term of your employment, subject to compliance with applicable laws. You will be required to execute forms authorizing such a background check.

14. This letter along with its Exhibits and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this letter, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, including but not limited to severance, employment or similar agreements, whether oral or written, between or among you and the Company or its predecessor with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

15. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this letter and the provisions of Exhibit A, the terms of this letter shall prevail.

16. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts otherwise payable hereunder any amounts required to be withheld in respect to federal, state or local taxes.

17. The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this letter be exempt from or comply with Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “Code Section 409A”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this letter shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed on you by Code Section 409A or damages for failing to comply with Code Section 409A. A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this letter providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of this letter, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.” For purposes of Code Section 409A, your right to receive any installment payments pursuant to this letter shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate

 

5


and distinct payments. To the extent that reimbursements or other in-kind benefits under this letter constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A, (a) all such expenses or other reimbursements hereunder shall be made on or prior to the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which such expenses were incurred by you, (b) any right to such reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (c) no such reimbursement, expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided in any taxable year shall in any way affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year. Notwithstanding any other provision of this letter to the contrary, in no event shall any payment under this letter that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Code Section 409A.

18. The effective date of employment under the terms of this offer is expected to be on or about January 3, 2018. If you decide to accept the terms of this letter, and I hope you will, please signify your acceptance of these conditions of employment by signing and dating the enclosed copy of this letter and its Exhibit A and returning them to me, not later than December 11, 2017. Should you have anything that you wish to discuss, please do not hesitate to contact me at ****.

 

6


By signing this letter and Exhibit A attached hereto, you represent and warrant that you have had the opportunity to seek the advice of independent counsel before signing and have either done so, or have freely chosen not to do so, and either way, you sign this letter voluntarily.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Hardeep Gulati
Hardeep Gulati
Chief Executive Officer

I have read and understood this letter and Exhibit A attached and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms set forth therein.

 

/s/ Devendra Singh

      Date signed: 12/11/2017
Signature      
Name: Devendra Singh      

LIST OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit A: Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement - California

Exhibit B: Certain Definitions

 

7


EXHIBIT A

Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement - California

(See Attached)


EMPLOYMENT AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS AGREEMENT—CALIFORNIA

This Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made effective December 11, 2017 (the “Effective Date”), by and between PowerSchool Group LLC (together with its affiliates and related companies, hereafter referenced as “Company”) and Devendra Singh (hereafter referenced as “Employee”).

1. PURPOSE. In connection with Employee’s employment by the Company (the “Employment”), Employee and the Company wish to set forth the terms and conditions under which Employee will be employed by the Company, and certain restrictions applicable to Employee as a result of the Employment with the Company. This Agreement is intended: to allow the parties to engage in the Employment, with the Company giving Employee access to the Company’s customers, employees, and Confidential Information (as that term is defined below); to protect the Company’s business, information, and relationships against unauthorized competition, solicitation, recruitment, use, or disclosure; and to clarify Employee’s legal rights and obligations.

2. THE BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY. The Company is engaged in the business of investing and operating in software and technology-enabled businesses, including a continuous program of research, development, production and marketing (collectively the “Business” of the Company). Employee acknowledges that the Company has a legitimate interest in protecting its Confidential Information, trade secrets, customer relationships, customer goodwill, employee relationships, and the special investment and training given to Employee.

3. “AT WILL” EMPLOYMENT OF EMPLOYEE. Employee shall perform such duties or responsibilities as assigned to Employee from time to time. The Parties acknowledge that Employee’s employment by the Company at all times is and shall remain “at will,” and may be terminated by either Party at any time, with or without notice and with or without cause. Employee acknowledges that but for Employee’s execution of this Agreement, Employee would not be employed by the Company.

 

  a.

Employee acknowledges that Employee’s duties shall entail Employee’s contact with the Company’s customers to whom Employee is introduced, to which Employee is assigned, whose accounts Employee shall oversee, or for which Employee otherwise is directly or indirectly responsible. Employee further acknowledges that Employee will be given the use of the Company’s Confidential Information. Employee acknowledges that the Company’s goodwill with its customers and customer prospects, as well as the Company’s Confidential Information, are among the most valuable assets of the Company’s Business. Accordingly, Employee hereby agrees, acknowledges, covenants, represents and warrants that at all times during Employee’s employment with the Company, Employee will faithfully perform Employee’s duties with the utmost loyalty to the Company, and will owe a fiduciary duty and duty of loyalty to the Company. Employee agrees that during employment, Employee will do nothing disloyal or adverse to the Company or the Company’s Business, or which creates any conflict of interest with the Company or the Business of the Company. Employee will abide by the policies of the Company at all times during Employee’s employment, and acknowledges that the Company may unilaterally change its policies, practices, and procedures at any time, at the sole discretion of the Company. Employee understands and acknowledges that all equipment, communication devices, physical


  property, documents, information, data bases, furniture, accessories, premises, and any other items provided to Employee while employed by Company, shall at all times remain the sole property of the Company, and as such, Employee shall have no reasonable expectation of privacy when using such items.

 

  b.

Employee acknowledges that Employee will be afforded an investment of time, training, money, trust, exposure to the public, or exposure to customers, vendors, suppliers, investors, joint venture partners, or other business relationships of the Company during the course of the Employment, and Employee’s position gives Employee a high level of influence or credibility with the Company’s customers, vendors, suppliers, or other business relationships. Employee understands and acknowledges that Employee will possess specialized skills, learning, abilities, customer contacts, or customer information by reason of working for the Company.

 

  c.

Employee acknowledges that, through Employee’s employment with the Company, Employee may customarily and regularly solicit customers and/or prospective customers for the Company, and/or engage in making sales or obtaining orders or contracts for products or services.

 

  d.

Employee understands that the Company has specifically instructed him/her to refrain from bringing to the Company any documents or materials or intangibles of a former employer or third party that are not in the public domain, or have not been legally transferred or licensed to the Company, or that might constitute the confidential information or trade secrets of a prior employer. Employee agrees that when performing duties on behalf of the Company, he/she will not breach any invention assignment, proprietary information, confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation or other similar agreement with any former employer or other party.

4. DUTY OF LOYALTY. Employee understands that his/her employment and provision of services on behalf of the Company requires Employee’s undivided attention and effort. Accordingly, during Employee’s employment, Employee agrees that he/she will not, without the Company’s express prior written consent, (i) engage in any other business activity, unless such activity is for passive investment purposes not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement and will not require Employee to render any services, (ii) be engaged or interested, directly or indirectly, alone or with others, in any trade, business or occupation in competition with the Company, (iii) take steps, alone or with others, to engage in competition with the Company in the future, or (iv) appropriate for Employee’s own benefit business opportunities pertaining to the Company’s Business.

5. INVENTIONS

 

  a.

Prior Inventions. Attached hereto as Schedule 1 is a complete and accurate list describing all Inventions (as defined below) which were conceived, discovered, created, invented, developed and/or reduced to practice by Employee prior to the commencement of his/her Employment that have not been legally assigned or licensed to the Company (collectively: “Prior Inventions”). If there are no such Prior Inventions, Employee shall initial Schedule 1 to indicate Employee has no Prior Inventions to disclose.

 

Page 2 of 16


Employee acknowledges and agrees that if in the course of Employee’s employment, Employee incorporates or causes to be incorporated into a Company product, service, process, file, system, application or program a Prior Invention, Employee will grant the Company a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide, sublicensable and assignable license to make, have made, copy, modify, make derivative works of, use, offer to sell, sell or otherwise distribute such Prior Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process, file, system, application or program.

 

  b.

Disclosure and Assignment of Inventions. Employee agrees to promptly disclose to the Company in writing all Inventions (as defined below) that Employee conceives, develops and/or first reduces to practice or create, either alone or jointly with others, during the period of Employee’s Employment, and for a period of three (3) months thereafter, whether or not in the course of Employee’s Employment. Employee further assigns and agrees to assign all of Employee’s rights, title and interest in the Inventions to the Company. In the event that the Company is unable for any reason to secure Employee’s signature to any document required to file, prosecute, register or memorialize the ownership and/or assignment of any Invention, Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company’s duly authorized officers and agents as Employee’s agents and attorneys-in-fact to act for and on Employee’s behalf and stead to (i) execute, file, prosecute, register and/or memorialize the assignment and/or ownership of any Invention; (ii) to execute and file any documentation required for such enforcement and (iii) do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the filing, prosecution, registration, memorialization of assignment and/or ownership of, issuance of and enforcement of any Inventions, all with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Employee.

Employee acknowledges that he/she is not entitled to use the Inventions for Employee’s own benefit or the benefit of anyone except the Company without written permission from the Company, and then only subject to the terms of such permission. Employee further agrees that Employee will communicate to the Company, as directed by the Company, any facts known to Employee and testify in any legal proceedings, sign all lawful papers, make all rightful oaths, execute all divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, foreign counterparts, or reissue applications, all assignments, all registration applications and all other instruments or papers to carry into full force and effect, the assignment, transfer and conveyance hereby made or to be made and generally do everything possible for title to the Inventions to be clearly and exclusively held by the Company as directed by the Company.

For purposes of this Agreement, “Inventions” means, without limitation, any and all formulas, algorithms, processes, techniques, concepts, designs, developments, technology, ideas, patentable and unpatentable inventions and discoveries, copyrights and works of authorship in any media now known or hereafter invented (including computer programs, source code, object code, hardware, firmware, software, mask work, applications, files, internet site content, databases and compilations, documentation and related items) patents, trade and service marks,

 

Page 3 of 16


logos, trade dress, corporate names and other source indicators and the good will of any business symbolized thereby, trade secrets, know-how, confidential and proprietary information, documents, analyses, research and lists (including current and potential customer and user lists) and all applications and registrations and recordings, improvements and licenses that (i) relate in any manner, whether at the time of conception, design or reduction to practice, to the Company’s Business or its actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; (ii) result from any work performed by Employee on behalf of the Company; or (iii) result from the use of the Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities, Confidential Information or Trade Secrets.

Employee recognizes that Inventions or proprietary information relating to Employee’s activities while working for the Company, and conceived, reduced to practice, created, derived, developed, or made by Employee, alone or with others, within three (3) months after termination of Employee’s employment may have been conceived, reduced to practice, created, derived, developed, or made, as applicable, in significant part while Employee was employed by the Company. Accordingly, Employee agrees that such Inventions and proprietary information shall be presumed to have been conceived, reduced to practice, created, derived, developed, or made, as applicable, during Employee’s employment with the Company and are to be assigned to the Company pursuant to this Agreement and applicable law unless and until Employee has established the contrary by clear and convincing evidence.

 

  c.

Work for Hire. Employee acknowledges and agrees that any copyrightable works prepared by Employee within the scope of Employee’s employment are “works made for hire” under the Copyright Act and that the Company will be considered the author and owner of such copyrightable works. Any copyrightable works the Company specially commissions from Employee while Employee is employed also shall be deemed a work made for hire under the Copyright Act and if for any reason such work cannot be so designated as a work made for hire, Employee agrees to and hereby assigns to the Company, as directed by the Company, all right, title and interest in and to said work(s). Employee further agrees to and hereby grants the Company, as directed by the Company, a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide, sublicensable and assignable license to make, have made, copy, modify, make derivative works of, use, publicly perform, display or otherwise distribute any copyrightable works Employee creates during Employee’s Employment.

 

  d.

Assignment of Other Rights. In addition to the foregoing assignment of Inventions to the Company, Employee hereby irrevocably transfers and assigns to the Company: (i) all worldwide patents, patent applications, copyrights, mask works, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights in any Inventions; and (ii) any and all “Moral Rights” (as defined below) that Employee may have in or with respect to any Inventions. Employee also hereby forever waives and agrees never to assert any and all Moral Rights Employee may have in or with respect to any Inventions, even after termination of Employee’s work on behalf of the Company. “Moral Rights” mean any rights to claim authorship of any Inventions, to object to or prevent the

 

Page 4 of 16


  modification of any Inventions, or to withdraw from circulation or control the publication or distribution of any Inventions, and any similar right, existing under applicable judicial or statutory law of any country in the world, or under any treaty, regardless of whether or not such right is denominated or generally referred to as a “moral right.”

 

  e.

Applicability to Past Activities. To the extent Employee has been engaged to provide services by the Company or its predecessor for a period of time before the effective date of this Agreement (the “Prior Engagement Period”), Employee agrees that if and to the extent that, during the Prior Engagement Period: (i) Employee received access to any information from or on behalf of the Company that would have been proprietary information if Employee had received access to such information during the period of Employee’s Employment with the Company under this Agreement; or (ii) Employee conceived, created, authored, invented, developed or reduced to practice any item, including any intellectual property rights with respect thereto, that would have been an Invention if conceived, created, authored, invented, developed or reduced to practice during the period of Employee’s Employment with the Company under this Agreement; then any such information shall be deemed proprietary information hereunder and any such item shall be deemed an Invention hereunder, and this Agreement shall apply to such information or item as if conceived, created, authored, invented, developed or reduced to practice under this Agreement.

 

  f.

Employee shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that—(A) is made—(i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (B) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

 

  g.

Nothing in this Agreement is intended to conflict with 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b) or create liability for disclosures of trade secrets that are expressly allowed by 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b). Accordingly, the parties to this Agreement have the right to disclose in confidence trade secrets to federal, state, and local government officials, or to an attorney, for the sole purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law. The parties also have the right to disclose trade secrets in a document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, but only if the filing is made under seal and protected from public disclosure.

 

  h.

Assignment Exception – California Labor Code § 2870

Section 2870 of the California Labor Code exempts from this assignment provision any invention as to which Employee can prove the following:

 

  i.

It was developed entirely on Employee’s own time; and

 

Page 5 of 16


  ii.

No equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret of the Company or any of its affiliated entities was used in its development; and

 

  iii.

It neither

 

  1.

relates at the time of its conception or reduction to practice to the business of the Company or to the Company’s actual or demonstrably anticipated research and development; nor

 

  2.

results from any work performed by Employee for the Company.

The provisions of this Agreement requiring assignment to the Company do not apply to any invention which qualifies fully under the provisions of Section 2870 of the California Labor Code. Employee will advise the Company promptly in writing of any inventions, original works of authorship, developments, improvements or trade secrets that Employee believes meet the criteria in (i), (ii), and (iii) above; and Employee will at that time provide to the Company in writing all evidence necessary to substantiate that belief. Employee understands that the Company will keep in confidence and will not disclose to third parties without Employee’s consent any confidential information disclosed in writing to the Company relating to inventions that qualify fully under the provisions of Section 2870 of the California Labor Code.

6. NONDISCLOSURE AGREEMENT.

 

  a.

Employee expressly agrees that, throughout the term of Employee’s Employment with the Company and at all times following the termination of Employee’s Employment from the Company, for so long as the information remains confidential, Employee will not use or disclose any Confidential Information disclosed to Employee by the Company, other than for the purpose to carry out the Employment for the benefit of the Company (but in all cases preserving confidentiality by following the Company’s policies and obtaining appropriate non-disclosure agreements). Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, use or disclose any Confidential Information to third parties, nor permit the use by or disclosure of Confidential Information by third parties. Employee agrees to take all reasonable measures to protect the secrecy of and avoid disclosure or use of Confidential Information in order to prevent it from falling into the public domain or into the possession of any Competing Business or any persons other than those persons authorized under this Agreement to have such information for the benefit of the Company. Employee agrees to notify the Company in writing of any actual or suspected misuse, misappropriation, or unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information that may come to Employee’s attention. Employee acknowledges that if Employee discloses or uses knowledge of the Company’s Confidential Information to gain an advantage for Employee, for any Competing Business, or for any other person or entity other than the Company, such an advantage so obtained would be unfair and detrimental to the Company.

 

Page 6 of 16


  b.

Employee expressly agrees that Employee’s duty of non-use and non-disclosure shall continue indefinitely for any information of the Company that constitutes a Trade Secret under applicable law, so long as such information remains a Trade Secret.

7. RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY AND MATERIALS. Any Confidential Information, trade secrets, materials, equipment, information, documents, electronic data, or other items that have been furnished by the Company to Employee in connection with the Employment are the exclusive property of the Company and shall be promptly returned to the Company by Employee, accompanied by all copies of such documentation, immediately when the Employment has been terminated or concluded, or otherwise upon the written request of the Company. Employee shall not retain any copies of any Company information or other property after the Employment ends, and shall cooperate with the Company to ensure that all copies, both written and electronic, are immediately returned to the Company. Employee shall cooperate with Company representatives and allow such representatives to oversee the process of erasing and/or permanently removing any such Confidential Information or other property of the Company from any computer, personal digital assistant, phone, or other electronic device, or any cloud-based storage account or other electronic medium owned or controlled by Employee.

8. LIMITED NONCOMPETE AGREEMENT. Employee expressly agrees that Employee will not (either directly or indirectly, by assisting or acting in concert with others) Compete with the Company during Employee’s employment with the Company.

9. NONSOLICITATION OF CUSTOMERS/PROSPECTIVE CUSTOMERS. Employee expressly agrees that during Employee’s employment with the Company, Employee will not (either directly or indirectly, by assisting or acting in concert with others), on behalf of himself/herself or any other person, business, entity, including but not limited to on behalf of a Competing Business, call upon, solicit, or attempt to call upon or solicit any business from any Customer or Prospective Customer for the purpose of providing services substantially similar to the Services.

10. NONRECRUITMENT OF EMPLOYEES. Employee expressly agrees that during the Restricted Period, Employee will not, on behalf of himself/herself or any other person, business, or entity (either directly or indirectly, by assisting or acting in concert with others), solicit, recruit, or encourage, or attempt to solicit, recruit, or encourage any of the Company’s employees, in an effort to hire such employees away from the Company, or to encourage any of the Company’s employees to leave employment with the Company to work for a Competing Business.

11. REMEDIES; INDEMNIFICATION. Employee agrees that the obligations set forth in this Agreement are necessary and reasonable in order to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests and (without limiting the foregoing) that the obligations set forth in Sections 8, 9 and 10 are necessary and reasonable in order to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests in protecting its Confidential Information, Trade Secrets, customer and employee relationships and the goodwill associated therewith. Employee expressly agrees that due to the unique nature of the Company’s Confidential Information, and its relationships with its Customers and other employees, monetary damages would be inadequate to compensate the Company for any breach by Employee of the covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement. Accordingly, Employee agrees and acknowledges that any such violation or threatened violation shall cause irreparable injury to the Company and that, in addition to any other remedies that may be available in law, in equity, or otherwise, the Company shall be entitled: (a) to obtain

 

Page 7 of 16


injunctive relief against the threatened breach of this Agreement or the continuation of any such breach by Employee, without the necessity of proving actual damages; and (b) to be indemnified by Employee from any loss or harm; and (c) to recover any costs or attorneys’ fees, arising out of or in connection with any breach by Employee or enforcement action relating to Employee’s obligations under this Agreement.

12. INJUNCTIVE RELIEF; TOLLING. Notwithstanding the arbitration provisions contained herein, or anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, Employee understands that the violation of any restrictive covenants of this Agreement may result in irreparable and continuing damage to the Company for which monetary damages will not be sufficient, and agrees that Company will be entitled to seek, in addition to its other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and both before or while an arbitration is pending between the parties under this Agreement, a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or similar injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to preserve the status quo or prevent irreparable injury pending the full and final resolution of the dispute through arbitration, without the necessity of showing any actual damages or that monetary damages would not afford an adequate remedy, and without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The aforementioned injunctive relief shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, legal remedies, monetary damages or other available forms of relief through arbitration proceedings. This Section shall not be construed to limit the obligation for either party to pursue arbitration. The Restricted Period as defined in this Agreement may be extended during the pendency of any litigation (including appeals) or arbitration proceeding, in order to give the Company the full protection of the restrictive covenants as described in this Agreement.

13. DEFINITIONS. For all purposes throughout this Agreement, the terms defined below shall have the respective meanings specified in this section.

 

  a.

“Customer” of the Company shall mean any business or entity with which Employee had Material Contact, for the purpose of providing Services, during the twelve (12) months preceding Employee’s termination date.

 

  b.

“Compete” shall mean to provide Competitive Services, whether Employee is acting on behalf of himself/herself, or in conjunction with or in concert with any other entity, person, or business, including activities performed while working for or on behalf of a Customer.

 

  c.

“Competitive Services” shall mean the business or process of researching into, developing, manufacturing, distributing, selling, supplying or otherwise dealing with (including but not limited to technical and product support, professional services, technical advice and other customer services) compliant online solutions, including registration and school choice, student information systems, learning management and classroom collaboration, assessment, analytics, and special education management, and any other services of the type or similar to the type provided, conducted, authorized, or offered by the Company or any predecessor within the two (2) years prior to the termination of your employment.

 

  d.

“Competing Business” shall mean any entity, including but not limited to any person, company, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, organization or other entity that provides Competitive Services.

 

Page 8 of 16


  e.

“Confidential Information” shall mean sensitive business information having actual or potential value to the Company because it is not generally known to the general public or ascertainable by a Competing Business, and which has been disclosed to Employee, or of which Employee will become aware, as a consequence of the Employment with the Company, including any information related to: the Company’s investment strategies, management planning information, business plans, operational methods, market studies, marketing plans or strategies, patent information, business acquisition plans, past, current and planned research and development, formulas, methods, patterns, processes, procedures, instructions, designs, inventions, operations, engineering, services, drawings, equipment, devices, technology, software systems, price lists, sales reports and records, sales books and manuals, code books, financial information and projections, personnel data, names of customers, customer lists and contact information, customer pricing and purchasing information, lists of targeted prospective customers, supplier lists, product/service and marketing data and programs, product/service plans, product development, advertising campaigns, new product designs or roll out, agreements with third parties, or any such similar information. Confidential Information shall also include any information disclosed to the Company by a third party (including, but not limited to, current or prospective customers) that the Company is obliged to treat as confidential. Confidential Information may be in written or non-written form, as well as information held on electronic media or networks, magnetic storage, cloud storage service, or other similar media. The Company has invested and will continue to invest extensive time, resources, talent, and effort to develop its Confidential Information, all of which generates goodwill for the Company. Employee acknowledges that the Company has taken reasonable and adequate steps to control access to the Confidential Information and to prevent unauthorized disclosure, which could cause injury to the Company. This definition shall not limit any broader definition of “confidential information” or any equivalent term under applicable state or federal law.

 

  f.

“Material Contact” shall mean actual contact between Employee and a Customer with whom Employee dealt on behalf of the Company; or whose dealings with the Company were coordinated or supervised by Employee; or who received goods or services from the Company that resulted in payment of commissions or other compensation to Employee; or about whom Employee obtained Confidential Information because of Employee’s Employment with the Company.

 

  g.

“Prospective Customer” shall mean any business or entity with whom Employee had Material Contact, for the purpose of attempting to sell or provide Services, and to whom Employee provided a bid, quote for Services, or other Confidential Information of the Company, during the twelve (12) months preceding Employee’s termination date.

 

  h.

“Restricted Period” shall mean the entire term of Employee’s employment with the Company and a two (2) year period immediately following the termination of Employee’s employment, unless otherwise delineated or described in the “end notes and exceptions” at the end of this Agreement.

 

  i.

“Restricted Territory” shall mean the geographic area in which or with respect to which Employee provided or attempted to provide any Services or performed operations on behalf of the Company as of the date of termination or during the twelve (12) months preceding Employee’s termination date.

 

Page 9 of 16


  j.

“Trade Secrets” shall mean the business information of the Company that is competitively sensitive and which qualifies for trade secrets protection under applicable trade secrets laws, including but not limited to the Defend Trade Secrets Act. This definition shall not limit any broader definition of “trade secret” or any equivalent term under any applicable local, state or federal law.

 

  k.

“Services” shall mean the types of work product, processes and work-related activities relating to the Business of the Company performed by Employee during the Employment.

14. MANDATORY ARBITRATION CLAUSE; NO JURY TRIAL. A Party may bring an action in court to obtain a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or other provisional remedy available under California Code of Civil Procedure § 1281.8 in response to any violation or threatened violation of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Agreement, or for any other purpose for which a provisional remedy may be obtained pursuant that statute. Otherwise, Employee expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Company and Employee will utilize binding arbitration to resolve all disputes that may arise out of the employment context.

 

  a.

Both the Company and Employee hereby agree that any claim, dispute, and/or controversy that Employee may have against the Company (or its owners, directors, officers, managers, employees, agents, insurers and parties affiliated with its employee benefit and health plans), or that the Company may have against Employee, arising from, related to, or having any relationship or connection whatsoever to the Employment, shall be submitted to and determined exclusively by binding arbitration under the Federal Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. §§ 1, et seq.) in conformity with the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. Included within the scope of this Agreement are all disputes including, but not limited to, any claims alleging employment discrimination, harassment, hostile environment, retaliation, whistleblower protection, wrongful discharge, constructive discharge, failure to grant leave, failure to reinstate, failure to accommodate, tortious conduct, breach of contract, and/or any other claims Employee may have against the Company for any exemption misclassification, unpaid wages or overtime pay, benefits, payments, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, leave pay, workforce reduction payments, costs or expenses, emotional distress, pain and suffering, or other alleged damages arising out of the Employment or termination. Also included are any claims based on or arising under Title VII, 42 USC Section 1981, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, Sarbanes-Oxley, all as amended, or any other state or federal law or regulation, equitable law, or otherwise relating in any way to the employment relationship.

 

  b.

Nothing herein, however, shall prevent Employee from filing and pursuing proceedings before the United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or similar state agency (although if Employee chooses to pursue any type of claim for relief following the exhaustion of such administrative remedies, such claim would be subject to resolution under these mandatory arbitration provisions). In addition, nothing herein shall prevent Employee from filing an administrative claim for unemployment benefits or workers’ compensation benefits.

 

Page 10 of 16


  c.

Nothing in the confidentiality or nondisclosure or other provisions of this Agreement shall be construed to limit Employee’s right to respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process or from initiating communications directly with, or responding to any inquiry from, or providing testimony before, any self-regulatory organization or state or federal regulatory authority, regarding the Company, Employee’s Employment, or this Agreement. Employee is not required to contact the Company regarding the subject matter of any such communications before engaging in such communications. Employee also understands that Employee shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that: (1) is made (a) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and (b) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (2) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. Employee also understands that disclosure of trade secrets to attorneys, in legal proceedings if disclosed under seal, or pursuant to court order is also protected under 18 U.S. Code §1833 when disclosure is made in connection with a retaliation lawsuit based on the reporting of a suspected violation of law.

 

  d.

In addition to any other requirements imposed by law, the arbitrator selected shall be a qualified individual mutually selected by the Parties, and shall be subject to disqualification on the same grounds as would apply to a judge. All rules of pleading, all rules of evidence, all statutes of limitations, all rights to resolution of the dispute by means of motions for summary judgment, and judgment on the pleadings shall apply and be observed. Resolution of the dispute shall be based solely upon the law governing the claims and defenses pleaded, and the arbitrator may not invoke any basis (including but not limited to, notions of “just cause”) other than such controlling law. Likewise, all communications during or in connection with the arbitration proceedings are privileged. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award appropriate substantive relief under relevant laws, including the damages, costs and attorneys’ fees that would be available under such laws.

 

  e.

Employee’s initial share of the arbitration fee shall be in an amount equal to the filing fee as would be applicable in a court proceeding, or $100, whichever is less. Beyond the arbitration filing fee, Employer will bear all other fees, expenses and charges of the arbitrator.

 

  f.

Employee understands and agrees that all claims against the Company must be brought in Employee’s individual capacity and not as a plaintiff or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding. Employee understands that there is no right or authority for any dispute to be heard or arbitrated on a collective action basis, class action basis, as a private attorney general, or on bases involving claims or disputes brought in a representative capacity on behalf of the general public, on behalf of other Company employees (or any of them) or on behalf of other persons alleged to be similarly situated. Employee understands that there are no bench or jury trials and no class actions or representative actions permitted under this Agreement. The Arbitrator shall not consolidate claims of different employees into

 

Page 11 of 16


  one proceeding, nor shall the Arbitrator have the power to hear an arbitration as a class action, collective action, or representative action. The interpretation of this subsection shall be decided by a judge, not the Arbitrator. Notwithstanding the provisions in Paragraph 21 below, this subparagraph (f) is material to the arbitration provisions of Paragraph 14 herein and cannot be severed from Paragraph 14. In the event it is determined that this subparagraph (f) is unenforceable with regard to a claim, dispute and/or controversy as set forth in subparagraph (a) above, this will render Paragraph 14 unenforceable in its entirety. Severance of Paragraph 14 from the Agreement shall not affect the enforcement of the remainder of the Agreement.

 

  g.

Procedure. Employee and Company agree that prior to the service of an Arbitration Demand, the parties shall negotiate in good faith for a period of thirty (30) days in an effort to resolve any arbitrable dispute privately, amicably and confidentially. To commence an arbitration pursuant to this Agreement, a party shall serve a written arbitration demand (the “Demand”) on the other party by hand delivery or via overnight delivery service (in a manner that provides proof of receipt by respondent). The Demand shall be served before expiration of the applicable statute of limitations. The Demand shall describe the arbitrable dispute in sufficient detail to advise the respondent of the nature and basis of the dispute, state the date on which the dispute first arose, list the names and addresses of every person whom the claimant believes does or may have information relating to the dispute, including a short description of the matter(s) about which each person is believed to have knowledge, and state with particularity the relief requested by the claimant, including a specific monetary amount, if the claimant seeks a monetary award of any kind. If respondent does not provide a written Response to the Demand, all allegations will be considered denied. The parties shall confer in good faith to attempt to agree upon a suitable arbitrator, and if unable to do so, they will select an arbitrator from the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”)’s employment arbitration panel for the area. The arbitrator shall allow limited discovery, as appropriate in his or her discretion. The arbitrator’s award shall include a written reasoned opinion.

 

  h.

Unless Employee initials in the space at the end of this paragraph, Employee understands, agrees, and consents to this binding arbitration provision, and Employee and the Company hereby each expressly waive the right to trial by jury of any claims arising out of Employment with the Company. By initialing below, Employee opts out of the binding arbitration provisions of Paragraph 14, including the class action waiver. Employee’s Initials:                 

15. NOTICE OF VOLUNTARY TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Unless otherwise stated in Employee’s offer letter of employment, Employee agrees to use reasonable efforts to provide the Company fourteen (14) days written notice of Employee’s intent to terminate Employee’s Employment; provided, however, that this provision shall not change the at-will nature of the employment relationship between Employee and the Company. It shall be within the Company’s sole discretion to determine whether Employee should continue to perform services on behalf of the Company during this notice period.

 

Page 12 of 16


16. NON-DISPARAGEMENT. During and after Employee’s Employment with the Company, except to the extent compelled or required by law, Employee agrees he/she shall not disparage the Company, its customers and suppliers or their respective officers, directors, agents, servants, employees, attorneys, shareholders, successors or assigns or their respective products or services, in any manner (including but not limited to, verbally or via hard copy, websites, blogs, social media forums or any other medium); provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent Employee from: engaging in concerted activity relative to the terms and conditions of Employee’s Employment and in communications protected under the National Labor Relations Act, filing a charge or providing information to any governmental agency, or from providing information in response to a subpoena or other enforceable legal process or as otherwise required by law.

17. NOTIFICATION OF NEW EMPLOYER. Before Employee accepts Employment or enters into any consulting, independent contractor, or other professional or business engagement with any other person or entity while any of the provisions of Sections 9, 10 or 11 of this Agreement are in effect, Employee will provide such person or entity with written notice of the provisions of Sections 9, 10 and/or 11 and will deliver a copy of that notice to the Company. While any of Sections 9, 10 or 11 of this Agreement are in effect, Employee agrees that, upon the request of the Company, Employee will furnish the Company with the name and address of any new employer or entity for whom Employee provides contractor or consulting services, as well as the capacity in which Employee will be employed or otherwise engaged. Employee hereby consents to the Company’s notifying Employee’s new employer about Employee’s responsibilities, restrictions and obligations under this Agreement.

18. REIMBURSEMENT TO COMPANY. To the extent allowed by applicable law, Employee agrees to reimburse the Company for any amounts due as a result of the Employment, including, but not limited to, any unused business expense advances, charges for Company property that Employee fails to return when requested or that Employee lost or damaged as the result of a dishonest, willful or grossly negligent act, and any other charges incurred that are payable to the Company. Employee agrees to enter into a repayment arrangements and execute instruments or documents as may be provided by Company to effectuate this provision.

19. NO RIGHTS GRANTED. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as granting to Employee any rights under any patent, copyright, or other intellectual property right of the Company, nor shall this Agreement grant Employee any rights in or to Confidential Information of the Company other than the limited right to review and use such Confidential Information solely for the purpose of participating in the Employment for the benefit of the Company.

20. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement will be binding upon Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, its assigns and licensees. This Agreement, and Employee’s rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by Employee; however, the Company may assign its rights hereunder without Employee’s consent, whether in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of any or all of its business or assets or otherwise.

21. SEVERABILITY AND REFORMATION. Employee and the Company agree that if any particular paragraphs, subparagraphs, phrases, words, or other portions of this Agreement are determined by an appropriate court, arbitrator, or other tribunal to be invalid or unenforceable as written, they shall be modified as necessary to comport with the reasonable intent and expectations of the parties and in favor of

 

Page 13 of 16


providing maximum reasonable protection to the Company’s legitimate business interests. Such modification shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Agreement. If such provisions cannot be modified to be made valid or enforceable, then they shall be severed from this Agreement, and all remaining terms and provisions shall remain enforceable.

22. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matters contained herein. No term of this Agreement may be amended or modified unless made in writing and executed by both Employee and an authorized agent of the Company. This Agreement replaces and supersedes all prior representations, understandings, or agreements, written or oral, between Employee and the Company with regard to restrictive covenants, post-employment restrictions, and mandatory arbitration.

23. WAIVER. Failure to fully enforce any provision of this Agreement by either Party shall not constitute a waiver of any term hereof by such Party; no waiver shall be recognized unless expressly made in writing, and executed by the Party that allegedly made such waiver.

24. CONSTRUCTION. The Parties agree that this Agreement has been reviewed by each Party, each Party had an opportunity to make suggestions about the provisions of the Agreement, and each Party had sufficient opportunity to obtain the advice of legal counsel on matters of contract interpretation, if desired. The Parties agree that this Agreement shall not be construed or interpreted more harshly against one Party merely because one Party was the original drafter of the Agreement.

25. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same legally recognized instrument.

26. THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES. Employee specifically acknowledges and agrees that the direct and indirect subsidiaries, parents, owners, and affiliated companies of the Company are intended to be beneficiaries of this Agreement and shall have every right to enforce the terms and provisions of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

27. NOTICES. Notices regarding this Agreement shall be sent via email or to the mailing addresses of the Parties as set forth in the signature block to this Agreement.

28. GOVERNING LAW AND FORUM SELECTION. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act. Any non-arbitration-covered disputes shall be resolved under the substantive laws and in the jurisdiction of the state where Employee most recently worked for the Company.

 

Page 14 of 16


The Parties have executed this Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement, which is effective as of the Effective Date written above.

 

For Employee:
Signature:  

/s/ DEVENDRA SINGH

Printed Name:  

DEVENDRA SINGH

Email:  

             

Date:  

12/11/2017

For Company
Signature:  

/s/ HARDEEP GULATI

Printed Name:  

HARDEEP GULATI

Title:  

CEO

Date:  

12/12/2017

 

 

 

Page 15 of 16


Schedule 1

(List of Employee’s Prior Inventions)

D.S By initialing here, I represent and warrant that I have no Prior Inventions, as that term is defined in the Agreement to which this Schedule 1 is attached.

OR

             Below is a complete and accurate list of Prior Inventions, as that term is defined in the Agreement to which this Schedule 1 is attached.

 

For Employee:
Signature:  

/s/ DEVENDRA SINGH

Printed Name:  

DEVENDRA SINGH

Email:  

             

Date:  

12/11/2017

 

Page 16 of 16


EXHIBIT B

Certain Definitions

“Cause” means any of the following: (i) a material failure by you to perform your responsibilities or duties to the Company under this letter or those other responsibilities or duties as requested from time to time by the Board, after written demand for performance has been given by the Board that identifies how you have not performed your responsibilities or duties and such failure, if susceptible of cure, has not been cured for a period of ten (10) days after you receive notice from the Board; (ii) your engagement in illegal conduct or gross misconduct that the Company in good faith believes has or may harm the standing and reputation of the Company; (iii) your commission or conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony, a crime involving moral turpitude or any other act or omission that the Company in good faith believes has or may harm the standing and reputation of the Company; (iv) a material breach of your duty of loyalty to the Company or your material breach of the Company’s written code of conduct and business ethics or Sections 4 through 10 and 16 of the Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement-California, or any other material written agreement between you and the Company; (v) dishonesty, fraud, gross negligence or repetitive negligence committed without regard to corrective direction in the course of discharge of your duties as an employee; or (vi) excessive and unreasonable absences from your duties for any reason (other than authorized leave) or as a result of your Disability (as defined below).

“Disability” means your inability to perform the essential functions of your job, with or without accommodation, as a result of any mental or physical disability or incapacity for an extended period but not less than sixty (60) business days in any consecutive 6 month period, as determined in the sole discretion of the Company.

“Good Reason” means that you voluntarily terminate your employment with the Company if there should occur without your written consent:

(i) a material, adverse change in your duties or responsibilities with the Company, provided that a change in title or a change in the person or office to which you report, shall not, by itself, constitute such a material, adverse change;

(ii) a reduction in your then current base salary by more than ten percent (10%);

(iii) a relocation of your primary work site to a location outside a thirty (30) mile radius of your current primary work site; and/or

(iv) the material breach by the Company of any offer letter or employment agreement between you and the Company;

provided, however, that in each case above, you must (a) first provide written notice to the Company of the existence of the Good Reason condition within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of such event specifying the basis for your belief that you are entitled to terminate your employment for Good Reason, (b) give the Company an opportunity to cure any of the foregoing within thirty (30) days following your delivery to the Company of such written notice, and (c) actually resign your employment within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Company’s thirty (30) day cure period.

All references to the Company in these definitions shall include parent, subsidiary, affiliate and successor entities of the Company.

Exhibit 10.19

 

LOGO

July 8, 2019

Craig R. Greenseid

 

Re:

Offer of Employment with PowerSchool Group. LLC

Dear Craig:

I would like to confirm our offer employment with PowerSchool Group, LLC (as such company’s name may change from time to time and such company’s successors and assigns, the Company”). We are very excited about this opportunity and value the skills that you will bring to this role. This letter sets forth the terms of your employment by the Company.

You will be the Chief Revenue Officer (CRO) of the Company, reporting to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. In this capacity, you will have the responsibilities and duties consistent with such position. You will be based remotely in the New York area.

Your starting base salary will be $375,000 per year, less deductions and with holdings required by law or authorized by you, and will be subject to review annually for increases or decreases (the “Base Salary”): provided, however, that any decreases shall not be greater than 10 percent (10%) of your then current base salary, which decrease would only be implemented in conjunction with a general decrease affecting the executive management team. Your base salary will be paid by the Company in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices.

You will be eligible each fiscal year to receive a bonus of up to 50% of your Base Salary (the “Annual Bonus”). The Annual Bonus will be awarded at the sole discretion of the Board of Managers of the Company (the “Board”), based on the Board’s determination as to your achievement of predetermined thresholds which may include, but are not limited to, management by objectives (the MBO’s) and financial targets such as revenue, recurring revenue, gross profit and/or EBITDA targets.

In addition, you will be eligible each fiscal year for an addition bonus of up to 50% of your Base Salary, awarded at the sole discretion of the Board, based on the Board’s determination as to your achievement of “stretch” targets (the “Stretch Bonus”).

In addition, you are eligible to receive a one-time special bonus of $100,000 which will be paid within the first month of your employment with PowerSchool. The bonus will be tied to revenue performance metrics and achievement at the end of your first twelve months of employment with the Company. In the event you do not meet the performance metrics or you terminate your employment without Good Reason or the Company terminates your employment for cause, in each case, within the first twelve (12) months of your employment, you shall promptly, unless waived by the Board in its sole discretion, remit to the company the full amount of the one-time bonus for which you have been paid.

The bonus formulas, MBOs, performance milestones and all other elements of your bonus opportunities shall be established by the Board in its sole discretion and communicated in writing (including by email) and other means to you from time to time. Any bonus earned for a fiscal year shall be paid within thirty (30) days after the Board has received, reviewed and approved the applicable fiscal year’s final audited financial statements, In any event, payment of any bonus that becomes due with respect to a fiscal year shall be paid in the calendar year following the fiscal year in which such bonus was earned, subject, in each case, to your continued employment on the applicable payment date.

PowerSchool | 150 Parkshore Dr. Folsom, CA 95630 | PowerSchool.com


LOGO

 

In addition, you are eligible to receive up to $5000 in legal fee reimbursement in relation to any non-compete inquires that arise related to your former employer Blackboard.

You will also be eligible to participate in regular health, dental and vision insurance plans; and other employee benefit plans established by the Company for its employees from time to time, so long as they remain generally available to the Company’s employees.

You will be eligible to receive a certain amount of incentive equity (the “Incentive Equity”) of Severin Topco, LLC, an indirect parent of the Company (as such company’s name may change from time to time and such company’s successors and assigns, “Parent”), which Incentive Equity shall be issued under Parent’s Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated August 1, 2018 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “LLC Agreement”) and which shall represent approximately 0.342% of the fully diluted equity interests of Parent at the time of issuance. Incentive Equity shall be comprised of awards intended to be treated as “profits interests” for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Revenue Procedures 93-27 and 2001-43.

The Incentive Equity that you are eligible to receive will be subject to the terms (including, but not limited to, the vesting terms and the participation thresholds, as the case may be) as set forth in the LLC Agreement and the grant agreement to which you will be a party (the “Grant Agreement”). Any grant of Incentive Equity is subject to Parent’s Board of Managers’ approval and the execution of any applicable Grant Agreements. Our intent to recommend such approval is not a promise of compensation and is not intended to create any obligation on the part of the Company or Parent. Further details on the Incentive Equity and any specific grant of Incentive Equity to you will be provided upon approval of such grant by the Board of Managers of Parent.

Your incentive equity, if granted, will vest as follows, each as more fully set forth in the Grant Agreement (it being understood that such vesting shall be subject to your continued employment by the Company through the applicable vesting event):

 

   

60% of the Incentive Equity would be subject to time-based vesting over four (4) years, with 25% vesting upon the date that is twelve (12) months after the Closing Date and an additional six and one-fourth percent (6 1/4%) of such incentive service units vesting at the end of each full three (3) calendar month period thereafter (the vesting of any such unvested time-based Incentive Equity would be accelerated upon a change of control of Parent); and

 

   

40% of the Incentive Equity would vest if the Investors received cumulative cash dividends or other cash contributions and/or net sales proceeds in respect of Parent’s equity securities held by the Investors (“Investors’ Return”) such that Investors’ Return equals or exceeds two and half times (2.5x) Investors’ aggregate investment in Parent and its subsidiaries (calculated pursuant to the formula set forth in the Grant Agreement).

Notwithstanding anything in the LLC Agreement, the Grant Agreement or this letter to the contrary, in the event that such sales proceeds include non-cash consideration, the value of such non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Managers of Parent in its good faith discretion in order to determine if the above vesting thresholds have been met. If such thresholds have been met, you will receive an equal proportion of your proceeds from the sale of any equity interests of Parent in such non-cash consideration.

 

PowerSchool | 150 Parkshore Dr. Folsom, CA 95630 | PowerSchool.com


LOGO

 

There are some formalities that you will need to complete as a condition of your employment. These include:

 

   

You must carefully consider and sign the Company’s standard “Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement” (attached to this letter as Exhibit A). Because the Company and its affiliates are engaged in a continuous program of research, development, production and marketing in connection with their business, we wish to reiterate that it is critical for the Company and its affiliates to preserve and protect its proprietary information and its rights in inventions.

 

   

So that the Company has proper records of inventions that may belong to you, we ask that you also complete Schedule 1 attached to Exhibit A.

 

   

You and the Company mutually agree that any disputes that may arise regarding your employment will be submitted to binding arbitration by the American Arbitration Association. As a condition of your employment, you will need to carefully consider and voluntarily agree to the arbitration clause set forth in Section 14 of Exhibit A.

 

   

As a condition of your employment, you will also be asked to abide by the Company’s policies and procedures, which may be amended from time to time, in the Company’s sole discretion. We consider the terms of this offer confidential and trust that you will treat it as such and use appropriate discretion

 

   

We also wish to impress upon you that we do not want you to bring with you any confidential or proprietary material of any former employer or to violate any other obligations you may have to any former employer.

 

   

It should be understood that all offers of employment are conditioned on the Company’s completion of satisfactory background check, including a drug screening process. The Company reserves the right to perform background checks during the term of your employment, subject to compliance with applicable laws. Your will be required to execute forms authorizing such a background check.

Your employment with the Company is at will. The Company may terminate your employment at any time with or without notice, and for any reason or no reason. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in Exhibit A. you shall be entitled to terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason or no reason by giving notice in writing to the Company of not less than four (4) weeks (“Notice Period”), unless otherwise agreed to in writing by you and the Company. In the event of such notice, the Company reserves the right, in its discretion, to give immediate effect to your resignation in lieu of requiring or allowing you to continue work throughout the Notice Period; provided that the Company pays your Base Salary in lieu of the Notice Period. You shall continue to be an employee of the Company during the Notice Period, and thus owe to the Company the same duty of loyalty you owed it prior to giving notice of your termination. The Company may, during the Notice Period, relieve you of all your duties and prohibit you from entering the Company’s offices.

If the Company terminates your employment without “Cause” or you voluntarily terminate your employment for a “good Reason”, you will be entitled to receive a severance payment equal to nine (9) months of your then applicable Base Salary, less deductions and with holdings required by law or authorized by you (the Severance Pay”). For purposes of this section, “Cause” and “Good Reason” have the meaning set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto. The Company will not be required to pay the Severance Pay unless (a) you execute and deliver to the Company an agreement (“Release Agreement”) in a form satisfactory to the Company releasing from all liability (other than the payments and benefits contemplated by this letter) the Company, each member of the Company, and any of their respective past or present officers, directors, managers, employees investors, agents or affiliates, including Vista, and you do not revoke such Release Agreement during any applicable revocation

 

PowerSchool | 150 Parkshore Dr. Folsom, CA 95630 | PowerSchool.com


LOGO

 

period, (b) such Release Agreement is executed and delivered (and no longer subject to revocation, if applicable) within sixty (60) days following the date of your termination of employment, and (c) you have not breached the provisions of Sections 4 through 10 and 16 of Exhibit A, the terms of this letter or any agreement between you and the Company or the provisions of the Release Agreement. If the Release Agreement is executed and delivered and no longer subject to revocation as provided in the preceding sentence, then the Severance Pay shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices at the time of termination and commencing as soon as reasonably practicable following the date such Release Agreement becomes effective and is no longer subject to revocation (but in any event, no later than the second payroll period thereafter); provided that if the sixty (60) day period described in (b) above spans two (2) taxable years, such Severance Pay shall commence on the sixtieth (60th) day following your termination of employment. The first payment of Severance Pay shall include payment of all amounts that otherwise would have been due prior thereto under the terms of this letter had such payments commenced immediately upon your termination of employment, and any payments made thereafter shall continue as provided herein.

You shall not make any statement that would libel, slander or disparage the company, any member of the Company or its affiliates or any of their respective past or present officers, directors, managers, stockholders, employees or agents. Likewise, the Company shall direct the current CEO and directors of the Company and any future CEO and directors of the Company, in each case, that serve the Company during the period of your employment with the Company, to not make any statement that would libel, slander or disparage you, other than in the good faith performance of their duties during the period of your employment (e.g. performance reviews).

While we look forward to a long and profitable relationship, your employment with the Company is at will as described in this letter and Exhibit A. Any statements or representations to the contrary (and, indeed, any statements contradicting any provision in this letter and/or the Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement attached as Exhibit A) should be regarded by you as ineffective. Further, your participation in any benefit or other Company program is not to be regarded as assuring you of continuing employment for any particular period of time.

Please note that because of employer regulations adopted in the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, within three (3) business days of starting your new position you will need to present documentation establishing your identity and demonstrating that you have authorization to work in the United States. If you have questions about this requirement, which applies to U.S. citizens and non-U.S. citizens alike, you may contact our Human Resources office.

This letter along with its Exhibits and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this letter, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, including but not limited to severance, employment or similar agreements, whether oral or written, between or among you and the Company or its predecessor with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

In the event of a conflict between the terms of this letter and the provisions of Exhibit A, the terms of this letter shall prevail.

Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts otherwise payable hereunder any amounts required to be withheld in respect to federal state or local taxes.

 

PowerSchool | 150 Parkshore Dr. Folsom, CA 95630 | PowerSchool.com


LOGO

 

The interest of the parties is that payments and benefits under this letter be exempt from or comply with Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “Code Section 409A”) and accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this letter shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed on you by Code Section 409A or damages for failing to comply with Code Section 409A. A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this letter providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of this letter, references to a “termination”, “termination of employment”, or like terms shall mean “separation from service”. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if you are deemed on the date of termination to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any payment or the provision of any benefit that is considered deferred compensation under Code Section 409A payable on account of a “separation from service”, such payment or benefit shall not be made or provided until the date which is the earlier of (A) the expiration of the six (6) month period measured from the date of such “separation from service”, and (B) the date of your death, to the extent required under Code Section 409A. For purposes of Code Section 409A, your right to receive any installment payments pursuant to this letter shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. To the extent that reimbursements or other in-kind benefits under this letter constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A, (a) all such expenses or other reimbursements hereunder shall be made on or prior to the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which such expenses were incurred by you, (b) any right to such reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit and (c) no such reimbursement, expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided in any taxable year shall in any way affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided in any taxable year shall in any way affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided in any other taxable year. Notwithstanding any other provision of this letter to the contrary, in no event shall any payment under this letter that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Code Section 409A.

The effective date of employment under the terms of this offer is expected to be on or about July 29, 2019. If you decide to accept the terms of this letter, and I sincerely hope you will, please signify your acceptance of these conditions of employment by signing and dating the enclosed copy of this letter and its Exhibit A and returning them to me no later than July 11 , 2019. Should you have anything you wish to discuss, please do not hesitate to contact me at **** or hardeep.gulati@powerschool.com.

 

PowerSchool | 150 Parkshore Dr. Folsom, CA 95630 | PowerSchool.com


LOGO

 

By signing this letter and Exhibit A attached hereto, you represent and warrant that you have had the opportunity to seek the advice of independent counsel before signing and have either done so, or have freely chosen not to do so, and either way, you sign this letter voluntarily.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Hardeep Gulati
Hardeep Gulati
Chief Executive Officer

I have read and understood this letter and Exhibit A attached and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms set forth therein.

 

/s/ Craig Greenseid
Signature: Craig Greenseid
7/9/19
Date Signed

 

PowerSchool | 150 Parkshore Dr. Folsom, CA 95630 | PowerSchool.com


EMPLOYMENT AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS AGREEMENT

This Employment and Restrictive Covenants Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made effective July 29, 2019, (the “Effective Date”), by and between PowerSchool Group LLC (together with its affiliates and related companies, hereafter referenced as “Company’’) and Craig Greenseid (hereafter referenced as “Employee”).

1. PURPOSE. In connection with Employee’s employment by the Company (the “Employment”), Employee and the Company wish to set forth the terms and conditions under which Employee will be employed by the Company, and certain restrictions applicable to Employee as a result of the Employment with the Company. This Agreement is intended: to allow the patties to engage in the Employment, with the Company giving Employee access to the Company’s customers, employees, and Confidential Information (as that term is defined below); to protect the Company’s business, information, and relationships against unauthorized competition, solicitation, recruitment, use, or disclosure; and to clarify Employee’s legal rights and obligations.

2. THE BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY. The Company is engaged in the business of investing and operating in software and technology-enabled businesses, including a continuous program of research, development, production and marketing (collectively the “Business” of the Company). Employee acknowledges that the Company has a legitimate interest in protecting its Confidential Information, trade secrets, customer relationships, customer goodwill, employee relationships, and the special investment and training given to Employee.

3. “AT WILL” EMPLOYMENT OF EMPLOYEE. Employee shall perform such duties or responsibilities as assigned to Employee from time to time. The Parties acknowledge that Employee’s employment by the Company at all times is and shall remain “at will,” and may be terminated by either Party at any time, with or without notice and with or without cause. Employee acknowledges that but for Employee’s execution of this Agreement, Employee would not be employed by the Company.

 

  (a)

Employee acknowledges that Employee’s duties shall entail Employee’s contact with the Company’s customers to whom Employee is introduced, to which Employee is assigned, whose accounts Employee shall oversee, or for which Employee otherwise is directly or indirectly responsible. Employee further acknowledges that Employee will be given the use of the Company’s Confidential Information. Employee acknowledges that the Company’s goodwill with its customers and customer prospects, as well as the Company’s Confidential Information, are among the most valuable assets of the Company’s Business. Accordingly, Employee hereby agrees, acknowledges, covenants, represents and warrants that at all times during Employee’s employment with the Company, Employee will faithfully perform Employee’s duties with the utmost loyalty to the Company, and will owe a fiduciary duty and duty of loyalty to the Company. Employee agrees that during employment, Employee will do nothing disloyal or adverse to the Company or the Company’s Business, or which creates any conflict of interest with the Company or the Business of the Company. Employee will abide by


  the policies of the Company at all times duting Employee’s employment, and acknowledges that the Company may unilaterally change its policies, practices, and procedures at any time, at the sole discretion of the Company. Employee understands and acknowledges that all equipment, communication devices, physical property, documents, information, data bases, furniture, accessories, premises, and any other items provided to Employee while employed by Company, shall at all times remain the sole property of the Company, and as such, Employee shall have no reasonable expectation of privacy when using such items.

 

  (b)

Employee acknowledges that Employee will be afforded an investment of time, training, money, trust, exposure to the public, or exposure to customers, vendors, suppliers, investors, joint venture partners, or other business relationships of the Company during the course of the Employment, and Employee’s position gives Employee a high level of influence or credibility with the Company’s customers, vendors, suppliers, or other business relationships. Employee understands and acknowledges that Employee will possess specialized skills, learning, abilities, customer contacts, or customer information by reason of working for the Company.

 

  (c)

Employee acknowledges that, through Employee’s employment with the Company, Employee may customarily and regularly solicit customers and/or prospective customers for the Company, and/or engage in making sales or obtaining orders or contracts for products or services.

 

  (d)

Employee understands that the Company has specifically instructed him/her to refrain from bringing to the Company any documents or materials or intangibles of a former employer or third party that are not in the public domain, or have not been legally transferred or licensed to the Company, or that might constitute the confidential information or trade secrets of a prior employer. Employee agrees that when performing duties on behalf of the Company, he/she will not breach any invention assignment, proprietary information, confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation or other similar agreement with any former employer or other party.

4. DUTY OF LOYALTY. Employee understands that his/her employment and provision of services on behalf of the Company requires Employee’s undivided attention and effort. Accordingly, during Employee’s employment, Employee agrees that he/she will not, without the Company’s express prior written consent, (i) engage in any other business activity, unless such activity is for passive investment purposes not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement and will not require Employee to render any services, (ii) be engaged or interested, directly or indirectly, alone or with others, in any trade, business or occupation in competition with the Company, (iii) take steps, alone or with others, to engage in competition with the Company in the future, or (iv) appropriate for Employee’s own benefit business opportunities pertaining to the Company’s Business.

 

2


5. INVENTIONS

 

  (a)

Prior Inventions. Attached hereto as Schedule 1 is a complete and accurate list describing all Inventions (as defined below) which were conceived, discovered, created, invented, developed and/or reduced to practice by Employee prior to the commencement of his/her Employment that have not been legally assigned or licensed to the Company (collectively: “Prior Inventions”). If there are no such Prior Inventions, Employee shall initial Schedule 1 to indicate Employee has no Prior Inventions to disclose.

Employee acknowledges and agrees that if in the course of Employee’s employment, Employee incorporates or causes to be incorporated into a Company product, service, process, file, system, application or program a Prior Invention, Employee will grant the Company a non-exclusive, royalty- free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide, sublicensable and assignable license to make, have made, copy, modify, make derivative works of, use, offer to sell, sell or otherwise distribute such Prior Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process, file, system, application or program.

 

  (b)

Disclosure and Assignment of Inventions. Employee agrees to promptly disclose to the Company in writing all Inventions (as defined below) that Employee conceives, develops and/or first reduces to practice or create, either alone or jointly with others, during the period of Employee’s Employment, and for a period of three (3) months thereafter, whether or not in the course of Employee’s Employment. Employee further assigns and agrees to assign all of Employee’s rights, title and interest in the Inventions to the Company. In the event that the Company is unable for any reason to secure Employee’s signature to any document required to file, prosecute, register or memorialize the ownership and/or assignment of any Invention, Employee hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company’s duly authorized officers and agents as Employee’s agents and attorneys-in-fact to act for and on Employee’s behalf and stead to (i) execute, file, prosecute, register and/or memorialize the assignment and/or ownership of any Invention; (ii) to execute and file any documentation required for such enforcement and (iii) do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the filing, prosecution, registration, memorialization of assignment and/or ownership of, issuance of and enforcement of any Inventions, all with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Employee.

Employee acknowledges that he/she is not entitled to use the Inventions for Employee’s own benefit or the benefit of anyone except the Company without written permission from the Company, and then only subject to the terms of such permission. Employee further agrees that Employee will communicate to the Company, as directed by the Company, any facts known to Employee and testify in any legal proceedings, sign all lawful papers, make all rightful oaths, execute all divisionals, continuations, continuations -in-part, foreign counterparts, or reissue applications, all assignments, all registration applications and all other instruments or papers to carry into full force and effect, the assignment, transfer and conveyance hereby made or to be made and generally do everything possible for title to the Inventions to be clearly and exclusively held by the Company as directed by the Company.

 

3


For purposes of this Agreement, “Inventions” means, without limitation, any and all formulas, algorithms, processes, techniques, concepts, designs, developments, technology, ideas, patentable and unpatentable inventions and discoveries, copyrights and works of authorship in any media now known or hereafter invented (including computer programs, source code, object code, hardware, firmware, software, mask work, applications, files, internet site content, databases and compilations, documentation and related items) patents, trade and service marks, logos, trade dress, corporate names and other source indicators and the good will of any business symbolized thereby, trade secrets, know-how, confidential and proprietary information, documents, analyses, research and lists (including current and potential customer and user lists) and all applications and registrations and recordings, improvements and licenses that (i) relate in any manner, whether at the time of conception, design or reduction to practice, to the Company’s Business or its actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development; (ii) result from any work performed by Employee on behalf of the Company; or (iii) result from the use of the Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities, Confidential Information or Trade Secrets.

Employee recognizes that Inventions or proprietary information relating to Employee’s activities while working for the Company, and conceived, reduced to practice, created, derived, developed, or made by Employee, alone or with others, within three (3) months after termination of Employee’s employment may have been conceived, reduced to practice, created, derived, developed, or made, as applicable, in significant part while Employee was employed by the Company. Accordingly, Employee agrees that such Inventions and proprietary information shall be presumed to have been conceived, reduced to practice, created, derived, developed, or made, as applicable, during Employee’s employment with the Company and are to be assigned to the Company pursuant to this Agreement and applicable law unless and until Employee has established the contrary by clear and convincing evidence.

 

  (c)

Work for Hire. Employee acknowledges and agrees that any copyrightable works prepared by Employee within the scope of Employee’s employment are “works made for hire” under the Copyright Act and that the Company will be considered the author and owner of such copyrightable works. Any copyrightable works the Company specially commissions from Employee while Employee is employed also shall be deemed a work made for hire under the Copyright Act and if for any reason such work cannot be so designated as a work made for hire, Employee agrees to and hereby assigns to the Company, as directed by the Company, all right, title and interest in and to said work(s). Employee further agrees to and hereby grants the Company, as directed by the Company, a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide, sublicensable and assignable license to make, have made, copy, modify, make derivative works of, use, publicly perform, display or otherwise distribute any copyrightable works Employee creates during Employee’s Employment.

 

4


  (d)

Assignment of Other Rights. In addition to the foregoing assignment of Inventions to the Company, Employee hereby irrevocably transfers and assigns to the Company: (i) all worldwide patents, patent applications, copyrights, mask works, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights in any Inventions; and (ii) any and all “Moral Rights” (as defined below) that Employee may have in or with respect to any Inventions. Employee also hereby forever waives and agrees never to assert any and all Moral Rights Employee may have in or with respect to any Inventions, even after termination of Employee’s work on behalf of the Company. “Moral Rights” mean any rights to claim authorship of any Inventions, to object to or prevent the modification of any Inventions, or to withdraw from circulation or control the publication or distribution of any Inventions, and any similar right, existing under applicable judicial or statutory law of any country in the world, or under any treaty, regardless of whether or not such right is denominated or generally referred to as a “moral right.”

 

  (e)

Applicability to Past Activities. To the extent Employee has been engaged to provide services by the Company or its predecessor for a period of time before the effective date of this Agreement (the “Prior Engagement Period”), Employee agrees that if and to the extent that, during the Prior Engagement Period: (i) Employee received access to any information from or on behalf of the Company that would have been proprietary information if Employee had received access to such information during the period of Employee’s Employment with the Company under this Agreement; or (ii) Employee conceived, created, authored, invented, developed or reduced to practice any item, including any intellectual property rights with respect thereto, that would have been an Invention if conceived, created, authored, invented, developed or reduced to practice during the period of Employee’s Employment with the Company under this Agreement; then any such information shall be deemed proprietary information hereunder and any such item shall be deemed an Invention hereunder, and this Agreement shall apply to such information or item as if conceived, created, authored, invented, developed or reduced to practice under this Agreement.

6. NONDISCLOSURE AGREEMENT.

 

  (a)

Employee expressly agrees that, throughout the term of Employee’s Employment with the Company and at all times following the termination of Employee’ s Employment from the Company, for so long as the information remains confidential, Employee will not use or disclose any Confidential Information disclosed to Employee by the Company, other than for the purpose to carry out the Employment for the benefit of the Company (but in

 

5


  all cases preserving confidentiality by following the Company’s policies and obtaining appropriate non-disclosure agreements). Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, use or disclose any Confidential Information to third parties, nor permit the use by or disclosure of Confidential Information by third patties. Employee agrees to take all reasonable measures to protect the secrecy of and avoid disclosure or use of Confidential Information in order to prevent it from falling into the public domain or into the possession of any Competing Business or any persons other than those persons authorized under this Agreement to have such information for the benefit of the Company. Employee agrees to notify the Company in writing of any actual or suspected misuse, misappropriation, or unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information that may come to Employee’s attention. Employee acknowledges that if Employee discloses or uses knowledge of the Company’s Confidential Information to gain an advantage for Employee, for any Competing Business, or for any other person or entity other than the Company, such an advantage so obtained would be unfair and detrimental to the Company.

 

  (b)

Employee expressly agrees that Employee’s duty of non-use and non-disclosure shall continue indefinitely for any information of the Company that constitutes a Trade Secret under applicable law, so long as such information remains a Trade Secret.

 

  (c)

Employee shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that-(A) is made-(i) in confidence to a Federal, State, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (B) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal.

 

  (d)

Nothing in this Agreement is intended to conflict with 18 U.S.C. § l833(b) or create liability for disclosures of trade secrets that are expressly allowed by 18 U.S.C. § 1833(b). Accordingly, the parties to this Agreement have the right to disclose in confidence trade secrets to federal, state, and local government officials, or to an attorney, for the sole purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law. The parties also have the tight to disclose trade secrets in a document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, but only if the filing is made under seal and protected from public disclosure.

7. RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY AND MATERIALS. Any Confidential Information, trade secrets, materials, equipment, information, documents, electronic data, or other items that have been furnished by the Company to Employee in connection with the Employment are the exclusive property of the Company and shall be promptly returned to the Company by Employee, accompanied by UallU copies of such documentation, immediately when the Employment has been terminated or concluded, or otherwise upon the written request of the Company. Employee shall not retain any copies of any Company information or other property after the Employment ends, and shall cooperate with the Company to ensure that all copies, both

 

6


written and electronic, are immediately returned to the Company. Employee shall cooperate with Company representatives and allow such representatives to oversee the process of erasing and/or permanently removing any such Confidential Information or other property of the Company from any computer, personal digital assistant, phone, or other electronic device, or any cloud-based storage account or other electronic medium owned or controlled by Employee.

8. LIMITED NONCOMPETE AGREEMENT. Employee expressly agrees that Employee will not (either directly or indirectly, by assisting or acting in concert with others) Compete with the Company during the Restricted Period within the Restdcted Territory.

9. NONSOLICITATION OF CUSTOMERS/PROSPECTIVE CUSTOMERS. Employee expressly agrees that during the Restricted Period, Employee will not (either directly or indirectly, by assisting or acting in concert with others), on behalf of himself/herself or any other person, business, entity, including but not limited to on behalf of a Competing Business, call upon, solicit, or attempt to call upon or solicit any business from any Customer or Prospective Customer for the purpose of providing services substantially similar to the Services.

10. NONRECRUITMENT OF EMPLOYEES. Employee expressly agrees that during the Restricted Period, Employee will not, on behalf of himself/herself or any other person, business, or entity (either directly or indirectly, by assisting or acting in concert with others), solicit, recruit, or encourage, or attempt to solicit, recruit, or encourage any of the Company’s employees, in an effort to hire such employees Page 7 of 15 away from the Company, or to encourage any of the Company’s employees to leave employment with the Company to work for a Competing Business.

11. REMEDIES; INDEMNIFICATION. Employee agrees that the obligations set forth in this Agreement are necessary and reasonable in order to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests and (without limiting the foregoing) that the obligations set forth in Sections 8, 9 and 10 are necessary and reasonable in order to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests in protecting its Confidential Information, Trade Secrets, customer and employee relationships and the goodwill associated therewith. Employee expressly agrees that due to the unique nature of the Company’s Confidential Information, and its relationships with its Customers and other employees, monetary damages would be inadequate to compensate the Company for any breach by Employee of the covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement. Accordingly, Employee agrees and acknowledges that any such violation or threatened violation shall cause irreparable injury to the Company and that, in addition to any other remedies that may be available in law, in equity, or otherwise, the Company shall be entitled: (a) to obtain injunctive relief against the threatened breach of this Agreement or the continuation of any such breach by Employee, without the necessity of proving actual damages; and (b) to be indemnified by Employee from any loss or harm. The prevailing party, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, in any legal proceeding arising out of or related to this Agreement shall be entitled to reimbursement of such party’s reasonable attorney’s fees and costs incurred in such action in addition to such damages, if any, to which such party is entitled.

 

7


12. INJUNCTIVE RELIEF; TOLLING. Notwithstanding the arbitration provisions contained herein, or anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, Employee understands that the violation of any restrictive covenants of this Agreement may result in irreparable and continuing damage to the Company for which monetary damages will not be sufficient, and agrees that Company will be entitled to seek, in addition to its other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and both before or while an arbitration is pending between the parties under this Agreement, a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or similar injunctive relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to preserve the status quo or prevent irreparable injury pending the full and final resolution of the dispute through arbitration, without the necessity of showing any actual damages or that monetary damages would not afford an adequate remedy, and without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The aforementioned injunctive relief shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, legal remedies, monetary damages or other available forms of relief through arbitration proceedings. This Section shall not be construed to limit the obligation for either patty to pursue arbitration. The Restricted Period as defined in this Agreement may be extended during the pendency of any litigation (including appeals) or arbitration proceeding, in order to give the Company the full protection of the restrictive covenants as described in this Agreement.

13. DEFINITIONS. For all purposes throughout this Agreement, the terms defined below shall have the respective meanings specified in this section.

 

  (a)

“Customer” of the Company shall mean any business or entity with which Employee had Material Contact, for the purpose of providing Services, during the twelve (12) months preceding Employee’s termination date.

 

  (b)

“Compete” shall mean to provide Competitive Services, whether Employee is acting on behalf of himself/herself, or in conjunction with or in concert with any other entity, person, or business, including activities performed while working for or on behalf of a Customer.

 

  (c)

“Competitive Services” shall mean the business or process of researching into, developing, manufacturing, distributing, selling, supplying or otherwise dealing with (including but not limited to technical and product support, professional services, technical advice and other customer services) Education Technology Software, and any other services of the type or similar to the type provided, conducted, authorized, or offered by the Company or any predecessor within the two (2) years prior to the termination of your employment.

 

  (d)

“Competing Business” shall mean any entity, including but not limited to any person, company, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, organization or other entity that provides Competitive Services.

 

  (e)

“Confidential Information” shall mean sensitive business information having actual or potential value to the Company because it is not generally known to the general public or ascertainable by a Competing Business, and which has been disclosed to Employee, or of which Employee will become aware, as a consequence of the Employment with the Company, including any information related to: the Company’s investment strategies, management planning information, business plans, operational methods,

 

8


  market studies, marketing plans or strategies, patent information, business acquisition plans, past, cunent and planned research and development, formulas, methods, patterns, processes, procedures, instructions, designs, inventions, operations, engineering, services, drawings, equipment, devices, technology, software systems, price lists, sales reports and records, sales books and manuals, code books, financial information and projections, personnel data, names of customers, customer lists and contact information, customer pricing and purchasing information, lists of targeted prospective customers, supplier lists, product/service and marketing data and programs, product/service plans, product development, advertising campaigns, new product designs or roll out, agreements with third parties, or any such similar information. Confidential Information shall also include any information disclosed to the Company by a third party (including, but not limited to, current or prospective customers) that the Company is obliged to treat as confidential. Confidential Information may be in written or non-written form, as well as information held on electronic media or networks, magnetic storage, cloud storage service, or other similar media. The Company has invested and will continue to invest extensive time, resources, talent, and effort to develop its Confidential Information, all of which generates goodwill for the Company. Employee acknowledges that the Company has taken reasonable and adequate steps to control access to the Confidential Information and to prevent unauthorized disclosure, which could cause injury to the Company. This definition shall not limit any broader definition of “confidential information” or any equivalent term under applicable state or federal law.

 

  (f)

“Material Contact” shall mean actual contact between Employee and a Customer with whom Employee dealt on behalf of the Company; or whose dealings with the Company were coordinated or supervised by Employee; or who received goods or services from the Company that resulted in payment of commissions or other compensation to Employee; or about whom Employee obtained Confidential Information because of Employee’s Employment with the Company.

 

  (g)

“Prospective Customer” shall mean any business or entity with whom Employee had Material Contact, for the purpose of attempting to sell or provide Services, and to whom Employee provided a bid, quote for Services, or other Confidential Information of the Company, during the twelve (12) months preceding Employee’s termination date.

 

  (h)

“Restricted Period” shall mean the entire term of Employee’s employment with the Company and a two (2) year period immediately following the termination of Employee’s employment, unless otherwise delineated or described in the “end notes and exceptions” at the end of this Agreement.

 

9


  (i)

“Restricted Territory” shall mean the geographic area in which or with respect to which Employee provided or attempted to provide any Services or perfmmed operations on behalf of the Company as of the date of termination or during the twelve (12) months preceding Employee’s termination date.

 

  (j)

Trade Secrets” shall mean the business information of the Company that is competitively sensitive and which qualifies for trade secrets protection under applicable trade secrets laws, including but not limited to the Defend Trade Secrets Act. This definition shall not limit any broader definition of “trade secret” or any equivalent term under any applicable local, state or federal law.

 

  (k)

Services” shall mean the types of work product, processes and work-related activities relating to the Business of the Company performed by Employee during the Employment.

14. MANDATORY ARBITRATION CLAUSE; NO JURY TRIAL. A Party may bring an action in court to obtain a temporary restraining order, injunction, or other equitable relief available in response to any violation or threatened violation of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Agreement. Otherwise, Employee expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Company and Employee will utilize binding arbitration to resolve all disputes that may arise out of the employment context.

 

  (a)

Both the Company and Employee hereby agree that any claim, dispute, and/or controversy that Employee may have against the Company (or its owners, directors, officers, managers, employees, agents, insurers and parties affiliated with its employee benefit and health plans), or that the Company may have against Employee, arising from, related to, or having any relationship or connection whatsoever to the Employment, shall be submitted to and determined exclusively by binding arbitration under the Federal Arbitration Act (9 U.S.C. §§ l, et seq.) in conformity with the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, in a location within 50 miles of where Employee is based. Included within the scope of this Agreement are all disputes including, but not limited to, any claims alleging employment discrimination, harassment, hostile environment, retaliation, whistleblower protection, wrongful discharge, constructive discharge, failure to grant leave, failure to reinstate, failure to accommodate, tortious conduct, breach of contract, and/or any other claims Employee may have against the Company for any exemption misclassification, unpaid wages or overtime pay, benefits, payments, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, leave pay, workforce reduction payments, costs or expenses, emotional distress, pain and suffering, or other alleged damages arising out of the Employment or termination. Also included are any claims based on or arising under Title VII, 42 USC Section 1981, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, Sarbanes-Oxley, all as amended, or any other state or federal law or regulation, equitable law, or otherwise relating in any way to the employment relationship.

 

10


  (b)

Nothing herein, however, shall prevent Employee from filing and pursuing proceedings before the United States Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or similar state agency (although if Employee chooses to pursue any type of claim for relief following the exhaustion of such administrative remedies, such claim would be subject to resolution under these mandatory arbitration provisions). In addition, nothing herein shall prevent Employee from filing an administrative claim for unemployment benefits or workers’ compensation benefits.

 

  (c)

Nothing in the confidentiality or nondisclosure or other provisions of this Agreement shall be construed to limit Employee’s tight to respond accurately and fully to any question, inquiry or request for information when required by legal process or from initiating communications directly with, or responding to any inquiry from, or providing testimony before, any self-regulatory organization or state or federal regulatory authority, regarding the Company, Employee ‘s Employment, or this Agreement. Employee is not required to contact the Company regarding the subject matter of any such communications before engaging in such communications. Employee also understands that Employee shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that: (1) is made (a) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and (b) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (2) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. Employee also understands that disclosure of trade secrets to attorneys, in legal proceedings if disclosed under seal, or pursuant to court order is also protected under 18 U.S. Code §1833 when disclosure is made in connection with a retaliation lawsuit based on the reporting of a suspected violation of law.

 

  (d)

In addition to any other requirements imposed by law, the arbitrator selected shall be a qualified individual mutually selected by the Patties, and shall be subject to disqualification on the same grounds as would apply to a judge. All rules of pleading, all rules of evidence, all statutes of limitations, all rights to resolution of the dispute by means of motions for summary judgment, and judgment on the pleadings shall apply and be observed. Resolution of the dispute shall be based solely upon the law governing the claims and defenses pleaded, and the arbitrator may not invoke any basis (including but not limited to, notions of “just cause”) other than such controlling law. Likewise, all communications during or in connection with the arbitration proceedings are privileged. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award appropriate substantive relief under relevant laws, including the damages, costs and attorneys’ fees that would be available under such laws.

 

11


  (e)

Employee’s initial share of the arbitration fee shall be in an amount equal to the filing fee as would be applicable in a court proceeding, or $100, whichever is less. Beyond the arbitration filing fee, Employer will bear all other fees, expenses and charges of the arbitrator.

 

  (f)

Employee understands and agrees that all claims against the Company must be brought in Employee’s individual capacity and not as a plaintiff or class member in any purported class or representative proceeding. Employee understands that there is no right or authority for any dispute to be heard or arbitrated on a collective action basis, class action basis, as a private attorney general, or on bases involving claims or disputes brought in a representative capacity on behalf of the general public, on behalf of other Company employees (or any of them) or on behalf of other persons alleged to be similarly situated. Employee understands that there are no bench or jury trials and no class actions or representative actions permitted under this Agreement. The Arbitrator shall not consolidate claims of different employees into one proceeding, nor shall the Arbitrator have the power to hear an arbitration as a class action, collective action, or representative action. The interpretation of this subsection shall be decided by a judge, not the Arbitrator.

 

  (g)

Procedure. Employee and Company agree that prior to the service of an Arbitration Demand, the parties shall negotiate in good faith for a period of thirty (30) days in an effort to resolve any arbitrable dispute privately, amicably and confidentially. To commence an arbitration pursuant to this Agreement, a party shall serve a written arbitration demand (the “Demand”) on the other party by hand delivery or via overnight delivery service (in a manner that provides proof of receipt by respondent). The Demand shall be served before expiration of the applicable statute of limitations. The Demand shall describe the arbitrable dispute in sufficient detail to advise the respondent of the nature and basis of the dispute, state the date on which the dispute first arose, list the names and addresses of every person whom the claimant believes does or may have information relating to the dispute, including a short description of the matter(s) about which each person is believed to have knowledge, and state with particularity the relief requested by the claimant, including a specific monetary amount, if the claimant seeks a monetary award of any kind. If respondent does not provide a written Response to the Demand, all allegations will be considered denied. The patties shall confer in good faith to attempt to agree upon a suitable arbitrator, and if unable to do so, they will select an arbitrator from the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”)‘s employment arbitration panel for the area. The arbitrator shall allow limited discovery, as appropriate in his or her discretion. The arbitrator’s award shall include a written reasoned opinion.

 

  (h)

Employee understands, agrees, and consents to this binding arbitration provision, and Employee and the Company hereby each expressly waive the right to trial by jury of any claims arising out of Employment with the Company. By initialing below, Employee acknowledges that Employee has read, understands, agrees and consents to the binding arbitration provision, including the class action waiver. Employee’s Initials: ___

 

12


15. NOTICE OF VOLUNTARY TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Unless otherwise stated in Employee’s offer letter of employment, Employee agrees to use reasonable efforts to provide the Company fourteen (14) days written notice of Employee’s intent to terminate Employee’s Employment; provided, however, that this provision shall not change the at-will nature of the employment relationship between Employee and the Company. It shall be within the Company’s sole discretion to determine whether Employee should continue to perform services on behalf of the Company during this notice period.

16. NON-DISPARAGEMENT. During and after Employee’s Employment with the Company, except to the extent compelled or required by law, Employee agrees he/she shall not make any statement or take any action that is intended to harm the reputation or interests of the Company its customers and suppliers or their respective officers, directors, agents, servants, employees, attorneys, shareholders, successors or assigns or their respective products or services, in any manner (including but not limited to, verbally or via hard copy, websites, blogs, social media forums or any other medium); provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent Employee from: engaging in concerted activity relative to the terms and conditions of Employee’s Employment and in communications protected under the National Labor Relations Act, filing a charge or providing information to any governmental agency, or from providing information in response to a subpoena or other enforceable legal process or as otherwise required by law.

17. NOTIFICATION OF NEW EMPLOYER. Before Employee accepts Employment or enters into any consulting, independent contractor, or other professional or business engagement with any other person or entity while any of the provisions of Sections 8, 9 or 10 of this Agreement are in effect, Employee will provide such person or entity with written notice of the provisions of Sections 8, 9 and/or 10 and will deliver a copy of that notice to the Company. While any of Sections 8, 9 or 10 of this Agreement are in effect, Employee agrees that, upon the request of the Company, Employee will furnish the Company with the name and address of any new employer or entity for whom Employee provides contractor or consulting services, as well as the capacity in which Employee will be employed or otherwise engaged. Employee hereby consents to the Company’s notifying Employee’s new employer about Employee’s responsibilities, restrictions and obligations under this Agreement.

18. WITHHOLDING. To the extent allowed by applicable law, Employee agrees to allow Company to deduct from the final paycheck(s) any amounts due as a result of the Employment, including, but not limited to, any expense advances or business charges incurred on behalf of the Company, charges for property damaged or not returned when requested, and any other charges incurred that are payable to the Company. Employee agrees to execute any authorization form as may be provided by Company to effectuate this provision.

19. NO RIGHTS GRANTED. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as granting to Employee any rights under any patent, copyright, or other intellectual property right of the Company, nor shall this Agreement grant Employee any rights in or to Confidential Information of the Company other than the limited right to review and use such Confidential Information solely for the purpose of participating in the Employment for the benefit of the Company.

 

13


20. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement will be binding upon Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, its assigns and licensees. This Agreement, and Employee’s rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by Employee; however, the Company may assign its rights hereunder without Employee’s consent, whether in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of any or all of its business or assets or otherwise.

21. SEVERABILITY AND REFORMATION. Employee and the Company agree that if any particular paragraphs, subparagraphs, phrases, words, or other portions of this Agreement are determined by an appropriate court, arbitrator, or other tribunal to be invalid or unenforceable as written, they shall be Page 13 of 15 modified as necessary to comport with the reasonable intent and expectations of the parties and in favor of providing maximum reasonable protection to the Company’s legitimate business interests. Such modification shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Agreement. If such provisions cannot be modified to be made valid or enforceable, then they shall be severed from this Agreement, and all remaining terms and provisions shall remain enforceable. Paragraphs 6, 8 and 9 and each restrictive covenant within them are intended to be divisible and to be interpreted and applied separately and independently.

22. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Patties relating to the subject matters contained herein. No term of this Agreement may be amended or modified unless made in writing and executed by both Employee and an authorized agent of the Company. This Agreement replaces and supersedes all prior representations, understandings, or agreements, written or oral, between Employee and the Company with regard to restrictive covenants, post-employment restrictions, and mandatory arbitration.

23. WAIVER. Failure to fully enforce any provision of this Agreement by either Party shall not constitute a waiver of any term hereof by such Patty; no waiver shall be recognized unless expressly made in writing, and executed by the Party that allegedly made such waiver.

24. CONSTRUCTION. The Patties agree that this Agreement has been reviewed by each Party, each Patty had an opportunity to make suggestions about the provisions of the Agreement, and each Party had sufficient opportunity to obtain the advice of legal counsel on matters of contract interpretation, if desired. The Parties agree that this Agreement shall not be construed or interpreted more harshly against one Party merely because one Party was the original drafter of the Agreement.

25. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same legally recognized instrument.

26. THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES. Employee specifically acknowledges and agrees that the direct and indirect subsidiaries, parents, owners, and affiliated companies of the Company are intended to be beneficiaries of this Agreement and shall have every tight to enforce the terms and provisions of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

14


27. NOTICES. Notices regarding this Agreement shall be sent via email or to the mailing addresses of the Parties as set forth in the signature block to this Agreement.

28. GOVERNING LAW AND FORUM SELECTION. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Federal Arbitration Act. Any non-arbitration-covered disputes shall be resolved under the substantive laws and in the jurisdiction of the state where Employee most recently worked for the Company.

29. ENDNOTES AND EXCEPTIONS. Certain foregoing provisions of this Agreement are hereby modified in certain states as described in the following subparagraphs.

 

  (a)

Paragraph 6: the “Nondisclosure Agreement” shall apply not for the entire time period following Employee’s Employment, but rather shall apply only during the Restricted Period, in the following states : Arizona, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, New Jersey, Virginia and Wisconsin. Additionally, to the extent Paragraph 6.a applies in Wisconsin to Confidential Information that does not constitute a trade secret under applicable law, it shall apply only in geographic areas where the unauthorized disclosure or use of Confidential Information would be competitively damaging to the Company.

 

  (b)

Paragraph 9: the “Nonsolicitation of Customers/Prospective Customers” provision shall apply not to any Prospective Customer, but rather shall apply only to any Customer, in the following states: Wisconsin. Additionally, in Wisconsin, Paragraph 9 shall not apply to “attempts.”

 

  (c)

Paragraph 10: “Nonrecruitment of Employees” shall not apply in Wisconsin. The Restricted Period for the nonrecruitment of Company employees in Paragraph 10 shall be eighteen ( 18) months in the following states: Alabama.

 

  (d)

Paragraph 12: The final sentence of Paragraph 12 shall not apply in the following states: Arkansas, Louisiana, and Wisconsin.

 

  (e)

Paragraph 13(e): “Confidential Information” The definition of Confidential Information shall include only information that has actual value to the Company in the following States: Wisconsin.

 

  (f)

Paragraph 13(h):Restricted Period” shall mean the entire term of Employee’s Employment with the Company and a one (1) year period immediately following the termination of Employee’s Employment, in the following states: Arizona; Missouri; Montana, New Mexico, Utah, and Wyoming. “Restricted Period” shall mean the entire term of Employee’s Employment with the Company and an eighteen ( 18) month period immediately following the termination of Employee’s Employment, in the following states: Alabama and Oregon. “Restricted Period” shall mean a two (2) year period immediately following the termination of Employee’s Employment, but does not include the entire term ofEmployee’s employment with the Company, in the following states: North Carolina.

 

15


The Parties have executed this Employment and Reshictive Covenants Agreement, which is effective as of the Effective Date written above.

 

For Employee:     For Company:
Signature:   /s/ Georg Greenseid     Signature:   /s/ Hardeep Gulati
Printed Name:   Georg Greenseid     Printed Name:   Hardeep Gulati
Date:   7/1/19     Title:   CEO
      Date:   9/26/12019


Schedule 1

(List of Employee’s Prior Inventions)

______ By initialing here, I represent and warrant that I have no Prior Inventions, as that term is defined in the Agreement to which this Schedule 1 is attached; OR I do have Prior Inventions, as that term is defined in the Agreement to which this Schedule 1 is attached, and I have included a complete and accurate list of Prior Inventions below.

Attach a separate document if more space is needed.

 

Printed Name:

 

 

Date:

 

 


EXHIBIT B

Certain Definitions

“Cause” means any of the following: (i) a material failure by you to perform your responsibilities or duties to the Company under this letter or those other responsibilities or duties as requested from time to time by the Board, after demand for performance has been given by the Board that identifies how you have not performed your responsibilities or duties; (ii) your engagement in illegal or improper conduct or in gross misconduct; (iii) your commission or conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony, a crime involving moral turpitude or any other act or omission that the Company in good faith believes may harm the standing and reputation of the Company; (iv) a material breach of your duty of loyalty to the Company or your material breach of the Company’s written code of conduct and business ethics or Section 2 through 8 of the Confidentiality, Invention Assignment, Non-Solicit and Arbitration Agreement, or any other agreement between you and the Company; (v) dishonesty, fraud, gross negligence or repetitive negligence committed without regard to corrective direction in the course of discharge of your duties as an employee; (vi) your personal bankruptcy or insolvency; or (vii) excessive and unreasonable absences from your duties for any reason (other than authorized vacation or sick leave) or as a result of your Disability (as defined below).

“Disability” means your inability to perform the essential functions of your job, with or without accommodation, for an extended period but not less than 60 business days in any consecutive 6 month period, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board.

“Good Reason” means that you voluntarily terminate your employment with the Company if there should occur, without your written consent:

(a) a material, adverse change in your authority, duties, or responsibilities with the Company; provided, that a change in your title, a change in the office to which you report or a change pursuant to which you no longer report to the CEO and the Board shall not, by itself, constitute such a material, adverse change;

(b) a reduction in your then current base salary by more than 10% or a reduction in your base salary by less than 10% which is not applied to similarly ranked employees;

(c) the relocation of your principal work location for the Company (for purposes of clarity, other than reasonable travel in the course of performing your duties for the Company) to a location more than fifty (50) miles from Bellmore, New York; and/or

(d) the material breach by the Company of any offer letter or employment agreement between you and the Company; provided, however, that in each case above, (i) you must first give the Company written notice of any of the foregoing within ninety (90) days following the first occurrence of such event in a written explanation specifying the basis for your belief that you are entitled to terminate your employment for Good Reason and (ii) the Company must have thirty (30) days following delivery of such notice to cure such event.

All references to the Company in these definitions shall include parent, subsidiary, affiliate and successor entities of the Company.

Exhibit 10.20

 

LOGO

May 11, 2017

Anthony Miller

 

Re:

Offer of Employment with PowerSchool

Dear Anthony:

We are pleased to extend an offer to you to join our team. This letter, along with the attached Exhibits A and B, will confirm the terms of employment with PowerSchool Group LLC (as such company’s name may change from time to time and such company’s successors and assigns, the “Company”). The terms of our offer are as follows:

1. You will be the Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) reporting to the Chief Executive Officer. In this capacity you will have the responsibilities and duties consistent with such position.

2. Your starting base salary will be $260,000 per year, less deduction and withholdings required by law or authorized by you, and will be subject to review annuality for any increases or decreases; provided, however, that any decreases shall not be greater than 20% of your then current base salary, which decrease would only be done in conjunction with a general decrease affecting similarly ranked employees. Your base salary will be paid by the Company in regular installments in accordance with the Company’s general payroll practices (in effect from time to time).

3. You will also be eligible to receive a bonus of up to 35% of your average base salary per fiscal year (the “Bonus”). This Bonus will be awarded at the sole discretion of the CEO based on his/her determination as to your achievement of predetermined operational and financial objectives (“MBO”s). In addition, you will be eligible for an additional bonus of up to 20% of your base salary per year (the “Stretch Bonus”), awarded at the sole discretion of the CEO and based on the CEO’s determination as to your achievement of “stretch” targets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Bonus for fiscal year 2017 shall be pro-rated for the amount of time you have been employed by the Company.

The Bonus formula and associated MBOs shall be established by the CEO and management team, in their sole discretion after consultation with you, and communicated in writing to you from time to time. Any bonus earned for a fiscal year shall be paid no later than 30 days after completion and approval by the CEO of the applicable fiscal year’s financial statements and MBOs. In any event, payment of any bonus that becomes due with respect to a fiscal year shall be paid in the calendar year in which the fiscal year ends.

4. You will also be eligible to participate in regular health, dental and vision insurance plans and other employee benefit plans established by the Company for its employees from time to time, so long as they remain generally available to the Company’s employees.

5. The position will be based remotely, however, will require regular travel and work from the PowerSchool Headquarters location. It is expected you will work a minimum of six (6) days per month from the Headquarters location. You acknowledge it is your responsibility to report days worked in California and to ensure all required federal and state tax obligations are met. The Company shall reimburse you for reasonable work-related expenses (“Travel Expenses”) in connection with your travel to/from the Folsom area in an amount not to exceed $25,000 per annum provided that these expenses shall be documented. You will remain eligible for this allowance while your primary residence is outside of the Headquarters area.

 

1


LOGO

 

6. You will be eligible to receive the number of units (the “Management Incentive Units”) of Severin Topco, LLC or one of its affiliates (“Ultimate Parent”), of which units shall be Management Incentive Units under Ultimate Parent’s Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement (as amended, the “LLC Agreement”) and which shall represent approximately 0.20% of the fully converted units of Ultimate Parent at the time of issuance. Such Management Incentive Units shall be subject to the terms (including the participation threshold) as set forth in the LLC Agreement and a Management Incentive unit Agreement (the “MIU Agreement”). The grant of such Management Incentive Units is subject to the Ultimate Parent’s Board of Managers’ approval and the execution of an MIU Agreement. Our intent to recommend such approval is not a promise of compensation and is not intended to create any obligation on the part of the Company. Further details on the Management Incentive Units and any specific grant of obligation on the part of the company. Further details on the Management Incentive Units and any specific grant of Management Incentive Units to you will be provided upon approval of such grant by the Board of Managers of Ultimate Parent.

Your Management Incentive Units, if granted, will vest as follows (it being understood that such vesting shall be subject to your continued employment by the company):

 

   

2/3 of Management Incentive Units would be subject to time-based vesting over 4 years, with 25% vesting upon the on-year anniversary of your employment and the remainder at a rate of 1/12th per quarter thereafter (the vesting of any such unvested time-based options would be accelerated upon a change of control of Ultimate Parent); and

 

   

1/3 of the Management Incentive Units would vest if Vista received cumulative cash dividends or other cash contributions and/or net sales proceeds in respect of the Ultimate Parent’s equity securities held by Vista (“Vista’s Return”) such that Vista’s Return equals or exceeds three times (3x) Vista’s aggregate cash contribution to the Ultimate Parent and its subsidiaries (calculated pursuant to the formula in MIU Agreement).

Notwithstanding anything in the LLC Agreement, the MIU Agreement or this letter to the contrary, in the event that such sales proceeds include non-cash consideration, the value of such non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Managers of Ultimate Parent in its good faith discretion in order to determine if the above vesting thresholds have been met. If such thresholds have been met, you will receive an equal proportion of your proceeds from the sale of any units of the Ultimate Parent in such non-cash consideration.

7. There are some formalities that you need to complete as a condition of your employment:

 

   

You must carefully consider and sign the Company’s standard “Confidentiality, Invention Assignment, Non-Solicit and Arbitration Agreement” (attached to this letter as Exhibit A).1 Because the Company and its affiliates are engaged in the continuous program of research, development, production and marketing in connection with their business, we wish to reiterate that it is critical for the Company and its affiliates to preserve and protect its proprietary information and its rights in inventions.

 

   

So that the Company has proper record of inventions that may belong to you, we ask that you also complete each of Schedule 1 and Schedule 3 attached to Exhibit A.

 

   

You and the Company mutually agree that any disputes that may arise regarding your employment will be submitted to binding arbitration by the American Arbitration Association. As a condition of your employment, you will need to carefully consider and voluntarily agree to the arbitration clause set forth in Schedule 2 attached to Exhibit A.

 

 

1 

    

 

2


LOGO

 

8. We also wish to remind you that, as a condition of your employment you are expected to abide by the Company’s, its subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ policies and procedures, which may be amended from time to time, at the Company’s sole discretion.

9. Your employment with the Company is at will. The Company may terminate your employment at any time with or without notice, and for any reason or no reason. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in Exhibit A, you shall be entitled to terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason or no reason by giving notice in writing to the Company of not less than four (4) weeks (“Notice Period” ), unless otherwise agreed to in writing by you and the Company. In the event of such notice, the Company reserves the right, in its discretion, to give immediate effect to your resignation in lieu of requiring or allowing you to continue work throughout the Notice Period. You shall continue to be an employee of the Company during the Notice Period, and thus owe to the Company the same duty of loyalty you owed it prior to giving notice of your termination. The Company may, during the Notice Period, relieve you of all of your duties and prohibit you from entering the Company’s offices.

10. If the Company terminates your employment without “Cause” or you voluntarily terminate your employment for a “Good Reason”, (i) you will be entitled to receive a severance payment equal to six (6) months of base pay, less deductions and withholdings required by law or authorized by you (the “Severance Pay”) and (ii) Ultimate Parent shall have the option to repurchase your vested Management Incentive Units, if any, at fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Board of Managers of Ultimate Parent. For the avoidance of doubt, any vested Management Incentive Units that are not repurchased pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall remain outstanding pursuant to the terms of the LLC Agreement and the applicable MIU Agreement(s), and any unvested Management Incentive Units shall automatically terminate and be cancelled with no further action required by any party. For purposes of this section, “Cause” and “Good Reason” have the meaning set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto. The Company will not be required to pay the Severance Pay unless you (i) execute and deliver to the Company an agreement (“Release Agreement”) in a form satisfactory to the Company releasing from all liability (other than the payments and benefits contemplated by this letter) the Company, each member of the Company, and any of their respective past or present officers, directors, managers, employees or agents and you do not revoke such release during any applicable revocation period and (ii) have not breached the provisions of Sections 2 through 8 of Exhibit A, the terms of this letter or any agreement between you and the Company or the provisions of the Release Agreement. The Severance Pay shall be paid in equal monthly installments starting as of the month following the month in which any applicable revocation period for the release described above lapses, provided you have not revoked the release during such revocation period.

11. You shall not make any statement regarding your employment or the termination of your employment (for whatever reason) that is not agreed to by the Company; provided, that you may indicate the following without the Company’s approval: that you worked for the Company, your job title and job function. Except as compelled by applicable law, you shall not make any statement that would libel, slander or disparage the Company, any member of the Company or its affiliates or any of their respective past or present officers, directors, managers, stockholders, employees or agents.

12. While we look forward to a long and profitable relationship, you will be an at-will employee of the Company as described in Section 9 of this letter and Section 8 of Exhibit A. Any statements or representations to the contrary (and, indeed, any statements contradicting any provision in this letter) are, and should be regarded by you, as ineffective. Further, your participation in any benefit program or other Company program, if any, is not to be regarded as assuring you of continuing employment for any particular period of time.

13. Please note that because of employer regulations adopted in the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1086, within three (3) business days of starting your new position you will need to present documentation establishing your identity and demonstrating that you have authorization to work in the United States. If you have questions about this requirement, which applies to U.S. citizens and non-U.S. citizens alike, you may contact our personnel office.

 

3


LOGO

 

14. It should also be understood that all offers of employment are conditioned on the Company’s completion of a satisfactory background check. The Company reserves the right to perform background checks during the term of your employment, subject to compliance with applicable laws. You will be required to execute forms authorizing such a background check.

15. This letter along with its Exhibits and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this letter, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, including but not limited to severance agreements, whether oral or written, between or among you and the Company or its predecessor with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

16. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this letter and the provisions of Exhibit A, the terms of this letter shall prevail. Notwithstanding the definition of the term “Group” set forth in Exhibit A, the term “Group” shall be defined as follows; “Group” includes the Company, Ultimate Parent and their respective subsidiaries engaged in the same or similar existing or intended line of business as the Company, Ultimate Parent and their respective subsidiaries.

17. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Company shall be entitled to withhold from any amounts otherwise payable hereunder any amounts required to be withheld in respect to federal, state or local taxes. The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this letter be exempt from, or comply with, Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “Code Section 409A”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this letter shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed on you by Code Section 409A or damages for failing to comply with Code Section 409A. A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this letter providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of this letter, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.” For purposes of Code Section 409A, your right to receive any installment payments pursuant to this letter shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments. To the extent that reimbursements or other in-kind benefits under this letter constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A, (A) all such expenses or other reimbursements hereunder shall be made on or prior to the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which such expenses were incurred by you, (B) any right to such reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (C) no such reimbursement, expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided in any taxable year shall in any way affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year. Notwithstanding any other provision of this letter to the contrary, in no event shall any payment under this letter that constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Code Section 409A be subject to offset by any other amount unless otherwise permitted by Code Section 409A.

18. The effective date of employment under the terms of this offer is expected to be on or about May 15th, 2017.

 

4


EXHIBIT B

Certain Definitions

Cause” means any of the following: (i) a material failure by you to perform your responsibilities or duties to the Company under this letter or those other responsibilities or duties as requested from time to time by the Board, after demand for performance has been given by the Board that identifies how you have not performed your responsibilities or duties; (ii) your engagement in illegal or improper conduct or in gross misconduct; (iii) your commission or conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony, a crime involving moral turpitude or any other act or omission that the Company in good faith believes may harm the standing and reputation of the Company; (iv) a material breach of your duty of loyalty to the Company or your material breach of the Company’s written code of conduct and business ethics or Section 2 through 8 of the Confidentiality, Invention Assignment, Non-Solicit and Arbitration Agreement, or any other agreement between you and the Company; (v) dishonesty, fraud, gross negligence or repetitive negligence committed without regard to corrective direction in the course of discharge of your duties as an employee; (vi) your personal bankruptcy or insolvency; or (vii) excessive and unreasonable absences from your duties for any reason (other than authorized vacation or sick leave) or as a result of your Disability (as defined below).

Disability” means your inability to perform the essential functions of your job, with or without accommodation, for an extended period but not less than 60 business days in any consecutive 6 month period, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board.

Good Reason” means that you voluntarily terminate your employment with the Company if there should occur, without your written consent:

(a) a material, adverse change in your duties or responsibilities with the Company; provided, that a change in your title, a change in the office to which you report or a change pursuant to which you no longer report to the CEO and the Board shall not, by itself, constitute such a material, adverse change;

(b) a reduction in your then current base salary by more than 20% or a reduction in your base salary by less than 20% which is not applied to similarly ranked employees;

(c) the relocation of your principal office for the Company (for purposes of clarity, other than reasonable travel in the course of performing your duties for the Company) to a location more than fifty (50) miles from Folsom, California; and/or

(d) the material breach by the Company of any offer letter or employment agreement between you and the Company;

provided, however, that in each case above, (i) you must first give the Company written notice of any of the foregoing within ninety (90) days following the first occurrence of such event in a written explanation specifying the basis for your belief that you are entitled to terminate your employment for Good Reason and (ii) the Company must have thirty (30) days following delivery of such notice to cure such event.

All references to the Company in these definitions shall include parent, subsidiary, affiliate and successor entities of the Company.


LOGO

 

Please signify your acceptance of these conditions of employment by signing and dating the enclosed copy of this letter and its Exhibit A and returning them to me at your earliest convenience. Should you have anything that you wish to discuss, please do not hesitate to contact me at ****.

By signing this letter and Exhibit A attached hereto, you represent and warrant that you have had the opportunity to seek the advice of independent counsel before signing and have either done so, or have freely chosen not to do so, and either way, you sign this letter voluntarily.

 

Very truly yours,  
/s/ Hardeep Gulati   5/18/2017
Hardeep Gulati  
Chief Executive Officer  

I have read and understood this letter and Exhibit A attached and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms set forth therein.

 

/s/ Anthony Miller     Date signed:   5/11/17
Signature: Anthony Miller      

LIST OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit A: Confidentiality, Invention Assignment, Non-Solicit and Arbitration Agreement

Exhibit B: Certain Definitions

 

5

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF POWERSCHOOL HOLDINGS, INC.

 

Name

 

  

Jurisdiction of Formation

 

Pinnacle Holdings I LP    Delaware
Pinnacle Holdings II LLC    Delaware
Pinnacle Holdings I GP Inc.    Delaware
VEPF V AIV VI Corp.    Delaware
Severin Topco, LLC    Delaware
Severin Intermediate Holdings, LLC    Delaware
Severin Holdings, LLC    Delaware
Severin Acquisition, LLC    Delaware
PowerSchool Group LLC    Delaware
AccelaSchool LLC    Pennsylvania
PowerSchool Canada ULC    British Columbia, Canada
Infosnap LLC    Delaware
AH Services, LLC    Texas
Interactive Achievement, LLC    Delaware
PowerSchool Special Education LLC    Virginia
Haiku Learning, Inc.    Delaware
SRB Education Solutions US LLC    Arizona
Chalkable, Inc.    Delaware
Spiral Universe, Inc.    Delaware
SunGard Public Sector LLC    Delaware
PowerSchool India Private Limited    India
Hoonuit Holdings, LLC    Delaware
Hoonuit, Inc.    Delaware
Hoonuit, LLC    Delaware
Hoonuit Properties, LLC    Minnesota
Hoonuit I, LLC    Wisconsin
Tembo, LLC    Delaware
Promachos Holding, Inc.    Delaware
Odeon Holdings, LLC    Delaware
PeopleAdmin, Inc.    Delaware
Searchsoft Solutions, Inc.    Indiana
Netchemia, LLC    Delaware
eSchool Solutions, LLC    Delaware
Teacher Match, LLC    Delaware
Performance Matters LLC    Utah
Schoology, Inc.    Delaware
Hobsons, Inc.    Delaware
Naviance, Inc.    Delaware

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 17, 2021 relating to the financial statement of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Sacramento, California

April 6, 2021

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 17, 2021 relating to the financial statements of Severin Holdings, LLC. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Sacramento, California

April 6, 2021

Exhibit 23.4

 

LOGO

Date: December 16, 2020

PowerSchool

150 Parkshore Dr.

Folsom, CA 95630

Dear Sirs or Madams:

We, Frost & Sullivan of 3211 Scott Blvd, #203, Santa Clara, California, 95054, hereby consent to the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “S-1”), and any amendments thereto, of PowerSchool, and any related prospectuses of (i) our name and all references thereto, (ii) all references to our preparation of an independent overview of the “Market Sizing Assessment for the Education Technology Software Market” (the “Industry Report”), and (iii) the statement(s) set out in the Schedule hereto. We also hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the S-1.

We further consent to the reference to our firm, under the caption “Market Opportunity” in the S-1, as acting in the capacity of an expert in relation to the preparation of the Industry Report and the matters discussed therein.

Regards,

 

/s/ Debbie Wong

Name: Debbie Wong
Designation: Vice President
For and on behalf of
Frost & Sullivan

 

1


LOGO

SCHEDULE

 

   

Based on analysis by Frost & Sullivan, we estimate the global total available market for PowerSchool’s current set of solutions to be approximately $25 billion.

 

2

Exhibit 99.1

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S-1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of his biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by references the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

In witness whereof, this consent is signed and dated as of the date set forth below.

 

Date: April 6, 2021

/s/ David Armstrong

Name: David Armstrong

Exhibit 99.2

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S-1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of his biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by references the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

In witness whereof, this consent is signed and dated as of the date set forth below.

 

Date: April 6, 2021

/s/ Laurence Goldberg

Name: Laurence Goldberg

Exhibit 99.3

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S-1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of his biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by references the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

In witness whereof, this consent is signed and dated as of the date set forth below.

 

Date: April 6, 2021

/s/ Betty Hung

Name: Betty Hung

Exhibit 99.4

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S-1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of his biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by references the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

In witness whereof, this consent is signed and dated as of the date set forth below.

 

Date: April 6, 2021

/s/ Ronald McCray

Name: Ronald McCray

Exhibit 99.5

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S-1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of his biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by references the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

In witness whereof, this consent is signed and dated as of the date set forth below.

 

Date: April 6, 2021

/s/ Amy McIntosh

Name: Amy McIntosh

Exhibit 99.6

The undersigned hereby consents to being named in the registration statement on Form S-1 and in all subsequent amendments and post-effective amendments or supplements thereto and in any registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Registration Statement”) of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) as an individual to become a director of the Company and to the inclusion of his biographical and other information in the Registration Statement. The undersigned also hereby consents to being named in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company that incorporates by references the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement.

In witness whereof, this consent is signed and dated as of the date set forth below.

 

Date: April 6, 2021

/s/ Maneet S. Saroya

Name: Maneet S. Saroya